[ZBXNEXT-5189] Better logging capabilities for loadable modules Created: 2019 Apr 23 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | loadablemodule, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Available solutions:
Proposed solution: In addition to that Zabbix should set a callback which will be used by the module to put messages into Zabbix log file. This callback should take care of time stamps and log file mutex. Callback should be provided to the module if the latter provides optional zbx_module_set_log_callback() function. |
[ZBXNEXT-5085] Report an error if regexp output template references non-existing or unmatched groups Created: 2019 Mar 02 Updated: 2023 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis | Assignee: | Konstantins Prutkovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, macrofunction, preprocessing, regex, troubleshooting, usability, validation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Documentation (e.g. here) says:
I would like to urge Zabbix to change this behaviour and raise errors instead of silently replacing escape sequences with emptiness. This will help prevent user errors like P.S. This change can theoretically break a lot of existing items, macro functions, preprocessing rules, etc. But in practice, I think, it won't. On August 10, 2018 |
[ZBXNEXT-2008] Triggers with user macro not correctly transmitted to script Created: 2013 Apr 24 Updated: 2016 Mar 22 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | actions, trigger, usermacros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 2.0.6, Mysql server |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I have follow trigger with User Macro in name:
All logs see in comments. |
Comments |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
On Server log: 31628:20130424:181051.289 In substitute_simple_macros() data:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: {TRIGGER.NAME.ORIG}"' 31628:20130424:181051.289 End substitute_simple_macros() data:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: name {$TEST1}"' 31628:20130424:181051.289 In zbx_execute_script() 31628:20130424:181051.289 In zbx_execute_script_on_agent() 31628:20130424:181051.289 In substitute_simple_macros() data:'10050' 31628:20130424:181051.289 In get_value_agent() host:'Zabbix server' addr:'127.0.0.1' key:'system.run["/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py \"Trigger name: name {$TEST1}\"","nowait"]' 31628:20130424:181051.289 Sending [system.run["/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py \"Trigger name: name {$TEST1}\"","nowait"] ] 31628:20130424:181051.291 get value from agent result: '1' 31628:20130424:181051.291 End of zbx_execute_script_on_agent():SUCCEED 31628:20130424:181051.291 End of zbx_execute_script():SUCCEED 31628:20130424:181051.291 In add_command_alert() 31628:20130424:181051.291 In DCget_nextid() table:'alerts' num:1 31628:20130424:181051.291 End of DCget_nextid() table:'alerts' [29:29] 31628:20130424:181051.291 query [txnlev:1] [insert into alerts (alertid,actionid,eventid,clock,message,status,error,alerttype,esc_step) values (29,5,14462,1366805451,'Zabbix server:/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: name {$TEST1}"',1,'',1,1)] If i run script throw zabbix server 12631:20130424:221255.657 In substitute_simple_macros() data:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: {TRIGGER.NAME.ORIG}"' 12631:20130424:221255.657 End substitute_simple_macros() data:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: name {$TEST1}"' 12631:20130424:221255.657 In zbx_execute_script() 12631:20130424:221255.657 In zbx_popen() command:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: name {$TEST1}"' 12631:20130424:221255.658 End of zbx_popen():6 12631:20130424:221255.658 In zbx_waitpid() 13741:20130424:221255.658 zbx_popen(): executing script 12631:20130424:221255.668 zbx_waitpid() exited, status:0 If I run script throw zabbix agent 10379:20130424:181051.289 Processing request. 10379:20130424:181051.289 Requested [system.run["/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py \"Trigger name: name {$TEST1}\"","nowait"]] 10379:20130424:181051.289 Executing command '/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py "Trigger name: name {$TEST1}"' 10379:20130424:181051.290 Sending back [1] Actually args in script output(simple script write itself args to file): ['/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py', 'Trigger name: name {}' As you can see macros was lost when zabbix server(agent) execute script. |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
This problem is related from |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
what's the deal with usermacros {$TEST1} vs {$TEST} ? |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
Sorry it was typo. Actually {$TEST1} |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2013 Apr 25 ] |
Andrei, User Macro equal {$TEST1} -> gantest This information is related to this problem? I didn't understand it. |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 25 ] |
Alexander, Yes it is value of Macros $TEST1. Additional information I change name in trigger to {$$TEST1} ['/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py', 'Trigger name: name {26139TEST1}'] As I inderstand it is number of pid. |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2013 Apr 25 ] |
But, the user macro should remain as is here. I.e. all macros from trigger name should be sent to script without any changes. |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 25 ] |
I found where was problem.
/usr/bin/python /usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py 'Trigger name: {TRIGGER.NAME.ORIG}'
And it is work good ['/usr/local/share/zabbix/externalscripts/test1.py', 'Trigger name: name {$TEST1}'] I'll closing this issue, It isn't bug. Thanks. |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 25 ] |
If expression uses in action throw the script, there is a some problem. action message: Trigger name: ''{TRIGGER.NAME.ORIG}'' in server log when send message: 9664:20130425:172034.832 In zbx_popen() command:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/alertscripts/test.sh "123" "PROBLEM: name gantest" "Trigger name: name {$TEST1}"' shell get it how string with variables, {$TEST1} disappeared in output Trigger name: ''name {}'' I found it in code and do some changes, and It will work: alerter.c: 103: -- zbx_snprintf_alloc(&cmd, &cmd_alloc, &cmd_offset, " \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"", send_to, subject, message); ++ zbx_snprintf_alloc(&cmd, &cmd_alloc, &cmd_offset, " \'%s\' \'%s\' \'%s\'", send_to, subject, message); after in server log: 27816:20130425:183849.634 In zbx_popen() command:'/usr/local/share/zabbix/alertscripts/test.sh '123' 'PROBLEM: name gantest' 'Trigger name: ''name {$TEST1}'''' and output Trigger name: name {$TEST1} I think need more deep testing about this patch. |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2013 Apr 26 ] |
I have tested shells but it was without result. (zsh,tcsh,ksh) |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Mar 22 ] |
what's the current state, is there anything to fix or improve in zabbix ? |
[ZBXNEXT-3825] Zabbix 3.2.4 Graph getting Droped Created: 2017 Apr 26 Updated: 2023 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | M.ELUMALAI | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | graphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Zabbix G.JPG |
Team: | Team A |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Apr 26 ] |
this issue tracker is for bugreports. please see http://zabbix.org/wiki/Getting_help for support options |
[ZBXNEXT-3326] PSK/CERTIFICATE in zabbix_sender input-file Created: 2016 Jun 27 Updated: 2016 Jun 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Lucian Atody | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix_sender supports adding multiple hostnames in the file which you can pass as argument to "--input-file". It should also support adding the PSK-identity and PSK on each line for each host. |
[ZBXNEXT-2638] Separate zabbix_agent remote execution into a separate poller Created: 2014 Dec 12 Updated: 2015 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | tagwolf | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | privilege | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I would like if you separated out the portions of the agent into a new process. (E.g. zabbix_exec, zabbix_agent_execd, or something..) This process would perform the following actions:
This would gain large configuration flexibility and security benefits such as "Now being able to...":
As we don't have agent ssl or auth, this is IMO a critical security issue as well. Splitting this code out to it's own daemon might even make it easier for you or someone else to implement server<->agent authentication and encryption. Thanks for your time guys! |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Dec 12 ] |
similar to ZBXNEXT-195 |
[ZBXNEXT-152] UserParameter to support a return value which indicates temporary error Created: 2009 Dec 01 Updated: 2018 Oct 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Juho Mäkinen | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 20 |
Labels: | items, notsupported, userparameters | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
all |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Scripts which are executed as zabbix UserParameter needs a way to return a temporary error gracefully. Currently if a script returns an empty response or other error message it's turned as "Not supported" in zabbix and thus the item is no longer updated. Currently Zabbix defines this as a feature as UserParameter scripts should always return some value and empty value indicates that the item is not supported. I think that current behavior is faulted and it needs to be changed some how to allow script to return a temporary error. Few ideas how to fix this:
Current workarounds which have been suggested but aren't a good way to solve the problem:
|
Comments |
Comment by Juho Mäkinen [ 2009 Dec 01 ] |
Here's an example of a situation where this problem might occur: Think for an item which returns a temperature in Celsius and that all possible temperature numbers are valid. The temperature is fetch with an UserParameter script which prints the temperature value to stdout. For +10'C it prints "10", for -12'C it prints "-12" and so on. Then the script notices that it cannot get the temperature data for some reason, like that the meter is broken, the connection is lost or it has lost its power. The script doesn't know the temperature but it must print something, because an empty response is considered as ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED which will result zabbix to change the item status to "Not supported". Currently there isn't any way to return a temporary error from the script. After all we want to assume that the problem will be corrected and after that new temperature values must be collected with the item. We could do a workaround by using the fact that temperatures can't be below -273.15 'C and define an arbitrary value like -1000 to indicate a temporary error. But this will result that zabbix will add those -1000 error values as normal values and they will thus be presented in graphs. |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Dec 01 ] |
i'd suggest modifying the way unsupported handling happens in the server instead. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2010 Oct 12 ] |
Perhaps the new item status should depend on availability of historical data in the database. If the data is available, then change status to "temporarily unavailable", "not supported" otherwise. What do you think? |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 May 20 ] |
text items for zabbix 2.0 now can get empty strings as per solution for numeric items still desired |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2012 Feb 07 ] |
I need this as well to handle flaky temperature probes. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Aug 28 ] |
Note that starting from 2.0 non-numerical items allowed to receive empty values. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Sep 10 ] |
|
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jan 03 ] |
Why not just taking care to write proper messages to log in proper log level? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 13 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 12 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Sep 05 ] |
when dealing with this, special care should be taken to test 'delta' items |
Comment by Filipp Sudanov (Inactive) [ 2015 Mar 13 ] |
Similar for external checks: ZBXNEXT-540 |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Nov 09 ] |
Description is a bit out of date,
|
[ZBXNEXT-6390] Possibility to get regex patterns for filtering from file Created: 2020 Dec 09 Updated: 2020 Dec 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.27 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Gorbach | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In case, when it is not possible to provide SuperAdmin access for users to modify Global regular expressions to have a possibility for to discard some regex patterns from searching into log string it would be useful to get some alternative way to get the same functilonality/ For example - get regex patterns, which should be missed from a file Case 1] We have some count of remote hosts, where we place a file with regex patterns
|
Comments |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2020 Dec 17 ] |
Could something like that do the trick ? ^(?!foo).*$ Or maybe: ^(?!(ORA-101|ORA-102)).*$ |
[ZBXNEXT-8021] CEPH S3 and RBD monitoring Created: 2022 Oct 09 Updated: 2022 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Karzhassov | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux, CEPH |
Description |
We all need detailed ceph monitoring 1) S3 user used space, S3 user quota 2) RBD disk used space, throughput, io 3) RGW answer latency |
[ZBXNEXT-8077] Zabbix Sender failed:1 with PSK/CERT enabled Created: 2022 Oct 31 Updated: 2022 Nov 02 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian11.5/arm64 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: zabbix_sender -z 127.0.0.1 -s "Encryption" -k "test" -o "test" --verbose Response from "127.0.0.1:10051": "processed: 0; failed: 1; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000372" sent: 1; skipped: 0; total: 1 Expected: |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2022 Nov 01 ] |
That would mean changing the "protocol" or standard reply from a trapper. There is no description field unfortunately. Changing that would probably break a lot of parsers. Besides, as sasha mentioned, sender can be used to send to multiple hosts where some might have encryption enabled and some - not. Looks like a change request in any case. |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2022 Nov 01 ] |
Similar issue: ZBXNEXT-38. Probably this case can be closed as duplicate. |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2022 Nov 01 ] |
Related issue ZBXNEXT-506 - quiet mode for zabbix_sender. |
[ZBXNEXT-8068] Amazon Linux 2 arm64 package Created: 2022 Oct 27 Updated: 2022 Oct 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Luiz Costa | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, I need to package for Amazon Linux 2 Arm64 based in RHEL7. I know there is an option to compile the package, but I need it to optimize the installation process
Thanks! |
[ZBXNEXT-7990] Having an issue starting zabbix agent as different user. Created: 2022 Sep 22 Updated: 2022 Sep 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.28 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Takashi Worrell | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Amazon Linux release 2 (Karoo) |
Attachments: | image-2022-09-21-22-53-31-004.png |
Description |
Created a zabbix item to run a query to Amazon's RDS. When I tested the bash script on the server, it works. When I tested the zabbix item, I'm seeing the following below.
I noticed when I ran ps aux, the list of zabbix_agentd processes are running as zabbix when it should be snetzabbix since that user is able to access the RDS Instance on AWS. But I can't change it after trying many steps that I tried over the web. Tried chowning the file to the specified user, configured the zabbix agent config file to use snetzabbix. However, it did not work. Trying to get some ideas here on what I can do to resolve this issue. |
Comments |
Comment by Takashi Worrell [ 2022 Sep 23 ] |
I'm following up to see if there's any update to this case? Since there's no user for zabbix created in the home directory, does that I have to create one and make a cnf file to connect to Amazon's database. It's centos based linux system. |
[ZBXNEXT-7837] how to prevent agent re-reading log repeatedly Created: 2022 Jul 01 Updated: 2023 Jul 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | romeo | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | agent.jpg |
Description |
to monitoring oracle alert log with agent, today my cell phone received a lots of alert message. and then I check agent log found this message:***still has not been updated,consider it to be a new file.(check the attachment) ,I want konw why agent designed like this and how to prevent. I hope agent still read message from end of log file. |
Comments |
Comment by TRONG NGUYEN [ 2023 Jul 07 ] |
I have the same issue when monitoring MT4 log with zabbix 5.0 LTS (I have CentOS 6 server so can not use zabbix 6.0), I found that the mechanism for writing MT4 log file is quite special, the MT4 log file is written continuously so the mtime of log file always changes, however the size of log file does not change. So it always have this log when I checked zabbix_agentd.log: ``30931:20230707:155822.971 the modification time of log file "/window/MetaTrader4Server/logs/20230707.log" has been updated without changing its size, try checking again later This make zabbix re-read MT4 log file repeatedly and make noise for my team. I've tried this option in logrt[] function: ``mtime-noreread - non-unique records, reread only if the size changes (ignore modification time change).`` But when log file is written continuously, zabbix does not show anything because the file size does not change. Any one knows how to prevent zabbix re-reading log file, please help me!!!!! Thanks so much!!! |
[ZBXNEXT-7429] Agent for MacOS M1 Created: 2022 Jan 18 Updated: 2023 Jul 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.19 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Gorbach | Assignee: | Rostislav Palivoda |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Apple is changing architecture for its own devices to M1. The only Zabbix agent for amd64 architecture is available for now. Please, provide Zabbix Agent macOS for M1-based devices |
Comments |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2022 Dec 05 ] |
Actually both server and agent can be compiled, both work pretty well, especially server is very fast. ./configure --enable-server --with-mysql --prefix=$(pwd) --with-zlib=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/lzlib/ --with-libevent=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/libevent/2.1.12 --enable-agent With openssl: ./configure --prefix=$(pwd) --with-zlib=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/lzlib/ --with-libevent=/opt/homebrew/Cellar/libevent/2.1.12 --enable-agent --with-openssl=/opt/homebrew/opt/openssl@3 |
[ZBXNEXT-7470] Template for GPU monitoring in Linux Created: 2022 Feb 04 Updated: 2022 Mar 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.0beta3, 6.0.0rc2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Malik Armughan Mehboob Bhutta | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Operating System, Video Processing GPU based AI servers |
Description |
Currently, there is no official template or way to Monitor GPUs in servers. GPUs are a necessary part of next-generation AI-based applications that are using accelerated computing. I found below 2 templates to monitor GPUs via Zabbix that are really old and have not been updated since 2018. Although working with Zabbix 5.0 but we need more data and deep monitoring for GPUs. 2. Zabbix Share - Nvidia-smi monitoring for multiple GPUs |
[ZBXNEXT-7442] Filter discovery objects on agent side. Created: 2022 Jan 24 Updated: 2022 Jul 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently we discover objects by some discovery for example filesystem discovery on agent and bring all data in JSON format for filtering and processing on server. So would be great to extend syntax of discovery key for including or excluding some objects, for example with types, probably with names it brings a lot of issues etc.
vfs.fs.discovery[include,"ext3,ext4"]
or
vfs.fs.discovery[exclude, tmpfs]
The same for other default discovery keys. |
[ZBXNEXT-7459] Add option for windows agent to choose user which it runs Created: 2022 Feb 01 Updated: 2022 Feb 22 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.19, 6.0.0rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently there is no way to choose user on Windows while installing Zabbix Agent though CLI or MSI. Would be great to have some option in Agent configuration file or MSI, CLI installation option to specify which user instead "Local system account" which is used by default. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2022 Feb 22 ] |
Currently this can be done manually: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/en/manual/appendix/items/win_permissions |
[ZBXNEXT-4204] Zabbix should be capable to watch filesystem events Created: 2017 Oct 31 Updated: 2021 Jan 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc Schoechlin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Description |
It would be good to have a new variant of active items: Instead of cyclic updates, zabbix-agent should be capable to watch inotify events on directories or files. If a inotify event appears the item(s) should be fetched and delivered. Example: Probably it would be a good idea to have a more general solution: inotifywait -e modify /var/lib/puppet/state/last_run_summary.yaml
https://openquery.com.au/blog/tool-day-inotify |
Comments |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2017 Oct 31 ] |
hmm, sorry unable to change the formatting/text of a already submitted issue |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2017 Nov 02 ] |
Post new text in comment and I'll update description. |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2021 Jan 03 ] |
Next text: It would be good to have a new variant of active items: Instead of cyclic updates, zabbix-agent should be capable to watch inotify events on directories or files. If a defined inotify event appears the item(s) should be fetched and delivered. Example: The usage behavior could be:
|
[ZBXNEXT-5253] Offload preprocessing to zabbix-agents? Created: 2019 Jun 03 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Evgenii Terechkov | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
To really high-frequent monitoring, it is obvious idea to offload values preprocessing to agents. What do you think? |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2019 Jun 03 ] |
What do you mean by "high-frequency" monitoring? 100 times/second? 1000 times/second? More? |
Comment by Evgenii Terechkov [ 2019 Jun 03 ] |
Nope, I think about 0.1 - 1 time/second monitoring of free space/inodes for autodiscovered FS, with values throttling offloaded to agents.
As example, 5 mountpoints/FS and 1 time/second monitoring of 2 items gives total 10 nvps per host, multiple it by number of hosts. Preprocessing/throttling on agents will make this case easier for transient zabbix proxy and main zabbix server. |
[ZBXNEXT-5056] Allow regex/wildcards for vfs.files.exists Created: 2019 Feb 19 Updated: 2023 May 11 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Hector Lopez | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | items, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL 6/7 64bit |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We are planning to migrate our current monitoring tool to zabbix but one major blocker is that Zabbix does not play well with wildcards using vfs.files.exists. A large number of our systems generate application logs where our current tool would monitor and report if found. It is actually a simple "search for anything .log or error-.log in path /this/path/to/logfile", which does not appear to work with Zabbix vfs.files.exists item. |
Comments |
Comment by Edgar Akhmetshin [ 2019 Feb 19 ] |
Hello Hector, Thank you for reporting the issue. You can use custom LLD rules to discover all files and add them to the monitoring. I found a similar case registered under ZBXNEXT-1699, so we will close this ticket and continue the discussion there. Feel free to follow the original case and vote for it. Regards, |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Feb 19 ] |
If you don't need to dive into contents of these files, you can use vfs.dir.count[]. I think it should be sufficient for this use case. |
Comment by Hector Lopez [ 2019 Feb 25 ] |
Thank you everyone for your inputs! Will do more testing noting these inputs.
|
Comment by James Howe [ 2019 May 15 ] |
@edgar.akhmetshin |
Comment by Aleksandrs Petrovs-Gavrilovs [ 2022 May 10 ] |
Instead of having a vfs.file.exists for each one, perhaps an item like vfs.files.exists to combine this into one item check such as: vfs.files.exists[/path1/to/some.log, /path1/to/another.log, /path2/to/more.log, /path3/to/another2.log] Regardless of whether the list of filenames is a single string parameter (“name1,name2”) or the item just accepts multiple parameters with each as a separate file, it would help reduce the chances of an external script timing out. |
[ZBXNEXT-4828] Interface Se0/0/ Bits received and Bits sent Created: 2018 Oct 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.14 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Trinath Dakua | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
WAN Interface Card - HWIC Serial 2T on Slot 0 SubSlot 0: is not supported by zabbix 3.4.14 and 4.0 |
Attachments: | image-2018-10-25-11-24-10-440.png image-2018-11-06-16-14-45-291.png image-2018-11-06-16-29-45-435.png image-2018-11-06-16-30-47-136.png image-2018-11-06-16-35-13-953.png |
Description |
|
Comments |
Comment by Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs [ 2018 Nov 01 ] |
Thank you for your submission. Can you please provide the error you are getting when item gets not supported? |
Comment by Trinath Dakua [ 2018 Nov 06 ] |
Hi, we are using Cisco 2901/K9 Router and monitoring graphs . Network Interfaces Discovery: Interface Se0/0/0(*** LEASE LINE TO HO ***): Bits sent Network Interfaces Discovery: Interface Se0/0/0(*** LEASE LINE TO HO ***): Bits received
|
Comment by Trinath Dakua [ 2018 Nov 07 ] |
Hi Cisco 2901/K9 Router Discovered and Ethernet interface is graphs Monitoring and working fine.but serial interface are not graphs Monitoring . by default Serial interface OID are : Network Interfaces Discovery: Interface Se0/0/0(*** LEASE LINE TO HO ***): Bits sent Network Interfaces Discovery: Interface Se0/0/0(*** LEASE LINE TO HO ***): Bits received
|
[ZBXNEXT-4614] limited hostname lookup support in zabbix_sender Created: 2018 Jun 27 Updated: 2020 Oct 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | configfile, hostname, sender | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
But, automatic basic hostname lookup is the most often desired functionality and would help a large number of users without involving complicated development and feature creep in sender. This feature request asks to support limited hostname lookup, only supporting automatic system.hostname resolution if none of the Hostname* parameters is defined. |
Comments |
Comment by Daria [ 2020 Jun 15 ] |
Absolutely agree! |
[ZBXNEXT-4393] Add individual item recchock option when unsupported Created: 2018 Feb 21 Updated: 2018 Feb 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.7, 3.4.8rc1, 4.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Diego Narducci Arioza | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All |
Description |
You can implement an option to manually configure each trigger when it is not supported, in many cases, we use the nodata function to check if a bank instance is ok or not, when the instance drops the item gets error and has to wait for the zabbix global retraction time, when you need to leave this value high, the item in this example even after being solved very fast will have to wait zabbix global temple for rechecation, I think it would be very interesting to put an individual option in cad aitem for rechecagem if it is not supported. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Feb 21 ] |
while unsupported items should work with nodata() in recent releases, could this issue be a duplicate of https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-473 ? |
[ZBXNEXT-5097] Problem with priority in Windows Created: 2019 Mar 07 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.24 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Lukasz Krzyczkowski | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello Is there any possibility to start zabbix agent in windows server in higher priority using zabbix config ? |
Comments |
Comment by Dmitrijs Lamberts [ 2019 Mar 07 ] |
Please be advised that this section of the tracker is for Feature request reports only. The case you have submitted can not be qualified as one, so please reach out to sales@zabbix.com for commercial support or consultancy services. Alternatively, you can also use our IRC channel or community forum (https://www.zabbix.com/forum) for assistance. With that said, we are closing this ticket. Thank you for understanding. Best regards, |
[ZBXNEXT-5041] Precompiled ZBX 4.0.4 Agent on AIX 7.1 Created: 2019 Feb 14 Updated: 2020 Jul 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.3, 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marcus Griesing | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
ZBX 4.0.4 Agent on AIX 7.1 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Dear Zabbix Support Team, We recognize Errors on Compilation of the ZBX4.0.x Agent on our AIX 7.1 Systems. Here is the Output of our AIX Technician: ./configure --enable-agent --enable-ipv6 --with-net-snmp --with-libxml2 --with-openssl I tried to "make install", but this stopped in several errors: In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:582:12: error: conflicting types for 'fgetpos64' extern int fgetpos64(FILE *, fpos64_t *); ^~~~~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:377:12: note: previous declaration of 'fgetpos64' was here extern int fgetpos(FILE *__restrict__, fpos_t *__restrict__); ^~~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:585:12: error: conflicting types for 'fseeko64' extern int fseeko64(FILE *, off64_t, int); ^~~~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:525:12: note: previous declaration of 'fseeko64' was here extern int fseeko(FILE *, off_t, int); ^~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:586:12: error: conflicting types for 'fsetpos64' extern int fsetpos64(FILE *, const fpos64_t *); ^~~~~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:379:12: note: previous declaration of 'fsetpos64' was here extern int fsetpos(FILE *, const fpos_t *); ^~~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:587:16: error: conflicting types for 'ftello64' extern off64_t ftello64(FILE *); ^~~~~~~~ In file included from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:26, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/stdio.h:526:14: note: previous declaration of 'ftello64' was here extern off_t ftello(FILE *); ^~~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:210:16: error: conflicting types for 'lseek64' extern off64_t lseek64(int, off64_t, int); ^~~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:208:14: note: previous declaration of 'lseek64' was here extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); ^~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:866, from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /usr/include/sys/lockf.h:64:13: error: conflicting types for 'lockf64' extern int lockf64 (int, int, off64_t); ^~~~~~~ /usr/include/sys/lockf.h:62:13: note: previous declaration of 'lockf64' was here extern int lockf (int, int, off_t); ^~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:939:14: error: conflicting types for 'ftruncate64' extern int ftruncate64(int, off64_t); ^~~~~~~~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:937:14: note: previous declaration of 'ftruncate64' was here extern int ftruncate(int, off_t); ^~~~~~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:996:14: error: conflicting types for 'truncate64' extern int truncate64(const char *, off64_t); ^~~~~~~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:994:14: note: previous declaration of 'truncate64' was here extern int truncate(const char *, off_t); ^~~~~~~~ In file included from /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/fcntl.h:234, from ../../../../include/sysinc.h:157, from ../../../../include/common.h:23, from cpu.c:21: /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1015:18: error: conflicting types for 'pread64' extern ssize_t pread64(int, void *, size_t, off64_t); ^~~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1012:18: note: previous declaration of 'pread64' was here extern ssize_t pread(int, void *, size_t, off_t); ^~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1016:18: error: conflicting types for 'pwrite64' extern ssize_t pwrite64(int, const void *, size_t, off64_t); ^~~~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1013:18: note: previous declaration of 'pwrite64' was here extern ssize_t pwrite(int, const void *, size_t, off_t); ^~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1101:17: error: conflicting types for 'fclear64' extern off64_t fclear64(int, off64_t); ^~~~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1098:15: note: previous declaration of 'fclear64' was here extern off_t fclear(int, off_t); ^~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1102:13: error: conflicting types for 'fsync_range64' extern int fsync_range64(int, int, off64_t, off64_t); ^~~~~~~~~~~~~ /opt/freeware/lib/gcc/powerpc-ibm-aix7.1.0.0/8.2.0/include-fixed/unistd.h:1099:13: note: previous declaration of 'fsync_range64' was here extern int fsync_range(int, int, off_t, off_t); ^~~~~~~~~~~ make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. Regards, Marcus |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2019 Feb 14 ] |
Hi, Marcus! Can you try: $ OBJECT_MODE=64 ; export OBJECT_MODE $ CFLAGS="-maix64 -g -O2" ./configure --enable-agent --enable-ipv6 --with-openssl $ make install |
Comment by Enrico Becker [ 2019 Feb 15 ] |
Hi, we tried this and I think we had a little progress, but came to an error: ld: 0711-224 WARNING: Duplicate symbol: Hyp_Name ld: 0711-345 Use the -bloadmap or -bnoquiet option to obtain more information. ld: 0711-317 ERROR: Undefined symbol: .libiconv_open ld: 0711-317 ERROR: Undefined symbol: .libiconv ld: 0711-317 ERROR: Undefined symbol: .libiconv_close collect2: error: ld returned 8 exit status make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. Seams to be a problem with the LD-Library path, but don't know how to fix that the right way! |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2019 Feb 18 ] |
Hi, enrico.becker ! It could be that you have only 32-bit libiconv installed. Take a look at comment how to compile a 64-bit libiconv and then Zabbix agent. It was written almost 3 years ago, today probably there are newer versions available. |
Comment by Enrico Becker [ 2019 Feb 19 ] |
Hi Andris. Thanks for your hint. I compiled libiconv version 1.15 as you suggested in 64-bit: ar -tv -X64 lib/libiconv.a rw-r--r-- 0/0 1657366 Feb 19 08:14 2019 iconv.o rw-r--r-- 0/0 43724 Feb 19 08:14 2019 localcharset.o rw-r--r-- 0/0 37981 Feb 19 08:14 2019 relocatable.o r--r--r-- 0/0 310633 Feb 19 08:14 2019 shr4_64.o file bin/iconv bin/iconv: 64-bit XCOFF executable or object module not stripped But after configure zabbix again I got the same error. here is what I do and get: {{CFLAGS="-maix64 -g -O2" ./configure --enable-agent --enable-ipv6 --with-openssl --with-net-snmp --with-libxml2 --with-iconv=/tmp/libiconv-1.15 --prefix=`pwd`}} Configuration:Detected OS: aix7.1.5.0 Install path: /tmp/zabbix/zabbix-4.0.4 Compilation arch: aix Compiler: /tmp/zabbix/zabbix-4.0.4/compile cc Compiler flags: -maix64 -g -O2 Library-specific flags: TLS: -I/usr/include iconv: -I/tmp/libiconv-1.15/include Enable server: no Enable proxy: no Enable agent: yes Agent details: TLS: OpenSSL Linker flags: -L/usr/lib -L/tmp/libiconv-1.15/lib Libraries: -lssl -lcrypto -lm -lperfstat -lpcre -liconv Configuration file: /tmp/zabbix/zabbix-4.0.4/etc/zabbix_agentd.conf Modules: /tmp/zabbix/zabbix-4.0.4/lib/modules Enable Java gateway: no LDAP support: no IPv6 support: yes And after "make install" I got: ld: 0711-224 WARNING: Duplicate symbol: Hyp_Name ld: 0711-345 Use the -bloadmap or -bnoquiet option to obtain more information. ld: 0711-317 ERROR: Undefined symbol: .libiconv_open ld: 0711-317 ERROR: Undefined symbol: .libiconv ld: 0711-317 ERROR: Undefined symbol: .libiconv_close collect2: error: ld returned 8 exit status make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. make: 1254-004 The error code from the last command is 1. Stop. Regards, Enrico |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2019 May 16 ] |
Maybe you can use agent compiled on AIX 6.1 on an AIX 7.1 machine?
|
Comment by Andrzej [ 2019 Sep 18 ] |
Hi In our company we have the same problem. AIX 6.1 version zabbix agent 4.2.6.
$ OBJECT_MODE=64 ; export OBJECT_MODE
$ CFLAGS="-maix64 -g -O2" ./configure --enable-agent
$ make install
I got an error like Becker described. But I checked if a binary was created in the src directory in directory zabbix-4.2.6. Surprise was in this directory. Next i did ./zabbix_agent -V and got a response. I create zabbix_agent.conf and run this agent. It work Agent Zabbix send value to Zabbix Server. |
[ZBXNEXT-4943] Change Zabbix Agent and Server to use different user accounts in packages Created: 2019 Jan 07 Updated: 2019 Feb 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Packages (C) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | W. S. Story | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | account, agent, package, security, user | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 7 |
Description |
At the suggestion of Richlv, I am creating this. Per Chapter 1, page 15 of the Zabbix Network Monitoring: Second Edition book, it is a bad idea to use the same account for server and agent on the server. Steps to fix:
Currently both start as zabbix user which could be a security vulnerability as the Zabbix agent on the server could read its configuration and give up details there were not intended outside of the server.
|
Comments |
Comment by W. S. Story [ 2019 Jan 07 ] |
I failed to mention that volter discovered this vulnerability. |
Comment by Edgar Akhmetshin [ 2019 Jan 07 ] |
Hello W.S. Story, You can change the user in accordance with the security policy applied in your enterprise. The steps that you use to change a user are not correct:
Could you describe in more detail what the vulnerability is? Regards, |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jan 07 ] |
|
Comment by Arturs Lontons [ 2019 Jan 08 ] |
Hi, |
[ZBXNEXT-3418] Can not get a log more than 64KB in one line in Zabbix3.0.0 Created: 2016 Sep 01 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Takafumi Iwasaki | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix3.0.0-1 |
Description |
Can not get a log more than 64KB in one line in Zabbix3.0.0. For log file records longer than 256kB, only the first 256kB are matched against the regular expression and the rest of the record is ignored. Note: Thank you |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2016 Sep 01 ] |
How long are your log lines then ? |
[ZBXNEXT-3144] support partial matching for the certificate subject field Created: 2016 Feb 16 Updated: 2016 Nov 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | certificates, encryption, tls, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
As mentioned in (58) in Since using the "Subject" field is a must from the security perspective, it is sad that it currently requires manual handling for every host with a command-line tool. It would be nice to reduce the amount of effort in two ways:
Both should reduce the amount of effort significantly and make it more convenient. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Nov 29 ] |
When we will come to implement this it would be very beneficial to bring issuer/subject verification logic into one place. Currently it is done independently in ~4 places across the whole source tree. |
[ZBXNEXT-8434] Provide CAB files for the Agents Created: 2023 May 08 Updated: 2023 May 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.17, 6.4.2, 7.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows/SCCM/MECM |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Build and publish CAB files for easy integration with SCCM/MECM |
[ZBXNEXT-8400] extend parameters for eventlog windows key Created: 2023 Apr 13 Updated: 2023 Apr 13 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.2rc1, 7.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
extend current parameters for eventlog key for windows like it was done for log logrt maxdelay - the maximum delay in seconds. Type: float. Values: 0 - (default) never ignore log file lines; > 0.0 - ignore older lines in order to get the most recent lines analyzed within "maxdelay" seconds. Read the maxdelay notes before using it! This would be very useful to not read all logs if they not needed. If wee need only some fresh for last hour. One of use case: Agent was stopped or not running by some reason for few hours/days then we nit started it start reading huge set of event logs which might be not actual for a moment for monitoring. Probably maxdelay could be set globally for all eventlog/ log items and on priority on key level for particular logs. |
[ZBXNEXT-8179] Discovery filesystem is not working. Error is "The system cannot find the file specified.". Created: 2022 Dec 26 Updated: 2023 Feb 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Epic | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | tunahan husem | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, items, macros, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows Server 2019, Zabbix Server v6.2, Zabbix agent v6.2 and Zabbix agent 2 v6.2 |
Attachments: | Screenshot_1.png Screenshot_2.png Screenshot_3.png |
Epic Name: | Mounted filesystem discovery |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
There is a problem on discovery rules in filesystem discovery part. Error is "The system cannot find the file specified.". I will attach error logs. |
[ZBXNEXT-6049] New type of dependent item, update interval Created: 2020 Jul 07 Updated: 2020 Jul 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dario Sindicic | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be awesome that we could have another kind of dependant item in Zabbix. A new kind of dependant item would mean that kid item would act like a normal item, but its refresh would be indicated by the change of its' master item. Having that feature, kid item shouldn't have so tiny refresh interval because it would refresh only on a real update. For example, master item is a Log item in which I grep "Synchronized" word, and kid item would be an HTTP agent that would curl the website and by that collect new content. |
[ZBXNEXT-6166] Implement TLS/SSL session cache for encrypted connections between Server/Proxy/Agent Created: 2020 Aug 27 Updated: 2023 Apr 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Andris Mednis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team A |
Description |
Current solution - https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/encryption:
For example web servers has different options how to deal with SSL/TLS cache: |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2020 Sep 02 ] |
Sometimes we are having encrypted server->proxy connection failures. We use OpenSSL library. The error happens during the attempt to establish SSL handshake. Call to SSL_connect() function is never finished, we hit the alarm timeout that we set to 20 seconds (TrapperTimeout=20). The error message is SSL_connect() timed out and it's generated by Zabbix: 7822:20200820:092156.849 cannot connect to proxy "Foobar": TCP successful, cannot establish TLS to [[www.xxx.yyy.zzz]:1050]: SSL_connect() timed out While not saying this issue will fix our problems (which may happen because of network issues) we think it might minimize those and also minimize the effort spent on establishing encrypted connections. |
[ZBXNEXT-2904] Option to securely pass sensitive arguments to External check and User parameter Created: 2015 Aug 15 Updated: 2021 Apr 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | externalchecks, security, userparameters | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Command line arguments or environment variables can easily be exposed via the /proc file system. Since Now I wonder whether it is feasible to improve External check and User parameter functionality to be usable for such cases too - to get sensitive data passed more securely. The only way I currently can think of is by optionally passing data to stdin of the custom command. I've no clue whether it should rather be configurable in a fixed format with two variables only (username and password) or a free form field supporting line breaks. The first allows to use existing form fields. The latter provides maximum flexibility for instance to adapt a format that is already supported by a given custom command. I know, without something like |
Comments |
Comment by Justin Addams [ 2021 Apr 08 ] |
If I understand correctly, this is still an issue experienced even when using the new secure macros? |
[ZBXNEXT-3801] Allow limiting file system access in Zabbix agent configuration Created: 2017 Apr 18 Updated: 2019 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sami Pajunen | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Agent configuration should support whitelist of allowed paths for following agent items:
This is necessary when running agent in environment where security requirements state that full external access to file system items by Zabbix is not allowed but some file items still must be monitored. Whitelisting paths allows limiting accessible file system items easily. Another way to restrict Zabbix access to file system requires configuring file access of Zabbix agent user at file system level which is much more cumbersome, prone to errors and may be impossible to implement in certain environments. I have already implemented this feature in fork of Zabbix which can be seen at: https://github.com/digiapulssi/zabbix/pull/2 In the implementation, whitelist can be configured by adding AllowedPath elements in agent configuration specifying regex path patterns. When none are configured full access is allowed to ensure backwards compatibility. For example, following configuration would only allow checking of mariadb logs:
AllowedPath=^/var/log/mariadb/.*$
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Apr 18 ] |
besides filesystem permission level, this might be better achievable via selinux/apparmor. built-in capability would be easier to use, though.
|
[ZBXNEXT-3395] make client authentication optional in TLS communication with certificates Created: 2016 Aug 18 Updated: 2022 Jun 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | MarcoP | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Agent on Windows 2008-2012 and Linux RHEL6, server Linux RHEL6 |
Attachments: | proposal.jpg | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Dear team, we are working with agent-server communication encryption
I.e. agent configuration file: The agent on Windows will not start. The same happens with the Linux agent ? but providing a clearer error: Is this expected, i.e. by design Zabbix is using not only encryption but also client authentication over TLS (so the server will ask the client, in this case the agent to provide its certificate to authenticate it? Otherwise, if this is not the intended design, can it be classified as an issue/bug? Thanks in advance for your help |
Comments |
Comment by MarcoP [ 2016 Aug 19 ] |
Hi, ◾ Zabbix uses mutual authentication. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
Yes, Zabbix daemons perform mutual authentication and this is by design. How would you then formulate the feature request? |
Comment by MarcoP [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
Hi Aleksandrs, So in this use case there would be two options: The encryption without CA would be useful to avoid a certificate to be installed and configured on the Agent, i.e. scenario in which only the connection from the agent to the server needs to be encrypted (active). So only the server would have its certificate and would be authenticated on the agent side, while the agent will not send any certificate to the server. PS: attached web GUI proposal of how this might be activated. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
So, basically, it is about not being required to configure certificates for Zabbix agents, just like with HTTPS, where only a Web server is required to present a certificate, but not clients? |
Comment by MarcoP [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
hi, yes, you got the point. Thanks |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
Thank you! I have updated the issue title and moving it to ZBXNEXT project. Note that if it is desired to only configure a certificate on Zabbix server, but not on the agents, then it will prevent passive checks from working. With passive checks, Zabbix server connects to Zabbix agents, so Zabbix server acts as a TLS client and Zabbix agents act as TLS servers. If Zabbix agents (TLS servers) do not have certificates, then it will probably not work, because TLS servers are more or less required to have certificates (see also http://security.stackexchange.com/questions/38589/can-https-server-configured-without-a-server-certificate). If you just need a cheaper and easier encryption scheme, you can use PSK in the meanwhile. |
[ZBXNEXT-3388] Load libraries in runtime with RTLD_LOCAL flag Created: 2016 Aug 19 Updated: 2019 Apr 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | crash, dependencies | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Let's start with a small demonstration. Let's build a small application (test) linked against two libraries (liba.so and libe.so) depending on one and the same symbol (foo) from two different libraries (libb.so and libd.so). a.c: #include "a.h" #include "b.h" void a_foo(void) { foo(); } a.h: void a_foo(void); b.c:
#include <stdio.h>
void foo(void)
{
printf("bar\n");
}
b.h: void foo(void); d.c:
#include <stdio.h>
void foo(void)
{
printf("baz\n");
}
d.h: void foo(void); e.c: #include "d.h" #include "e.h" void e_foo(void) { foo(); } e.h: void e_foo(void); Let's build libraries: $ gcc -o libb.so b.c -fPIC -shared $ gcc -o libd.so d.c -fPIC -shared $ gcc -o liba.so a.c -lb -L. -fPIC -shared $ gcc -o libe.so e.c -ld -L. -fPIC -shared Let's first test them separately. #include "a.h" int main(void) { a_foo(); return 0; } test_e.c: #include "e.h" int main(void) { e_foo(); return 0; } $ export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=. $ gcc -o test_a test_a.c -la -L. $ gcc -o test_e test_e.c -le -L. $ ./test_a bar $ ./test_e baz So far everything is as expected. Now let's link both libraries to the same program. #include "a.h" #include "e.h" int main(void) { a_foo(); e_foo(); return 0; } Both a_foo() and e_foo() print "bar" or "baz" depending on -l flag order: $ gcc -o test_both test_both.c -la -le -L. $ ./test_both bar bar $ gcc -o test_both test_both.c -le -la -L. $ ./test_both baz baz If program has it's own symbol foo it gets even better. #include "a.h" #include "e.h" #include <stdio.h> void foo(void) { printf("foo\n"); } int main(void) { a_foo(); e_foo(); return 0; } Symbol foo from liba.so and libe.so gets resolved to the foo exported by the program itself: $ gcc -o test_own test_own.c -la -le -L. $ ./test_own foo foo But with a different approach it is possible to sort it out. #include <stdio.h> #include <dlfcn.h> void foo(void) { printf("foo\n"); } int main(void) { void *liba, *libe; void (*a_foo)(void); void (*e_foo)(void); liba = dlopen("liba.so", RTLD_NOW | RTLD_LOCAL); libe = dlopen("libe.so", RTLD_NOW | RTLD_LOCAL); a_foo = dlsym(liba, "foo"); e_foo = dlsym(libe, "foo"); foo(); a_foo(); e_foo(); dlclose(liba); dlclose(libe); return 0; } $ gcc -o test_rtld test_rtld.c -ldl $ ./test_rtld foo bar baz Most important question: How is it related to Zabbix? Zabbix depends on a number of libraries (cURL, Net-SNMP, OpenIPMI, DB client libraries, ...) which all require encryption libraries as a secondary dependency. Zabbix uses DB client libraries to access its database and links against UnixODBC which loads ODBC drivers which require DB client libraries too. Sometimes they all need different versions of the same library and inability to resolve symbols correctly (slight difference between "bar" and "baz" in the example above) often leads to crashes. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 19 ] |
List of potentially related tickets: ZBX-8005, |
[ZBXNEXT-3226] Move Zabbix Gateway to Agent Created: 2016 Apr 01 Updated: 2016 Apr 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Java gateway (J) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dennis Plöger | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In many cases, JMX-Interfaces only listen to localhost or firewall admins tend to close down their ports. In these cases, the current implementation would force me to install a zabbix agent, a java gateway and a zabbix proxy on the application server to be able to read the jmx information. Thus, the java gateway feature should either be directly integrated into the agent (recommended) or the gateway should be linked to the agent, not to the proxy or server. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 01 ] |
integrating it in the agent would be highly unfeasible. java gateway is written in java, while agent is small, lean and uses little memory. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Apr 03 ] |
Dynamically loadable Java agent module? |
[ZBXNEXT-3194] zabbix 3 disables core dumps Created: 2016 Mar 16 Updated: 2016 Aug 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0, 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | patrik uytterhoeven | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | coredump, zabbix_agentd, zabbix_proxy, zabbix_server | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix disables core dumps when adding encryption when compiling A better solution would be to have the option in the config file. This way when people needs a core dump they have the option to enable core dumps. Or at least they have a choice. I understand that the dump can be a security risk but sometimes coredumps are usefull and needed. |
Comments |
Comment by Sandis Neilands (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 16 ] |
Coredumps remain enabled if Zabbix compiled without encryption support: |
[ZBXNEXT-1734] On HP-UX the interface detection can go into an endless loop Created: 2013 May 06 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Albert Flügel | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | discovery, hp-ux, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
HP-UX 10 or higher |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.0.5.hpux-Makefile.in.patch zabbix-2.0.5.patch |
Description |
In src/libs/zbxsysinfo/hpux/net.c, line 79 a loop over all interfaces starts. The patch contains also other fixes for building on HP-UX 10 and to implement system.uptime and system.boottime. The attached patch can be applied to version 2.0.5 and 2.0.6. Others have not been tested. |
Comments |
Comment by Albert Flügel [ 2013 Sep 16 ] |
The patch is still valid for zabbix 2.0.8 |
Comment by Albert Flügel [ 2013 Sep 17 ] |
If automake cannot or should not be run after applying the other patch file zabbix-2.0.5.patch , apply this file the same way:
|
[ZBXNEXT-1458] Allow patterns in "exclude" of item "services[<type>,<state>,<exclude>]". Created: 2012 Oct 09 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert de Bock | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | regexps, services, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Description |
We have some Windows services that include a version in their name, like: "clr_optimization_v4.0.30319_32,clr_optimization_v4.0.30319_64". I'd like to be able to exclude a pattern like "clr_optimiztion_*", otherwise the list of excluded patterns will be long and unmanagable. So, I'd like to configure this key on an item: Currently this "clr_optimiztion_*" does not match "clr_optimization_v4.0.30319_32", nor "clr_optimization_v4.0.30319_64". |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
I'd say support of regexps there is requested. |
[ZBXNEXT-1004] implement proc.mem for windows agent Created: 2011 Oct 19 Updated: 2012 Oct 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ghozlane TOUMI | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | items, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
found alot of occurence of people asking for this feature, could not find an issue in the ticketting system (sorry , my jira fu is not that good) anyway : Windows agent should support a proc.mem item . right now the workarounf of using perf_counter is far from perfect :
|
[ZBXNEXT-967] Logfile monitoring - regular expressions to search multiple lines by agent Created: 2011 Sep 14 Updated: 2021 Apr 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.7 |
Fix Version/s: | 1.8.8 |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Frank Hirschner | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, regexps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 5.6 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Logfile monitoring with regular expression is ok. But sometimes you need to search for log entries in more than one line. Example: foo foofoofoo foofoofoofoo error and much more here is the description foofoofoo foofoofoofoo regular expression: /^error.*\n.*$/m With this regular expression you will get both lines. But today it is not possible in zabbix |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Sep 14 ] |
most likely a dupe of |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2021 Apr 05 ] |
This is not duplicate, reopening it, as time to time people ask for that. |
[ZBXNEXT-596] Integrate typeperf results into windows agent and web interface Created: 2010 Dec 31 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mike Depot | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | perf_counter | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please consider the following feature request involving making better use of typeperf information on windows agents : 1) In the Windows agent, build in the ability to collect the results of "typeperf -qx" and pass that list back to the Zabbix server. 2) On the Zabbix server, in the web interface under a particular host, allow the admin to view this typeperf list. That alone would centralize this very useful information so people don't have to check typeperf on individual machines prior to adding perf_counter Items. Once that is in place, it can be taken a step further : 3) While viewing the list of typeperf results for a host in the web GUI, allow a number of individual items to be checked off, and then a button could be clicked to automatically add perf_counter Items for each checked off typeperf line. Default values could be used for many of the fields, which could then be individually edited later if desired. This would allow fast creation of multiple perf_counter items, and since they would be based on typeperf collected right from the target machine, they should all work properly on that Windows host. It would also eliminate the manual entry of all those long string definitions and reduce the chance of typos. Once this functionality is is place, it would be useful to be able to create a template based on that host. ( see ZBXNEXT-595 ). For future thought: Once the concept of an agent collecting a list of available monitor targets and passing that list back to the Zabbix server for selection is in place, something similar could be done for other monitoring targets such as "netstat -l" (listening ports), available SNMP monitors, etc. These would also be applicable to Linux hosts. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jan 02 ] |
"Once the concept of an agent collecting a list of available monitor targets and passing that list back to the Zabbix server for selection is in place" actually, the concept has already been developed it should be already possible to write custom checks that return json of typeperf output (see the end of that documentation page) so this feature request could be about windows agent supporting performance counters as discoverable objects (it's pretty much already supported for snmp) |
[ZBXNEXT-638] AMQP support (alternative from zabbix_agentd) Created: 2011 Jan 27 Updated: 2019 Sep 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4, 1.9.1 (alpha) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | João Figueiredo | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any |
Description |
AMQP is proving itself as a reliable and efficient messaging system for near real time communication. Maybe something like http://pecl.php.net/package/amqp could be used. As explained in |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jan 27 ] |
php most likely not, as server is written in c. more background info : "Advanced Message Queuing Protocol" see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AMQP although more aimed at general messaging, might be interesting. one problem is fracturing of the community around it : thus it would probably be best to wait out all this |
Comment by nelsonab [ 2011 Nov 18 ] |
I'm going to take a crack at developing a patch for this. I've been tasked with learning and getting up to speed with Red Hat's MRG product which uses QPID which is the Apache version of AMQP. The biggest challenge so far is that there are no C libraries for AMQP. Rabbit-MQ has one but from what I can tell it's not considered production stable and I wonder how actively developed it is. The best libraries are written in C+, and Java. Fortunately there is a way to interface C with C+, and that is the route I think I will take. Looking long term adding AMQP support is a "no brainer" in my view. Fedora 16 has recently introduced Matahari, which is a systems management tool which uses AMQP, I would not be surprised if Matahari makes it way into RHEL 7. If that happens I speculate that RHN Satellite support would not be far behind. If Zabbix was able to tap this as a means for monitoring that would put it ahead of the competition. Also with AMQP it may be possible to introduce a framework to allow the Web Frontend to talk to the agent directly and query all of the available items. In addition to the above, many "Cloud" offerings are built on Messaging systems such as AMQP. If Zabbix had AMQP support this would further give it a leg up on competitors by truly being a "Cloud Aware" monitoring system. |
Comment by João Figueiredo [ 2011 Nov 18 ] |
That would be great Nelson, |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 May 17 ] |
Please have a look here ZBXNEXT-2308 |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Apr 26 ] |
This idea has big potential now (Zabbix 4.0+). With Zabbix 4.0 and its HTTP agent ready, AMQP consumer (as item type) could be next built-in collector.
|
[ZBXNEXT-878] encoding conversion support for other item types Created: 2010 Sep 27 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | thierry regis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | utf8, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 1.8.3 , posgres 8.4 |
Attachments: | UTF8 GUI WITH LATIN DB.jpg |
Description |
Hi, We are experiencing a significant problem on the zabbix server side. We are working with a postgres 8.4 database. On the server logs , we get some : 31287:20100927:144440.030 [Z3005] Query failed: [0] PGRES_FATAL_ERROR:ERROR: invalid byte sequence for encoding "UTF8": 0x82 this error refer to metrics send in non UTF8 format. this metrics are send from windows agent 1.4 , but also from windows agent 1.8.3 ( from agentd or zabbix_sender) at this time we d'ont know how to solve this problem. the cmd.exe are in chcp 850 , we have tried to encode the cmd in chcp 65001 before sending data , it works but will be heavy to deploy. Does the agent et the zabbix_sender are not meant to encode data in UTF8. have you any advices on this point? il will push up the results of our tests in this issues , but any welp would be really usefull. thanks in advance |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Sep 27 ] |
what items cause these errors ? |
Comment by thierry regis [ 2010 Sep 27 ] |
hi, evrything kind of items can cause this problems.
What about items encoding ? haven't see this . |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2010 Sep 27 ] |
Is no Zabbix problem. Is windows related problem, and it can be solved by introducing new future named for example "Support custom encoding(Code Page identifier) for UserParameter" same as for log[] key. IMHO. Read very good topic in Russian if you can: |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2010 Oct 06 ] |
Related issue: |
Comment by thierry regis [ 2010 Oct 06 ] |
I , regarding to this issue, we stil have this huge problem. In order to pass througt the metrics from windows which don't comme up in zabbix . We have migrate the database in LATIN. All metrics are recolted successfully now , but we are in a real complex situation. Zabbix server is running in UTF8 , zabbix GUI is running in UTF8, and the database is in LATIN. It is therefore impossible to simply copy a template wiwh contains accented character (éàô...) etc ... as the GUI responds that character are unrecognized. We definitively need a support on this issue as it might be really difficult to reverse this situation. as anyone a clue on this ? do we have to try to play on the GUI encoding ? or try other DB encoding. May be we have to go back to full UTF8 ( DB as well) and try to filter data containing accented character in front of the zabbix server. We thought as well about get the cmd.exe convert in chcp 65001 but it won't be that easy to implement and won't be without any risk. We néed to solve this situation either for zabbix agent, than to zabbix_sender , so the user'parameters solution does not cover this fiels. Thanks in advance for any Help. |
Comment by thierry regis [ 2010 Oct 06 ] |
When copying template containing accented caracters we get errors like that. |
Comment by thierry regis [ 2010 Oct 06 ] |
ust another question. |
[ZBXNEXT-501] system.cpu.util[] on Windows should support types other than "system" Created: 2010 Aug 30 Updated: 2022 Feb 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | item, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently, system.cpu.util[] on Windows supports only type "system", like so: "system.cpu.util[,system,avg15]". First of all, this is incorrect, because system time is time that an operating system spends for its own purposes. Anyway, it would be nice to support other types like "user", "idle", "iowait", if possible. |
Comments |
Comment by Kim Jongkwon [ 2022 Feb 17 ] |
The current system.cpu.util[] in Windows - from Performance counter: "Processor(_Total)% Processor Time" In Windows, Performance counters are not provided like Linux platforms. Windows has a different concept from CPU resources provided by Linux OS. This feature request needs discussion about which is the "what is correct values" for Windows. but I think there is probably no correct answer for this right now. |
[ZBXNEXT-3440] Extend item proc.cpu.util with modes for 'min' and 'max' per period Created: 2016 Sep 15 Updated: 2016 Sep 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.4, 3.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | cpu, items, modes, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
How about extending the item function by also supporting modes min1, min5 and min15 resp. max1, max5 and max15? |
Comments |
Comment by Ronald Hoppe [ 2016 Sep 15 ] |
Average mode doesn't Show the real Peaks. |
[ZBXNEXT-3280] Zabbix protocol should prevent unnecessary data retransmission and data loss at the same time Created: 2016 May 18 Updated: 2018 May 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | loss, network, performance, tcp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
This issue covers low-connection-number-high-data-throughput cases (namely sender -> server/proxy, active agent -> server/proxy, proxy -> server communications). Related issue for high-connection-number-low-data-throughput cases is ZBXNEXT-3214. Initially both agent and proxy were designed to send same data multiple times until they would get a reply that data reached destination and was processed. Then Neither of these approaches is ideal. When client fully relies on TCP implementation data may be lost if server hits timeout when reading data from TCP buffer or even earlier if something bad happens on TCP implementation level. When client always waits for reply from server there is a possibility of hitting timeout on client side if server is busy. This leads to data retransmission by client and reprocessing by server which makes it really complicated for Zabbix to recover from network downtimes. Ideally client should send a short request message and wait for server to respond before sending data itself. Server response should contain an estimate of how much data it will be able to process. Client should send the desired amount of data and wait for server to confirm that data was successfully received and processed. This involves changes to Zabbix protocols. Since daemons will be spending more time communicating (or waiting for replies) timeouts will need some adjustment. This will negatively affect performance, so it's worth implementing a sort of connection manager at the same time. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 May 19 ] |
Relatively easy solution for 3.0 and later (thanks to (85) of
It makes sense to process active agent's history to prevent possible data loss because we can't be sure about agent version and whether it will resend data or no. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Aug 07 ] |
Actually, active agent does not change it's behaviour in case of no response from server, after it times out it keeps creating new connections and sending data. In case of overloaded trappers this may lead to anything from complete loss of data stored in agent's buffer (if trappers die before accepting agents connections) to parallel and potentially out-of-order processing of data by multiple trappers (if trappers manage to accept connections sooner or later). The latter is a root cause of |
[ZBXNEXT-2998] New agent item to identify busy process(es) Created: 2015 Oct 02 Updated: 2015 Oct 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | cpu, newitemkey, proc.num | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Keeping per process CPU utilization in memory of the statistics collector should actually allow to identify whether a process consumes significant CPU time. This request may sound similar to The aim is to identify the one or several processes that by itself resp. by them selves consume more than <n> percent CPU time over a period. Maybe something similar to this: Of course it could also become an enabler of |
[ZBXNEXT-2855] IPMI chassis/BMC monitoring Created: 2015 Jun 24 Updated: 2018 Oct 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | kylix.tan | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | ipmi, macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
for Server's hardware monitoring, mostly by IPMI. the following feature missing from IPMI Agent just make it not optable. Zabbix is an amazing monitoring solution, hope you could make it better |
Comments |
Comment by Stefan [ 2015 Jun 24 ] |
its similiar to |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
IPMI low-level discovery is being tracked at |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
Request for {IPMI.IP} is being tracked at ZBXNEXT-1154. Macros {IPMI.USER} and {IPMI.PASS} are also there in the comments. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
So it seems like the only thing that remains in this issue is support for monitoring chassis and BMC. |
Comment by Branden [ 2018 Oct 19 ] |
Up-vote for Chassis support as it would be great to have overall health status.
|
[ZBXNEXT-1481] Provide Agent binaries for Solaris 10 amd64 and Solaris 11 sparc Created: 2012 Oct 22 Updated: 2020 Mar 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert Parker | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | agent, binaries | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
At http://www.zabbix.com/download.php agent binaries should be provided for Solaris 10 on the amd64 architecuture and Solaris 11 on the sparc architecture. Currently we are able to run the Solaris 10 sparc binary on Solaris 11 sparc without noticing any issues so far, but a specific binary would seem safer. Meanwhile the Solaris 11 amd64 binary appears to crash on Solaris 10 amd64, so this is of more concern. If needed I can provide the log output shortly before it crashes, but it would seem likely a binary compiled against Solaris 10 amd64 may not crash in this manner. |
Comments |
Comment by Robert Parker [ 2012 Dec 18 ] |
With the 2.0.4 release there are agents for Solaris 10 on both sparc and amd64 architectures, which is great to see. So now the title of this issue should really be 'Provide Agent binaries for Solaris 11 sparc', and the description edited as such; I can't see a way to make such an edit. |
[ZBXNEXT-540] ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED from external scripts Created: 2010 Oct 21 Updated: 2018 Feb 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marcel Hecko | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | documentation, exitcodes, externalchecks, notsupported | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The zabbix agent native interface provides information whether the key is being supported or not outputting ZBX_NOTSUPOPRTED string to the zabbix server, which then reacts to the information and temporarily disables the key check for that particular host. This funcionality does not seem to be implemented for external checks - keys calling external scripts in externalscripts directory. This is a very nice to have feature. We do have Oracle, Weblogic and LUSTRE fs monitoring implemented in Zabbix, however we would really appreciate to have this feature enabled in zabbix server. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2010 Oct 22 ] |
As a workaround, you can make the script output nothing - in that case the external check will be treated as not supported. |
Comment by Marcel Hecko [ 2010 Oct 22 ] |
Great indeed! There is a secion in Zabbix documentation thought, that script should NEVER output nothing. This might be changed as this is a very important information In my case this solves the issue, however ZBX_UNSUPPORTED output recognition would be a benefit in zabbix monitoring infrastructure consistency. Thanks for a great work! |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 11 ] |
I believe it should be documented and closed. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 13 ] |
for the record, external checks and userparams now may return empty values so this workaround probably will not help anymore |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Mar 13 ] |
a patch suggestion at |
Comment by Filipp Sudanov (Inactive) [ 2015 Mar 13 ] |
Similar for user parameters: ZBXNEXT-152 |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Nov 09 ] |
Exit code check was implemented in This piece of information may be of some interest for watchers. |
[ZBXNEXT-531] Items system.swap.in[,count] and system.swap.out[,count] works on FreeBSD Created: 2010 Oct 13 Updated: 2017 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2, 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Simon | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
FreeBSD 6.2 -> 8.1 |
Description |
It would be great if these items works on FreeBSD systems. Best regards |
Comments |
Comment by Marcin Gryszkalis [ 2017 Jan 19 ] |
Would be solved by ZBXNEXT-773 |
[ZBXNEXT-2094] new item key: per-process I/O utilization Created: 2013 Dec 31 Updated: 2013 Dec 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | diskio, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux >= 2.6.20 |
Description |
a new item, supported by agent, is desired - per-process I/O utilization text borrowed from See: Of course it would be nice to have this option available for any supported platform. |
[ZBXNEXT-1842] Indicator/Event if log monitoring exceeds the lines per second threshold Created: 2013 Jul 28 Updated: 2013 Jul 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | events, logmonitoring, reliability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to have some kind of (internal) event or at least an undisruptive visual indication if a log[*] or logrt[*] item exceeds MaxLinesPerSecond (maybe considering both s_count and p_count separately) To me MaxLinesPerSecond is a very important feature and should be configured wisely for every log item individually. |
[ZBXNEXT-1276] Zabbix administration script for agent (active) Created: 2012 Jun 15 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexandru Nica | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | activeagent, consistency, globalscripts | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
With zabbix 2.0 you introduced the ability for administration scripts to be run on the agent. As far as I understand zabbix trapper functionality is used for this feature, making it mandatory to have a direct connection to the agent port. This is great for agents and server in the same network, but with agents behind a NAT, zabbix trapper cannot be used and there is no possibility to run scripts on the host on demand. There could be a configurable timeout. When running this type of script, a dialog would stay opened with a message like "Waiting for agent to pickup script command..." and change into an error if the server was not contacted by the agent in the specified timeout. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 14 ] |
I think it's a duplicate issue. |
[ZBXNEXT-1264] daemon communication encryption: kerberos Created: 2012 Jun 13 Updated: 2014 May 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Java gateway (J), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | authentication, encryption, kerberos | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
daemon communication encryption: kerberos encryption should be supported by all components : server (also node-node); psk - |
Comments |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 May 17 ] |
Related: ZBXNEXT-2308 |
[ZBXNEXT-1009] Monitoring multiple application instances per server Created: 2011 Oct 24 Updated: 2014 Apr 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ivan Pozdeev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=23408 The basic idea is to use a single template with different parameters This is possible though: |
Comments |
Comment by Ivan Pozdeev [ 2012 Oct 20 ] |
I see someone finally got their hands on this subject. Unfortunately, I no longer work for the company I planned this for. (but still consider this a big improvement) |
Comment by Rob Brucks [ 2012 Dec 03 ] |
This would be huge for DB monitoring. It is possible to have multiple instances of just about any RDBMS (DB2, MySQL, MS SQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL) running on the same server but on different ports (and we frequently do here). To make things even more complicated all of them (except Oracle) allow you to have multiple DBs in a single instance, which makes trying to set up monitoring a difficult task since there is no one-to-many relationships for templates. If there was a way to be able to have some type of hierarchy of templates for a single host with parameterized templates this would make it far easier to set up monitoring. I bet there are other applications that could also benefit, such as Java. Thanks, |
Comment by Nicola V [ 2014 Feb 13 ] |
Hi, we'd also love to see this feature implemented. |
Comment by Little Martian [ 2014 Apr 16 ] |
Indeed this is what i'm looking for but i suspect Zabbix was designed from the hardware point of view (the host is the tree root for all the definitions, that is why the item name is unique per host) and seems to be very good at that. What I need is a Zabbix designed from the application point of view, where the tree top level is the application and not the host. This can be accomplished but I suspect the Zabbix DB arhitecture needs some changes and possibly a lot of changes in the server logic. |
[ZBXNEXT-1101] Windows Agent User Parameter Powershell variant Created: 2012 Jan 31 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Pierre-Emmanuel Turcotte | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 16 |
Labels: | UserParameters, agent, items, usability, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows 2003, Windows 2008, |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently, it is possible to lauch powershell scripts using the User Parameter feature of a Windows agent. However, this works in a limited fashion since some parameters cannot be correctly passed through ??%systemroot%\system32\windowspowershell\v1.0\powershell.exe. For example, if we launch a script which requires a * somewhere in the parameters, it generates an error. For example the user parameter would be: If we could have, say a User Parameter that uses the cmd.exe like we have now, AND a PSUser Parameter that directly invokes PS commands. This would be alot more powerful and would be much more geared towards the futur Windows environments. Thank you alot for you time and all your efforts. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Feb 01 ] |
Additional benefit could be in improvement of non-ASCII returned data. It's forum topic (in Russian) http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=14879 |
Comment by Pierre-Emmanuel Turcotte [ 2012 Feb 02 ] |
OK... I found a workaround. Not really a workaround, it is how I should've done it in the first place. If I pass the SQL statement to powershell from cmd.exe inside single quotes, it works. And if I pass the single quoted statement to the zabbix agent inside double quotes, everything seems to work fine. I am happy now. But I still beleive an independant PSUser Parameter would be awesome instead of jumping through hoops with the User Parameter to pass powershell commands would be awesome. The finale configuration would be: In the zabbix agent config file: And the passed powershell command (argument $5) would be "'SELECT COUNT FROM someTable'" Again, single quotes inside double quotes seem to de the trick. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 07 ] |
that sounds like basic rules about proper quoting in shells, seems to me that there's nothing to change here |
Comment by Mārcis Lielturks [ 2015 Sep 09 ] |
I would say that having Zabbix item that runs PS commands would be necessary ("system.run.ps[], system.psrun[] or whatever). Maybe CMD is not going away, but it is very inconvenient to use items like
and PowerShell doesn't seem to be a temporary thing so adding item for running PS commands shouldn't hurt. Just assumption, but probably it would also speed up item polling, if agent wouldn't have to launch CMD just to launch PS from it. |
Comment by Robin Hermann [ 2018 Jul 24 ] |
any news? please implement a function like system.run for powershell example = "system.run.ps" It is really inefficient with "system.run[powershell.exe "command"]" (Zabbix Agent -> CMD -> PowerShell -> Command) and difficult because of the special charakters! |
[ZBXNEXT-6466] sudo for log item key Created: 2021 Jan 21 Updated: 2023 Mar 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.27, 5.0.7, 5.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
By default, Zabbix agent under Linux environment runs under user 'zabbix'. Most of the times when we need to monitor a log file, we need to add extra permission. For example, to monitor 'oracle' related logs, we need to do is to assign user 'zabbix' to group oracle. This approach is relatively convenient. But sometimes a log is not produced by a dedicated application user, for example, /var/log/messages, /var/log/syslog Currently, one way is to have 'AllowRoot=1' in agent which is too much. We can whitelist and blacklist some agent keys starting with 5.0. To go out from problem we can assign a custom user group for the file. chown zabbix:root /var/log/messages Now it's also required to install a custom rule for log rotation
It would be nice to have an option (an override) to fork the log item key under 'sudo' environment. |
[ZBXNEXT-6597] opnsense - Error ACTIVE CHECKS on port 10051 Created: 2021 Apr 01 Updated: 2023 May 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | maxquarta | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
1) When i Start the zabbix agent appear this Error in Log File active check configuration update from [ip-server-zabbix:10051] started to fail (cannot connect to [[ip-server-zabbix]:10051]: [4] Interrupted system call) 2) Telnet ip-server-zabbix 10051 it's ok , if i try to execute telnet command on ssh console 3) my configuration file /usr/local/etc/zabbix_agentd.conf #
PidFile=/var/run/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.pid LogFileSize=100 SourceIP=172.16.1.5 EnableRemoteCommands=0 Server=ip-server-zabbix ServerActive=ip-server-zabbix Hostname=1863109c-5f32-4bf8-8cc7-5653ba1958db StartAgents=3
Timeout=10
|
Comments |
Comment by maxquarta [ 2021 Apr 01 ] |
in another opnsense device ,in my Environment, i have installed and configured the same zabbix-agent 5.0.9 version and i don't have any problem |
Comment by a7lan [ 2021 May 21 ] |
Sorry, wrong ticket |
[ZBXNEXT-2523] Root permissions are required for item system.hw.chassis Created: 2014 Oct 19 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksey Chudov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently root permissions are required for system.hw.chassis because the value is acquired by reading /dev/mem. It is very uncommon to run Zabbix Agent as root. So item system.hw.chassis is quite useless. But the same information can be read from sysfs on modern Linux systems. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksey Chudov [ 2014 Oct 19 ] |
Sample output from my test server: for file in /sys/devices/virtual/dmi/id/*; do printf "%-20s %s\n" "${file##*/}:" "$(<${file})"; done bios_date: 07/11/2013 bios_vendor: Dell Inc. bios_version: 2.5.1 board_asset_tag: board_name: 1AM3CP board_serial: ..CN138415642GH0. board_vendor: Dell Inc. board_version: A02 chassis_asset_tag: chassis_serial: D87C1Z1 chassis_type: 17 chassis_vendor: Dell Inc. chassis_version: modalias: dmi:bvnDellInc.:bvr2.5.1:bd07/11/2013:svnDellInc.:pnPowerEdgeT110II:pvr:rvnDellInc.:rn1AM3CP:rvrA01:cvnDellInc.:ct17:cvr: power: product_name: PowerEdge T110 II product_serial: D89C5Z1 product_uuid: 4C4D4544-0038-3940-8044-C4C04F355A32 product_version: subsystem: sys_vendor: Dell Inc. uevent: MODALIAS=dmi:bvnDellInc.:bvr2.5.1:bd07/11/2013:svnDellInc.:pnPowerEdgeT110II:pvr:rvnDellInc.:rn1AM3CP:rvrA01:cvnDellInc.:ct17:cvr: |
[ZBXNEXT-2460] Container monitoring (docker, lxc) Created: 2014 Sep 16 Updated: 2018 Jun 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jan Garaj | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 23 |
Labels: | container, docker, lxc | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Please provide support of container monitoring (not just docker, but some general solution) out of the box. IMHO containers can be handled like VM:
Some metrics are available only if kernel is configured properly, otherwise metric can be unsupported. Also some of metric (network) can need root permissions - see resource 1. Resources: |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Sep 17 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1947 asks for general virtual machine monitoring via libvirt. |
Comment by Jan Garaj [ 2014 Sep 17 ] |
|
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Sep 17 ] |
So |
Comment by Jan Garaj [ 2014 Sep 17 ] |
If libvirt supports libcontainer, then can be also problem with some metrics. You can measure CPU user and CPU system time per docker container. But I didn't find these metrics in libvirt documentation - only CPU time - http://www.libvirt.org/html/libvirt-libvirt.html#virDomainInfo. IMHO libvirt can help with some tasks (e.g. discovery), but it doesn't cover all useful metrics - it's only general management tool. This problem needs some deep investigation, but IMHO libvirt is not useful solution for Docker container monitoring at the moment. |
Comment by Jan Garaj [ 2014 Sep 17 ] |
Definitely this feature request is not about libcontainer, because it will be docker only solution. But it should cover container monitoring generally. It means docker, lxc, ... For example CPU metrics are available for lxc in /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct/lxc/, for docker /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuacct/docker/. And they have the same format. This feature will implement processing of these metrics - it's similar as current CPU monitoring, but only system and user CPU time is available for container. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Sep 17 ] |
Well, when thinking about some other container based virtualization technology like AIX WPars, BSD jails, OpenVZ containers or Solaris zones which do not make any use of control groups, then I can hardly imagine how to commonly support them all - without implementing respective support individually, of course. |
Comment by Jan Garaj [ 2014 Sep 18 ] |
You're right. So I limit my request on container based on cgroups at least - they are very popular nowadays. |
[ZBXNEXT-4605] Allow active agent to keep the data that could not be sent Created: 2018 Jun 25 Updated: 2018 Jul 12 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Kirill Varnakov | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, metrics | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix_buffer.png |
Description |
Hi. Zabbix agent has two perfect options: BufferSize and BufferSend, but it doesn't have another one. It must have options for buffer metrics, when it loss connection to server or proxy, for example BufferLostConnectionSize=65535. Can you add this function to agent? |
Comments |
Comment by Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs [ 2018 Jun 25 ] | ||||||||||
Could you please explain the main difference between BufferSize and proposed BufferLostConnectionSize? | ||||||||||
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2018 Jun 27 ] | ||||||||||
May be it is a bug... My settings for active agents: BufferSend=5 BufferSize=65535 My host has 147 items and sends it every minute. I set BufferSize=65535 and thought, that if agent losts connection to server, it saves metrics for 65535/147=445 minutes in memory and after connection restored, it send metrics to server. But it doesn't work like I think. I set my firewall for block packets to server at 11:23 and deleted this rule at 12:05. Please see screeshot, what happens. | ||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Jun 28 ] | ||||||||||
Quoting documentation:
With BufferSend=5 I wouldn't expect to get graphs without gaps... | ||||||||||
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2018 Jun 28 ] | ||||||||||
May be add to this description: Even if lost connection to server... And more interesting will be if we would have BufferLostConnectionSize. How do you think? | ||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Jun 28 ] | ||||||||||
I think it would be more interesting if people could read what's already there in documentation.
...and what if not lost? Zabbix agent does not keep connection alive, there is actually no way to tell if connection was lost or not. | ||||||||||
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2018 Jun 28 ] | ||||||||||
I think it would be more interesting if people could read from beginning of request. Ahaha ) | ||||||||||
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2018 Jul 06 ] | ||||||||||
Simply I want, that active agent can buffers metrics for a long time, if it loses connection to server and sends metrics constantly, if all good. But now, it is impossible. Why? | ||||||||||
Comment by dimir [ 2018 Jul 06 ] | ||||||||||
After discussion with vjaceslavs I propose to add option BufferKeep=<seconds> that would allow keeping unsent buffer for configured time. | ||||||||||
Comment by Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs [ 2018 Jul 06 ] | ||||||||||
We will have to incease max value of BufferSize as 64K is not sufficient to keep data when connection is lost. | ||||||||||
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2018 Jul 07 ] | ||||||||||
Many thanks. Wait. |
[ZBXNEXT-2486] Support for monitoring LVM thin pool usage Created: 2014 Sep 29 Updated: 2017 Feb 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Orion Poplawski | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Description |
When using LVM thin provisioning it is important to keep track of the usage of the LVM thin pool, e.g.: LV VG Attr LSize Pool Origin Data% Move Log Cpy%Sync Convert There does not appear to be a default way to do this in zabbix. |
Comments |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2014 Sep 29 ] |
This may be hard/impossible as it appears to require root privileges. |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2014 Sep 30 ] |
Working around it for now with: UserParameter=vfs.dev.lvm[*],/usr/bin/sudo -u root /sbin/lvs --noheadings -o $2 $1 |
Comment by Christian Affolter [ 2017 Feb 05 ] |
Here are some user parameters and the related sudoers configuration, which might help for creating a template: |
[ZBXNEXT-2483] Option to execute Web scenarios by Zabbix agent Created: 2014 Sep 27 Updated: 2020 Oct 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.6, 4.0.14 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | agent, newitemkey, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Due to the last couple of improvements in this area Web scenarios are becoming a unique selling point. Recently I was asked whether Web scenarios might even be executed by hosts via Zabbix agent. My answer to that question was "No", but one could put a dedicated Zabbix proxy on such DMZ hosts, which then can do web scenario checks. Now, how about extending Zabbix agent by an active check for processing Web scenarios? Or possibly even better extending by a separate HTTP poller process? I'm aware that this needs significant developing in either way and would possibly break the ambition to have items available on every OS supported by Zabbix agent. Anyway, I can imagine that this functionality would be valuable for many users. I was sure there is already a ticket that requests an option to select whether a Web scenario is executed on Server or Proxy level. There I wanted to add this request actually - but I haven't found one |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Sep 27 ] |
Implementing this as a passive check might allow to keep the work flow at server/proxy level and to avoid the transfer/storage of all the necessary information to/by the agent. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Sep 28 ] |
this might be a fairly large development, as all the webscenario logic currently is in the proxy/server modules. it might move towards merging agent and proxy |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Sep 28 ] |
The very same concern lead me to think about a passive check implementation. I highly appreciate the small footprint and dependencies of the agent. Even when a kind of "simple" configuration cache (think of Instead of extending the existing agent a new dedicated agent for that purpose could be another way too. Anyway, for now it's just a functional request. Even though suggested by the ticket summary, it has not necessarily be implemented in the existing agent. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Sep 28 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-2378] Agent for Android devices Created: 2014 Jul 10 Updated: 2019 Sep 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | JOSE LUIS DE PRAT | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 13 |
Labels: | android, arm | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Android operating system (rooted or not) |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We use several Android devices (TVBox or simmilar) for applications like Digital Signage, etc... small boxes like http://goo.gl/ma4AGb (or other) with good funciontality and performance. We would like an Android active agent + proxy so we can monitor android device and also "ping" (with proxy) other devices on same small network. Device can be rooted or not. Current low cost devices are unique to provide new services at very atractive HW cost; while we are using several R-Pi, Odroid, etc.. (with Linux) for different services, Zabbix proxy, etc.. we would like to expand it for for Android devices. |
Comments |
Comment by Erwin Averdijk [ 2016 Sep 21 ] |
Did you a solution for monitoring android devices? I want also monitoring android devices. Kind regards, |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jul 11 ] |
This issue has an "Epic Link" for "Continuous delivery", but that cannot be viewed. palivoda Discussed on deisgn day: there is no point to port existing agent, instead we had to create new compatible with existing Zabbix protocol. Epic link removed. |
[ZBXNEXT-2308] Use MQTT as transport protocol for agent/server/proxy communications Created: 2014 May 17 Updated: 2019 Feb 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 28 |
Labels: | encryption, mq, transport | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently, the transport used by zabbix to grab metric data from the agents is based on it's own protocol. Using MQTT would bring the following improvements to Zabbix (amongst others):
This request is in many ways similar to ZBXNEXT-638 (AMQP support) although I think MQTT will be a better match since it has been designed with embedded devices (low memory footprint) using unreliable transport networks (QOS, LWT) in mind. The LWT function might prove extremely valuable, and the added built-in functionality of auth and encryption is something the community has been waiting for for a long time. |
Comments |
Comment by Jan-Piet Mens [ 2014 May 18 ] |
Disclaimer: I'm a complete newbie to Zabbix. I've been studying on how to best accomplish this, and I've stumbled over loadable modules in Zabbix Agent. The good news is I have a minimal prototype working which is able to populate item data (is that the correct terminology?) with values obtained through an MQTT subscription. A number of questions arise, though:
Comments, ideas, etc. are very welcome! |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 May 19 ] |
Creating entities like items or configuration in general, is intended to be done via the Zabbix API |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 May 19 ] |
Hi JP, In this case the loadable module for the agent will not be of much use. This would replicate the behavior of the current active items. The agent will need to be patched to support MQTT as a protocol, the loadable module on that end is only useful for gathering data, not sending it. I'm in the works of building a 'zabbix-agent-to-mqtt' bridge in bash to demonstrate the behavior and possibilities. HTH, Raymond |
Comment by Tatapoum [ 2014 May 20 ] |
+1 The message queue approach seems to be very interesting. |
Comment by Jan-Piet Mens [ 2014 May 21 ] |
I notice while using the Zabbix API, that it takes around 15 seconds before I can update (using zabbix_sender protocol) a (trapper) item which I've just created with the API. Is that to be expected? BTW, this largish screenshot documents the progres: on the right runs a Python program which subscribes to MQTT messages, creates the Zabbix items (if they don't yet exist) and updates them. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 May 21 ] |
that's configuration cache - but such discussions are offtopic here, i would suggest irc |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 Sep 13 ] |
As noted in the IRC channel during #ZabConf2014, here are some interesting links that show some of the advantages. http://mosquitto.org/man/mosquitto-tls-7.html <-encryption |
Comment by Antonie Vonk [ 2015 Apr 10 ] |
In addition to this request to use MQTT as transport between agent, proxy and server, I think it would also be very nice to have a Zabbix native MQTT publisher as media/action and Zabbix Native MQTT subscriber for the hosts and items. Especially because there are more and more network connected sensors and actuators that uses MQTT. |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2015 Sep 24 ] |
I love that idea for media types Antonie. I've raised ZBXNEXT-2981. |
Comment by viktorkho [ 2016 May 05 ] |
MQTT can replace zabbix-trapper/sender as well. Just ONE item type instead of 4. |
Comment by Stefan [ 2017 Dec 22 ] |
any news or plans for this? |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2019 Feb 02 ] |
Related to
|
[ZBXNEXT-2098] Creation of loadable modules using script languages/subagent mechanism Created: 2014 Jan 06 Updated: 2019 Oct 30 |
|
Status: | Elaborating |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc Schoechlin | Assignee: | Vadim Ipatov |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | externalchecks, loadablemodule | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team A |
Sprint: | Sprint 14, Sprint 15, Sprint 16, Sprint 17, Sprint 18, Sprint 19, Sprint 20, Sprint 21, Sprint 22, Sprint 23 |
Description |
I really welcome the possibility to create loadable modules for zabbix - this might make solutions like https://github.com/digitalmediacenter/mysql_extend obsolete Typically sysadmins are good in writing code with script languages - therefore it would be great to integrate new monitoring functionality by using script languages. MySQL_Extend is a good example - a external check which invokes the mysql commandline hundred times needs a lot of resources at the database server and It might be great if zabbix would embed a python, ruby, perl or php interpreter to for implementation of custom modules. From my point of view this is smarter, because:
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jun 30 ] |
not quite that, but ruby support implemented as a loadable module : https://github.com/BlueSkyDetector/mruby_module_for_zabbix_agent |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Jul 21 ] |
In the sense of richlv's comment, these two are possibly worth to mention as well: |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2017 Oct 27 ] |
Its nice to have the mruby module - python might be my fist choice I still think that the invocation of a subprocess would be a really good thing (i described the reasons above) and would boost the capabilities of zabbix dramatically. |
[ZBXNEXT-2046] Add ASLR support in Zabbix agent on Windows Created: 2013 Nov 27 Updated: 2015 Feb 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleg Ivanivskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | security | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
zabbix_agentd.exe not using Microsoft's ASLR (Address space layout randomization) exploit mitigation technology. |
[ZBXNEXT-2561] Zabbix :One host Multiple ip Created: 2014 Nov 04 Updated: 2020 Oct 23 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Emerson Fagundes | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux Red Hat 6.5, interface AWS , 1 vcpu, 1 GB men. |
Attachments: | MultipleIP_OneHost.png |
Description |
Zabbix does not recognize multiple hosts configured in the agent interface to register the host screen, it points only to an ip and can not see the secondary. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 04 ] |
could you please provide a specific example on what the problem is ? |
Comment by Emerson Fagundes [ 2014 Nov 04 ] |
Yes I can, if I have a cluster of services, however this cluster has two different ips to reference a single instance, eg the cluster is pointing to the ip and this ip xxx.xxx.xxx.1 are setting the reference and with zabbix is also XXX.XXX.XXX.2 ip, ip xxx.xxx.xxx.1 fall happens, the problem that it does not change the automatic ip 2. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Nov 04 ] |
Not sure whether I understand you right. In case you expect Zabbix to failover monitoring of items from Agent host interface 1 to Agent host interface 2, then this is not the intention by this. |
Comment by Anthony Martinet [ 2018 Oct 11 ] |
We have the same need here. Our agent are running on desktop machine that can connect either by wire or wireless. Dynamic-DNS is not possible so we add multiple agent interface, one with the fixed ip of the wire connection and one with the fixed ip of the wireless connection. It would be nice to have some kind of failover. |
Comment by Alex King [ 2020 Oct 23 ] |
You should be able to add two iPs in the answer section of a regular bind9 style dns A record, and/or if you've got something like f5/netscaler dns, add both to a pool, and associate that pool to the A record. dynamic dns is for a different use case for when a system has 1 DHCP given address that can change, not to flip between 2 ip addresses. If you can't do this with DNS it might be possible with keepalived, but that usually requires both ips to be in the same subnet, i think. That may make the connectivity to your system(s) more stable for well beyond just the zabbix use case. |
[ZBXNEXT-4755] Introduce syslog uniq ident Created: 2018 Sep 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | logging, syslog | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently syslog ident is hard coded in Zabbix components. It is better to have possibility to customize such idents, for example, in cases when multiple instances are running on one server. For example: |
[ZBXNEXT-4052] In memory cache of latest debug logs Created: 2017 Aug 25 Updated: 2017 Aug 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | logging, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Information of DebugLevel 4 and 5 is very helpful when investigating complex bugs or simply troubleshooting certain processes in Zabbix lacking user-visible error messaging. I cannot overestimate the usefulness of the runtime control of logging level on process type and individual process level. Unfortunately, on highly loaded environments it's not really an option. Especially when the issue being investigated is quite rare, unpredictable and can only be detected some time after inception. Enabling additional logging would slow down the system and produce too much information to analyse. My suggestion is to introduce a cache for the most recent logs of all possible levels and a runtime control option to dump this temporary storage into logs on demand. Basically, same strategy is used in flight recorders with great success. |
[ZBXNEXT-5860] LLD Capability Enrichment Created: 2020 Apr 02 Updated: 2023 May 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ali DURSUN | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There must be a way to set template for host after lld. It is possible to do it from discovery actions. However, it is restricted on only port and IP checks. It would be a great feature to assign a host to a templates after a service or path on disk is discoverd by lld. |
Comments |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2020 Jun 07 ] |
I believe it's already there. As long as a Zabbix agent is on the system, you can check for every item. For Windows like service.state[spooler] and if it's ture, link a Printserver template. |
Comment by Michael Veksler [ 2020 Jun 08 ] |
You can do it after |
Comment by Markus Fischbacher [ 2020 Aug 27 ] |
There are multiple FR open for this type of thing even from myself. So I vote for this too. |
[ZBXNEXT-5682] Required Zabbix Agent for Power Linux Created: 2020 Jan 13 Updated: 2020 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sharif-uz-zaman Shakil | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Red Hat Enterprise Linux |
Description |
Dear Team, I have required to install Zabbix Agent for Power Linux Kernel: Linux 3.10.0-229.el7.ppc64. Can you please help how can i get the mention agent. |
[ZBXNEXT-5640] Retrieving Data from Web Scenaries Created: 2019 Dec 11 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrey Ivanov | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | agent, frontend, items, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Getting data through REST API Web scenarios in the step |
Description |
Hello! When we use "Web scenarios", then we have no way to extract the data received from a POST request through the regexp.
|
[ZBXNEXT-5408] Optionally make agent single-namespaced Created: 2019 Sep 09 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Evgenii Terechkov | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, namespace,, namespaces, | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Machines with systemd-nspawn / docker containers. |
Description |
Now, zabbix agent return information regardless namespaces. So, on machines with userspace containers it may give "wrong" data (ie. proc.num[] return number of processes in all namespaces, not in his own namespace). It is very inconvient to monitor container's host machine with such behavior.
Can you make optional switch for agent to look up only in his own namespace for all returnted data (proc.num/proc.mem/...)? |
[ZBXNEXT-5469] [Trigger acknowledge] Ability for zabbix_agentd to set trigger to acknowledge Created: 2019 Sep 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dario Sindicic | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | acknowledgement, automation, trigger, zabbix_agentd | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great if a user on some machine could set the trigger to the acknowledge if the trigger was from that machine. That would be cool, because it wouldn't require any chnages in our structure, or aditional rules in firewall. If that user is testing some services, and he is starting and stoping it, he probably doesn't want that others get email notification. So if we would add remote command wall which would print message to all user which are logged on. The next step in trigger action would be email, with 60 seconds delay of remote command. In that case the user would be able to say ok, I know what I am doing, and he would set acknowledge. I think that would be a really really great and wonderfull feature. |
Comments |
Comment by Dario Sindicic [ 2019 Oct 07 ] |
update |
[ZBXNEXT-833] %EnvironmentVariables% not processed on windows Created: 2010 Feb 02 Updated: 2014 May 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | svenw | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | patch, trivial, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix-1.8.5-include.patch | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
zabbix agent does not process %EnviromentVariables% which need to be used for localisation, like installing the agent to %ProgramFiles%\zabbix and so having "Include="%ProgramFiles%\zabbix\conf.d"" in the conf, and also use this in the userparameters, to tell where the scripts are "Userparameter="%ProgramFiles%\zabbix\scripts" etc. also the Include Parameter does not allow for Directories, but just for files, which makes the feature quiet useless - i have to edit the main config anyway to include some more checks, unlike linux, where i just drop another config... |
Comments |
Comment by Bashman [ 2010 Dec 10 ] |
My Windows zabbix_agentd.conf will only include files like "Include=c:\zabbix\zabbix_agent.userparams.conf" for zabbix_agentd.exe version 1.8.2 and Windows Server 2003. For Windows 2000, my zabbix_agentd.conf does not include neither files nor directories. |
Comment by Bashman [ 2011 Jan 03 ] |
Could be related with https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBX-3299 |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jul 07 ] |
including directories on windows would be handled in |
Comment by Zilvinas Krapavickas [ 2011 Jul 07 ] |
Hello This patch is to allow to Include all files in a directory in the Windows Agent configuration file. So far this feature was available only on UNIX agents. |
[ZBXNEXT-212] Improve Zabbix log readability for errors. Created: 2010 Jan 27 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dmitry Borovikov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Not dependent. |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The idea is to make Zabbix reported problems (errors) more noticable, by adding "ERROR" in all messages, which are errors by nature. Could do it globally for all such cases. This is necessary when an error is reported and Zabbix shutdowns. So the error message can be a lot higher then all the last ones concerning shutdown procedure. |
[ZBXNEXT-195] Proposal: Privilege separation for ZABBIX agent Created: 2010 Jan 06 Updated: 2018 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | J. Fischer | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, patch, privilege, security | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
UNIX-like operating systems |
Attachments: | zabbix_agentd-1.8.2-mx.patch zabbix_agentd-privsep.patch | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The following is open for discussion. I would be glad to implement this and send patches 1. Purpose ZABBIX agent usually runs as an unprivileged user, which is a good thing to do. Alas, Privilege separation for ZABBIX agent aims to provide a simple, effective and proven 2. How it works Before ZABBIX agent drops it privileges to "zabbix" user, a special process will be This process will not communicate with the network or other processes than the ZABBIX Basically, the privileged process works in the following way:
It is then the responsibility of the unprivileged ZABBIX agent to work with and close this The code running as UID 0 is kept as minimal as possible and consists only of a very few 3. The interface The communication between the unprivileged Agent and the privileged process will be The ZABBIX agent can use new API functions for file operations, e.g.: int zbx_priv_open(int priv_fd, const char *path, int mode) The new functions try to mimic the behaviour of the original functions, returning error The changes in existing agent code will be as unintrusive as possible. 4. Whitelist For security purposes, there should be a new configuration parameter which defines the This pattern could be defined, for example, with: LogfileWhitelist = /var/log/* The privileged process will then match the filename given with each request against this Maybe a blacklist (LogfileBlacklist) configuration option would be a complimentary option, We could:
This would be the most simplistic approach, maybe not as good as a check with realpath(). 5. Extendibility The privsep protocol can easily be extended to provide more privileged functions to the For example, it could be used for data collection that requires root privileges (e.g. some 6. Compatibility The code has been tested on Linux and BSD (Open-, Net- and FreeBSD). It will not work on Alas, I have no access to "big-iron" UNIX-derivates such as HP-UX, AIX or Solaris that 7. Making it optional 7.1 At compile-time A new option to configure should be introduced, namely --enable-privsep. When not specified, 7.2 At run-time Similar to OpenSSH's sshd, a new configuration item "UsePrivilegeSeperation" should be 8. Open issues 8.1 logrt[] items It will not be possible to use this with items of type logrt[] due to the use of opendir(3). 8.2 Testing As written above, I only have limited access to more "exotic" platforms (from the OSS point Looking forward to any input and constructive criticism. |
Comments |
Comment by J. Fischer [ 2010 Jan 21 ] |
I have worked out a prototype for the implementation of privilege separation in ZABBIX agent. The patch for it is attached. To try it out:
The patch introduces three new options for zabbix_agentd.conf: PrivEnable=(0|1) - Runtime configuration of privilege separation functionality (Default: 1) PrivEnforce=(0|1) - Whether to enforce that any call to zbx_priv_open() will be performed via the privileged process. If set to 0, the agent will check whether the user "zabbix" has read permissions to a given file, and if it has, use default zbx_open() on that file. If set to 1, any call to zbx_priv_open() will be send through the privileged process and all whitelist constrainsts (see below) will apply. The default is 0. PrivWhitelist=<list of patterns> - Patterns to paths that the privileged process is allowed to open. Multiple patterns can be given and are separated using comma. Pattern matching will NOT be performed recursively. That is, a pattern "/var/log/*" would allow access for "/var/log/messages" but not "/var/log/audit/audit.log". This is to prevent path escape through using "/var/log/../../etc/shadow" or similar. The default is no pattern, which disallows access to any file. Open issues:
Things to note:
|
Comment by J. Fischer [ 2010 Apr 29 ] |
Attached is an updated patch which will apply cleanly to 1.8.2 version of ZABBIX agent. Also, support for HP-UX has been added. Might also compile on other commercial and/or older UNIX systems now. |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 May 26 ] |
as noted in http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?p=63528#post63528, supporting command execution with privsep would also be beneficial |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Dec 12 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2638 is similar |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Mar 07 ] |
Something related (but to server) mentioned in ZBXNEXT-2735 |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2018 Jan 31 ] |
Just wondering, what is the difference between this proposal (or similar ZBXNEXT-2638) and running two or more agents with different access privileges, firewall rules, etc. and with different configurations (e.g. user parameters, remote commands enabled/disabled, etc.)? P.S. Speaking of
You can't imagine how little code is enough to do terrible security bugs. |
Comment by Marc [ 2018 Jan 31 ] |
glebs.ivanovskis, using multiple agents is actually no option due to |
[ZBXNEXT-83] binaries should print out used configuration Created: 2009 Sep 22 Updated: 2021 May 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix binaries should have a flag that would print out configuration set they are using.
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
I do not think it's a good idea. Just wondering are there any other software products with similar functionality? |
Comment by azurIt [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
for example Postfix (via postconf utility) and it's extremely usefull |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Oct 16 ] |
i was just going to mention postfix, but i see it's already done and i'll agree that it is an extremely valuable feature. with postfix alone i have probably saved many hours that way |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Apr 09 ] |
just today it would have saved quite a lot of trouble it would be highly valuable as a periodic check, too (inside zabbix itself even as a script ) - if the current config file differs from the running daemon, issue a warning, as it probably should be restarted |
Comment by dimir [ 2015 Apr 09 ] |
Great idea. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2021 May 21 ] |
any update ? |
[ZBXNEXT-1125] compile and share zabbix agent for Solaris 11 Created: 2012 Feb 15 Updated: 2021 Feb 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Installation (I) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 12 |
Labels: | build, solaris | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I need compiled zabbix agent for Solaris 11 It should present here http://www.zabbix.com/download.php |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Feb 15 ] |
Additional question: is it possible to compile zabbix agent for Open Indiana? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Feb 26 ] |
Zabbix agent can be compiled under Open Indiana without any problems (you need just install gcc compiler). SunOS openindiana 5.11 oi_151a2 i86pc i386 i86pc Solaris
Binaries and packages for Solaris 11 should be compatible with Open Indiana. I've checked and I confirm that zabbix_agentd binary for Solaris 11 is working on Open Indiana. |
Comment by Daniel Bossert [ 2018 Jul 09 ] |
Please compile binaries for zabbix agent/zabbix server for version 3.4.11 / 4.0 for Solaris 11 SPARC and x86
However, zabbix server isn't as important as the agent |
Comment by samuel harrison [ 2019 Feb 18 ] |
Please could we have a agent for Solaris 11 with Open SSL encryption on the download page for server version 4 LTS Thanks guys |
[ZBXNEXT-350] Linux Agentd: expose interface up/down status Created: 2010 May 07 Updated: 2015 Jan 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Cal Sawyer | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | networkmonitoring, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
If we can get interface in/out traffic stats, wouldn't it be easy to provide up/down status? SNMP is notoriously inconsistent across different devices. |
[ZBXNEXT-391] Allow different items to be polled at the same time (Item affinity) Created: 2010 May 28 Updated: 2020 Aug 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Bruno Gomes | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 30 |
Labels: | dependencies, pollers, sampling | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All OSs and platforms (server enhancement) |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I believe it is essencial that the Zabbix server provides an option to poll different items at the same time, especially after calculated items were implemented. In most cases, the items used in a calculated item must be fetched at the same time, or else the calculated value will not be valid. For instance, a hypothetical calculated item that shows the cpu usage by adding the system and user utilizations will be meaningless unless those two items are polled at the same time. Another example that doesn't involve calculated items would be a trigger "A" that should only be true if a trigger "B" is false. In this case, if the items used in trigger "B" are not fetched at the same time as the items in trigger "A", trigger "A" could be active because trigger "B" hasn't had its items updated yet, even though trigger "B" will also evaluate to true after its items are updated. In the GUI, Affinity Groups could be created and displayed similar to the existing Group option. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 May 28 ] |
what do you mean by "the existing Group option" ? applications ? |
Comment by Bruno Gomes [ 2010 May 28 ] |
Below "Applications" there is a "Group" combobox. But this was only a suggestion, I think implementing it like the "Applications" option would be fine too. |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 May 28 ] |
oooh. that one is completely different and does not impact item polling in any way |
Comment by Bruno Gomes [ 2010 May 29 ] |
Yes, I know . It was just a suggestion on the GUI implementation of this functionality. I mean, you have to be able to group items that you want polled together in some way using the web interface. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2010 Jun 10 ] |
Related issue: |
Comment by nima [ 2010 Aug 31 ] |
I agree with your idea a "I believe it is essencial that the Zabbix server provides an option to poll different items at the same time, especially after calculated items were implemented." this feature is necessary for monitoring some items with more precise. Thanks |
Comment by nima [ 2011 Jan 08 ] |
After some investigation on database structure of zabbix,I found that zabbix server,requests data according to "itemid" or such field in database.if it is true, I think with changing order of rows based on "itemid" we can sort order of requests ourself. Is there any idea or suggestion about this please share. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2011 Jan 08 ] |
I fully support this request. I will focus on the second aspect - I have not investigated in detail, but it seems i have noticed that a sequence of items polling depends on their ID. Some forum discussion (in Russian): http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?p=100140 |
Comment by nima [ 2011 Feb 09 ] |
Hi Thanks in advance |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 May 04 ] |
trigger evaluation might be |
Comment by Sander Cornelissen [ 2013 Aug 09 ] |
I do miss this feature when making a graph of two items. One is the processor idle time and the other is processor active time. I have set them up in a stacked graph. When there is processor activity, the total won't be 100%, but is has gaps and peaks. It has nothing to do with triggers, only that items get retrieved at different times. When will there be a fix or is a fix in sight? |
Comment by David Israel [ 2013 Aug 19 ] |
This would also solve |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2013 Dec 07 ] |
This is such an important feature which would make a lot of things easier and faster. |
Comment by Gergely Czuczy [ 2013 Dec 13 ] |
This feature would be pretty much awesome. Also, if this would do something like, pulling a swithport's items (all of them) together, that'd also save some resources when evaluating triggers, since the triggers using multiple items for a single port wouldn't have to be evaluated after every item's poll, just once, after an aggregated poll. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Dec 13 ] |
this probably wouldn't help that much with triggers, as the trigger parsing logic wouldn't differ much. |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Mar 06 ] |
|
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Mar 06 ] |
Not exactly what requested here, but it's possible in 3.0 using |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Mar 06 ] |
maybe a practical example helps - the cpu utilisation items, if queried at the same time, should sum up to 100%. with zabbix item polling distributed, it most often does not, and the top of the graph tends to have spikes over & dips under 100% - sometimes fairly large spikes & dips. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 May 19 ] |
(1) an extension of this feature request - in addition to "affinity", there could also be "harmonisation". |
[ZBXNEXT-127] Need argument to proc.num to selectively enable counting of threads [e.g. counting number of apache threads or mysql threads] Created: 2009 Nov 07 Updated: 2017 Mar 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Matthew Marlowe | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | items | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL5 x86_64 |
Description |
Summary is pretty self explanatory, sometimes I want to count processes only and sometimes just threads. Right now, I believe choice can only be made at compile time or is locked to processes only. This information is incredibly useful for trending. |
Comments |
Comment by Tim Mooney [ 2013 Nov 06 ] |
We would find this useful as well. We're beginning to use the "MPM" worker model (threads) with some versions of Apache httpd, so it's no longer easy to monitor a count of the number of httpds. |
Comment by Paul DiSciascio [ 2017 Mar 20 ] |
We have an issue where we're running up against the nproc ulimit on a production server, and since nproc is based on thread count, rather than simply process count, being able to trend and alert when we're close to that number is important. |
[ZBXNEXT-89] allow log keys to be used with normal data types Created: 2009 Sep 25 Updated: 2015 Jul 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently log keys have to be used with special "Type of information", Log. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jul 24 ] |
thanks to asaveljevs for mentioning the main reason why this is not so simple - log items are stored in a separate table that allows to store log local time, severity and source. choosing a different type of information leads to a loss of that data. such a low level thing seems to be a bit too much to force on users - they should not care about where and how exactly the data is stored. it would be nice if zabbix could figure out that such items have extra log information and probably store it in some helper table. leaving this issue open for a potential removal of the "Log" type of information |
[ZBXNEXT-38] Possibility to see what values have not been sent when using zabbix_sender with option "-i file.txt" Created: 2009 Jul 21 Updated: 2021 Mar 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 26 |
Labels: | patch, zabbix_sender | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ZBXNEXT-38-show-failed-items-debuglevel-notice.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Will be nice if will be possible to see what values from the input file has not been sent when using zabbix_sender with option "-i file.txt". |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Oct 16 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Oct 16 ] |
other issues related to sender output : |
Comment by Ya Bo [ 2016 Jan 06 ] |
Hi everybody, Maybe adding an additional DebugLevel value will help to resolve this request. Currently 3x version has 5 levels: critical, error, warn, debug, ext-debug I propose to add yet one, so it will be: any installation does not require any changes in config. But anybody who need this functionality should change DebugLevel only. |
Comment by Ya Bo [ 2016 Jan 06 ] |
Additional level will be more convenient. of course, this level can be used not only for failed items. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 16 ] |
the best would probably be returning the list of host/item/value (and maybe also time, if supplied ?) entries that failed - although one concern would be very large values why all of that - let's say if one is sending 200 timestamped values for the same item on the same host and 30 fail - how would the sender know which ones failed to either fix some issue or retry ? |
Comment by Joachim Jautz [ 2020 Mar 06 ] |
MotivationAllow me to motivate why the requested feature would be most valuable in some situations. We run zabbix_sender 4.2 as part of a process pipeline, that is, it runs continuously, receives item metrics on STDIN and there is a considerable throughput: zabbix_sender -z zabbix.example.com -p 10051 -r -i - The "real-time" (-r) switch requests to "Send values one by one as soon as they are received ... when reading from standard input." That said, this is a typical summary output we witness: Response from zabbix.example.com: "processed: 249; failed: 1; ... Currently there is no way to have zabbix_sender reveal this one failed item. PetitionIt would be great to hear an opinion from one of the Zabbix developers / contributors regarding these questions:
Thank you in advance. |
[ZBXNEXT-52] Monitoring of ibm z10 mainframes Created: 2009 Aug 18 Updated: 2013 Feb 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sybrand | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
zO/S |
Description |
Can you please look in to creating a agent that can monitor ibm z10 mainframes on the zO/S platform. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
Is anyone interested in sponsoring this development? |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Feb 19 ] |
Maybe. What do you mean exactly by sponsoring? |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Feb 19 ] |
it's probably best to contact sales@zabbix.com about the details |
[ZBXNEXT-47] New item vfs.fs.mounted Created: 2009 Aug 10 Updated: 2017 Aug 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Thomas Mueller | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | item | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
by now there is no comfortable way to determine if a directory contains a mounted filesystem. vfs.fs.size reports the size root filesystem if pointed to a directory which is normally mounted. another way is to check if a file underneath the mounted directory exists - but this is not "templateable" if there is no "common" file on the mounted fs. on linux it should check /proc/mounts, solaris /etc/mnttab, etc. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2012 Nov 15 ] |
For the time being, you can use an agent item like: vfs.file.regmatch[/proc/mounts,^\S+ /home .*] 1 ... Mounted |
Comment by Jesper Grann Laursen [ 2014 Jan 20 ] |
This return false, if a NFS mount is stalled. I need something to check if the mount also works. |
Comment by PNB Banka [ 2017 Aug 25 ] |
> For the time being, you can use an agent item like: Linux-only. |
[ZBXNEXT-364] New Item keys: process private and shared memory Created: 2010 May 19 Updated: 2022 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | João Figueiredo | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | item | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any Unix |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
As discussed in, The idea would be to have as macros a process private and shared memory. (though the Total mapped (Virtual) doesn't bring any usefulness gain at all) |
Comments |
Comment by João Figueiredo [ 2010 May 19 ] |
Would allow us to better monitor misbehaved Apps. We could, for instance, configure a restart Action when a controlled group of processes would exceed a given Threshold / % of normal historic memory use |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2014 Sep 30 ] |
Development of |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2014 Oct 02 ] |
Seems like process private and shared memory information is available only to root or process owner (as "pmap" shows). Zabbix agent is typically started as a non-privileged process and therefore has no access to interesting processes which belong to other users. |
[ZBXNEXT-159] Add implementation of functions "proc.mem" and "proc.num" for HP-UX platform. Created: 2009 Dec 08 Updated: 2012 Nov 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | items | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It will good to add implementation of functions "proc.mem" and "proc.num" for HP-UX platform as at this moment (v1.6.x and v1.8) this checks are NOT supported by HP-UX platform. |
[ZBXNEXT-682] Centralized management of agent configuration files Created: 2010 Jan 11 Updated: 2020 Nov 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Vladishev | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | configuration | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Agents configuration files will be stored in Zabbix database and automatically pushed to agents. It will be supported by active and passive agents. |
Comments |
Comment by Greg Swift [ 2012 Aug 22 ] |
What is the benefit of this over a configuration management tool? I'd rather see improvements to functional areas rather than starting down the path of configuration management. I've got at least 3 that were filed years ago that could use some work. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Aug 22 ] |
personally, i'd fully agree. unfortunately, there are companies that haven't invested in system/config management... and the interest in such a functionality is somewhat sizable, so there's probably no avoiding it in the long run |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Sep 04 ] |
here's a feature wishlist based on real world deployment :
|
Comment by Tim Mooney [ 2013 Jun 07 ] |
I understand what you're saying Rich, however I'm really with Greg. Organizations that are large enough to be struggling with zabbix agent config file deployment would be better served by getting a configuration management system in place and managing this via that system. Beyond just the config file, the configuration management system has other benefits: it can ensure that the version of the agent you want to have installed is actually installed, it can ensure that the agent service is running, it can ensure that there's a log file rotation policy in place for the zabbix agentd log, it can ensure than any custom scripts for custom item keys are also installed, etc. Even if you solve all of the config file issues via the agent itself, you can't really solve the "is the agent installed? is it running?" issue. Also, how do you solve the inherent security issue with the initial deployment of the config What would probably be more useful would be to make certain that there are very good manifests/recipes/scripts/whatever for several different configuration management systems, |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Jun 07 ] |
I agree with Tim. Before investing time in something like this I'd suggest to focus more on fixing the current security issues in Zabbix -but it's just my opinion... |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2015 Sep 09 ] |
Personally, I strongly disagree with this feature becoming a main part of Zabbix (missing a downvote button in Jira btw!). Zabbix is a monitoring tool, not a Config Management tool. Puppet, Chef, SaltStack and Ansible all have proven track records in this regard. I'd rather see the needed effort put into other things, like speeding up the API, improving UX or having some more advanced ways to process retrieved values. That being said, if it has to be done, please consider using an existing framework and integrating it into Zabbix. |
[ZBXNEXT-113] network load reduction by assuming missing values Created: 2009 Nov 03 Updated: 2013 Aug 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
this is a feature which supposedly originates in ganglia and allows for network traffic reduction. in the case of zabbix, this feature would probably be configured on item level and only work with active agents. server, on the other hand, after the configured time period has passed, can do two things. 2. if "heartbeat" value is missing, server assumes all values since last successful transmission are missing. |
Comments |
Comment by fmrapid [ 2011 Mar 09 ] |
The above implementation description is simple and elegant and vastly increases system scalability. This is typical in industrial SCADA systems and with the OPC protocol used to communicate state and performance data from devices. The logic is simple and implementation leads to direct benefit. Note-1: The configurable margin should apply for floats and optionally for numeric values. Note-2: The implementation should also work with Zabbix sender type data. Note-3: This logic should be implemented as genericaly possible, to permit graphs, reports, etc. To make use of the "assumed" data values. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 11 ] |
We should think about it carefully if ever decided to be implemented. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Aug 05 ] |
somewhat similar feature request not to store identical values in the database : |
[ZBXNEXT-73] Allow secondary groups for agentd on linux (to read logs, execute programs) Created: 2007 Nov 15 Updated: 2013 Dec 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Johan Fischer | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Centos 5 i386 / x86_64 |
Description |
I'm running the zabbix agentd daemon (from the initscripts) and as expected it's dropping privileges to the zabbix user. It would be greats is the process could use the secondary groups of the zabbix user defined in /etc/group, this way I could read log files with the permissions 0640, or execute script to very database files with the permissions 0640. I read the man page for setgroups (function to use to add secondary groups to current process), and it's not POSIX .1-2001 compliant: CONFORMING TO is that the reason why it's not implemented in src/libs/zbxnix/daemon.c ? Thanks. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Dec 22 ] |
might be related to ZBXNEXT-195 |
[ZBXNEXT-90] support placeholders in filenames Created: 2009 Sep 28 Updated: 2021 Oct 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Thomas Mueller | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 13 |
Labels: | item | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
sometimes we need to check if a file with a date (or another variable part) in the name existis (or what size it is, etc). Examples: vfs.file.exists[/var/log/application2000/log%Y%m%d%.log] vfs.file.exists[/var/log/application2000/log*.log] vfs.file.exists[/var/log/application2000/log([0-9]|[A-Z]).log] |
Comments |
Comment by Fabrizio LaPorta [ 2015 Jun 29 ] |
I could use this feature right now. Please add it soon. |
Comment by lvyanrong [ 2016 Dec 22 ] |
When will the issue be resolved, anyone knows? |
Comment by lvyanrong [ 2016 Dec 22 ] |
I get another way to check file exist. Add UserParameter in zabbix_agentd.conf to fix this . |
Comment by Vucomir Ianculov [ 2018 Jul 11 ] |
When will the issue/feature be resolved? |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2021 Oct 11 ] |
vfs.dir.count[] seems to cover exactly this use case. Closing in a couple of weeks unless there are objections. |
[ZBXNEXT-2290] Support discovering MAC on Windows via system.hw.macaddr Created: 2014 May 06 Updated: 2014 May 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Gene Liverman | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | items, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows clients |
Description |
We are in need of collecting MAC addresses on Windows like we do on Linux as it is frequently the only consistent thing. Most of our desktops have onboard NIC's so the MAC generally stays the same where as they get their address via DHCP and may have their names changed regularly. I would love to see all the things in ZBXNEXT-1197 but this request is just for leveling the playing field between Windows and Linux clients. Windows exposes this in many ways, including via the registry. |
[ZBXNEXT-2201] Zabbix Agent Windows loadable modules Created: 2014 Mar 12 Updated: 2019 Sep 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.3.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Serg Larchenko | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 15 |
Labels: | loadablemodule, patch, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Makefile_agent.inc.patch dummy.patch zabbix_agentd.c.patch zabbix_windows_loadablemodule.patch zbxmodules.patch |
Description |
Good day. |
Comments |
Comment by Serg Larchenko [ 2014 Mar 12 ] |
Split file zabbix_windows_loadablemodule.patch |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2015 Oct 06 ] |
Bump! |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Oct 06 ] |
please see these resources: |
Comment by Kenny Hibberd [ 2019 Jan 23 ] |
What are the issues involved with implementing this feature? |
Comment by Andy Bertier [ 2019 Sep 19 ] |
I'm also interested in this feature. I used the attached files to create my version of the agent (needed to updated them for 3.4.2 & some fixes in error reporting). I'm willing to check/prepare changes against latest version, but I don't know how to contribute them. (as the patches attached here were already rejected). Are there any docs on how to contribute my changes? |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Sep 19 ] |
abertier, I guess the best place for the results of you effort will be https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix-patches |
Comment by Andy Bertier [ 2019 Sep 22 ] |
Patch & PR created: https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix-patches/pull/21 Another minor glitch in the documentation for building agents on windows ( https://zabbix.com/documentation/4.2/manual/installation/install/win_agent ), is I also needed to set 'CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE' to 'Release' in order to compile PCRE (v8.43, otherwise I only get the debug-file pcred.lib ) |
[ZBXNEXT-1958] Zabbix agent in vSphere 5.1 Hosts Created: 2013 Oct 09 Updated: 2013 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sistemas | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | ESX | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
VmWare ESXi 5.1 host servers |
Description |
Hello, we're trying to implement zabbix agent in our ESXi 5.1 hosts, it seems not supported by the agent. Any help? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 09 ] |
please use zabbix forums, irc and other channels for community support. this tracker is for bugreports. |
Comment by Sistemas [ 2013 Oct 09 ] |
I'll rewrite that. I need a compiled or a procedure to install Zabbix Agent in ESX Host. As I'd check in forums there's no way to do it as we deploy the agent. |
[ZBXNEXT-1022] heartbeat communication for between Zabbix server and agent Created: 2011 Nov 08 Updated: 2014 Nov 08 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | heartbeat | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix agent status on Zabbix server has some problems at the moment.
I think it's good that Zabbix server and agent communicate using exclusive heartbeat connection periodically. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Nov 08 ] |
hmm. usual suggestion is to avoid using 'status' item and use agent.ping + nodata() instead - that should solve this issue |
Comment by Kodai Terashima [ 2011 Nov 08 ] |
I know agent.ping + nodata() solution, but the solution don't solve the first problem And, I think check of agent availability is important, but agent.ping + nodata() is difficult for Zabbix beginners. |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Nov 08 ] |
in latest versions userparameters going down still should result in nodata() trigger for agent.ping. would that solve the problem ? continuing with slow hosts as usual is not feasible, as they would hamper the overall monitoring - such userparameters should be fixed/changed |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2011 Nov 09 ] |
Kodai, about "if any user parameter item take a long time, Zabbix server stop monitoring all of other item on same host" But this feature request is very interesting overall. |
Comment by Kodai Terashima [ 2011 Nov 09 ] |
Thank you pointing that out, Oleksiy. first problem I wrote looks same problem as I think heartbeat communication between server and agent (and unreachable host is handled by heartbeat) improve the problem and usability so much. |
Comment by Peter Schultz [ 2011 Nov 09 ] |
...Only one "slow userparameter or check" affect to all of other items on same host. I think it is not good behavior. Zabbix server should only change item status to not supported in this case. ... agreed !!! |
Comment by missing [ 2012 Nov 03 ] |
i had this problem yet,i found something funny that zabbix server will check that server after aboute 320 minutes again. |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2014 Nov 08 ] |
Zabbix setting a host as unreachable just because one item is bad, is the most annoying thing. The biggest problem is that it makes Zabbix unreliable, because if one item times out, the whole host gets disabled, so it stops running other items on that host, which means the host is not being monitored properly. I think the easiest way to solve this problem is to define items which can make a host unreachable, e.g. it could be a check box in the item create/edit page called "Make host unreachable on time out", or some better name. This way e.g. agent.ping could have that checkbox set and only that item would make the host unreachable. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 08 ] |
that's a different problem which is tracked at |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2014 Nov 08 ] |
Well it's not a different problem, they are related, since both of them would change how we detect if a host is unreachable. |
[ZBXNEXT-644] Add ability to read /proc, /sys, any file by line and field number Created: 2011 Feb 02 Updated: 2014 Sep 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Steve mushero | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | item, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be very nice to be able to read /proc /sys values via the agent, actually any file, by row and field number. Something like: file.read(/proc/meminfo, 10, 2) to get line 10, field 2 of meminfo. This way we can get lots of stats the agent can't get, including memory, kernel, disk, etc. A more advanced version would include the ability to use a macro or key such as hda for things like /sys/block/$drive/queue or even add up using /sys/block/*/queue. Have to think more about how that could be used. For now we use a custom script to get this, but it would provide a powerful way to extend the agent. |
Comments |
Comment by Steve mushero [ 2014 Sep 14 ] |
Note we'll be creating a module to do this for 2.2/2.4 if anyone interested as there are just too many things to get that are missed by the agent right now. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Sep 14 ] |
this might be partially covered by vfs.file.regexp - see https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.4/manual/config/items/itemtypes/zabbix_agent |
[ZBXNEXT-8689] Enabling of network tiering Created: 2023 Sep 06 Updated: 2023 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Karlis Salins | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Network_segregation.PNG | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
With network tiering we mean segregating the components (database, application, frontend, “clients”) in the network, where each layer is only able to talk to the layer net to it. Currently this kind of network tiering is not supported by Zabbix, as the front end requires direct access to the database. Another issue is that agents/proxies needs to talk directly to the Zabbix server, instead of going through the Front end. If we could get the possibility to let agents and proxies communicate with the server through the front, it would be great. But we would also like to see the Front end communicate with the database through the server. With these changes, we could put the front ends in a true DMZ, the servers in the first network layer behind the DMZ, and then the database in another layer behind again. See attached picture, where the Zabbix front end is placed in the DMZ, the Zabbix server is in the next network layer and finally the database in another layer. This architecture is quite common, and facilitates minimal openings in the firewall between the network layers. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2023 Oct 07 ] |
Frontend connecting to the DB via server has been discussed quite a lot in the past, and there might be an existing feature request - although cannot find one right now. |
Comment by dimir [ 2023 Oct 09 ] |
Yeah, and possibly this could solve the long-lasting issues of deadlocks in the database when server and frontend are accessing the database simultaneously. |
[ZBXNEXT-6501] Add possibility for remote check UDP services and ports Created: 2021 Feb 10 Updated: 2021 Jun 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Igor Gorbach | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We want to have a possibility to use simple checks for checking UDP port availability with items like net.udp.service[udp,<ip>,port] It is very important in case of Video Services monitoring Now, the only ntp service available Also, we want to check packets loss for checking UDP traffic to remote host Now, we're able to use nping for that, for example
nping --udp -c 2 -p 5001 <ip>
Starting Nping 0.7.40 ( https://nmap.org/nping ) at 2020-08-31 22:41 PDT
SENT (0.0977s) UDP <ip>:53 > 172.31.0.25:5001 ttl=64 id=48591 iplen=28
SENT (1.0981s) UDP <ip>:53 > 172.31.0.25:5001 ttl=64 id=48591 iplen=28
RCVD (1.3151s) UDP <ip>:5001 > 172.31.0.69:53 ttl=64 id=42729 iplen=1498
Max rtt: 216.701ms | Min rtt: 216.701ms | Avg rtt: 216.701ms Raw packets sent: 2 (56B) | Rcvd: 1 (1.498KB) |
Lost: 1 (50.00%) Nping done: 1 IP address pinged in 1.40 seconds
Please, add native support for those checks to simple checks and agent checks
|
Comments |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2021 Jun 02 ] |
There is no universal way to do a generic ping over UDP that would work in all cases. UDP is a connectionless protocol that, in contrast with TCP, does not provide any kinds of delivery confirmations. When a client sends a UDP packet to some port, the packet gets delivered to the target OS which in turn checks whether there is a listener process registered in the OS. If there is then the packet gets delivered to the process which is free to either respond or keep silence, depending on the application logic. If there is no listener process, then the packet gets discarded and the OS sends back ICMP packet “port unreachable”. In theory, one can tell the UDP port is closed by checking such ICMP responses. In practice, however, firewalled environments just block such packets more often than not. Utilities, like nping —udp just send UDP packets and hope for the best. You can rely on their results only when you either know for sure that ICMP packets are always delivered from your target to the sender or know that the application does always immediately respond to UDP requests with some response. |
[ZBXNEXT-6476] Discovering aggregated interfaces on AIX Created: 2021 Jan 28 Updated: 2021 Apr 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Andris Mednis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | agent, aix, solaris | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
IBM AIX, Oracle Solaris |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently no aggregated interfaces are discovered with net.if.discovery on IBM AIX and Oracle Solaris systems. A request has now been sent to IBM about the availability of alternative methods to get this information Depending on the answer, we expect either the corresponding functionality in the next upgrade =) or add a note to the documentation on the current state of affairs. |
Comments |
Comment by Vladimir Kostornoy [ 2021 Apr 01 ] |
As far as I understand, statistics for aggregated interface (EtherChannel on AIX / aggr on Solaris) are collected, but there is no possibilities to check load of every single port inside aggregated interface. |
[ZBXNEXT-8221] Reload agent configuration without restarting a service Created: 2023 Jan 20 Updated: 2023 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
When using Zabbix agent with certificates, when certificate changes, it requires an agent restart to pick up a new certificate. To keep the environment very secure (3 months retention period for certificate), it's mandatory to restart the agent multiple times per year. It would be a great functionality to: 1) Allow the runtime command for the agent to reload a config without rebooting the service and/or 2) Develop a task inside the user interface (similar as "Check now" button) to reload the configuration cache remotely. "Check Now" currently is supported via passive checks only. We can headline this feature request as "Decrease the maintenance cost for very secure environments". |
Comments |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2023 Jan 20 ] |
Closely related but not the same: ZBXNEXT-3162 |
[ZBXNEXT-7094] Create extra configuration option for zabbix_sender Created: 2021 Dec 02 Updated: 2021 Dec 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Florain Schmaus | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Right now, zabbix_sender is coupled with Zabbix agent 1. That means, the zabbix_sender binary is only build if --enable-agent is passed to the configure script. This also means that I have to set USE="agent" on my Gentoo machines, even though I just want to use zabbix_sender with agent 2. Please consider further decoupling zabbix_sender from agent 1, so that it can be enabled independently. |
[ZBXNEXT-7040] Add built in update function for Zabbix Agent for Windows Created: 2021 Nov 09 Updated: 2021 Nov 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Nowadays almost all Windows program can check it version and compare it with latest version on internet. And after that they can suggest you for update, or even updated by himself. It will by nice see to add this kind of function in Zabbix Agent on Windows. |
[ZBXNEXT-6701] Zabbix agent for AS400 Created: 2021 Jun 04 Updated: 2021 Jun 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, as400 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There is community povided solution: |
[ZBXNEXT-7395] Make native Zabbix components for e2k platform Created: 2021 Dec 29 Updated: 2021 Dec 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Khatsayuk Alexander | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
As you know, there is another one computer platform - Elbrus (e2k). It will be great to have native Zabbix Core components like Server, Proxy and Agent, compiled to work on it. |
[ZBXNEXT-4847] About Unix(Solaris, AIX, HPUX) Memory usage Created: 2018 Nov 05 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.22 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Kim KilJong | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi. I have a question about Unix memory data collection. On AIX, Solaris, and HPUX operating systems, what libraries, files, or commands does zabbix agent use to check memory usage?
Thanks. |
[ZBXNEXT-4534] make system.users.num item return the number of distinct users Created: 2018 May 02 Updated: 2019 Nov 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ZBXNEXT-4534.diff |
Description |
Currently, the system.users.num item returns the number of sessions, counting the number of lines in the output of who: $ who asaveljevs pts/0 2018-03-29 16:26 (:0) asaveljevs pts/1 2018-03-29 16:26 (:0) asaveljevs pts/3 2018-03-29 16:44 (:0:S.0) asaveljevs pts/4 2018-03-29 16:44 (:0:S.1) asaveljevs pts/5 2018-04-03 12:57 (:0:S.2) asaveljevs pts/6 2018-04-04 12:07 (:0:S.3) asaveljevs pts/7 2018-04-04 12:08 (:0:S.4) asaveljevs pts/8 2018-04-05 11:59 (:0:S.5) asaveljevs pts/9 2018-04-20 13:13 (:0:S.6) asaveljevs pts/10 2018-04-20 14:00 (:0:S.7) asaveljevs pts/11 2018-04-27 14:26 (:0:S.8) $ who | wc -l 11 $ zabbix_agentd -t system.users.num system.users.num [u|11] This is nice, but in reality there is just one user logged in. Similarly, if a single user (Alice) establishes two SSH sessions to a server, system.users.num will return 2. Perhaps this can be solved by adding a parameter to system.users.num to choose between the current behavior and the number of distinct users. There may be a similar need to monitor whether a particular user is logged in. For instance, Alice may want to monitor if Bob is logged on to a server for a long time. |
Comments |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2019 Nov 11 ] |
Attached patch with possible solution ZBXNEXT-4534.diff |
[ZBXNEXT-4453] provide built-in master items for CPU and network monitoring Created: 2018 Mar 29 Updated: 2018 Mar 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | dependentitems | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix documentation page on dependent items says that it is a good idea to collect various CPU and network statistics simultaneously. However, that page then proceeds to give a different example, leaving it to the user to invent a way to do the same with CPU and network. There should probably be a built-in way to do that. |
[ZBXNEXT-4406] FreeBSD 11.1 has new memory page queue Created: 2018 Feb 20 Updated: 2018 Mar 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Kirill Varnakov | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, graphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
FreeBSD 11.1 and later versions |
Description |
Hi. In FreeBSD version 11.1 appeared new memory queue - Laundry. Zabbix agent doesn't have key for it. Proof links: |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksejs Petrovs [ 2018 Mar 01 ] |
Hello Kiril, Thank you for reporting. Sounds more like a feature request, rather than a bug. I will move this to the ZBXNEXT. Regards, |
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2018 Mar 01 ] |
Hi. In my opinion, it is a malfunction of agent on FreeBSD, because you don't see all kind of memory... |
[ZBXNEXT-4079] Internal items to monitor cache locking Created: 2017 Sep 04 Updated: 2022 Dec 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Andris Mednis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | performance, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Would be nice to have internal items to monitor locking of configuration cache, value cache, history cache, trend cache, etc.:
|
Comments |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2022 Dec 06 ] |
This is mostly covered by |
[ZBXNEXT-5043] Create item to track last communication from an agent Created: 2019 Feb 14 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | James Angi | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, regression, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Due to the changes in timestamping items introduced in 4.0 it is no longer possible to track/trigger when an active agent client has been offline for X minutes if that client's clock is inaccurate. For example, using agent.ping.nodata(5m) doesn't work very well when the client clock is 6 minutes behind the server and its clock is used to timestamp the incoming value. In lieu of fixing the timestamps for all items for active agents I would suggest a new item like "host.lastcontact" that gets timestamped by the server every time there is communication with the host so we can properly detect offline clients. Here is a forum thread discussing this issue in more detail: https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-troubleshooting-and-problems/373803-zabbix-agent-ping-timestamp |
Comments |
Comment by alex dekker [ 2019 Feb 18 ] |
Perhaps what would be useful would be "meta-items" to track the status of items. Eg append .lastupdate to agent.ping to get the last time that agent.ping was updated. |
Comment by James Angi [ 2019 Feb 19 ] |
That sounds great actually. Would actually accomplish what I was suggesting (not so eloquently) in the thread I referenced. |
[ZBXNEXT-5066] Add support for SLES 11 Created: 2019 Feb 22 Updated: 2021 May 21 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Leonard | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We manage a number of Linux servers with SLES 11 which we like to add in Zabbix monitoring. It would be nice if there is a Zabbix Agent package (with encryption) available for SLES 11. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Feb 22 ] |
We support SLES starting from 12: https://www.zabbix.com/download . Agent packages include encryption support. All you need is
Adding support for SLES 11 is not an option for us, it uses SysVinit which would require too much work. |
[ZBXNEXT-4978] allow ro restrict remote commands per server Created: 2019 Jan 24 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be useful to allow or disallow remote commands per server. Usecase: parallel Zabbix instance for testing that would have identical configuration, but agents would not allow remote commands from it to avoid both servers running the commands. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jan 24 ] |
ZBXNEXT-4025 asks for a limit on what commands may be executed. |
[ZBXNEXT-4754] Define IPv6 and IPv4 together as a SourceIP Created: 2018 Sep 25 Updated: 2020 Sep 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | ipv6, sourceip | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It's currently impossible to define both IPv6 and IPv4 addresses in SourceIP param. There must be a way to provide both for the situations where IPv6 and IPv4 networks are used together. Zabbix then might choose what Source IP(IPv4 or IPv6) to use depending on the destination IP version. |
Comments |
Comment by Michael Veksler [ 2020 Jan 17 ] |
This is available in Agent2 |
[ZBXNEXT-4641] Include external configuration file as default to improve deployment and upgrade Created: 2018 Jul 17 Updated: 2022 Nov 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Packages (C), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.11, 4.0.0rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Paolo Rossi | Assignee: | dimir |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I started to use Zabbix appliance (server, proxy and agent) by editing zabbix_*.conf. Almost every time I upgrade one of them, the classic Configuration file '/etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy.conf' ==> Modified (by you or by a script) since installation. ==> Package distributor has shipped an updated version. What would you like to do about it ? Your options are: Y or I : install the package maintainer's version N or O : keep your currently-installed version D : show the differences between the versions Z : start a shell to examine the situation The default action is to keep your current version. *** zabbix_proxy.conf (Y/I/N/O/D/Z) [default=N] pops up. So I reset the conf file to its default and add only one line at the end:
Include=/etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy_local.conf
In this way, the diff are quicker to inspect, having moved all the customized parameters to an external file. Still, I have to accept all new changes made by package distributor and then re-add the last line. It would be convenient for sysadmin, if zabbix would include, as default, every .conf inside a directory, for example /etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy.d/.conf. Like Apache or MySQL do. In this way using orchestration tool to upgrade many proxies and agent would proceed uninterruptedly.
|
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2018 Jul 17 ] |
Currently in our packages we only include by default in agent. For server/proxy there is no such thing there. I'm not sure why, I'll try to find out. Suggestions are welcome. |
Comment by Paolo Rossi [ 2018 Jul 17 ] |
Agent already has such line but maybe should be at the end? Custom configuration should override any default specified in standard /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf For server/proxy I think same approach could be ok. You could use: /etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy.d/*conf /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.d/*conf You could, otherwise, include specific file name such as: /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.d/zabbix_agentd.conf /etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy.d/zabbix_proxy.conf /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.d/zabbix_server.conf or /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd_local.conf /etc/zabbix/zabbix_proxy_local.conf /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server_local.conf But will the startup complains if one of those files is missing? |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2018 Sep 25 ] |
I opened a similar feature request. There should be a default include, in every component, server, proxy, agent. Preferebly exactly like the agent does it: But the most important part is your very first argument: I already wrote down my wishes in https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBX-14363 which is a marked as a duplicate of this request. I voted for this one. Thank you. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 May 30 ] |
|
Comment by Shawn Heisey [ 2022 Oct 27 ] |
Another vote from me, for the .d directory structure. I see that /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agent2.conf has the include line at the end. Awesome. |
[ZBXNEXT-4283] Add "nowait" switch for remote commands Created: 2017 Dec 15 Updated: 2017 Dec 19 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.3, 3.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Evgeny Kravchenko | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix server on Ubuntu 16.04 Server, several zabbix proxies on ArchlinuxARM, and lots of Windows agents |
Description |
Before zabbix 3.4, I used remote commands to automatically update zabbix agents and was happy. But now I can not restart the zabbix agent with a remote command, I can only stop it. Please add the "nowait" switch for remote commands, the same switch as for the system.run[command, nowait] items. |
Comments |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2017 Dec 15 ] |
What if you execute remote commands on zabbix agent ? |
Comment by Evgeny Kravchenko [ 2017 Dec 15 ] |
Yes, I do so. Like that: |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2017 Dec 18 ] |
As a workaround I suggest to execute remote commands through proxy. |
Comment by Evgeny Kravchenko [ 2017 Dec 19 ] |
The problem is that now it's not always possible to execute remote commands through a proxy. The solution can be to execute remote commands with "nowait" mode. |
[ZBXNEXT-5137] Request adding Solaris zone argument to proc.num and proc.mem Created: 2019 Mar 28 Updated: 2020 Nov 05 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | David Phillips | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | proc.mem, proc.num | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Solaris 11, LDOM/zone environment |
Description |
The current implementation of proc.num and proc.mem doesn't allow specification of zone name, unlike proc.cpu.util, |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2020 Nov 05 ] |
proc.num[] supports 'zone' parameter on Solaris. |
[ZBXNEXT-4477] Describe UserParameter command in Frontend Created: 2018 Apr 03 Updated: 2018 Apr 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Outscale Monitoring Team | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, Would it be possible to add the command for a key in the Frontend interface ? This information could be found on the page items.php in a new column and returned with the value of the key or updated every days to reduce informations sent/received by Agent/Server. Thanks |
[ZBXNEXT-3433] show which server an active agent process is working with Created: 2016 Sep 13 Updated: 2016 Sep 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | activeagent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when an agent is configured to work with multiple servers with ServerActive, it is not obvious which server each process works with. processlist shows something like this : /usr/local/sbin/zabbix_agentd: active checks #1 [idle 1 sec] /usr/local/sbin/zabbix_agentd: active checks #2 [idle 1 sec] logfile shows something like this : agent #4 started [active checks #1] agent #5 started [active checks #2] if possible, it would be useful to expose server in the process list and the startup logfile messages. |
[ZBXNEXT-3952] Extend Zabbix agent by capabilities to monitor UNIX message queues. Created: 2017 Jun 23 Updated: 2019 Jun 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | linux, mq, newitemkey, unix | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | mqueue.c |
Description |
It would be nice, if Zabbix agent gets extended by functionalities to monitor all kind of aspects of IPC message queues on UNIX/Linux - POSIX as well as SysV. Regarding SysV message queues there is already a loadable module available: zaipcs |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Jun 24 ] |
Attached mqueue.c is a first prototype in the form of a (3.2) loadable module. [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.getattr[/queue1,maxmsg]' mqueue.getattr[/queue1,maxmsg] [u|42] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.getattr[/queue1,msgsize]' mqueue.getattr[/queue1,msgsize] [u|55] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.getattr[/queue1,curmsgs]' mqueue.getattr[/queue1,curmsgs] [u|0] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.getattr[/queue1,malloc]' mqueue.getattr[/queue1,malloc] [u|2310] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.sumattr[maxmsg]' mqueue.sumattr[maxmsg] [u|277] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.sumattr[msgsize]' mqueue.sumattr[msgsize] [u|1022] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.sumattr[curmsgs]' mqueue.sumattr[curmsgs] [u|0] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.sumattr[malloc]' mqueue.sumattr[malloc] [u|60392] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.info[/queue1,size]' mqueue.info[/queue1,size] [u|0] [root@localhost ~]# zabbix_agentd -t 'mqueue.discovery' mqueue.discovery [s|{"data":[{"{#NAME}":"/queue2","{#FILE}":"/dev/mqueue/queue2","{#UID}":0,"{#GID}":0,"{#USER}":"root","{#GROUP}":"root"},{"{#NAME}":"/queue1","{#FILE}":"/dev/mqueue/queue1","{#UID}":0,"{#GID}":0,"{#USER}":"root","{#GROUP}":"root"},{"{#NAME}":"/test3","{#FILE}":"/dev/mqueue/test3","{#UID}":0,"{#GID}":0,"{#USER}":"root","{#GROUP}":"root"},{"{#NAME}":"/test2","{#FILE}":"/dev/mqueue/test2","{#UID}":0,"{#GID}":0,"{#USER}":"root","{#GROUP}":"root"},{"{#NAME}":"/test1","{#FILE}":"/dev/mqueue/test1","{#UID}":0,"{#GID}":0,"{#USER}":"root","{#GROUP}":"root"}]}] [root@localhost ~]# |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Jun 11 ] |
Few comments on mqueue.c:
All in all, pretty neat! |
[ZBXNEXT-3854] UPNP Agent Created: 2017 May 05 Updated: 2017 May 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Sascha Valckenier Kips | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Adding Upnp Agent with Bulk and Authentication on Device. For any Routers like Fritz!Box with default Firmware there are only possible to get data from upnp interface or webinterface. The webinterface is hard to decode and instable on firmware changes. |
[ZBXNEXT-3746] Runtime control option to reload loadable modules without restarting Zabbix Created: 2017 Mar 17 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | loadablemodule | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Would be nice to have something like -R modules_reload so that one can update/recompile loadable modules and use them straight away without a restart. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Mar 17 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3162 asks for configuration file parameter reloading. |
[ZBXNEXT-3691] Support for positional parameters in item key aliases Created: 2017 Feb 08 Updated: 2020 Sep 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Simon Lawrence | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All Agents |
Description |
Item aliases should support positional parameters. Since 3.2 item aliases support parameters ( This feature is promoted as a means of having multiple discovery rules with the same key linked to a host, each rule discovering a different subset of items due to filtering. However, currently there is no easy way to create item prototypes for each of these discovery rules that have the same item key. A neat workaround would be to add support for positional parameters to aliases. The item prototypes for each discovery rule could then have a key such as: ..and in the agent config file, an alias statement such as |
Comments |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2020 Sep 09 ] |
I like this idea. |
[ZBXNEXT-3145] support "subjectAltName" extension in certificates Created: 2016 Feb 16 Updated: 2016 Feb 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | certificates, encryption | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
As mentioned initially in (58) in |
[ZBXNEXT-3021] make zabbix_get use Zabbix server's configuration file Created: 2015 Oct 26 Updated: 2024 Jan 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | encryption, zabbix_get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
With the introduction of TLS in |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Oct 26 ] |
It also makes sense for zabbix_get to use the same parameters from Zabbix proxy configuration file, but with Zabbix proxy there is more confusion: it has TLSConnect, TLSPSKIdentity, TLSPSKFile parameters (used for server communication), which the user might confuse with zabbix_get's --tls-connect, --tls-psk-identity, --tls-psk-file (used for agent communication). |
Comment by Omniton [ 2016 Oct 10 ] |
would be useful to support agent's config file as well in case of PSK encryption and running zabbix_get on agent side (zabbix_get -s localhost ..) |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Jan 06 ] |
omniton, what parameters would be useful for zabbix_get in the agent config file ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Jan 06 ] |
similar issue about zabbix_sender : ZBXNEXT-3651 |
Comment by Omniton [ 2017 Jan 06 ] |
what I have to use on agent side (psk-based encryption) to check some item: It would be helpful if zabbix_get can read parameters from config file. In this case same command would be: |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2024 Jan 11 ] |
This would be appreciated. |
[ZBXNEXT-3016] use PSK and certificate authentication instead of matching IP address in Server Created: 2015 Oct 22 Updated: 2015 Oct 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | authentication, encryption, passive | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Feature request Currently, passive agents and proxies use Server configuration file parameter to determine whether the connection is coming from a trusted Zabbix server. However, with TLS in place, it is possible to make that requirement optional, so that whoever has a valid PSK or trusted certificate can be treated as a valid Zabbix server. This may especially help in dynamic environments. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Oct 22 ] |
Note that setting Server=0.0.0.0 does not seem to work, which is requested in |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Oct 22 ] |
Actually, server IP is not checked at all for passive proxy, see |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Oct 22 ] |
To clarify a bit how this is different from |
[ZBXNEXT-2912] Optional parameter to affect period considered by statistics collector Created: 2015 Aug 20 Updated: 2015 Aug 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | average, collector, items, statistics | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
How about supporting an optional Item parameter to affect the period considered by the Zabbix agent's statistics collector? system.stat[cpu,pc,1m,avg] By this one could have an Item update interval of a minute or even longer but wouldn't miss values between Item checks. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Aug 21 ] |
Just notes ... I recall when we introduced more than 8 (or 9) hard drives monitoring support - zabbix devs introduced sort of dynamic memory allocation, which actually is re-allocation of memory segments when required, to keep used memory as less as possible. |
[ZBXNEXT-2931] Add proper backtrace support on BSD systems when dumping crash data Created: 2015 Aug 31 Updated: 2018 Feb 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | debugging, freebsd, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD |
Attachments: | freebsd_backtrace_x64.diff |
Description |
On BSD systems fatal signal handler is running on its own stack so backtrace() function does not give meaningfull result. To print proper stack trace we should take information from signal context and do manual stack unwinding. See the attached patch for stack trace prototype on 64 bit BSD systems. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 01 ] |
There were several issues in the past where we could not get backtrace on FreeBSD with the same details on Linux. |
[ZBXNEXT-5175] Enable SNMP auth with OS data Created: 2019 Apr 14 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.5, 4.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Ignacio Facundo Aguirre | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, snmp, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
GNU/Linux Debian (and almost any other GNU/Linux distro) |
Description |
Hi, it would be great if Zabbix could take the SNMP "auth" data (be it v1, v2c, or v3) from the OS, like any textual OID if the MIBs are correctly configured (like this). I have the SNMP "auth" data for all my devices in $HOME/.snmp/hosts, soy I can do things like: $snmpwalk router1.example.com 1.3.6.1 without specifying any particular info in the CLI beacause that info is in the file router1.example.com.conf in the $HOME/.snmp/hosts directory (or /etc/snmp/hosts). It could be a new Type in Items, like plain "SNMP" or "SNMP from OS" to be more specific. This way there would be no need to change the SNMP config in Zabbix, all the info is in one place per device. |
[ZBXNEXT-5617] Execution time on Query/UserParamater Metrics Created: 2019 Dec 04 Updated: 2020 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Sven Solberg | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Following on from my Forum post: https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-troubleshooting-and-problems/391176-execution-times-for-queries-and-or-userparameter I have a need to query database servers and report on the responsiveness of the server. The current (complicated) method would be to have the agent/server run a query (via odbc or via the user agent) and the pull back multiple items in JSON format. The JSON result would need to have multiple calculations performed before being constructed and sent back to the sever for processing, these items would be the timing values (manually calculated) and the actual results (assuming that timeouts, errors etc were handled appropriately) A much nicer method would be to have Zabbix collect metrics on the metrics! For example, I need to query tablespace free space on an oracle instance. The query normally takes 0.02 of a second. If the server is busy, this can take longer... say... 4 or 5 seconds. On occasions it can take 33 seconds if the server is under extreme load. The query would complete, but Zabbix would record a timeout, but it would be useful to record the fact that it took 33 seconds. This information could be be added as an extra column in the database and passed back from agent as general metadata. Most people would not need this level of information, but it could provide valuable insights in large organisations.
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Jan 31 ] |
It might be implemented as some metadata passed along with item value. The metadata may also include much more detailed timing information also for troubleshooting purposes. So that we could see clearly where Zabbix spent most of the time doing value collection and processing. |
[ZBXNEXT-8389] Zabbix Agent Fleet Management Created: 2023 Apr 04 Updated: 2023 Apr 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Installation (I), Packages (C) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Facundo Vilarnovo | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Similar to what elastic is doing with fleet management: Please consider implementing a way to have a centralized version updating task for agents from frontend view. |
[ZBXNEXT-8597] Add parameter for command line tools to get actual configuration parameters Created: 2023 Jul 26 Updated: 2023 Jul 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.19, 6.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | agent, agent2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Agent configuration is set in a config file, but it can be overwrite by others included config files loaded after. Regards, Elina |
[ZBXNEXT-5954] Add ability to choose between software and physical swap on Solaris using system.swap.size key Created: 2020 May 15 Updated: 2020 May 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.31, 4.0.20, 5.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Solaris 10 x86_64/sparc |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
system.swap.zize[,pfree] uses 'swap -l' output to provide data |
[ZBXNEXT-6420] encoding html contents in web monitoring Created: 2020 Oct 21 Updated: 2023 Dec 28 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | encoding, web-scenario, web.page.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
ubuntu 18.04 |
Attachments: | image-2020-10-21-13-16-11-595.png image-2020-10-21-13-30-44-684.png screenshot-2023-10-25_01.PNG | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: It don't work if web page use windows-1251. If web page use UTF-8 all ok!
I'm create Items "web.page.get["site.ru",,]" and in the html have questions marks instead cyrillic symbols:
how i'm can edit encoding for correct work finding the string? Expected:
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexey [ 2020 Oct 26 ] |
help me, friends! |
Comment by Aigars Kadikis [ 2020 Nov 02 ] |
Do you have a correct character set installed in the database level?: show create database zabbix\G show create table history_text\G The database should have: DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8 COLLATE utf8_bin The table should have: DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8 COLLATE=utf8_bin |
Comment by Alexey [ 2020 Nov 02 ] |
Yes:
mysql> show create database zabbix\G
*************************** 1. row ***************************
Database: zabbix
Create Database: CREATE DATABASE `zabbix` /*!40100 DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8 COLLATE utf8_bin */
1 row in set (0.00 sec)
and: mysql> show create table history_text\G *************************** 1. row *************************** Table: history_text Create Table: CREATE TABLE `history_text` ( `itemid` bigint(20) unsigned NOT NULL, `clock` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0', `value` text COLLATE utf8_bin NOT NULL, `ns` int(11) NOT NULL DEFAULT '0', KEY `history_text_1` (`itemid`,`clock`) ) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8 COLLATE=utf8_bin 1 row in set (0.00 sec) Problems only with encoding the pages windows-1251. Command "curl https://site.ru" also has question marks, solves the problem only "iconv" in shell |
Comment by Aigars Kadikis [ 2020 Nov 05 ] |
Indeed there is no way to store the HTML of https://pikabu.ru/ in Zabbix database. The item goes to the unsupported state with the message: Server returned invalid UTF-8 sequence |
Comment by Alexey [ 2020 Dec 06 ] |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2021 Jan 04 ] |
Currently Zabbix does not support character encoding other than UTF-8 for item web.page.get[]. А workaround to solve this problem is to do the conversion with JS in preprocessing steps. We cannot consider this a bug. Therefore, I am moving this ticket to the ZBXNEXT project. |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2021 Jun 02 ] |
sasha wrote:
It seems that the error is occurred still before the preprocessing steps could be available to catch this problem? |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2023 Oct 25 ] |
Just reminder: this problem does still exist (at least, in the current version 6.0.x). The workaround ("to do the conversion with JS in preprocessing steps") is not possible, as the error (and transition of item to unsupported state) is occurred before the preprocessing; so it's noting to do in the preprocessing |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2023 Dec 28 ] |
Was this problem resolved in |
[ZBXNEXT-5883] Support more built in keys in Windows agent Created: 2020 Apr 09 Updated: 2020 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.7, 4.4.8rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Edgars Melveris | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2020-04-10-16-36-34-264.png image-2020-04-10-16-37-57-073.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently there are some items, that are supported on Linux, but are not supported on Windows. There is a list of items supported by platform:
But only one of them is supported by Windows platform. It would be simpler and more convenient for Zabbix users if as many as possible built in keys would work the same way on all platforms. |
Comments |
Comment by Kaspars Mednis [ 2020 Apr 10 ] |
Also, process monitoring can be improved, currently all metrics are not available out of box. And some processes can spawn multiple instances like (example by chrome which can be tested on every system)
SELECT Name FROM Win32_PerfFormattedData_PerfProc_Process where name like 'Chrome%'
chrome#1
chrome#2
....
chrome#22
WMI provides CPU usage by process, handle count and more, which is currently not possible with built in Zabbix agent keys.
SELECT * FROM Win32_PerfFormattedData_PerfProc_Process where Name = 'System'
{ "CreatingProcessID":0, "ElapsedTime":"1195352", "HandleCount":1258, "IDProcess":4, "IODataBytesPersec":"0", "IODataOperationsPersec":"0", "IOOtherBytesPersec":"0", "IOOtherOperationsPersec":"0", "IOReadBytesPersec":"0", "IOReadOperationsPersec":"0", "IOWriteBytesPersec":"0", "IOWriteOperationsPersec":"0", "Name":"System", "PageFaultsPersec":0, "PageFileBytes":"131072", "PageFileBytesPeak":"188416", "PercentPrivilegedTime":"0", "PercentProcessorTime":"0", "PercentUserTime":"0", "PoolNonpagedBytes":0, "PoolPagedBytes":0, "PriorityBase":8, "PrivateBytes":"131072", "ThreadCount":150, "VirtualBytes":"3559424", "VirtualBytesPeak":"33566720", "WorkingSet":"147456", "WorkingSetPeak":"1982464", "WorkingSetPrivate":"28672" } ] |
Comment by Kaspars Mednis [ 2020 Apr 10 ] |
proc_info[process,<attribute>,<type>] vmsize (default) - size of process virtual memory in Kbytes Why it reports kilobytes ? I need to create additional preprocessing step to report it in Bytes and display correctly in frontend |
Comment by Andy Booth [ 2020 Apr 10 ] |
Zabbix guys: Love it or hate it, Windows will be widely deployed for a while yet, so there should be functional parity in the Windows Zabbix Agent with Linux etc. This doesn't mean that you have to use the same underlying mechanisms to obtain the info, but if you expose it to the Zabbix server in the same way as other agents then it makes Zabbix config a lot easier for Zabbix admins. A LOT of info is available from WMI. Your docs give some basic introductory info, but they lack worked examples & clear guidance on common use cases. An updated official Zabbix Windows template would be an easy way to boost the out of box support for Windows (e.g. using things like the example below). examples: items:
dependent item: OS caption, from wmi_os:
inventory info can be pulled from the other WMI items above. While we're here, the stock inventory fields are not that useful. We really need the ability to customise them.
|
[ZBXNEXT-3889] Force re-read of log.count and logrt.count so that the total of matched lines is sent each time not the increase Created: 2017 May 24 Updated: 2017 May 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Paul Morris | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
change log.count (or give it an extra parameter) to force reread of the file being monitored so that the count of matched regular expressions is the total rather than number of additions (i.e. delta): I have a script that runs and generates a log file for which I want to match lines (such as ERROR). This script gets run a few times a day i.e. every few hours. Presently when the script runs, and a line is matched on the newly created logfile, zabbix will generate a trigger, but the next iteration, there are no new lines in the file, so the count gets set to zero (as it is a delta increase) and the trigger is cancelled. As the script runs a few times a day it is unfeasible to set the agent to read the file for the same interval as the script as that would tie having to start the agent at the same time as the script. Presently I would have to "touch" the file to force the reread and therefore send the total each and every time. |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2017 May 24 ] |
Maybe vfs.file.regexp[] or vfs.file.regmatch[] could help instead of log.count[] ? |
Comment by Paul Morris [ 2017 May 24 ] |
Thank you! That will help me. Perhaps change documentation so that attention is drawn to those in the "Monitoring Logfiles" section rather than just log and logrt. |
[ZBXNEXT-3097] Unicode names are not supported for Zabbix logs on Windows Created: 2016 Jan 14 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, unicode, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Description |
Zabbix should use _wfopen() function to create/open log files on Windows to support unicode names. We can add zbx_fopen() function like it was done with zbx_open(): int __zbx_open(const char *pathname, int flags) { int ret; wchar_t *wpathname; wpathname = zbx_utf8_to_unicode(pathname); ret = _wopen(wpathname, flags); zbx_free(wpathname); return ret; } |
[ZBXNEXT-3025] printing supported item keys without values Created: 2015 Oct 28 Updated: 2015 Oct 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | bash, keys, testing | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix agent supports "-p" or "--print" option to print the list of supported items: $ zabbix_agentd -p | head -20 agent.hostname [s|Zabbix server] agent.ping [u|1] agent.version [s|3.0.0alpha4] system.localtime[utc] [u|1446017639] system.run[echo test] [m|ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED] [Remote commands are not enabled.] web.page.get[localhost,,80] [t|HTTP/1.1 200 OK Date: Wed, 28 Oct 2015 07:33:59 GMT Server: Apache/2.4.10 (Debian) Vary: Accept-Encoding Content-Length: 7830 Connection: close Content-Type: text/html;charset=UTF-8 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> ... This is useful for manual execution, but for automated parsing it might be useful to omit the values. One example use case might be Zabbix bash completion, see https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix-bash-completion . Printing values (e.g., for web.page.get[] above) makes it harder to parse item keys out of that list. Also, there are potential problems when item values are expensive to obtain, give errors or that simply hang with default parameters. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Oct 29 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3028 asks for machine readable (maybe json) output of the -p flag |
[ZBXNEXT-2929] Get sensor readings through libsensors library on Linux Created: 2015 Aug 28 Updated: 2019 Oct 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | items, libraries, sensors, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Description |
Currently sensor[] item on Linux relies on our own code... Well, honestly speaking it's more or less libsensors code adapted to our coding guidelines. From time to time it stops working because of new kernel versions, new drivers, new hardware etc. as we can see in Let's fully rely on libsensors in this close to hardware and therefore very complicated area. From developer perspective this seems to be all pro's and no con's solution. From user perspective this will mean additional dependency during compilation but no more headache with patches/workarounds and better support for new hardware. Moreover, users will be able to fine-tune sensor output via libsensors config files (voltage sensor labels, scaling factors and so on). Take my machine for example. Typing sensors -u in terminal yields: f8000-isa-0a00 Adapter: ISA adapter +3.3V: in0_input: 3.376 3VSB: in1_input: 3.360 Vbat: in2_input: 3.280 It is not convenient that I cannot get voltages using their human-readable labels: sensor[f8000-isa-0a00,+3.3V] [m|ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED] [Cannot obtain sensor information.] sensor[f8000-isa-0a00,3VSB] [m|ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED] [Cannot obtain sensor information.] sensor[f8000-isa-0a00,Vbat] [m|ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED] [Cannot obtain sensor information.] I can however query voltages using their original names: sensor[f8000-isa-0a00,in0] [d|1.688000] sensor[f8000-isa-0a00,in1] [d|1.680000] sensor[f8000-isa-0a00,in2] [d|1.640000] But values I get need to be scaled to get actual real world voltages. Scaling factors (or sometimes complicated mathematical expressions to rescale sensor readings) and info on what sensor readings mean what are known exclusively to hardware manufacturers. They pass this information to libsensors developers and eventually users can see them in sensors.conf.default provided with lm-sensors package: chip "f71858fg-*" "f8000-*" label in0 "+3.3V" label in1 "3VSB" label in2 "Vbat" compute in0 @*2, @/2 compute in1 @*2, @/2 compute in2 @*2, @/2 Very good thing is that users can edit labels and fine-tune rescaling factors for their hardware (see http://lm-sensors.org/wiki/VoltageLabelsAndScaling for more info) as they wish which is very convenient. And more reasonable labels and real-world readings will be fed to Zabbix without need to rescale them. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Dec 06 ] |
Unfortunately, it looks like lm-sensors.org died. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Dec 06 ] |
oh, indeed. the linked page : https://web.archive.org/web/20150826091212/http://www.lm-sensors.org/wiki/VoltageLabelsAndScaling looks like the site is not coming back, see https://github.com/groeck/lm-sensors/issues/3 |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Oct 30 ] |
Link to their new web site: https://hwmon.wiki.kernel.org/voltagelabelsandscaling |
[ZBXNEXT-3724] Zabbix Agent / SQLite3 Created: 2017 Feb 27 Updated: 2017 Feb 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Asemov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be very nice to have some possibility in Zabbix Agent to read data from SQLite3 databases, both for discovery and value retrieval. This way, it would be very quick to access bunches of script or API generated stats without hammering bash/other scripts for these. Something like: SQLite3Parameter=mystats.value[*],/data/stats/mydb.sq3,SELECT value FROM stats WHERE (key1='$1') AND (key2='$2') AND (field='$3') SQLite3Discovery=mystats.key_discovery,/data/stats/mydb.sq3,SELECT DISTINCT key1 AS KNAME,key2 AS KID FROM stats The idea should be clear from the example. Second one should return JSON with something like {"#KNAME":..., "#KID":...} according to the field naming. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2017 Feb 27 ] |
Easy enough to script using the sqlite shell and something like http://zabbix.org/wiki/Csv-to-lld, or even generate the JSON in SQLite in the first place. |
Comment by Alexey Asemov [ 2017 Feb 27 ] |
Scripting is indeed easy, but forking (and reinitializing) foreign processes per each value request is no good. Just imagine situation where we need to read like 10 values per 1000 virtual hosts each minute, this counts to 10000 script/sqlite3 process runs per minute. Using direct database reads, we can easily avoid this fork storm. Of course, we can preprocess these stats into ~10000 files and read file contents then, but that's bad enough as well in terms of manageability. This all boils down to Zabbix Agent being unable to request/read multiple values at once from scripts. If this can somehow be possible (passing multiple argument sets to be read to the final script to get multiple outputs), that could be another solution. But this seems even more complex |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Feb 27 ] |
Should be easily implementable as loadable module Alexey, you might be possibly also interested in |
[ZBXNEXT-3341] Automatically map unsupported characters in performance counter path instance name Created: 2016 Jul 19 Updated: 2016 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Morten Egebæk | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ZBXNEXT-3341.patch ZBXNEXT-3341.patch zabbix_agentd _x86.log zabbix_agentd.log zabbix_agentd_x64.exe zabbix_agentd_x64.exe zabbix_agentd_x64.log zabbix_agentd_x86.exe zabbix_agentd_x86.exe |
Description |
We have a Network interface discovery where we make these : (Network interface discovery) perf_counter["\510({#IFNAME})\544",300] BUT when there is this interface (as seen in Device Manager and the same in list for net.if.discovery): therefore for discovered interfaces we get this error: |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
More generally, this issue can be summarized as being able to post process values received in LLD JSON, which is a special case of | ||||||||||||
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
One potential solution may be to use macro functions introduced in perf_counter["\510({{#IFNAME}.tr("()", "[]")})\544",300] perf_counter["\510({{#IFNAME}.tr("()", "[]")})\388",300] | ||||||||||||
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
Meanwhile, as a workaround, you can try discovering your interfaces with a script. | ||||||||||||
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
As I know "net.if.discovery" key should return network interfaces exactly as they are named in perfmon. | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
the net.if.discovery works perfect, byt it's the perf_counter where the () is replaced with [] The Counter in Zabbix:Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection - Packets Received Errors | ||||||||||||
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
clarify please who and what replaced ? | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
zabbix: perf_counter["\510(Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection)\530",300] | ||||||||||||
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
do you want to say that during lld-discovery created item keys get (R) instead of [R] ? | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
no the interface is with (R) but the item i perfmon is with [R] something like : perf_counter"\510({{#IFNAME}.tr("()", "[]")})\388",300 | ||||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
Based on this agent should probably do so:
| ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
that is correct, but i don't work: the counter in Windows is : \Network Interface(Intel[R] 82574L Gigabit Network Connection)\Bytes Total/sec and i get a "Cannot obtain performance information from collector." | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
The Log files shows this: -> -> 816:20160719:142735.802 counter path converted to '\\BCAVES12\Network Interface(Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection)\Packets Received Errors' | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
When i try truh typeperf i get an error on () but not on []: C:\Windows\system32>typeperf "\\BCAVES12\Network Interface(Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection)\Bytes Total/sec" C:\Windows\system32>typeperf "\\BCAVES12\Network Interface(Intel[R] 82574L Gigabit Network Connection)\Bytes Total/sec" so it seeams that the character mapping is not working | ||||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Jul 19 ] | ||||||||||||
Dear me@wwi.dk! Can you please test attached agent binaries? They are compiled from the current trunk (without encryption) with attached patch that automatically maps characters in performance counter instance name. Would be very nice if you'd provide the log file of the test with DebugLevel=4. | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 20 ] | ||||||||||||
Here are the logs, the app is Crashing (it's testet on a Windows 2012R2) | ||||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Jul 20 ] | ||||||||||||
Oops... Seems like it is crashing if there is no instance name in performance counter path. Added a condition to check that. Please test updated binaries. | ||||||||||||
Comment by Morten Egebæk [ 2016 Jul 20 ] | ||||||||||||
That worked here is the log file.. | ||||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Jul 20 ] | ||||||||||||
I'm glad to hear that! Thank you very much for testing! | ||||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 16 ] | ||||||||||||
In general case proposed patch will not work. Syntax for performance counter path is the following: \\computer\object(parent/instance#index)\counter If any of computer, object, parent, instance, index or counter contains '\', '/', '#', '(' or ')' it will spoil the operation of PdhParseCounterPath(). So, for example we have network interface
Indeed, in the last case we can't say whether "Intel(R) PRO/1000 MT Network Connection" should be treated as one-piece instance or as parent="Intel(R) PRO" and instance="1000 MT Network Connection". Generally speaking, we can't map characters in LLD macros in perf_counter[] parameter too, because user might be discovering whole counter path. One possible solution is to change perf_counter[path,<interval>] syntax to perf_counter[<computer>,object,<parent>,<instance>,<index>,counter,<interval>]. This will be explicit, but ugly. Solution proposed by asaveljevs is more elegant and more general-purpose, but will require significantly more effort to implement. | ||||||||||||
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 18 ] | ||||||||||||
I've done some code browsing and here is what I've found out. Adding macro function is relatively easy, it boils down to one else if (...) in zbx_calculate_macro_function() and one function doing dirty job. But current token parser understands macro functions only for simple macros, no user macros and no LLD macros. Managing locations and macros, for which we support new functions, need interventions in huge and complicated substitute_simple_macros() function. And as a bonus there is a fact that LLD macros and all other macros are processed in two passes using two different functions... | ||||||||||||
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Oct 21 ] | ||||||||||||
some zabbix users use custom lld script to get correct interface names from WMI ... |
[ZBXNEXT-3323] Support for multiple metadata lines in agent configuration Created: 2016 Jun 27 Updated: 2016 Jun 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Rodrigo Mosconi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Support for multiple Hostmetada lines in agent configuration is usefull for better integration with some configuration management tools. Example:
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2016 Jun 27 ] |
Why don't you put it in one line: HostMetadata=Linux/JBOSS or HostMetadata=Linux/APPNAME |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jun 27 ] |
as alexei mentioned, it is a common approach to use a separator, so something like "Linux|JBOSS|HML" would do. |
Comment by Rodrigo Mosconi [ 2016 Jun 27 ] |
For some configuration management (CM for short) tools is easier to append a line. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jun 27 ] |
while it might be a valid point in some cases, alone it's probably not worth changing zabbix for that. the tools could write data to a file that a simple script would the parse into the zabbix config. |
[ZBXNEXT-3188] Avoid frequent creation of network connections Created: 2016 Mar 10 Updated: 2019 Dec 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | connections, performance, tcp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix may create and close quite some network connections during operation, because it does not maintain permanent connections - neither between its components nor to monitored entities. In some areas this has been mitigated by requesting respectively exchanging data in a bulk over a single network connection. However, this is not the case for most agent-less checks and as well not for Zabbix agent (passive) checks. While extending the use of bulk-requests might be an obvious option, it could also be worth to introduce a new process type "Connection manager" (Iirc suggested by wiper). Such a Connection manager could possibly be implemented as a kind of "TCP connection pool". Instead of creating a connection directly, it gets requested from the connection pool, which returns the corresponding socket. If the socket does not exist in the pool yet, it gets created first and then returned. The pool size could be configurable to a fixed volume. Setting it to zero could disable this feature completely, what leads to previous resp. current behavior. I haven't done something like that before and could imagine, that it is not that easy to implement as special care has likely to be taken for maintaining the different protocol contexts/handles. Finally this request is about the "best" way to avoid or at least reduce frequent TCP connection creation and not about a "Connection manager". Further I'd consider it even more related to Zabbix agent (passive) checks. So any good idea is very welcomed! Anyway, when there is a decent solution to cover more aspects, even if only in future steps, this is appreciated too, of course |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2016 Mar 10 ] |
Actually, if implementing a connection pool, then this does probably not need a dedicated process. Edit: |
Comment by Eric A. Borisch [ 2019 Dec 05 ] |
I'd like to bring this up again in the context of the 'green field' agent2. One of the stated benefits (goals?) is to "reduce the number of TCP connections". At least with 4.4.3 and in my (all active checks) configuration, I see no reduction in connections. (Not currently TLS, but I would like to move to it...) I would much rather see a connection held open (especially with TLS overheads) with the expectation of reuse. You could certainly have a configurable timeout, but I would be fine with it being held open for the life of the agent, and only recreated on network outage or server restart. Sorry for using an old ticket, but it's a perfect match, and provides some historical context. I can open up a new request ticket if that is preferred. |
[ZBXNEXT-3162] configuration file parameter reloading Created: 2016 Feb 23 Updated: 2022 Jan 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 29 |
Labels: | configfile, reload, runtimecontrol | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
it would be useful to reload parameters that are specified in the configuration file for a running daemon - for example, changing poller count or timeout. this reloading should be available as a runtime control option and also happen upon receiving HUP some parameters might be more complicated - maybe cache size changes could be challenging - but those could be split out in other issues later. |
Comments |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2016 Sep 14 ] |
It would also be great for reloading the agent after you add/change a UserParameter. |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Mar 17 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3746 asks for control option to reload loadable modules. |
Comment by Naruto [ 2017 Apr 11 ] |
Reload of the configuration file would be nice as well. |
Comment by Don Pobre [ 2017 Oct 27 ] |
just what I'm looking for too.. is there by any chance this can be done? Thanks. |
Comment by dimir [ 2021 Oct 14 ] |
Reloading the list of user parameters without restarting Zabbix Agent was implemented in |
[ZBXNEXT-1624] Allow to check memory based on pid Created: 2013 Feb 14 Updated: 2019 Aug 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alessandro De Maria | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | items | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, could you please allow some checks (like proc.mem ) to also select their processes by PID rather than process name? Regards |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Feb 15 ] |
Interesting, in which real cases the PID can be more effective than process name ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Feb 15 ] |
when wanting to monitor individually multiple processes with same name, like "zabbix_server" |
Comment by Alessandro De Maria [ 2013 Feb 15 ] |
Sorry re-reading the question I realise that with with no context it might seem complete rubbish I apologise! In my case I have several processes named "q". I have created a UserParameter as such UserParameter=proc.fuser[*],sudo fuser $1 2>/dev/null | awk '{ print $$1 }' || echo NA That detects the PID. I was wondering if that PID I collect could be used somehow to detect stats about the process. If it doesn't make sense please feel free to close this ticket and ignore my rant |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Sep 03 ] |
If corresponding pid can be made available by a pid file, then something similar to ZBXNEXT-1887 for proc.mem could help. |
Comment by BENOIT DESFEUX [ 2019 Aug 07 ] |
Dears, Is this feature exist ? I m interessing because i create a userparameter for a discovery rule to have the pid of java process Simple "pgrep java " zabbix is on redhat 7 version 4.0.7 Host on solaris So i want to use a item protype like proc.memPID I see a pach in another post. Can i use it ? Thanks for your help Benoit
|
[ZBXNEXT-1463] Replace SysV shared memory functions with POSIX shared memory functions in server, proxy and agent. Created: 2012 Oct 11 Updated: 2017 Feb 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Andris Mednis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | posix | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
UNIX/Linux |
Description |
Replace SysV shared memory functions with POSIX shared memory (e.g. shm_open()) functions to prevent issues like |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Feb 02 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-1541] Permitting Zabbix to change Syslog facility Created: 2012 Dec 12 Updated: 2012 Dec 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jairo Eduardo Lopez Fuentes Nacarino | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, logging, patch, server, syslog | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Patched for source tarball of Zabbix 2.0.3. |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.0.3-conf-syslogfacility-06.patch |
Description |
Hello, my name is Jairo and I am currently working for Miracle Linux in Japan on Zabbix development. We have extended the Zabbix server and agent to be able to use Syslog for logging purposes if it is so required by users. By default the operation is the same as it has always been. The configuration files now accept the SyslogFacility= variable, permitting the user to use the default daemon based logging or the Syslog LOG_LOCAL facilities from 0 to 7. Permitted syntax is SyslogFacility=local0 or SyslogFacility=0 for 0 to 7. The default is SyslogFacility=daemon. For the SyslogFacility variable to be taken into account the configuration variable LogFile must not be present. We thank you for your time and hope to receive comments! |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Dec 12 ] |
updated summary to better reflect the request |
log time format improvements
(ZBXNEXT-490)
[ZBXNEXT-1453] timezone offset for log time format Created: 2012 Oct 05 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, logtimeformat, timezone | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently log time format treats logged time as utc, which often is not true. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Mar 31 ] |
More precisely, Zabbix treats logged time as Zabbix server local time. |
[ZBXNEXT-1428] log[] item slould be able to fetch multiple sequental lines Created: 2012 Sep 17 Updated: 2021 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Igor Urazov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 22 |
Labels: | logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Extremely useful for logs with Java exceptions. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Sep 17 ] |
how would that differ from the current implementation ? |
Comment by Igor Urazov [ 2012 Sep 17 ] |
Here is sample log entry: I want to match all messaging exceptions and then set up triggers for different reasons. Or match the whole exception with call stack and put in trigger class which caused it (which is at the bottom of stack). |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2014 Sep 03 ] |
The parsing of multi-line messages could be very useful feature. For example, a competitive product "IBM Tivoli Monitoring" has "Universal Agent" component that could be set up to parse a multi-line messages in log files or script outputs via a RECORDSET directive. It uses the number of possibilities to define a "message":
As Zabbix-agent already uses a regular expressions for log monitoring, it seems for me that the most useful for Zabbix could be the using of regular expression to define the beginning of message. Ideally, with the additional parameter specifying the maximum number of lines per message. Example [7/14/14 13:09:00:611 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O INFO [RBPM] [com.novell.soa.persist.DatabaseSchemaUpdate:analyzeSchema] Checking schema for table SEC_SYNC_CLEANUP_QUEUE....found [7/14/14 13:09:02:001 EEST] 00000076 NGUtil$Server I ASND0002I: Detected server servantPL3_srv1 started on node vmwastest1Node01 [7/14/14 13:09:02:301 EEST] 00000075 NGUtil$Server I ASND0002I: Detected server cusPL4_srv4 started on node vmwastest4Node01 [7/14/14 13:09:02:302 EEST] 00000075 NGUtil$Server I ASND0002I: Detected server cusPL5_srv2 started on node vmwastest2Node01 [7/14/14 13:09:02:302 EEST] 00000075 NGUtil$Server I ASND0002I: Detected server irPL5_srv4 started on node vmwastest4Node01 [7/14/14 13:09:03:001 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O ERROR [RBPM] [com.sssw.fw.servlet.EboBootServlet:init] Runtime exception initializing. com.novell.soa.persist.PersistenceException: java.lang.IllegalStateException: Expected to return only foreign keys for base table name: PORTALPORTLETHANDLES and got results for table: null at com.novell.soa.persist.DatabaseSchemaUpdate.unappliedChangesets(DatabaseSchemaUpdate.java:346) at com.novell.soa.persist.DatabaseSchemaUpdate.validateDatabaseSchema(DatabaseSchemaUpdate.java:212) at com.sssw.fw.servlet.EboBootServlet.init(EboBootServlet.java:98) at com.sssw.portal.servlet.EboPortalBootServlet.init(EboPortalBootServlet.java:59) at javax.servlet.GenericServlet.init(GenericServlet.java:161) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.servlet.ServletWrapper.init(ServletWrapper.java:342) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.servlet.ServletWrapperImpl.init(ServletWrapperImpl.java:168) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.servlet.ServletWrapper.loadOnStartupCheck(ServletWrapper.java:1366) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.webapp.WebApp.doLoadOnStartupActions(WebApp.java:614) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.webapp.WebApp.commonInitializationFinally(WebApp.java:584) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.webapp.WebAppImpl.initialize(WebAppImpl.java:425) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.webapp.WebGroupImpl.addWebApplication(WebGroupImpl.java:88) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.VirtualHostImpl.addWebApplication(VirtualHostImpl.java:169) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.WSWebContainer.addWebApp(WSWebContainer.java:749) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.WSWebContainer.addWebApplication(WSWebContainer.java:634) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.component.WebContainerImpl.install(WebContainerImpl.java:426) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.component.WebContainerImpl.start(WebContainerImpl.java:718) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.ApplicationMgrImpl.start(ApplicationMgrImpl.java:1177) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.DeployedApplicationImpl.fireDeployedObjectStart(DeployedApplicationImpl.java:1370) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.DeployedModuleImpl.start(DeployedModuleImpl.java:639) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.DeployedApplicationImpl.start(DeployedApplicationImpl.java:968) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.ApplicationMgrImpl.startApplication(ApplicationMgrImpl.java:776) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.ApplicationMgrImpl$5.run(ApplicationMgrImpl.java:2195) at com.ibm.ws.security.auth.ContextManagerImpl.runAs(ContextManagerImpl.java:5474) at com.ibm.ws.security.auth.ContextManagerImpl.runAsSystem(ContextManagerImpl.java:5600) at com.ibm.ws.security.core.SecurityContext.runAsSystem(SecurityContext.java:255) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.ApplicationMgrImpl.start(ApplicationMgrImpl.java:2200) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.CompositionUnitMgrImpl.start(CompositionUnitMgrImpl.java:446) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.CompositionUnitImpl.start(CompositionUnitImpl.java:123) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.CompositionUnitMgrImpl.start(CompositionUnitMgrImpl.java:389) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.CompositionUnitMgrImpl.access$500(CompositionUnitMgrImpl.java:117) at com.ibm.ws.runtime.component.CompositionUnitMgrImpl$CUInitializer.run(CompositionUnitMgrImpl.java:995) at com.ibm.wsspi.runtime.component.WsComponentImpl$_AsynchInitializer.run(WsComponentImpl.java:502) at com.ibm.ws.util.ThreadPool$Worker.run(ThreadPool.java:1864) Caused by: java.lang.IllegalStateException: Expected to return only foreign keys for base table name: PORTALPORTLETHANDLES and got results for table: null at liquibase.change.core.DropAllForeignKeyConstraintsChange.generateChildren(DropAllForeignKeyConstraintsChange. java:104) at liquibase.change.core.DropAllForeignKeyConstraintsChange.generateStatements(DropAllForeignKeyConstraintsChange.java:54) at liquibase.change.AbstractChange.warn(AbstractChange.java:78) at liquibase.changelog.visitor.ValidatingVisitor.visit(ValidatingVisitor.java:77) at liquibase.changelog.ChangeLogIterator.run(ChangeLogIterator.java:58) at liquibase.changelog.DatabaseChangeLog.validate(DatabaseChangeLog.java:134) at liquibase.Liquibase.listUnrunChangeSets(Liquibase.java:583) at liquibase.Liquibase.reportStatus(Liquibase.java:596) at com.novell.soa.persist.DatabaseSchemaUpdate.unappliedChangesets(DatabaseSchemaUpdate.java:323) ... 33 more [7/14/14 13:09:03:007 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O INFO [RBPM] [com.sssw.portal.servlet.EboPortalBootServlet:init] Identity Manager Roles Based Provisioning Module Version 4.0.2 [7/14/14 13:09:03:007 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O INFO [RBPM] [com.sssw.portal.servlet.EboPortalBootServlet:init] Patch E [7/14/14 13:09:03:008 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O INFO [RBPM] [com.sssw.portal.servlet.EboPortalBootServlet:init] Driver Version 2.2 [7/14/14 13:09:03:008 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O INFO [RBPM] [com.sssw.portal.servlet.EboPortalBootServlet:init] Build Revision 41620 [7/14/14 13:09:04:048 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O INFO [RBPM] [com.novell.soa.notification.impl.jms.JMSConnectionMediator:init] Starting JMS notification system [7/14/14 13:09:04:051 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O WARN [RBPM] [com.novell.soa.notification.impl.NotificationEngine:<init>] Could not properly initialize JMS persistence for the notification system. Will revert back to non-persistent asynchronous notification system. This part has an error message that begins with "[7/14/14 13:09:03:001 EEST]" timestamp, has the "ERROR" string in the same line, and lasts up to "... 33 more" string in the last line (46 lines total). It is useless to monitor this file on the line-by-line basis: the first line (containing the keyword "ERROR") is useless without the next several lines (the top of Java stack trace). At the same time, it is not necessary to analyze all 46 lines - the really useful information usually is in the first several lines. So, in this example it could be useful to have something like following: log[/opt/IBM/WebSphere.../SystemOut.log," ERROR ",UTF-8,,skip,,"^\[1?\d/[1-3]?\d/\d{2} \d{2}:\d{2}:\d{2}:\d{3} .*\] \x{8} ",11] An additional 7-th parameter is a Regular Expression defining that the result could be a multi-line message starting with a line matching this RE. In this example the RE describes a WebSphere's timestamp in square brackets and a ThreadId as a 8 Hex-digits. In result, the value of item in this example will be the just 11 lines of error message: initial line from WebSphere (containing "ERROR [...] Runtime exception initializing.") and the first 10 lines of the Java exception stack trace: [7/14/14 13:09:03:001 EEST] 00000096 SystemOut O ERROR [RBPM] [com.sssw.fw.servlet.EboBootServlet:init] Runtime exception initializing. com.novell.soa.persist.PersistenceException: java.lang.IllegalStateException: Expected to return only foreign keys for base table name: PORTALPORTLETHANDLES and got results for table: null at com.novell.soa.persist.DatabaseSchemaUpdate.unappliedChangesets(DatabaseSchemaUpdate.java:346) at com.novell.soa.persist.DatabaseSchemaUpdate.validateDatabaseSchema(DatabaseSchemaUpdate.java:212) at com.sssw.fw.servlet.EboBootServlet.init(EboBootServlet.java:98) at com.sssw.portal.servlet.EboPortalBootServlet.init(EboPortalBootServlet.java:59) at javax.servlet.GenericServlet.init(GenericServlet.java:161) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.servlet.ServletWrapper.init(ServletWrapper.java:342) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.servlet.ServletWrapperImpl.init(ServletWrapperImpl.java:168) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.servlet.ServletWrapper.loadOnStartupCheck(ServletWrapper.java:1366) at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.webapp.WebApp.doLoadOnStartupActions(WebApp.java:614) |
Comment by Ronald Rood [ 2016 Jun 06 ] |
why not send the data as a single xml record, on 1 line? That also gives more meaning to the timestamp in the log item. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jun 06 ] |
Ronald, if you mean that the originating application should do that, it often can not be controlled. |
Comment by Ronald Rood [ 2016 Jun 07 ] |
Hi Rich, |
Comment by Sune Mølgaard [ 2018 Mar 07 ] |
Perhaps a partial implementation would be the way to start, where, if we take Java as the reference case, we could "just" say that every line that follows a timestamp-starting line, until the next timestamp-starting line, is the actual item. That seems to be the structure of Java log files, and would probably hold true for quite a lot of other things as well... |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 May 14 ] |
Here is how Logstash handles such scenario. Basically it allows to "glue" lines matching/not matching a certain pattern to previous/following line. |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2019 Oct 14 ] |
alexei asked in Telegram channel on the current ZabbixConf-2019 to remind him about this ZBXNEXT. I'm reminding |
Comment by Ulrich Müller [ 2021 Mar 08 ] |
Any news on this topic? I also would like to scan the Oracle alert log. It's multiline. But it will prove very useful for other logs as well like Apache Tomcat Catalina logs / Java logs etc. |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2021 Mar 08 ] |
Unfortunately, it seems that this issue has too small number of votes up to now... |
Comment by Ulrich Müller [ 2021 Mar 08 ] |
Sad! There are so many custom logs which this behavior. Let's hope some people give upvote here. |
[ZBXNEXT-1230] Agent monitor / key for system interrupts like mpstat on linux Created: 2012 May 23 Updated: 2012 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Steve mushero | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We have many very high performance server that run out of interrupt cycles on the single CPU that handles interrupts for a NIC card. This does not show up on normal CPU stats which average all CPUs together, so on an 8 core machine we might see 12.5% CPU, but CPU1 is 100% on SI/Soft Interrupts and the network dies. I see we now can monitor Si in addition to user, idle, nice, system, but more importantly is to monitor max of all CPUs, so if a CPU has high SI above 80%, we can trigger on that. Thus, extend current CPU system.cpu.util[<cpu>,<type>,<mode>] with a CPU value of 'max' to get max value of any CPUs - from that I can get what I need. This type of thing is a critical feature for high-performance servers, including on VMs/clouds which much less efficient NIC interrupt handling, often dying at 10,000 packets/second or less. For now maybe we'll system.cpu.util[,softirq,avg1] * system.cpu.num[], and also track total interrupts but no way to that (mpstat -I SUM 1) |
[ZBXNEXT-901] Solaris device support for vfs.dev.read and vfs.dev.write Created: 2011 Aug 23 Updated: 2016 May 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Doubletwist | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | item, solaris | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Solaris 10 [SPARC or i386] |
Description |
vfs.dev.read and vfs.dev.write were recently fixed to allow more flexible device names to be used as an argument. Something similar needs to be done for Solaris. As it stands now, the only device names it accepts are things like "md#", "sd#", "ssd#". The problem is that sometimes these mappings can change during a reboot, especially the 'ssd#' devices when the underlying device is something like an iSCSI volume. At the very least, the argument should accept the disk device [ie. "c0t0d0", "c0t1d0s1", "c5t500000E0125A7270d0"]. I don't know how the server actually pulls this data, perhaps it uses iostat? By device the device names in iostat are as currently required [md10, sd1, ssd4]. It is possible to map the sd# to the actual disk device in Solaris: paste -d= <(iostat -x | awk '{print $1}') <(iostat -xn | awk '{print $NF}') | tail +3 Which just gives a list like this: md40=md/d40 md41=md/d41 md42=md/d42 sd0=c1t0d0 sd1=c1t1d0 sd3=c0t0d0 Hopefully that will be helpful. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 May 18 ] |
this issue might benefit from "solaris" label and some formatting fixes |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 May 23 ] |
Label added, formatting fixed. |
[ZBXNEXT-3694] Zabbix Agentd configuration inline PSK Created: 2017 Feb 09 Updated: 2017 Feb 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Christian Burkard | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
This feature will be crucial to enable PSK Agent encryption on pfSense firewalls. |
Description |
There is no easy way to add a PSK file on the filesystem of a pfSense firewall. An idea could be to create a configuration variable inside zabbix_agentd.conf where not a PSK file but the PSK is added directly. It surely should not become the default way to configure PSKs, but it would help in this corner case. |
[ZBXNEXT-3644] Manage maintenance using zabbix agent Created: 2017 Jan 04 Updated: 2017 Jan 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc Sowinski | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | agent, frontend, maintenance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Many monitoring tools have feature to activate/deactivate nodes monitoring remotly. |
[ZBXNEXT-3675] Supporting longer hostnames in net.tcp.service Zabbix Agent items Created: 2017 Feb 01 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Chris Kistner | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS/RHEL/Ubuntu with Zabbix Agent 3.2.3 (and older ones too) with Amazon Aurora |
Description |
Currently the Zabbix Agent item "net.tcp.service" results in a value of "Down (0)" when using a FQDN longer than say 64 characters. We're in the situation where our FQDN of the host that we'd like to check is more than 64 characters, because Amazon Aurora's cluster endpoint is constructed like: "<Our custom Aurora cluster ID>.cluster-cl51l5wnyxzg.us-east-1.rds.amazonaws.com" We can easily reproduce the issue by simply running the following from commandline: zabbix_agentd -c /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf -t 'net.tcp.service[tcp,our-longish-cluster-id.cluster-cl51l5wnyxzg.us-east1.rds.amazonaws.com,3306]' which outputs net.tcp.service[tcp,our-longish-cluster-id.cluster-cl51l5wnyxzg.us-east-1.rds.amazonaws.com,3306] [u|0] The closest ticket that I got to this issue was As an interim solution we've simply gone and created a CNAME DNS record under our own domain just for the use with net.tcp.service. |
[ZBXNEXT-3001] Indication when log item's send/parse limit has been reached Created: 2015 Oct 07 Updated: 2015 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | logging, logmonitoring, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
How about logging an appropriate message by Zabbix agent, when exceeding a log item's send- resp. parse-limit? Currently it is not obvious, if the Zabbix agent isn't able to keep pace due to an inappropriate value for <maxlines> or unexpected/increased message volume. |
[ZBXNEXT-1631] recalculate (refresh) agent's "HostnameItem" value periodically Created: 2013 Feb 19 Updated: 2015 Sep 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | activeagent, hostname | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There is an idea that would be useful to recalculate (refresh) the HostnameItem value periodically. For example if we use an unified approach and for all agent config files we use: HostnameItem= system.hostname[host] |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 18 ] |
ZBX-7225 is related |
[ZBXNEXT-789] Do not ignore <ip> argument for net.dns and net.dns.record (Windows) Created: 2011 May 19 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Rudolfs Kreicbergs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | item, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
|
Comments |
Comment by Rudolfs Kreicbergs [ 2011 May 19 ] |
This can be done by a different DnsQuery call: However, pSrvList is of type PIP4_ARRAY, which is not available on Windows 2000. See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms682139%28VS.85%29.aspx. |
[ZBXNEXT-548] Support of multiple server address connection from agent in active mode (failover) Created: 2010 Nov 01 Updated: 2018 Aug 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Michael Kolomiets | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | highavailability, patch, redundancy, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix_multiserver.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Comments |
Comment by Michael Kolomiets [ 2010 Nov 01 ] |
Patch tested on version 1.8.3 |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Feb 08 ] |
there's another patch at |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 May 03 ] |
note that this issue is left open as it asks for failover - multi-server support in 1.8.13 does not provide that yet |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2017 Jul 31 ] |
Please explain setup you are going to use for failover. Agent will contact another proxy? In the environment exists single Zabbix server? |
Comment by Michael Kolomiets [ 2017 Jul 31 ] |
Hi! |
[ZBXNEXT-2051] Implement ability to get interface speed Created: 2013 Dec 02 Updated: 2014 Aug 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Denis Volkov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently zabbix agent does not provide data on interface speed. Documentation says that agent provides only current data. So for example if someone wants to create trigger on "network utilization reached 90% of interface speed" he should set the limits manually for every interface. SNMP provides this data (IF-MIB::ifSpeed - 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5), but I don't want to install both zabbix and snmp agents on one host. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 May 23 ] |
Isn't this information (at least on Linux) provided via the driver to privileged users only? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 May 23 ] |
well, we already have some items that work as root only - search "root" in item list |
Comment by Denis Volkov [ 2014 May 23 ] |
Unprivileged user:
ethtool throws some errors, but still shows speed |
Comment by Denis Volkov [ 2014 May 23 ] |
Snmp-agent also works under unprivileged user and shows the speed |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 May 23 ] |
merlyel, Anyhow, You're right.
vfs.file.contents[/sys/class/net/{#IFNAME}/speed]
richlv, |
Comment by Denis Volkov [ 2014 Aug 11 ] |
Also it would be good to get other interface parameters: |
[ZBXNEXT-1874] Support for log[*] and logrt[*] to be tested by zabbix_agentd Created: 2013 Aug 23 Updated: 2013 Oct 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | active, agent, items, log, logrt, testing, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be really nice if zabbix_agentd allows to test log based items as well as passive items. Currently people have to wait for:
|
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Aug 24 ] |
Maybe active checks might be supported generally by running in foreground and writing evaluated data to stdout. |
[ZBXNEXT-1914] vfs.dev.read|write for bytes and bps in Linux Created: 2013 Sep 18 Updated: 2014 Nov 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Cristian | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | linux | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Is useful to have in Linux as well the possibility to get the vfs.dev.read and vfs.dev.write for bytes and bps, not just for other OSes. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Oct 27 ] |
http://linux.die.net/man/1/iostat """ Indicate the amount of data read from the device expressed in a number of blocks per second. Blocks are equivalent to sectors with kernels 2.4 and later and therefore have a size of 512 bytes. With older kernels, a block is of indeterminate size. As a workaround you can just multiply by 512. |
[ZBXNEXT-770] warn about repeated parameters in daemon config files Created: 2011 May 02 Updated: 2023 Nov 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | configuration, parameters, repeated | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix-7.0.0-without-go-agent.patch |
Description |
when a valid configuration parameter is specified multiple times, later appearances silently override previous ones. while overriding might be desired (think config file inclusion), being silent about it can be confusing. it would be preferred to log repeated valid config parameters at debuglevel 3 (because they would only be logged upon startup and thus won't pollute the logfile that much, and also because non-accidental use is expected to be a minority). repeated "UserParameter" options in agentd config file, of course, should not be logged, but repeating a userparameter key should. in that case it is also expected that latter occurrence overrides previous appearances. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2011 May 02 ] |
Actually, UserParameter options aren't overriden internally, they are all added to the list of commands. It's just that they are prepended so the latter parameter in config file comes always first. I guess command (or metric) replacement functionality would be useful. UPD: Correction. Simple UserParameters are replaced properly. It's only Flexible UserParameters that are not. |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 May 03 ] |
userparameter key handling filed as |
Comment by dimir [ 2011 May 09 ] |
As |
Comment by dimir [ 2011 May 16 ] |
We have decided to silently overwrite simple parameters and treat UserParameter, Alias and PerfCounter duplicates (duplicate key) as critical (report error and exit). See |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 May 18 ] |
any reasoning on overriding params silently ? |
Comment by dimir [ 2023 Nov 23 ] |
The reason being basically that current implementation does not allow easy integration of such check. However, here's quite a simple implementation. We must ignore options of type TYPE_MULTISRING and TYPE_CUSTOM: $ sbin/zabbix_server -T -c /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf Validating configuration file "/etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf" zabbix_server [1185626]: Warning: parameter DebugLevel is listed more than once at line 2, previous values are ignored zabbix_server [1185626]: Warning: parameter DebugLevel is listed more than once at line 3, previous values are ignored Validation successful $ head -3 /etc/zabbix/zabbix_server.conf DebugLevel=3 DebugLevel=4 DebugLevel=2 Here is the patch for pre-7.0.0: zabbix-7.0.0-without-go-agent.patch Note! The agent2 implementation is missing. |
[ZBXNEXT-1772] Use /proc/self/mountinfo for filesystem discovery in Linux >= 2.6.26 Created: 2013 May 31 Updated: 2016 Oct 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6, 2.1.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 14 |
Labels: | bind, lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Description |
/proc/mounts allows no distinction between regular mounts and bind mounts. That leads to having the same filesystem discovered multiple times. On some platforms this can potentially be worked around by parsing /etc/mtab, but that's not as reliable, as it does not represent the kernel's view. Bind mounts were introduced in Linux 2.4.0 (man 2 mount). /proc/self/mountinfo was introduced in 2.6.26 to solve the problem of not being able to recognize bind mounts. Please also refer to this discussion: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=491924, particularly comment #20. The findmnt utility might bring some inspiration for how using different sources of information, including mountinfo, can be implemented. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Jun 01 ] |
Looks like related to |
Comment by Dmitry Verkhoturov [ 2015 Sep 15 ] |
Could someone please review that one? Discovering bind mounts adding a mess in big infrastructure, it's really easy to fix this one. |
Comment by Dmitry Verkhoturov [ 2015 Dec 07 ] |
Workaround (linux only): $ cat /etc/zabbix/conf.d/mountstate.conf # vfs.fs.discovery_except_bind takes /etc/mtab, filters lines with bind in mount options and "none" mount device, and prints as json for zabbix low level discovery UserParameter=vfs.fs.discovery_except_bind,x=`awk '$1 !~/none/ && $4 !~/bind/ {print "{\"{#FSNAME}\":\"" $2 "\",\"{#FSTYPE}\":\"" $3 "\"},"}' /etc/mtab | sed -e '$s/.$//'` ; echo "{\"data\":[${x}]}" |
[ZBXNEXT-794] windows agent should work when compiled under cygwin Created: 2011 May 26 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | compilation, cygwin, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently, it is possible to compile an agent under Cygwin. It even works when run with "-p"! Unfortunately, there are two problems with it. The first problem is that it terminates soon after start. It creates a PID file and a log file, and then disappears. The second problem is that the platform it compiles for is "unknown" (i.e., the Windows-specific items are not available). Apparently, since there are checks for Windows header files in configure.in, sometime in the ancient times Zabbix supported or tried to support Cygwin. That support should be brought back. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2011 May 26 ] |
Note that potentially this opens a possibility to run Zabbix server and Zabbix proxy on Windows, too. |
[ZBXNEXT-1074] Increase range of values for RefreshActiveChecks Created: 2012 Jan 06 Updated: 2022 Jul 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Bob Underthetruck | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | flexibility, performance, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In zabbix_agentd.conf, RefreshActiveChecks has to be set between 60seconds and 3600seconds. I think, in order to reduce network traffic, this range of values could be something like 60s - 1day. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2022 Jul 13 ] |
It will be implemented under |
[ZBXNEXT-2042] inconsistent alias & userparam syntax Created: 2013 Nov 20 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | aliases | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
userparameters use comma to delimit item key from command, aliases use colon to delimit item key from substituted key. this is quite confusing and inconsistent. of course, can only be fixed in a major version with a proper upgrade note. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2013 Nov 25 ] |
It's not a bug. |
[ZBXNEXT-1880] Option to monitor pruned logs by log[*] Created: 2013 Aug 27 Updated: 2013 Aug 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | log, logmonitoring, prune, retention | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please consider to add an option to support the monitoring of pruned logs. Without such option it can be hard to monitor for example log files from IBM TSM Backup-Archive Clients. Details about the mentioned "schedlogretention" option may be found here: One idea to achieve this in an efficient way could be to use binary search for evaluating the original end of log file: The search "key" could be 'Local time'. Thus the following preconditions should be met:
Caveats:
|
[ZBXNEXT-1887] Extend proc.num[*] to consider passed pid file Created: 2013 Sep 02 Updated: 2014 Dec 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | item, newitemkey, patch, proc.num | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zbxNext1887-2.2.7.patch |
Description |
Maybe it's due to the fact that I'm using OpenVZ everywhere |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Sep 03 ] |
About the background: A more general use case might be the possibility of monitoring different instances of identical processes |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Dec 26 ] |
The attached patch zbxNext1887-2.2.7.patch adds an optional parameter for a PID file in Linux environments. |
[ZBXNEXT-4333] Track tcp or udp port packets Created: 2018 Jan 11 Updated: 2018 Jun 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.14 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Nathan Rutland | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL 6 and 7 |
Description |
Need to be able to track packets to specific ports across several machines for auditing and we use Zabbix everywhere. We need this in Zabbix. We need it by port because that is how we are currently segmenting our data. There is a mix of RHEL6 and RHEL7 machines, so I don't want to try and do iptables / firewalld counters for this. I have a feeling I might need to break this traffic out to separate sub/virtual interfaces and track it that way with Zabbix. Is there any plan to be able to do this outside of looking at an interface? Also, are there any issues with monitoring sub interfaces? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Jan 11 ] |
this does not look like a specific feature request. you might want to see http://zabbix.org/wiki/Getting_help for support options. |
[ZBXNEXT-5115] TLSPSKIdentityItem, identity=hostname Created: 2019 Mar 18 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jan Ostrochovsky | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It could be useful for agent to support configuration parameter e.g. TLSPSKIdentityItem, with similar behaviour as HostnameItem, and in frontend possibility to opt for using the same string for PSK identity, as set for host name, on server/frontend side in host configuration. Host name and PSK identity are both forced to be unique in whole ZABBIX, therefore it would be simplier to have the possibility use host name as PSK identity. This would make also mass update of agent encryption simplier. Changing host name on agent side without corresponding change on server side will cause agent unavailability, which is out-of-box detected and problem generated (in current state, just active items stop gathering data, what is less straightforward automatically detectable). |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 May 26 ] |
There is also very similar ZBXNEXT-3148. On the other hand, ZBXNEXT-3777 proposes a different solution. |
[ZBXNEXT-4996] allow setting environment variables for external scripts/userparameters/alertscripts Created: 2019 Jan 31 Updated: 2021 Apr 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4rc2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | security | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently passing potentially sensitive information to scripts/commands (including user parameters, external checks and alertscripts - probably also global scripts) is possible by passing them as positional parameters. Unfortunately, that exposes this information in the processlist. It would be great if environment variables could be set for all all the places where Zabbix runs a command. This would allow to pass values to commands without exposing them in the processlist. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Jan 31 ] |
Hint: $ man setenv SETENV(3) Linux Programmer's Manual SETENV(3) NAME setenv - change or add an environment variable SYNOPSIS #include <stdlib.h> int setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite); int unsetenv(const char *name); |
Comment by Markus Fischbacher [ 2019 May 07 ] |
I +1 this request but would also add something additionally. Using environment variables for controlling some behaviour es common and it would also simplify some scenarios if docker/containers are used. Also I tend to think adding the _FILE logic for environment variables which pointing to files like in container secrets would dramatically up the usage. That and using environment variables as macros in the frontend so you could replace statically entered passwords and even roll out variables with things like terraform. |
Comment by Justin Addams [ 2021 Apr 08 ] |
+1 for this. |
[ZBXNEXT-2653] provide more information if both active & passive items are disabled Created: 2014 Dec 31 Updated: 2015 Sep 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logging, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when ServerActive is not specified and StartAgents is set to 0, agent refuses to start up as expected : zabbix-agentd [13624]: ERROR: either active or passive checks must be enabled but it is not immediately clear which parameters control this. a suggestion - changing the message to something like this : ERROR: either active or passive checks must be enabled (parameters ServerActive and StartAgents) |
[ZBXNEXT-2506] support axfr record type for zone transfer in net.dns[] and net.dns.record[] items Created: 2014 Oct 09 Updated: 2024 Jan 08 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dns | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
AXFR record type is useful to get a list of DNS records for a zone: $ dig -t axfr example.com @192.168.1.1 | head -10 ; <<>> DiG 9.9.5-4-Debian <<>> -t axfr example.com @192.168.1.1 ;; global options: +cmd example.com. 86400 IN SOA ns1.example.com. admin.example.com. 2011100600 3600 1800 604800 3600 example.com. 86400 IN NS ns1.example.com. alice.example.com. 86400 IN A 192.168.1.2 bob.example.com. 86400 IN A 192.168.1.3 bob.example.com. 86400 IN A 192.168.1.4 bob.example.com. 86400 IN AAAA 38a1::3 bob.example.com. 86400 IN AAAA 38a1::4 ... Not all DNS servers allow zone transfer, because that might not be good from a security perspective. So AXFR support in Zabbix agent would be useful for monitoring the DNS security setup, as well as zone content, too. |
Comments |
Comment by Artjoms Rimdjonoks [ 2024 Jan 05 ] |
In ZBXNEXT-8721 net.dns.get was added, which greatly increased the scope of the supported record types. FYI akalimulin <arimdjonoks> development of axfr support still would require a new untrivial code to be added, so it will stay for hold for now, due to low demand |
log time format improvements
(ZBXNEXT-490)
[ZBXNEXT-2304] Placeholder improvements Created: 2014 May 15 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Don Harrop | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | log, logrt, logtimeformat | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
N/A |
Description |
When using rsyslog log files formatted in RFC5424 (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424), date stamps are prepended with facility/severity/version information. Currently the placeholder syntax can't deal with arbitrary positions so the following causes problems for timestamp parsing. <6>1 2014-05-01T00:10:40.427496-07:00 localhost kernel - - - [644618.429326] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 Perhaps using selectable regex patterns (similar to currently functionality in adm.regexps.php) would be appropriate for time stamp parsing. |
[ZBXNEXT-2361] The "all" identifier for vfs.dev....[all,...], net.if....[...,bytes] would be more meaningfull (on Linux) if some restrictions are applied Created: 2014 Jun 30 Updated: 2014 Jul 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Rolf Fokkens | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | patch, regexps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux OS |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.2.4-devfilter.patch |
Description |
"all" results in cumulative stats for all devices. Both for disk and network (on Linux) this results in multiple times counting the same device:
The attached patch illustrates how this can be solved by allowing users to specify a regexp in the agent config to make the agent filter only useful devices. |
Comments |
Comment by Rolf Fokkens [ 2014 Jun 30 ] |
We're using this patch for our own zabbix systems, monitoring Linux systems with the following filtering: NicFilter=^(eth[0-9]+|enp[0-9]+s[0-9]+|em[0-9]+)$ DiskFilter=^(hd|sd|vd).$ |
[ZBXNEXT-2223] Configurable Linux fs discovery source - either /proc/mounts or /etc/mtab Created: 2014 Mar 24 Updated: 2014 Oct 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Tomasz Potęga | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | lld, nfs, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.2.2-fs-list-item-key.patch zabbix-2.2.2-fs-list-source.patch zabbix-2.2.3-fs-list-item-key.patch |
Description |
The Linux file system discovery code uses '/proc/mounts' contents as the source of the mounted file systems list. An agentd configuration option letting users choose the discovery source would solve such problems. One could specify: FSListSource: /etc/mtab With the default being still like: FSListSource: /proc/mounts You will find a proposed patch for 2.2.2 attached. |
Comments |
Comment by Paweł Sasin [ 2014 Mar 26 ] |
Many thanks! I've been looking for such solution since AutoDiscovery was implemented at our site! Our NAS appliances use snapshoting for backup purposes and the snapshots have 0B of free space by default. If a single NAS share is mounted on 10 hosts, then a single snapshot caused 10 autodiscovered filesystems to be tracked and alerted about. And we do backups twice a day. Nobody cared about lack of free space alerts anymore... Now, this patch seems to have sorted this issue out. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 26 ] |
it might be slightly better to expose this as an item parameter, thus keeping control on how filesystems are discovered on the server |
Comment by Tomasz Potęga [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
As this option is Linux specific - wouldn't it be better to leave the GUI OS-agnostic? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
well, many item keys and their parameters already are platform specific, and including it in the item key would allow to have all the config centralised |
Comment by Tomasz Potęga [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
Oh, an item key - well yes, that might be a good idea. Don't know why I thought you were talking about a user interface option. I'll give it a look. |
Comment by Tomasz Potęga [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
Does it look better now (zabbix-2.2.2-fs-list-item-key.patch)? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 15 ] |
well, i can't comment on code much |
Comment by Tomasz Potęga [ 2014 May 05 ] |
"vfs.fs.discovery" is missing from the key selection popup, thus the only place involved seems to be the description of "Mounted filesystem discovery" in the "OS Linux" template. Would this suffice? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 May 07 ] |
indeed, we don't have key selection for discovery rule properties, so that would be enough, yes |
Comment by Tomasz Potęga [ 2014 May 12 ] |
Item descriptions updated. |
Comment by Paweł Sasin [ 2014 May 26 ] |
How about including this patch into mainline? Is there any chance? |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Oct 17 ] |
See ZBXNEXT-1772 |
[ZBXNEXT-3170] Add IP address support in net.if.discovery Created: 2016 Mar 01 Updated: 2016 May 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexander Afonyashin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | interfaces, ipaddress, lld, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | net.c.diff | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
net.if.discovery lacks support of reporting IP addresses for discovered interfaces. Check attached patch. It reports only ipv4 addresses and only on Linux hosts. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Afonyashin [ 2016 Mar 01 ] |
Patch needs to be improved to add IFADDR6 address reporting. It also skips interfaces without ipv4 addresses. |
Comment by Alexander Afonyashin [ 2016 Mar 05 ] |
Improved version with ipv4/ipv6/noaddr interface support. |
Comment by Alexander Afonyashin [ 2016 Mar 05 ] |
$ zabbix_agentd -t net.if.discovery net.if.discovery [s|{"data":[{"{#IFNAME}":"lo","{#IFADDR}":"127.0.0.1","{#IFADDR6}":"::1"},{"{#IFNAME}":"eth0","{#IFADDR}":"X.X.X.X","{#IFADDR6}":"fe80::224:21ff:feXX:XXXX%eth0"},{"{#IFNAME}":"br0","{#IFADDR6}":"fe80::14b6:61ff:feXX:XXXX%br0"}]}] |
Comment by Andrey Melnikov [ 2016 Mar 09 ] |
real ipv6 config always carry 2 addresses - fe80::xxxx and configured. Which address agent should return? First, second, both? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Mar 10 ] |
The example does't contain {#IFADDR} macro for br0 interface. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Mar 10 ] |
In duplicated |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 May 12 ] |
First of all, please have a look at Zabbix coding guidelines. Your patch relies heavily on ifaddrs.h. Is it present on all platforms Zabbix supports? I would suggest converting this patch into a loadable module. It will be easier for people to deploy and use it (no need to apply the patch and recompile Zabbix from sources with every upgrade) and it will be great for gathering more feedback faster. |
[ZBXNEXT-3149] Support of TLS session resumption Created: 2016 Feb 17 Updated: 2016 Feb 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | encryption, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
How about implementing RFC-5077 aka TLS session resumption to mitigate resource/performance impact of the great |
[ZBXNEXT-2641] Handling of the file by which filesize is 0 by a log monitoring Created: 2014 Dec 18 Updated: 2015 Sep 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.13, 2.2.7, 2.4.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Yoshinori Komuro | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | for_2.0.13.patch |
Description |
Several Application are written on an old file after log rotates. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2014 Dec 22 ] |
Can this be considered a duplicate of |
Comment by Yoshinori Komuro [ 2014 Dec 24 ] |
No. |
[ZBXNEXT-2645] Extend vfs.dev.* item for additional options supported on Linux platfrom Created: 2014 Dec 22 Updated: 2015 Sep 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | linux, newitemkey, vfs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix can parse and use /proc/diskstats to support all available metrics:
|
[ZBXNEXT-2599] proc.num on linux includes OS threads in process count Created: 2014 Oct 23 Updated: 2014 Nov 19 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | David Nolan | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | patch, proc.num | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux zabbix-agent |
Attachments: | proc.num-ignore-threads.patch |
Description |
On Linux, if the process being counted has spawned an OS-level thread, that appears as a process in /proc and is included in the proc.num output. This makes proc.num[<daemon>] return a number >1 occasionally for daemon's that periodically spawn a thread. The attached patch compares the thread group ID from /proc/<pid>/status to the pid and if they do not match ignores the thread. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2014 Oct 30 ] |
Related issue with FreeBSD: |
Comment by Igors Homjakovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Nov 06 ] |
David, which Linux distibution are you using and what kernel version? |
Comment by David Nolan [ 2014 Nov 06 ] |
This is on a Ubuntu based amazon image, with kernel 3.13.0-29-generic |
Comment by Igors Homjakovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Nov 07 ] |
Thank you David. I would appreciate if you could give us some information about the multi-threaded process that return proc.num count >1 on your system. Is it some open source product or your own code? I assume, in your case, the spawned processes have different PIDs, but share the same TGID, is that correct? According to the documentation:
|
Comment by David Nolan [ 2014 Nov 07 ] |
Igors, This is an application implemented in Go. Go does not use pthreads by default, it provides its own threading implementation. Most goroutines (application threads) exist within a single OS thread, but when Go detects one goroutine is blocking it automatically spawns another OS thread and migrates all other goroutines to that thread. Thus the behavior that we see is that proc.num[someapp] will be 1 most of the time, but during those moments where Go has spawned a second thread it will be 2 (or higher). The additional threads have different PIDs but the same TGID. So a zabbix trigger on proc.num[someapp]#1 will fire in error during those times. |
Comment by Igors Homjakovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Nov 13 ] |
David, We were unable to replicate the situation when Go spawns an OS thread with different PID, when goroutine is blocked, keeping the same TGID. Normally, it is expected that each process, or independently scheduled execution context, has its own process descriptor. On the other hand, threads in the same group have a common PID. Therefore, the result returned by proc.num[] cannot be considered as incorrect, since it shows that there are multiple processes of the same app at the certain period of time. Since in your case, this behaviour is unwanted, we would recommend you to execute the script that parses the PIDs and TGIDs and then compares them. |
Comment by David Nolan [ 2014 Nov 18 ] |
Unfortunately we are experiencing this problem in our production environments, and the propose patch fixed the problem and eliminated spurious alerts. From some further reading it seems like this should be easy to replicate with a C program that just calls clone() directly rather then going through any of the user mode thread libraries. Would you consider adding a variant of proc.num which only reports the thread group masters? perhaps proc.thread_masters, with all the same semantics as proc.num with the addition of the code to ignore processes where PID != TGID? The goal here is to have a builtin test that can verify "one and only one copy of daemon X is running", so you can detect cases where two master processes have been started |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 18 ] |
moving to feature requests. maybe a new parameter to proc.num could be considered |
Comment by Igors Homjakovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Nov 19 ] |
David, we understand your concern and appreciate your feedback. As with clone(), in my case, as i mentioned earlier, the new thread is created with the same PID. I would appreciate if you could replicate this issue on your host with a small C or Go program and send me your results. Then we can speed up the fixing of this issue. |
[ZBXNEXT-2277] support native process states for proc.num[] on AIX Created: 2014 Apr 25 Updated: 2014 Apr 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | aix, newitemkey, proc.num, process | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Item proc.num[] supports a parameter called <state>, which can be one of "all", "run", "sleep", "zomb". During |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2014 Apr 25 ] |
More information and a suggested patch is available in |
[ZBXNEXT-2386] include debuglevel in log messages Created: 2014 Jul 17 Updated: 2019 Sep 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
it would be useful to include short indication on which loglevel is responsible for each line - it would simplify debugging and log configuration note that currently this can not be used as an indicator that there is an error or so, as log messages are not classified like that. |
[ZBXNEXT-4075] Ability to independently adjust logging level per compilation unit Created: 2017 Sep 01 Updated: 2018 Jan 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Andris Mednis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | logging, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Runtime control of logging level per process type or per process is the best troubleshooting and debugging feature ever. Unfortunately, as more and more debug logging is added to various places of Zabbix it's usefulness diminishes as it is getting harder and harder to find the needle in a haystack. Log files grow and rotate too quickly, messages of different processes get too interlaced and so on... For example, TLS code produces lots of debug, which is good for troubleshooting encryption, but if TLS is fine and I'm only interested in "trapper got '...'" messages it just makes my life more difficult. Idea is to have more granular control of logging level. |
Comments |
Comment by Andrea Biscuola (Inactive) [ 2017 Sep 01 ] |
I was wondering for a while to move the runtime control of the zabbix server to a control socket with a dedicated utility instead of using the, non POSIX compliant, signal we use right now. This will allow to implement features like this in a more safe and flexible way. My proposal: ZBXNEXT-4076 |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Sep 01 ] |
I propose a proposal fight! |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Sep 01 ] |
this sounds like what was suggested in item (1) in |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2017 Sep 01 ] |
Something like tokens, for example http://net-snmp.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Debug_tokens_5.4.2.1 |
Comment by Andrea Biscuola (Inactive) [ 2017 Sep 04 ] |
Simply being able to increase/decrease the log level on a per-process type basis will be an improvement compared to the current situation. For example, increase the logging level for the "history syncers" zalex_ua But ... that's possible currently! Clarify please. glebs.ivanovskis It is not possible on all platforms. abs True that it's possible, but as Gleb said, the support for this feature is limited. glebs.ivanovskis Not only this feature, but sadly also crash dumps |
Comment by alex dekker [ 2017 Nov 28 ] |
Log entries should at least include a tag/label for what component of the server generated them. Log is a bit of a firehose and having something to grep would be helpful. |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Jan 07 ] |
loglevel by peer ip sought in ZBXNEXT-4319 |
[ZBXNEXT-4030] CPU utilization in an environment with a variable number of CPUs Created: 2017 Aug 15 Updated: 2017 Aug 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | cpu | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | system-cpu-util.png |
Description |
Similar to ZBX-11857, we have an ARM board running Linaro Linux. The system is smart in that it activates CPUs depending on load. Unfortunately, in such an environment with dynamic number of CPUs, it is non-trivial to measure CPU usage. Consider a scenario, where we start with an idle system with 1 online CPU and gradually increase CPU load to put 2, 3, and 4 CPUs online and consume them fully. As can be seen in the screenshot below, Zabbix reports 50% utilization with 1 CPU fully loaded, and then it reports 100% utilization with 2, 3, and 4 CPUs loaded to capacity: This is not particularly useful for performance testing, because it is not possible to distinguish between 2 and 4 CPUs fully loaded. However, this behavior is somewhat consistent with other Linux tools like top and vmstat, as will be shown in the comments later. It is also a problem without an obvious solution, because if we have 2 CPUs loaded out of 4, but only 2 are online, then depending on how we look at it and depending on whether the other 2 can actually be brought online, both 50% or 100% are acceptable. So what is desired, is probably a mode for system.cpu.util[] that would count offline CPUs as idle or count the time spent offline as a separate state (e.g., system.cpu.util[,offline]). Below, a solution idea is proposed. Currently, Zabbix seems to read CPU statistics from /proc/stat on Linux: # grep cpu /proc/stat cpu 7539 0 236984 837919 3226 19 1297 0 0 0 cpu0 3177 0 58211 610349 2960 19 1220 0 0 0 cpu1 1130 0 57962 60488 153 0 14 0 0 0 cpu2 1394 0 59148 70361 26 0 4 0 0 0 cpu3 1838 0 61663 96721 87 0 59 0 0 0 Here is a brief description of the format: proc/stat kernel/system statistics. Varies with architecture. Common entries include: cpu 3357 0 4313 1362393 The amount of time, measured in units of USER_HZ (1/100ths of a second on most architectures, use sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK) to obtain the right value), that the system spent in various states: user (1) Time spent in user mode. nice (2) Time spent in user mode with low priority (nice). system (3) Time spent in system mode. idle (4) Time spent in the idle task. This value should be USER_HZ times the second entry in the /proc/uptime pseudo-file. ... Now, suppose that cpu1 was online and idle during the last second. Then, its fourth number will be increased by USER_HZ (presumably, 100). If, however, cpu1 was offline, no numbers will be increased. If cpu1 switched between online and offline during the last second, then a reasonable conjecture is that the increase in numbers will not add up to USER_HZ. This is approximately how we can infer that the CPU was offline based on these statistics and calculate its amount. It should also be noted here separately that, if cpu1 was online for just a little while and only "user" usage was increased (e.g., by just 5 out of 100), then system.cpu.util[1,user] will probably report 100% for that period, which is not perfectly true. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2017 Aug 15 ] |
For comparison, here is the behavior of top. Two CPUs loaded to ~98% and two offline: top - 12:41:09 up 2:34, 1 user, load average: 15.38, 15.15, 14.30 Tasks: 167 total, 3 running, 164 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie %Cpu(s): 0.8 us, 98.8 sy, 0.0 ni, 0.3 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st ... Three CPUs loaded to ~98% and one offline: top - 12:41:58 up 2:35, 1 user, load average: 15.45, 15.19, 14.36 Tasks: 174 total, 4 running, 170 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie %Cpu(s): 2.0 us, 98.0 sy, 0.0 ni, 0.0 id, 0.0 wa, 0.0 hi, 0.0 si, 0.0 st ... It can be seen that no distinction is possible between these two cases, except looking at detailed CPU statistics (pressing 1). The vmstat utility behaves similarly in the above scenario: # vmstat 1 5 procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu----- r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st 3 0 0 1453288 17068 125640 0 0 9 2 108 150 1 27 72 0 0 2 0 0 1453264 17068 125644 0 0 0 0 457 418 3 97 0 0 0 2 0 0 1453264 17068 125648 0 0 0 0 606 546 1 99 0 0 0 2 0 0 1453264 17068 125656 0 0 0 0 472 409 1 100 0 0 0 2 0 0 1453264 17076 125652 0 0 0 12 566 552 2 98 0 0 0 # vmstat 1 5 procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu----- r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st 5 0 0 1452844 17116 125800 0 0 9 2 109 150 1 27 71 0 0 3 0 0 1452828 17116 125808 0 0 0 0 731 586 1 99 0 0 0 3 0 0 1452828 17116 125812 0 0 0 0 611 497 2 97 1 0 0 3 0 0 1452704 17124 125808 0 0 0 12 720 606 1 99 0 0 0 3 0 0 1452704 17124 125824 0 0 0 0 620 488 4 96 0 0 0 |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2017 Aug 15 ] |
In order to do performance testing, we currently solve this by forcing all CPUs to always be online: stop mpdecision echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu2/online echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/online |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2017 Aug 15 ] |
Also, for performance testing, it would be nice to have shorter intervals for system.cpu.util[] like system.cpu.util[,user,5s] instead of the predefined 1, 5, and 15 minutes. However, that is a separate ZBXNEXT and could probably be covered by ZBXNEXT-1918. |
[ZBXNEXT-5367] Extend net.if metrics on Linux using sysfs net Created: 2019 Aug 13 Updated: 2022 Jun 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please extend net.if metrics and net.if.discovery on Linux using sysfs net https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt At least the following macros should be added into net.if.discovery in addition to {#IFNAME}: |
Comments |
Comment by XinWang [ 2022 Jun 09 ] |
agree, like prometheus node exporter node_network_info{address="",broadcast="",device="wg0",duplex="",ifalias="",operstate="unknown"} 1 |
[ZBXNEXT-5704] Automatic download of scripts from template Created: 2020 Jan 20 Updated: 2020 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Benoit Machiavello | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
hi, many templates need a script to run on the agent side to work. on large infrastructures, deploying and maintaining these scripts is not necessarily practical. It would be perfect if it was possible to add the script to execute to the template. The Zabbix agent would only have to download the script when assigning a template, or to update it (for example by checking once a day if there is a new version).
|
Comments |
Comment by patrik uytterhoeven [ 2020 Jan 20 ] |
i don't think it's a good idea if zabbix agents start to update scripts by itself as things can change and break. It would make more sense if scripts are kept centralised on the zabbix server with an option to update/sync them on the server side whenever you want. On the other hand we still need to deploy agents and update agents this is done with cfgmgmt tools like ansilbe puppet chef, .... these tools are very capable in deploying the scripts. if zabbix was able to update it's agents/proxies by itself then this would a handy to include. |
Comment by Benoit Machiavello [ 2020 Jan 20 ] |
The problem with this tools is to have them sync with zabbix need. When you add a template to a new host, your tool doesn't know. I know it's possible to do deployment of scripts, but you have to maintain different tools. I think it will be easier if Zabbix is self-sufficient
I don't know what you understand by "things can change and break." If you need a new version of the script for a new version of the template, your agent had to update |
Comment by Sven Solberg [ 2020 Jan 21 ] |
Actually, I think this is a great idea. Splunk Enterprise has a (paid for) feature whereby you can create applications (Exchange monitoring, AD monitoring, amongst many others) and assign hosts into an "Exchange Application" group. This then downloads a templated scripts for client based scripts. You can have various groups for dev, testing, production etc... move a host from one to the other and have the automatically pull down the latest code when the agent next checks for updates (or actively told - "Get your new info!") That would be an amazing feature on Zabbix!! |
[ZBXNEXT-5391] Add support for Pressure Stall Information Created: 2019 Aug 31 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Kyle G. | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
See https://major.io/2019/01/27/using-the-pressure-stall-information-interface-in-kernel-4.20/
PSI aggregates and reports the overall wallclock time in which the tasks in a system (or cgroup) wait for contended hardware resources. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Aug 31 ] |
kyleg, this can be implemented as a loadable module. Would you be interested in testing it? |
[ZBXNEXT-5286] Additional element {#IFALIAS} to net.if.discovery on Win32 Created: 2019 Jun 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.28, 4.0.9, 4.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Boris P. Korzun | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | LLD, Windows, agent, items, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows Vista or greater |
Attachments: | zabbix_win32_net_alias.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix agent uses other information for {#IFNAME} element in net.if.discovery after 3.0 release ( |
Comments |
Comment by Boris P. Korzun [ 2019 Jul 25 ] |
I suggest the patch that returns 'Alias' as {#IFALIAS} also. But I don't know about net.if.list. I don't use it. |
[ZBXNEXT-164] Zabbix agent parameter "most busiest process" Created: 2009 Dec 09 Updated: 2024 Feb 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Lukas Macura | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | item, newitemkey, process | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Would be nice to have item which will return bussiest process. Basic problem is, that we can monitor if process is runing, we can monitor load of server, but there is no possibility to return which process is eating CPU. In other words, similar functionality as command top. Item would return name of process based on index. proc.topname[1] proc.top[1] proc.topname[3] It is not strict that it should work like this but would be nice to know what happened on system. In most situations, some services or processes do not log int syslog when there is deadlock and we only know that CPU is high. And, there is situation when it is not problem if some process eats 100%CPU (eg. boinc), but it can be significant problem if some process do same thing (eg. less). Would be nice to make trigger based on this. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
A quick workaround: UserParameter=top,top -n 1 -b|head -20 |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Oct 03 ] |
Related to ZBXNEXT-2998 |
[ZBXNEXT-1395] Loose agent because of the timeout in agent mounted disk discovery reply Created: 2012 Aug 31 Updated: 2014 Nov 12 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0, 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Maxim Semenov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | floppy, timeout, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
windows os with floppy drive |
Description |
Zabbix Agent windows Mounted filesystem discovery problem If I enable this feature zabbix falls to network errors. It looks like that this is timeout issue. When I run zabbix_get from command line it takes about 6 seconds to get data from host. [B]WORKAROUND: It would be wonderful to skip disk A: or have ability to increase timeout for discovery. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Aug 31 ] |
There is no way to increase timeout for discovery items only. Note that all items (discovery or not) process timeout in exactly the same manner. You may increase Timout parameter in zabbix_agentd.conf and zabbix_server.conf, but it is absolutely not recommended solution. I am closing it because it is not a bug report. |
Comment by Maxim Semenov [ 2012 Aug 31 ] |
The problem is: This problem because of the function GetVolumeInformation (diskspace.c file) trying to get info about floppy disk drive filesystem. It gets about 5-6 second, so we get timeout. |
Comment by Maxim Semenov [ 2012 Aug 31 ] |
The problem is: This problem because of the function GetVolumeInformation (diskspace.c file) trying to get info about floppy disk drive filesystem. It gets about 5-6 second, so we get timeout. This is not a bug, bun if you want to add file system discovery to a number of windows servers with floppy drives, you will get a lot of "Zabbix agent on HOST is unreachable for 5 minutes" problems. And this is not good. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Aug 31 ] |
i'm not quite sure whether it's a good idea to hardcode such exceptions, especially given the demise of floppy drives. nevertheless, moving to feature requests first |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Nov 08 ] |
Just a link - a forum thread (in Russian) http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?p=120902 |
Comment by Antonio Salazar [ 2013 May 20 ] |
I don't think this should be triaged as a minor feature request. vfs.fs.discovery is not a simple item, but a metaitem where actual items are derived from. The file system discovery always timing out if certain devices are installed invalidates the purpose of autodiscovery because no storage item will be created, this makes file system autodiscovery unreliable. It's telling that you have to disable storage devices to make storage autodiscovery work. |
Comment by Antonio Salazar [ 2013 May 20 ] |
I've found file system discovery works if the item type of the discovery rule is changed from "zabbix agent" to "zabbix agent (active)", even if the manual for 2.2 states
Maybe the documentation should mention this special case? This makes sense as the server timeout is only for passive checks, active checks can take all the time they need. I guess all hosts that can be passive checked are capable of active checks, so this issue is not that serious after all. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 12 ] |
note that manual has been updated to mention both 'normal' (passive) agent & active agent as valid choices for this discovery rule |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 12 ] |
additionally, |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Nov 12 ] |
features used in |
[ZBXNEXT-1360] Please add support of cached memory for Solaris agents Created: 2012 Aug 13 Updated: 2022 Aug 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Igor Urazov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | agent, memory, solaris, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Right now Zabbix agents doesn't support fetching of cached (ZFS ARC cache) memory on Solaris. You can get this value by executing "kstat zfs:0:arcstats:size" from shell. |
Comments |
Comment by Nikita Afanasev [ 2016 Nov 02 ] |
Do you have an ETA for this issue? |
Comment by Martin Brochu [ 2018 Feb 14 ] |
We also have this issue where we seem to be unable to report memory usage correctly! |
Comment by Sascha Guilliard [ 2018 Aug 13 ] |
same problem on linux, cache information should be available in /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/arcstats |
Comment by Mircea [ 2022 Aug 18 ] |
Still having the same problem on Linux. That's almost 6 years now |
[ZBXNEXT-231] Current Disk Queue Length Created: 2010 Feb 12 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Roberto Rios | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows & *nix servers |
Description |
In my windows servers, I'm monitoring a counter called "current disk queue length". Basically, accordingly with MS: "Current Disk Queue Length is the number of requests outstanding on the disk at the time the performance data is collected." I like it because it's simple. My question is, does linux has something like this counter? I was looking into IOSTAT, but none of the counters provided seems to be equal to current disk queue lenght. The most similar is "avgqu-sz", but it's an average and the windows one is the actual value measured when the zabbix agent was contacted. Please could you register a feature request? Meanwhile you can create a simple user parameter, which would parse output of /proc or vmstat. So my request is to create an item that could monitor, either in windows and linux, the disk I/O. Something like vfs.dev.diskqueue[device]. |
Comments |
Comment by Steve mushero [ 2011 Feb 02 ] |
Yes, avgqu-sz is an average, but over 1 second; not sure you can use data more quickly than that, i.e. instant queue may not help much if it's going up and down every 10ms; I'd think an average over time would be best. For real-time, look at field 9 of /sys/block/hda/stat, etc. See: http://www.mjmwired.net/kernel/Documentation/iostats.txt |
[ZBXNEXT-358] multiple old files in log rotation Created: 2010 May 13 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix should support multiple old files in log rotation. That is, not just a single "zabbix_server.log.old" file, but "zabbix_server.log.0", "zabbix_server.log.1", etc. |
[ZBXNEXT-69] bundle connections Created: 2009 Sep 05 Updated: 2017 Feb 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Roger Berger | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 23 |
Labels: | agent, performance, protocols | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
all |
Description |
OK, I am not a programmer so maybe my idea is not possible or stupid. |
Comments |
Comment by Mike Willis [ 2012 Sep 20 ] |
Is there any status update on this issue? I am in the process of evaluating Zabbix for use by a major healthcare provider. I can understand that different items might have different update intervals, but is there any way to allign these checks? IE: if I set 50 items to 30 sec update and 50 items to 60 sec update, with the normal ICMP checking and webserver checking this would be more like 5-6 connections per minute per host. Please advise if there is a workaround or planned improvement. Thank you, -Mike |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Sep 20 ] |
from which version did that template come ? 1.8 one had lots of insanely low intervals, bunch of mostly useless items etc. 2.0 templates should be better in that regard |
Comment by Mike Willis [ 2012 Sep 20 ] |
Thanks for responding richlv. This is in relation to zabbix-server-mysql-1.8.14-1.el6.x86_64 (CentOS 6.3 addons repo) With the default Linux template my connections per second dropped to about 20/minute. down from 200/minute. Any thoughts? Thanks, -Mike |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Sep 26 ] |
hmm, better let's avoid unrelated discussions on issues. please use zabbix forums, irc & other channels for community support |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
It is likely to be implemented in the future, no ETA. |
Comment by Sigismondo Boschi [ 2015 Feb 26 ] |
My two coins: I would allow also persistent connections between the server and the agent, eventually settable with a configuration option. |
[ZBXNEXT-481] possibility to specify several regular expressions in an item Created: 2010 Aug 19 Updated: 2016 Dec 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | globalregexps, items, regexps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Suppose we wish to monitor Web server log files and we have three requirements: (1) we do not want to see accesses from our own IPs (e.g., 12.34.56.78, 34.56.78.12, and 56.78.12.34); Currently, the only reasonable way to do this is to create a single big regular expression (e.g., MY_BIG_REGEXP) in "Administrator" -> "General" -> "Regular expressions" and then specify this regular expression in an item, like so: log[mylogfile.txt,@MY_BIG_REGEXP] This sometimes lacks flexibility, which is highly inconvenient. Suppose there is a file hislogfile.txt. We wish to (1) exclude IP addresses 12.34.56.78, 34.56.78.12, and 56.78.12.34 as before, (2) exclude different domains this time: demo1.example.com, demo2.example.com, and demo3.example.com, (3) see lines that contain "aaa", "bbb", and "ccc" as before. And if there is also herlogfile.txt, in which we wish to do (1) and (2) as in the second case, but instead of (3) we wish to see "xxx", "yyy", and "zzz", this leads to three big regular expressions that have a lot of duplicate information. What would be highly cool to do, is create five regular expressions: (1) NOT_OUR_IPS, which excludes our IP addresses; We could then combine them in different ways, like so: log[mylogfile.txt,@NOT_OUR_IPS@NOT_TEST_DNS@AAA_BBB_CCC] This is vastly more flexible and convenient than having to create big regular expressions that have duplicate information. For instance, if we get a new IP address (e.g., 78.12.34.56), we only have to add it to NOT_OUR_IPS, rather than all big regular expressions. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Dec 22 ] |
Since the result of matching or not matching global regular expression is basically a boolean, even more flexibility would be achieved if logical operators and parentheses were allowed. |
[ZBXNEXT-434] log / logrt items should be able to collect specified number of lines before and after the matching line to improve readability (error context) Created: 2010 Jun 30 Updated: 2015 Dec 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Nyyr | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | expressions, logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
log / logrt items do not support multi-line regexps (or at least I was not able to get any working) and when determining severity / cause of an error it would be nice to see what happened prior to the error, i.e. to see a few lines in the log before |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Dec 02 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-438] should be possible to build zabbix_get and zabbix_sender independently from agent Created: 2010 Jul 02 Updated: 2017 Jul 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | build, sender, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Link: | DEV-591 |
Story Points: | 3 |
Description |
Currently, the only way to build zabbix_get and zabbix_sender is to configure with --enable-agent. Drawbacks: (1) compilation takes noticeably longer on slower machines; |
Comments |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2012 Mar 29 ] |
I fully agree - it would be neat to have control about building user utilities. I want to have zabbix_server and zabbix_get on zabbix-proxies (i.e. for debugging purposes). Just provide a dedicated configure switch to compile user tools separately. i.e. |
[ZBXNEXT-2258] zabbix_agentd -p should report HostMetadata Created: 2014 Apr 13 Updated: 2014 Apr 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Harri | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | metadata | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hopefully I am not too blind to see, but for verification it would help a lot, if "zabbix_agentd -p" could show the HostMetadata before the host tries to register itself on the server. |
[ZBXNEXT-2248] Change case for system.hostname Created: 2014 Apr 10 Updated: 2014 Oct 24 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Ryan Armstrong | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | casesensitivity, hostname | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | hostname.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I distribute a common agent configuration file and use 'hostnameitem=system.hostname' to set agent.hostname on each system. Our hosts (5000+) are imported and populated via configuration management but unfortunately the character casing does not always match the configuration on the servers. To fix this, I convert all hostnames to lower case in config management and attempted to do the same in the agent config. Unfortunately, any item key used in 'hostnameitem' must not use an external script and must use a natively support key. I have not found any in-built option for case conversion. Can you please consider adding a key parameter/option for case conversion? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 12 ] |
you can use system.run in hostnameitem - does that help ? |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
I neglected to clarify; this issue is most relevant on Windows, where system.run is not supported. |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
I don't feel that this is a duplicate issue as This issue is that if the operator who built a server configured it with caps in the hostname, we have to match the casing on the Zabbix server config. Forcing both sides to upper/lower is a major convenience gain and encourages adoption from larger organisations using configuration management. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.2/manual/appendix/items/supported_by_platform seems to claim that system.run is supported on all platforms, though |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2014 Jul 25 ] |
system.run is support on Windows yes, but there is no command available to return the hostname converted to lower case. |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2014 Jul 25 ] |
I've attached a patch for Windows and Linux that accepts a new parameter, 'lc' or 'uc' to convert to lower or upper case respectively. |
[ZBXNEXT-2105] log process type in each log entry Created: 2014 Jan 09 Updated: 2014 Jan 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when a daemon crashes, it logs backtrace. unfortunately, it does not include process type that crashed. to find it out, we need to see the startup messages, which often are rotated away by that time. initial suggestion was to log process name when crashing, but asaveljevs suggested including process type in every log message. these process types probably should be shortened to 3 letters (2 are not enough - history syncer and heartbeat sender would be too similar). before implementing, full list of mappings should be created - for example :
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jan 09 ] |
(1) while implementing this, let's finally document logfile format, too |
[ZBXNEXT-2147] merge s/t types in agent output for -p/-t Created: 2014 Feb 07 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
turns out, s/t types in agent output for -t/-p are nearly identical. this is confusing, and it is suggested that they be merged. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Feb 07 ] |
citing asaveljevs from
|
[ZBXNEXT-1952] Os400 operating system monitoring Created: 2013 Oct 07 Updated: 2013 Oct 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Arturs Kenins | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | IBM, OS/400 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix for OS400 |
Description |
We need to monitor OS400 operating system. Main functionality of OS, jobs, jobs status. |
[ZBXNEXT-1664] Inaccurate timekeeping in disk metrics Created: 2013 Mar 13 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Nathan Scott | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | diskio, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux, FreeBSD (at least) affected. |
Attachments: | disk-metric-timestamps.patch |
Description |
As discussed elsewhere, the code in zabbix_agent that extracts kernel disk statistics on Linux makes some assumptions about time that are not correct. This jira request discusses one such issue, and the attached patch strives to fix it. The rate conversion calculations being performed in apply_diskstat are using a timer resolution in seconds, as a result of the time(2) use in process_diskstat. While this may appear harmless, it is possible that different calls to time() as we pass over the device list will produce different values (near the second boundary) and this would result in incorrect rate conversion calculations by apply_diskstat. There is also no need to request the time inside the loop which iterates over all monitored devices, this can be moved to a single time request outside the loop. If the CPU or other metrics also need accurate timestamping someday (it is somewhat surpising that no timestamps at all are inserted into the CPU metric shmem segment, for example, to reflect when the sample was actually taken), this timestamp would also be available to those. |
[ZBXNEXT-1715] new item to return ip addresses Created: 2013 Apr 22 Updated: 2016 Mar 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | ipaddress, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
agent has built-in items to return mac/hw addresses and interfaces on a system, but there is no way to get a list of ip addresses. this would be useful when one would like to test all ip addresses for some open port, or to determine internal ip address of an auto-registered host behind nat. a couple of different items could be of use - one that returns plain list of the addresses (like mac address one does), and another that returns ip addresses in lld json structure (allowing to filter out 127.0.0.1 etc) |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Mar 10 ] |
Far, but still related - ZBXNEXT-3170 asks to include IP address to net.if.discovery. |
[ZBXNEXT-1720] internal checks for Zabbix agent Created: 2013 Apr 24 Updated: 2021 Jul 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Bart Verwilst | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | internalmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently there is no way to know if the configured amount of pollers is enough to handle all requests coming from the server. Some kind of '% of time busing serving requests by pollers' would be very handy here. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
same for active item processes etc |
Comment by Steve mushero [ 2013 Aug 23 ] |
We'd love this as we often use 200-500 items per server, especially for big HAProxy system, or lots of JMX and no way to know if we have enough agent processes running (we use passive). |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2014 Sep 25 ] |
Just to make it clear, is it about agent side? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Sep 25 ] |
i'm not the reporter, but the summary says it's for the zabbix agent |
Comment by Backoffice Team [ 2019 Dec 27 ] |
I think 5.0 would be great to launch this feature. Currently we still have no way to monitor how much of StartAgents we are actually using, missing a way to easily prevent gaps and data loss due to failure to collect it. Since this ticket was created, we now have Zabbix Agent 2 (lauched in zabbix 4.4). For [roadmap|https://www.zabbix.com/roadmap], there are features such windows support and improved plugin support. Proxy and Server have already internal data that monitors and make that data available, we are suggesting in this ticket that it could also be the case for the agent. Having items like `zabbix[process,<type>,<mode>,<state>]` would fix this gap. Ex: zabbix[process,<type>,<mode>,<state>] zabbix[process,agent,avg,busy] zabbix[process,active,avg,busy]
|
[ZBXNEXT-1197] Hardware and software details monitoring by Zabbix Agent under Windows Created: 2012 Apr 25 Updated: 2015 Nov 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | inventory, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix Agent should be extended to support native collection of profile-related data, for example: Hostname These items are supported under Linux already ( |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 25 ] |
i believe "hostname" should be supported already for a long time <zalex> Yes, and some detailed description already available here http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.0/manual/appendix/install/windows_agent#configuration |
Comment by Wesley Kirk [ 2014 Oct 17 ] |
MAC Address, especially, why is it so hard for the Zabbix agent on Windows 7, et al, to get this info. It's easy on the command line using "ipconfig /all". |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Nov 13 ] |
MAC addresses asked for specifically in ZBXNEXT-2290. |
[ZBXNEXT-1199] include subconfig files in defined sequence Created: 2012 Apr 26 Updated: 2021 Jan 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Harri | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | configuration, trivial, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debain Squeeze, amd64 |
Description |
zabbix_agentd.conf says "Include=/etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf.d". AFAICS the subconfig files are read in an unpredictable sequence. If you add or edit a config file, then the sequence of untouched files might change by chance, depending upon the underlying file system. This makes it very difficult to override a subconfig file (e.g. the company-wide default for all clients) by a local config file. You cannot be sure which config file is read last. To get reproducible results I would suggest to include the subconfig files in an alphabetical sequence, as usual. Of course it would be possible to add another Include line to the company-wide config file and to introduce another config directory, but sorting the files would be smarter (IMHO). Probably proxy and server have the same problem. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 26 ] |
alphabetic sounds god. case sensitive or not ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 26 ] |
(1) it should also be documented |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2013 Oct 30 ] |
Related issue: |
Comment by Harri [ 2013 Nov 03 ] |
case sensitive, using the C locale. Editor backup files should be ignored; probably thats the difficult part. |
Comment by Harri [ 2014 Mar 29 ] |
Apache2 supports an option "IncludeOptional", e.g. IncludeOptional mods-enabled/*.load IncludeOptional mods-enabled/*.conf Maybe a similar feature would be possible in Zabbix? Advantages:
|
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Mar 29 ] |
According to |
Comment by Harri [ 2021 Jan 21 ] |
AFAICS |
[ZBXNEXT-1143] Can logrt support some directory name written in regular expression ? Created: 2012 Mar 09 Updated: 2019 Sep 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Toshiyuki Ishii | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | log, logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix_agentd.log | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It is a simple question of Zabbix internal behavior. The logrt is suported some file name written by regular expression. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Zabbix server / Agent :1.8.7-2 item : logrt[/var/log/test/....-..-../....-..-..\.log] =1 The permission of target file is 755 ,ownership is zabbix:zabbix. See attached file "zabbix_agentd.log" According to http://fossies.org/dox/zabbix-1.8.10/logfiles_8c_source.html, |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2012 Mar 09 ] |
According to documentation of Zabbix doesn't support regular expressions in directory names. It not a bug. An issue moves into ZBXNEXT. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Mar 13 ] |
i also added a note in http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.0/manual/config/items/itemtypes/log_items#important_notes to make this more clear |
[ZBXNEXT-1002] dns caching by zabbix daemons Created: 2011 Oct 17 Updated: 2021 Aug 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.8, 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Miguel Di Ciurcio Filho | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 22 |
Labels: | cache, dns, gethostbyname, ipv6, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu 10.04 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I have configured agentd to connect to the Zabbix server by using a hostname, instead of an IP. It seams to me that for every item queried, gethostbyname() is called. 192.168.1.15 - DNS server in /etc/resolv.conf tcpdump sample from the 192.168.1.13: 17:12:15.075198 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.46016: 25749* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:15.083781 IP 192.168.1.13.45727 > 192.168.1.15.53: 14928+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:15.084509 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.45727: 14928* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:15.153713 IP 192.168.1.13.42149 > 192.168.1.15.53: 8538+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:15.154379 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.42149: 8538* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:15.172920 IP 192.168.1.13.47295 > 192.168.1.15.53: 19772+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:15.173582 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.47295: 19772* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:16.371257 IP 192.168.1.13.33089 > 192.168.1.15.53: 48187+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:16.371979 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.33089: 48187* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:16.374865 IP 192.168.1.13.36497 > 192.168.1.15.53: 9540+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:16.375738 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.36497: 9540* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:16.434436 IP 192.168.1.13.43697 > 192.168.1.15.53: 12163+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:16.435174 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.43697: 12163* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:17.662556 IP 192.168.1.13.43674 > 192.168.1.15.53: 50570+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:17.663198 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.43674: 50570* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:17.684247 IP 192.168.1.13.42368 > 192.168.1.15.53: 9102+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:17.684994 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.42368: 9102* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:17.698499 IP 192.168.1.13.60401 > 192.168.1.15.53: 960+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:17.699178 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.60401: 960* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:17.727855 IP 192.168.1.13.51960 > 192.168.1.15.53: 8929+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:17.728542 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.51960: 8929* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:17.751009 IP 192.168.1.13.38707 > 192.168.1.15.53: 10705+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:17.751738 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.38707: 10705* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:18.916101 IP 192.168.1.13.38377 > 192.168.1.15.53: 33673+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:18.916865 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.38377: 33673* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:19.976746 IP 192.168.1.13.52731 > 192.168.1.15.53: 37538+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:19.977385 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.52731: 37538* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:20.007473 IP 192.168.1.13.49112 > 192.168.1.15.53: 1608+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:20.008169 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.49112: 1608* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:20.054203 IP 192.168.1.13.56993 > 192.168.1.15.53: 36012+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:20.054905 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.56993: 36012* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:20.109898 IP 192.168.1.13.54451 > 192.168.1.15.53: 13610+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:20.110585 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.54451: 13610* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:20.194716 IP 192.168.1.13.34243 > 192.168.1.15.53: 14421+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:20.195350 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.34243: 14421* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:20.198975 IP 192.168.1.13.49746 > 192.168.1.15.53: 37948+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:20.199711 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.49746: 37948* 1/2/2 A[|domain] 17:12:20.271991 IP 192.168.1.13.43933 > 192.168.1.15.53: 60673+ A? zabbix.elabsis.com. (36) 17:12:20.272650 IP 192.168.1.15.53 > 192.168.1.13.43933: 60673* 1/2/2 A[|domain] After adding a dozen hosts using the hostname of the server, my internal DNS server is being hammered by the same requests over and over. Using the IP address of the Zabbix server does not create any DNS traffic. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Oct 18 ] |
indeed, zabbix daemons don't do any dns caching, thus ip usage is suggested. alternatively, nscd or similar name server caching daemons could be used to reduce the amount of remote dns queries |
Comment by Miguel Di Ciurcio Filho [ 2011 Oct 18 ] |
Just a notice in case someone tries to use nscd in Debian or Ubuntu: hosts lookups are not cached by default. http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=335476 http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=4428 You must edit /etc/nscd.conf to enable it, but it is not that reliable. |
Comment by Miguel Di Ciurcio Filho [ 2011 Oct 18 ] |
I have just noticed that zabbix_server has the same issue. When connecting to hosts using DNS name, for every item queried there is name a resolution call. |
Comment by Cisco Vila [ 2013 Feb 01 ] |
Has there been any solutions to this? We are experiencing the same issues for Enterprise installations. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Feb 07 ] |
As mentioned before, use nscd. Caching domain names has no place to be within ZABBIX applications. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 29 ] |
I've just checked zabbix agent (2.0.5) under Windows XP x32 and Windows 7 x64 - grab packets by wireshark. The are windows build-in useful commands which are self-descriptive: Just a note - some 3rd party software can optionally? disable the caching. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 30 ] |
I've performed some additional experiments under Debian 6.0.7 Every time when an agent need to know Server's IP the agent host sends two DNS queries simultaneously: "Type: A (Host address)" and "Type: AAAA (IPv6 address)" and then gets two DNS answers respectively. ( For active checks: if BufferSend is default 5 seconds then agent 12 times per one minute performs queries to DNS server + one query for list of active checks. But it more critical for passive checks. For every incoming TCP connection from zabbix server agent performs separate query to DNS server. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 30 ] |
ONLY about agent: What if will cache only IP of resolved "Server" and "ServerActive" parameters and will refresh it with some "hardcoded|configured|TTL from DNS response" period ? It will be maybe 1-5 values (remember about multiple servers for active checks support) which agent has to handle and it will resolve current issue. I don't see much sense to cache any other IPs possibly used in items. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 30 ] |
I've just tested agent on a FreeBSD 8.1 x32 host. Behavior is the same - DNS query for every incoming TCP connection from server. 01:50:16.930705 IP 10.20.0.20.20708 > 10.20.0.10.53: 21340+ A? mon2 (33) 01:50:16.930886 IP 10.20.0.10.53 > 10.20.0.20.20708: 21340* 1/0/0 A 10.20.0.32 (49) 01:50:16.930929 IP 10.20.0.20.13973 > 10.20.0.10.53: 21341+ AAAA? mon2 (33) 01:50:16.931051 IP 10.20.0.10.53 > 10.20.0.20.13973: 21341* 0/1/0 (113) I don't think I need to test something else. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 30 ] |
Just additional small test on Debian. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 30 ] |
heh, last comment about zabbix sources. There is some difference - with IPv6 zabbix daemons use "getaddrinfo()" system call, but without IPv6 - another system call - "gethostbyname()". This is also mentioned in |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jan 14 ] |
if we ever look into implementing this, it should be very well documented and there must be a way to drop this internal dns cache (like we can reload config for server) - lately i've hit some other software doing its own dns caching, and that can be mighty confusing |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Sep 30 ] |
This issue is somewhat connected to |
Comment by MightyDok [ 2015 Aug 07 ] |
Russian hosting provider RTCOMM have DNS rate limit settings for domains, so with standard linux template zabbix server fault to query agent with error "ZBX_TCP_READ() failed: [4] Interrupted system call". I think we need this feature ASAP. |
Comment by Dmitry [ 2017 Apr 18 ] |
Lab:
Works for me:
Agent config + correct 'search' parameter make first zabbix agent lookup success. So, it doesnt try other suffixes (only 2 request per connection) Other way: configure nscd on each agent host. But nscd may cause of mistiming between real network and nscd cache |
Comment by amg1127 [ 2017 Oct 21 ] |
I agree with caching of IP addresses of hostnames supplied on "Server=" and "ServerActive=" parameters (Oleksiy Zagorskyi's suggestion above). For example:
The network I manage has a Zabbix deployment composed by a Zabbix server, some geographically dispersed Zabbix proxies, more than 2700 monitored hosts and more than 400000 monitored items. Until my team implements Zabbix muthual authentication, we are relying on hostnames specified in "Server=" agentd parameter to provide monitoring access control. However, Zabbix infrastructure is currently consuming a relevant amount of resources from our internal DNS servers, because the absence of a cache produces one name resolution query for every passive metric collect. |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Nov 30 ] |
Another approach is to use systemd-resolved if you are on systemd |
[ZBXNEXT-771] item system.sw.packages[] should support other package systems Created: 2011 May 02 Updated: 2013 Jun 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.4 (alpha) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | freebsd, inventory, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Issue |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2011 May 02 ] |
In the FreeBSD list of software installed easy to take by command: Maarten B in the |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Jun 06 ] |
Support for AIX would be great too. Maybe via lslpp. For RPMs:
# lslpp -L -c | awk -F : '$7 == "R" { print $2 }' | head -n 3
AIX-rpm-6.1.7.15-13
bash-3.0-1
cdrecord-1.9-7
For filesets:
# lslpp -L -c | awk -F : '$7 == "F" { print $2 "-" $3 }' | head -n 3
ICU4C.rte-6.1.7.16
Java5.sdk-5.0.0.430
Java5_64.sdk-5.0.0.430
|
[ZBXNEXT-739] Add ping to agent capabilities Created: 2011 Apr 12 Updated: 2023 Sep 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 69 |
Labels: | ICMP, fping, item | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I would like to see the zabbix agent to be able to ping hosts on it's own. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2011 Apr 12 ] |
Note that the agent would require super-user privileges to do that. |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2011 Apr 12 ] |
Maybe we could use the same approach as with the server, fping installed with setuid? |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2012 Aug 30 ] |
Sooo, any progress on this? |
Comment by tagwolf [ 2014 Oct 22 ] |
I have a workaround for this. UserParameter=chk.fping[*],fping -c 3 $1 2>&1 | tail -n 1 | awk '{print $$8}' | cut -d/ -f2 But the fact that stuff like this needs to be worked around means these guys need more help and community code support as they cannot implement new features fast enough. This should not be a 3 year old ticket. Nor is it a minor feature . I don't know if it's a devops or an agile problem. But zabbix has a small window to make some major new things happen to satisfy the changing marketplace of SaaS and application monitoring. A UI overhaul, better (MODERN) graphing, and general expansion on their greatest strength in expressions. I'm considering forking the code and making some changes in my personal feature request queue. In particular in the UI and in expression handling and item storage flexibility, item and string comparison evaluations, easier construction and better testing of triggers, inventory support, using zabbix as a ENC for puppet / chef, Server-Agent SSL, etc. Jira is messing up my UserParameter line.... it's all one line, and no spaces in between the single quotes in awk. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Oct 22 ] |
tagwolf, instead to go for a fork may I encourage you to collaborate by providing small patches? Btw, you might possibly want to add youre one-liner here. Another awesome event to collaborate are Bugsquash days. For further arrangements or discussions look in at IRC or forums. |
Comment by tagwolf [ 2014 Oct 22 ] |
I'd love to do some patches according and have no problem following your coding standards. If though I have a larger modification, who would I talk to about user stories, testing and possible integration with the main codebase? Also I think it's awesome you guys are doing bugsquash days! I'll check them out. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Oct 22 ] |
it's probably best to start with really small patches and push those through the bugsquash days, otherwise large patches are unlikely to get any attention (unfortunately) - but the best place for such discussions is irc |
Comment by Michael P [ 2014 Oct 29 ] |
Hi I improved the Userparameter a bit for those of you who want to know: Instead of defining a fixed column ($$8) I use the last column with $NF. and as the middle value of every output is either avg latency, or received packets, it will always be a value can measure stuff. UserParameter=chk.fping[*],/usr/bin/fping -c 3 $1 2>&1 | tail -n 1 | awk '{print $NF}' | cut -d '/' -f2 PS: on my FreeBSD machine i had to provide the full path, so please (to all) check the correct path to fping ('type fling') and always provide it. Best regards |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Oct 30 ] |
Daywalker, you might want to take a look at User parameter one-liners too. |
Comment by Arnis Rukis [ 2016 Mar 14 ] |
Looking for simple way to mesure ping response times from host to host, for example from remote machine to zabbix server. To monitor situations where ping goes >100 ms for example. |
Comment by John Smith [ 2018 Oct 26 ] |
Yes, ping. Of course. Absolutely needed. Very basic. Low hanging fruit. Please do it already. I have never seen any network monitoring setup that does not use ping - it is the first thing every experienced admin will implement across networks / host groups / etc. So with Zabbix you have currently this experience: ok, lets implement ping for all the things - oh, Zabbix does not support that out of the box, I need to fiddle around with manually editing config parameters and such, o my god. Please implement that. Thanks. Or at least implement something similar that zabix-agent will do out of the box by default. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 May 12 ] |
This request can be implemented as a loadable module (i.e. outside of Zabbix code base) if there is enough interest. ZBXNEXT-2735 mentions liboping, module can simply wrap it. Or to avoid granting capabilities to Zabbix binaries there can be a standalone daemon to do the pinging and the module will simply query that daemon. |
Comment by Nicola Mauri [ 2020 Mar 10 ] |
This feature is indispensable, for example, to check if a remote server is reachable from the intended client (not from zabbix server). In the meanwhile, here's a similar workaround for Windows agents: UserParameter=ping.host[*],ping -n 1 $1 > nul && echo 1 || echo 0 |
Comment by Victor Sudakov [ 2020 May 22 ] |
For Unix you can use something as simple as UserParameter=ping.host[*],/usr/bin/fping -q -r 3 $1 ; echo $? Eliminates the need for screen-scraping fping output, "0" means host is reachable and "1" means not reachable. But I agree it's high time to implement this in the agent. |
Comment by dimir [ 2021 Jun 09 ] |
FYI there is a patch for agent2 from one of community members, klimenko.andrei: |
Comment by Raul Chiarella [ 2021 Sep 22 ] |
It would be useful if we could use icmpping like we use net.tcp.service... |
Comment by Raul Chiarella [ 2021 Sep 22 ] |
@Nicola Mauri Hello. So i tried your UserParameter for Windows but it didnt work... ping -n 1 192.168.1.1 > nul && echo 1 || echo 0 always returns 1 even when its disconnected. |
Comment by Scott Jalbert [ 2021 Dec 07 ] |
Yes I would also really like to see this implemented. I'm also struggling with getting the userparameter working successfully, works when connected but when timeout occurs item goes to Not Supported with info Timeout while executing shell script. Agent log contains below, and of course the trigger won't work. 7760:20211207:070606.891 Failed to execute command "ping 10.10.0.11 -n 1 |find "TTL=">NUL && echo 1 || echo 0": Timeout while executing a shell script. |
Comment by richlv [ 2022 Sep 22 ] |
Try to set the ping timeout lower than the agent/server timeout - if the ping timeout is longer, the agent/server communication times out first. |
Comment by Gary Herbstman [ 2023 May 23 ] |
This simple common function should not be so difficult and inconsistent to implement. The agent should be able to run ping just like the server simple check. |
[ZBXNEXT-8914] PoC: Evaluate possibility to use binding variables in ORACLE DB monitoring. Created: 2023 Dec 26 Updated: 2024 Mar 22 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.25 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Edgars Melveris | Assignee: | Alex Kalimulin |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Team: | Team A | ||||
Sprint: | Support backlog, S24-W10/11 |
Description |
For example item like "Get tablespace stats" might work faster if we used bind variables
TABLESPACE_NAME = 'TABLESPACE_NAME'
|
[ZBXNEXT-3623] Decide in runtime which features of libcurl are available Created: 2016 Dec 21 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | Manual Test Failed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta2, 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | dimir |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | authentication, email, smtp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ZBXNEXT-3623-zabbix-7.0.0alpha9-curl-protocols.patch | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Team: | Team A | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sprint: | S2401-1, S2401-2, S24-W6/7, S24-W12/13, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Story Points: | 12 |
Description |
libcurl has a very stable ABI, major so-version remains the same since 2006 while API is being actively enhanced. Currently Zabbix decides which features of libcurl are available at compilation stage: # if 0x071004 >= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.16.4 */ # define CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD # endif # if 0x071400 <= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.20.0 */ # define HAVE_SMTP_AUTHENTICATION 1 # endif Therefore, if Zabbix was compiled with old libcurl headers, upgrading libcurl will not enable missing features without Zabbix recompilation ( Zabbix should be able to adjust it's behaviour in runtime based on version information it can get from a libcurl binary currently loaded. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Jun 26 ] |
Comment by bunkzilla [ 2019 Oct 01 ] |
This only seems logical that you'd want to base the code action based on what the running environment reflects. This would save customers the extra hurdle of having to compile from source to use elasticsearch.
|
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Dec 18 ] |
In addition, from libcurl tutorial:
|
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Jan 05 ] |
Implementing this would avoid having issues like |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Jan 05 ] |
Especially so because now some distributions ship smaller libcurl-minimal packages, that miss many cURL features. |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Jan 05 ] |
Related issue: ZBXNEXT-1896 |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Jan 09 ] |
An example of curl_version_info usage to detect if run-time cURL library supports "smtp" and "smtp" protocols required for sending "non-plain text" mail. Instead of "Unsupported protocol" user will see an error message like cURL library was compiled without support for "smtps" protocol: ZBXNEXT-3623-zabbix-7.0.0alpha9-curl-protocols.patch In case of "plain-text" (no SSL, no auth) Emil media type Zabbix does not use cURL but sends e-mail using TCP protocol. |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Jan 09 ] |
Mini specIn short, what needs to be done:
$ grep LIBCURL_ include/common/config.h.in #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_ASYNCHDNS #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_IDN #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_IPV6 #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_KRB4 #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_LIBZ #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_NTLM #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_SSL #undef LIBCURL_FEATURE_SSPI #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_DICT #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_FILE #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_FTP #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_FTPS #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_HTTP #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_HTTPS #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_LDAP #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_TELNET #undef LIBCURL_PROTOCOL_TFTP
$ grep LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM include/common/zbxsysinc.h -B3 -A8 # if !defined(HAVE_FUNCTION_CURL_EASY_ESCAPE) # define curl_easy_escape(handle, string, length) curl_escape(string, length) # endif # if 0x071004 >= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.16.4 */ # define CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD # endif # if 0x071400 <= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.20.0 */ # define HAVE_SMTP_AUTHENTICATION 1 # endif # if 0x071501 <= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.21.6 */ # define ZBX_CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING # else # define ZBX_CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING CURLOPT_ENCODING # endif # if 0x073700 <= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.55.0 */ # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_TYPE curl_off_t # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_FMT "%" CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T # else # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_TYPE double # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_FMT ZBX_FS_DBL # endif
In addition it is suggested to increase curl version requirement to 7.19.0 or later. It was lowered to 7.13.1 in Probably all the places that need to be checked: grep -E '#.*if([n]?def)?.*CURL' * -r Approvals on the spec: |
Comment by Juris Lambda [ 2024 Jan 18 ] |
This report conflates features and interfaces. The first test, # if 0x071004 >= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM, works around the fact that the CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD option was renamed to CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD in 7.16.4, and itself was a rename of CURLOPT_CERTPASSWD in 7.9.2. This is a pre-processor symbol, which is obviously not something that can be decided upon in runtime. This is done to avoid #ifdef dances at call sites, as one, and only one, path will ever be valid. The same applies to the tests for CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING (which was called CURLOPT_ENCODING prior to 7.21.6), and the CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD* symbols, which is due to CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD being deprecated (not renamed) in favor of CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T, which returns the result as a different type than the former (curl_off_t vs double), and again, is done to avoid duplicating code at call sites. These are interface issues, and their discrepancies need to be resolved during the pre-processing stage, as we'll fail compilation otherwise (missing symbols, data type mismatching). The only test that is out of place is the SMTP auth one, but only due to the way it is implemented (should be done via autoconf, which is what it is for, and not this odd version check in a header). In this case, the correct way to deal with this should be via attempting to set the CURLOPT_PROTOCOLS_STR option on the transfer handle to the protocol(s) we're interested in (SMTP and SMTPS in this case), and checking the return value from the curl_easy_setopt() call for the CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL value. As for run-time feature detection - all libcurl functions returning a CURLcode type can return CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN, to indicate that support for a particular protocol or feature was not built into the linked libcurl. This is the most straight forward and robust manner to do this. Another way to detect feature presence would be to interrogating the curl_version_info_data structure, as returned by a call to curl_version_info(), but due to the structure member presence being version dependent, this could be unreliable. Most notably, in the case when the struct definition during compile-time comes from an older version of libcurl than the version linked during run-time, making the later added members inaccessible to the application/wrapper library (admittedly, this would be an unusual situation). In my opinion, this is an inferior solution to just checking for CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN, as this would require all handle setup code to have a preamble performing these checks, resulting in sprinkling functions with them, instead of just trying to do what needs to be done and failing in a straight forward manner. Overall, I have to concede that the libcurl wrapping code is a hot mess of hacks and should be refactored, but that is not really in the scope of this particular issue. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2024 Jan 19 ] |
What do you mean? I would say, that it is Zabbix code that conflates features and interfaces. The fact, that code is compiled with libcurl headers >= 7.55 (and has CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T defined) does not mean that it will run with libcurl shared library >= 7.55 and using CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T is the best approach. I didn't say it explicitly in the issue Description, but I meant that in case Zabbix code does not have a libcurl header that defines CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T, Zabbix code should define this constant itself using a value looked up in the latest libcurl headers, e.g. (based on https://github.com/curl/curl/blob/524253dc9078e69300c5390eda496603067f325f/include/curl/curl.h): # if 0x073700 <= LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM /* version 7.55.0 */ # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 9 # else # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T CURLINFO_OFF_T + 9 # define ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD # endif At runtime I would expect Zabbix to try in turn both ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T and ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD before failing. Of course, it is sufficient to check return values at call sites ("ask for forgiveness" and all that jazz), but it would be also nice and user-friendly to fail/detect issues as soon as possible. Over the years Zabbix already did the research, which versions of libcurl support what. curl_version_info_data is guaranteed to contain version number. It is a matter of a simple if on Zabbix startup to see if a certain libcurl-based functionality is supposed to work. |
Comment by Juris Lambda [ 2024 Jan 22 ] |
Hey, cyclone! Allow me to clarify my earlier statement that "This report conflates features and interfaces". What I meant was runtime-features and source-interfaces. These symbols (for example, CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T) are resolved during the preprocessing stage, and depending on the version of the libcurl development header and library version on the build system, one or the other symbol may not be present; hence the conditional definition of ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T. This may be the case when the development header comes from a version of libcurl that didn't yet define CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T (anything prior to 7.55.0), or the opposite case, when building with a header that no longer ships the old symbol (CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD). The default preference is to use the newer option, if present. This is that best approach in action.
I'm not sure what you mean by the following: The fact, that code is compiled with libcurl headers >= 7.55 (and has CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T defined) does not mean that it will run with libcurl shared library >= 7.55 and using CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T is the best approach. As you yourself previously mentioned, libcurl's ABI is very stable, which is exactly why the above allows Zabbix to work with arbitrary versions of libcurl linked at runtime - newer or older. The immediate example of that here are the CURLOPT_CERTPASSWD / CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD / CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD options, which changed names, but reused the value, to stay ABI compatible. Moreover, a library header version >= 7.55.x is much less likely to need as many of these wrappers to account for source interface changes than something like 7.13.1, which is the current minimum supported version. As soon as we raise the minimum version requirement, they should be removed.
Regarding: I didn't say it explicitly in the issue Description, but I meant that in case Zabbix code does not have a libcurl header that defines CURLOPT_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T, Zabbix code should define this constant itself using a value looked up in the latest libcurl headers, e.g. (based on https://github.com/curl/curl/blob/524253dc9078e69300c5390eda496603067f325f/include/curl/curl.h): [...] At runtime I would expect Zabbix to try in turn both ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T and ZBX_CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD before failing. As for the definition of the CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T being done by Zabbix itself – I'm not entirely sure why we would want to do that. The development library installation already provides the header, and having a copy of a fragment, that then requires maintenance to stay in sync with upstream's choice of defining the symbol, is simply unnecessary. This is why we define the ZBX_CURLINFO_* symbols to whatever they resolve to, and only work around the fact that one or the other symbol may or may not be defined by the header. To the second portion of the quote - this only applies to symbols that have been deprecated and not removed (as is the case with CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD_T). We would still have to work with the fact that the installed library may be older than the runtime, and thus be unaware of the new option (as that symbol wasn't defined for the preprocessor) and type(s) (which were not defined by the interface header). IMHO, at this point, I would consider creating a wrapper (i.e. libzbxcurl) for libcurl, that would perform the feature and option detection as needed, depending on the option requested. As the number of these cases is small, the wrapper would be terse and compact, and most cases would be mostly direct parameters passing. This would
This will not, however, resolve the fact that the user code will still be dependent on what symbols were provided by the development header, and not all cases will always be covered. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2024 Jan 22 ] |
Apparently, your definition of "work" is very generous. I would advice you to read through
If you would compile Zabbix with newer libcurl headers and then downgrade libcurl, the situation would be symmetric, but equally bad - Zabbix would claim that SMTP is supported, but would fail to send emails. Zabbix only "works with arbitrary versions of libcurl" only if you are ready to compile Zabbix from source yourself. If you upgrade or downgrade libcurl after compiling Zabbix, Zabbix will not adjust. The whole point of this feature request is to make Zabbix aware of libcurl version that is currently loaded. Zabbix should be able to work with arbitrary versions of libcurl without recompilation. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2024 Jan 22 ] |
It is necessary for cases when available development headers are too old to too new to provide all potentially useful constants. Speaking of staying in sync, I don't see a problem there.
In my opinion it is safe to conclude, that numeric values of the constants will not change in the foreseeable future, hence there will be no need to sync them. |
Comment by Juris Lambda [ 2024 Jan 23 ] |
Hi, cyclone.
Regarding your first bullet point in your first comment:
We build against the version of libcurl development library as shipped by the distributions we build packages for. If the user chooses to install the package on a system that ships a different version and feature set of a library, the user should expect discrepancies. What you're asking, in brief, requires that we
We do (1) already, as the autoconf generated configure will refuse to generate the build system, if the minimum version is met. There is the issue that the current minimum version requirement is out of date, and needs to be updated, as we unconditionally rely on interfaces only available starting with 7.19.2. This is captured in ZBX-22649. (2) is not free. For a start, some policy needs to be in place, deciding the upstream channel we intend to build against; most likely, a choice between current development and latest stable release. I personally would opt for stability, to have prep time for addressing any breaking changes that may occur in development. We generally don't practice merging individual artifacts from our dependency upstream (with some key exceptions), nor would we want to, as it introduces additional maintenance burden, and is a clunky process to go about in general. This would thus require updating the build environment creation and possibly the build procedure itself, to include the building of the development library to be used in the building of Zabbix libraries and applications themselves. It is generally the responsibility of whomever builds the package to provide the build process with the appropriate build environment for their configuration. I'm not against this, and believe this to be a generally sound approach, as it would allow the user to always make use of the most recent stable version features of the library, be it libcurl or any other library. This is also technically viable. I suppose the deciding factor here is work resource. I think it would be worthwhile consider this as a generally policy for all external library dependencies, where viable. (3) we already do, except that the driver for introducing new abstractions are the versions provided by the distributions we build packages for, and not builds of any latest versions (see (2)).
Regarding your second comment: Again, I think it to be unnecessary to maintain a copy of the interface header, as it is already provided by a built development library package, and (2) from the previous section would solve this issue, as the header used during pre-processing would not really be "too new" ever again. The additional necessary work I see this requiring is:
(1) requires further elaboration on when and where to do it, but it's safe to say this is viable as well. Makes me lean even more towards introducing a libzbxcurl for handling all these issues. (2) can be solved via CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL and CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN handling as I mentioned previously. Again, to reiterate, I see this as the best option.
In essence, to resolve the issues you mentioned, and avoid breaking user expectations as to feature availability, we should do (2) from this posts response to your first comment, and (2) from the second one. Both are technically viable and I personally agree with the final benefit. |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Feb 15 ] |
Fixed in development branch |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Mar 07 ] |
Great cURL page where you can seek information about every public symbol and cURL version in which it was added: |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Mar 13 ] |
(5) Found one case where the feature was decided at build-time, file src/libs/zbxhttp/http.c: #ifdef CURLH_HEADER ... #else ... #endif Need to change that in run-time detection of CURLH. <dimir> RESOLVED in 352b97a917d <yurii> CLOSED |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Mar 15 ] |
OverviewTL;DRThis changes the way Zabbix detects cURL library features when working with it. Before this change:
After this change:
More detailsNow when you e. g. upgrade your cURL library that has new features these features will be available in Zabbix upon restart. Re-compilation of Zabbix is no longer required. This is true for the following Zabbix components:
In addition, what was changed:
Fixed in
|
Comment by Martins Valkovskis [ 2024 Mar 18 ] |
Updated documentation:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8789] Server and custom time zones for scheduling intervals on Proxy and Agent2 Created: 2023 Oct 25 Updated: 2023 Oct 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Kalimulin | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Proxies and agents2 are not aware of server's time zone so they use local timezones to process scheduling intervals. This leads to some problems and is difficult to maintain (one needs to keep track of timezones configured for each proxy or active agent2 that uses scheduling intervals, local time zones may change, etc). The good way to avoid these problems is to:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8929] ability for the zabbix agent to collect the system or motherboard serial number natively Created: 2024 Jan 09 Updated: 2024 Jan 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.24 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The ability for the zabbix agent to collect the system or motherboard serial number natively This can be done via scripts however, for cmdb data this would be helpful to reference. example: linux: lshal | grep system.hardware.serial windows: wmic bios get serialnumber |
[ZBXNEXT-6849] Static Agent binary for LTS 4.x/5.x kernels Created: 2021 Aug 23 Updated: 2023 Nov 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Packages (C) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.32, 5.0.14, 6.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | 4.x, 5.x, agent, kernel, lts, static | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently provided for 2.X/3.X: Longterm release kernels Version Maintainer Released Projected EOL 5.10 Greg Kroah-Hartman & Sasha Levin 2020-12-13 Dec, 2026 5.4 Greg Kroah-Hartman & Sasha Levin 2019-11-24 Dec, 2025 4.19 Greg Kroah-Hartman & Sasha Levin 2018-10-22 Dec, 2024 4.14 Greg Kroah-Hartman & Sasha Levin 2017-11-12 Jan, 2024 4.9 Greg Kroah-Hartman & Sasha Levin 2016-12-11 Jan, 2023 4.4 Greg Kroah-Hartman & Sasha Levin 2016-01-10 Feb, 2022 |
[ZBXNEXT-6436] More Flexibility for Autoregistration Actions (Hostname == IP) Created: 2021 Jan 13 Updated: 2021 Jan 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Shane Arnold | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, autoregistration, hostname | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
To assist in the autoregistration process for agents, and to streamline onboarding of new hosts, the "Add host" action for Autoregistration should utilise the same "Hostname, Visible Name and Unique" criteria options as discovery. While discovery is mechanically different, most of the time the end result is the same; add the host to Zabbix. To be able to specify the IP address as the unique criteria and/or hostname value, it allows Autoregistration to more closely align with how discovery works. The way I see it, Discovery is a pull, and Autoregistration is a push. Other than the direction, they should behave the same, or similarly. |
[ZBXNEXT-6816] Check PSKs for duplicates on every configuration cache synchronization Created: 2021 Jun 15 Updated: 2022 Jan 26 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | PSK, encryption | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Oracle Linux 8.4 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Create two hosts with the same PSK and different keys. This will produce error like: "conflicting PSK values for PSK identity" Key can be created like: openssl rand -hex 64 Add auto-registration rule with the same PSK, on the agent side get: started to fail (TCP successful, cannot establish TLS to [[10.211.55.2]:10051]: SSL_connect() set result code to SSL_ERROR_SSL: file ../ssl/record/rec_layer_s3.c line 1543: error:14094417:SSL routines:ssl3_read_bytes:sslv3 alert illegal parameter: SSL alert number 47: TLS read fatal alert "illegal parameter") Add another host with the same PSK and Connect to: PSK, Connect from: NoEnc, PSK. Restart Agent multiple time or wait for autoregistration process. Get hosts registered. Next restart will fail with the already mentioned message. Second inconsistency: enable both autoregistration with no enc and PSK enc; Host will be registered even if PSK identity has duplicates. But host will be added with PSK only encryption. Some installations has another error on the same issue with duplicate PSK identity: 16867:20210604:123345.523 host PSK and autoregistration PSK have the same identity "Zabbix" but different PSK values, autoregistration will not be allowed 16867:20210604:123345.527 autoregistration from "1.2.3.4" denied (host:"host_name" ip:"1.2.3.4" port:10050): connection used PSK which is not configured for autoregistration Expected: |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2021 Jun 15 ] |
Create two hosts with the same PSK and different keys. This configuration is not valid. PSK has a value (e.g. 1428b75459a543.....) and an identity (e.g. "My agent 001 psk key"). When Zabbix agent connects to server, the agent transmits in clear-text its PSK identity. Then Zabbix server searches configuration cache for PSK value using the PSK identity. If several PSKs share the same identity but have different values, then results are unpredictable - in a lucky case the right PSK value is found and communication succeeds, otherwise it fails.
|
Comment by Edgar Akhmetshin [ 2021 Jul 09 ] |
Thank you. So first case is by design, but what about second case described? andris: The message "connection used PSK which is not configured for auto-registration" tries to explain why autoregistration was denied. |
[ZBXNEXT-6621] Log timestamp issue retrieved by Zabbix Agent Created: 2021 Mar 22 Updated: 2021 Apr 15 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Yasumi | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The time stamp when the log acquired by Zabbix agent is stored in the "HISTORY" is not the time stamp on the Zabbix server side, but the time stamp when it is sent from Zabbix agent. However, this specification has major problems. For security reasons, intentionally disconnect the monitored host from the network and restore communication after resolution. Then, the time stamp of the log stored in "HISTORY" of Zabbix server will be the time (past) at the time of occurrence instead of the present. As a result, it is not possible to know when the log was stored in "HISTORY" of Zabbix server. Also, the event displayed in "Problems" suddenly appears to have been inserted in the past rather than the occurrence of the current time. There was no description of this specification in the reference, which caused a great deal of confusion when investigating the failure. Since it is divided into "Timestamp" and "Local time", can we change the specifications so that the display of "Timestamp" is the time on the Zabbix server side? |
Comments |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2021 Apr 01 ] |
This is actually working as expected, because by design we want to have the timestamp of the event, not the timestamp of when it was stored in the server DB, as that could be much later than the event because of multiple reasons. I'm closing this as not a bug. |
Comment by Yasumi [ 2021 Apr 02 ] |
Thanks Edgars Melveris. Thank you for your reply. |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2021 Apr 15 ] |
In that case this should have been feature request. I'll move it to that project. |
[ZBXNEXT-7956] New parameter on MSI Agent to specificy Agent file config name Created: 2022 Sep 02 Updated: 2023 Jan 11 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | Windows, agent, agent2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RockyLinux 8.x |
Attachments: | screenshot-1.png |
Description |
Dear DevTeam, |
Comments |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2023 Jan 10 ] |
Hi DevTeam, From my test it seems to work as expected and can be very useful for massive Zabbix Agents update. I think we can update this ZBXNEXT in "DONE". Thanks so much |
[ZBXNEXT-7945] Option for configure Zabbix log files create permissions Created: 2022 Aug 26 Updated: 2022 Sep 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Daniel Pogač | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For PCI-DSS audits, CIS audits and probably others, it is necessary to have log files with permissions 640. As default Zabbix create files with permissions 664. It will be nice to add configuration parameter for adjusting default permissions. |
Comments |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2022 Aug 26 ] |
daniel.pogac, why not use umasks or ACLs for that? |
Comment by Daniel Pogač [ 2022 Aug 27 ] |
@Alex Kalimulin of course setting default umask to 027 is one of the requirements. But zabbix ignores it. I also try this: [TEST] root@test: ~ # sudo -u zabbix touch /tmp/zbx.test So umask won't help. |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2022 Sep 08 ] |
daniel.pogac, true, Zabbix sets its own umask. But you can still override this umask with ACLs. For your case of 0640 it's something like:
setfacl -d -m group::r--,other::--- /var/log/zabbix
|
[ZBXNEXT-8075] Adding Item key net.udp.port[<ip>,port] Created: 2022 Nov 02 Updated: 2022 Nov 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Florian Requardt | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, item, socket, test, udp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be useful, just as with the item key net.tcp.port[<ip>,port], to have monitoring of UDP sockets with respect to IP. |
Comments |
Comment by Florian Requardt [ 2022 Nov 02 ] |
After reading a bit, I found that this item key not only checks the OS socket list, but also sends a request to the appropriate port, so it doesn't work with UDP. As an alternative, the item key net.udp.service[service,<ip>,<port>] would work if the service was not limited to ntp and dns only.
edit: just found there is no dns so for this item so checking ntp is the only option. Would be nice to set any process name here for checking it´s UDP-socket. |
[ZBXNEXT-8591] Zabbix agent for LTS 5.0 - package for Debian 12 bookworm Created: 2023 Jul 24 Updated: 2023 Jul 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.36 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Thomas Mertz | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian |
Description |
Hello,
I found in https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-8441 that zabbix agent is now supported for debian 12 (bookworm) but only for LTS 6.0 and 7. Is there any plan to add support for zabbix LTS 5.0 for zabbix agent on bookworm ?
Thanks for the response |
[ZBXNEXT-8049] Zabbix Agent MSI package - Add parameters for agent conf file Created: 2022 Oct 18 Updated: 2022 Nov 04 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, agent2, msi, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL 8.x |
Description |
Dear ZabbixTeam, Could be "easy" and useful to extend the already provided MSI "parameters" with a new one called:
In this mode if we use a GPO policy to upgrade our Zabbix Agents it's possible to specify a custom "Zabbix Agent Conf file" with custom parameters previous defined. Thanks so much |
Comments |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2022 Nov 04 ] |
Dear DevTeam, |
[ZBXNEXT-8004] Zabbix Agent on LXC Container - show wrong Uptime Created: 2022 Sep 26 Updated: 2022 Sep 26 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Rocky Linux |
Description |
Dear DevTeam, [root@lab1 ~]# cat /proc/stat|grep btime btime 1661878328 root@lab1 ~]# uptime 10:57:58 up 5 days, 17:53, 2 users, load average: 1.55, 1.87, 1.80 This behaviour could be fixed from Zabbix Agent side or is related to LXC? |
[ZBXNEXT-7922] Please add more aggregate functions to the perf_counter(_en) item Created: 2022 Aug 18 Updated: 2022 Aug 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Evgeny Kravchenko | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Description |
Now in the item perf_counter(_en) you can specify the interval and get the average value of the counter. What about add aggregete functions as the item parameter and get not only the averages, but the maximum, the minimum and, possibly, the certain percentile of the counter values for the specified interval? |
[ZBXNEXT-8183] Agent based Azure Discovery / Check Items Created: 2022 Dec 28 Updated: 2022 Dec 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Avraham Eisen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, agent2, cloud, template | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Description |
Is it possible to enhance the Zabbix Agent and have it interact with the Azure Instance Metadata Service
This can provide the following benefits:
Can the Agent be configured with a native plugin to interact with the IMDS, and an associated template be created/augmented for discovery and alerting?
Note: this exists for AWS as well; I don't have enough familiarity with the AWS IMDS to detail a separate request though. |
[ZBXNEXT-7898] Host Availability Report for all type of checks Created: 2022 Aug 02 Updated: 2023 Aug 30 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | availabilityreport, frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL 8.x |
Description |
Following the ZBXNEXT of "optional interfaces for server-originated checks" ( Most of the time the customers/users would like to understand the real-time situation of monitored hosts and their linked checks. Best regards |
[ZBXNEXT-8048] How to monitor a host which is behind the firewall Created: 2022 Oct 18 Updated: 2022 Oct 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Epic | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Shivani Thakur | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Name: | Monitor a host behind the firewall |
Description |
How to monitor a host who is behind the firewall with only 443 ports open on the inbound and outbound sides? |
[ZBXNEXT-7718] Zabbix-Agent2 for *BSD Created: 2022 May 16 Updated: 2022 May 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Stefan | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be very nice if you can also build zabbix-agent2 for *BSD (eg: FreeBSD) |
[ZBXNEXT-7404] Multi PSK for autoregistration Created: 2022 Jan 07 Updated: 2023 Feb 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | MAILLIET François-Hugues | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | security | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For self-registration, you can only use one key. In a network with different DMZ, it would be necessary to be able to use several keys for self-registration. |
Comments |
Comment by gofree [ 2023 Feb 24 ] |
indeed this is really needed - for example multi customer environment as well |
[ZBXNEXT-7118] Exclude snapshots from ZFS filesystems in the discovery Created: 2021 Dec 10 Updated: 2021 Dec 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gergely Czuczy | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently, if snapdir is visible, then zfs snapshots are discovered and items/triggers/graphs are uselessly created for them. Snapshots could completely be excluded from discovery, all these metrics are irrelevant on them. Apart from that, in same rare cases this can result in some 4-6K additional items on a system, needlessly increasing the vps on the server - these metrics are not doing anything, except for clogging up server resources.
|
[ZBXNEXT-7096] Config parameters as item keys for agents Created: 2021 Dec 02 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.18, 5.4.8, 6.0.0alpha7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgars Melveris | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There are situations where it would be very useful to get agent configuration file parameters as item keys. This would allow monitoring incorrectly configured agents. Some parameters should probably be excluded because of security concerns. |
[ZBXNEXT-7084] Open File Monitor Created: 2021 Nov 29 Updated: 2021 Dec 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | sam | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi Team,
Is there any inbuilt item/key for zabbix to monitor open file count monitor for linux host if not can you please suggest an alternate for the same . Currently we tried lsof | wc -l using userparameter which consuming more resources.
So kindly suggest an alternate for the same |
[ZBXNEXT-7021] Add new key for PowerShell commands system.run.ps Created: 2021 Oct 28 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Many users use PowerShell to extend the capabilities of the Agent. In the current implementation, this can be quite difficult due to the presence of only the system.run key that runs commands in the cmd.exe shell. Thus, starting PowerShell now looks overly complicated: Zabbix Agent -> CMD -> PowerShell -> Command Especially if there are special characters and parameters somewhere. I suggest adding a new key in the Agent for Windows: system.run.ps |
[ZBXNEXT-6900] Zabbix Agent/Agent2 prints item keys and retrieves values when using '-p' switch Created: 2021 Sep 09 Updated: 2021 Sep 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix Agent/Agent2 any version |
Description |
When using zabbix_agentd or zabbix_agent2 with the '-p' switch to 'print' known items it actually prints the item and gathers its value (as per the '-t' switch). What I would expect is just a list of agent item keys to be produced and not the actual values. If I wanted to get the item and value I would use the '-t' switch with no parameter for all items and a parameter if I wanted a specific item. By returning the agent item and value with the '-p' it takes for ever to run and there for cant be used as Zabbix item to contain a list of agent keys for the agent as there is a timeout of 30 seconds. I was looking to do some monitoring for missing custom keys and/or additional 'custom' keys that have been added that are not standard for our environment.
|
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2021 Sep 10 ] |
I'd agree that your opinion/suggestion is logical and makes sense. |
Comment by James Cook [ 2021 Sep 13 ] |
Hi Oleksii, Absolutely agree... Should be a feature request. Cheers James |
[ZBXNEXT-7022] CMD/PowerShell session reusing Created: 2021 Oct 28 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In Agent 2, the functional and the idea of minimal use of connections were presented. This was very clear when working with databases - when connections were reused. Session reuse saves resources and time. I suggest adding similar functionality when working with cmd/PowerShell sessions. |
[ZBXNEXT-6944] Monitoring for existence of multiple files Created: 2021 Sep 24 Updated: 2021 Sep 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.16rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Seeking a way to monitor for existence of multiple files in multiple directories. vfs.file.exists only allows a single path to be checked. The best option would be a solution that would allow to supply a regexp for path and return the number of matched files. |
[ZBXNEXT-6826] Support for multiple values on the agent HostMetadataItem Created: 2021 Aug 10 Updated: 2021 Aug 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dmitry Krupornitsky | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Implement a support for creating multiple values on the agent variable HostMetadataItem with a comma separation like static HostMetaData whith a ','. The fact of having to search only for the release of the OS, and not to combine it with a port, a particular service does not allow to properly industrialize the auto-registration in Zabbix. HostMetaDataItem(s) = system.uname, system.run[/etc/script.sh], xxx Using static HostMetadata multiplies the number of Zabbix configuration files. |
[ZBXNEXT-7056] Add a possibility to define end of line symbol sequence for Zabbix agent log Created: 2021 Nov 15 Updated: 2023 Dec 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.17 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Antons Sincovs | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Microsoft Windows |
Attachments: | image-2021-11-15-13-45-01-257.png image-2021-11-15-13-45-38-097.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix agent log entries have "LF" ("Line Feed", #10 ASCII) symbol at the end of the line, which does not work with older versions of standard Windows application "notepad". Notepad requires both "CR" ("Carriage Return", #13 ASCII) and "LF" to be present at the end of the line in order to start displaying the next entry from the new line. Such a behaviour has been recently changed by Microsoft - https://devblogs.microsoft.com/commandline/extended-eol-in-notepad/ , however it only affects the most recent OS editions. Please, consider adding a possibility to change Zabbix agent log end of the line symbol sequence. Other possibility would be to detect Windows OS and set the correponding end of the line symbol sequence automatically. |
Comments |
Comment by Antons Sincovs [ 2021 Nov 15 ] |
Earlier versions of Zabbix agent added "CR" "LF" sequence: Now it is only "LF":
|
[ZBXNEXT-4310] HTTP encapsulated ZBX for agent/server communication Created: 2018 Jan 03 Updated: 2021 Jun 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Spiros Ioannou | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In many cases the agent can only reach the server through a local LAN HTTP proxy for security reasons. This is the case where e.g. the agent monitors a remote facility which mandates outgoing traffic only through a VPN HTTP proxy, and the server resides in the cloud. For that reason we have used a set of simple scripts to encapsulate ZBX inside HTTP: https://bitbucket.org/sivann/zabbix_http_gateway/overview But it would be great if zabbix could have that functionality inherently. I've seen several tickets requesting AMQP, MQTT, etc, if encryption, and compession are of interest I would suggest HTTP/2 which is bidirectional, proxyable, widely deployed, and covers most of the other protocol benefits. |
Comments |
Comment by Hari Vittal [ 2021 May 14 ] |
Agreed and most other SaaS monitoring agents support this... when we look to get off them and into Zabbix this is issue in one of the blockers. I think this feature will aid more adoption of Zabbix. |
[ZBXNEXT-4323] Search open handlers deleted files Created: 2018 Jan 09 Updated: 2019 Jul 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Anton | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello! Can zabbix will add to "Linux template" Search open handlers deleted files ? For example: Thank you |
Comments |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Jan 25 ] |
That should be implemented in zabbix agent first before getting into the template |
Comment by Anton [ 2018 Jan 29 ] |
Ok |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jul 18 ] |
|
Comment by Ilya Kruchinin [ 2019 Jul 29 ] |
The example seems overcomplicated (at least on Linux) lsof -a +L1 *mountpoint* would do. mountpoint is optional. Ref: https://www.akadia.com/services/lsof_quickstart.txt |
Comment by Ilya Kruchinin [ 2019 Jul 29 ] |
I would agree this probably should be a built-in check, though |
[ZBXNEXT-4531] Proxy: ability to configure items to be monitored out of proxy (directly by Zabbix Server) Created: 2018 Apr 28 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Werneck Bezerra Costa | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 16 |
Labels: | hosts, items, proxy | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Undefined |
Description |
When a host is configured to be monitored by proxy, it's impossible to get some items directly by server. Today it's is the normal situation, but is simple to think in a different way when some items need to be monitored by another part (in this case, directly by the server). It can be viewed as client's point of view. Today, if i want this view, i need to:
In my opinion, Zabbbix could have a manner to choose the monitoring way at item level, like, the host is monitored by proxy, but some items aren't. |
Comments |
Comment by Werneck Bezerra Costa [ 2019 Oct 08 ] |
Hello again. I would like to know if it's in the planing for new features. |
[ZBXNEXT-4391] Get information about svn last-changed-revision for each build Created: 2018 Feb 20 Updated: 2018 Jun 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Java gateway (J), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Michael Veksler | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | revisionv2.patch | ||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Provide possibility to build zabbix components with actual information about svn last-changed-revision and svnversion for all non windows environment. Revision info will look as 77368/77405:77856M or for example as: 77368M Dynamically creation of 'Revision.java' connect with unwillingness of code modification under svn control. In attachment suggested patch. |
[ZBXNEXT-4183] zabbix agent calls zbx_tcp_check_allowed_peers() for every passive monitoring Created: 2017 Oct 17 Updated: 2017 Oct 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.3rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | MATSUDA Daiki | Assignee: | Andris Mednis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix agent calls zbx_tcp_check_allowed_peers() for every passive monitoring. The function parses CONFIG_HOSTS_ALLOWED and matches IP addr. Its process is redundunt and it had better have a cache for accept IP addr. |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2017 Oct 17 ] |
Thanks! I agree, this is probably the next logical step. The most time consuming thing could be DNS requests if hostnames are used in CONFIG_HOSTS_ALLOWED. |
[ZBXNEXT-4003] Zabbix Agent - Windows Services LLD : statename Created: 2017 Jul 28 Updated: 2017 Jul 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Florent | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, items, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
VM - RedHat Enterprise 7.3 |
Attachments: | ProblemView.PNG TriggerProto.PNG |
Description |
Hello, I would like to configure a trigger for Windows Services where I could insert the current state name of the service. Under the context of LLD (Key: service.discovery), when inserting the macro {#SERVICE.STATENAME} (or any others) in the name of the trigger, the macro value is only updated when the "Update interval" of the LLD is executed. What I want is that the trigger name displays and changes the "Current Status" value on the fly and being human readable. I can actually do that, change the value on the fly with the current state of the service using the variable "{ITEM.LASTVALUE1-9}", but the values that are displayed are the "numbers" that the zabbix agent generates depending on the service's state. So my request is : So, I could create a trigger where I will compare the current state with the string "running" and raise an alarm with the "{ITEM.LASTVALUE2}" in the name that reflect the real status of the service. |
[ZBXNEXT-5181] support systemctl reload zabbix-* Created: 2019 Apr 16 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Josh Soref | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result:
Failed to reload zabbix-server.service: Job type reload is not applicable for unit zabbix-server.service.
Expected:
/etc/systemd/system/zabbix-server.service.d/reload.conf is the general way to support it: [Service] ExecReload=/usr/sbin/zabbix_server -c $CONFFILE -R config_cache_reload /etc/systemd/system/zabbix-proxy.service.d/reload.conf: [Service] ExecReload=/usr/sbin/zabbix_proxy -c $CONFFILE -R config_cache_reload |
[ZBXNEXT-4624] Debuglevel - Runtime confirmation and conf settings for each modules Created: 2018 Jul 03 Updated: 2018 Jul 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kim Jongkwon | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
This is a request for improvement after 1. Improvement of runtime debuglevel check - I want a way to check the current DebugLevel of each module at runtime. # zabbix_server -R log_level_check[=<target>] Currently it can only check that it went up or down from the execute output. It may be difficult to check from the log. 2. Also be able to set the Debuglevel of each module from Zabbix conf. (Especially useful on Windows agent.) |
[ZBXNEXT-4025] Ability to define a list of remote commands on the agent Created: 2017 Aug 10 Updated: 2019 Jan 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Sascha Guilliard | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We are missing the ability to define a list of remote commands that can be executed on the zabbix agent itself (and not on the server) so that only those commands could be executed, even if others are defined on the zabbix server |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Aug 10 ] |
Similar to ZBXNEXT-3026 |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jan 24 ] |
ZBXNEXT-4978 asks for restricting remote commands per server. |
[ZBXNEXT-3982] Interface discovery is missing on Mac OS Created: 2017 Jul 18 Updated: 2017 Jul 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | macosx | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Mac OS X |
Description |
net.if.discovery does not support Apple Mac OS |
[ZBXNEXT-3792] move checks_agent.c to a shared library Created: 2017 Apr 13 Updated: 2017 Apr 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
citing from (1) in
this is expected to decrease the chance of bugs and different behaviour across the components. |
[ZBXNEXT-3800] Support environment variable in agent config file on windows Created: 2017 Apr 18 Updated: 2018 Jul 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mike Tkatchouk | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Attachments: | ZBXNEXT-3800.patch zagent_vars.png |
Description |
zabbix_agentd.win.conf: |
Comments |
Comment by Khatsayuk Alexander [ 2018 Jul 02 ] |
I wanna warn you - I'm not a C programmer. =) So, maybe it's very unusable, but here is my patch for this ZBXNEXT and it works as I expect. =) |
[ZBXNEXT-3698] Please add discovery of passive and active servers used by zabbix agent Created: 2017 Feb 13 Updated: 2017 Feb 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andrey A. Konovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, items, lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please add zabbix agent item keys: servers.active.discovery and, optionally, servers.passive.discovery It wil be useful to build discovered items (and triggers) based on this discovery such as net.tcp.port[{#ZABBIX.SERVER},10051] - if port 10051 is not accessible from the monitored host, than some of active metrics can not be delivered to the zabbix server and monitoring administrator must be alerted some way about this problem... Thank you! |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Feb 13 ] |
this might have security implications - one server would be able to find out other servers the agent is configured to use, which is not always desirable. think agent that reports to local, internal zabbix server, then also to an external zabbix server for a services company - the services company would be able to find out the internal zabbix server ip. note that the desired functionality can already be achieved by having a trigger on any active agent item - is there any usecase that is not covered by this solution ? |
Comment by Andrey A. Konovalov [ 2017 Feb 13 ] |
Active item may be not updated for many reasons, not only in case of the server unavailablity. |
[ZBXNEXT-3583] TLSDir configuration file parameter Created: 2016 Dec 01 Updated: 2016 Dec 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | configfile, encryption, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
One needs to specify up to 4 TLS*File parameters to configure certificate-based encryption. Most likely they are all in one directory, therefore specifying TLSDir once and using relative paths for TLS*File seems logical. |
[ZBXNEXT-3397] Ability to use agent.ping both as active and passive Created: 2016 Aug 22 Updated: 2019 Aug 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I find myself in the situation where I need to use agent.ping to verify Zabbix agent functionality. However, I need to be able to test the availability of the agent both in active and passive mode. Currently I'm using an Alias statement in the agent config file allow querying of agent.ping via another name. However, I'd rather have this as a builtin agent option. One way to do this could be via item parameters, extending agent.ping to also accept agent.ping[] would already solve the issue for me. Another way could be to specify passive and active to the item as follows: agent.ping[active] |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
a parameter won't work, as that would be best implemented for all items. functionally this seems like a duplicate of ZBXNEXT-243 |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2016 Aug 23 ] |
I agree my proposed solution might not be the best way forward, in fact it seems a bit hackish when I look at it now. A) an item to verify active checks work for the host Both should be usable at the same time and not rely on the misuse of another item. The current 'solutions' are a mess. For instance, misusing agent.hostname to verify if either of the 2 methods works has some disadvantages: 1) I would need to increase the interval, normally 3600 seconds would be a nice interval for items that don't change frequently. Now, because of the fact we are using it to verify communications we need to set the interval much lower, say 60 or 120 seconds. I do see advantages to ZBXNEXT-243 but it doesn't seem to solve my underlying problem. Even if ZBXNEXT-243 was implemented, we'd still need the ability to determine if both protocols are working for a host. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Aug 23 ] |
ZBXNEXT-243 mentions several different potential solutions, and one of them is actually specifying active/passive on the item level - in that case, it would solve your need, i guess |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2016 Aug 23 ] |
No, it wouldn't. Although agent.ping could be used as active OR passive, it still wouldn't be able to return status for BOTH at the same time. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Nov 23 ] |
Aliases can be used as a workaround for such problems, especially after |
[ZBXNEXT-3398] Zabbix server autodiscovery based on SRV record Created: 2016 Aug 11 Updated: 2022 Feb 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Denis Volkov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently zabbix agent supports agent autoregistration and discovery from zabbix server. First requires adding server address into agent config. Second requires configuration in zabbix server. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
This sounds like a feature request, not a bug. merlyel, should we move this ticket to ZBXNEXT project? |
Comment by Denis Volkov [ 2016 Aug 22 ] |
My bad. Yes, it of course would look better in ZBXNEXT |
Comment by Maciej Ciara [ 2017 Dec 22 ] |
Any chance to get it in Zabbix 4.0? |
Comment by Dr. Alexander Papaspyrou [ 2019 Jun 04 ] |
Denis, what needs to happen so that we get this implemented? Regards, |
Comment by Vinícius Ferrão [ 2022 Feb 15 ] |
Hello, this feature is extremely welcoming because it will simplify installation of agents. Can we have some feedback if the features is still being considered or not? |
[ZBXNEXT-3028] provide 'machine readable' output for agentd -p Created: 2015 Oct 29 Updated: 2015 Oct 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | keys | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when listing agent keys with -p, output from items is mixed with item keys themselves. if one would like to parse key/vaue data, it is nearly impossible to do in a safe manner - for example, a webpage including a few lines that would be the same as agentd output would totally trip any parsing. it is common in other utilities to provide such machine readable output, for example, 'svn log' has '--xml' option. this issue is similar to ZBXNEXT-3025 which asks to output key only. |
[ZBXNEXT-3029] Print binary architecture to log file for windows agent when it started Created: 2015 Oct 29 Updated: 2017 May 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.15, 2.2.10, 2.4.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logging, patch, troubleshooting, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | arch_log_file.diff |
Description |
Sometimes we need to know what is architecture of a zabbix agent binary (.exe) is running on a windows x64 host. If you try to google the question how to check architecture for an exe file - you will be surprised that it's not so easy on windows. Good thing that agent will show it when you run it with -V option. c:\>zabbix_agentd.exe -V Zabbix Agent Win32 (service) v2.4.6 (revision 54782) (10 August 2015) Compilation time: Aug 10 2015 10:15:18
c:\>zabbix_agentd-trunk.exe -V
zabbix_agentd Win32 (service) (Zabbix) 3.0.0alpha4
Revision 56587 6 November 2015, compilation time: Nov 6 2015 13:42:39
Copyright (C) 2015 Zabbix SIA
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it according to
the license. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
not sure why do we add a "(service)" text here ... But bad thing that this information is not included to log file: 2248:20151002:192932.707 Starting Zabbix Agent [it0]. Zabbix 2.4.6 (revision 54782). 2248:20151002:192932.707 using configuration file: C:\zabbix_agentd.conf 2332:20151128:111705.217 Starting Zabbix Agent [it0]. Zabbix 3.0.0alpha4 (revision 56587). 2332:20151128:111705.217 **** Enabled features **** 2332:20151128:111705.217 TLS support: NO 2332:20151128:111705.217 ************************** 2332:20151128:111705.217 using configuration file: C:\zabbix_agentd.conf Suggestion is to add the arch details to the log too, in the first line when agent is starting. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Nov 28 ] |
Attached suggested patch. 3896:20151128:230432.957 Starting Zabbix Agent Win32 [it0]. Zabbix 3.0.0alpha5 (revision 56900). |
[ZBXNEXT-2858] Auto increase thread number (Server pollers, Agent checkes) Created: 2015 Jun 28 Updated: 2015 Jun 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.5.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Timofey | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | active, process, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix have problem with threads number What i mean: As i think, this can solve problem with not enough threads for handling requests, and this logic can be applicable for all pollers. On zabbix-agent, also, as i think and as i understand: Fix me, if i'm wrong in something. |
[ZBXNEXT-3909] Let zbx_module_init() return an arbitrary error code and log it in case of failure Created: 2017 Jun 05 Updated: 2017 Jun 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | loadablemodule | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Regarding zbx_module_init() documentation says:
If module initialization fails Zabbix prints only module name:
zabbix_log(LOG_LEVEL_CRIT, "cannot initialize module \"%s\"", name);
Would be nice to let modules return anything but ZBX_MODULE_OK in case they feel like it. Would be nice to print this error code in Zabbix log file. This way module developers and users would have a way to diagnose module failures without the need to implement their own logging or hack Zabbix'es logging functions. |
[ZBXNEXT-8410] Allow [""] for parameterless items on Zabbix agent Created: 2023 Apr 20 Updated: 2023 Apr 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Robin Roevens | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, items, lld, llditem, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please consider to allow adding [] or [""] to a parameterless item key. This would allow all item keys to be possibly used in the SINGLETON LLD approach. Currently items that don't accept parameters like for example agent.ping can't be used as agent.ping[{#SINGLETON}] in LLD. The resulting item would then be agent.ping[] and becomes unsupported with error: ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED: Too many parameters. while there are actually no parameters defined. Therefore I would propose for the Zabbix Agent to accept item.key[], item.key[""] and/or item.key[''] as equals to item.key and only return the "Too many parameters" error when there are actually parameters given like in item.key["param1"] |
[ZBXNEXT-8365] Implement HTTPS communication protocol for Agent->Proxy and Proxy->Server Created: 2023 Mar 27 Updated: 2023 Mar 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Jono pryor | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Implementing HTTPS as an option for Agent-Proxy communication and Proxy-Server communication would deliver many architectural design benefits for Zabbix infrastructure. Benefits of being able to optionally use HTTPS for agent-proxy-server communication would include -
|
[ZBXNEXT-8396] Numeric user ids for proc.num and the likes Created: 2023 Apr 11 Updated: 2023 Apr 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Kalimulin | Assignee: | Alex Kalimulin |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Agent items proc.num, proc.mem, proc.get, proc.cpu.util should support numeric user ids (in contrast to user names). This comes handy when there is no symbolic user name defined in the system (which is the case for Docker and other container systems). The workaround is to use proc.get without the username and do all filtering by user ids in JSON server-side, but it's too complicated configuration exercise. |
[ZBXNEXT-8388] Include normalized value along with raw values in SMART data attributes Created: 2023 Apr 04 Updated: 2023 Apr 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andreas Nilsson | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Is it possible to present the normalized value along side the raw value in the smart.disk.get command? For example: In our setup with many Samsung SSDs, we can read the wear level from attribute id 177 from the smartdata, but the raw value in this case is far from the same as the normalized value. "id": 177, "name": "Wear_Leveling_Count", "raw": { "string": "8308", "value": 8308 }, "thresh": 5, "value": 56, "when_failed": "", "worst": 56 I believe these are the files that needs to be changed https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix/blob/master/src/go/plugins/smart/smart.go#L288 https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix/blob/master/src/go/plugins/smart/smartfs.go#L126 Please let me know if you want med to create a MR in case you find this as a valid solution. |
Comments |
Comment by Andreas Nilsson [ 2023 Apr 06 ] |
Created a pull request after building the smart plugin from source: |
[ZBXNEXT-8848] Zabbix Agent support for multiple HostMetadataItem entries + JSON formatting Created: 2023 Nov 23 Updated: 2023 Nov 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All Zabbix Agent versions |
Description |
At this point you are only able to specify one configuration setting for HostMetadataItem. It would be handy if you were able to specify multiple items such as:
Perhaps the format could be 'HostMetadataItem=<Label>,<Item>' (i.e. HostMetadataItem=Hostname, system.hostname) so the data returned may look something like 'Hostname=HostX, Chassis=VMware Virtual Platform....'. This way you would be able to tell what is what in the metadata returned and use this accordingly in the Auto-Registration actions when comparing values. I would also suggest In addition if the agent could have a configuration setting to send metadata formatted as a JSON dict to contain these for example: { "Hostname": "HostX", "Chassis": "VMware Virtual Platform", "OS": "Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server 7.9 (Maipo)", "Architecture": "x64" }In the Auto-Registration actions it would be handy to have a compare/match/exists against a JSONPath so you can extract out specific values etc... The use case is we currently have a script that produces metadata in the format of the following: '0:<provider>,1:<client>,2:<group>,3:<agentType>,4:<agentVersion>,5:<agentListenIp>,6:<agentPort>,7:<host>,8:<hostFQDN>,9:<osFamily>,10:<osName>,11:<osBuild>,12:<architecture>' This makes it easier to apply specific 'base' templates at the time of Agent Auto-Registration. |
Comments |
Comment by atpk [ 2023 Nov 24 ] |
Hi James Cook, You can achieve this with help of user parameters. Bind your script to a user parameter and give that parameter in host metadata item. Verify metadata by calling parameter with zabbix_get. On agent conf: HostMetadataItem=my.script UserParameter=my.script,/path/to/myscript and restart agent. On server: zabbix_get -s <agent> -k my.script and you can write autoregistration actions as usual.
You can simplify your current script output. Try to change it to space or newline delimited keywords. <provider> <client> <group> or <provider> <client> <group> |
Comment by James Cook [ 2023 Nov 27 ] |
Hi atpk, This is how we have approached it, however it required us to write a script to encapsulate the data into one string. I guess the script could use zabbix_gets via localhost(127.0.0.1) to get that information. It would be nice to be able to do this out of the box for others that want to use native items from the agent that supports JSON formatting along with JSON functions in the Zabbix Action for auto-registration. Note: I did not use json formatting as the metadata character limit was small in older versions of the agent - will be changing to json Cheers James |
[ZBXNEXT-8860] Add header option for the Agent "web.page.get" item Created: 2023 Nov 30 Updated: 2023 Nov 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | MArk | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, headers, item, web.page.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any |
Description |
Retrieving the content of a web page through an HTTP Agent item is a common practice. However, one potential drawback of this approach is content blocking. A workaround exists when the web server provider has an active Zabbix Agent. In such cases, the "web.page.get" item can be employed to send the web content, bypassing a firewall and eliminating the need for unnecessary firewall rules. Another usage of the "web.page.get" involves using a host monitored by an Agent as a makeshift web proxy. In this scenario, the Agent retrieves web content and forwards it to the Zabbix Server. Presently, the Zabbix Agent lacks the capability to fetch web pages using HTTP header options. While some feature requests echo this need, they were closed as duplicates. Notably, issue ZBXNEXT-1816 garnered attention and discussion but was ultimately closed as a duplicate as well. To address these limitations and enhance the capabilities of the Zabbix Agent, the inclusion of a parameter allowing the passage of basic header options would prove beneficial for users, broadening the Agent's functionality. Something like this: web.page.get[host,<path>,<port>,<header: value>] |
[ZBXNEXT-8446] Additional params in proc.get key Created: 2023 May 15 Updated: 2023 May 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Evgenii Gordymov | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Would be nice add additional params in proc.get key (to filter process using by regex, or "unique short description" param like it is used in ODBC key). |
[ZBXNEXT-8418] Zabbix agent (windows) - include registry key class field for key discovery Created: 2023 Apr 26 Updated: 2023 May 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dregen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Attachments: | 0001-zabbix-agent-include-registry-key-class-for-key-disc.patch |
Comments |
Comment by Dregen [ 2023 May 19 ] |
No love for this? |
[ZBXNEXT-8380] Allow Active Agent to handle ODBC as well as the Server / Proxy Created: 2023 Mar 31 Updated: 2023 Mar 31 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.14 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dave Collier | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any supported Zabbix environment |
Description |
Currently ODBC (database monitor) items are executed from the Zabbix Server or the Zabbix Proxy. We would like the Zabbix agent to be able to make the ODBC calls. There is a use case we have encounted with a database application which is configured at potentially many hundreds of locations and is the only system at that location. Communication between sites is Internet based and not totally private. The current ODBC item configuration means that if we wanted to take advantage of secure comms between the site and the Zabbix server we would need to:
If the AGENT could perform the DB Monitor items rather than (or as well as) the server and proxy, this woud increase security and remove the need for user parameters (which is the only current workaround). Please review. Regards, Dave
|
[ZBXNEXT-8171] MSI Installer: Add HOSTNAMEITEM to available command-line parameters Created: 2022 Dec 22 Updated: 2022 Dec 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Packages (C) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Avraham Eisen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | Install, agent, agent2, installation, msi, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Description |
Can HOSTNAMEITEM please be added as a passable parameter when installing Zabbix Agent using the MSI file as an alternative to passing HOSTNAME or the installer auto-populating the hostname in the config file on install?
I would like to take advantage of the system.hostname[,lower] parameter so that my hosts are registered to Zabbix in lowercase, even if the Hostname of the device contains capital letters |
[ZBXNEXT-5916] Make the global error list for plugins (zabbix_agent2). Created: 2020 Apr 27 Updated: 2020 Apr 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Anton Petukov | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | patch, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | errors.go |
Description |
To unify the error output in plugins, we can create a common list available when importing plugin.Base module. |
[ZBXNEXT-6179] trimming agent2 filesize Created: 2020 Sep 02 Updated: 2020 Sep 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Markus Fischbacher | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently building the agent2 from source we're getting about this: $ ./bootstrap.sh; ./configure --enable-agent2 --enable-static; make $ ll src/go/bin/ total 23316 drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 Sep 2 19:02 ./ drwxr-xr-x 8 root root 4096 Sep 2 19:01 ../ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 26 Sep 2 18:57 .gitignore -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 4043600 Sep 2 19:01 mock_server* -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 19812776 Sep 2 19:02 zabbix_agent2* ``` Adding "-s -w" to 'go build -ldflags="-s -w"' si trimming is somewhat $ ls -la src/go/bin/ total 16308 drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 Sep 2 19:15 . drwxr-xr-x 8 root root 4096 Sep 2 19:06 .. -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 26 Sep 2 18:57 .gitignore -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 2888912 Sep 2 19:15 mock_server -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 13784664 Sep 2 19:15 zabbix_agent2 Now with adding upx ( https://upx.github.io/ ) this can be brought down way more. I have had it running for a week now and didn't experience drawbacks (thought I haven't tested it on a broad range of targets). $ cp src/go/bin/zabbix_agent2 src/go/bin/zabbix_agent2_unpacked $ upx -1 src/go/bin/zabbix_agent2 Ultimate Packer for eXecutables Copyright (C) 1996 - 2013 UPX 3.91 Markus Oberhumer, Laszlo Molnar & John Reiser Sep 30th 2013 File size Ratio Format Name -------------------- ------ ----------- ----------- 13784664 -> 6419452 46.57% linux/ElfAMD zabbix_agent2 Packed 1 file. $ upx --best -o src/go/bin/zabbix_agent2_best src/go/bin/zabbix_agent2_unpacked Ultimate Packer for eXecutables Copyright (C) 1996 - 2013 UPX 3.91 Markus Oberhumer, Laszlo Molnar & John Reiser Sep 30th 2013 File size Ratio Format Name -------------------- ------ ----------- ----------- 13784664 -> 5364724 38.92% linux/ElfAMD zabbix_agent2_best Packed 1 file. $ ls -la src/go/bin/ total 27812 drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 Sep 2 19:18 . drwxr-xr-x 8 root root 4096 Sep 2 19:06 .. -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 26 Sep 2 18:57 .gitignore -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 2888912 Sep 2 19:17 mock_server -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 6419452 Sep 2 19:17 zabbix_agent2 -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 5364724 Sep 2 19:17 zabbix_agent2_best -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 13784664 Sep 2 19:17 zabbix_agent2_unpacked |
Comments |
Comment by Dmitrijs Lamberts [ 2020 Sep 03 ] |
Hello, |
Comment by Markus Fischbacher [ 2020 Sep 03 ] |
Thx @dmitrijs.lamberts, you're right. Also maybe not even FR but more a discussion or idea. UPX has downsights imo: startup is obviously a little bit slow (in ms range I guess). Also it would add another level of complexity and thus error proneness and maybe one might not want this just for the sake of some MB. Thought if you just watch around the internets there are some very known golang bins using it. But the -s -w golang flags should make their way into production binaries. Today they seem to be the standard for prod releases and at least shuffle some MB off the endproduct for what it's worth. |
[ZBXNEXT-6228] Collecting containers metrics with respect of cgroup limits Created: 2020 Sep 30 Updated: 2020 Oct 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dmitrijs Goloscapovs | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | Docker, lxc | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Containers under Linux (with cgroup limits) |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix-agent that is running inside the container (LXC/Docker/Podman) with resource limits (using cgroups) reports memory/cpuload values of the host system, not of the container. Users may want to choose which values they want to monitor: host's values or container's. Currently user is forced to use custom UserParameters to monitor container's metrics like memory, cpu load... Container's metrics (that respect its limits) can be fetched from cgroup sysfs. As different containerization systems are using different cgroups versions (v1/v2), user should be able to accordingly choose item keys for its version. New item keys can be implemented to fetch container's metrics using cgroups' sysfs. |
[ZBXNEXT-5791] Photon OS agent packages with get/sender tools (RPM) Created: 2020 Mar 02 Updated: 2024 Feb 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.6, 5.0.0alpha1, 5.0.0alpha2, 6.0.18, 7.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Damien Dye | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, would it be possible to get a binary release for Vmware's photon OS so we can install an agent onto VMware components so we can monitor the system state and services health with the full benefits of the agent? |
[ZBXNEXT-6095] Add new key to return all CPU utilization data in one request Created: 2020 Jul 30 Updated: 2020 Jul 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently various system CPU utilization metrics can be obtained by separate keys, for example system.cpu.util[,idle], system.cpu.util[,user], etc. Because the keys might be polled at different times, the items would have data from different CPU utilization snapshots and summary CPU utilization would not be 100%. New key must be added to return all available cpu statistics with single request - system.cpu.get[<cpu>] where:
This key will return json array with statistics for required cpus having format, for example: [ { "index": "all", "status": "online", "stats": { "avg1": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 }, "avg5": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 }, "avg15": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 } } }, { "index": "0", "status": "online", "stats": { "avg1": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 }, "avg5": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 }, "avg15": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 } } }, { "index": "1", "status": "online", "stats": { "avg1": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 }, "avg5": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 }, "avg15": { "system": 0, "user": 0, "idle": 0 } } } ]
|
[ZBXNEXT-3827] Windows EventLog XML details parsing (SCOM like) Created: 2017 Apr 27 Updated: 2017 Apr 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Patrik Chadima | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | eventlog, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Microsoft Windows OS |
Attachments: | Screen Shot 2017-04-27 at 07.09.57.png Screen Shot 2017-04-27 at 07.13.33.png Screen Shot 2017-04-27 at 07.13.50.png |
Description |
Would be a great feature to implement Windows EventLog XML parsing (in SCOM known as Parameters) as an option for Windows Zabbix Agent eventlog[] key. Sometimes it could be more than useful for deeper monitoring of Microsoft family products, like DPM. e.g. When monitoring DPM it depends on various Data field in XML part of EventLog because these data are not provided in General view. Can be seen on attached screenshot from EventLog. |
[ZBXNEXT-3650] implement vm.memory.size[dirty] Created: 2017 Jan 05 Updated: 2017 Jan 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Jakub | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please implement vm.memory.size[dirty] dirty = active write cache On Linux it can be read like this: grep ^Dirty: /proc/meminfo Result is in kilobytes. Justification: I was frankly surprised agents don't read this. "Dirty" size, the area that is unwritten to disk yet from OS cache is a MAJOR performance metric. Especially that it is also used for CIFS and NFS caching. It's much more critical than many other vm.memory.sizes already implemented (e.g. wired, pinned, anon, file, exec, buffers have next to none practical utility to users). |
[ZBXNEXT-3653] Support LibreSSL library Created: 2017 Jan 09 Updated: 2019 Apr 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Sebastian YEPES | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be great to have support for the LibreSSL library as there seems to be a movement towards its usage, the latest in the list is Alpine 3.7 |
Comments |
Comment by Bernard Spil [ 2017 Feb 12 ] |
Check |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Feb 13 ] |
Instead of LibreSSL's drop-in replacement for OpenSSL, I'd prefer to see libtls support implemented instead. |
Comment by Yaron Shahrabani [ 2018 May 09 ] |
A recent PR was published to Alpine, we can try and test after it's implemented: https://github.com/alpinelinux/aports/pull/4178 (Sorry, I posted the wrong link earlier). BTW the latest version is 3.7 not 3.5, better change that in the Description. |
Comment by Sebastian YEPES [ 2018 May 09 ] |
what's the actual PR so we can follow it, I am still having the issue with 3.7 |
Comment by Yaron Shahrabani [ 2018 May 09 ] |
@syepes I'm sorry, I pasted the wrong link, I changed it now, thank you! |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2019 Apr 15 ] |
Solution to |
[ZBXNEXT-3262] Enhance Zabbix regexp functions to return regexp compilation error message Created: 2016 Apr 29 Updated: 2018 Nov 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Mednis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | errorreporting, regexps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Recently Zabbix regexp functions have been improved to return ZBX_REGEXP_MATCH, ZBX_REGEXP_NO_MATCH or FAIL. |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Zeila [ 2016 May 05 ] |
Recently the regular expression processing was extended to include better error handling. However it was done by two separate issues touching two paths of regular expression processing ( static char *zbx_regexp(const char *string, const char *pattern, int *len, int flags) and static int regexp_sub(const char *string, const char *pattern, const char *output_template, int flags, char **out) zbx_regexp() returns pointer to matched string or NULL if the string doesn't match or the pattern was invalid. If NULL is returned, then len contains either SUCCEED (pattern was valid) or FAIL (otherwise). regexp_sub() returns FAIL if pattern is invalid and SUCCEED otherwise. If SUCSEED is returned then out contains either substituted output string or NULL if there is no match. In reality the zbx_regexp() len parameter is used only to return error code, so we can simply use similar signature to regexp_sub() function: static int zbx_regexp(const char *string, const char *pattern, int flags, char **output) |
Comment by Andris Zeila [ 2016 May 05 ] |
Also complex return codes usually aren't used in Zabbix. It might be better to return simply SUCCEED/FAIL based on regular expression compilation success (with optional error message output parameter) and use additional output parameter to return match/not match. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 May 05 ] |
Functions zbx_regexp() and regexp_sub() (especially with changes proposed by wiper) will be virtually identical. I think it is a good idea to merge them into one. However, there are difficulties with higher level functions. Suggested solution (SUCCEED/FAIL + NULL/matched string) won't be particularly convenient in regexp_match_ex() where we are not interested in matched string but only in match/not match. |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2018 Nov 01 ] |
Maybe this feature request can be reviewed now - after regexp support has been moved to libpcre. \ at end of pattern at position 11 in case /home/zabbix40/ZBX-15090/test.log.*\ was given as the first parameter to logrt[]. |
[ZBXNEXT-3214] Agent should not perform passive check if connection has been already closed Created: 2016 Mar 24 Updated: 2019 Mar 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, connections, network, passive, queue | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In a situation when agent is being intensively polled by various servers, proxies and zabbix_get commands (at a rate which exceeds number of listeners / time per check) a queue of connections to be accepted builds up. This means that listeners will accept connections when some fraction of the server/proxy/zabbix_get timeout has already passed and this will make it even harder for them to keep up. Problem can escalate uncontrollably and soon listeners will accept connections that have been timed out on server/proxy/zabbix_get side, will perform a check nobody has interest for and will attempt to send back a result nobody is waiting for. Currently agent does not check if connection has been closed by peer and it takes a very long time to go through awaiting connection queue. In very severe cases only agent restart can help. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Mar 29 ] |
Theoretically, if poller does not get response it hands problematic host to unreachable poller. And the latter has a very mild polling regime which should help prevent connection queueing. But if the host has active checks working fine Zabbix will assume that host is reachable again and proceed with populating passive check queue. Perhaps "passive" and "active" availability should be treated separately. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Mar 29 ] |
According to https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.0/manual/appendix/items/unreachability , "Zabbix agent active checks do not influence host availability in any way". |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 May 13 ] |
There is a symmetrical scenario when server's or proxies' trappers are intensively bombarded by active agents, active proxies, zabbix_sender and frontend. Similarly, a queue of connections builds up and after a while trappers accept connections which have already been closed by sending part. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Mar 17 ] |
Does this mean that the documentation should be fixed as well? |
[ZBXNEXT-3066] Validate time stamps when receiving data from active agent/proxy, sender Created: 2015 Dec 08 Updated: 2015 Dec 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | proxy, sender, server, trapper, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Sending in item values and their collection times via Zabbix sender is a cool feature. But Unix time stamp format is a bit tricky for human beings and it is easy to get it all wrong. Currently Zabbix server uses standard atoi() function to convert received time stamp strings to int. This function does not check for any kind of error. My suggestion is to validate received time stamps stricter. At least we may want to assure that received clock
Maybe we should make validation rules even stricter (let say, server should reject items from distant past) but user should be able to override these extra checks with a special flag to Zabbix sender. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Dec 08 ] |
Initially it was discussed in |
[ZBXNEXT-3098] foreground processes should detect whether they have a user-controlled terminal Created: 2016 Jan 14 Updated: 2016 Jan 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | foreground, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | console-output.patch console-output.png |
Description |
Feature request For instance (quoting from (14) from --color[=WHEN] colorize the output; WHEN can be 'never', 'auto', or 'always' (the default); more info below Using color to distinguish file types is disabled both by default and with --color=never. With --color=auto, ls emits color codes only when standard output is connected to a terminal. The LS_COLORS environment variable can change the settings. Use the dircolors command to set it. We can do similarly and only output the following message if we are connected to a user-controlled terminal: if (0 != (flags & ZBX_TASK_FLAG_FOREGROUND)) { printf("Starting Zabbix Server. Zabbix %s (revision %s).\nPress Ctrl+C to exit.\n\n", ZABBIX_VERSION, ZABBIX_REVISION); } Also, as wiper suggested, we can colorize console output, like so:
Idea by sasha is that we can colorize based on message severity level instead. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jan 14 ] |
"console-output.patch" is a patch for the example picture. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jan 14 ] |
...or assign random colours to all processes and use the same colour for all messages from the same pid. would make it easier to see how process messages flow. a nice bikeshedding issue this will be |
[ZBXNEXT-3023] Windows Eventlog LLD Created: 2015 Oct 27 Updated: 2016 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | eventlog, lld, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Beside standard eventlogs like security, system, application and others, applications can create their own eventlog categories thus it might not always be clear which eventlogs are available on a Windows system. It might prove useful to be able to use an LLD discovery to automatically populate the eventlog monitoring items with the available eventlogs. |
Comments |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2016 Sep 09 ] |
I think this might be solved by the new 3.2.x log monitoring? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Sep 09 ] |
hmm, what exactly new in 3.2 do you mean? |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2016 Nov 22 ] |
Never mind, I misinterpreted Alexei's presentation on Zabbix 3.2. |
[ZBXNEXT-3026] limited system.run / remote commands Created: 2015 Oct 28 Updated: 2015 Dec 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | remotecommands, system.run | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix executes remote commands by calling a special key, system.run. on the agent side, remote commands can be either fully enabled or disabled. it would be useful to allow specifying 'allowed commands for system.run' - that way, one could use remote commands while still limiting the agent and not allowing to run any command at all. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Oct 28 ] |
Related issue for other agent items: |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Oct 29 ] |
I could suggest to use user parameters, but there need to remember about Timeout. So they both are not very suitable as a workaround. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Dec 07 ] |
userparameters also can not be used for remote commands natively, some hackish zabbix_get implementation would have to be used as well. |
[ZBXNEXT-3015] Bad performance of vfs.file.reg* functions on /proc/net/tcp Created: 2015 Oct 20 Updated: 2015 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Parsing resp. seeking the psudo file /proc/net/tcp is significant more time consuming in comparison to seeking a regular file. Possibly this applies to other pseudo files as well. See _llseek # ./test.sh cat test.sh wc /proc/net/tcp strace -qfc zabbix_agentd -t 'vfs.file.regexp[/proc/net/tcp,"foobar"]' 2>&1 | head cat /proc/net/tcp > /tmp/tcp strace -qfc zabbix_agentd -t 'vfs.file.regexp[/tmp/tcp,"foobar"]' 2>&1 | head 1039 14918 155850 /proc/net/tcp vfs.file.regexp[/proc/net/tcp,"foobar"] [m|ZBX_NOTSUPPORTED] [Timeout while processing item.] % time seconds usecs/call calls errors syscall ------ ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------------- 66.21 1.598514 812 1969 1 _llseek 33.65 0.812428 769 1056 read 0.13 0.003046 762 4 1 waitpid 0.01 0.000121 2 76 1 open 0.00 0.000093 0 984 clock_gettime 0.00 0.000081 1 154 mmap2 0.00 0.000031 1 54 rt_sigprocmask vfs.file.regexp[/tmp/tcp,"foobar"] [s|] % time seconds usecs/call calls errors syscall ------ ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------------- 81.72 0.002615 654 4 1 waitpid 8.22 0.000263 0 1134 read 3.72 0.000119 0 2124 1 _llseek 3.31 0.000106 1 153 mmap2 1.28 0.000041 1 76 fstat64 0.75 0.000024 0 1061 clock_gettime 0.59 0.000019 0 76 1 open |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Oct 21 ] |
most likely an operating system level thing - or are there some suggestions about what to change at the zabbix agent side ? |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Oct 21 ] |
As briefly discussed on IRC the assumption came up that it might be caused by the way pseudo files could work. [...] one conjecture might be that /proc/net/tcp is generated on the fly when one accesses it. So when we lseek(), we lseek() to a virtual content that is constantly changing. Whereas a regular file does not change. [...] [...] if we have already read the file up to X and then seeked to Y, where Y is less than X, it might be that the system needs to generate the content for [0..Y] again from scratch when we read from Y. [...] See IRC channel log from October, 20th 2015 (and seek to 11:20 ) |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Oct 21 ] |
sure, but what could be fixed/improved on the zabbix side then ? |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Oct 21 ] |
Admittedly I've no clue how to improve the performance in a decent way - without complicating things. [...] most likely Zabbix agent can be improved to work much faster with /proc/net/tcp. Why not create a ticket and see how many users vote for it ? However, feel free to close it as my personal ambition is rather in direction of |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Oct 21 ] |
ok, let's wait for a comment from asaveljevs then |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Oct 22 ] |
Well, performance-wise, vfs.file.reg* can be improved. As I read VFS_FILE_REGEXP() function in src/libs/zbxsysinfo/common/file.c and zbx_read() in src/libs/zbxcommon/file.c, then zbx_read() is not very efficient, especially in the case of /proc/net/tcp - on each call it reads up to 64 kB of data, only to keep the first line and discard the rest of the data. In other words, it reads up to 64 kB of data for each line, which can be quite a lot if there are many TCP connections. Also, in zbx_read() we use two lseek() calls - maybe we could do with one, by going back that many bytes as we have discarded in the end. Maybe we could even do with no lseek() calls - manual line parsing in zbx_read() is only useful when an exotic encoding is specified. With regular "\r" and "\n", we could probably just use fgets() or similar. Alternatively, we have a special function, proc_read_file(), to read files from /proc into memory, like in NET_TCP_LISTEN() in src/libs/zbxsysinfo/linux/net.c. We could use that here, too, for reading /proc files, however, that would require a separate logic for processing /proc files - not something we would want. In any case, even if we improve performance in this case, vfs.file.reg* is not the best way to read /proc/net/tcp due to reasons described in So yes, I think that performance of zbx_read() can be a bit improved, but |
[ZBXNEXT-3843] Swap usage graph/reports show the wrong thing Created: 2017 May 02 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Josh Soref | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend, graphs, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I have a team of people using Zabbix, we occasionally get reports about swap usage being too high (it's a good report, there is a real problem). So they go to the standard Swap usage graph. It shows two things: But, with a title of "Swap usage", what it should show is: Except, there's no such value ([,used]) in the system. Expected: It would be nice if there was a workaround. In theory if Zabbix allows for calculated values, one could calculate system.swap.size[,total] system.swap.size[,free] – and this could be a nice demo of that if it's supported. (If it isn't supported, someone should feel free to create a ticket asking for this.) |
Comments |
Comment by Josh Soref [ 2017 May 03 ] |
I think I was able to create a calculated item for this, and I'm crossing my fingers, but I'd definitely encourage Zabbix to include it. |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 May 03 ] |
is this only about graph title, or is there a use for having a built-in "used" ? |
Comment by Josh Soref [ 2017 May 03 ] |
Having spoken w/ people, the only reason it makes sense to graph "total" is with "used", otherwise you should just graph available. If you graph total + available, then you don't get any precision from looking at a small time interval, because it always zooms to the value of total. And since the line is going to be fixed 99% of the time (technically you can add swap), the total line is just a distraction. You could rename the graph "Swap remaining" and remove the "total" line, but... I think it's better to: |
Comment by Josh Soref [ 2017 May 04 ] |
fwiw, this is how to create the item I'm looking for: |
Comment by Josh Soref [ 2017 May 04 ] |
Turns out that one can simply add system.swap.size[,used] as a Zabbix agent item instead of using calculated. |
[ZBXNEXT-3845] Interaface 1 Created: 2017 May 03 Updated: 2017 May 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | rodrigo grion | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
[ZBXNEXT-3428] New item key for retrieving filesystem type of mounted filesystem Created: 2016 Sep 09 Updated: 2017 May 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | items, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix Filesystem LLD returns the {#FSTYPE} for mounted filesystems. This is however very useful for checking things like alerting on free inodes as not all filesystem types use inodes. There might be other applications also. I suggest adding a new vfs.fs.type[] item that can be used to retrieve a string value of the filesystem type. |
Comments |
Comment by Naruto [ 2017 May 19 ] |
The lack of this feature is a time consumer in everyday's support. |
[ZBXNEXT-3084] Change default "mode" parameter to "skip" for log items Created: 2016 Jan 06 Updated: 2016 Jan 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.11, 2.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | logmonitoring, newitemkey, skip | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Sometimes I forgot to add skip parameter for log, logrt, eventlog items, it makes database performance problem. Changing default "mode" parameter to "skip" for log items helps to prevent sending unnecessary alert, growing up database size and performance problem. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Jan 21 ] |
Worth to mention related discussion, to make the topic more clear - I could support this request. It should affect only agent and documentation components. If we will be ready to go for such changes (major release only I suppose), what I'd also suggest is to add one more mode - "skipold". kodai I think new skip logic seems bug for users. Probably they worry about Zabbix miss to detect error messages by restarting agent. "skipold" parameter is bit confusing for me, for example it's hard to understand "what is OLD behaviour" for new users. so I think it's better to back to old logic. zalex_ua name for the new additional parameter cold be different. Initially I thought about "skipalways". |
[ZBXNEXT-717] send and use all ip addresses agent might have in listenip Created: 2011 Mar 24 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | multipleinterfaces | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when active agent is auto-registering and has multiple ip addresses listed in listenip directive, it would be nice to send all of them to the server and add as multiple interfaces. first ip address probably would be set as the main one. |
[ZBXNEXT-729] Allow Solaris to have pfree for vm.memory.size[] Created: 2011 Apr 06 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Brad | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zbxnext-729.diff |
Description |
Solaris agent does not have a percentage free option. Upon looking into it, lifted most of the code from src/libs/zbxsysinfo/linux/memory.c |
[ZBXNEXT-3715] one-click setup of agent/proxy encryption Created: 2017 Feb 22 Updated: 2017 Feb 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Proxy (P) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | encryption | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix now has psk/certificate encryption. it is somewhat tedious to set up in most cases, though. it would be nice to have a one-click setup for the encryption of agent/proxy. it could be argued that the initial setup would not be safe (performed over an unencrypted and mostly unauthenticated connection), but it could be considered a reasonable tradeoff. it does go in the system management category a bit, though - a more proper way would be to use config mgmt tool for this task, but an easier built-in way would increase the adoption of the encryption. |
[ZBXNEXT-3514] Number of low level discovered items Created: 2016 Oct 27 Updated: 2021 Sep 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mickael Martin (Cyres) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
any |
Description |
Hi, If I want to monitore LLD, I have only one or two solutions actually : "Discovered object : {"{#FSNAME}":"/new","{#FSTYPE}":"rootfs"}" or "Disappeared object : {"{#FSNAME}":"/old","{#FSTYPE}":"rootfs"}" So, I can detect new filesystem, new up interface on my switch (with a filter). |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Oct 27 ] |
I cannot see how suggested vfs.fs.discovery.log can be implemented on the agent side, but perhaps server can generate events when it processes discovery rule and creates/updates/deletes/... entities so that corresponding actions can be configured. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2016 Oct 27 ] |
Yes, If the agent doesn't have a cache with arrays of discovery, it cannot make a log about this. I don't know how the agent works with LLD. |
Comment by Marc [ 2016 Oct 27 ] |
When it's just about noticing such cases, then one possibility could be extending internal events - what is to a certain extend also requested by ZBXNEXT-1790. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Oct 31 ] |
Potentially useful related features:
None of these seem to have a dedicated ZBXNEXT currently, so feel free to register them if you find them useful. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Oct 31 ] |
Also, I had a thought that perhaps we could mark newly created or recently updated LLD entities in the frontend like we currently do with lost ones. With ability to filter by this "status" and some additional info popup on mouseover. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2016 Nov 02 ] |
I think all discoveries must have an auto-generate item (as web scenario's items) like zabbix[host,,discovery,<discoveryid>,log] when the discover has been added in the host. zabbix[host,,discovery,<discoveryid>,count] can be count the number of discover array objects. These two items can be generate by the server : zabbix server only know the filter of the discovery. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
Just take advantage of JSONPath's length() function. You need something similar to ".data.length()". |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
Thank for this workaround. |
Comment by Damon Hagerstrom [ 2021 May 09 ] |
Was there any real resolution to this? I am trying to do something similar from SNMP data. Monitoring network switch via SNMP gives me all the interfaces statistics but so far as I can tell there is no simple way to tell me how may interfaces are "up" or how many have been discovered total. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2021 May 21 ] |
My solution :
|
Comment by Damon Hagerstrom [ 2021 May 22 ] |
There seems to be a lot of somewhat complicated "solutions" to a problem which can be solved using the NetSNMP library command "snmpwalk -Cp" |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 May 22 ] |
I hope a better solution that works for items of any types will be implemented under
|
Comment by Damon Hagerstrom [ 2021 Sep 02 ] |
Hi All, I spent a fair amount of time on this and found a super easy solution (not saying that this doesn't need to be resolved in the front end though) In your template or on your host, create an item (not a discovery rule, item prototype, just a normal, fixed item), but in the OID field use a discovery OID. In preprocessing, use a javascript to create an array on the returned text, split on the comma, then use array.length / 2 (because the returned array contains the SNMPINDEX and the OID value pair). Job done, this item now runs a discovery rule and the preprocessing converts it to an int value. OID field example: ,1.3.6.1.4.1.14988.1.1.1.9.1.2] Java script example: I always assumed that you could only use a discovery OID in a discovery rule however it was impossible to get the desired result that way. |
[ZBXNEXT-3110] Updated freebsd RC script from zabbix agent Created: 2016 Jan 22 Updated: 2016 Jan 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | chris scott | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | freebsd, init.d, rc.d, startup | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
freebsd systems |
Attachments: | zabbix_freebsd_rcd.tgz |
Description |
Two issues 1. Currently the freebsd rc.d script to start the agent has the config file hardwired in. This is not ideal as when you are managing a heterogeneous enviroment you have to remember where the config file its stored on that particular OS. It would be nice to have a fixed location common to all unix OS's. eg /opt/zabbix/etc/agentd.conf or similar. There is no way to do this on freebsd without hacking the startup script. Linux you can through /etc/sysconfig 2. There is no ability to run a pre script before the agent is started. On RHEL linux you can do this easily with the /etc/sysconfig stuff. It is useful to be able to this as you can standardize the format of things like hostname or programatically determine things like bind interfaces. Therefore please considers the following replacement to the freebsd rc.d script. Default operation shouldn't be altered. However if you define #!/bin/sh # PROVIDE: zabbix_agentd # REQUIRE: DAEMON # KEYWORD: shutdown # # Add the following lines to /etc/rc.conf.local or /etc/rc.conf to # enable zabbix_agentd: # # zabbix_agentd_enable (bool): Set to NO by default. Set it to YES to # enable zabbix_agentd. # . /etc/rc.subr name="zabbix_agentd" rcvar=zabbix_agentd_enable start_precmd="zabbix_precmd" required_files="/usr/local/etc/zabbix24/zabbix_agentd.conf" # read configuration and set defaultsc load_rc_config "$name" : ${zabbix_agentd_enable="NO"} #: ${zabbix_agentd_pre:=/usr/local/etc/zabbix24/${name}.pre.sh} if [ ! -z "$zabbix_agentd_conf" ] ; then zabbix_agentd_flags="${zabbix_agentd_flags} -c ${zabbix_agentd_conf}" required_files=${zabbix_agentd_conf} fi zabbix_precmd() { if [ ! -z "$zabbix_agentd_pre" ] ; then if [ -e $zabbix_agentd_pre ] ; then . $zabbix_agentd_pre fi fi } command="/usr/local/sbin/${name}" run_rc_command "$1" here is the diff # diff zabbix_agentd zabbix_agentd.old 13a14 > 17a19,20 > start_precmd="zabbix_precmd" > required_files="/usr/local/etc/zabbix24/zabbix_agentd.conf" 19,22d21 < command="/usr/local/sbin/${name}" < required_files="/usr/local/etc/zabbix24/${name}.conf" < < load_rc_config $name 23a23,24 > # read configuration and set defaultsc > load_rc_config "$name" 24a26,46 > #: ${zabbix_agentd_pre:=/usr/local/etc/zabbix24/${name}.pre.sh} > > > if [ ! -z "$zabbix_agentd_conf" ] ; then > zabbix_agentd_flags="${zabbix_agentd_flags} -c ${zabbix_agentd_conf}" > required_files=${zabbix_agentd_conf} > fi > > zabbix_precmd() > { > if [ ! -z "$zabbix_agentd_pre" ] ; then > if [ -e $zabbix_agentd_pre ] ; then > . $zabbix_agentd_pre > fi > fi > > } > > > command="/usr/local/sbin/${name}" > 26a49 > |
Comments |
Comment by chris scott [ 2016 Jan 22 ] |
Sorry forgot to say all the user has to do is define these two variables in their rc.conf files zabbix_agentd_pre=<location of pre script> not setting them results in standard behaviour |
Comment by chris scott [ 2016 Jan 22 ] |
files also attached |
[ZBXNEXT-3105] Task Manager of cached calculation has changed From Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista. Created: 2016 Jan 21 Updated: 2016 Jan 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kazuo Ito | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | memory, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
This is the information of MSDN. Memory Performance Information |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jan 21 ] |
Could you please elaborate a bit on how this change affects Zabbix? |
Comment by Kazuo Ito [ 2016 Jan 21 ] |
Zabbix the calculation of the cached of Windows uses SystemCache of PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION. zabbix-3.0.0beta1\src\libs\zbxsysinfo\win32\memory.c if (NULL != mode && 0 == strcmp(mode, "cached")) { if (NULL == zbx_GetPerformanceInfo) { SET_MSG_RESULT(result, zbx_strdup(NULL, "Cannot obtain system information.")); return SYSINFO_RET_FAIL; } zbx_GetPerformanceInfo(&pfi, sizeof(PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION)); SET_UI64_RESULT(result, (zbx_uint64_t)pfi.SystemCache * pfi.PageSize); return SYSINFO_RET_OK; } In the case of Windows Server 2008, Windowos Vista. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jan 21 ] |
Thank you! |
[ZBXNEXT-1585] Add ServerItem and ServerActiveItem to zabbix_agentd.conf Created: 2013 Jan 18 Updated: 2013 Dec 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Simon Matter | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | flexibility, patch, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.0.4-agent_config_item.patch |
Description |
I wanted to define Server and ServerActive the same way as it's possible with HostnameItem. The main reason is that I'd like to configure Server as hostname somehow instead of IP address - but without the need to run nscd on the local host or add the host to /etc/hosts or make the agents flood the dns server with requests. With the ServerItem option, I can just call a script which resolves the hostname at agent startup time or any other way. Attached patch makes this possible and keeps things flexible and in line with HostnameItem. |
[ZBXNEXT-773] Item key for sysctl vars Created: 2011 May 04 Updated: 2017 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Pavel Timofeev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All unix |
Description |
????????????! ? ?????? ?? ?? ?????????? ? ?????? ? ??????? ????? key ??? item, ??????? ??? ?? ???????? ???????? ????? ?????????? sysctl? |
Comments |
Comment by Pavel Timofeev [ 2012 Jan 30 ] |
sysctl -n as a basic? |
Comment by Steve mushero [ 2012 May 23 ] |
We would LOVE this - we have a custom check that does this for us now, as we have to be able to read /proc or sysctl to get conntrack_count vs. max for example, plus many other things. Actually would like to get any sysctl item which should be quite easy, and later to read any /proc or /sys file (our custom check does this for more complex things like TCP mem pressure which you can't get from sysctl; we can get anything from any file in /proc by name, row, col or regex) |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Nov 27 ] |
What OS you are mostly interested in? |
Comment by Evgeny [ 2012 Nov 27 ] |
Freebsd would be great. |
Comment by Pavel Timofeev [ 2012 Nov 28 ] |
FreeBSD, yes |
Comment by Marcel Hecko [ 2013 Jan 13 ] |
I can probably inmplement this for linux as a proof of concept an you can test it for FreeBSD?! |
Comment by Marcel Hecko [ 2013 Jan 14 ] |
It is highly discouraged to use sysctl on Linux. use /proc/sys instead. |
Comment by Marcin Gryszkalis [ 2017 Jan 19 ] |
most of system checks in agent are implemented via sysctl, so generic sysctl test shouldn't be hard. I'll look into it. ./src/libs/zbxsysinfo/freebsd/memory.c: ZBX_SYSCTLBYNAME("hw.physmem", totalbytes); ./src/zabbix_agent/cpustat.c: if (-1 == sysctlbyname("kern.cp_time", &cp_time, &nlen, NULL, 0) || nlen != sizeof(cp_time)) |
[ZBXNEXT-787] Key net.tcp.service[ldap] not supported for the windows agent. Created: 2011 May 16 Updated: 2013 Jul 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | item, ldap, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I figured out that key "net.tcp.service[ldap]" uses OpenLDAP library for working. Of course Windows hasn't this library, and as result this key is not supported for windows agent. I think this should be documented. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 May 16 ] |
bug - documentation should be amended. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2011 May 16 ] |
I'm not sure does it make sense to support this key for windows agent, and even whether it is possible or not. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2011 May 17 ] |
Documentation has been updated to say that LDAP checks are not supported by Windows agent. Regarding the theoretical possibility for LDAP checks to be supported by Windows agent, we currently build it with "/D HAVE_WINLDAP_H" and link with "Wldap32.lib". So apparently in the ancient times of Zabbix there was an intention to support LDAP on Windows. Henceforth, I am moving this issue to ZBXNEXT, as Rich proposed. |
[ZBXNEXT-2752] Add an option to redirect stderr errors to eventlog on Windows Created: 2015 Mar 19 Updated: 2015 Mar 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | eventlog, logging, stderr | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Windows |
Description |
Until agent opens log file all critical errors are written into standard error output (stderr). When started as a service those messages are lost and debugging the error is quite problematic. The idea is to use eventlog for critical messages if agent has been started as a service. However detecting if agent has been started as a service is another problem.The simplest solution would be to add a command line parameter that would redirect to eventlog all error messaes originally written to stderr. When installing itself as service agent would automatically add this parameter to service launch parameters. |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Zeila [ 2015 Mar 23 ] |
(1) also the -m command line parameter should be accepted only when working with services (-i, -d, -s, -x options). |
[ZBXNEXT-2326] net.if.discovery omits interfaces inside IPMP group on Solaris Created: 2014 Jun 02 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dmitry | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | interfaces, lld, solaris | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Solaris 11.1 (SPARC, i86pc) |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
net.if.discovery omits network interfaces without ip-addresses, which still may transmit network traffic. This is possible when such interface is included in IPMP group (IP network multipathing). |
[ZBXNEXT-1781] Support for kernel.maxfiles and kernel.maxproc for HP-UX (patch included) Created: 2013 Jun 06 Updated: 2013 Jul 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andrej Kacian | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | hp-ux, newitemkey, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
HP-UX 11.31 |
Attachments: | zabbix-hpux-maxfiles-maxproc-v1.diff |
Description |
Attached patch adds support for kernel.maxfiles and kernel.maxproc items on HP-UX platform. the two items return values of "maxfiles" and "nproc" kernel tunables. This should work on all currently supported HP-UX versions. Note that "maxfiles" tunable on HP-UX is just a soft limit - process can increase it within its environment if it needs to, up to value specified by "maxfiles_lim" tunable). This could be handled by introducing parameter to kernel.maxfiles item - either kernel.maxfiles[soft] (default), or kernel.maxfiles[hard]. |
[ZBXNEXT-883] Tail / head modes for vfs.file.contents Created: 2011 Aug 10 Updated: 2015 Dec 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andy Shinn | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, head, tail, vfs.file.contents | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be neat if vfs.file.contents[] had some arguments for mode and lines. For example, default could be vfs.file.contents[<file>,<encoding>,<mode>,<lines>] where mode is 'all' by default. Mode could be something like 'head' or 'tail' and then <lines> could specify the number of lines to gather. This would be useful when triggering on a size increase or md5sum of a file to include the last line of the file in the action message using item vfs.file.contents[/var/log/my_log_file,utf8,tail,1] to get the last line of the file triggering. Hope someone else may have interest in this also. |
Comments |
Comment by Andy Shinn [ 2011 Aug 10 ] |
Original forum post is at http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?p=87852 |
Comment by Gilles Martin [ 2015 Dec 23 ] |
I think it would be quite useful indeed when checking big files, specially as this function is limited to 64KB files. |
[ZBXNEXT-6446] Zabbix Agent (Windows) - Server Role Detection Created: 2021 Jan 18 Updated: 2022 Jun 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Shane Arnold | Assignee: | Alex Kalimulin |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, discovery, features, roles, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
One of the most useful features of other monitoring solutions is their ability for the Agent to collect data at first-run to detect installed Windows features (Connectwise Automate for example). Without a CMDB, and in large, distributed, non-SOE environments (i.e many SMB/SME), it's not simple to detect and assign Templates based on installed Windows Features or Roles. Currently, I would have to create a discovery rule for each "network" to scan for a running process or other data, then assign a template based on that detection. If I wanted to look for 6 roles, I would need 6 discovery checks x number of discovery rules. The ability to look for installed Windows roles, and assign a template accordingly, would be excellent. If there's an easier method than the example I've given above, I'd love to read about it. |
[ZBXNEXT-2590] Logging of slow queries just like MySQL do for UserParemeter Created: 2014 Nov 12 Updated: 2014 Nov 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Paweł Różański | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I noticed that some of my UserParameter values take a long time to be retrived. One example could be checking version of chef software, which was done by trivial: |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 12 ] |
this would be great to have also for snmp items, ipmi items, external checks... to clarify, usefulness would be to expose slowness before we start losing data |
[ZBXNEXT-2427] Runtime log level changing must be supported also by the main process Created: 2014 Aug 29 Updated: 2016 Sep 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.3.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | debugging, logging, runtimecontrol | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Runtime log level changing ( keywords: main process debug log level runtime change |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Zeila [ 2014 Aug 29 ] |
(1) from We now have the following structure: typedef struct { int server_num; int process_num; unsigned char process_type; void *args; } zbx_thread_args_t; This has "server", "process" and "thread", words that almost contradict each other. There is probably little we can do regarding "process" and "thread" - those are already rooted in our code. However, the "server_num" field is new and makes no sense on the agent. Perhaps, "global_num" would be better? Also, perhaps we could replace the following repetitive code with a single call to, say, zbx_thread_unpack_args(args, &global_num, &process_num, &process_type)? process_type = ((zbx_thread_args_t *)args)->process_type; server_num = ((zbx_thread_args_t *)args)->server_num; process_num = ((zbx_thread_args_t *)args)->process_num; wiper I was thinking about creating a single entry function for all process (worker) threads, which would handle args, log the '<binary> started> message and then call the specific entry function (also passed with args). I even started to implement it, but then ran into dependency problems and decided to back off. |
[ZBXNEXT-2035] Make Zabbix Agent immune to OOM killer. Created: 2013 Nov 20 Updated: 2013 Nov 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleg Ivanivskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | memory | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Attachments: | zabbix-agent.patch | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be very useful to make Zabbix Agent immune to the Linux oom_killer, as it would allow the agent to keep collecting and sending data to the server, even when the monitored hosts are running out of memory. The following link provides some information on how these two files are used: https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt (section 3.1) Attached is a proposed solution for modifying the init script (tested and working on CentOS 6.4). |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Nov 20 ] |
interesting request... i'd expect most users to want the opposite - to have their production system processes keep on running, and better let agent to be killed i'd say we should document this possibility in the manual, but i don't think we will include this in the default distribution in any way |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2013 Nov 20 ] |
We'll see (https://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=43243). |
[ZBXNEXT-5193] zabbix_agentd.exe should look for config file in the same folder Created: 2019 Apr 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2019-04-25-11-35-06-017.png |
Description |
1. zabbix_agentd.exe should look for config file in the same folder where binary is located. Current default doesn't look useful: C:\zabbix_agent.exe
|
[ZBXNEXT-5194] zabbix_sender: add new option, It should look for config file in the default config location Created: 2019 Apr 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | zabbix_sender | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Consider to add new option for zabbix_sender.exe and other platforms zabbix_sender --use-config - use zabbix_agent config if --use-config is used without -c then zabbix_agentd.conf is searched using config default location. For example: zabbix_sender.exe -s host -k key -o value .... --use-config
It's not such a big problem to provide /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf on Linux, but paths are quite long when used on Windows (with zabbix_sender.exe). That where it would benefit the most with proper default.
P.S. As an alternative to --use-config, just provide --config without any value zabbix_sender.exe -s host -k key -o value .... --config |
[ZBXNEXT-5128] Repeat log file read behavior tweaks Created: 2019 Mar 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Arturs Lontons | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | log, logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There are some situations where the log file is accessed by an application without anything being written to the log, thus the mtime is changed without any changes to the file size. In cases with larger log files, this causes massive re-reads and potential performance issues on the Zabbix server. Whenever re-reads are about to happen, the following entries are written to the log file: 1904:20190321:141018.323 the modification time of log file "C:\whatever.log" has been updated without changing its size, try checking again later 1904:20190321:141019.354 after changing modification time the size of log file "C:\whatever.log" still has not been updated, consider it to be a new file From what we've seen, rarely, even though the lines are printed, the log files are NOT being re-read from the beginning, thus making such log entries not 100% reliable. Adding the information about the lastlogsize in the agent log would help with reacting to potential large file re-reads thus, at least partially remedying such scenario. Another workaround for such scenarios would be an option to select a different behavior when it comes to triggering log re-reads, but the correct implementation of such logic is up for discussion. |
[ZBXNEXT-5135] Accept multiple Hostname parameters in Agent configuration Created: 2019 Mar 28 Updated: 2020 Sep 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dmitrijs Lamberts | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Add support of multiple Hostname= parameters in the agent configuration file. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Mar 28 ] |
What's the usecase on top of the currently supported comma-delimited list? Edit: this was confusingly terse, sorry. Expanding a bit. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Mar 29 ] |
This could also be considered a duplicate of |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2020 Sep 14 ] |
This feature (Agent with multiple Hostname) could be useful for such cases:
In some other Monitoring tool there is a concept of "Virtual Node/Host", a sort of "host" that could live inside a physical agent for the time that specific "Resource" is living on it. I think is not easy to find a way to solve this kind of scenario but i put my 2 cents only as a reference. These cases (Clustering) is no longer so "common" but some Enterprise companies could still use this "ancient" technology Thanks so much |
[ZBXNEXT-2823] new parameters for zabbix_sender - delay and limit for bulk data sending Created: 2015 May 21 Updated: 2015 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | bulk, limits, patch, sender | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | limit_and_delay_for_sender.diff | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
For example for agent log* keys we have parameters MaxLinesPerSecond, BufferSend and BufferSize, which in general provide ability to control speed and size of bulk messages. But if we consider zabbix_sender - there are no any way to control such things if send values as bulk data (-i input file). It creates serious troubles because of a well know unresolvable limitation of zabbix server - It's suggested to add new parameters for sender:
-l replaces hardcoded 250 to configurable parameter Example usage: # time ./zabbix_sender -z localhost -i /tmp/aaa info from server: "processed: 3; failed: 0; total: 3; seconds spent: 0.000088" sent: 3; skipped: 0; total: 3 real 0m0.003s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.000s # time ./zabbix_sender -z localhost -i /tmp/aaa -l 1 info from server: "processed: 1; failed: 0; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000090" info from server: "processed: 1; failed: 0; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000036" info from server: "processed: 1; failed: 0; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000031" sent: 3; skipped: 0; total: 3 real 0m0.007s user 0m0.004s sys 0m0.000s # time ./zabbix_sender -z localhost -i /tmp/aaa -l 1 -d 500 info from server: "processed: 1; failed: 0; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000031" info from server: "processed: 1; failed: 0; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000047" info from server: "processed: 1; failed: 0; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000089" sent: 3; skipped: 0; total: 3 real 0m1.507s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.000s Suggested patch adds such features. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 May 21 ] |
btw, thanks asaveljevs for help to do such modifications. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
as we don't have a component for sender, get and similar tools, let's use "agent" component for them |
[ZBXNEXT-2568] perf_counter encoding Created: 2014 Nov 06 Updated: 2016 Jan 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Evgeny Molchanov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | perf_counter | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Add the ability to specify the encoding for perf_counter on Windows: perf_counter[counter,<interval>,<encoding>] This will allow to use a single template to monitor applications running on different versions of local settings Windows. chcp ??????? ??????? ????????: 866 typeperf "\???????? ? ??????????(*)\% ????????????? ??????????" chcp 65001 typeperf "\Processor Information(*)\% Processor Time" |
Comments |
Comment by Evgeny Molchanov [ 2014 Nov 06 ] |
Digital counter codes on different systems may differ. 2 server: |
Comment by Aleksandr Melnikov [ 2016 Jan 29 ] |
ok. Solutions: lodctr /s:perfcount.txt |
[ZBXNEXT-2576] Low level discovery for sensors Created: 2014 Nov 07 Updated: 2020 Oct 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | sensors | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently the unix agent provides sensor readings via the sensor[] item. Somewhat related to |
Comments |
Comment by Antoine Rahier [ 2020 Oct 06 ] |
Hi, This would greatly improve default templates for linux. Also, it doesn't look very complicated since the sensors command can already return json : $ sensors -Aj { "atk0110-acpi-0":{ "Vcore Voltage":{ "in0_input": 1.408, "in0_min": 0.800, "in0_max": 1.800 }, "3.3V Voltage":{ "in1_input": 3.264, "in1_min": 2.970, "in1_max": 3.630 }, "5V Voltage":{ "in2_input": 4.999, "in2_min": 4.500, "in2_max": 5.500 }, "12V Voltage":{ "in3_input": 11.776, "in3_min": 10.200, "in3_max": 13.800 }, "CPU FAN Speed":{ "fan1_input": 1161.000, "fan1_min": 600.000, "fan1_max": 7200.000 }, "CHASSIS1 FAN Speed":{ "fan2_input": 1506.000, "fan2_min": 600.000, "fan2_max": 7200.000 }, "CHASSIS2 FAN Speed":{ "fan3_input": 788.000, "fan3_min": 600.000, "fan3_max": 7200.000 }, "CPU Temperature":{ "temp1_input": 36.000, "temp1_max": 60.000, "temp1_crit": 75.000 }, "MB Temperature":{ "temp2_input": 26.000, "temp2_max": 45.000, "temp2_crit": 75.000 } }, "k10temp-pci-00c3":{ "temp1":{ "temp1_input": 0.000, "temp1_max": 70.000, "temp1_crit": 90.000, "temp1_crit_hyst": 88.000 } } } |
[ZBXNEXT-2443] allow to query current log level Created: 2014 Sep 07 Updated: 2014 Sep 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | debugging, logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
|
[ZBXNEXT-2286] net.if.discovery filtration Created: 2014 Apr 30 Updated: 2016 Nov 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.20, 2.0.10, 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Juraj Pisar | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | filters, interfaces, lld, virtualization | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
all systems supporting net.if.discovery |
Description |
I have linux servers tha are running many virtual machines. On these systems I have 4 physical interfaces, 20 vlan interfaces (for access to different networks), 20 bridge interfaces (one for each vlan) and 10 vnet interfaces (1 for every virtual machine). When I use default net.if.discovery i have too many items and I don't want them. I need statistics only for physical interfaces. it would be nice to add field #IFTYPE get would look like this: [root@zabbix zabbix]# zabbix_get -s client -k net.if.discovery { "data":[ { "{#IFNAME}":"lo", "{#IFTYPE}":"localhost" }, { "{#IFNAME}":"eth0", "{#IFTYPE}":"physical"}, { "{#IFNAME}":"eth1", "{#IFTYPE}":"physical"}, { "{#IFNAME}":"eth2", "{#IFTYPE}":"physical"}, { "{#IFNAME}":"eth3", "{#IFTYPE}":"physical"}, { "{#IFNAME}":"eth0.200", "{#IFTYPE}":"vlan"}, { "{#IFNAME}":"brbackbone", "{#IFTYPE}":"bridge"}]} filters for discovery could be adjusted by MACROs same as it is for vfs.fs.discovery. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Jun 27 ] |
On Linux 2.6.12 and up this can be mapped from /sys/class/net/*/type to the ARPHRD macros from Linux' if_arp.h. https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net |
Comment by Andrew Howell [ 2014 Nov 26 ] |
Also would be nice if the link status of the NIC was available. We have a lot of servers with multiple NICs (6 commonly) but with only 2 connected. I'd like to be able to filter on link status so we only discover the ones that are connected. |
Comment by Alan Halls [ 2016 Nov 02 ] |
Like Andrew, I would also love to see this be an option. In addition / or as an alternative I typically have 1 NIC that has an internal address, and one with a public. It would be nice to give them aliases so I know which to click on and which to avoid (if we can't disable them). |
[ZBXNEXT-3697] Dynamic list of loadable module items Created: 2014 May 18 Updated: 2017 Feb 16 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Jan-Piet Mens | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | loadablemodule | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Team: | Team A |
Description |
When loading a module, zbx_module_item_list() is called to populate the keys -> functions list.
What I am looking for is a method to extend that list. I'd like to have new keys added (which point to an existing function in the dynamic module of course) in order to provide new items. |
Comments |
Comment by Sandis Neilands (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 31 ] |
See (11) of |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Feb 13 ] |
Apart from documentation this ticket asks for item list to be dynamic. I' suggest to update documentation as a part of |
[ZBXNEXT-2220] Add support for "Computer" field in eventlog Created: 2014 Mar 24 Updated: 2014 Mar 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dmitry Samsonov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dbpatches, eventlog, triggerfunctions, windows | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Some messages in event logs in windows cluster are copied to every cluster member (or to standby), so if we are monitoring those messages we get trigger alerts for every host in cluster. (for using as parameter in function logcomputer) macro which doesn't work in active agent items, but it could be resolved with user macro holding hostname. Thank you. |
[ZBXNEXT-3115] allow to use password-protected keys Created: 2016 Jan 26 Updated: 2016 Jan 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | encryption | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix now has built-in encryption. unfortunately, password-protected keys can not be used - zabbix just prints out password prompts and errors in the logfile. it would be nice to allow supplying the password like other software (apache httpd, for example) does. also see ZBXNEXT-1263, subissue (154) |
[ZBXNEXT-3174] New API/ABI for loadable modules Created: 2016 Mar 04 Updated: 2019 Nov 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Installation (I), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | compatibility, libraries, loadablemodule | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Here is a draft of a new interface between Zabbix and loadable modules. The main idea is to make this interface easily extendible in later versions of Zabbix and to make maintaining backward compatibility easier at the same time. Loadable module should provide the following interface: /* this function should perform module initialization and return success/error code */ int zbx_module_init(void); /* this function should return a list of custom checks supported by the module */ zbx_item_list_t zbx_module_item_list(void); /* this function should set timeout for item checks */ void zbx_module_item_timeout(int timeout); /* this function is optional and should free module resources if necessary */ int zbx_module_uninit(void); /* this is an example of a function performing custom check, returns success/error code */ int zbx_module_custom_check(zbx_agent_request_t request, zbx_agent_result_t *result); Zabbix must provide a header file containing forward declaration of types zbx_item_list_t, zbx_metric_t, zbx_agent_request_t, zbx_agent_result_t and functions used to work with them. Implementation must not be exposed! This will allow to change it without breaking binary compatibility. /* this defines the version of the header file, should be updated every time new functions are added to API (or old functions are removed) */ #define ZBX_MODULE_HEADER_VERSION ... /* this function returns version of the library loaded in runtime */ int zbx_module_library_version(void); /* this type stores list of custom metrics */ typedef struct zbx_item_list zbx_item_list_t; /* this type stores a metric */ typedef struct zbx_metric zbx_metric_t; /* this type stores check request */ typedef struct zbx_agent_request zbx_agent_request_t; /* this type stores check result */ typedef struct zbx_agent_result zbx_agent_result_t; /* this function creates custom check list */ zbx_item_list_t zbx_item_list_create(void); /* this function appends custom check to the list */ void zbx_item_list_append(zbx_item_list_t list, zbx_metric_t metric); /* this function frees check list resources (Zabbix should make his own copy) */ void zbx_item_list_destroy(zbx_item_list_t list); /* this function creates custom check description */ zbx_metric_t zbx_metric_create(void); /* possible metric attributes */ #define ZBX_METRIC_ATTR_KEY ... #define ZBX_METRIC_ATTR_ALLOW_PARAMS ... /* list can be expanded without breaking compatibility */ /* this function sets custom check attributes */ int zbx_metric_attr_set(int attribute, void *value); /* this function frees custom check resources */ void zbx_metric_destroy(zbx_metric_t); /* similar functions to manipulate request and result */ ... This functionality should be provided as a library (it can be used by Zabbix own checks as well). No matter how (dynamically or statically) Zabbix and loadable modules will be linked to the library, zbx_module_library_version() can be used to ensure that desired version of API is used. When this issue is implemented Good read on compatibility issue:
UPD: The above link is broken by now, but here's an archived copy: |
Comments |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2017 Jun 02 ] |
Based on my experience with developing modules in Zabbix, I would like to add few notes what the second version of the API and module loading mechanics should look like in my opinion.
I also think that if Zabbix team could port at least one the protocols(JMX, VMWare maybe or IPMI) from the core to the loadable module and ship it that way in the following releases - then it would result in a more effecient and powerful loadable module interface for all. Its source code would also serve as a perfect example on how to properly build zabbix modules. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Apr 24 ] |
The onlamp link is broken by now, but here's an archived copy: https://web.archive.org/web/20180424122939/http://www.onlamp.com/pub/a/onlamp/2005/02/17/backwardscompatibility.html . |
[ZBXNEXT-2633] "Refresh unsupported" value on active agent should be controlled by server Created: 2014 Dec 08 Updated: 2016 May 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | dimir | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | activeagent, notsupported, refresh | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Active agent |
Description |
Currently if an active check on agent becomes unsupported it will be re-checked after getting the list of "active checks". So this means the delay to re-check unsupported items on active agent side is controlled by configuration option "RefreshActiveChecks". It would be better if agent would receive the value of "refresh unsupported" from server and respect that. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 May 09 ] |
looks like in 3.0 the server doesn't send unsupported items to the agent anymore. |
[ZBXNEXT-2507] Monitoring ethernet aliases on HP-UX Created: 2014 Oct 10 Updated: 2014 Oct 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | cru5ader | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | hp-ux | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I have some problem with net.if.in[interface, bytes] key on host HP-UX B.11.31. I have interface`s name like 'lan0:1'. An Item with key 'net.if.out[lan0:1, bytes]' does not get values (zabbix agent don`t support it). I used aliases (Alias=interface_lan01:net.if.in[lan0:1,bytes]), but they returned the same answer- zabbix agent don`t support it. Have you any idea how to solve this problem??. Thanks -bash-4.2$ zabbix_get -k net.if.discovery -s server1.ru { "data":[ { "{#IFNAME}":"lo0"}, { "{#IFNAME}":"lan0"}]} but: #> netstat -in Name Mtu Network Address Ipkts Ierrs Opkts Oerrs Coll lo0 32808 127.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 320072635 0 320072671 0 0 lan0:1 1500 19.22.0.0 19.22.50.112 338310 0 53 0 0 lan0 1500 19.22.50.0 19.22.50.185 166140844686 0 80888865308 0 0 |
Comments |
Comment by Denis Volkov [ 2014 Oct 10 ] |
I'd like to note that alias is standard method for configuring HPUX cluster services and so it is quite important to monitor alias interfaces. |
[ZBXNEXT-1830] FreeBSD: coretemp vs sensor Created: 2013 Jul 22 Updated: 2013 Jul 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Victor | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | freebsd, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
FreeBSD 9.x and above |
Description |
Need support FreeBSD coretemp. kldload coretemp I think will be cool feature, when zabbix_agent/zabbix_agentd under FreeBSD use same key "sensor.cpu_temp[XXX]", but get data from native coretemp. |
[ZBXNEXT-2861] Extend vm.memory and proc.mem item keys to support more information Created: 2015 Jun 29 Updated: 2019 Dec 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | agent, keys, memory | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Kernel 3.* |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Since kernel 3.* Linux has introduced a lot of new metrics which can be useful to have them: MemTotal: 8004768 kB MemFree: 274832 kB MemAvailable: 6684344 kB Buffers: 356 kB Cached: 674384 kB SwapCached: 0 kB Active: 774988 kB Inactive: 361688 kB Active(anon): 591332 kB Inactive(anon): 324776 kB Active(file): 183656 kB Inactive(file): 36912 kB Unevictable: 0 kB Mlocked: 0 kB SwapTotal: 0 kB SwapFree: 0 kB Dirty: 328 kB Writeback: 0 kB AnonPages: 461504 kB Mapped: 102040 kB Shmem: 454320 kB Slab: 6485736 kB SReclaimable: 6442348 kB SUnreclaim: 43388 kB KernelStack: 6544 kB PageTables: 13156 kB NFS_Unstable: 0 kB Bounce: 0 kB WritebackTmp: 0 kB CommitLimit: 4002384 kB Committed_AS: 2593920 kB VmallocTotal: 34359738367 kB VmallocUsed: 168244 kB VmallocChunk: 34359561240 kB HardwareCorrupted: 0 kB AnonHugePages: 204800 kB HugePages_Total: 0 HugePages_Free: 0 HugePages_Rsvd: 0 HugePages_Surp: 0 Hugepagesize: 2048 kB DirectMap4k: 71552 kB DirectMap2M: 8316928 kB DirectMap1G: 1048576 kB |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Jun 29 ] |
Which particular metrics would you be interested in? Could you please show an example? |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jun 29 ] |
are proc.mem improvements in |
Comment by Ronald Rood [ 2017 Aug 15 ] |
HugePages_Total |
[ZBXNEXT-7756] Add http_proxy parameter for all web related Agent checks Created: 2022 May 31 Updated: 2022 Oct 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It will be nice to add additional parameter for web related Agent checks - http_proxy/https_proxy. For now we have at leas 4 web related Agent checks: web.page.get web.page.perf web.page.regexp web.certificate.get Unfortunately external sites are not always accessible from monitoring hosts. Additional parameter in key for proxy server would be a really simple way to achieve it (and when the macro is not defined or empty, then direct monitoring would be used). For https proxy and web.certificate.get method connect should be supported. |
[ZBXNEXT-7709] IETF QUIC protocol for Server/Proxy/Agent communication Created: 2022 May 12 Updated: 2022 May 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | Agent, IETF, PROXY, QUIC, Server, communication | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Just and idea for:
|
[ZBXNEXT-7676] MQTT and low-level discovery Created: 2022 May 05 Updated: 2022 May 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mathieu MD | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | lld, mqtt | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I'm happily using the mqtt.get key to track some MQTT topics (through + wildcard) via the Zabbix Agent 2 of a given host. However, we (will) have hundreds of IOT devices to monitor, and it's not reasonable to create/delete them in Zabbix manually. A comment by @qix on ZBXNEXT-3950 suggested that low-level discovery could be also supported. Is it actually the case? |
[ZBXNEXT-7549] Windows service child process (Example: svchost) Created: 2022 Mar 10 Updated: 2022 Mar 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Colum Flannigan | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hey. I resolved that by doing some pre-processing etc.. to capture it out of {#SERVICE.PATH}. Now the problem is when there is a service that spawns different process i cannot monitor them. Below is a prime example "svchost". As you can see in the below output i need to monitor this process but in the discovery rule i get the below.
{ ": "LPD Service",
Of course svchost.exe spawns multiple child process like the below. So my question is how do i identify the correct process using the discovery rules? \Process(svchost)% User Time
In my example i ran a WMI query against Win32_Process and got the PID then queried win32_PerfFormattedData_PerfProc_Process and got the data and it turned out that the LPD was using "svchost#3".
So i guess how can i get this information with native Zabbix keys?? The only option i have available is to not use Zabbix native keys and use WMI for my service discovery which i could then query the CPU/Mem details using the processID
Thanks |
[ZBXNEXT-4402] TLS support for zabbix_sender_send_values() function Created: 2018 Feb 26 Updated: 2018 Feb 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vladimir Ostrovsky | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently the zabbix_sender_send_values() in zabbix_sender.dll allows to specify destination address & port to connect to, but not TLS properties (certificates, Issuer, Subject, etc.). So it cannot be used for TLS-encrypted communication. Can TLS support be added to it? Thanks, |
[ZBXNEXT-3980] Do not evaluate UserParameter values with 'zabbix_agentd -p' Created: 2017 Jul 17 Updated: 2017 Jul 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.19 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Mednis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Story Points: | 3 |
Description |
When 'zabbix_agentd' is started with '-p' option it shows all known items.
|
[ZBXNEXT-3964] Predictable order of evaluation for global regexp subexpressions Created: 2017 Jul 05 Updated: 2017 Jul 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Mednis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In frontend (Administration->General--> Regular expressions) global expression subexpressions are displayed sorted by type. So, display order for subexpressions of the same type is not defined. |
[ZBXNEXT-4905] Monitor linux services by sysv Created: 2018 Dec 06 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be great to have to monitor sysv Linux services out of the box. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2018 Dec 06 ] |
You mean like monitoring Windows services? <neogan> I meant the old one init based on https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Init#runlevels |
[ZBXNEXT-4837] Support certificate private key encrypted with pass phrase Created: 2018 Oct 17 Updated: 2020 Mar 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Anna Kucenko (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | encryption | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Sprint: | Sprint 45 |
Description |
Configure certificate encryption with passphrase: Result (log file): 5044:20181017:133858.746 proxy #11 started [java poller #4] Enter PEM pass phrase: 5044:20181017:133858.748 cannot load private key from file "/etc/zabbix/certs/key": file pem_lib.c line 116: error:0906406D:PEM routines:PEM_def_callback:problems getting password file pem_pkey.c line 117: error:0907B068:PEM routines:PEM_READ_BIO_PRIVATEKEY:bad password read file ssl_rsa.c line 649: error:140B0009:SSL routines:SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file:PEM lib 5041:20181017:133858.749 proxy #8 started [java poller #1] Enter PEM pass phrase: 5041:20181017:133858.752 cannot load private key from file "/etc/zabbix/certs/key": file pem_lib.c line 116: error:0906406D:PEM routines:PEM_def_callback:problems getting password file pem_pkey.c line 117: error:0907B068:PEM routines:PEM_READ_BIO_PRIVATEKEY:bad password read file ssl_rsa.c line 649: error:140B0009:SSL routines:SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file:PEM lib 5042:20181017:133858.752 proxy #9 started [java poller #2] 5043:20181017:133858.753 proxy #10 started [java poller #3] Enter PEM pass phrase: 5043:20181017:133858.756 cannot load private key from file "/etc/zabbix/certs/key": file pem_lib.c line 116: error:0906406D:PEM routines:PEM_def_callback:problems getting password file pem_pkey.c line 117: error:0907B068:PEM routines:PEM_READ_BIO_PRIVATEKEY:bad password read file ssl_rsa.c line 649: error:140B0009:SSL routines:SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file:PEM lib Expected: Need some mechanism for pass phrase input |
Comments |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2018 Oct 24 ] |
So far I've found 3 methods used in practice for supplying a passphrase for decrypting certificate private key:
|
[ZBXNEXT-6200] Count max_age of vfs.dir.count since today Created: 2020 Sep 15 Updated: 2020 Sep 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Khatsayuk Alexander | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to have a possibility to count items with vfs.dir.count with calculate max_age since today. Like a behaviour of 'find' utility with '-daystart' option. |
[ZBXNEXT-5630] Add agent2 PerfCounter, PerfCounterEn configuration parameter support Created: 2019 Dec 09 Updated: 2019 Dec 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Andris Zeila |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Story Points: | 2 |
Description |
The PerfCounter, PerfCounterEn configuration parameters must be supported by agent2. Those parameters are used to alias windows performance counters: Defines a new parameter <parameter_name> which is an average value for system performance counter <perf_counter_path> for the specified time period <period> (in seconds). Syntax: <parameter_name>,“<perf_counter_path>”,<period> For example, if you wish to receive average number of processor interrupts per second for last minute, you can define a new parameter “interrupts” as the following: PerfCounter = interrupts,“\Processor(0)\Interrupts/sec”,60 Please note double quotes around performance counter path. The parameter name (interrupts) is to be used as the item key when creating an item. Samples for calculating average value will be taken every second. You may run “typeperf -qx” to get list of all performance counters available in Windows. |
[ZBXNEXT-5470] new item feature - background [passive] items Created: 2019 Sep 26 Updated: 2020 Feb 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Description in the first comment in case typos are made or other edits are required. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Sep 26 ] |
Currently Zabbix passive items are expected to return value during the server poller connection. This limits them to operations that take a few seconds at most, in normal environments. Increasing the timeout is not a good approach for most users, and even then there's a hard limit of 30 seconds. Various workarounds are used - nohup wrapper scripts and atd scheduled jobs are the most popular. In these cases, one Zabbix item acts as an invoking scheduler - it starts a background script which then sends data to the second Zabbix item, trapper type. It would be great to have a similar functionality built into Zabbix.
An approach like that might even work without any server changes and would allow handling this way any item (package gathering, userparameters, system.run and so on). "Invoker/scheduler" items could even be merged with the data receiving items in config, latest data and elsewhere. Receiving item would be shown with values, the invoker item data would show up as status info (perhaps an icon with popups or similar). Active items sort of happen in background, but they are handled by one process only in a serial fashion; making them parallel is requested in |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Sep 26 ] |
This is basically Enable trapping for all item types, not just HTTP agent. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Sep 26 ] |
That would be part of a possible solution, but the transparent scheduler/invoker is the crucial part. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Feb 07 ] |
It will be implemented for Zabbix Agent2 eventually. I think there is an older feature request about it, cannot find it now. |
[ZBXNEXT-5605] Allow Zabbix agent to pickup system hostname by default Created: 2019 Nov 28 Updated: 2020 Feb 05 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Team: | Team B |
Description |
Let's have the feature versions of Zabbix Agent without these lines in zabbix_agentd.conf: # On Linux Hostname=Zabbix server # On Windows Hostname=Windows host This means the 'HostnameItem=system.hostname' part will become active by default: ### Option: HostnameItem # Item used for generating Hostname if it is undefined. Ignored if Hostname is defined. # Does not support UserParameters or aliases. # # Mandatory: no # Default: # HostnameItem=system.hostname .. and each agent station will come with more unique hostname in case of agent auto-registration is configured. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Nov 29 ] |
If Hostname and HostnameItem are not specified, agent defaults to system.hostname. |
Comment by Aigars Kadikis [ 2019 Nov 29 ] |
Thank you for comment. Desired change is to not have static 'Hostname=' record in zabbix_agentd.conf coming out from package. Just remove the line completely. This can save a second in case of not centralized software is used to populate agent. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Nov 29 ] |
Duplicate of |
Comment by Matthew Steeves [ 2019 Nov 29 ] |
Aigars opened this request on behalf of myself. I have read through some of the history documented in Out-of-the-box Discovery rule for 127.0.0.1. Matt |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Feb 04 ] |
I like this suggestion and I do not see any reasons for Hostname to be hardcoded by default. It should be implemented at some point. |
[ZBXNEXT-6122] Default location for agent scripts Created: 2020 Aug 07 Updated: 2020 Aug 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Tony den Haan | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There doesn't seem to be a standard location for scripts agent UserParameters uses, while i do see for example
so i propose adding something like
This might make installing templates/checks just a bit easier for everybody . |
[ZBXNEXT-5940] Zabbix-agent2_5.0.0 for Ubuntu 16.04 Created: 2020 May 07 Updated: 2020 May 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Packages (C) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alexey | Assignee: | Jurijs Klopovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu 16.04, Zabbix-5.0.0 |
Attachments: | image-2020-05-07-12-14-00-798.png |
Description |
Hello! Is zabbix-agent2_5.0.0 being developed for Ubuntu 16.04? Thank you.
|
[ZBXNEXT-6009] File system discovery LLD : include disk/volume label/name Created: 2020 Jun 10 Updated: 2021 Apr 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | cromra | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Is it possible to add the volume label/name in the LLD volume discovery, instead of having only drive letters ? It seems someone allready proposed/implemented such solution by adding "{#FSDESCR}", in the following thread : https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/357709-file-system-discovery-include-volume-label-name
So i create this feature request hoping it coud be implemented for everybody in a future version. |
[ZBXNEXT-5917] Add a wrapper to validate plugin input params (zabbix_agent2). Created: 2020 Apr 27 Updated: 2020 Apr 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Anton Petukov | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | patch, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | dns_unix.go params.go |
Description |
In each plugin, we have the same multiline validation of incoming parameters: some parameter must be present and not equal to nil. The good thing is to make the wrapper who takes on the boring job. The template is parsed during initialization once for each unique set of parameters. At the beginning of each Export function call, incoming parameters are checked. Errors identified globally: ZBXNEXT-5916 |
[ZBXNEXT-5803] Feature request - More security options. Created: 2020 Mar 05 Updated: 2020 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Robert | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix.png |
Description |
Hi I have been looking at Zabbix but I find I am missing some options. 1. Add option on server side to disable "No encryption" option. 2. Add Token authentication between Server and Agent. Best regards |
Comments |
Comment by Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
|
Comment by Robert [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
|
Comment by Robert [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
Another option could be to run TLS connections on another port. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2020 Mar 08 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-5329] Zabbix-Agent self-aware of container Created: 2019 Jul 21 Updated: 2022 Mar 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Adam Dobrawy | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
A virtual machine with the Ubuntu system and an official Docker container image (privileged) |
Description |
The idea of containers is to ensure a certain isolation of processes, especially due to the namespace. This means, among others the default restriction of information that users can expect to monitor. In the current situation Zabbix-Agent running in the container is not able even to monitor the used and available space of file systems. It has not been properly adapted to work in a containerized environment and there is no access to such information. In order to solve such a problem, software of similiar class use mount of directories from the host that contain the required information to custom paths. For example, through the Docker container launch parameters "-v /dev:/host/dev -v /proc:/host/proc". This allows process inside container to read the required information if the application will be adapted to try such paths. Limiting insulation does not deny the idea of container, because - in my environment - the largest value of containers is easy management of configuration and software version, which is not eliminated by additional mounting points like that. See examples of mountpoint at https://github.com/bvis/docker-node-exporter/blob/master/README.md and https://github.com/google/cadvisor . Filesystems discovered inside of container: Values similar hosts without container: |
Comments |
Comment by Patrice Gautier [ 2022 Mar 11 ] |
Second that ask.. In my case, the agent container is already running in privileged mode so there is isolation/permission issue. It is a configuration and management issue to have to explicitly mount the hosts filesystems to the container to be able to monitor them.. One possibility could be to add a new key, something along the lines of vfs.fs.containerFSDiscovery to explicitly discover the filesystems of the container, and use vfs.fs.discovery to discover the file systems of the host, which I would argue is really the correct purpose of the agent.. |
[ZBXNEXT-5749] Informational times and date for hosts Created: 2020 Feb 10 Updated: 2020 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Markus Fischbacher | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great if we would have some additional information about host automatically generated and stored. For example:
All that nicely present in the frontend in some ways. For example in the Inventory > Hosts > Overview View. Also a new Reports > Newest Hosts and Reports > Not available Hosts would be a great combination then. I don't mean additional items for that all but really properties to the host that are handled by zabbix itself. It would help in big installations to get more insights and also in highly dynamic situations like with containerized things or dynamically generated infrastruction in Clouds (Azure, AWS, etc.). Providing this uniformed infos for each host over the API would also make it attractive for enterprise usage as one might have to couple Zabbix to a external Inventory/CMDB.
|
Comments |
Comment by Markus Fischbacher [ 2020 Feb 10 ] |
Would be a good combination with: ZBXNEXT-5742 |
Comment by Markus Fischbacher [ 2020 Feb 10 ] |
Currently there are awkward but usable workarounds:
That's all only possible because we use a small wrapper installer package. |
[ZBXNEXT-5475] ECDSA certificate support in server and agent Created: 2019 Sep 28 Updated: 2019 Sep 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.12, 4.2.6, 4.4.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | André Pereira da Silva | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | certificates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 7.7 |
Description |
It's my first problem report, so if there is something i did wrong, please say so. Steps to reproduce: For CentOS 7.7 In zabbix agent Have a certificate (for instance a site ECDSA HTTPS certificate) and add in agent config and then restart the agent. TLSConnect = cert # OS CA list for certificate chain validation
In zabbix server Have a certificate (for instance a site ECDSA HTTPS certificate) and add in server config and then restart the zabbix server. # OS CA list for certificate chain validation # Zabbix SERVER certificate/chain and private key
Result: ECDSA certificates/private keys don't work.
Expected: Using ECDSA certificates/private keys with no issues.
Additional comments: The problem seams to be the ECDHE cipher suites area is hardcoded only allowing RSA keys (for certificates mode) and then PSK #define ZBX_CIPHERS_CERT_ECDHE "EECDH+aRSA+AES128:" Here: https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix/blob/master/src/libs/zbxcrypto/tls.c#L3241-L3242
Maybe by just changing from #define ZBX_CIPHERS_CERT_ECDHE "EECDH+aRSA+AES128:" to #define ZBX_CIPHERS_CERT_ECDHE "EECDH+aECDSA+AES128:EECDH+aRSA+AES128:"
|
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Sep 30 ] |
andris, can you take a look? |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2019 Sep 30 ] |
ECDSA certificates are not yet supported in Zabbix. It is a feature request, not a bug report. |
[ZBXNEXT-5381] JSON Object output for web.page.get Created: 2019 Aug 23 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andrew Boling | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The web.page.get agent item outputs the raw source of the fetched webpage, including headers. Rather than using regular expressions to split the headers and payload during preprocessing, it would be helpful if there was an alternative output format for web.page.get (or an alternative built-in item) that returns the page output in the format of a JSON object with keys for "status, "headers" and "data". { "status": { "version": "HTTP/1.1" "status": 200 "reason": "OK" } "headers": { "Host":"support.zabbix.com" } "data": "<insert text blob here>" } This would allow for simpler preprocessing rules that can extract the desired fields with JSONPath. I see this primarily being useful with agents that interact with APIs that are only exposed on a localhost listener, where web scenarios are not an option. (Elasticsearch, etc.) |
Comments |
Comment by Andrew Boling [ 2019 Aug 23 ] |
Please pretend that the above example was valid JSON. I'd add the missing commas but was a little too hasty in submitting the feature request. |
Comment by Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs [ 2019 Aug 23 ] |
Looks like you are looking for a functionality from Zabbix 4.0: |
Comment by Andrew Boling [ 2019 Aug 29 ] |
Unfortunately that functionality is only available in the http agent. This is a request to extend the functionality of the web.page.get item that runs on the remote Zabbix agents. The http agent only runs on zabbix servers and proxies. From the page you linked: HTTP item check is executed by Zabbix server. However, when hosts are monitored by a Zabbix proxy, HTTP item checks are executed by the proxy. |
[ZBXNEXT-5350] Default User-Agent for HTTP agent Created: 2019 Aug 02 Updated: 2020 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Howe | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
By default an HTTP agent item includes no User-Agent header, though you can manually define one. As there are no macros for the Zabbix version (or library versions) it's difficult to maintain an accurate User-Agent. If none is defined, Zabbix should provide its own, e.g. Zabbix/4.2.4 libcurl/7.16.2 libssl/1.1.1 |
[ZBXNEXT-1669] new Item: check oldest/newest file in a folder Created: 2013 Mar 15 Updated: 2021 Nov 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Stefan | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | loadablemodule, newitemkey, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zbxNext1669.c |
Description |
Hello it would be nice to know what are the oldest/newest file in a directory, its important in hospitals/laboratrys(L2L-links) for HL7/LDT-messages, etc.. an example for Linux is that: ' |
Comments |
Comment by Stefan [ 2013 Mar 15 ] |
in Zabbix i use the following: ' and in the Frontend: |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 16 ] |
That's why zabbix user parameters have been designed for - for tasks like this one I don't think it will be implemented in agent's code, IMO. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Mar 16 ] |
Beside using UserParameters |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Mar 16 ] |
exactly, with the loadable modules (still undocumented...) this would be a nice one. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Dec 27 ] |
Attached file zbxNext1669.c is a loadable module that tries to fulfill this feature request. check.file.age[directory,<type>,<mode>] directory - full path to the directory |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Apr 24 ] |
Is there still any interest for such loadable module? |
Comment by Stefan [ 2019 Apr 25 ] |
since I'm not working in an hospital/lab anymore, I don't have any interest in that |
Comment by Carl Melgaard [ 2021 Jun 10 ] |
we have alot of uses for this in our company (hospital related also) - cross-platform would be nice, tho. |
Comment by Stefan [ 2021 Jun 11 ] |
Hi @Carl Melgaard, I think you can use vfs.dir.count with variable min.age and say min.age = 120 (that counts files that are older than 120s) and set a trigger on that. |
Comment by Andrejs Kozlovs [ 2021 Nov 09 ] |
vfs.dir.get metric can be used to retrieve such information in more detailed way. |
[ZBXNEXT-1375] Set maintenance when agent is switched off Created: 2012 Aug 24 Updated: 2016 Jun 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alessandro De Maria | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | maintenance, notifications | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, I think if would be interesting to have a feature where the Agent sends a message back to the server when it is being switched off. Does it make sense? This would allow us not to receive messages if a host is being powered off by a system administrator rather than going down on its own. Regards |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Aug 27 ] |
I'd like to link here another issue which similar to this one in a similar aspect: the agent should report "something" to the server before the correct stop. |
Comment by Alessandro De Maria [ 2012 Dec 10 ] |
Hello, I solved the problem by changing the init scripts (RedHat Only for now) to SEND a message through zabbix_sender. This way we can use the value to make the trigger go off only when the server is genuinely down and not then people are working on it. # functions start() { if [ $RUNNING -eq 1 ] then echo "$0 $ARG: $BINARY_NAME (pid $PID) already running" else action $"Starting $BINARY_NAME: " $FULLPATH [ ${ENABLE_SENDER} -ne 0 ] && $SENDER -z ${ZABBIX_SERVER} -p ${ZABBIX_PORT} -k ${KEY} -s ${HOSTNAME} -o ${STARTED} >/dev/null touch /var/lock/subsys/$BINARY_NAME fi } stop() { echo -n $"Shutting down $BINARY_NAME: " killproc $BINARY_NAME RETVAL=$? echo if [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] then [ ${ENABLE_SENDER} -ne 0 ] && $SENDER -z ${ZABBIX_SERVER} -p ${ZABBIX_PORT} -k ${KEY} -s ${HOSTNAME} -o ${STOPPED} >/dev/null rm -f /var/lock/subsys/$BINARY_NAME fi RUNNING=0 } Will post soon my solution to the forum. The current solution sends a message from the init script, but something slighlty more elegant might be to have a "post_start" and "before_stop" directory where you can drop in scripts. This way you can easily create other useful scripts using the API that can be used to do all sort of magic. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Apr 16 ] |
What about having a new status like 'Zabbix-Agent status' for action conditions and filters, similar to 'Maintenance status'? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Jun 16 ] |
See also ZBXNEXT-1514 and http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/simplify_ad_hoc_maintenance |
[ZBXNEXT-2761] Zabbix agent to check unix domain socket existance, state and connection Created: 2015 Apr 02 Updated: 2015 Apr 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Lior Goikhburg | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | newitemkey, socket | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice if zabbix agent had the ability to check if a unix domain socket exists, that it is in a listen() state and is accepting connections. Example: socket.connect[/var/run/socket.sock] would check if it's possible to connect to /var/run/socket.sock (similarly to existing agent's TCP check net.tcp.port[<ip>,port]) |
[ZBXNEXT-2793] Additional parameter to get real used memory for vm.memory.size for linux Created: 2015 Apr 23 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.9, 2.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, item, linux, memory | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Linux agent has used and pused parameter for vm.memory.size key, it contains cached and buffers memory. This request is additional parameter to get a memory size used - cached - buffers that is real used memory. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Sep 15 ] |
According to https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.4/manual/appendix/items/vm.memory.size_params, vm.memory.size[used] is designed for informational purposes, but vm.memory.size[available] is designed to be used in triggers and contains the amount of really available memory. Could you please describe the functionality that is desired, but which vm.memory.size[available] does not provide? |
[ZBXNEXT-2796] Allow specifying network interface name in zabbix agent checks Created: 2015 Apr 23 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Lior Goikhburg | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | interfaces, ipaddress, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to have an option to specify a network interface name in the following zabbix agent checks: Having this option, one could setup a simple template for identical services, listening on the same interface on different hosts, without specifying an IP as a user macro on the host. Example: net.tcp.service[service,<ip>,<port>,interface] Use case: To monitor the service, one would create a template with key net.tcp.service[https,,443,eth0] (ip field is empty, interface specified) and attach it to hostA and hostB. Instead of checking the service on 172.0.0.1, the agent will obtain from the OS the default (primary) IP of the interface specified and perform the check. I'm aware that I could use the {HOST.IP1} macro, but it will not work if the host is defined with agent interface with IP 0.0.0.0 and 'connect to': DNS. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Apr 23 ] |
I wonder whether the same can be achieved using low-level discovery. For instance, create a discovery rule that discovers all IP addresses on the system and create "net.tcp.service[http,{#IPADDRESS},443]" as an item prototype. Discovery filters can be used to filter out unwanted interfaces or IP addresses. |
Comment by Lior Goikhburg [ 2015 Apr 23 ] |
This issue is related |
[ZBXNEXT-2444] force specific loglevel at runtime Created: 2014 Sep 07 Updated: 2014 Sep 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | debugging, logging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
after a longer debugging session it would be nice to have a way to set a specific loglevel |
[ZBXNEXT-2446] inconsistent error messages for configuration file validation Created: 2014 Sep 07 Updated: 2014 Sep 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
consider the two following examples of error messages : zabbix_proxy [17973]: unknown parameter [StartProxyPollers] in config file [/.../zabbix_server.conf], line 411 zabbix_proxy [18111]: ERROR: "Server" configuration parameter is not defined. This parameter is mandatory for active proxies. notice the "ERROR' string only being present in one of them. it would be nice to review all messages and unify them. |
[ZBXNEXT-2176] Send data to graphite Created: 2014 Feb 27 Updated: 2023 Sep 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vadym Kalsin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 17 |
Labels: | agent, graphs, storage | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix is a great tool for monitoring but visualization and graphing options are quite poor. For example, we can place many items on the one graph, but we can't scale them relative to each other. I know that we can use second Y axis, but this is not always helps.
We store historycal data for some items in graphite and only save last recent data in zabbix (for the triggers). Now we feed our graphite by calling a script which uses zabbix API. Every 30 seconds it scans all hosts, finds items with prefix "-graphite" and sands the lastvalue and lastclock to graphite. This script loads our zabbix-server and database very well. So it would be better to send data directly from zabbix-agent (or zabbix-proxy). Is it difficult to implement? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 16 ] |
i'm tempted to say that this is a dupe of ZBXNEXT-714 - the best would be for server to be able to push data to graphite, i guess |
Comment by Shane McEwan [ 2014 May 08 ] |
I'm wondering if it would be possible to expose the Zabbix API or Zabbix database as a Graphite storage finder/backend (http://graphite.readthedocs.org/en/latest/storage-backends.html). That way you don't double up your data storage. Zabbix can continue to gather the data and generate alerts and Graphite can do what it does best . . . draw pretty graphs. If I have some spare time (hah!) I might have a go. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Oct 03 ] |
richlv, I always considered this request different from ZBXNEXT-714, because the description is about storing data additionally in a different storage backend. So Zabbix continues to work like before but something 3rd party got the data as well. Now I admittedly share your opinion. A proper implementation of ZBXNEXT-714 would of course not only allow to store the data somehow somewhere else, it would also provide the interface for Zabbix accessing the data. In this case by querying the Graphite backend. |
Comment by Nathan Dornqaust [ 2014 Nov 25 ] |
@Shane McEwan Did you ever pursue this? The biggest problem I have with Graphite is the single whisper db files.. Currently over 200,000 active files.. It's very high I/O. I'd love to use Zabbix with the ability to add graphite graphs - really would be the icing on the cake. |
Comment by Shane McEwan [ 2014 Nov 25 ] |
As a proof of concept I wrote a little wrapper script in Perl that mimicked the Graphite API but spoke to the Zabbix API in the background. I then installed a few different Graphite compatible frontends and pointed them at my wrapper. Some of them partially worked but a lot were expecting more advanced Graphite API calls that I hadn't implemented. I realised that if I pursued this course I'd end up having to implement the entire Graphite API functionality which I didn't want to do so I abandoned it. My next step is to try to write a functional Graphite storage backend that talks to the Zabbix API but my Python-fu is poor and the Graphite documentation assumes Python knowledge that I lack. But from my Perl wrapper tests and everything else I've read I don't see why a Graphite storage backend using the Zabbix API wouldn't work. It probably won't be fast, direct MySQL/PostgreSQL would be faster but more prone to breaking with Zabbix DB schema changes, but should be functional for small numbers of items and date ranges. If there's any Python experts out there willing to help I'd be happy to stick what I've done so far (not much) onto Github and we can collaborate. |
Comment by Bryce Walter [ 2014 Dec 20 ] |
Shane McEwan, |
Comment by Marc [ 2016 Jul 31 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-2202] Insufficient logging to figure out problem cause Created: 2014 Feb 21 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Cheshikov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | debug, troubleshooting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please, consider this as a bug. It logs "failed" but doesn't say about failure reason: 26375:20140220:162425.089 zbx_send_response() '{ "response":"success", "info":"processed: 0; failed: 1; total: 1; seconds spent: 0.000110"}' |
[ZBXNEXT-1980] Can't override Hostname with HostnameItem Created: 2013 Oct 24 Updated: 2019 Aug 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Yoav Steinberg | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
All zabbix agent config parameters in the conf file can be overwritten by providing a new value later on in the config or (especially useful) in an included config under conf.d for example. This is very practical for automated installation systems where we don't want to edit the original config file but just to add and alter default configurations by appending new values at the end of the file or to included config files. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 24 ] |
do you want to override previously defined HostnameItem with another instance ? |
Comment by Yoav Steinberg [ 2013 Oct 24 ] |
I want to override a previously define "Hostname". For example the following won't work: Hostname=foo And even this (surprisingly) won't work: Hostname=foo |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 24 ] |
you can not 'override' one parameter with another. in your second example, you are setting it to an empty value, not unsetting it. |
Comment by Yoav Steinberg [ 2013 Oct 24 ] |
No problem with defining this as a feature. Sorry for the inconvenience. Anyway, unsetting the variable would help here. The second example was a long shot I tried after the first example failed. Server=foo.com would result in Server configured to "bar.com". Because of the unique interplay between Hostname and HostnameItem it makes sense that setting HostnameItem after Hostname will override the previous Hostname setting. If adding "unsetting" is what's required for this, then so be it. |
Comment by Craig Mandelblit [ 2019 Aug 21 ] |
Or package up the agent RPMs with a zabbix_agentd.conf that does not have a Hostname= value set. That way it defaults to HostnameItem. |
[ZBXNEXT-9078] proc.num - support regexp for user Created: 2024 Mar 12 Updated: 2024 Mar 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
proc.num supports regexp for the commandline parameter. Usecase: |
[ZBXNEXT-1808] Implement native HDD activity monitoring on AIX systems Created: 2013 Jul 01 Updated: 2014 Apr 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | aix, newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Need to support HDD activity monitoring with zabbix agent on AIX systems like currently supported on Linux. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2014 Apr 25 ] |
Could you please clarify the difference between this issue and |
[ZBXNEXT-1623] Generic JSON validation support Created: 2013 Feb 14 Updated: 2024 Jan 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andris Zeila | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | json, validation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently the validation of received JSON data is done locally in various components. The validation level depends on the component - for example in some places the field format (type) is checked while in other places it is not. One way would be to use JSON schemas for validation. However that might be too 'heavy' approach and it would be better to create some generic lightweight validation funcitonality. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 15 ] |
(1) not strictly json validation, but general validation issue - how zabbix sender data is validated. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2023 Mar 27 ] |
hello, we use this code in item validation : try { JSON.parse(value); } catch (e) { return -1; } return value; } or just
return JSON.parse(value);
with a nodata trigger. |
[ZBXNEXT-9076] Name passive agent related settings clearly Created: 2024 Mar 12 Updated: 2024 Mar 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgars Melveris | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2024-03-12-10-02-09-697.png image-2024-03-12-10-02-56-764.png |
Description |
[ZBXNEXT-9056] Remove Plugins.<plugin name>.Capacity parameter Created: 2024 Mar 01 Updated: 2024 Mar 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mihails Prihodko | Assignee: | Mihails Prihodko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
Previously, configuration files for Zabbix agent 2 plugins used to support the parameter: zabbix_agent2 [481161]: ERROR: cannot register plugins: [PostgreSQL] Cannot assign configuration: invalid parameter at line 10: unknown parameter But it is still possible to configure this parameter in user-created plugins if it is defined in plugin\config.go PluginOptions struct in the user-created plugin. |
[ZBXNEXT-9039] Add Go compiler version to agent 2 version loadable plugins output Created: 2024 Feb 23 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.27rc1, 6.4.12rc1, 7.0.0beta2, 7.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mihails Prihodko | Assignee: | Mihails Prihodko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team B | ||||||||
Sprint: | S24-W10/11, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
Go compiler version was added to `zabbix_agent2 -V` output. As proposed by esneiders in this comment ZBXNEXT-9026, it also might be useful to have this information available for Zabbix agent 2 loadable plugins. |
Comments |
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Feb 23 ] | ||
Mini spec v1.0 What is affected
Obtaining Go compiler version Loadable plugin version information Go compiler version should be added to the common function PrintVersion() in the plugin-support repository like so: Before: Zabbix PostgreSQL plugin Version 6.0.27rc1 Protocol version 6.0.13 After: Zabbix PostgreSQL plugin Version 6.0.27rc1, built with go1.21.6 Protocol version 6.0.13 Note, there is no colon ":" after "built with" before the version unlike in Zabbix agent 2. This is proposed to be more consistent with the existing plugin version info formatting. Signoff:
|
[ZBXNEXT-9026] Add Go compiler version to agent 2 version output Created: 2024 Feb 20 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | QA Failed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.42rc1, 6.0.27rc1, 6.4.12rc1, 7.0.0beta2, 7.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mihails Prihodko | Assignee: | Mihails Prihodko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Team: | Team B | ||||||||||||
Sprint: | S24-W10/11, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||||||
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
It would be useful if we could check the Go compiler version that was used to build Zabbix agent 2 binary. This is important information because various compatibility issues arise with Go language like this one |
Comments |
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Feb 20 ] | ||
Mini spec v1.0 What is affected
Obtaining Go compiler version Agent 2 version information Go compiler version should be added to the output of zabbix_agent2.exe -V like so: Before: Revision 88620f12430 29 January 2024, compilation time: 2024-02-15 17:06:46 After: Revision 88620f12430 29 January 2024, compilation time: 2024-02-20 09:43:14, built with: go1.21.6 Agent 2 log Signoff:
| ||
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Feb 23 ] | ||
By the way, the output of `golangci-lint --version` looks like so: golangci-lint --version golangci-lint has version 1.56.2 built with go1.22.0 from 58a724a0 on 2024-02-15T18:01:51Z |
[ZBXNEXT-5977] Registering Zabbix agent for Windows as "Automatic (delayed start)" service Created: 2020 May 22 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kazuo Ito | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team B |
Sprint: | S24-W14/15 |
Description |
Automatic (delayed start) is available on Windows Vista / 2008 or later. int ZabbixCreateService(const char *path, int multiple_agents) { SC_HANDLE mgr, service; SERVICE_DESCRIPTION sd; // Add Start const OSVERSIONINFOEX *vi; SERVICE_DELAYED_AUTO_START_INFO scdasi; // Add End wchar_t cmdLine[MAX_PATH]; wchar_t *wservice_name; DWORD code; int ret = FAIL; if (FAIL == svc_OpenSCManager(&mgr)) return ret; svc_get_command_line(path, multiple_agents, cmdLine, MAX_PATH); wservice_name = zbx_utf8_to_unicode(ZABBIX_SERVICE_NAME); if (NULL == (service = CreateService(mgr, wservice_name, wservice_name, GENERIC_READ, SERVICE_WIN32_OWN_PROCESS, SERVICE_AUTO_START, SERVICE_ERROR_NORMAL, cmdLine, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL))) { if (ERROR_SERVICE_EXISTS == (code = GetLastError())) zbx_error("ERROR: service [%s] already exists", ZABBIX_SERVICE_NAME); else zbx_error("ERROR: cannot create service [%s]: %s", ZABBIX_SERVICE_NAME, strerror_from_system(code)); } else { zbx_error("service [%s] installed successfully", ZABBIX_SERVICE_NAME); CloseServiceHandle(service); ret = SUCCEED; /* update the service description */ if (SUCCEED == svc_OpenService(mgr, &service, SERVICE_CHANGE_CONFIG)) { sd.lpDescription = TEXT("Provides system monitoring"); if (0 == ChangeServiceConfig2(service, SERVICE_CONFIG_DESCRIPTION, &sd)) zbx_error("service description update failed: %s", strerror_from_system(GetLastError())); // Add Start if (NULL != (vi = zbx_win_getversion()) && 6 <= vi->dwMajorVersion) { scdasi.fDelayedAutostart = TRUE; if (0 == ChangeServiceConfig2(service, SERVICE_CONFIG_DELAYED_AUTO_START_INFO, &scdasi)) zbx_error("service start update failed: %s", strerror_from_system(GetLastError())); } // Add End CloseServiceHandle(service); } } zbx_free(wservice_name); CloseServiceHandle(mgr); if (SUCCEED == ret) ret = svc_install_event_source(path); return ret; } I changed and confirmed the source of Zabbix 3.0.30. |
Comments |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2022 Dec 30 ] |
Dear Team, |
Comment by Michael Veksler [ 2023 Jan 02 ] |
Dear dimitri.bellini, |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2023 Jan 02 ] |
Sorry Michael, I completely forgot to mention the Agent release... |
Comment by Michael Veksler [ 2023 Jan 03 ] |
Hi dimitri.bellini , 1. Please check the Windows Event Logs. Agent2 have to write any errors to WinLog before initializing Zabbix log (reading the config file). 2. Please check if file "zabbix_agent2.d\plugins.d\mongodb.conf" is present (the problem version of Agent2 with mongodb plugin or not) |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2023 Jan 03 ] |
Hi Michael, |
Comment by Michael Veksler [ 2024 Feb 16 ] |
Proposal: We have to do the following:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8758] Load balancing and HA for proxies Created: 2023 Oct 16 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | IN MANUAL TESTING |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N), Proxy (P) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Rostislav Palivoda | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | None | ||
Σ Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified |
Σ Time Spent: | Not Specified | Time Spent: | Not Specified |
Σ Original Estimate: | Not Specified | Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
|||||||||||||||
Sub-Tasks: |
|
|||||||||||||||
Team: | Team A | |||||||||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), S2401-1, S2401-2, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W10/11, S24-W12/13, S24-W14/15 | |||||||||||||||
Story Points: | 15 |
Description |
Automated proxy load balancing and HA is one of the top feature requests and a must have functionality for enterprise users. |
Comments |
Comment by user185953 [ 2024 Jan 05 ] |
Note TLS auth for proxies won't work right in HA: https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-8490 I apologize for promoting it like this. With my other tickets I promise I wait patiently like I should.
|
[ZBXNEXT-7117] Add zpool health monitoring support Created: 2021 Dec 10 Updated: 2021 Dec 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | Gergely Czuczy | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zpool monitoring is completely missing from zabbix, and many of the people are running zfs. Zpool health is clearly displayed by zpool-status(8). There should be discovery items and a default template which creates the items, triggers on non-online pools/vdevs/etc. Health status is one of the most crucial part of monitoring solutions, and unfortunately zabbix doesn't offer a lot of help out of the box here. So, could you please add zpool monitoring? It's the same across all systems since everyone has moved to openzfs. |
[ZBXNEXT-8632] zabbix agent should change time in long along with system. Created: 2023 Aug 11 Updated: 2023 Aug 11 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.21rc1, 7.0.0alpha4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently agent and agent2 using time which was set during start of agent. Currently need to restart agent to fix time. |
[ZBXNEXT-8662] implement monitor "log buffer" sources of data (dump of XX last log lines) Created: 2023 Aug 29 Updated: 2023 Aug 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | newitemkey | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Imagine that you have a source of information while gives you a XX-lines limited output buffer of last events. Let's call as a "buffer". Something like this emulated output (order as in this example): # tail -n 10 apcupsd.events | tac 2022-10-30 20:41:03 +0200 apcupsd shutdown succeeded 2022-10-30 20:41:03 +0200 apcupsd exiting, signal 15 2022-10-30 20:40:32 +0200 Running on UPS batteries. 2022-10-30 20:40:26 +0200 Power failure. 2022-10-30 20:40:16 +0200 Power is back. UPS running on mains. 2022-10-30 20:40:16 +0200 Mains returned. No longer on UPS batteries. 2022-10-30 20:40:10 +0200 Running on UPS batteries. 2022-10-30 20:40:04 +0200 Power failure. 2022-10-30 20:34:50 +0200 Power is back. UPS running on mains. 2022-10-30 20:34:45 +0200 Power failure. You can pool this buffer at your preferred interval, new lines arrive on top in the list, while previous events go down in the list. How to achieve this in zabbix easily? Would be nice to implement such item key or preprocessing rule or so. |
[ZBXNEXT-8608] ZAbbix 6.0 Active Agent HOST IP System Macro Feature. Created: 2023 Jul 31 Updated: 2024 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.18 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Gursel Yarkin | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi, Is it possible to have a system macro for HOST IP information via Active Agent2 on Zabbix 6.0.18 ? Regards. |
[ZBXNEXT-8406] Use RegExp in Allow/Deny Created: 2023 Apr 17 Updated: 2023 Apr 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Gustavo Guido | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Use a pair of regexp in the Allow/Deny key parameter instead of a pattern AllowKey=KeyRegExp[ParametersRegExp] DenyKey=KeyRegExp[ParametersRegExp] More powerfull an unified (RegExp are all over Zabbix)
|
[ZBXNEXT-8834] Packaged Zabbix Agent for MacOS on M1/M2/etc... Apple silicon Created: 2023 Nov 15 Updated: 2023 Nov 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Colin Burns | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
MacOS Darwin 20.6.0 and 23.0.0 specifically but really anything from 20.6 up. |
Description |
We use a large number of Mac hosts including Mac's running on the new Apple silicon (M1, M2, etc...). We rely heavily on Zabbix as a part of our build automation. I'm able to compile the agents but policy dictates that we must use software provided by upstream sources (package maintainers) and supplied in the form of packages appropriate to the OS so that they can be installed/updated/removed using the system's native package manager. The existing packages for MacOS on X64 are already heavily used and a perfect model for what we're looking for. Hopefully you'll be able to take this in the next sprint. If you don't have any Mac's with M-series CPU's and need pre-compiled agent/get/sender binaries with statically linked libraries, please feel free to reach out. I'm happy to supply them. |
[ZBXNEXT-8830] LXC containers report host load avg in zabbix-agent2 Created: 2023 Nov 11 Updated: 2023 Nov 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Steve Allison | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux 6.2.16-14 |
Description |
LXC supports container metrics within the container, so that the container has independent load avg metrics. This was introduced July 2019 in LXCFS 3.1.2, see https://discuss.linuxcontainers.org/t/lxcfs-3-1-2-has-been-released/5321 On my LXC systems, /proc/loadavg represents expected load for the processes running in each container, whilst the hosts, with many VMs, have an expected higher load as they are handling all systems. zabbix-agent2, reports the host load on each LXC. I put some examples at https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-troubleshooting-and-problems/473153-proxmox-8-lxc-container-running-debian-12-zabbix-reports-load-average-of-hostcp -a /
LXC#> uptime; cat /proc/loadavg 11:56:31 up 11:03, 2 users, load average: 0.08, 0.04, 0.01 0.08 0.04 0.01 0/681 4114539 ZBX#> zabbix_get -s lxc -k system.cpu.load 3.521484
Note: Tested same issue on zabbix-agentd |
Comments |
Comment by Steve Allison [ 2023 Nov 11 ] |
I've worked around this issue for now using a UserParameter and applying a new template to LXC agent. UserParameter=ct.cpu.load[*],awk -F'[, ]+' '{avg1=$$1;avg5=$$2;avg15=$$3}{ print $2 }' /proc/loadavg |
[ZBXNEXT-8215] Conditional Interval for specific Items when there is an active alert Created: 2023 Jan 18 Updated: 2023 Jan 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Arvind Kumar | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I would like to see or set a conditional interval which is defined when there is an active alert related to that Item, |
[ZBXNEXT-8233] Make internal statistics for zabbix-agent Created: 2023 Jan 27 Updated: 2023 Jun 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.7rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Evren Yurtesen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | agent, agent2, internalmonitoring, zabbix-agent2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Attachments: | image-2023-06-06-16-01-02-060.png image-2023-06-06-18-56-18-693.png |
Description |
I was curious about how the zabbix-agent (active) works and how often it sends data etc. It seems there are some configuration settings but one does not get a real feel about what is actually happening. More information at: It would be interesting to be able to monitor a zabbix-agent to determine how much data it is transferring in active and passive mode, how often, how many connection errors occur, how long each connection takes, how many servers it is communicating with, etc. There are probably many interesting metrics which can be collected and used to optimize the system. |
Comments |
Comment by Evren Yurtesen [ 2023 Jan 27 ] |
There are internal metrics for zabbix-server and zabbix-proxy https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/6.0/en/manual/config/items/itemtypes/internal |
Comment by Gursel Yarkin [ 2023 Jun 06 ] |
Hi, Is there any way to check the value of the "Version of Zabbix agent running - agent.version" key's data more frequently than 5 minutes so that the "Version of Zabbix agent running - agent. Version" key's data exits at "Last 5 minutes" , "Last 15 minutes" , "Last 30 minutes", "Last 1,3,6,12 hours" and "Last 1,2,7,30 days" periods infinitely? The aim is to have the METRIC / NUMERIC type item key data whilst the TEXT / CHAR type item key data at he same dashboard. When "Last 5 min" period is checked, the value of CHAR/TEXT type item key data's disappears, because the timestamp of the last checked item is
If "Last 24 hours" period is checked, the value of CHAR/TEXT type item key data's appears, because the timestamp of the last checked item is Regards, |
[ZBXNEXT-8232] Automatic active/passive checks instead of forced by item type Created: 2023 Jan 27 Updated: 2023 Jan 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Evren Yurtesen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
First of all, I tried to search a similar feature request in the issues but could not find it. I am surprised that nobody asked for it before. (except if I missed it maybe?) Basic Information: Currently there are 2 types of Zabbix Agent check functionality. Active and Passive. This is set using the item type per item in the template. In some cases there are multiple of same templates. Eg. Linux by zabbix agent and Linux by zabbix agent active. However not all templates are understandably (as this requires some extra work) duplicated in this manner. If both types of templates are needed. This creates a certain amount of duplication and extra work. Especially since most templates are not provided in active type. Problem Description: As most templates are only available with passive checks, I had to download a template and convert it by mass updating zabbix-agent item types with zabbix-agent-active types (or with find/replace). This worked fine as I could rename the modified template and keep both templates in the system. However since the introduction of UUIDs, this is not feasible anymore. Now, one also needs to change UUIDs and in future keep them in sync. It is also impossible to import 2 templates with items which has same UUIDs. For example as described at: https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/458147-uuid-problem-making-same-template-for-agent-and-agent-active Suggestion?: It seems most items can work in active or passive mode. Some items have to be configured as active. (minor inconvenience) Isn't it possible to have an item type, eg. zabbix-agent-auto, which can automatically determine if active or passive should be used for a specific host?
It is possible to easily determine if active checks are possible if the agent is connecting regularly and fetching items. I saw that a recent feature added to Zabbix is to determine if active checks are functioning or not. As a plus, if the items are not Zabbix Agent (auto) type (agent or agent-active as they are right now), everything would work exactly the same as before. So there would be total compatibility with existing installations. I hope the descriptions were clear and understandable. Please ask if they are not clear.
|
[ZBXNEXT-6233] Pick up bigger text file than 64K, vfs.file.contents, Zabbix Agent Created: 2020 Oct 02 Updated: 2023 Aug 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The item vfs.file.contents is limited to 64K and so as the text field for MySQL engine. Sometimes it's required to pick up bigger content from /proc/diskstats to pass this information to the preprocessor for example in "Template Module Linux block devices by Zabbix agent active" The limitation is currently installed at the agent side. Please: 1) Increase the limit of item key 'vfs.file.contents' or 2) Allow an override or 3) Invent a different agent key Currently to workaround issue must alter template "Template Module Linux block devices by Zabbix agent active" and use:
system.run["cat /proc/diskstats"]
which is not suitable for some environments. |
Comments |
Comment by Marcel Rengers [ 2022 Mar 21 ] |
I'm facing a similar issue at the moment. I'm getting a json which is much bigger than 64k as an master item. PS: I'm not sure if this feature request is the appropriate place for this comment since this feature request is targeted only on the agent while my comment is about the same topic but on a broader scope. |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2023 Aug 23 ] |
This will be solved within |
[ZBXNEXT-6070] Zabbix Agent2 static binary for Linux Created: 2020 Jul 15 Updated: 2022 Aug 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.1, 5.0.2, 5.0.3rc1, 5.2.0alpha1, 5.2 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Sergey | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | agent2, linux, static | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
ALTLinux 9 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Not all maintainers provide latest 5.* Zabbix packages for their own Linux, i.e. ALTLinux still has only 4.4.
It exists Zabbix Agent 5.0 staticaly compiled, and it works good on ALTLinux, but still is needed Agent*2*, as for example only it supports PostgreSQL 12.
Zabbix Server 5.* works good in docker environment, but deploy docker Agent2 containter on a server which is not supposed to be cointainer host is a bad idea. |
Comments |
Comment by Michael Veksler [ 2022 Aug 19 ] |
You can compile with following options: ./configure --prefix=/usr/local --enable-agent2 --enable-agent --with-openssl --enable-ipv6 --enable-static-libs |
[ZBXNEXT-6317] please extend quiet msi installer parameter for windows agent 5 AllowKey, UnsafeUserParameters und UserParameter... Created: 2020 Nov 02 Updated: 2022 Jul 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Stefan | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi,
we're trying to rollout the zabbix agent on a bunch of windows hosts. Unfortunately some parameters can not be configured via /quit installation with the msi-package. These are:
AllowKey, UnsafeUserParameters and additional UserParameters.
Please extend the available options. According to latest documentation, these are: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/installation/install_from_packages/win_msi)
Thank you for your consideration. |
[ZBXNEXT-6377] Adding FreeBSD jail name/id for proc.num item Created: 2020 Dec 01 Updated: 2022 Nov 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.5, 5.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Vyacheslav Terekhov | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, freebsd, items, patch, proc.num | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
FreeBSD 8.0+, zabbix_agent 5.0+ |
Attachments: | proc.c.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The proc.c patch adds FreeBSD 8.0+ jail [1] support for the proc.num[] item. The item takes a fifth parameter as a jail ID or name.
This behavior corresponds to the ps (-J option) [2] and sockstat (-j option) [3] utilities. This patch requires the libjail [4] library, which was introduced in FreeBSD 8.0, so I added a patch to configure.ac that checks for the libjail library. If the library is not found, the fifth parameter of the proc.num[] item is ignored. [1] https://www.freebsd.org/doc/handbook/jails.html [2] https://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?ps(1) [3] https://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?sockstat(1) [4] https://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?jail_getid(3) |
Comments |
Comment by Vyacheslav Terekhov [ 2022 Jun 09 ] |
I updated the patch for proc.c from zabbix-6.2.0rc1. Changes:
|
Comment by Vyacheslav Terekhov [ 2022 Sep 08 ] |
Starting with zabbix-6.2.2 ( I updated the patch for proc.c from zabbix-6.2.2. The patch adds a fifth parameter for proc.num and a sixth parameter for proc.mem, where you can pass jail name or jail id:
If the agent is compiled on FreeBSD < 5.0 - the parameter is ignored. |
Comment by Vyacheslav Terekhov [ 2022 Nov 04 ] |
This is the final patch for src/libs/zbxsysinfo/freebsd/proc.c (I hope) for zabbix 6.2.4: proc.c.patch. The patch adds a fifth parameter for proc.num[] and a sixth parameter for proc.mem[], where you can pass jail name or jail id:
Also, the code is formatted in accordance with the "C coding guidelines". |
[ZBXNEXT-6333] Improve zabbix-agent efficiency using better processing of data before sending to server Created: 2020 Nov 09 Updated: 2020 Nov 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Evren Yurtesen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I do not know if this is feasible. But it may be a good feature for scalability of Zabbix. The zabbix-agent currently does very little processing before sending items to zabbix server. This can be improved by running preprocessing on the agent side.
Example situation: Monitoring a host using prometheus metrics with `web.page.get` with active agent. The metrics data is 4MBytes in size. This is done by a master item and dependent items. Let's say we are monitoring a fraction of the items in the 4MBytes text document. Currently zabbix-agent fetches the document and sends to zabbix-server. The zabbix-server extracts the dependent items and discards using preprocessing settings etc. Wouldn't it be useful if the zabbix-agent could process the dependent items and do not send the original master item to zabbix-server if no hisory/trend period is defined? On top of it, it can take advantage of the discard/threshold functionality and further reduce the data transmission size. Data compression would be a plus...
It is currently possible to use zabbix-proxy to achieve this end result. However it is cumbersome to use a proxy with every zabbix-agent obviously.
Could it be possible to somehow leverage the existing proxy code to make proxy run in a smaller context, only the cache local values for the same host without needing to setup proxy in zabbix server for every host? OR maybe such caching and processing features can be added to zabbix agent?
Thanks! |
Comments |
Comment by Evren Yurtesen [ 2020 Nov 10 ] |
The same applies to things like java_gateway. If there is zabbix-agent installed on a host, why the server needs to query JMX directly? It require many java processes to run on the server and not very scalable. |
[ZBXNEXT-5744] Send host metadata before stopping agent service Created: 2020 Feb 05 Updated: 2020 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Markus Fischbacher | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
[ZBXNEXT-5913] Swap space monitoring per container by docker template Created: 2020 Apr 24 Updated: 2020 Apr 27 |
|
Status: | Elaborating |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Anton Fayantsev (Inactive) |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I'm checking current docker template: I think it's crucial to have a metric which shows if the container starts using swap space. If I'm not mistaken, this information is represented: grep ^VmSwap /proc/<pid>/status |
[ZBXNEXT-5742] Auto deregistration Created: 2020 Feb 05 Updated: 2020 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Markus Fischbacher | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
[ZBXNEXT-9001] Add wildcard modifier for exclude list of "services[]" item key Created: 2024 Feb 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Sergei Ratnikov | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please, add the wildcard modifier for <exclude> list of services[<type>,<state>,<exclude>] Zabbix Agent item key. I noticed that now some software providers started to add version number to the service name. Due to this it is very complex to maintain the list of excluded services. It is required continuously to add new service names to that list. Good example is "GoogleUpdater" services coming with Google products. It was started from "gupdate,gupdatem". But now it looks like below (and not limited, because it will grow up in future with another versions added): Using the wildcard (* or another one) will simplify this list to: |
Comments |
Comment by Sergei Ratnikov [ 2024 Mar 05 ] |
Since the last time few new service names have been appeared in the list. It is becoming annoying to update that list for every week: |
Comment by Sergei Ratnikov [ 2024 Mar 11 ] |
Two new services in the list on this week: |
Comment by Sergei Ratnikov [ 2024 Mar 14 ] |
Few new items in the list. It is becoming very annoying to edit this exclusion list several times per week: gupdate |
[ZBXNEXT-7471] Agent auto upgrade Created: 2022 Feb 05 Updated: 2023 Oct 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Luiz Nascimento | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Provide agent auto upgrade feature. In large and complex network environments, keeping agents updated with latest patches requires a lot of effort. And not keeping agents updated can be even worse. Auto upgrade should be optional. It should be possible to block auto upgrade in selected servers when server do not meet new agent requirements. It requires some way to throttle auto upgrade to avoid all agents trying to upgrade at same time. Agent should be downloaded or pushed from server or proxy using current network ports and flows avoiding new network requirements. Best regards. |
[ZBXNEXT-9024] Agents Capacity Created: 2024 Feb 16 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | Needs documenting |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G), Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.12rc1, 7.0.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Michael Veksler | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||
Team: | Team D | ||||||||||||||||
Sprint: | S24-W10/11, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||||||||||
Story Points: | 2 |
Description |
We need to provide ability to increase max number of allowed workers for Agent & Agent2: Agent 2 v6.4:
Agent 2 v7.0:
Agent v7.0:
|
Comments |
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Mar 04 ] |
Mini spec v1.0 Affected
Zabbix agent 2 plugin capacity calculation Plugin capacity determines the maximal number of goroutines that can be started by a plugin simultaneously. Plugin maximum capacity is currently calculated using the following rules. Step 1.
Step 2. To be changed in Zabbix agent 2 Max plugin capacity in Zabbix agent 2 should be set by setting "DefaultCapacity" constant in "plugin-support" repo, in "package" plugin. UPD (removed): Capacity int `conf:"default=<value>"` UDP (added): If the Default plugin capacity should be different than max capacity, it should be set in Zabbix agent 2. Both 'System.Capacity' and the deprecated 'Capacity' should have higher priority than the default capacity. If the Default plugin capacity should be equal to max capacity, it should not be set. Agent 2 v6.4:
Agent 2 v7.0:
A warning message should be logged if time spent in collector task exceeds the collector delay. That should be done by timing collector.Collect() execution in collectorTask.perform() and log warning if it exceeds collector.Period(). To be changed in Zabbix agent 1 Configuration parameter StartAgents determines the number of processes started as listeners. The default value of StartAgents should be set by setting config_forks[ZBX_PROCESS_TYPE_LISTENER] in src/zabbix_agent_zabbox_agentd.c Agent v7.0: As Jurijs Klopovskis suggested, a smaller capacity equal to 3 for small systems should be set during packaging.
|
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Mar 25 ] |
QA-note Capacities can be checked by defining the 'StatusPort' parameter in zabbix_agent2.conf and checking capacities for different plugins using a browser like so https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/en/manual/appendix/config/zabbix_agent2#statusport |
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Mar 28 ] |
Available in versions:
|
Comment by Mihails Prihodko [ 2024 Mar 28 ] |
(3) [D]
|
[ZBXNEXT-7536] MSI installer HostnameItem parameter Created: 2022 Mar 04 Updated: 2022 Aug 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent (G) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.10, 5.4.11, 6.0.0, 6.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | tuor | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi This should be a very small change. We are deploying the agent with a GPO and it would be a lot simpler, if we could pass the HostnameItem as MSI parameter instead of having to deploy a separate file into the Zabbix Agent config directory. The list of currently supported parameters: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/en/manual/installation/install_from_packages/win_msi#supported-parameters Thank you! |
Comments |
Comment by Juan [ 2022 Jul 25 ] |
This option would really help us deploy the agent on 1000+ servers. I see the HOSTMETADATAITEM is supported out of the box, so why not HOSTNAMEITEM and HOSTINTERFACEITEM ?
Thank you |
[ZBXNEXT-7744] Redis SSL Support for Zabbix Agent 2 Created: 2022 May 26 Updated: 2023 Dec 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Parva | Assignee: | Aleksandre Sebiskveradze |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Redis_zabbix_error-1.jpg |
Description |
Hi, I am unable to get Redis data for Redis parameters after SSL. |
Comments |
Comment by James Howe [ 2023 Dec 14 ] |
As a workaround, you could configure redis to also listen on a local unix socket, and have zabbix connect via that. |
[ZBXNEXT-9081] Disks on a HBA are not discovered by zabbix Created: 2023 Nov 03 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | IN QA |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Stefan | Assignee: | Andrejs Zazuks |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | SMART, disk | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix_agent2_smart-discovery_scsi.log | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team B | ||||||||
Story Points: | 2 |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: smartctl raw output: smartctl --scan /dev/sda -d scsi # /dev/sda, SCSI device /dev/sdb -d scsi # /dev/sdb, SCSI device /dev/sdc -d scsi # /dev/sdc, SCSI device /dev/sdd -d scsi # /dev/sdd, SCSI device /dev/sde -d scsi # /dev/sde, SCSI device /dev/sdf -d scsi # /dev/sdf, SCSI device /dev/sdg -d scsi # /dev/sdg, SCSI device /dev/sdh -d scsi # /dev/sdh, SCSI device /dev/sdi -d scsi # /dev/sdi, SCSI device /dev/sdj -d scsi # /dev/sdj, SCSI device /dev/sdk -d scsi # /dev/sdk, SCSI device /dev/sdl -d scsi # /dev/sdl, SCSI device /dev/sdm -d scsi # /dev/sdm, SCSI device /dev/sdn -d scsi # /dev/sdn, SCSI device /dev/sdo -d scsi # /dev/sdo, SCSI device /dev/sdp -d scsi # /dev/sdp, SCSI device /dev/sdq -d scsi # /dev/sdq, SCSI device /dev/sdr -d scsi # /dev/sdr, SCSI device /dev/sds -d scsi # /dev/sds, SCSI device /dev/sdt -d scsi # /dev/sdt, SCSI device /dev/sdu -d scsi # /dev/sdu, SCSI device /dev/sdv -d scsi # /dev/sdv, SCSI device /dev/sdw -d scsi # /dev/sdw, SCSI device /dev/sdx -d scsi # /dev/sdx, SCSI device /dev/sdy -d scsi # /dev/sdy, SCSI device /dev/sdz -d scsi # /dev/sdz, SCSI device /dev/sdaa -d scsi # /dev/sdaa, SCSI device /dev/sdab -d scsi # /dev/sdab, SCSI device /dev/sdac -d scsi # /dev/sdac, SCSI device /dev/sdad -d scsi # /dev/sdad, SCSI device /dev/sdae -d scsi # /dev/sdae, SCSI device /dev/sdaf -d scsi # /dev/sdaf, SCSI device but zabbix discover just two of them, which are SATA: smart.disk.discovery [s|[{"{#NAME}":"sdae sat","{#DISKTYPE}":"ssd","{#MODEL}":"INTEL SSDSC2KB480GZ","{#SN}":"PHYI233307HB480BGN","{#PATH}":"/dev/sdae","{#RAIDTYPE}":"sat","{#ATTRIBUTES}":"Reallocated_Sector_Ct Power_On_Hours Power_Cycle_Count Available_Reservd_Space Program_Fail_Count Erase_Fail_Count Unsafe_Shutdown_Count Power_Loss_Cap_Test SATA_Downshift_Count End-to-End_Error_Count Uncorrectable_Error_Cnt Drive_Temperature Unsafe_Shutdown_ Count Temperature_Celsius Pending_Sector_Count CRC_Error_Count Host_Writes_32MiB Workld_Media_Wear_Indic Workld_Host_Reads_Perc Workload_Minutes Unknown_SSD_Attribute Available_Reservd_Space Media_Wearout_Indicator Thermal_Throttle_Status Power_Loss_Cap_Test Host_Writes_32MiB Host_Reads_32MiB NAND_Writes_32MiB"},{"{#NAME}":"sdaf sat","{#DISKTYPE}":"ssd","{#MODEL}":"INTEL SSDSC2KB480GZ","{#SN}":"PHYI233307QZ480BGN","{#PATH}":"/dev/sdaf","{#RAIDTYPE}":"sat","{#ATTRIBUTES}":"Reallocated_Sector_Ct Power_On_Hours Power_Cycle_Count Available_Reservd_Space Program_Fail_Count Erase_Fail_Count Unsafe_Shutdown_Count Power_Loss_Cap_Test SATA_Downshift_Count End-to-End_Error_Count Uncorrectable_Error_Cnt Drive_Temperature Unsafe_Shutdown_Count Temperature_Celsius Pending_Sector_Count CRC_Error_Count Host_Writes_32MiB Workld_Media_Wear_Indic Workld_Host_Reads_Perc Workload_Minutes Unknown_SSD_Attribute Available_Reservd_Space Media_Wearout_Ind icator Thermal_Throttle_Status Power_Loss_Cap_Test Host_Writes_32MiB Host_Reads_32MiB NAND_Writes_32MiB"}]] I also attached an more detailed (verbose) output.. Expected: that all Disks are discovered, which is important in a storage area
The go script should discover all disks and remove dublicates by serialnumber, so we don't need to iterate through all combinations, just the things that smartctl --scan discovered |
Comments |
Comment by Stefan [ 2023 Nov 08 ] |
I looked at the code and tried to understand it.. in smartfs.go the function getBasicDevices does a for-loop over r.names, but r.names is always empty because it compares with -d sat which can be the same output for SAS drives that are directly connected. Since the scan-option is good in smartctl we can use/parse the output and don't need to iterate over all -d options. If not we need to rethink the logic in the functions getDevices and formatDeviceOutput..
Since it's quite important and useless in a lot of cases it would be great if someone could increase the priority |
Comment by Jean Cardona [ 2024 Jan 05 ] |
I'm having the same issue on a Dell T320 server with a mix of consumer SSD and SAS drives. The consumer SSD are recognized correctly, but the SAS drive are not. smartctl raw output:
smartctl --scan /dev/sda -d scsi # /dev/sda, SCSI device /dev/sdb -d scsi # /dev/sdb, SCSI device /dev/sdc -d scsi # /dev/sdc, SCSI device /dev/sdd -d scsi # /dev/sdd, SCSI device /dev/sde -d scsi # /dev/sde, SCSI device
Zabbix discovery: [ { "{#NAME}": "sda sat", "{#DISKTYPE}": "ssd", "{#MODEL}": "Samsung SSD 850 PRO 256GB", "{#SN}": "S39KNX0J210777Y", "{#PATH}": "/dev/sda", "{#RAIDTYPE}": "sat", "{#ATTRIBUTES}": "Reallocated_Sector_Ct Power_On_Hours Power_Cycle_Count Wear_Leveling_Count Used_Rsvd_Blk_Cnt_Tot Program_Fail_Cnt_Total Erase_Fail_Count_Total Runtime_Bad_Block Uncorrectable_Error_Cnt Airflow_Temperature_Cel ECC_Error_Rate CRC_Error_Count POR_Recovery_Count Total_LBAs_Written" }, { "{#NAME}": "sdb sat", "{#DISKTYPE}": "ssd", "{#MODEL}": "Samsung SSD 840 PRO Series", "{#SN}": "S1ANNSADC38401B", "{#PATH}": "/dev/sdb", "{#RAIDTYPE}": "sat", "{#ATTRIBUTES}": "Reallocated_Sector_Ct Power_On_Hours Power_Cycle_Count Wear_Leveling_Count Used_Rsvd_Blk_Cnt_Tot Program_Fail_Cnt_Total Erase_Fail_Count_Total Runtime_Bad_Block Uncorrectable_Error_Cnt Airflow_Temperature_Cel ECC_Error_Rate CRC_Error_Count POR_Recovery_Count Total_LBAs_Written" } ]
|
[ZBXNEXT-8804] Be able to use a docker socket proxy instead of mapping directly the volu Created: 2023 Oct 29 Updated: 2024 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Kaybi | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, It would be awesome if "Plugins.Docker.Endpoint" parameter could use a docker socket proxy instead of only supporting unix. For instance Netdata does it: https://learn.netdata.cloud/docs/installing/docker#with-docker-socket-proxy Examples of docker socket proxies:
Kind regards |
Comments |
Comment by Kaybi [ 2023 Nov 03 ] |
Created a pull request for that feature request: https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix/pull/115 |
[ZBXNEXT-9028] Consistent device naming on linux Created: 2024 Feb 20 Updated: 2024 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.11 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Roy Sigurd Karlsbakk | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
Hi all Today, Zabbix finds devices like sda, sdb, sdc etc and that is generally fine on smaller systems. On larger, however, if you have a lot, like 20 or 80 drives, those won't be given the same device name on each bootup. Your sdd and sdc can swap place because one was detected before the other. From Linux' point of view, this isn't a bug at all, since device names shouldn't be trusted anyway. If you keep on trusting device names, zabbix will show all sorts of interesting errors that aren't there, for instance a drive in a RAID where the smart counters have started ticking, and then, after a reboot, another drive has the same count, but the first has zero. So, with the old smartctl check (before zabbix_agent2), I rewrote the discovery to allow for returning a consistent path to the device, namely /dev/disk/by-id/ata-something-blabla (or scsi- or usb-), which then is a symlink to the real device. I know this works and it removes a lot of false positives. The problem is - how can I make Zabbix' LLD for blockdevices do the same? Rewrite the whole thing in scripts? It'd be very nice if there was a way to have zabbix_agent2 do this on its own. My versjon of the LLD script for disks is here in case someone wants to have a peek https://github.com/rkarlsba/ymse/blob/master/zabbix/zbx-smartctl/discovery-scripts/nix/smartctl-disks-discovery.pl roy |
Comments |
Comment by Roy Sigurd Karlsbakk [ 2024 Mar 08 ] |
Is there any progress on this? |
[ZBXNEXT-7876] extend "oracle.ts.discovery" key output to include SEGMENT_SPACE_MANAGEMENT as additional LLD macro Created: 2022 Jul 20 Updated: 2023 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
Some may need to monitor only table spaces, created with MANUAL extent, not AUTO. We probably need to alter just one SQL query in this source file https://git.zabbix.com/projects/ZBX/repos/zabbix/browse/src/go/plugins/oracle/handler_tablespaces_discovery.go Some external links about the topic: http://www.dba-oracle.com/oracle_tips_mamt_segment_management.htm https://oracle-base.com/articles/9i/automatic-segment-free-space-management
|
[ZBXNEXT-7961] Bigger call timeout for Agent 2 Oracle plugin Created: 2022 Sep 06 Updated: 2023 Jul 29 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2022-09-06-17-20-52-023.png | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
From the link: There are settings like:
### Option: Plugins.Oracle.CallTimeout
# The maximum time in seconds for waiting when a request has to be done.
#
# Mandatory: no
# Range: 1-30
# Default:
# Plugins.Oracle.CallTimeout=<Global timeout>
The problem is with huge oracle database to measure all table spaces it takes multiple minutes to complete. This item can be timeconsuming: Please allow to configure up to 5m of execution time: # Range: 1-300 |
Comments |
Comment by Denis Monari [ 2023 Jul 29 ] |
I suggest to extend the CallTimeout to a bigger value, like 300 seconds. Otherwise this plugin is not useful in medium or bigger systems. CallTimeout int `conf:"optional,range=1:300"` |
[ZBXNEXT-8665] zabbix agent2 mongodb, use db.getReplicationInfo() to get oplog timediff Created: 2023 Aug 30 Updated: 2024 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | liaolinbo | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Refer to sourcecode the implementaion of oplog timediff is diff the last and first oplog. Why not use db.getReplicationInfo.timeDiff api to get it? |
Comments |
Comment by liaolinbo [ 2023 Aug 30 ] |
Sorry, the sourcecode link is: https://git.zabbix.com/projects/AP/repos/mongodb/browse/plugin/handlers/handler_oplog_stats.go#44 |
[ZBXNEXT-8767] Add systemd trigger prototype for failed units Created: 2023 Oct 18 Updated: 2023 Oct 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Florain Schmaus | Assignee: | Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The systemd plugin has current a trigger prototype for non-running units with level warning (and for recently restarted services).
Please also add a trigger prototype for failed units with level error. |
Zabbix agent2 mssql plugin
(ZBXNEXT-6235)
[ZBXNEXT-8673] Investigate and implement Kerberos auth with MSSQL Created: 2023 Sep 01 Updated: 2023 Sep 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Rudolfs Zvejs | Assignee: | Rudolfs Zvejs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
Explore and implement using Kerberos for authenticating a connection from plugin to a MSSQL server. |
[ZBXNEXT-9000] Agent2 Oracle Plugin should query v$asm_diskgroup_stat instead of v$asm_diskgroup Created: 2024 Feb 08 Updated: 2024 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Hadar Paiss | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Oracle? |
Description |
Agent2 Oracle Plugin should query v$asm_diskgroup_stat instead of v$asm_diskgroup in two files in: Zabbix/[src|https://git.zabbix.com/projects/ZBX/repos/zabbix/browse/src]/[go|https://git.zabbix.com/projects/ZBX/repos/zabbix/browse/src/go]/[plugins|https://git.zabbix.com/projects/ZBX/repos/zabbix/browse/src/go/plugins]/oracle/ handler_asm_diskgroups_discovery.go
Querying v$asm_diskgroup force Oracle to rescan the disks which is slow and has a laot of overhead for Oracle and system. Querying v$asm_diskgroup_stat return the exact same data (both rows and columns) without rescanning disks. Thanks, Hadar |
[ZBXNEXT-7539] ODBC and Zabbix Agent2 - Monitoring Execution SQL Query time Created: 2022 Mar 08 Updated: 2022 Nov 23 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | Agent2, odbc | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
We received a good number of requests from our customers about monitoring the execution time of a specific SQL query. |
[ZBXNEXT-8731] unable to monitor esxi hosts in zabbix Created: 2023 Oct 01 Updated: 2023 Oct 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Epic | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | mukesh bhoir | Assignee: | Vjaceslavs Bogdanovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
esxi vmare |
Epic Name: | vmware exsi monitoring issue |
Story Points: | 6 |
Description |
i have install zabbix server and when i adding esxi vmware in monitoring data is not fetching.Is agent installation is required on esxi host? |
[ZBXNEXT-8248] Zabbix_agent2: "LLD.FILTER.DB.NOT_MATCHES" for MySQL plugin Created: 2023 Feb 03 Updated: 2023 Jul 04 |
|
Status: | Elaborating |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Nexus-256 | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
Good afternoon! I think it would be better to add a macro to the MySQL plugin in which you can specify a list of databases that do not need to be detected. For example, this is very conveniently implemented in the MongoDB plugin: {$MONGODB.LLD.FILTER.DB.NOT_MATCHES} (admin|config|local) At the moment, a similar regular expression does not work in the MySQL plugin. Maybe there is some other way to specify multiple databases in a filter that I don't know about yet.
|
[ZBXNEXT-8260] SAP Agent plugin for Zabbix agent 2 Created: 2023 Feb 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Eriks Sneiders | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
Add plugin to Zabbix agent 2 that would allow to gather metrics from SAP agent. |
[ZBXNEXT-7796] Add support of global state to systemd.unit.info and systemd.unit.get Created: 2022 Jun 13 Updated: 2023 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | v99glu | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
As of 2022-06-13 Zabbix Agent2 does not have ability corresponding to command systemctl show. |
[ZBXNEXT-7425] Please add systemd.unit.info["{#UNIT.NAME}",Type,Service] information to the systemd.unit.get["{#UNIT.NAME}"] query. Created: 2022 Jan 14 Updated: 2022 Dec 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Rudolf Kastl | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | systemd by zabbix agent2 active.yaml template_app_systemd_active.yaml zabbix-6.2-systemd.yml zbx_export_templates.yaml |
Description |
In my environment i am checking for systemd.unit.info"{#UNIT.NAME}",Type,Service to get the service type. Additionally i have set a trigger condition that for example services with type "oneshot" will not fire the trigger. With the latest provided systemd template all data is gathered in one go by: systemd.unit.get"{#UNIT.NAME}" Unfortunately to get the service type i have to run another query separately for each service: systemd.unit.info"{#UNIT.NAME}",Type,Service In the ideal world the initial systemd.unit.get"{#UNIT.NAME}" would also include the data of systemd.unit.info"{#UNIT.NAME}",Type,Service to have a single query get the service type information. If you need additional information please let me know.
|
Comments |
Comment by Rudolf Kastl [ 2022 Jan 18 ] |
Added the enhanced active systemd check that i am using currently. |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2022 Aug 24 ] |
The exclusion of oneshot services from the server trigger is really needed - otherwise you get a lot of spurious alerts. This still seems to be an issue with 6.0/6.2 |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2022 Aug 24 ] |
Rudolf - do you by any chance have an updated template from 6.0? Thanks. |
Comment by Rudolf Kastl [ 2022 Aug 24 ] |
I do use 6.2.1 now. Will update tomorrow with a fresh export. |
Comment by Rudolf Kastl [ 2022 Aug 29 ] |
zbx_export_templates.yaml<- 6.2 version (active monitoring) |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2022 Aug 30 ] |
After looking at the zabbix systemd go plugin code a bit, I think the main limitation is the various systemd DBus interfaces. zabbix is getting all of the "Unit" information in the discovery - but the "Service Type" is part of the Service API. I'm not sure it's worth hacking in an additional call to get the service type in the discovery phase - the additional condition in the trigger may be appropriate. I still want to track when oneshot services run, so I don't want them fully excluded from the service monitoring. I've attached my version of the active agent template. |
Comment by Rudolf Kastl [ 2022 Sep 29 ] |
Thanks. Another question is really the dbus activated services. One of the popular ones is timedatex e.g. but there are others.
|
Comment by Rudolf Kastl [ 2022 Dec 01 ] |
This is my latest active agent2 systemd template: zabbix-6.2-systemd.yml
It provides:
|
[ZBXNEXT-6997] Keep zabbix agent 2 configuration on restart Created: 2021 Oct 12 Updated: 2021 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | vyidanov | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
windows or linux no metter |
Description |
Steps to reproduce: we are talking about zabbix agent2 /etc/zabbix/zabbix-agent2.conf when the tcp connection is lost and resumed, everything works normally. Expected: Is it possible to make a key in config - which allows persistentBufferFile to persist store
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2021 Oct 13 ] |
Moved to ZBXNEXT project due it is a new feature request. |
[ZBXNEXT-6783] Add number representation for systemd.unit.info Created: 2021 Jul 19 Updated: 2022 Oct 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.13 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Khatsayuk Alexander | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi all. Will be great to have a number representation for metrics like "ActiveState" for systemd unit like it done for service.info for Windows Services. It's rather not comfortable to store string data instead of numeric. Yes, I know that we can use systemd.unit.get, but it has overhead with a lot of extra data returned with item and it must contains preprocessing step for item. |
[ZBXNEXT-8803] Additional SMART data for SSDs Created: 2023 Oct 26 Updated: 2023 Nov 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Stephen Erisman | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I have noticed several important missing SMART data values for various SSD types. All of these are already returned by `smartctl -a -j /dev/xxx` but are not yet being returned by the Zabbix Agent2 and therefore not available to the SMART monitoring template.
All SSD types (possibly useful for HDDs as well):
NVMe SSDs:
SAS SSDs:
Having these additional data values available would be quite helpful in monitoring SSD health over time. |
Comments |
Comment by Claus Rosenberger [ 2023 Nov 20 ] |
This feature request is important to create pre warnings before the TBW threshold provided by the vendor will be reached. Also the time to replace the drives can be estimated in a better way. |
Zabbix agent2 mssql plugin
(ZBXNEXT-6235)
[ZBXNEXT-8675] Explore and implement Azure Active Directory authentication for DB connections Created: 2023 Sep 01 Updated: 2023 Sep 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Rudolfs Zvejs | Assignee: | Rudolfs Zvejs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
Explore and implement Azure Active Directory authentication for DB connections |
[ZBXNEXT-7465] Support STARTTLS for agent2-based certificate monitoring Created: 2022 Feb 02 Updated: 2023 Nov 01 |
|
Status: | Elaborating |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.10, 6.0.0beta3, 6.0.0rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Christian Anton | Assignee: | Rudolfs Zvejs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
any |
Team: | Team INT |
Description |
The new web.certificate.get item key supports a lot of options to gather information from certificates, such as SNI etc. BUT: it does not support monitoring certificates through a connection that requires STARTLS to initiate the encrypted connection, such as some email servers which listen only on port 25 (or an unencrypted submission port) and require to initiate the certificate handshake from client side with the STARTTLS command. Nagios' monitoring_plugins plugin "check_ssl_certificate" offers such an option: -a <add> add the text to the openssl line, used for checking the smtp ssl certificate with starttls ("-a '-starttls smtp'") This way, you can monitor the certificate from a STARTTLS enabled SMTP-server like this, for example: /opt/plugins/custom/check_ssl_certificate -H 1.2.3.4 -p 25 -a "-starttls smtp" -v -w 90 -c 30 Result code: WARNING check_ssl_certificates: WARNING - only 76 day(s) left for *.my-company.com[1.2.3.4]. Would be very useful to have this functionality also in Zabbix. |
Comments |
Comment by Christian Anton [ 2022 Feb 03 ] |
The argument of the nagios plugin mentioned above is by the way just a wrapper of the corresponding openssl s_client command argument, as shown here: -starttls prot - use the STARTTLS command before starting TLS
So, really a "low hanging fruit".
|
Comment by user185953 [ 2023 Jun 19 ] |
Yes, I am also surprised that native certificate monitoring is so limited, especially if it is "low hanging fruit" like you say. It would be awesome if I could monitor my SMTP, PostgreSQL, XMPP and NNTP server certificates out of the box.
PS: Anton, what is your openssl version? Even "OpenSSL 1.0.2k", offers more starttls options than that: -starttls prot - use the STARTTLS command before starting TLS for those protocols that support it, where 'prot' defines which one to assume. Currently, only "smtp", "pop3", "imap", "ftp", "xmpp", "xmpp-server", "irc", "postgres", "lmtp", "nntp", "sieve" and "ldap" are supported. |
Comment by user185953 [ 2023 Oct 13 ] |
Any suggestions how new item should look?
I think tls.certificate.get is good name, but most compatible is keeping web.certificate.get and putting protocol before url like "protocol://server.address": If "protocol" is STARTTLS protocol supported in openssl, "protocol://server.address" gives TLS check with that STARTTLS protocol. If "protocol" is supported starttls protocol with "s" appended - like "smtps" or "ldaps" - then "protocols://server.address" gives direct TLS check. For backwards compatibility also "server.address", "tls://server.address", "ssl://server.address" and "https://server.address" gives direct TLS check like before. For more backwards compatibility also maybe make "http://server.address" give direct TLS check, despite it is wrong because no STARTTLS support in http?
|
[ZBXNEXT-8755] Add ability to influence the UpdateStrategy for the Zabbix Agent 2 Helm Chart Created: 2022 Mar 16 Updated: 2023 Oct 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N), Installation (I) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Michaela DeForest | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent, helm | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: Allow UpdateStrategy Values to be modified in order to reduce update time.
Allow the update strategy and `maxUnvailable` values to be configurable, so that we can increase the `maxUnavailable` value. |
[ZBXNEXT-6165] Plugin Lifecycle communication and documentation Created: 2020 Aug 27 Updated: 2022 Mar 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Markus Fischbacher | Assignee: | Aleksandre Sebiskveradze |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 5.0.x |
Description |
Is there a way to communicate the state of a plugin to the server? Maybe as a metric. If the agent2 was manuall/intentionally stopped the Plugin Manager stops the plugins and the plugin sends a last message "stopped" for example. If the agent2 crashed this would not happen. Also we have an "wrapper-package" which installs the agent/agent2 and some scripts to the clients. In this package we handle some "client-lifecycle" logic (installed/uninstalled). If the package gets uninstalled it writes to a file ("installed"/"uninstalled") which is then read by the agent - with this way somewhat automate the host activation/deactivation in zabbix. Currently we do this with restarting the agent service and then stopping it before the uninstall happens. With the above function/feature a agent2 plugin could read described file and submitting the state a last time on stopping. This way we wouldn't have to play around with service restarts. |
Comments |
Comment by Markus Fischbacher [ 2020 Aug 27 ] |
Beside that It would be great if the Zabbix Documentation or at least the agent2 source code. Could describe the lifecycle of function calls for the various plugin types a bit better. Idealy in a graphic but at least in text. Currently for newcommers it's kind of hard to grasp which functions are called when through figuring out through source code and trial and error. |
[ZBXNEXT-7595] zabbix agent 6.0.2 cannot get system.hw.chassis[*] in HP server Created: 2022 Mar 31 Updated: 2022 Oct 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | gaojian | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
I can't get system.hw.chassis[*] using zabbix_get when zabbix_agent2 version is 6.0.2,but i using zabbix_agent version is 3.4.4 is fine。 |
Description |
zabbix client: [root@oc-yx-hdp-18-196 ~]# dmidecode -t 1
Handle 0x0009, DMI type 1, 27 bytes [root@oc-yx-hdp-18-196 ~]# hostname -i [root@oc-yx-hdp-18-196 ~]# netstat -antup | grep zabbix [root@oc-yx-hdp-18-196 ~]# ps -aux | egrep '2769|26068' [root@oc-yx-hdp-18-196 ~]# zabbix-3.4.4/sbin/zabbix_agentd -V Copyright (C) 2017 Zabbix SIA [root@oc-yx-hdp-18-196 ~]# zabbix-6.0.2/sbin/zabbix_agent2 -V Copyright (C) 2022 Zabbix SIA We use the library go-modbus (goburrow/modbus), which is
zabbix server: abnormal[root@monitor ~]# zabbix_get -s 10.174.18.196 -p 20051 -k "system.hw.chassis[model]" [root@monitor ~]# zabbix_get -s 10.174.18.196 -p 20051 -k "system.hw.chassis[serial]" normal[root@monitor ~]# zabbix_get -s 10.174.18.196 -p 20050 -k "system.hw.chassis[vendor]"HP [root@monitor ~]# zabbix_get -V Copyright (C) 2022 Zabbix SIA This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project Compiled with OpenSSL 1.1.1g FIPS 21 Apr 2020 |
[ZBXNEXT-6778] CRI-O/crictl support for zabbix container monitoring, or possibly higher level gRPC LLD Created: 2021 Jul 14 Updated: 2022 Oct 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | Alex King | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There has been a move the last several months of kubernetes and other container orchestration moving away from using the docker. They are moving to a containerd CRI-O approach which doesn't use the docker socket. This means the current functionality interfacing with /var/run/docker.sock, would have to be replaced with something like this https://github.com/cri-o/cri-o/blob/master/README.md#the-http-status-api _t_hat provides metrics via their direct endpoint without a prom exporter. Reference _with more information about CRI-O container metrics collection via https://github.com/cri-o/cri-o/blob/master/tutorials/metrics.md_ Given the rise in golang and gRPC calls, maybe it would make more sense for a higher level gRPC built in LLD that could work for anythingn with a gRPC interface, similar to how grpcurl works for any gRPC interactionn. FWIW the location in zabbbibx source code where this is enabled for docker https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix/tree/master/src/go/plugins/docker |
[ZBXNEXT-8700] Add TBW support (for SATA SSDs) to Zabbix SMART template Created: 2023 Sep 12 Updated: 2024 Feb 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | Dan MacDonald | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Recently I have come to realise that a SATA SSD passing a long or short smartctl test on a SATA SSD doesn't mean that the drives performance hasn't degraded. It would seem that the correct way to test the health of a SATA SSD under Linux is to use one of these TBW (Total Bytes Written) scripts / commands which are based upon smartctl: https://askubuntu.com/questions/865792/how-can-i-monitor-the-tbw-on-my-samsung-ssd The current SMART template: https://www.zabbix.com/integrations/smart Has a percentage used item of NVMe disks but it seems to lack an equivalent for SATA disks which would be TBW. I would like to see the Zabbix SMART template upgraded to support TBW for at least Samsung SSDs. I think it should alert by default when the TBW drops below 90%. I have a couple of disks with a TBW of 87% and it has brought the speed of the array (pool) down drastically. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2023 Sep 21 ] |
Coming from https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/470638-monitoring-tbw-total-bytes-written-for-samsung-sata-ssds |
Comment by Dan MacDonald [ 2023 Sep 29 ] |
Actually, there's no need for that TBW script. For Samsung SATA SSDs you can get the wear levelling count from smartctl: smartctl -a /dev/sda | grep Wear | awk '{print $4}' |
Comment by Dan MacDonald [ 2024 Feb 29 ] |
I have found a Zabbix template that works for monitoring the wear levelling of Samsung SATA SSDs, even when they're connected to a RAID controller running in HBA/IT mode as is the case for me:
https://github.com/vargaloid/zabbix_template_samsung.ssd.smart
I have tested it with Zabbix 6.0, Ubuntu 22.04 and a Dell PowerEdge RAID controller of some sort. |
Comment by Dan MacDonald [ 2024 Feb 29 ] |
I have opened a ticket for it though because I think they need to adjust their default wear levelling trigger point by almost 90%
https://github.com/vargaloid/zabbix_template_samsung.ssd.smart/issues/2 |
[ZBXNEXT-6416] Enable MQTT Plug-in for Agent2 to support client-certificate with TLS Created: 2020 Dec 28 Updated: 2023 Dec 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Ted Cabeen | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | MQTT_ClientCerts.patch |
Description |
Per the discussion in https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-6328 this is a feature request to add client certificate-based authentication to TLS connections with MQTT. This is required to use the AWS IoT Core service. In order to achieve this, the MQTT plugin will need to call tls.LoadX509KeyPair() with paths to the client cert and key, create a TLS Config object containing that configuration, then set the TLS config as an MQTT option using SetTLSConfig(). I have attached a patch that does this by treating a username and password that begins with a '/' as a path to a cert/key to be loaded into TLS. It may make sense to add additional checks that confirm a username starting with a '/' is actually a file before loading it, but I didn't add code for that to my proof-of-concept. |
Comments |
Comment by Caio Vernaglia [ 2022 Dec 03 ] |
Found this request when troubleshooting MQTT with AWS IoT Core. Would be interesting to hava that option, since without it, it's impossible to connect to AWS IoT Core. |
Comment by Ted Cabeen [ 2023 Dec 19 ] |
Was this effectively implemented in the patch to resove |
[ZBXNEXT-8631] Update PostgreSQL plugin TLS parameters Created: 2023 Aug 10 Updated: 2023 Aug 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Denis Rasikhov | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | plugin, postgresql | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
During the work on the issue Another related issue: The following parameters behaviour should be checked and rethinked: 1. TLSConnect:
2. TLSCAFile:
3. TLSCertFile:
4. TLSKeyFile:
Consult the PostgreSQL documentation about encryption modes and options in libpq and certificates usage: |
[ZBXNEXT-8090] systemd service discovery should be extended Created: 2022 Nov 07 Updated: 2023 Aug 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Stefan | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
With the current systemd implementation we are limited in filter rules for services. For example if you install rsync on a monitored host and use the systemd-service template you'll get a notification that rsync is not running because of "condition failed" (in this case a missing config file) and there exist a lot of other things (eg systemd-fsck-root.service, systemd-pstore.service, open-vm-tools.service). We've here 2 options: 1. create a list where we collect all these services and get this into the default template or 2. we extend the discovery function and looking for systemd-conditions af this values are 0 or -1 we don't get this into the lld-list |
Comments |
Comment by Dave Tapesar [ 2023 Aug 22 ] |
Hello, I created a new item prototype in the systemd.unit.discovery[service] section, by cloning the "{#UNIT.NAME}: Active state" :
You can add a description if you want, like a chosen quote from systemd documentation Before the unit is started, systemd will verify that the specified conditions and asserts are true. If not, the starting of the unit will be skipped. Failing conditions or asserts will not result in the unit being moved into the "failed" state If you want the original trigger prototype '{#UNIT.NAME}: Service is not running' to stay "OK" when there is a "condition failed", you can change it to last(/Systemd by Zabbix agent 2/systemd.service.active_state["{#UNIT.NAME}"])<>1 and last(/Systemd by Zabbix agent 2/systemd.service.conditionResult["{#UNIT.NAME}"])="true" Still you won't get a notification if a regular service fails because of a condition (e.g postif main.cf config file has been deleted, the service is not active anymore). I'm sure there should be a better and prettier way to solve this issue. |
[ZBXNEXT-5931] Native monitoring of certificate validy / expiration Created: 2020 May 04 Updated: 2022 Oct 12 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Alain Devarieux | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 46 |
Labels: | items, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | google_certificate.png sslchecker.png | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 78 (Jul 2021) |
Description |
Still needing to rely on a script to monitore TLS certificate is frustrating. When adding a web-scenario for HTTPS websites, it would be usefull to have a check of certificate validy and/or expiration date. Another possilibity is to add this option to HTTP Agent item type. It would create an item with date of certificate expiration. We can then use this item to trigger and alert.
|
Comments |
Comment by Marcel Jäpel [ 2020 May 05 ] |
That's not so easy. Because HTTP(S) is not the only one. If you would have an integrated ssl expiration date check than it has to support different protocols (ftp, smtp, ldap, rdp, and so on). Some protocols have there own syntax for starttls-like implementation. Additionally to that you have to differentiate mechanisms in the "same" protocol (e.g. LDAP+StartTLS and LDAPS). In some scenarios both variants could deliver different certificates. Currently I use a own script based on openssl s_client, too. Sure, it would be nice if this will be part of Zabbix. But if there is a protocol option missing, than you have to use the old script additionally ... |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2020 May 05 ] |
There is option in curl CURLOPT_CERTINFO but not sure how it fits in HTTP agent, could be similar to headers Example of output: Subject:C = US, ST = CA, L = San Francisco, O = "Cloudflare, Inc.", CN = zabbix.com Issuer:C = US, ST = CA, L = San Francisco, O = "CloudFlare, Inc.", CN = CloudFlare Inc ECC CA-2 Version:2 Serial Number:0609affe4caeed2a5d1b400649673e30 Signature Algorithm:ecdsa-with-SHA256 Public Key Algorithm:id-ecPublicKey X509v3 Authority Key Identifier:keyid:3E:74:2D:1F:CF:45:75:04:7E:3F:C0:A2:87:3E:4C:43:83:51:13:C6 X509v3 Subject Key Identifier:24:10:52:D2:C7:E8:73:74:78:4B:11:3F:B0:E4:4D:2D:EE:C0:63:D7 X509v3 Subject Alternative Name:DNS:*.zabbix.com,DNS:zabbix.com X509v3 Key Usage:DigitalSignature X509v3 Extended Key Usage:TLSWebServerAuthentication,TLSWebClientAuthentication X509v3 CRL Distribution Points:, FullName:, URI:http://crl3.digicert.com/CloudFlareIncECCCA2.crl, FullName:, URI:http://crl4.digicert.com/CloudFlareIncECCCA2.crl X509v3 Certificate Policies:Policy:2.16.840.1.114412.1.1, CPS:https://www.digicert.com/CPS, Policy:2.23.140.1.2.2 Authority Information Access:OCSP-URI:http://ocsp.digicert.com, CAIssuers-URI:http://cacerts.digicert.com/CloudFlareIncECCCA-2.crt X509v3 Basic Constraints:CA:FALSE CT Precertificate SCTs:SignedCertificateTimestamp:, Version:v1(0x0), LogID:A4:B9:09:90:B4:18:58:14:87:BB:13:A2:CC:67:70:0A:, 3C:35:98:04:F9:1B:DF:B8:E3:77:CD:0E:C8:0D:DC:10, Timestamp:Dec416:00:58.1542019GMT, Extensions:none, Signature:ecdsa-with-SHA256, 30:45:02:20:6C:E3:35:C3:3C:EC:49:97:93:4E:77:53:, 4E:58:4A:30:D4:3F:DF:EE:41:A0:B9:B7:BA:D1:4B:A8:, 2F:8E:5C:84:02:21:00:DF:BC:DC:62:70:BF:29:38:8C:, A7:01:28:9B:4E:0F:50:F0:ED:60:81:75:EA:49:1D:29:, E7:76:78:F3:06:B0:CA, SignedCertificateTimestamp:, Version:v1(0x0), LogID:5E:A7 Start date:Dec 4 00:00:00 2019 GMT Expire date:Oct 9 12:00:00 2020 GMT Signature:30:45:02:20:46:87:79:25:20:36:30:84:f1:13:9f:30:b6:0b:07:1e:aa:0c:37:79:50:07:18:21:96:b3:41:e1:19:73:9a:aa:02:21:00:8d:69:22:85:be:45:7a:be:5a:00:7f:d2:dd:1a:ec:7e:de:e2:28:ad:df:76:ac:db:c7:99:6b:94:5e:a8:14:33: Cert:-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEvzCCBGWgAwIBAgIQBgmv/kyu7SpdG0AGSWc+MDAKBggqhkjOPQQDAjBvMQsw CQYDVQQGEwJVUzELMAkGA1UECBMCQ0ExFjAUBgNVBAcTDVNhbiBGcmFuY2lzY28x GTAXBgNVBAoTEENsb3VkRmxhcmUsIEluYy4xIDAeBgNVBAMTF0Nsb3VkRmxhcmUg SW5jIEVDQyBDQS0yMB4XDTE5MTIwNDAwMDAwMFoXDTIwMTAwOTEyMDAwMFowYjEL MAkGA1UEBhMCVVMxCzAJBgNVBAgTAkNBMRYwFAYDVQQHEw1TYW4gRnJhbmNpc2Nv MRkwFwYDVQQKExBDbG91ZGZsYXJlLCBJbmMuMRMwEQYDVQQDEwp6YWJiaXguY29t MFkwEwYHKoZIzj0CAQYIKoZIzj0DAQcDQgAEZpcY9/1N8CXxsoMWaqfAG6GfoMRZ prCbV49E69BzxvzGnMe6uljXr3ppHgk0f0UdslbDhWlA+ff71Y+xCcyjY6OCAu4w ggLqMB8GA1UdIwQYMBaAFD50LR/PRXUEfj/Aooc+TEODURPGMB0GA1UdDgQWBBQk EFLSx+hzdHhLET+w5E0t7sBj1zAjBgNVHREEHDAaggwqLnphYmJpeC5jb22CCnph YmJpeC5jb20wDgYDVR0PAQH/BAQDAgeAMB0GA1UdJQQWMBQGCCsGAQUFBwMBBggr BgEFBQcDAjB5BgNVHR8EcjBwMDagNKAyhjBodHRwOi8vY3JsMy5kaWdpY2VydC5j b20vQ2xvdWRGbGFyZUluY0VDQ0NBMi5jcmwwNqA0oDKGMGh0dHA6Ly9jcmw0LmRp Z2ljZXJ0LmNvbS9DbG91ZEZsYXJlSW5jRUNDQ0EyLmNybDBMBgNVHSAERTBDMDcG CWCGSAGG/WwBATAqMCgGCCsGAQUFBwIBFhxodHRwczovL3d3dy5kaWdpY2VydC5j b20vQ1BTMAgGBmeBDAECAjB2BggrBgEFBQcBAQRqMGgwJAYIKwYBBQUHMAGGGGh0 dHA6Ly9vY3NwLmRpZ2ljZXJ0LmNvbTBABggrBgEFBQcwAoY0aHR0cDovL2NhY2Vy dHMuZGlnaWNlcnQuY29tL0Nsb3VkRmxhcmVJbmNFQ0NDQS0yLmNydDAMBgNVHRMB Af8EAjAAMIIBAwYKKwYBBAHWeQIEAgSB9ASB8QDvAHYApLkJkLQYWBSHuxOizGdw Cjw1mAT5G9+443fNDsgN3BAAAAFu0aSjKgAABAMARzBFAiBs4zXDPOxJl5NOd1NO WEow1D/f7kGgube60UuoL45chAIhAN+83GJwvyk4jKcBKJtOD1Dw7WCBdepJHSnn dnjzBrDKAHUAXqdz+d9WwOe1Nkh90EngMnqRmgyEoRIShBh1loFxRVgAAAFu0aSi wgAABAMARjBEAiBYXB9xf840lF95G8a4wcyxVnOur3oLd+5+/nBc4SO53gIgX4AN bZYPmRPEn2DkVNd+wih8hX4NRzsXQ6q7SdyzbhQwCgYIKoZIzj0EAwIDSAAwRQIg Rod5JSA2MITxE58wtgsHHqoMN3lQBxghlrNB4RlzmqoCIQCNaSKFvkV6vloAf9Ld Gux+3uIord92rNvHmWuUXqgUMw== -----END CERTIFICATE----- Subject:C = US, ST = CA, L = San Francisco, O = "CloudFlare, Inc.", CN = CloudFlare Inc ECC CA-2 Issuer:C = IE, O = Baltimore, OU = CyberTrust, CN = Baltimore CyberTrust Root Version:2 Serial Number:0ff3e61639aa3d1a1265f41f8b34e5b6 Signature Algorithm:sha256WithRSAEncryption Public Key Algorithm:id-ecPublicKey X509v3 Basic Constraints:CA:TRUE,pathlen:0 X509v3 Key Usage:DigitalSignature,CertificateSign,CRLSign Authority Information Access:OCSP-URI:http://ocsp.digicert.com X509v3 CRL Distribution Points:, FullName:, URI:http://crl3.digicert.com/Omniroot2025.crl X509v3 Certificate Policies:Policy:X509v3AnyPolicy, CPS:https://www.digicert.com/CPS X509v3 Subject Key Identifier:3E:74:2D:1F:CF:45:75:04:7E:3F:C0:A2:87:3E:4C:43:83:51:13:C6 X509v3 Authority Key Identifier:keyid:E5:9D:59:30:82:47:58:CC:AC:FA:08:54:36:86:7B:3A:B5:04:4D:F0 Start date:Oct 14 12:00:00 2015 GMT Expire date:Oct 9 12:00:00 2020 GMT Signature:38:5f:a7:ff:fc:85:f2:73:32:e4:d5:a3:89:99:96:60:af:32:c1:03:b3:65:df:be:1e:03:ca:a5:ed:85:b2:8f:af:4b:8c:73:8f:2a:8c:a9:00:0e:01:24:17:f7:ec:52:85:76:c8:e5:1c:79:ca:c3:17:87:50:b6:04:33:36:9e:2a:9e:18:17:96:32:12:af:43:cc:57:18:de:db:c7:d8:88:25:83:e5:ca:06:25:31:fd:bd:5d:48:3b:51:01:dd:2c:14:c7:c1:60:51:e9:95:01:d8:b2:33:56:0e:47:66:8d:6c:cd:af:f9:85:d9:eb:1c:47:47:88:34:e8:f0:fa:c2:ab:4f:69:4e:09:59:d4:57:c6:cc:c1:c8:e3:e6:19:c1:58:38:52:e2:e2:83:85:de:22:34:dc:3f:a6:f7:af:24:bc:e0:6f:c0:ab:68:2d:52:c7:6b:05:57:2c:42:1b:2d:48:87:03:0c:90:ab:48:48:a9:28:be:34:8a:fb:ba:ed:f4:60:99:1d:15:78:11:aa:d9:6d:53:7f:69:28:bc:b7:6b:20:76:7f:a0:55:03:71:79:f5:67:a7:b0:a0:0a:17:57:b2:00:a9:ad:cf:ff:67:8c:3e:26:e5:a7:24:bc:c2:6f:10:e8:89:c6:70:a5:d2:1f:80:ed:0d:3f:27:13: Cert:-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIDozCCAougAwIBAgIQD/PmFjmqPRoSZfQfizTltjANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFADBa MQswCQYDVQQGEwJJRTESMBAGA1UEChMJQmFsdGltb3JlMRMwEQYDVQQLEwpDeWJl clRydXN0MSIwIAYDVQQDExlCYWx0aW1vcmUgQ3liZXJUcnVzdCBSb290MB4XDTE1 MTAxNDEyMDAwMFoXDTIwMTAwOTEyMDAwMFowbzELMAkGA1UEBhMCVVMxCzAJBgNV BAgTAkNBMRYwFAYDVQQHEw1TYW4gRnJhbmNpc2NvMRkwFwYDVQQKExBDbG91ZEZs YXJlLCBJbmMuMSAwHgYDVQQDExdDbG91ZEZsYXJlIEluYyBFQ0MgQ0EtMjBZMBMG ByqGSM49AgEGCCqGSM49AwEHA0IABNFW9Jy25DGg9aRSz+Oaeob/8oayXsy1WcwR x07dZP1VnGDjoEvZeFT/SFC6ouGhWHWPx2A3RBZNVZns7tQzeiOjggEZMIIBFTAS BgNVHRMBAf8ECDAGAQH/AgEAMA4GA1UdDwEB/wQEAwIBhjA0BggrBgEFBQcBAQQo MCYwJAYIKwYBBQUHMAGGGGh0dHA6Ly9vY3NwLmRpZ2ljZXJ0LmNvbTA6BgNVHR8E MzAxMC+gLaArhilodHRwOi8vY3JsMy5kaWdpY2VydC5jb20vT21uaXJvb3QyMDI1 LmNybDA9BgNVHSAENjA0MDIGBFUdIAAwKjAoBggrBgEFBQcCARYcaHR0cHM6Ly93 d3cuZGlnaWNlcnQuY29tL0NQUzAdBgNVHQ4EFgQUPnQtH89FdQR+P8Cihz5MQ4NR E8YwHwYDVR0jBBgwFoAU5Z1ZMIJHWMys+ghUNoZ7OrUETfAwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEL BQADggEBADhfp//8hfJzMuTVo4mZlmCvMsEDs2Xfvh4DyqXthbKPr0uMc48qjKkA DgEkF/fsUoV2yOUcecrDF4dQtgQzNp4qnhgXljISr0PMVxje28fYiCWD5coGJTH9 vV1IO1EB3SwUx8FgUemVAdiyM1YOR2aNbM2v+YXZ6xxHR4g06PD6wqtPaU4JWdRX xszByOPmGcFYOFLi4oOF3iI03D+m968kvOBvwKtoLVLHawVXLEIbLUiHAwyQq0hI qSi+NIr7uu30YJkdFXgRqtltU39pKLy3ayB2f6BVA3F59WensKAKF1eyAKmtz/9n jD4m5ackvMJvEOiJxnCl0h+A7Q0/JxM= -----END CERTIFICATE-----
|
Comment by dimir [ 2020 May 05 ] |
I think what user asks here is to implement it as part of Web Monitoring. I think it would be more convenient to have this functionality as part of that instead of introduce another set of items for agent. I guess most often when you need to check a web site certificate you also need to make sure its functionality works. Imagine you have around 200 web sites to monitor and periodically you add/edit/remove them. You would have to adjust the agent checks accordingly each time. |
Comment by Alain Devarieux [ 2020 May 05 ] |
While I agree that all certificates need monitoring, I think that the most important feature to address at first is HTTP TLS Monitoring. As Zabbix is already able to crawl a website, this feature can be added to the web scenario. We can still fall back to openssl script to monitore other kind of certificates. |
Comment by Gatis Rumbens [ 2020 May 06 ] |
As a Zabbix use Curl in Web scenarios as well in HTTP agent it's pretty easy obtain certificate start, expiration dates, subject, issuer and so on. It's achievable by CLI example curl --insecure -v -I https://www.zabbix.com 2>&1 * About to connect() to www.zabbix.com port 443 (#0) * Trying 104.31.68.176... * Connected to www.zabbix.com (104.31.68.176) port 443 (#0) * Initializing NSS with certpath: sql:/etc/pki/nssdb * skipping SSL peer certificate verification * SSL connection using TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 * Server certificate: * subject: CN=zabbix.com,O="Cloudflare, Inc.",L=San Francisco,ST=CA,C=US * start date: Dec 04 00:00:00 2019 GMT * expire date: Oct 09 12:00:00 2020 GMT * common name: zabbix.com * issuer: CN=CloudFlare Inc ECC CA-2,O="CloudFlare, Inc.",L=San Francisco,ST=CA,C=US > HEAD / HTTP/1.1 > User-Agent: curl/7.29.0 > Host: www.zabbix.com > Accept: */* > Now I'm using for SSL certificate expire date checks this simple bash oneliner (returned result is days till expire date) [ns@sys]# expr "(" $(date '+%s' --date "`echo |openssl s_client -showcerts -servername www.zabbix.com -connect www.zabbix.com:443 2>/dev/null| openssl x509 -noout -dates | grep -i 'notAfter=' | sed 's#notAfter=##' `") - $(date '+%s') ")" / 24 / 3600 156 |
Comment by patrik uytterhoeven [ 2021 Jul 16 ] |
I would like to see it in HTTP Agent item i don't think you want to buid a webscenario for this kind of monitoring. |
Comment by James Cook [ 2021 Jul 19 ] |
Hi Guys, Just as a note for this in terms of potential additional items to detect certificate configuration issues. We implemented checks for the common things such as
All of the above ensure the validity of the TLS certificate. For us most importantly we check whether a specific set off subject alternative names exist or an individual one using regular expressions. Cheers James |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Aug 03 ] |
How will this be solved? |
Comment by Maxim Chudinov (Inactive) [ 2021 Aug 03 ] |
Hello, starko It will be a plugin for agent2. |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2021 Aug 03 ] |
Any reason for it not to be implemented in server/proxy side? Monitoring websites via agent sounds bad idea for my setup. Its too big, have too many ssl endpoints, and its too much distributed. We think its easier to manage using the current distribution setup, that is using proxy. Is that a new general direction on expanding Zabbix monitoring capabilities? |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2021 Aug 04 ] |
fpaternot, the current implementation is just yet another agent2 item - web.certificate.get[host], similar to web.page.get[]. So it's a natural choice to have such check in the agent along with other web.* items. Also, this gives you a pretty high degree of flexibility if you need to monitor a lot of websites without the additional overhead of managing proxies. |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2021 Aug 04 ] |
Sorry, I don't see the flexibility you mention. When one creates a host (lets call it example.com), we have to give it an interface. Since we have it monitored via agent2, we have to point that interface to zabbix-agent-host. Point one: a user looking for that host example.com, will see dns/ip of Zabbix-agent-host. That creates confusion. Point two: we have an additional component to maintain, the Zabbix agent. We have to look/tune sessions for that plugin, and monitor its usage. Thats not well implemented yet, like the internal Zabbix itens for poller usage. Point three: Zabbix agent is not currently required to monitor web pages, but it will be now, just to check just the certificate. From this point of view, I'd prefer to do an external script call, curl -v and preprocess the result. Of course it gives us a performance hit, but sounds better than adding agent to dependency list. Point four: as Gatis Rumben mentioned here, its already available from lib curl, the current setup of Zabbix proxy/server. It's perfectly possible to either extend http agent or web scenario. I personally think http agent is more flexible to implement as it does not affect existing hosts and can be easily expanded as Zabbix Admin wants.
I can create a new feature request for it to be implemented on server/proxy side if you guys think its not a fit in this request. |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2021 Aug 04 ] |
Adding a few more comments:
Looking forward for your reply. Kind regards |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2021 Aug 05 ] |
It is funny to hear, because web.page.* items weren't even capable of SSL until very recently (see |
Comment by richlv [ 2021 Aug 05 ] |
Zabbix repeatedly communicated that both of the agent implementations will be equal going forward. In any case, having it on the agent seems like a mistake. Server/proxy level would be the usable one, otherwise it will be easier to reimplement the functionality as external checks, trapper items or whatever. |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2021 Aug 05 ] |
richlv wrote:
I'm absolutely agree. Additionally, I'd like to support fpaternot who reminded that the initial problem definition for this task (see Description field) was about Web-scenario or HTTP agent, i.e. server-side checks (Zabbix server or Zabbix proxy). A possibility to perform the agent-side checks could be a pleasant addition, but not a replacement for the server-side checks. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2021 Aug 05 ] |
If Zabbix SIA does not change its mind and if there is sufficient demand I can probably develop a libcurl-based loadable module. If it happens, it will be possible to use it with server/proxy as Simple check or with old agent (not agent2) as Zabbix agent or Zabbix agent (active). Disclaimer: I have not yet figured out how to package modules, so there will likely be some manual compilation involved (like that, no rocket science). |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Aug 05 ] |
+1 for the arguments of fpaternot I dislike the fact, that this feature was implemented, without the original request in mind. We already have Web scenarios and http agent via proxies, now we have a third way. This is not logical. |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2021 Aug 11 ] |
Dear all, thanks for your feedback and criticism. I still believe this change will benefit many Zabbix users running Agent2, but I also understand there are use cases and constraints that may require alternative approaches. If you find that this solution is not applicable in your environment please feel free to add ZBXNEXTs with your proposals, as the certificate validation doesn't have to be an "either-or" feature. |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Aug 11 ] |
With all due respect Kalimulin: But this is disrespectful towards Aldevar. This very request here ZBXNEXT-5931 is very clearly about adding a cert vadility check for web-scenarios and/or HTTP Agent. It was Zabbix SIA decision, to bring up a whole different solution. And now it's our part, the community, to create a new ZBXNEXT and collect votes from scratch, although we have 34 votes here? IMHO Zabbix company should've created a fresh ZBXNEXT for the Agent2 approach, and let our ZBXNEXT untouched with all its votes. Now this ZBXNEXT will be closed, although no solution was provided, and we stay here, with empty hands, despite the 34 votes. This is totally unfair regarding this community request. Not happy. Ps.: To make this clear: I'm not unhappy about the new feature. I like the new feature. I'm unhappy about hijacking this ZBXNEXT and implementing something else, which was not the initial request and then closing it and then requesting us to start from scratch. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2021 Aug 11 ] |
Dear starko, fpaternot, richlv, constantin.oshmyan, Voters and Watchers! The work on loadable module has started. Feel free to join discussion on specification. |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2021 Aug 11 ] |
The specification for agent2 seems fine, the issue we seem to have in common is that we expect it to be available for Zabbix server monitoring (and proxy as usual), not the agent. |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2021 Aug 12 ] |
Discussed with Kalimulin to keep this ticket open for for server/proxy (web scenarios) implementation. Implementation for agent close in |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2021 Aug 12 ] |
Thank you, a wise decision! |
Comment by Gatis Rumbens [ 2021 Aug 12 ] |
This time I fully agree with the community that requested is one thing, but the implementation is quite different what was asked. As it requires additional resources, configuration and deployment on the monitored environment, which was not necessary until now. Imagine if its infrastructure is huge. It takes a very large amount of work to do this with this solution of Agent2. |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Aug 16 ] |
Thanks so much for listening palivoda! Hope this issue will be solved sometime in the future, with Web-Scenario or HTTP-Agent in mind. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2021 Aug 31 ] |
Hi all! Please check out a loadable module implementing web.certificate.get for server/proxy and old agent. Your feedback is very much appreciated! Feel free to drop questions in discussions, report issues and propose changes. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2021 Oct 05 ] |
Hello, I see certificate like web scenario : an object, linked to a host with some automatics items :
Be careful, certificate are not only for web, you can have certificate for SMTP, OpenVPN, etc. A page like that SSLChecker https://github.com/pernodpepper/SSLChecker |
Comment by Gergely Czuczy [ 2021 Nov 10 ] |
May I ask whether this implemented feature also covers SNI? Many people have LBs which are also terminating the TLS on HTTPs sessions, reverse-proxying to normal http/fpm/whatever backends. They are service multiple sites using multiple certs. It is very important to be able to request a specific host's certificate from the LB, otherwise this feature will be limited to simply monitoring the default host's certificate.
|
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2021 Nov 10 ] |
phoemix, yes, it does support SNI. |
Comment by Gavin Hill [ 2022 Jan 28 ] |
I'm confused as to how this agent2-based check would work. If I have 2 sites I want to check (www.google.com, www.aws.com) how would I set this up in Zabbix? I don't have agents running on those sites. How would I add 2 checks (one for each site) to be run by a single agent? Do I now need to stand up multiple VM's each running an agent to check each site's certificates? |
Comment by Rodrigo Castro [ 2022 Mar 07 ] |
Gavin you only need to add a host for each website, all monitored by the same agent2 deployed (in localhost or monitored by proxy). Change the template inherited macros of each host to monitor the websites. |
Comment by dimir [ 2022 Oct 12 ] |
highpeak You can install Zabbix server module https://github.com/i-ky/sheepskin and monitor these without an agent. |
[ZBXNEXT-7542] Agent 2 API Listener plugin Created: 2022 Mar 09 Updated: 2022 Oct 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Gaël MONDON | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, It would be great to have an agent2 plugin that would enable an api listener in order to catch data sent by external webhook. As the zabbix-sender allows to catch data on command line, the API listener would allow to send data to a Zabbix trapper item (probably json data). For example, we could have an api.listener[servicename] key that would create a local API listener http(s)://hostname/api/zabbix/servicename, all data that would be send to this API would be stored in the item value.
thanks. |
[ZBXNEXT-6313] New MQTT Item Type Key needs a 'ignore retained' flag Created: 2020 Nov 01 Updated: 2020 Nov 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | David D | Assignee: | Michael Veksler |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 5.2.0 on CentOS 8 |
Description |
Hi I'm starting to make use of the new MQTT Item Type, and hitting an issue. I'm using an MQTT to both populate a list for LLD to use to make individual items to monitor, as well as (obviously) to monitor items. I have some items that are only emitted once a day or less... Current behavior is to pull in retained items when either the MQTT Server is restarted or when Zabbix is restarted. This works great for my MQTT item that populates the LLD list, as it should see everything recent/retained and create an item for it. But for the MQTT item that feeds the individual items, pulling in the retained items has the negative side effect that I cannot detect if an item has been published recently or not... that is, the nodata() will get reset every time Zabbix re-established a connection with the MQTT server... So my "heartbeat" item that is only published 1x/day appears to be more recent than it truly is. It would be great if the mqtt[] key had an "ignore-retained" (or a "include-retained") flag so that the re-starts/re-connects didnt reset the timing on everything. Thanks
|
[ZBXNEXT-8997] Ember+ plugin Created: 2024 Feb 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | In Progress |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Eriks Sneiders | Assignee: | Eriks Sneiders |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team INT |
Story Points: | 5 |
Description |
Add a plugin with a single key (discovery ?) currently initial plan is for a single item key "ember.get". More details in the specification. |
[ZBXNEXT-7511] web.certificate.get change fail states Created: 2022 Feb 17 Updated: 2022 Oct 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Agent2 plugin (N) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Alex Samad | Assignee: | Zabbix Integration Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I have a ssl server I am monitoring with the web.cewrtificate.get. The problem is that the ssl site wants a client certificate.
The plugin fails as it get a tls handshake failure - the server closes the connection because no client cert provided. But the plugin has the server certificate. think it should accept the values returned |
[ZBXNEXT-1798] adding more trigger severities Created: 2013 Jun 19 Updated: 2015 Jun 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Tad rimk | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | triggerseverities | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello |
Comments |
Comment by Tad rimk [ 2013 Jun 19 ] |
How this to do?----> adding more trigger severities triggerseverities |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Jun 23 ] |
ZBXNEXT-470 is related |
[ZBXNEXT-5555] Multiple Graph of Host in Single Graph Created: 2019 Nov 08 Updated: 2024 Feb 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Appliance (L), Java gateway (J), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Harsh Trivedi | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL 7.5 kernal version 3.10.0-862.14.4 e17 x86_64 |
Description |
I need to graph a resource for a complete group of server to see if one is below or higher than the group. for example lets say i have a 10 physical server and i want to see a graph with memory usage of all the 10 server in one graph. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Feb 04 ] |
It reminds me ZBXNEXT-5712. Is support of host groups in graph widget what you are looking for? |
Comment by xaa ru [ 2020 May 14 ] |
you can use grafana for this. just a couple of hours to configure |
Comment by Ryan Eberly [ 2024 Feb 03 ] |
Host group filtering would probably be an easy addition and it makes it so the widget doesn't need to be updated in environments where the hosts change. |
[ZBXNEXT-8127] Consistent Host Discovery Created: 2022 Nov 30 Updated: 2022 Nov 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Proxy (P), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Norbert Püschel | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | actions, api, frontend, lld, macros, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Host Discovery, Auto Registration, Host Prototypes |
Description |
Zabbix currently has three different mechanisms to automatically create host objects: Discovery with Discovery Action, Autoregistration Actions and LLD Host Prototypes. Each of these is a powerful, useful mechanism on its own. Together they are are confusing inconsistent mess. For example: LLD creates Hosts with Host Prototypes, allowing you to use Preprocessing and Macros to exactly define the created host. Discovery and Autoregistration are limited to actions with a limited set of possible operations and no preprocessing. On the other hand, Discovery and Autoregistration create fully customizable host objects, while hosts generated from prototypes are weirdly crippled with a lot of attributes that are readonly (there has been improvement recently there, but e.g. host groups still cannot be added). Even worse, all dependent hosts will vanish when the master host is deleted, which means for example by deleting the vCenter-Host you can wipe out all of your compute monitoring history with two mouse clicks! So I propose to unify these three mechanisms in a useful and consistent manner: 1) No more dependant hosts and readonly attributes - what use are they anyway? Make host prototypes generate fully editable hosts. 2) Change Discovery and Autoregistration from Actions to a LLD-Style interface with host prototypes and Preprocessing. This would allow much better initial customization of discovered hosts. 3) Make them work together: Whenever a host is found by multiple discovery methods, just let them add their stuff together:
4) Adopt the LLD "yellow exclamation mark" method for deleting hosts that are no longer discovered by ANY discovery method. Add a button to switch such a host to "manually created" to protect them from expiration. I believe these changes would make host discovery much more powerful and understandable at the same time.
|
[ZBXNEXT-5248] Better API warnings Created: 2019 May 30 Updated: 2019 May 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Bendyna Vitalii | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix Server 4.2.1 |
Description |
{ "jsonrpc":"2.0", "method":"host.create", "params":{ "host":"Some-host-name", "interfaces":[ { "type":1, "main":1, "useip":1, "ip":"127.0.0.1", "dns":"", "port":"10050" } ], "groups":[ { "groupid":"17" } ], "templates":[ { "templateid":"10586" } ], "macros":[ { "macro":"{$REAL_DOMAIN_NAME}", "value":"example.com" } ] }, "proxy_hostid":"10583", "auth":"some-auth-string", "id":1 } |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 May 30 ] |
Mostly the same as ZBX-3783. Specific suggestions on how to improve documentation would be needed, if anything is unclear. |
[ZBXNEXT-5048] Export/Import Services Created: 2019 Feb 15 Updated: 2019 Mar 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Cesar Murilo da Silva Junior | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | export, import, services, sla | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I have more than 800 SLA's registered, and I worry if someone will delete accidentally or not one of them. It would be better to import / export an SLA instead of restoring a backup and losing a history, even for a short period of time. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Mar 10 ] |
IT service import/export also requested in ZBXNEXT-3281. |
[ZBXNEXT-4566] Permission zabbix administrator on maps with images Created: 2018 Apr 07 Updated: 2019 Aug 10 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Diego Cavalcante | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu 16.04 LTS |
Attachments: | bug01.png bug02.png bug03.png bug04.png bug05.png inserting-image-item-in-private-map-allows-all-zabbix-admins-see-some-content.mp4 | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Good night dear. I recently encountered a problem regarding permissioning on maps, I have some maps, which are specific hosts and triggers for a group, to which only users who have the appropriate permissions in this group should have access to "list and view the maps", but that is not quite what is happening. If the user is of type "user zabbix" such maps are not listed nor displayed. I noticed that if the map contains only "host, trigger, group, map" elements, the permission applied to the user works perfectly and it is not able to list or view the maps. And if the map contains at least 1 element of type "image", the user is able to list and view the map in the way I described above, it seems to me that this is not correct. I faced this problem in version 3.4.6, and tried an upgrade to version 3.4.8 and the problem persists. Is it a permission setting, or a bug? In short: if any map that contains some element of type "image", any user of type "administrator zabbix" is able to list and see, if I remove all elements of the "image" type of maps, permission works perfectly. |
Comments |
Comment by Diego Cavalcante [ 2018 May 15 ] |
version 3.4.9 the problem persists. |
Comment by Aigars Kadikis [ 2018 May 23 ] |
Can confirm this on 3.4.9. Here is how to reproduce it: |
Comment by Diego Cavalcante [ 2018 May 23 ] |
Hello Aigars Kadikis, your reproduction of the problem was perfect. I can confirm that the problem affects all versions 3.4.x and all alphas of 4.0. |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2018 May 23 ] |
It works as documented.
|
Comment by Diego Cavalcante [ 2018 May 23 ] |
The way it is, I only see 2 exits: 1º Do not use elements of type "image" in the maps. Well, the permissions are respected. I have to choose between the 2. |
Comment by João Edson [ 2018 May 23 ] |
Step by the same problem as Diego and I do not see exit since if not leave some users as admin they no longer have access to some elements |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2018 May 24 ] |
I moved this issue to ZBXNEXT project. Please vote for this change request! |
Comment by Alex Tomasello [ 2018 Nov 27 ] |
In include/classes/api/services/CMap.php there are some lines that permit this:
// Setting PERM_READ permission for maps with at least one image.
$selement_images = self::getSelements(array_keys($sysmaps_r), SYSMAP_ELEMENT_TYPE_IMAGE);
self::setMapPermissions($sysmaps_r, $selement_images, [0 => []], $selement_maps);
self::setHasElements($sysmaps_r, $selement_images);
|
Comment by Alex Tomasello [ 2019 Jan 15 ] |
Any updates? |
Comment by Alex Tomasello [ 2019 Jan 23 ] |
Hi there, I've reported code lines involved in this issues/feature. This ticket was opened on 2018 Apr 07 ...Any updates? |
Comment by Dirk Bongard [ 2019 Aug 10 ] |
I wonder about this authorization concept. When I look at this list of references, I can not believe that large companies agree with this mess, or have spent a lot of money on work arounds. Example: We have several 24/7 data centers. Some have their own site administrators. To be able to administer their own hosts, they need to be Zabbix Adminstrator. This gives them all rights to maps again. The same issue is with Discovery. I am not able to give a DBA for a single host the rights for scheduled downtime without giving it the right Zabbix Adminstrator. By the wording, it is true that an administrator should see everything, but an application admin should be able to set up maintenance or add a template to his host. That's why many of us are Zabbix administrators and have in this case too many rights.
|
[ZBXNEXT-4125] API access to global regular expressions Created: 2017 Sep 26 Updated: 2023 Aug 15 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | David Angelovich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | regularexpression | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Sprint: | Roadmap Backlog | ||||
Story Points: | 2 |
Description |
Its either undocumented, hard to find documentation for, or not possible - but I'd like to be able to create/update/delete/get global regular expressions in Zabbix. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksejs Petrovs [ 2017 Sep 27 ] |
Hello David, |
[ZBXNEXT-4481] Reveal User group permissions in Host groups Created: 2018 Apr 04 Updated: 2019 Apr 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.16 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | adminuser, permissions, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In the configuration view of a User group Zabbix-Admins may find out easily what permission applies to which host group(s) resp. host(s). But sometimes it is desirable to do the exercise the other way around too. That's to say, looking at a Host group and finding out which User groups apply permission to it and which users have finally access granted or explicitly denied. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2018 Jun 06 ] |
Just hacked together this one after a request of an admin on site - maybe it's for the time being useful to anyone else too (see last condition of WHERE clause!): zabbix=# SELECT ug.name user_group, zabbix-# p.name permission zabbix-# FROM groups hg, zabbix-# rights r, zabbix-# usrgrp ug, zabbix-# ( VALUES zabbix(# ( 1, 'Deny' ), zabbix(# ( 2, 'Read' ), zabbix(# ( 3, 'Read-Write' ) zabbix(# ) AS p ( id, NAME ) zabbix-# WHERE ug.usrgrpid = r.groupid zabbix-# AND r.permission = p.id zabbix-# AND r.id = hg.groupid zabbix-# AND hg.NAME = 'A Host group name one is interested in'; user_group | permission -----------------------------------------------+------------ A User group | Read-Write Another User group | Read Yet another User group | Read What shall I say, a User group | Read Should be fairly easy to extend it to reveal users behind user groups as well. |
Comment by Marc [ 2019 Apr 09 ] |
Similar statement working with MySQL (the one in the previous comment was for Postgres): SELECT ug.NAME user_group, CASE WHEN r.permission = 1 THEN 'Deny' WHEN r.permission = 2 THEN 'Read' WHEN r.permissionis = 3 THEN 'Read-Write' END AS permission FROM groups hg, rights r, usrgrp ug WHERE ug.usrgrpid = r.groupid AND r.id = hg.groupid AND hg.NAME = 'A Host group name one is interested in';
|
[ZBXNEXT-3704] New operation types: add/delete macro, set macro value Created: 2017 Feb 16 Updated: 2017 Apr 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | macros, operations | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There could be many uses for this, one of them is dynamic adjustment of update intervals depending on trigger states. (Macro support in intervals is coming with |
Comments |
Comment by Semiadmin [ 2017 Apr 15 ] |
May be, add also the operation type like this one: |
[ZBXNEXT-3061] Using Oracle bind variables in the queries generated by Frontend. Created: 2015 Dec 03 Updated: 2015 Dec 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleg Ivanivskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | bind, oracle, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 2.2 and 2.4 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
SELECT f.triggerid,f.functionid,h.host,h.name FROM functions f JOIN items i ON f.itemid=i.itemid JOIN hosts h ON i.hostid=h.hostid WHERE (f.functionid BETWEEN '4937' AND '4941' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '4959' AND '4963' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '4981' AND '4985' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '5003' AND '5007' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '5025' AND '5029' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '5050' AND '5054' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '5072' AND '5076' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6760' AND '6764' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6786' AND '6790' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6820' AND '6824' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6842' AND '6846' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6864' AND '6868' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6886' AND '6890' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6908' AND '6912' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6930' AND '6934' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6952' AND '6956' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6974' AND '6978' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '6996' AND '7000' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7018' AND '7022' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7040' AND '7044' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7062' AND '7066' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7084' AND '7088' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7106' AND '7110' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7128' AND '7132' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7150' AND '7154' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7172' AND '7176' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7194' AND '7198' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7216' AND '7220' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7238' AND '7242' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7260' AND '7264' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7282' AND '7286' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7304' AND '7308' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7326' AND '7330' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7348' AND '7352' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7370' AND '7374' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7392' AND '7396' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7414' AND '7418' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7436' AND '7440' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7458' AND '7462' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7480' AND '7484' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7502' AND '7506' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7524' AND '7528' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7546' AND '7550' OR f.functionid BETWEEN '7568' AND '7572' OR f.functionid B... It would be great, if Zabbix API will use bind variables in queries also. |
[ZBXNEXT-3034] Support groupfunc (grpavg, grpmax, grpmin, grpsum) via the API Created: 2015 Nov 02 Updated: 2015 Dec 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Chris Christensen | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | aggregate | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The API should support the ability to query grouping functions: groupfunc (grpavg, grpmax, grpmin, grpsum). This would allow better understanding of item values from a grouping perspective for validation before implementing the grp* item key and the ability to look at grouped data values where a grp* item key was not previously set. There is precedent for the use of group aggregates with the existing API methods, but the implementation is akward and could benefit from optimization(s) rather than multiple queries. For example: |
Comments |
Comment by Chris Christensen [ 2015 Nov 02 ] |
Just to note, ZBXNEXT-1192 looks similiar, but I believe they are different in that the aggregates do not include hostgroup item selection. |
Comment by Chris Christensen [ 2015 Nov 02 ] |
Here's an example with the trends table using MySQL: Variables: i.key_, g.name, clock (and grouping) SELECT clock, AVG(value_avg) FROM trends WHERE itemid IN ( SELECT DISTINCT i.itemid FROM items i, hosts h, hosts_groups hg, groups g WHERE i.hostid=h.hostid AND h.hostid=hg.hostid AND i.key_='system.cpu.load[,avg5]' AND i.status=0 AND i.state=0 AND h.status=0 AND g.name IN ('hostgroup-name-1', 'hostgroup-name-2')) AND (clock BETWEEN 1422496800 AND 1422536400) GROUP BY clock DIV 300; |
[ZBXNEXT-2860] Improve housekeeper algorithm Created: 2015 Jun 29 Updated: 2015 Nov 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | housekeeper | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently Zabbix server retrieves all itemid's min clock from history* and trends* table. Also it uses housekeeper table to remove non-existing items. We need to optimize the process and drop housekeeper table at all and use only history and trends tables data. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Jun 30 ] |
In ZBX-9278 (which I posted earlier ) I suggested some exact solutions for almost the same aspects as Alexey mentioned here. I cannot imagine how we could drop the housekeeper table at all. I'd suggest to close current report as duplicate and move unique details to the ZBX-9278 |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Nov 03 ] |
Now I understand how Alexey's scenario would work and I agree that it would be nice a for following scenario: How to "clean" currently existing installations? - yes, remove values for every history/trends table for items which do not exist already for this table type. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Nov 05 ] |
Before working on this issue, take a look please to |
[ZBXNEXT-3754] Convert old trigger hysteresis and drop {TRIGGER.VALUE} support in trigger expressions Created: 2017 Mar 22 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Installation (I), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | hysteresis, recoveryexpression, upgrade | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
{TRIGGER.VALUE} is still being used for trigger hysteresis while there is a new and supposedly better way to achieve the same result, namely Recovery expression. As a result we need to support two ways of doing the same thing. Conversion algorithm should be derived and implemented in DB upgrade and XML import. |
Comments |
Comment by Andrey Melnikov [ 2017 Mar 22 ] |
Better create function between($a,$b) to avoid write multiple expressions for each trigger. |
[ZBXNEXT-3471] querying trend API for aggregate information Created: 2016 Oct 03 Updated: 2016 Oct 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Martin Møller | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, items, trends | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 6.8 Server with MySQL, running af a VMware VM. |
Description |
I have tried to integrate trends into my PDF report, and I believe I am querying the way I should, but it looks like trend.get ignores the time_from and time_till values and just return the value from one record instead. For example, I have some hosts/gateways that have had some unscheduled downtime. Some of them a few days ago, but it I ask for trend data for say a week, it just says that no pings were ever lost. If I have a host that is still down, I at least get a value that is not zero, but typically much higher than what the period it covers would lead to. Example:Report from 2016.09.25 22:33 until 2016.10.02 22:33. Ping loss is shown as 0%?! If I manually query the trend database the way I would expect the API to, I get a value matches this pretty well: mysql> select AVG(value_avg) AS trend_avg from trends WHERE itemid=52391 and clock BETWEEN 1474835627 and 1475440427; +-------------+ | trend_avg | +-------------+ | 37.11576826 | +-------------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec) Datapoints: mysql> select clock,value_avg AS trend_avg from trends WHERE itemid=52391 and clock BETWEEN 1474835627 and 1475440427; +------------+-----------+ | clock | trend_avg | +------------+-----------+ | 1474837200 | 0.0000 | | 1474840800 | 0.0000 | | 1474844400 | 0.0000 | | 1474848000 | 0.0000 | | 1474851600 | 0.0000 | | 1474855200 | 0.0000 | | 1474858800 | 0.0000 | | 1474862400 | 0.0000 | | 1474866000 | 0.0000 | | 1474869600 | 0.0000 | | 1474873200 | 0.0000 | | 1474876800 | 0.0000 | | 1474880400 | 0.0000 | | 1474884000 | 0.0000 | | 1474887600 | 0.0000 | | 1474891200 | 0.0000 | | 1474894800 | 0.0000 | | 1474898400 | 0.0000 | | 1474902000 | 0.0000 | | 1474905600 | 0.0000 | | 1474909200 | 0.0000 | | 1474912800 | 0.0000 | | 1474916400 | 0.0000 | | 1474920000 | 0.0000 | | 1474923600 | 0.0000 | | 1474927200 | 0.0000 | | 1474930800 | 0.0000 | | 1474934400 | 0.0000 | | 1474938000 | 0.0000 | | 1474941600 | 0.0000 | | 1474945200 | 0.0000 | | 1474948800 | 0.0000 | | 1474952400 | 0.0000 | | 1474956000 | 0.0000 | | 1474959600 | 0.0000 | | 1474963200 | 0.0000 | | 1474966800 | 0.0000 | | 1474970400 | 0.0000 | | 1474974000 | 0.0000 | | 1474977600 | 0.0000 | | 1474981200 | 0.0000 | | 1474984800 | 0.0000 | | 1474988400 | 0.0000 | | 1474992000 | 0.0000 | | 1474995600 | 0.0000 | | 1474999200 | 0.0000 | | 1475002800 | 0.0000 | | 1475006400 | 0.0000 | | 1475010000 | 0.0000 | | 1475013600 | 0.0000 | | 1475017200 | 0.0000 | | 1475020800 | 0.0000 | | 1475024400 | 0.0000 | | 1475028000 | 0.0000 | | 1475031600 | 0.0000 | | 1475035200 | 0.0000 | | 1475038800 | 0.0000 | | 1475042400 | 0.0000 | | 1475046000 | 0.0000 | | 1475049600 | 0.0000 | | 1475053200 | 0.0000 | | 1475056800 | 0.0000 | | 1475060400 | 0.0000 | | 1475064000 | 0.0000 | | 1475067600 | 0.0000 | | 1475071200 | 0.0000 | | 1475074800 | 0.0000 | | 1475078400 | 0.0000 | | 1475082000 | 0.0000 | | 1475085600 | 0.0000 | | 1475089200 | 0.0000 | | 1475092800 | 0.0000 | | 1475096400 | 0.0000 | | 1475100000 | 0.0000 | | 1475103600 | 0.0000 | | 1475107200 | 0.0000 | | 1475110800 | 0.0000 | | 1475114400 | 0.0000 | | 1475118000 | 0.0000 | | 1475121600 | 0.0000 | | 1475125200 | 0.0000 | | 1475128800 | 0.0000 | | 1475132400 | 0.0000 | | 1475136000 | 0.0000 | | 1475139600 | 0.0000 | | 1475143200 | 0.0000 | | 1475146800 | 0.0000 | | 1475150400 | 0.0000 | | 1475154000 | 0.0000 | | 1475157600 | 0.0000 | | 1475161200 | 0.0000 | | 1475164800 | 0.0000 | | 1475168400 | 0.0000 | | 1475172000 | 0.0000 | | 1475175600 | 0.0000 | | 1475179200 | 0.0000 | | 1475182800 | 0.0000 | | 1475186400 | 0.0000 | | 1475190000 | 0.0000 | | 1475193600 | 0.0000 | | 1475197200 | 0.0000 | | 1475200800 | 0.0000 | | 1475204400 | 0.0000 | | 1475208000 | 0.0000 | | 1475211600 | 0.0000 | | 1475215200 | 98.3333 | | 1475218800 | 100.0000 | | 1475222400 | 100.0000 | | 1475226000 | 100.0000 | | 1475229600 | 100.0000 | | 1475233200 | 100.0000 | | 1475236800 | 100.0000 | | 1475240400 | 100.0000 | | 1475244000 | 100.0000 | | 1475247600 | 100.0000 | | 1475251200 | 100.0000 | | 1475254800 | 100.0000 | | 1475258400 | 100.0000 | | 1475262000 | 100.0000 | | 1475265600 | 100.0000 | | 1475269200 | 100.0000 | | 1475272800 | 100.0000 | | 1475276400 | 100.0000 | | 1475280000 | 100.0000 | | 1475283600 | 100.0000 | | 1475287200 | 100.0000 | | 1475290800 | 100.0000 | | 1475294400 | 100.0000 | | 1475298000 | 100.0000 | | 1475301600 | 100.0000 | | 1475305200 | 100.0000 | | 1475308800 | 100.0000 | | 1475312400 | 100.0000 | | 1475316000 | 100.0000 | | 1475319600 | 100.0000 | | 1475323200 | 100.0000 | | 1475326800 | 100.0000 | | 1475330400 | 100.0000 | | 1475334000 | 100.0000 | | 1475337600 | 100.0000 | | 1475341200 | 100.0000 | | 1475344800 | 100.0000 | | 1475348400 | 100.0000 | | 1475352000 | 100.0000 | | 1475355600 | 100.0000 | | 1475359200 | 100.0000 | | 1475362800 | 100.0000 | | 1475366400 | 100.0000 | | 1475370000 | 100.0000 | | 1475373600 | 100.0000 | | 1475377200 | 100.0000 | | 1475380800 | 100.0000 | | 1475384400 | 100.0000 | | 1475388000 | 100.0000 | | 1475391600 | 100.0000 | | 1475395200 | 100.0000 | | 1475398800 | 100.0000 | | 1475402400 | 100.0000 | | 1475406000 | 100.0000 | | 1475409600 | 100.0000 | | 1475413200 | 100.0000 | | 1475416800 | 100.0000 | | 1475420400 | 100.0000 | | 1475424000 | 100.0000 | | 1475427600 | 100.0000 | | 1475431200 | 100.0000 | | 1475434800 | 100.0000 | +------------+-----------+ 167 rows in set (0.00 sec) What I see in my report (DEBUG stage): Array ( [0] => Array ( [itemid] => 52391 [name] => ICMP loss [key_] => icmppingloss [description] => [units] => % [lastclock] => 1475439806 [lastvalue] => 100.0000 ) ) Trend data for ICMP loss: Array ( [0] => Array ( [itemid] => 52391 [num] => 60 [value_min] => 0.0000 [value_avg] => 0.0000 [value_max] => 0.0000 ) ) In this case, it looks like only the first value in the set is used. This is tested on Zabbix 3.0.4. I expect it is also an issue in 3.2, but I have not had time to test it. It does not look like 3.0.5 is available as a package for my CentOS base yet, but I doubt the issue is fixed, since the release notes make no mention of it. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Oct 03 ] |
first, zabbix api never performs any operations on the database values (there is a separate feature request for that), thus your check with the db level avg() wouldn't be reproducible with the current zabbix api. as for only one value being returned, please show the raw json sent to the zabbix api (not an interpretation for some library or language, pure json) |
Comment by Martin Møller [ 2016 Oct 03 ] |
Alright. That would be this part: {"auth":"<removed>","method":"trend.get","id":1,"params":{"output":["itemid","num","value_min","value_avg","value_max"],"itemids":"52391","time_from":1474851603,"time_till":1475456403,"limit":1},"jsonrpc":"2.0"} From your description, I think I can gather that limit:1 is my issue and that I will get all rows returned, not the added values. Might there be a call for that some day? Context: Array ( [19913] => 1 [13] => 30 [78] => 5 [81] => [64] => [52] => 1 [74] => 1 [10023] => Array ( [0] => Content-Type: application/json-rpc [1] => User-Agent: ZabbixAPI v1.0 - http://andrewfarley.com/zabbix_php_api ) [10036] => POST [10015] => {"auth":"64e85a215abf7e23d57f57fcd246a0f7","method":"trend.get","id":1,"params":{"output":["itemid","num","value_min","value_avg","value_max"],"itemids":"52391","time_from":1474851603,"time_till":1475456403,"limit":1},"jsonrpc":"2.0"} [10102] => gzip ) Got response from API: ({"jsonrpc":"2.0","result":[{"itemid":"52391","num":"60","value_min":"0.0000","value_avg":"0.0000","value_max":"0.0000"}],"id":1}) Response decoded: (Array ( [jsonrpc] => 2.0 [result] => Array ( [0] => Array ( [itemid] => 52391 [num] => 60 [value_min] => 0.0000 [value_avg] => 0.0000 [value_max] => 0.0000 ) ) [id] => 1 ) PS: Tried removing 'limit:1' and then I get all the rows, so now that part is solved. I didn't get a good grasp on the trend.get call from the one example shown, I'm afraid. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Oct 03 ] |
ZBXNEXT-656 asks for something similar - only for history.get, but that's normal as trend.get didn't exist back then. |
[ZBXNEXT-3346] JSON adding new item to map without deleting existing items Created: 2016 Jul 25 Updated: 2016 Jul 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Vekli Sergey | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Comments |
Comment by Vekli Sergey [ 2016 Jul 25 ] |
I mean in the theme "adding new item". asaveljevs Fixed. |
[ZBXNEXT-3315] can't get all template properties in one call Created: 2016 Jun 20 Updated: 2016 Jun 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | template.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when requesting template.get, we may ask for all the properties like applications, macros, items, triggers, graphs... unfortunately, nested properties are not returned :
if one would like to get all the information about a template, that makes the 'extend' call to these entities useless - it is still required to make another call for all the web scenarios, graphs, lld rules, templated screens... the host.get method is likely the same. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jun 20 ] |
also applications for items, and probably many more properties or other entities. looks like these parameters haven't been thought out that well - the frontend doesn't use them anyway and resorts to the individual .get methods. |
[ZBXNEXT-3166] get IDs for web monitoring items using API easily Created: 2016 Feb 24 Updated: 2023 Jul 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | itcbsops | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | ids, items, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Dear, using API, we want to retrieve some informations about Web scenarios, like the average response time for the first (and uniq) step. We retrieve the web scenario information without any problem (using httptest.get). But to get the average response time, we use the historyGet, but we must set in parameter (itemid) the id of the average response time (I get the itemid in the frontend url). In other word, I don't understand how is linked the web scenario id to the average download time of the 1st step. I've also check on database but cannot see the relation. Thanks for your help |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
Indeed an "httpstepitem" table could be used to get and include actual items to API response. As a workaround, having scenario and step names it's possible to construct item keys https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.4/manual/web_monitoring/items and then using hostid get items using item.get with filtering by key. Should we move it to ZBXNEXT ? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
Or close it as a duplicate of |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
Well, indeed worth to close. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
i'd suggest moving to zbxnext instead. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
Good point, moved. |
Comment by Carl [ 2023 Jul 12 ] |
I wrote the above before I found this unresolved item of 7 years ago. It seems like I am the first to vote on the issue, but is there any likelihood this shortcoming will be addressed? |
[ZBXNEXT-1461] Notify dependent triggers with an indication of the root problem plus dynamic dependency maps Created: 2012 Oct 10 Updated: 2023 Nov 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 27 |
Labels: | dependencies, topology | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
This ticket describes my wish from the conference talk "Generating Maps and Hosts from Topological Data" (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sv0ZV05N5oI). =Scenario= A Zabbix server is connected to a monitored server via a switch Z- Z ... Zabbix server The switch is maintained by a network administrator (NA), the server is maintained by a server administrator (SA). S hosts a website for a customer. =A little story= In the middle of the night, SA receives a message on his phone, claiming S is unreachable. What happened? Various things go through his mind: Did somebody mess up the firewall, the nameserver? Did somebody pull a cable or did the switch break? Did the machine or the network stack crash? Is it actually the Zabbix server that became disconnected from this part of the network? 2 minutes later the customer is on the phone, asking the drowsy SA what's wrong with his website. At this point he can't answer the customer's question. He doesn't even know if he can do anything about it. He only knows the problem is apparently real. If he's lucky, he'll reach a NA who can help him find out. Meanwhile in the network operations center: NA gets a message on the dashboard, saying N is unreachable. He doesn't know the topology very well and therefore doesn't know from the top of his head, which hosts are affected by this outage. He also has no idea what services the machines runs, that is behind the broken switch. He has no immediate sense of urgency besides the trigger severity. If he's lucky, somebody's maintaining some additional information, accessible in the enterprise wiki. This little story assumes, no trigger dependency is used. The trigger dependency mechanism could have been used to not notify the SA at all, because S depends on N. But that doesn't help the SA, because the customer would have still called him up and he'd have been even more clueless. =What if ...= What if the SA would have gotten a message saying: "Server S is unreachable. This is due to an outage of N." Reading it, he would have known he can't do anything about the problem. The website would most likely come back online when N is back to work. He could have answered the customer: "We have a network problem, NOC is working on it, have a good night!". Also, what if the NA had a dynamic map reflecting dependency? Optionally he could also receive messages like below, if he cares: "Switch N is unreachable. Therefore S is unreachable too." NA: "Gosh, S is an important server, I better hurry!" If you're creative with triggers and trigger dependency, you can visually reflect affected hosts on static maps and get this kind of notification. It only works in specific topologies though and may break silently, when you delete a host. This is not how it should be done. =What would be necessary?= I believe all necessary information already exists in the Zabbix database. Zabbix knows about the whole dependency chain. Instead of hiding away subsequent problems, it should also be possible to notify subsequent problems with the root problem message. =Known limitations= Trigger dependencies are connected with a logical OR. This might not be ideal for modelling topology. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
I'm not sure but ZBX-4744 looks a bit related. |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
I disagree, Volker is suggesting a fundamental change in handling trigger dependencies in actions and maps. |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2012 Oct 12 ] |
Related to ZBXNEXT-1333 |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Mar 01 ] |
Loosely connected to ZBXNEXT-1547 |
Comment by romale [ 2013 Nov 19 ] |
>all necessary information already exists in the Zabbix database. Zabbix knows about the whole dependency chain. imho, in current state, zabbix does not know about dependencies. Firstly, it should create a network tree. i think it should discover who is host, who is switch, router etc and who of this at righ side and at left side for topology compilation and relations between devices. Also, it should to know who is Port for root cause discovery and port to port mappings. This mechanism is requires model-oriented approach. And, since, all of network devices are typically SNMP-based, so, discovery should rely on SNMP. This is my reflections about network topology discovery and dependencies and about some implementations. |
[ZBXNEXT-3974] API "trend.get" call doesn't support sorting Created: 2017 Jul 03 Updated: 2017 Jul 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Anton Alekseev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Documentation says
But using "sortfield" and/or "sortorder" in "trend.get" call has no effect: Example 1. Sorting by clock doesn't work Request: { "auth": "...", "id": 1, "params": { "time_till": 1498710000, "time_from": 1498700000, "sortorder": "ASC", "sortfield": "clock", "itemids": [ "26031", "26032" ], "trend": "0", "output": [ "itemid", "clock" ] }, "method": "trend.get", "jsonrpc": "2.0" } Response: { "id": 1, "result": [ { "clock": "1498701600", "itemid": "26031" }, { "clock": "1498705200", "itemid": "26031" }, { "clock": "1498708800", "itemid": "26031" }, { "clock": "1498701600", "itemid": "26032" }, { "clock": "1498705200", "itemid": "26032" }, { "clock": "1498708800", "itemid": "26032" } ], "jsonrpc": "2.0" } Example 2. Descending sorting by itemid doesnt' work Request: { "auth": "...", "id": 1, "params": { "time_till": 1498710000, "time_from": 1498700000, "sortorder": "DESC", "sortfield": "itemid", "itemids": [ "26031", "26032" ], "trend": "0", "output": [ "itemid", "clock" ] }, "method": "trend.get", "jsonrpc": "2.0" } Response: { "id": 1, "result": [ { "clock": "1498701600", "itemid": "26031" }, { "clock": "1498705200", "itemid": "26031" }, { "clock": "1498708800", "itemid": "26031" }, { "clock": "1498701600", "itemid": "26032" }, { "clock": "1498705200", "itemid": "26032" }, { "clock": "1498708800", "itemid": "26032" } ], "jsonrpc": "2.0" } applyQuerySortOptions isn't used in include/classes/api/services/CTrend.php. Neither does ORDER BY SQL clause. |
[ZBXNEXT-3716] Empty response received from Zabbix server "localhost" when execute the default of ZBX scripts Created: 2017 Feb 23 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | carlgan | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
ZXB 3.2.2 +Centos 7.1 |
Attachments: | debug info for ping cmd.txt |
Description |
Empty response received from Zabbix server "localhost" when execute the default of ZBX scripts(e.g. ping, detect operating system, traceroure) from dashboard. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Feb 23 ] |
could a misconfiguration of the server ip/port in the frontend. |
[ZBXNEXT-3622] user.get and usergroup.get don't return LDAP users/groups Created: 2016 Dec 20 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | David Angelovich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RHEL 7 |
Description |
user.get won't return users that use the "System Default" authentication when its set to use LDAP. Its returning only the internal users. usergroup.get won't return groups Frontend access is System default when its set to use LDAP. Documentation isn't clear whether there's a flag to work around this or if its intentional. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Dec 20 ] |
could you please clarify what exactly is "known LDAP userid" ? |
Comment by David Angelovich [ 2016 Dec 20 ] |
I mean a user that has been already configured as a zabbix user, whose auth is against LDAP. |
[ZBXNEXT-3515] Add embedded script support to Web scenario steps Created: 2016 Oct 28 Updated: 2016 Oct 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | JavaScript | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Web scenarios do not provide Real User Monitoring (RUM), where a scenario runs in a fully-blown Internet browser engine. A web application with an authentication procedure that requires to get a salted hash POSTed connot be monitored by Zabbix. E.g.: var response = challenge + "-" + password; jxl.setValue("uiResponse", challenge + "-" + hex_md5(response)); In the past I've seen things like these only now and then. Meanwhile, I'm encountering more and more web services that cannot be monitored with Zabbix. So, how about adding embedded script support on step level? PS: It seems reasonable to use JavaScript but I think other interpreters like for instance LUA could help here too |
[ZBXNEXT-1485] Redesigning the get methods output parameter Created: 2012 Oct 25 Updated: 2014 Jan 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.0 |
Fix Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, documentation, frontend | ||
Σ Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified |
Σ Time Spent: | Not Specified | Time Spent: | Not Specified |
Σ Original Estimate: | Not Specified | Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sub-Tasks: |
|
Description |
The output parameter for get methods should be redesigned to be simpler and more intuitive to use. More details in the specification: http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/specs/ZBXNEXT-1485 |
Comments |
Comment by Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
To make the transition smoother and less painful, I've separated three subtasks that need to be done first: |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Mar 14 ] |
subtasks closed, this one can be closed, too jelisejev Wait, there's still stuff to be done in this task too. |
[ZBXNEXT-1718] CountOutput ignores permissions in several APIs Created: 2013 Apr 22 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6, 2.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | actions, api, maps, permissions, screens | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In several APIs permissions can only be checked by retrieving the object and then filtering them on the PHP side. Since countOutput returns the data right after it is retrieved from the DB, permissions for such requests are not checked. The following APIs are affected by this problem:
This should be fixed using the code added in |
[ZBXNEXT-1525] separate Item and Discovery selection in the API. Created: 2012 Nov 22 Updated: 2013 Jan 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Eduards Samersovs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For example in CHostInterface->get() option "selectItems" return all types of items include discoveries. It must be another option "selectDiscovery" to get only discovery items. |
[ZBXNEXT-1673] Possibility to manipulate SLA by adding corrections Created: 2013 Mar 19 Updated: 2021 Nov 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | itservices, patch, sla | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux, CentOS-6.3, PostgreSQL 9.1.8, Apache HTTPD-2.2.15, PHP-5.3.3 |
Attachments: | zbxNext1673-2.2.9.patch zbxNext1673-MonitoringServices.png zbxNext1673-ServicesConfiguration.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
SLA calculation in IT-Services might become a powerful feature. If SLA calculation is taken to represent the real service levels and shall be used for reporting and potentially even used for penalty, then there has to be a way to subsequently add corrections for defined time periods. Such a correction could be defined on trigger level with parameter like 'Trigger status', 'Time period(s)' and 'Comment/Reason'. These corrections have to be audited and be visible. A correction may not change the data a SLA is based of, it rather should be a separate definition that gets taken into account for on-demand calculation and displaying of SLA. By this feature it would be possible to correct incorrect SLA calculations based on missing data or any kind of malfunctions in the processes of data collection. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 20 ] |
ZBXNEXT-334 is a bit related. |
Comment by Stephen Dayman [ 2013 Oct 31 ] |
The current SLA calculation is very useful for us and helps as a leading indicator of our performance but the correction mechanism is a problem. I would like the SLA correction at a child to cause the recalculation of the availability of the parent recursively. Currently I update the parent with uptime/downtime but this affects the calculation since I loose any availability data of other children. |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Jun 07 ] |
Attached patch zbxNext1673-2.2.9.patch is an attempt to implement this request without making deep cuts - as always it's quick'n dirty hacked together without much thinking and testing The idea is to use additional service times to either overrule OK or PROBLEM SLA periods. While such "Correction periods" affect SLA calculation completely, details may be identified in the availability report (reports3.php) view only: If a correction takes place within a SLA period, this is indicated by appending the effective correction period in orange to the regular OK/PROBLEM period values. So the regular values consider corrections and the the orange values indicate how much time was corrected. Btw, the nice thing about using service times is that no data modification is necessary. SLA data remains untouched, just the on-demand calculation is affected. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 Oct 13 ] |
Support of excluded downtimes is coming in Zabbix 6.0 LTS soon. We are working on it. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 Nov 16 ] |
It is under development in |
[ZBXNEXT-6551] Whether the Zabbix network topology function can add elements to the map through the API Created: 2021 Mar 08 Updated: 2021 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.28 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | 苟亚材 | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: Expected:
|
[ZBXNEXT-2593] Allow to create host inventory in Zabbix API Created: 2014 Nov 14 Updated: 2016 Aug 03 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sergei Prutskikh | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, database, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In Zabbix API it is possible to create host with inventory, but if host is already created and inventory this host is disabled, it is not possible to update this host to create inventory. in your API class CHost.php there is some additional code that restrict to create inventory while Host Update function. Host update function actially call massUpdate function and here we see this code: if (!isset($existingInventoriesDb[$hostId])) { $host = get_host_by_hostid($hostId); self::exception(ZBX_API_ERROR_PARAMETERS, _s( 'Inventory disabled for host "%1$s".', $host['host'] )); } Why you cant create new inventory for host if there is no inventory for host exists yet? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 14 ] |
have you set "inventory_mode" to 0 or 1 as per https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.2/manual/api/reference/host/object ? |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Aug 03 ] |
Is the problem still relevant for you? |
[ZBXNEXT-2457] Interfaceid shouldn't be mandatory for item.create Created: 2014 Sep 11 Updated: 2014 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, interfaces, item | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently to create an item, we always need to do a host.get request first to retrieve the ID of an interface first. In some cases it would be much more convenient if the "interfaceid" parameter for item.create was optional and would just take the main interface of the correct type. |
[ZBXNEXT-1984] Configurable limitation for 'value like' searches in history Created: 2013 Oct 25 Updated: 2013 Oct 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | reliability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Would be nice if a maximum period for selection in history can be configured. Without such limitation a (relational) database may be overloaded easily. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 26 ] |
wondering whether max graph period setting affects this (in defines.inc.php) - although here we don't have the benefit of selecting from trends |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 26 ] |
ZBX_MAX_PERIOD takes effect but a reasonable value for text based items is not necessarily sufficient for number based items. Anyhow, the main problem is not the period and thus amount of (text based) data in general. |
[ZBXNEXT-1881] Require to improve error displaying in API, because now all errors, undefined index's and others, is intercepted by zbx_err_handler() and don't shows without Frontend. Created: 2013 Aug 28 Updated: 2013 Sep 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Eduards Samersovs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
[ZBXNEXT-5154] The zabbix API for authentication should return an HTTP error code when the authentication fail Created: 2019 Mar 30 Updated: 2019 Apr 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.26 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andre Rodier | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Expected:
|
Comments |
Comment by Andre Rodier [ 2019 Mar 30 ] |
Here a test using Ansible URI module ok: [homebox] => changed=false access_control_allow_headers: Content-Type access_control_allow_methods: POST access_control_allow_origin: '*' access_control_max_age: '1000' cache_control: no-cache connection: close content_type: application/json cookies: {} cookies_string: '' date: Sat, 30 Mar 2019 06:14:10 GMT expires: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:00:01 GMT json: error: code: -32602 data: Login name or password is incorrect. message: Invalid params. id: '1' jsonrpc: '2.0' msg: OK (unknown bytes) redirected: false server: nginx status: 200 strict_transport_security: max-age=31536000; transfer_encoding: chunked url: https://zabbix.rodier.me/api_jsonrpc.php The status should be 403, not 200. |
Comment by Arturs Lontons [ 2019 Apr 01 ] |
Hi, |
Comment by Andre Rodier [ 2019 Apr 01 ] |
Thank you, I understand this is by design. I am sure you'll find a way to make this compliant with REST API standards. |
[ZBXNEXT-2825] User and user group description fields Created: 2015 May 22 Updated: 2023 Sep 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Installation (I) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | OdinZabbix | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | users | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Add user description field on the user creation screen and user group description on the user group creation screen. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 May 22 ] |
description for :
|
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2022 Aug 19 ] |
This is definitely a nice quick easy addition! |
Comment by Galo Xucro [ 2022 Nov 16 ] |
It looks trivial to add a description field, with minimal impact on database and other features. In large installations, it's necessary to document the purpose of each usergroup and some users: why was it created for? permissions? alerting? dashboards? api access?. Zabbix configuration should allow for some kind of auto-documenting, it'd make the life of Zabbix administrators easier. |
Comment by sbindley [ 2023 Sep 07 ] |
if not a description field, then a tags field. this would allow to add tags for short description, expiration dates, a temp flag, etc. |
[ZBXNEXT-2621] Support LLD for Web Scenario's Created: 2014 Nov 28 Updated: 2021 Jul 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Frank | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 75 |
Labels: | lld, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be nice if LLD could be used for web scenario's allowing mass vhosting checks. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Nov 30 ] |
Just to get it right, you're talking about something similar to "Web scenario prototypes" for LLD, right? |
Comment by Frank [ 2014 Dec 01 ] |
Yes, I'd like to auto-detect vhosts (which I'm already doing for a "simple" item/trigger check) and automatically do webchecks on them. |
Comment by Jon Beilke [ 2016 May 06 ] |
Using the Zabbix API as a workaround for auto generating web scenarios for now, but would really like to see this integrated into LLD. Any updates on this feature request? |
Comment by Marc [ 2016 May 06 ] |
jrbeilke, |
Comment by Evan Montgomery-Recht [ 2016 Oct 24 ] |
Can you provide an example of how to add a web scenario via Zabbix API? Ideally it would be a multi-step scenario. Basically we have a situation where we have about 60 web applications is various stages of the SDLC. We need a way to dynamically detect if a application has been deployed to one of our servers. This detection would occur based on a 'is-URL' present (or does it respond back to the right status code) in a template. If so, add application to be monitored. (Ideally we would need to be able to say, if down for at least a week, or some other defined timeframe, it's likely no longer deployed.) |
Comment by Jon Beilke [ 2016 Oct 24 ] |
Should be covered on the Zabbix doc site - https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.2/manual/api/reference/httptest/create { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "httptest.create", "params": { "name": "Homepage check", "hostid": "10085", "steps": [ { "name": "Homepage", "url": "http://mycompany.com", "status_codes": 200, "no": 1 }, { "name": "Homepage / About", "url": "http://mycompany.com/about", "status_codes": 200, "no": 2 } ] }, "auth": "038e1d7b1735c6a5436ee9eae095879e", "id": 1 } We're using Ruby as it allows us to fetch a JSON list of sites from an internal API and then add the necessary Web Scenarios to Zabbix with this zabbixapi gem - https://github.com/express42/zabbixapi The readme for the zabbixapi gem includes an example for adding Web Scenarios (a.k.a. httptests). The steps are passed as an array to the API as part of the Web Scenario, and are ordered based on the number (no) property. |
Comment by Vladimir Ulogov [ 2016 Oct 25 ] |
But long-term solution for this, would be a support of the WebScenario prototypes in LLD. I am voting for this. |
Comment by Eduard Muradov [ 2020 Feb 06 ] |
Hey. Is there any news about this feature? |
Comment by Ben Hanson [ 2021 Jul 15 ] |
I can see that using web scenarios prototypes in LLD might be a bit counterintuitive, since scenarios would likely be individual to an apache/iis/etc application. Maybe it would make more sense to have an improved HTTP agent item to do single URL checking, since that is already a prototype. It's just so much easier to do a clean web scenario + trigger. So is there a way to make an HTTP agent item that behaves like a single step web scenario? |
Comment by Slash [ 2021 Jul 15 ] |
LLD web scenario can be very useful when you need to monitor several websites on a reverse proxy cluster or even a single http server. You can also monitor several endpoints of a specific application. Currently we have to create a userparameter with LLD to perform this action. |
[ZBXNEXT-2519] Move API to Zabbix Server Created: 2014 Oct 16 Updated: 2021 Sep 06 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 34 |
Labels: | performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There are number of drawbacks of current implementation of Zabbix API:
It's proposed to move API to Zabbix Server side. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Nov 15 ] |
There should be a reliable mechanism (timeout?) to cancel or prevent expensive API requests. Otherwise issues like |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Nov 15 ] |
Btw, how about implementing this as a separate process accessing the shared memory of the server? |
Comment by Andris Zeila [ 2014 Nov 21 ] |
Yes, the current plan is to implement it as separate process(es). This will allow to partly re-use existing functionaly for some requests (for example template linking) and also will give access to configuration/value caches. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Aug 28 ] |
Performance issue for template related operations discussed in |
Comment by OFN Team [ 2015 Nov 10 ] |
We've had a number of comments from our developers that are creating micro services (which we'll run in application containers) that are looking for a restful end point to send metrics to. Will this be available on the proxy as well and will the API be expanded to allow updating item values? |
Comment by Ross Peoples [ 2016 Feb 01 ] |
Can we make this a separate component from the Zabbix server entirely so that it can be installed on a separate machine from the server? The reason I ask is this: the server already has a lot to do, ingesting data from the proxies, writing it to the database, monitoring anything not monitored by the proxies, calculating triggers and items, and running actions based on those triggers in addition to the other various tasks it has to do. In a large enterprise environment, being able to horizontally scale is a requirement and thus far, we've been able to do that by adding proxies and additional web servers, but there can only be one Zabbix server. We are planning to start using the Zabbix API much more heavily in the next year, so being able to set up multiple API servers behind a load balancer would be extremely beneficial and take some load off the Zabbix server. |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2016 Apr 03 ] |
I agree with Ross. We definitely need to start separating the server into discrete, horizontally scalable micro-services. May need to look at memcached/redis for distributing in-memory caches between components. I did consider prototyping a RESTful API written in C but it lead to another million new cool ideas and I couldn't decide where to start. For example, it really should sit in front of a shared Data Access Layer (or two: one for config, one for metrics) which could also be a discrete component with a RESTful/other API and then be used by the front-end, server, public API, etc. So in summary, please don't move the API to the server binary; let's make it discrete and scalable. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2016 Apr 04 ] |
Ryan & Ross, I totally agree with you. The API component must be as independent as possible and ideally shouldn't affect runtime processing of Zabbix Server. We may also give users a choice: run it as part of Zabbix Server or as a standalone process for those who prefer scalability. In both cases the API component shouldn't tightly coupled with Zabbix Server, there will be no shared resources at all. From the other hand, having API on Zabbix Server side would allow interesting things like building distributed or HA Zabbix Server on top of the API or making all communications (server-agent, proxy-server) to be based entirely on API calls. Just imagine Zabbix Agent doing history.put or Proxy doing config.get. I like it, do you? |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 04 ] |
when decoupling the api, what about the server caches (value, configuration) ? |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2016 Apr 05 ] |
Yeah I think the caches are valuable to the API but do agree that redis/memcached/other would add install complexity. I understand this idea is turning into a complete redesign (Zabbix v4?), but if you will indulge me, I'd like to regurgitate the "million new cool ideas" that I feel may actually have value to you. Take it or tweak it or leave it I guess, but I feel some isolation and abstraction would make Zabbix stand out from the crowd. In brief:
Advantages:
Should I put together some sort of proposal on the wiki? |
[ZBXNEXT-2330] Support of templates and macro expander - to create external reports Created: 2014 Jun 04 Updated: 2015 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Lukas Macura | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | cli, latestdata, reports | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be great to create some macro expander functionality with support of templates. With this functionality, any user can make its own report and templates can be shared on zabbix wiki page. <table border="0" width="300"> <tr> <th colspan="2" bgcolor="#d1d1d1"> Host group {$hostgroupname}"</th> </tr> {foreach from=$hosts item="entry"} <tr bgcolor="{cycle values="#dedede,#eeeeee" advance=false}"> <td>{$entry.description}</td> </tr> {/foreach} </table> For start, it is enaugh to have zabbix_expand cli. Templating can be done later. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 05 ] |
Maybe suggested solution is fresh, but in general this is duplicate of ZBXNEXT-247, linked just in case. |
[ZBXNEXT-2260] Deprecated macros should be removed Created: 2014 Apr 14 Updated: 2020 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Support of deprecated macros like {IPADDRESS}, {HOSTNAME}, {TRIGGER.KEY}, {TRIGGER.COMMENT}, {STATUS}, {PROFILE.*} should be dropped. Upgrade path should replace deprecated macros by supported analogs. |
Comments |
Comment by Juris Miščenko (Inactive) [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
Implemented in svn://svn.zabbix.com/branches/dev/ZBXNEXT-2260 |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 14 ] |
(1) how exactly is this being done ? just by dropping the support ? that would be seriously, seriously bad. sasha Will be introduced an upgrade patch. All deprecated macros will be replaced by supported analogs. <richlv> HOORAY, thanks jurism We need a specification that lists database tables and fields where the macros are stored and what macros can be placed in those fields. jurism Database patch added. |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2014 Apr 15 ] |
(2) [PS] please review my changes in r44407. jurism Reviewed. RESOLVED. |
[ZBXNEXT-7808] Enhance system.sw.packages to auto-add template to an host with auto-registering Created: 2022 Jun 17 Updated: 2023 Jan 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Zeiko | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | agent, api, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi,
Currently auto-register only use metadata field limited to 255 char to filter hosts.
This is usefull to filter between windows and linux but very limited if you want more automation.
Auto-register working with agent active, I would be nice to have another field that use system.sw.packages to auto add template to hosts. Currently theres no easy and automated way to add template to host
The process could be something like :
Host register to server => Server detect windows/linux metadata and filter on that (if auto discover rule is set) => Server filter on system.sw.packages and add template to hosts (with rules added in autoregister action).
Regards |
Comments |
Comment by Zeiko [ 2022 Jun 17 ] |
I setted up the priority by looking at the "?" if it is not the correct one you can change it ! |
Comment by dimir [ 2023 Jan 05 ] |
Sorry, could you please elaborate what exactly is asked here and provide a complete use case. |
Comment by Zeiko [ 2023 Jan 06 ] |
Hi,
Sorry, English is not my main language so I might be unclear. The goal here is to automatically add templates to a server when specifics packages are detected.
Currently (well in 6.0, I didn't work on this since) auto-registration does not give a way to simply add templates to a server whithout manual actions or specific API scripts (I might be wrong but this is what I concluded after some research)
We can simply use a variable to get the OS type (Linux/Windows) and add the server to the correct group with auto-registration.
It could be nice to add a way to filter on system.sw.packages and with autoregister rules, add templates to a server when a packages is detected.
Simple example :
Installing zabbix active agent with auto-registration on nginx server :
Is this easier to understand ? |
[ZBXNEXT-111] mandatory parameters for api differ from gui Created: 2009 Oct 20 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | validation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
trunk rev 8107 |
Description |
api mandatory values differ from gui - for example, gui does not allow creating user w/o surname and password, api does. supposedly these should match |
Comments |
Comment by Artem Suharev (Inactive) [ 2009 Oct 29 ] |
This is a global problem of checking passed data, and is part of future API development what is not covered by a single issue... =) for now it's stays on clients side responsibility. |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Nov 02 ] |
valid as a feature request (so that it doesn't get lost) |
[ZBXNEXT-1384] API: get hostsgroups that belongs to a usergroup Created: 2012 Aug 27 Updated: 2012 Oct 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Stanislav Kelberg | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | hostgroup, permissions, usergroups | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Need to have ability to retrieve the hostgroups that belong to a certain usergroup via API. I couldn't find it in documentation. According to this thread http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=21168, such functionality is not implemented yet. Since I haven't found a feature request raised for it, I've raised one on my own. |
Comments |
Comment by Fco. Javier Rial [ 2012 Aug 29 ] |
Thanks for creating this feature request. I am the one who started the thread In the thread I implemented a patch to get this feature working. |
[ZBXNEXT-1198] per-proxy refresh for passive proxies Created: 2012 Apr 25 Updated: 2018 Mar 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | flexibility, passiveproxy | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
for active proxies, we can set config & data refresh per proxy in the proxy config file. for passive proxies, we can only set this in the server config file for all proxies at once. this does not scale well for multiple passive proxies that should have different parameters. there should be a way to configure both config & data sending/polling frequencies per passive proxy. this will require extending db schema and frontend so that these parameters can be configured in administration -> dm |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Mar 23 ] |
additional keywords : update |
[ZBXNEXT-15] possibility to export and import Zabbix users Created: 2009 Jun 30 Updated: 2021 Jun 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | usability, usergroups, users, xml | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Will be nice to have possibility to export and import Zabbix users. |
Comments |
Comment by Cal Sawyer [ 2009 Sep 10 ] |
To add to this - ability to clone existing group permissions to a new group |
Comment by Matt Tharma [ 2015 Dec 09 ] |
+1 |
[ZBXNEXT-2768] Parameter to expand {ITEM.VALUE} macro for event.get API Created: 2015 Apr 08 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.9, 2.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | api, event, macro, trigger | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
event.get API method cannot get its expanded name directly, need to get objectid and get expanded name using trigger.get. However, trigger.get with expandDescription expands {ITEM.VALUE} same as {ITEM.LASTVALUE}. There is no way to get correct event info from API like frontend events screen. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Apr 08 ] |
See also |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Apr 05 ] |
I've tested, and looks like even after the So current request is still actual. I feel that the trigger.get method needs an additional parameter which will define how to expand the {ITEM.VALUE} macro.
But currently there no way control the macro substitution. |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Apr 22 ] |
note that there are two things desired - trigger name expansion for event.get and ITEM.VALUE expansion support. this might have to be split in two feature requests, if not implemented in one go. |
[ZBXNEXT-2291] No way to update the authentication type from internal to ldap or http via zabbix api Created: 2014 May 07 Updated: 2022 Nov 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Harpreet Kaur | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | authentication | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
There is no api to update the authentication type from intenal to http via zabbix api. From UI only this parameter can be updated. This is a limitation. |
Comments |
Comment by Gregory Chalenko [ 2022 Nov 29 ] |
To change user authentication type to LDAP you need to add user to user group with frontend access set to LDAP. To change back you will need to remove user from that user group. As for HTTP authentication: HTTP Basic authentication is done on webserver level therefor API cannot control it, SAML authentication can be used for any Zabbix user with frontend access set to Internal. |
[ZBXNEXT-2084] Ability to lock configuration settings by Zabbix Super Admin Created: 2013 Dec 22 Updated: 2013 Dec 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | permissions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Sometimes it's desirable to disallow users of type 'Zabbix Admin' to change certain settings or objects even if they have write permissions via corresponding host group. In my case some settings/assignments should be kept to assure integrity. While E.g.: I could also think of locking settings on group level: |
[ZBXNEXT-1790] ability to alert when lld entity is not discovered anymore Created: 2013 Jun 12 Updated: 2024 Feb 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 16 |
Labels: | lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
if low level discovery rule does not discover some entity anymore, we show a warning on the frontend, but there is no way to alert on this. for example, we can monitor filesystems for used space, but not for availability. maybe that could be another internal event type ? "New LLD entities discovered" / "Previously discovered LLD entities lost" the last would be a bit bad with period of 0 - could we have some way to notify user about which entities were lost ? |
Comments |
Comment by Nicola V [ 2015 Oct 02 ] |
Hello, I strongly support this feature: it's very valuable to asses whether an item has disappeared because of LLD. |
Comment by jj [ 2016 Mar 23 ] |
tried internal cheks? |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Mar 23 ] |
internal items/events won't help. another idea - a new trigger function lldwilldeletein() or better named |
Comment by Gustavo Guido [ 2023 Oct 04 ] |
Appliying the same rules applied with services in network discovery will be nice.
Very similar |
Comment by Cesar Inacio Martins [ 2024 Jan 24 ] |
Hi, has anyone found a workaround? I'm looking for a way to identify when a discovered item stops to be discovered...
|
Comment by Peter Barrette [ 2024 Jan 24 ] |
Hi Ceasar, here's what I've done: Create a user parameter file for zabbix agent on the zabbix server: /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agent2.d/userparameter_pgsql.conf
The file contains the following line:
UserParameter=zabbix.undiscovered,psql -d zabbix -U zabbix -c "select count(item_discovery.ts_delete) from item_discovery where item_discovery.ts_delete <> 0 and item_discovery.key_ not like 'exclude%';" -qt
Note that I'm using a PostgreSQL database, so I also need a .pgpass file for the zabbix user:
/var/lib/zabbix/.pgpass
That file contains the password for the zabbix dabase user: localhost:*:*:zabbix:passwordhere
Then create a new check item for the zabbix server: Name: Zabbix Server dropped from discovery Type: Zabbix agent Key: zabbix.undiscovered Type: Numeric Then create a new trigger: Name: Count of items dropped from discovery: {ITEM.VALUE} Expression: last(/Zabbix Server/zabbix.undiscovered)<>0 Severity: Whatever you like.
This produces an alert with the count of dropped discovery items. To find the specific items that were dropped, I then SSH into the zabbix server and execute the following query against the pgsql database:
select hosts.name, items.name, items.status, to_timestamp(item_discovery.lastcheck) as lastcheck, to_timestamp(item_discovery.ts_delete) as ts_delete
from items
left join hosts on items.hostid = hosts.hostid
left join item_discovery on items.itemid = item_discovery.itemid
where item_discovery.ts_delete <> 0
and item_discovery.key_ not like 'exclude%'
order by hosts.host;
Note that I ignore certain dropped discovery items in both cases with the "and item_discovery.key_ not like 'exclude%'" syntax. If you don't need that, don't use it. |
Comment by Cesar Inacio Martins [ 2024 Jan 24 ] |
Hi Peter ,
Thank you for your suggestion, however, they don't apply to my environment. I need something that shows exactly to our support team what is missing. |
Comment by Peter Barrette [ 2024 Jan 24 ] |
Play around with the userparameter query and you can get the full list dumped to the item and handle the trigger based on that. |
Comment by Gustavo Guido [ 2024 Feb 05 ] |
A work arround could be done by an script item that uses de API and reports the not dicovered itms. Whith the new history.push you can fire a trigger. |
[ZBXNEXT-1226] Graph percentile from API Created: 2012 May 19 Updated: 2014 Mar 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Attilla de Groot | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | flexibility, percentile | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, Service providers often base their billing on the 95th percentile of bandwidth usage on a link. In a graph the percentile can be displayed easily, but I'd like to get this value over a given period from the API as well. This would allow me to base billing on these value, instead of getting the value from the mysql database directly. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 May 20 ] |
See also |
[ZBXNEXT-1137] ability to see directly monitored statistics Created: 2012 Mar 01 Updated: 2012 Oct 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
in "status of zabbix" report we can see the total amount of hosts, items and nvps. if there are proxies used, there is no way to see the amount of hosts, items & nvps, assigned directly to the master host. preferably, there would be api calls for all of these statistics |
[ZBXNEXT-5167] problem.get returns arrays of problems from disabled items/triggers Created: 2018 Aug 22 Updated: 2024 Mar 11 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ingus Vilnis | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 15 |
Labels: | api, problem | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: Using the Debug mode see that the problem event generated by the disabled trigger is still listed in the array returned by problem.get API. Set the trigger back to enabled and see it returns to Problem page (expected). Expected:
While this is not such a big deal on "normal" daily use, there can be edge cases where this makes the web interface almost unusable. One such happened during a performance test with many triggers having multiple event generation mode on. It is understandable that displaying all those problems generate load but it exhausts all the PHP memory limit even after the items were disabled. The problem events are removed only after the items / triggers are deleted (or unlinked from hosts). |
Comments |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2018 Oct 22 ] |
Moved this to feature requests. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Oct 22 ] |
So you think this is a cool feature instead of a performance bug? |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2018 Oct 22 ] |
Well... I think it works "as designed". If we think, that the design can be better, that's a feature request... in my opinion. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Oct 22 ] |
Then is it a good design to return in the background lots of data which is not even displayed by the web interface in any way? |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2018 Oct 22 ] |
Not to get into discussion about good or bad design, but as most designs - it can be improved. I'm not sure I'm right, maybe there where reasons I'm not aware of, why it was created as is. So I see it as a design that works, but can/should be improved. A bug in my opinion is something that doesn't work as designed. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Oct 23 ] |
From such perspective we can treat any bug reports as feature requests because regardless of the problem Zabbix as such is working, isn't it? I can clearly imagine that no one ever thought about this particular problem for a second before it was designed and implemented. On one hand Zabbix is putting serious efforts to improve the performance on large scale. Take Were you actually able to reproduce it? |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2018 Oct 23 ] |
Hello Ingus, thanks for the valuable opinion, you might be right. But I'm not the person to make the decision, but I will forward this ticket, so that appropriate decision can be made. Maybe it will be moved back to ZBX. Yes, I was able to reproduce the error, it's easy on a host with one trigger. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Oct 23 ] |
Thank you very much! With one trigger it is not a big problem, I agree there, but when there are thousands of triggers in mixed order on multiple hosts then the slowdown is significant. |
Comment by Edgars Melveris [ 2018 Oct 23 ] |
Thanks to aleksejs.petrovs, who pointed out that api output should match that what you see in frontend, so moving this back to bugs and marking as confirmed. Sorry for the confusion. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2019 Mar 28 ] |
While I can understand the confusion, that problem.get is returning more problems, than displayed, in Problem list it was done on purpose.
What is requested by this task, is to add "monitored" filter for event.get and problem.get. With this, I have strong grounds to doubt that this change will be beneficial to the performance of Problem list page. Also I will insist, that this is Feature request and not a bug, because
I am not closing the task, as proper performance comparison still can be done. vmurzins EDIT: It can be considered as feature request to add API parameter, that will be used only by users. (Zabbix frontend has no need for such parameter). |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Apr 18 ] |
Looks like moving to bugs was not successful, still a ZBXNEXT. |
Comment by Egor [ 2024 Feb 20 ] |
Hello colleagues. This is NOT just "Preaty to have" feature. This is real fail of design. One of Zabbix development direction - service based monitoring. Am I correct? A lot of changes was made for this and we are using this structure for more than 300 service trees. Problem described here is one of the most critical issue: You have service tree with more than 50 services, 300 hosts and 5000 triggers. You need add one more host - you can't predict that triggers will not generate problems. Problem generated by template trigger -> Service status changed. You have no way to change service status back! You can't change template because a lot of hosts use this template. You can not delete trigger or item because problem will not disapper. You can not delete host - problem will not desappear also plus this will be impossible to resolve this problem at all. Only via database request. Only one option - allow manual close from template -> manual close -> fast disable trigger before item will data. Is this really "Target design"?
This problem exist in 7.0.0 unfortunatelly.
|
Comment by Egor [ 2024 Feb 20 ] |
If you are using "service oriented" monitoring and accidentally deleted host (operator mistake for example) - nightmare for big and 24/7 environments. only delete FROM events where eventid = ''; Same request here https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBX-21994?jql=reporter%20%3D%20%22Egor%20T.%22
|
[ZBXNEXT-562] Get PNG graph image via API Created: 2010 Nov 18 Updated: 2023 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | azurIt | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 131 |
Labels: | api, export, graphs, png | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Can you please add API function which will return graph as an PNG image ? We would like to integrate graphs to our application but we don't want to draw them from graph items (Zabbix is doing this very fine so i don't see a point in it). Thx. |
Comments |
Comment by azurIt [ 2012 Oct 11 ] |
What 'Zabbix ID: NMR' means? |
Comment by Mattias Geniar [ 2012 Dec 30 ] |
NMR = Needs More Research Since the current work-around to get the graphs involves faking a POST form submit to the frontpage and re-using that sessionID to get the graph itself is pretty annoying, a simple PNG return of the image would be much welcomed as an API request. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Dec 31 ] |
|
Comment by Karim GUEDIDER [ 2013 Apr 09 ] |
Hi |
Comment by Thierry Sallé [ 2013 Oct 04 ] |
Yo can directly convert images url to png format using the Perl Zabbix::API. |
Comment by azurIt [ 2013 Oct 04 ] |
Thierry Sallé: I don't see a point in implementing the whole graph drawing as Zabbix is able to do it very fine. |
Comment by Eric VdB [ 2014 Jan 14 ] |
Well, there is a point here. It would be super handy if we can retrieve graph images from the api for automated reporting features |
Comment by Linus Brimstedt [ 2014 Sep 24 ] |
The point of implementing in this in the API rather than accessing the php-pages is that the API is a stable and documented interface. The chart2.php is an internal implementation that should not be used by external resources. |
Comment by Darrin Chambers [ 2017 Sep 22 ] |
Hi all, since the last comment in 2014, has this been resolved? I/we would greatly appreciate it. |
Comment by Stoyan Stoyanov [ 2018 May 02 ] |
Yes, is there any update on the request? |
Comment by Dawid Mos [ 2018 May 02 ] |
Maybe in delayed 4.0? |
Comment by Stoyan Stoyanov [ 2018 May 02 ] |
It will be nice if there is an official statement. |
Comment by Alexander Nesterov [ 2019 Feb 04 ] |
my solution: ... use strict; use warnings; use LWP::UserAgent; use HTTP::Request; use MIME::Lite; use MIME::Base64; ... sub zabbix_get_graph { my ($graphid, $period) = @_; my $ua = create_ua(); my $url = "$ZABBIX_SERVER/chart2.php?graphid=$graphid&period=$period&isNow=1&width=" . IMAGE_WIDTH; my $req = HTTP::Request->new('POST' => $url); $req->content_type('image/png'); $req->header('Cookie' => "tab=0; zbx_sessionid=$ZABBIX_AUTH_ID"); my $res = $ua->request($req); my $tmp = substr($res->content, 1, 4); #The first eight bytes of a PNG file always contain the following values: #(decimal) 137 80 78 71 13 10 26 10 #(hexadecimal) 89 50 4e 47 0d 0a 1a 0a #(ASCII C notation) \211 P N G \r \n \032 \n #https://www.w3.org/TR/PNG-Rationale.html#R.PNG-file-signature if ($tmp =~ m/PNG/) { return $res->content; } return; } ... sub send_email { my ($email_body, $subject, $smtp, $email_from, $email_to) = @_; my $msg = MIME::Lite->new( From => $email_from, To => $email_to, Subject => $subject, Type => 'multipart/related' ); $msg->attach(Type => 'text/html', Data => $email_body); $msg->attach(Type => 'image/png', Filename => 'graph.png', Id => 'graph.png', Data => $DATA_GRAPH) if defined($DATA_GRAPH); $msg->attach(Type => 'image/png', Filename => 'logo.png', Id => 'logo.png', Data => decode_base64($LOGO)); $msg->replace('X-Mailer' => 'Zabbix'); $msg->add('X-Priority' => $PRIORITY{'Highest'}); $msg->send('smtp', $smtp, Debug => $DEBUG); } |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2019 Feb 04 ] |
@Alexander: Your solution is based on the old graphs or for the new vector graphs? |
Comment by Alexander Nesterov [ 2019 Feb 04 ] |
for the old (classic) graphs |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2019 Feb 04 ] |
@Alexander: Ok Thanks @ZabbixTeam: I will suggest to bring this improvement (RestAPI for Graphs) as soon as possible with the new Vector Graphs thanks |
Comment by Alexander Nesterov [ 2019 Feb 04 ] |
@Dimitri: You can also use http request, I think so |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2019 Feb 05 ] |
@Alexander: Yes! We have create a simple reporting tool for Zabbix and at the monent is based with the old graphs style... |
Comment by Mark Oudsen [ 2021 Mar 03 ] |
As this request is running for a very long time, I've decided to code and release a beta version of a Media type that is capable of presenting a graph embedded in an e-mail message while adding TWIG template facilities to allow for some nice customization of the outgoing message (including IF statements for example) and adding some smart way finding the direct or indirectly associated graphs to a trigger (from API perspective). Note that Chart2 only has the capability to present 'Normal' graphs - I'm also working to support the other types as well (scattered across the other chartX.php). Have a look at: https://github.com/moudsen/mailGraph Once the API extension is there, my code will be fully API based (currently logging in to Zabbix to use chartX.php with CURL). Official request to Zabbix developers to add my Media type to their repository: |
Comment by Kolunchik [ 2021 Aug 19 ] |
any news? |
Comment by Mark Oudsen [ 2021 Aug 19 ] |
I have developed code to pick up graphs from Zabbix. Recently split the "get image" from my mail code and can make this available beginning of next month. |
Comment by Peter Danko [ 2022 Aug 05 ] |
Hi, Or when it will be natively added? |
Comment by Evgeny Semerikov [ 2023 Feb 20 ] |
This is nice feature, but why this is not implamented yet? image.get method have a nice solution for this which returning "image" attribute with base64 encoded image. |
[ZBXNEXT-686] Create infrastructure for continuous integration and unit testing Created: 2010 Dec 08 Updated: 2020 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It should probably be a combination of PHPUnit, Hudson and misc code analysers. Let's see what we get at the end. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Feb 28 ] |
created by now |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Mar 02 ] |
reopen for moving |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 04 ] |
(1) We should get rid of testhelpers instead using ZbxExitException instead of exit() / die() |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 04 ] |
I've implemented basic fixture-based tests in development branch svn://svn.zabbix.com/branches/dev/ZBXNEXT-686 |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 25 ] |
Basic file-based tests and parameter handling implemented in r47620 according to spec. |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 29 ] |
File-based tests with complicated scenarios and Respect/Validation validation implemented in r47644. |
Comment by Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
(2) We need to be able to validate arrays using the same validators as separate values. Something like the code below, but simpler: response: __assert: count(3) __keys: __assert: sequentialKeys __each: __assert: int __each: id: __assert: notEmpty:int hostname: __assert: notEmpty|string|length(5,10) templates: __assert: array|length(3) __each: __assert: string|length(0,12) A similar example with equals support:
response:
__assert: count(3)
__keys:
__assert: sequentialKeys
__each:
__assert: int
__each:
id:
__equals: 1
hostname:
__equals: Zabbix server
templates:
__equals: [100, 101, 102]
andrewtch RESOLVED in r47667. Also, a new validator has been added, 'sequence' (implementing sequentialKeys as above).
hostids:
_each:
_assert: int
into:
hostids:
_each: int
in r47671. jelisejev CLOSED. |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Aug 01 ] |
(3) We should NOT use direct header() call, using wrapper instead. RESOLVED in r47747. jelisejev CLOSED. |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Aug 01 ] |
(4) We should avoid all __DIR__ . '/../../../../../.......'
constructs and make some path resolver (probably, these values should be set inside phpunit config file). jelisejev WON'T FIX. |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Aug 04 ] |
(5) We should use symfony/console table helper while displaying table rows in sql assertion instead of json_encode. jelisejev CLOSED. |
Comment by Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) [ 2014 Oct 29 ] |
A lot of changes to the API tests have been made, so the comments above can be ignored. In short, branch svn://svn.zabbix.com/branches/dev/ZBXNEXT-686 implements a framework for writing API tests. Some changes have been made to frontend API client. It now fully implements the JSON RPC protocol. Please test that nothing has been broken in the frontend and the API endpoint. RESOLVED. |
[ZBXNEXT-8211] New item value type Binary Created: 2022 Dec 21 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | Doc. sign-off |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0alpha1, 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alex Kalimulin | Assignee: | Janis Freibergs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Σ Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified |
Σ Time Spent: | Not Specified | Time Spent: | Not Specified |
Σ Original Estimate: | Not Specified | Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 7F.png CX.jpg Screenshot 2023-02-20 at 18.41.54.png Screenshot 2023-04-20 at 14.18.08.png def1.png def2.png example1.png image-2023-02-09-18-08-24-494.png image-2023-03-22-18-07-54-272.png remove_ITEM_VALUE_TYPE_MAX_patch.txt screenshot-1.png screenshot-2.png screenshot-3.png zabbix_wcache_values_bin.patch.txt | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Sub-Tasks: |
|
||||||||||||
Epic Link: | Zabbix 7.0 | ||||||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023) | ||||||||||||
Story Points: | 10 |
Description |
We need to introduce a new value type (aka Type of information) Binary. It must be stored as a blob in a new table history_binary. The first (and the only, for now) use for this type is to store screenshots from browser tests. It's understood that introducing a new value type is a lot of work in all components so we need to reduce the scope of the changes to as narrow as possible. We also need to keep the number of design decisions to the minimum. For instance, rather than figuring out how triggers should work with the Binary type, we can state that triggers do not support this type and thus can be kept off value cache. Other functionality we can now sacrifice in the name of narrow scope is preprocessing and support for item types other than Dependent (thus, no need to support it in agents, SNMP, sender, etc). In the UI/API we must also figure how to get away with as few changes as possible (e.g. Items form apparently needs to be changed, but no need to invent how to get and display history in Latest data, just string "binary" is enough). Please research this change request and:
|
Comments |
Comment by Artjoms Rimdjonoks [ 2023 May 10 ] |
Available in versions:
|
Comment by Martins Valkovskis [ 2023 May 19 ] |
Updated documentation:
|
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2023 Nov 03 ] |
I would like to draw attention to loadable module binary compatibility issue introduced with this feature. The problem is very similar to Fortunately, unlike Of course, module authors would appreciate restoring compatibility. For AGENT_RESULT it can be easily achieved by moving new char *bin field to the end of struct, hence the offset of int type will not be affected. Also ZBX_HISTORY_WRITE_CBS needs to be restored to its original shape. If needed, new history_bin_cb field can be introduced in a whole new ZBX_HISTORY_WRITE_CBS_v2 returned by whole new zbx_module_history_write_cbs_v2(). |
Comment by Andris Mednis [ 2023 Nov 06 ] |
Thanks, cyclone, for reporting this! |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2023 Nov 07 ] |
The module problem will be solved in |
[ZBXNEXT-5419] Add posibility to export & import own dashboards from dashboard.list Created: 2019 Sep 11 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Denis Golius aka Terry Filch | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 79 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, dashboard, frontend, graphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | photo_2019-09-11_10-55-35.jpg | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Add posibility to export & import own dashboards from Monitoring/Dashboard/Dashboards. They can only be ported by creating new ones in a different web interface, which is very time consuming, so it is worth thinking about exporting or importing. |
Comments |
Comment by Victor Hugo Assunção [ 2020 Apr 28 ] |
Great feature to 5.0 maybe? |
Comment by Sotirios Roussis [ 2022 Sep 30 ] |
Awesome to have yet very important for different zabbix deployments. |
Comment by Cesar Inacio Martins [ 2023 Aug 24 ] |
Really useful resource, mainly to quickly duplicate and make mass changes like hostnames , items ...
|
Comment by Jeffrey Descan [ 2023 Aug 25 ] |
We have tons of dashboards and Zabbix instances. This feature would be ideal to import them in various instances at once and maintain them in an automated way. |
Comment by Robert Markula [ 2023 Aug 25 ] |
Agreed - We install new Zabbix instances quite often. Dashboards are one of the main entry points for Zabbix users and one of the things users interact with most. It would be very neat to have our set of carefully crafted Dashboads available for import on other instances - including being able to use things like versioning for our dashboards. Maybe in the future that paves the way for something like dashboard sharing (analog to template sharing)? |
Comment by Omer Khan [ 2023 Dec 23 ] |
Is there any recent information available regarding the potential inclusion of this feature in Zabbix's next release? |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Jan 22 ] |
We are aware of this issue and we'd like to implement it as soon as possible but currently the closest that might get this in is 7.2 . Please stay tuned. Until then, one alternative to handle dashboards is (very high-level overview) creating an export script that would perform the following via Zabbix API:
and an import script that would:
Working with dashboards via Zabbix API:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8939] prohibit to use previous X passwords in zabbix auth Created: 2024 Jan 11 Updated: 2024 Jan 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.24, 6.4.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In Just to keep in mind - there were some related changes in following major release: But there is still one option missing - limit users to use X previous passwords. |
[ZBXNEXT-7407] Allow a simple user to create new Host Groups Created: 2022 Jan 07 Updated: 2022 Jan 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.9, 6.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Host groups can be made only through 'Zabbix Super Admin' user type, not 'Zabbix Admin', not 'Zabbix User' Kindly allow user type 'Zabbix User' to create host group. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2022 Jan 28 ] |
It doesn't make sense, because only a "Zabbix Super Admin" can assign rights to host groups. New host groups created by "Zabbix user" or "Zabbix admin" will not be available to them. |
[ZBXNEXT-7716] Event enrichment, possible to add custom tags Created: 2022 May 13 Updated: 2022 Jul 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | correlation, tags | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Kindly create an API method to allow to attach new/custom event tags. |
[ZBXNEXT-6956] Please provide an alternative to API method application.get Created: 2021 Sep 28 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Edgars Melveris | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Since applications have been deprecated in favor of tags, API method application.get has also been removed. Currently the only way to get item tags is to query for items, which can be slow sometimes. |
Comments |
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2022 Apr 27 ] |
Can the host.get method be improved when used with the selectItems parameter? If it included all tags for every element, that would be great. |
Comment by Joachim Vertommen [ 2022 Apr 27 ] |
This is also a huge problem for the zabbix-grafana plugin. This is very inefficient when you have lots of items per host. See: https://github.com/alexanderzobnin/grafana-zabbix/issues/1315
|
[ZBXNEXT-6759] Expand item.get functionality to include trigger expressions when using "selectTriggers" Created: 2021 Jul 01 Updated: 2021 Jul 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.13, 5.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Edgars Melveris | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be very convenient to load more data with the item.get method instead of having to do another call with trigger.get just the trigger expression. |
[ZBXNEXT-4551] Improve API of Zabbix with Node.JS Created: 2018 May 14 Updated: 2018 May 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | RENAN DA ROSA BASTOS | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
API |
Description |
Helo guys,
I want propose we development a new API with nodejs separated from zabbix server. For we granted more perfomance. I am willing to the help this development.
see ya |
[ZBXNEXT-4533] API Call for retrieving map image Created: 2018 May 02 Updated: 2018 May 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.16 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jacob Mansfield | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There is currently no API endpoint that allows retrieving a map image, similar to the /map.php URL on the frontend. |
[ZBXNEXT-4290] trigger.get auto-expanding functions but not macros Created: 2017 Dec 20 Updated: 2023 Nov 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Herbert Buurman | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | api, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently there is an argument `expandExpression` which expands both functions and macros, but I would like the functions to be expanded by default and not the macros. To summarize: I would move to to always expand functions in the (trigger.get) API, and use `expandExpression` to only (additionally) expand macros. |
[ZBXNEXT-5087] Tag based permissions: Show all triggers but only give Read-Write permissions to some of them Created: 2019 Mar 04 Updated: 2019 Mar 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Felix Meier | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | permissions, tags | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In our case, all our administrators must respond to all triggers. However, not all people are allowed to edit all hosts in all hostgroups. So in the actual configuration, we have some hosts where the users are not allowed to use "severity change" or "close problem". But there are some triggers where this is necessary or desired. With tag-based permissions, only the triggers that correspond to the filter are displayed when the tag filter is activated, even if in another assigned group for the corresponding host group has complete read permissions without tag filter are assigned. Current behavior: Desired behavior:
|
[ZBXNEXT-4852] api trigger.get expand macro URL Created: 2018 Nov 08 Updated: 2018 Nov 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jorge Fernando Matsudo Iwano | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | api, expand, macro, tigger.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 7, zabbix repo install. |
Attachments: | 68fce506-a010-4d36-ab12-f5082840b79a.jpg JSONLint - The JSON Validator - Google Chrome.png |
Description |
Using API, method trigger.get do not expand native macros used in URL field. Only works in frontend but not using API. Curiosly i find a partitial solution, changing the file "/usr/share/zabbix/include/classes/api/services/CTrigger.php" at line 465, adding follow lines. ------------------------------ I used the existent option of "expandComment" to call "resolveTriggerUrls" to resolve my problem partialy. I request in next release add this fix. Thanks |
[ZBXNEXT-4142] API User group, not found field "Include subgroups" Created: 2017 Oct 03 Updated: 2021 Dec 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Pavel Kuznetsov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Current Zabbix API object User group hasn't field |
Comments |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2019 Feb 26 ] |
Today i have discovered the same issue, some DevTeam could provide some information about this question? |
Comment by Miotk Szymon [ 2019 May 24 ] |
Please align API with Web UI capabilities. |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2020 Jul 20 ] |
Hi DevTeam, We still suffer of the lack of this option also for Zabbix 5.0, have you some idea on when this feature will alligned with API. Thanks so much |
Comment by Miroslav [ 2021 Jun 09 ] |
Hi DevTeam, Has anyone investigated and have time plan to implement this functionality. Thank you.
|
Comment by Werner Dijkerman [ 2021 Dec 24 ] |
Hi, One of the maintainers here from the https://github.com/ansible-collections/community.zabbix Ansible collection. When can we expect such an option? It is very critical for us to have this feature to be implemented as we are limited and thus an Ansible user should do complicated workarounds to get this done. Do understand where we live in 2021 (2022 soon) where Infrastructure as Code is very common and we don't manually do things in UI anymore. Thanks! |
[ZBXNEXT-3707] Api event.get() expand description of trigger Created: 2017 Feb 16 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Nuno | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 7 running zabbix web (api) and zabbix server. |
Attachments: | CEvent.php.patch |
Description |
When the event.get() method is called in the API the trigger description is not expanded so the host variables are not replaced. This issue is affecting the integration with other systems. I made a small change in the file CEvent.php to fix this the patch is in attach. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Feb 16 ] |
looks very desirable, but a more uniform approach would be to support expand* in selectRelatedObject |
[ZBXNEXT-2939] New Item-Type Local checks Created: 2015 Sep 03 Updated: 2016 Jan 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Kay Schroeder | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | proxy | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, I'm working in a distributed environment where I have one server and several proxies. Unfortunately the proxies are'nt allowed to access the server due to security-reasons. But when I have an external script that requires the API, because it needs to get several existing items and do a check based on these items the script will fails as it will not connect to the server. Will it be possible to get like it is possible with global scripts to run an external check locally on the server and not on the proxy-device? It don't needs a new Item-type, a decision where it runs (local/remote) would also be fine. Kind Regards, |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Sep 03 ] |
this sounds like monitoring some items on proxies, and some on the server. are those items needed on all proxied hosts ? if only on few, maybe a separate host can be created only for that purpose ? |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Sep 03 ] |
Reminds me distantly of ZBXNEXT-1285. |
Comment by Kay Schroeder [ 2015 Sep 04 ] |
@richlv @Marc |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Sep 04 ] |
well, the only option that i can think of (and hold on, it's very hackish still) is to have templated trapper or active agent items, then run the script on the server and send in the values faking the proxy protocol. yes, i have done that for customers when there was no other, simpler option |
Comment by Kay Schroeder [ 2016 Jan 08 ] |
Hi Rich, |
[ZBXNEXT-8744] Split frontend access and authentication method in user group Created: 2023 Oct 09 Updated: 2023 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Installation (I) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0.0alpha7, 7.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Elina Pulke | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2023-10-09-14-53-10-979.png image-2023-10-09-14-59-28-912.png |
Description |
[ZBXNEXT-3437] allow filtering triggers for "have fired until..." Created: 2016 Sep 14 Updated: 2016 Sep 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | trigger.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
the desire is to obtain IDs of triggers that have fired in a given timeframe. trigger.get method has two parameters to limit by the time when triggers have fired :
unfortunately, the lastChangeTill does exactly what the name implies - limits triggers to ones that had their last change until the specified time. let's say it's 2016-09-14 now, and we would like to get all triggers that fired in february this year. it might be useful to have a parameter like hasChangeTill, that would return "anything that fired until that time, no matter whether it fired afterwards or not". if there is a way to get such data, sorry for missing that in the manual and i'd appreciate any pointers |
[ZBXNEXT-3242] simplify escalation configuration Created: 2016 Apr 15 Updated: 2016 Dec 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | escalations | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
i thought i had this reported already, but can't find anything. hopefully i'm not creating a duplicate here the current escalation configuration is... complicated. one has to match step duration with step numbers, take into account operation overrides. it is quite error prone. changing the default escalation interval messes everything up. it is proposed to hide all the low-level detail from the users, instead exposing to them simple controls that would still offer the same level of flexibility. the escalation interval would be changed to 60. this would be the lowest granularity of escalation steps - going lower is possible, but then alerter frequency should be taken into account (30 seconds by default). extra things to take into account : there are likely other potential problems. it is suggested to take great care not to have functional regressions. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 15 ] |
this would likely solve ZBXNEXT-156 |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 15 ] |
this would also take care of the challenge for new users to understand that "step 1 happens at 0 minutes and step 2 happens after the interval time" |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 May 05 ] |
...and if somebody could fix "confirguration", that would be appreciated |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 May 09 ] |
"confirguration" fixed. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Dec 06 ] |
Concept of "steps" in the context of escalations is a bit odd, in my opinion. Mostly because these steps are not uniform in duration. But if we declare step to be of fixed duration, then we can go further and declare step duration to be equal to 1 second, and then "step" makes no sense at all. To put it simply, each operation should have Start time, Interval of execution, End time/Number of executions and all operations must be independent. There will be no upgrade patch that would make 1 to 1 conversion in general case, because currently operation interval can be variable, but I think it makes sense to simply choose the minimal interval in such case. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Dec 08 ] |
glebs.ivanovskis, indeed - making the "step" last 1 second internally would allow to build all kind of abstractions on top of the escalation model (i started on something using the api, and there seems to be a possibility to make all this user friendly). but i didn't really get what did you mean by "There will be no upgrade patch that would make 1 to 1 conversion in general case, because currently operation interval can be variable" - what makes upgrade/conversion impossible ? |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Dec 08 ] |
In my suggested method every operation in action will be executed with a constant interval. Currently intervals between operation execution may differ because of operation interference even though there is just a single Duration setting per operation. Example:
When escalation starts operation A will be executed first with 2 minute intervals, then with 1 minute interval, then again with 2 minute interval. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Dec 08 ] |
glebs.ivanovskis - ah yeah, that seems to match. as for converting the old operations, that is probably doable... but it would result in operations multiplying in some cases. a but tricky decision indeed. |
[ZBXNEXT-3217] "dry run" for xml import Created: 2016 Mar 26 Updated: 2019 Oct 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | import | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when importing, it is not always obvious what will be done, and it could be useful to know - especially when deleting the objects, not found in the xml. a "dry run" option could return a list of whatever would be done, but not perform the changes actually. |
[ZBXNEXT-2897] Show triggers dependent of active trigger in message Created: 2015 Aug 02 Updated: 2015 Sep 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Vitaly | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | newmacro, triggerdependencies, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
So if we created depends on trigger and this trigger is active in message we cant see all other messages, just from active. SFMBA. To Russian developers: |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 14 ] |
It could be implemented by introducing new macro which could be used in actions. |
[ZBXNEXT-2868] API method service.getsla does not retrieves retrieve for sub-services Created: 2015 Jun 28 Updated: 2015 Jul 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | viktorkho | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, services, sla | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | itservices.png |
Description |
Test services presented in attached file. Their ids: Test - serviceid=1, Test2 - serviceid=2 Parameters, used in API request: { 'serviceids': serviceid, 'intervals':[{'from':tPrev.strftime('%s'),'to':tNow.strftime('%s')}] } Result with serviceid=1: {u'status': u'4', u'problems': [], u'sla': [{u'from': u'1435487809', u'problemTime': 30, u'to': u'1435487839', u'okTime': 0, u'downtimeTime': 0, u'sla': 0}]} Result with serviceid=1: {u'status': u'4', u'problems': {u'3038': {u'triggerid': u'3038'}}, u'sla': [{u'from': u'1435487898', u'problemTime': 30, u'to': u'1435487928', u'okTime': 0, u'downtimeTime': 0, u'sla': 0}]} At first, documentation does not specify, that array 'problems' is only for services, linked to triggers directly. So, current ticket (case) is marked as 'Bug related to API(A). Used doc: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.2/manual/api/reference/service/getsla |
Comments |
Comment by viktorkho [ 2015 Jun 28 ] |
If this is not a bug, but feature, please, move it to ZBXNEXT. |
[ZBXNEXT-3161] new network discovery condition - target identifier Created: 2016 Feb 22 Updated: 2016 Feb 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | networkdiscovery | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when creating conditions for network discovery, we can limit by type (like zabbix agent or snmp) and by individual checks (like "that check in that discovery rule). |
[ZBXNEXT-1758] Wrong error message when creating duplicate discovery rule. Created: 2013 May 24 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.0 |
Fix Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Toms (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | discoveryrule | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
When creating duplicate discovery rule for host we get following error message: We should get following message: or 'Discovery rule "%1$s" already exists on "%2$s", inherited from another template.' accordingly should be fixed after |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 May 25 ] |
Seems I recall we fixed in the past similar messages for deletion item/graph prototypes. |
[ZBXNEXT-1515] Item object should have discovery_status property Created: 2012 Nov 14 Updated: 2016 Aug 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | ojab | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | discovery.png |
Description |
I have LLD rule, which creates ifAlias item for each ifDescr with filter on {#SNMPVALUE} macro, items ifAlias.["7"] and ifAlias.["8"] was created this way (see the attached screenshot). Unfortunately ifAlias.["8"] OID become used by other interface, so it's item has {'status': '0'}, nevertheless no longer discovered. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Nov 15 ] |
As I get it in short: we need a new ability - to get "lost status" in method item.get. Probably we could get it from item_discovery.ts_delete column (timestamp when the lost resource will be deleted). Just in case see |
[ZBXNEXT-1508] It should be simple way to fill Screen with Screenitems without unnecessary parameters using JSON API Created: 2012 Nov 11 Updated: 2012 Dec 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | ojab | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, screens | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Right now request like: { , , will make a screen with only item "6794" on (0,0), but it should make screen with all mentioned resourceids in sequence. In many cases all given items is needed on the screen, without any particular order/etc. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Nov 12 ] |
Partially related issue But in the example above you should at least add REQUIRED fields like: What is the sense to create screenitems without specifying type&ID ? I'd agree that it could be useful to have parameters: |
[ZBXNEXT-1038] Version for API, API methods and API classes Created: 2011 Nov 22 Updated: 2013 Jan 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.7 (beta) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Fukalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Specification: http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/specs/ZBXNEXT-1038 |
Comments |
Comment by Fabrice Gabolde [ 2013 Jan 14 ] |
I'd like to weigh in on this one. I'm commenting in the tracker rather than the wiki page because I'm trying to impart a sense of urgency rather than give my technical opinion. I wrote a simple Perl module (for $work, but it got open-sourced/freed) to abstract away some details of the Zabbix API and, regarding the API version, two things came up most often:
My point is that this feature needs to be introduced as soon as possible, or it just increases the amount of similarly-numbered-yet-slightly-different API versions. Either a global x.y.z version or API class/method versions work for me, honestly. The documentation for the 1.8.x series could use an update as well. Right now it's showing user.authenticate being introduced for "1.8", and deprecated. But user.login has also been introduced for "1.8"! I can't write a module that knows to call authenticate for such and such version and login for later versions because the information is not available. Alternatively, the Zabbix version could be made available through the API. I realize you'd prefer to support only the most recent 2.x Zabbix (backporting fixes is a pain), but right now enterprise installations will be largely 1.8.x since that's what on Debian stable and testing, Ubuntu LTS and latest Fedora (so probably RHEL and CentOS too). |
[ZBXNEXT-3665] Return parent triggerid for discovered triggers Created: 2017 Jan 24 Updated: 2017 Nov 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Kevin Daudt | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | lld, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently the trigger.get API call returns '0' for the templateid of discovered triggers. This makes it hard to get all discovered triggers for a specific trigger prototype. Can the API be improved to return the actual parent trigger prototype id? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Jan 24 ] |
the docs are a bit light on this, but that's what is stored in the db - well, to be more specific, NULL is stored for non-templated entities, and lld-created entities cannot be templated.
note that it would make sense to implement at the same time for triggers, items and probably applications, hosts... |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2017 Nov 28 ] |
It seems that the following relation exists in the database. I am searching for the triggerprototype of the following trigger: MariaDB [zabbix]> select * from triggers where triggerid = 95266 \G *************************** 1. row *************************** triggerid: 95266 expression: {189073}>{$SERVERINST_CLIENT_ABORT_LIMIT} description: {HOST.NAME}: haproxy Server rgws-rgw0 client aborts url: status: 0 value: 0 priority: 1 lastchange: 1509037508 comments: error: templateid: NULL type: 0 state: 0 flags: 4 1 row in set (0.00 sec) It seems that the table trigger_discovery contains the desired information: MariaDB [zabbix]> select * from trigger_discovery where triggerid = 95266; +-----------+------------------+ | triggerid | parent_triggerid | +-----------+------------------+ | 95266 | 95184 | +-----------+------------------+ MariaDB [zabbix]> select * from triggers where triggerid = 95184 \G *************************** 1. row *************************** triggerid: 95184 expression: {237132}>{$SERVERINST_CLIENT_ABORT_LIMIT} description: {HOST.NAME}: {#INSTANCE} Server {#PXNAME}-{#SVNAME} client aborts url: status: 0 value: 0 priority: 1 lastchange: 0 comments: error: templateid: 89134 type: 0 state: 0 flags: 2 1 row in set (0.00 sec) From my point of understanding it is not possible to gather the parent_triggerid from a trigger https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.0/manual/api/reference/trigger/get Is that right? |
[ZBXNEXT-1641] rename "macro" to "variable" Created: 2013 Mar 01 Updated: 2018 Jul 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | consistency, macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix has "macros", which actually are "variables". http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macro_(computer_science) : in zabbix, these are essentially variables (either system variables, or user definable - "user macros" currently), they do not contain code, instructions etc |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2014 Nov 06 ] |
Calling these "variables" might work in the scope of documentation, database, front-end. But I can't imagine how this can be integrated into the source code. Imagine a function names or, even worse, a variables that deal with these "variables". Having different terms in, say, docs and the code sounds bad also. So I'd love to see the third choice here, but I can't really think of anything:
It's all bad. From that list I'd go for metavariable though. |
Comment by dimir [ 2014 Nov 07 ] |
After discussing it bit more with richlv, perhaps it's no that bad to use the term "variable" in the code also. I considered an example: /* this variable holds the name of the variable */ char *variable = strdup("{HOST.NAME}"); // this variable holds the name of the variable $variable = '{HOSTGROUP.ID}' At the beginning I thought that is too confusing but now looking at it again I don't see it's that bad. Coders don't name (well, at least they shouldn't) the variables "variable" so I now think this could actually work. What's just a bit sad is actually this: $ sgrep '\<variable\>' src | grep str src/libs/zbxconf/cfg.c: zbx_strdup(*((char **)cfg[i].variable), value); src/libs/zbxconf/cfg.c: zbx_strarr_add(cfg[i].variable, value); src/zabbix_server/httppoller/httpmacro.c: *err_str = zbx_dsprintf(*err_str, "missing variable name (only value provided):" src/zabbix_server/httppoller/httpmacro.c: *err_str = zbx_dsprintf(*err_str, "missing variable value (only name provided):" $ $ grep -r 'variable =' frontends/php frontends/php/include/views/js/configuration.triggers.expression.js.php: new_variable = window.opener.document.createElement('input'); frontends/php/include/views/js/configuration.httpconf.popup.js.php: var new_variable = window.opener.document.createElement('input'); frontends/php/include/classes/api/services/CImage.php: $variable = $image['image']; frontends/php/include/classes/api/services/CImage.php: $variable = $image['image']; frontends/php/include/classes/html/CFormTable.php: public function __construct($title = null, $action = null, $method = null, $enctype = null, $form_variable = null) { frontends/php/include/classes/html/CFormTable.php: $form_variable = is_null($form_variable) ? 'form' : $form_variable; frontends/php/popup_usrgrp.php: new_variable = window.opener.document.createElement('input'); frontends/php/js/common.js: var o_variable = o_document.createElement('input'); $ And yes, we use the term "variable" in web monitoring. Wouldn't it be confusing there? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 07 ] |
web monitoring is a good point - but we use term "usermacros" currently, so they could easily be "user variables" in cases that could be confusing |
Comment by dimir [ 2014 Nov 07 ] |
So, we could have something like:
? <richlv> that would be reasonable, although there are also template level user variables |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
Quote from Wikipedia says what macros are used for. Wikipedia usually defines a term at the very top of the page. Actual definition for macro from the same page:
This is exactly what macros are in Zabbix. See the definition of variable for comparison:
I suppose what richlv and zalex_ua mean is that in Zabbix macros are actually used as environment variables in shell. But the difference is that environment variables can be assigned a new value (varied as name suggests). You cannot change the value (misuse of the variable term) of the macro in Zabbix, all you can is define replacement output sequence for user defined macros. |
[ZBXNEXT-1503] introduce default limit for "history.get" method to save performance Created: 2012 Nov 08 Updated: 2019 Oct 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | api, history, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
this is follow-up from Without such default limit this method is potential performance killer. Maybe the "limit" parameter should be required but not the optional? If it missing I suggest the default limit = 1000 To discard any limits an user could specify "limit":0 Optionally: |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jan 31 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2132 asks for offset (pagination) support. |
Comment by Jan Garaj [ 2016 Mar 14 ] |
The same performance killer is trend.get. Hands-on case - Zabbix.org DDoS: 1.) Go to http://monitoringartist.github.io/zapix/ and connect to zabbix.org as guest (https://raw.githubusercontent.com/monitoringartist/zapix/gh-pages/doc/zabbix-zapix.gif) 2.) Execute trend.get query (~1 query per second or ~20x in one go) and ignore any response errors about exhausted memory => Zabbix UI will be down - error "Can't connect to DB". |
Comment by Marc [ 2016 Mar 14 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1984 is distantly related. |
[ZBXNEXT-1451] mass update for low level discovery rules Created: 2012 Oct 04 Updated: 2014 Jul 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 22 |
Labels: | lld, massupdate | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
would be nice to get mass update for lld rules themselves. it could include item type, update interval, retention period, snmp community/port |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 01 ] |
item prototype mass update is |
[ZBXNEXT-1192] Support of trigger functions for history and trends API methods Created: 2012 Apr 20 Updated: 2015 Nov 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix API should provide support of aggregate functions for history.get and trends.get (in future) API methods. Zabbix API should return only one value when API query contains one of these functions. For example, "count of hosts" for host.get method. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 20 ] |
seems to be very similar to ZBXNEXT-656 |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Nov 02 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3034 asks for groupfunc support |
[ZBXNEXT-1194] Enhanced meta info call Created: 2012 Apr 23 Updated: 2012 Oct 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | nelsonab | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Right now the apiinfo.version call returns the version level of the API, this is good. However it would be nice if there were another call which did a dump of more detailed information such as the frontend version number. I wouldn't expect this call to accept any options, and as the rev level (api version) of the call grows it just returns more info as deemed appropriate. For the initial version I would think returning the following would be useful: (* denotes, if available/trivial to retrieve) The main reason for this is to allow third party developers to more easily interface with Zabbix. There are times when something isn't available via the API and a call must be made directly to the web frontend, it would be nice to know what version of the frontend is in use, so as to not make an errant call. A call might look like the following: call: { "jsonrpc":"2.0", "method":"apiinfo.details", "params":[], "auth":AUTHHASH, "id":2 }result: "id":2 |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 23 ] |
ZBXNEXT-315 asks for similar functionality on the frontend level, these both should probably be resolved together |
[ZBXNEXT-1582] filter triggers by acknowledging user Created: 2013 Jan 18 Updated: 2014 Apr 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | acknowledges | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
in monitoring -> triggers we can filter by acknowledgement status. this should be a separate option from "Acknowledge status", as it is desired to see both unacknowledged triggers and triggers acknowledged by a specific user. there should be a way to choose "current user" and also another user. choosing another user should be a search-as-you-type inputfield. open questions : |
[ZBXNEXT-1115] additional comparison types in action conditions Created: 2012 Feb 10 Updated: 2021 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | actions, consistency, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
for some freeform text conditions in actions additional comparison types would be useful, otherwise it is not possible to (negate) match exact names application can be trigger name can be |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 Oct 15 ] |
Applications are already covered by tags starting from Zabbix 5.4. |
[ZBXNEXT-727] API method that returns available API methods Created: 2011 Apr 05 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Fukalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Make API method that returns all available API methods, maybe with required parameters. |
[ZBXNEXT-2781] support for network discovery using ntp Created: 2015 Apr 15 Updated: 2015 Apr 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | networkdiscovery, ntp, udp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
After |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Apr 16 ] |
Interesting, trying to google "NTP network discovery" I found Are they related to network discovery as for zabbix ? |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2015 Apr 16 ] |
This looks interesting, but the approach I had in mind is the usual one for Zabbix: pick an IP, run net.udp.service[ntp] on it, pick another IP, run net.udp.service[ntp] on that, etc. |
[ZBXNEXT-2389] Support for grouping of icons Created: 2014 Jul 21 Updated: 2017 Apr 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | icons, maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Adding large sets of icons to the Zabbix Frontend for building maps makes it hard to keep an overview of the usable icons. This would allow for grouping icons by type (server, network, appliances, logos, etc.) and for example sizes (24px, 48px, 96px, etc.) |
Comments |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 Jul 21 ] |
Of course, it would need to be possible to select an icon from a set in the maps designer as well. |
[ZBXNEXT-1865] show protocol requests in the debug Created: 2013 Aug 19 Updated: 2013 Aug 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | debugging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
it would be great to show all such communication when frontend debug is invoked - another case would be the global scripts |
[ZBXNEXT-4646] allow filtering in user.get api method based on user access Created: 2018 Jul 19 Updated: 2018 Jul 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The user.get method has a parameter getAccess to return user frontend access information, but there does not seem to be a way to filter by this information in the request. Use case - returning all user accounts that either have or do not have the privilege to log into the Zabbix UI. |
[ZBXNEXT-5270] no user unblocking in the api Created: 2013 Dec 02 Updated: 2019 Jun 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | newapimethod, users | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
apparently, unblocking was forgotten in the api. probably a new method like user.unblock that would accept user ids would be the way to go. it might be worth looking at |
[ZBXNEXT-3288] Add view on escalation progress. Created: 2016 May 26 Updated: 2016 May 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Sandis Neilands (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Monitoring->Triggers and Monitoring->Events provides very low level view of the network. This view is useful for ad-hoc investigation of problems. However business rules and workflows are encoded in Actions. There is no high-level view of progress of escalations. The purpose of this ZBXNEXT is to study feasibility of adding such view in UI and API. |
[ZBXNEXT-3258] allow filtering media by mediatype in user.get Created: 2016 Apr 27 Updated: 2016 Apr 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | user.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
according to the manual, user.get method allows to :
there does not seem to be a way to return only media entries that are assigned to a specific mediatypeid - for example, returning email addresses of all users, while ignoring scripts and all other types. |
[ZBXNEXT-3268] Visible name in frontend for Zabbix proxy Created: 2016 May 03 Updated: 2018 Jun 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
How about introducing an optional "Visible name" for Zabbix proxies? |
Comments |
Comment by Evgeny Kravchenko [ 2016 Jul 26 ] |
I have too much proxies in my configuration, and frontend field "Visible name" for proxy will very useful for me, because i can have some description in proxy names. |
[ZBXNEXT-3275] Solar JSON must be removed from Zabbix source code Created: 2016 May 10 Updated: 2017 Aug 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexander Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | codequality | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Link: | DEV-591 |
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
From version 5.2.0 PHP supports functions json_encode() and json_decode(). Solar JSON can be removed from Zabbix 3.0 source code. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Aug 22 ] |
please note that it might require additional documentation and dependency check changes as per |
[ZBXNEXT-3264] templates_unlink for host.update Created: 2016 May 02 Updated: 2016 May 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | host.update | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
according to https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.0/manual/api/reference/host/update , the "templates" parameter replaces all the host templates with the specified templates, "templates_clear" parameter unlinks and clears the specified templates. it seems strangely inconsistent that there's no templates_unlink that would be the companion for the _clear parameter - that is, it would unlink without clearing the specified templates |
[ZBXNEXT-2494] Support 255 characters in hostnames Created: 2014 Oct 06 Updated: 2014 Oct 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Łukasz Jernaś | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix frontend should support FQDNs with up to 255 characters as per RFC 1123. These are needed as hostnames in cloud environments can be quite long and while a single part of the FQDN shouldn't exceed 63 8 bit octects, the total lenght of the FQDN can be longer |
[ZBXNEXT-2261] excessive queries when clearing web scenario history Created: 2014 Apr 15 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when history is cleared for web scenario items, we delete data from all history tables, even though we know type for each of these items (they are created by frontend/server automatically). frontend definitely does the excessive queries, server should be checked |
[ZBXNEXT-7568] Inbound webhook Created: 2022 Mar 18 Updated: 2022 Mar 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Since Webhook is a modern and super popular technology it will bee nice to have this option in Zabbix. This can make an integration with other services much more easier. |
[ZBXNEXT-4666] Referencing Zabbix map as image Created: 2018 Aug 01 Updated: 2018 Aug 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.11, 4.0.0alpha9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Katarzyna Piórkowska | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | map | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | referencing_map_result_3.2.JPG referencing_map_result_4.0.JPG |
Description |
When using URL
Since Zabbix 3.4 it is not possible anymore (screenshot referencing_map_result_4.0), there is only JSON format of a map.
Wolud it be possible to make such referencing work again? |
[ZBXNEXT-5010] Expose Queue information (queue.get) via API Created: 2019 Feb 06 Updated: 2021 Apr 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Christian Anton | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
For several use cases, such as analyzing and correlating data from Zabbix and faults happening while monitoring, it would be very helpful to be able to fetch queue information via the REST API. In |
Comments |
Comment by Mathieu M. [ 2019 Jul 25 ] |
Hello We also need this function cause at the moment we are not able to make diagnostic of the queue problem:
Queue Details: "Displaying 480 of 153645 found" Not Very funny => No filters on queue page, no method to either get it via API, nor via DB....
Regards |
[ZBXNEXT-5561] Configuration -> Hosts: Templates filter does not show if template is inherited Created: 2019 Nov 11 Updated: 2020 Feb 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.13 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Filipe Paternot | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu container 4.0.7 |
Description |
In `Configuration -> Hosts` page, we can filter by templates. If we search for a template that is inherited by other however, you get no results.
The documentation http://zabbix.com/documentation/4.0/manual/web_interface/frontend_sections/configuration/hosts does not make clear if this should hold true for inherited templates. That omission suggests that it should work for all kinds of templates: direct link or inherited ones.
This ticket aims at getting that filter to work for inherited templates as well.
Managed to reproduce on 4.0.7 and 4.4.1. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Feb 04 ] |
You are correct, it has to be fixed. |
[ZBXNEXT-5675] Zabbix API methods debugging Created: 2020 Jan 07 Updated: 2020 Jan 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | api | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently more and more people use Zabbix API, sometimes methods are used not in proper way. So it would be great to have the following type of Zabbix API debug. Debug should contain: Maybe such information should be stored somewhere in physical log file. |
[ZBXNEXT-112] user.add should return better error messages Created: 2009 Oct 20 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | nelsonab | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability, validation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
From the CLI tool add user passwd=bla ],"jsonrpc":"2.0"} ,"id":2} The error message returned is overly simplistic. In this case something to the effect of what fields are required would be useful. Also as an aside, pasted? Perhaps "Incorrect parameter for method [user.add", just a thought. |
Comments |
Comment by Artem Suharev (Inactive) [ 2009 Oct 29 ] |
Error messages will be improved, no doubts, but in time. First things first. =) There is so much work to do! |
Comment by Artem Suharev (Inactive) [ 2009 Oct 29 ] |
This issue is part of future API development, so I close it. |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Nov 02 ] |
valid as a feature request (so that it doesn't get lost) |
[ZBXNEXT-1602] support HOST.CONN, IP, DNS in allowed hosts for zabbix trapper items Created: 2013 Feb 01 Updated: 2016 Jun 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | interfaces, macros, zabbixtrapper | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
continuing of (1) from , {HOST.IP}and {HOST.DNS}as per comment there, this will require adding interface support for trapper items |
Comments |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2016 Jun 30 ] |
I'd like to show my interest also: is there some progress with this issue?
I'm agree completely with Michael. |
Comment by Alexander [ 2016 Jun 30 ] |
Recently, it became necessary to use this option in the template. Interested in its implementation. |
[ZBXNEXT-1805] Get rid of "Incorrect trigger expression. Trigger expression elements should not belong to a template and a host simultaneously." Created: 2013 Jun 28 Updated: 2019 Mar 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Ilya I. | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | expressions, templatelinking | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I want to use both templated and host items in a trigger. The WebUI lets me to build the expression, but won't save it: "Incorrect trigger expression. Trigger expression elements should not belong to a template and a host simultaneously.". This is exactly what I want. Why is it not allowed? |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Jul 01 ] |
I think it's limited by design. https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/specs/ZBX-4333 could help to understand some possible limitation. |
Comment by Ilya I. [ 2013 Jul 02 ] |
Why does it matter? How any other trigger can be evaluated if one of the items in that trigger does not get incoming data? The specification speaks of trigger dependencies, I'm talking about one single trigger. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Feb 05 ] |
related to |
Comment by balder [ 2014 Mar 19 ] |
I am also running into this problem. I im trying to compare the DNS serial number of a master with all of its slaves. I have an item on the template for the slave servers which returns the serial of the slave. I then created a host to represent the master which has an equivilant item. i then try to create a trigger with an expression simlar to the following {Template DNS slave:slave_serial.sh["zone."]}={master.example.com.net:master_serial.sh["zone."].last()} We have one master and ~350 slave servers so this feature would be very usefull |
Comment by balder [ 2014 Mar 19 ] |
I also tried to add master.example.com to a template and create a trigger using items from the two templates (which seems much more error prone to me) and this also fail with a different error "$name_of_trigger_trying_to_create" belongs to templates with different linkages. |
Comment by Ari Maniatis [ 2015 Aug 03 ] |
This ticket has been open for a while now, but it is really important. There is no workaround that I can see and the feature is very important to be able to check DNS slaves, Solr slaves and any other master-slave arrangement. |
Comment by Alexandre Zia [ 2017 Mar 24 ] |
Also trying to check Ldap Master <-> Slave replication, same problem. |
Comment by Scott McGillivray [ 2019 Mar 18 ] |
this is a horrible limitation of zabbix |
[ZBXNEXT-656] New parameter for granularity in history.get Created: 2011 Feb 10 Updated: 2019 Feb 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jacobo Aragunde Pérez | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | graphs, history, patch, trends | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 0001-Added-a-new-parameter-samples_number-in-the-API-op.patch |
Description |
When retrieving history data through the JSON-RPC API, dealing with data from a wide lapse of time is painful because all the samples are returned, but it's very likely that I don't need such degree of detail. Take, for example, a use case where I want to draw a chart for one year history. I will need, at most, one sample for each pixel of the chart's width, and not all history. I propose creating an additional parameter to express the number of samples you want to get. It would divide the history in N groups of the same time length and return an average value for each group. It's different from the limit parameter, which only returns the first N rows of the history. Since it's an important feature for me, I've started working on a patch that I'll upload here soon. I'm taking inspiration from frontend/php/include/classes/class.cchart.php, function selectData(), which is used to gather history data to build charts in the web frontend. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Feb 10 ] |
first, ability to get trend data might be useful in some cases as well. |
Comment by Jacobo Aragunde Pérez [ 2011 Feb 10 ] |
Patch. Apply with -p1. |
Comment by Jacobo Aragunde Pérez [ 2011 Feb 10 ] |
I've just added a patch. I've followed the coding conventions but I'm not sure about the naming of the file and the format of the patch, so please correctly if I'm wrong. I used 1.8.4 version code as base. What this patch does:
|
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Feb 11 ] |
as far as i recall (as a noncoder), ZBX_GRAPH_MAX_SKIP_CELL was used to figure out how many values we may miss before having a gap in the graph, thus i suspect it would not be useful in this case |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Sep 12 ] |
maybe this could at least somewhat help with |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 20 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1192 seems to be very similar |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Apr 30 ] |
I recall long time ago I was surprised to see ZBX_GRAPH_MAX_SKIP_CELL in the function where we decide where get data from - history or trends. When commenting other issues ( My feeling was and still is that we need to split ZBX_GRAPH_MAX_SKIP_CELL to two definitions and use new definition in the function where we select source of data - history or trends. |
Comment by Andre Guilhon [ 2015 Jul 07 ] |
I would appreciate this feature very much! I'm on 2.4 now, and I still miss this feature! |
[ZBXNEXT-2770] Add name/description field for maintenance period individual periods Created: 2015 Apr 10 Updated: 2015 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | maintenance, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Maintenance Period Individual Periods.bmp Maintenance Period.bmp |
Description |
There is a name/description field currently to describe the whole maintenance period. However it would be useful to have a name/description field available for each individual period within it. I have included an picture example of our holiday maintenance period and the individual periods with in it. In this case it would be useful to see a description for the public holidays and which term it is for example: 26th Jan 2015 - Australia Day So maybe a field can be introduced before the "Period type" called "Period Name". It will make it easier to manage maintenance periods with lots of individual periods within it. |
Comments |
Comment by Mārcis Lielturks [ 2015 May 12 ] |
This would also make sense for managed service environments. I have pre-defined maintenance periods for each customer/project just to have an convenient way of putting all related hosts in maintenance. However it doesn't make sense to create description "<customer> updates" because sometimes I use the same period for doing other maintenance on customer environment. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 May 22 ] |
description for :
|
[ZBXNEXT-2469] Allow the use of global time periods in trigger expressions Created: 2014 Sep 19 Updated: 2014 Sep 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
As soon as global time periods are implemented (ZBXNEXT-2468) it would be logical to be able to use these in triggers as well. This way we can take the predefined time periods into account for the triggering of problems. Adjusting the global time period will update all the related triggers easily. |
[ZBXNEXT-2468] Global definition of time ranges Created: 2014 Sep 19 Updated: 2017 Jul 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | period, time, timeperiod | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For the ease of use of recurring regex' we have the possibility to define these in the global administration as a named entity that can be reused in the various places regex' can be used by using the name prepended with a @. As we also (re-)use a set of time periods in various places (media, maintenance, actions, dynamic item intervals, etc.) it would be nice be able to globally define time periods as well so that we can reuse them in various places. This makes it a lot easier to update a time range in one go. Also it will prevent a lot of user errors. Of course, it would be nice to create, edit, and use these via the API as well. |
Comments |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 Sep 19 ] |
Please see ZBXNEXT-2469 for the possible use of these time periods in trigger expressions. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Sep 19 ] |
ZBXNEXT-334 asks to unify it service & maintenance periods |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Jul 31 ] |
Should be partially solved by |
[ZBXNEXT-1949] Give an indication/allow to browse through dependent triggers Created: 2013 Oct 04 Updated: 2018 Aug 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | consistency, dependency, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In various cases it's beneficial to know if triggers depend on a particular trigger and what they are. While you can see what a trigger depends on, you can't get that opposite view. This need first came to my mind when writing http://blog.zabbix.com/a-workaround-for-trigger-based-maintenance/1527/. Not only that you could explore the chains of dependencies, the implementation should also give you an idea about the consequences of deleting a trigger that others depend on. The behaviour is also slightly inconsistent, if you compare with what I reported on Action conditions: When you delete an entity referenced in a condition, the reference is removed and the action is silently disabled |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Oct 04 ] |
If all that sounds confusing, you get an idea of how confusing "depending" and "dependent" are to me, when it comes to triggers. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 04 ] |
maybe even a tree-like representation of dependencies |
[ZBXNEXT-1694] Discovery tab missing/ uses wrong acess levels Created: 2013 Mar 29 Updated: 2019 Apr 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Ebonweaver | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | discovery, permissions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The Discovery tab in the navigation bar does not show up because it appears to be functioning at the wrong access levels. For example: Both of these issues create severe and insurmountable security/ permission problems which make the feature unusable. We would love to see this fixed so the tabs operate at the proper permission levels, most especially so our Users (IT staff) can see the scan results to ensure system security is being followed. We would also like our network admin to be able to create scans, but we don't want to grant him super admin to do so. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 30 ] |
This is not a bug, decreasing priority. |
Comment by Ebonweaver [ 2013 Apr 02 ] |
I'm curious how this is an "improvement" and not a "bug". The tab does not work consistent with all other tabs on each of the sections of the interface, and that difference renders it unusable as it's inaccessible at the relevant user levels. Sure looks like a bug in the permission levels for that one item compared to all others. |
Comment by Ebonweaver [ 2014 Feb 18 ] |
Nearly a year later, now on 2.0.11, this is still an issue, still considered a bug as there is no justification how it is not a bug, no action on ticket. No way found to date to give users access to see the Monitoring -> Discovery tab so they can view the discovery results as expected. Further showing this is a bug is the fact that user permissions list "Discovered hosts" and yet they can't see it. Please provide information on making this work or elevate back to bug status as seems appropriate. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Feb 18 ] |
permissions refer to host group "discovered hosts", not to the discovery results |
Comment by Ebonweaver [ 2016 Feb 19 ] |
This is still an issue. While I understand you consider this a feature request, from what I see until a change is made the Discovery tab on the Monitoring tab is useless (to us) because no one can see it other than the super admins. This means it's NOT a monitoring tool, it is an admin tool, but in reality it's not. While the current functionality is useful in a shop of one admin, in a shop of delegated technicians it's useless. |
Comment by Ebonweaver [ 2017 Mar 10 ] |
STILL an issue 4 years later in 3.2. Further aggravating is that view access now allows maps and screen creation and it absolutely should not. Point is, the permissions structure of only allowing access of view/edit by host group has been deficient for a long time. There needs to be another set of permissions that works in conjunction with that which allows access to tabs/functions. Previously this would have been as simple as a list of the tabs on the Monitoring section to allow access to. Now it's further aggravated by having moved configuration of some items into monitoring instead of keeping them under configuration where they belong. This means if that's not fixed (reverted to proper layout) you need to also have options for allowing or disabling create on the tabs that you would allow view. |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Mar 10 ] |
ebonweaver, possibly consider to (co-)sponsor development of this feature, since this feature request seems not to attract other users yet (no votes). |
Comment by Leigh Bennett [ 2019 Apr 03 ] |
as Marc says, vote for the issue. |
[ZBXNEXT-1705] Possibility to define networks and automated mapping to hosts Created: 2013 Apr 11 Updated: 2015 Jan 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | management, network | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I wonder if it would suit into Zabbix to have the option for defining networks. Beside messages, commands, etc. the networks could then be used for selection similar to host groups or wherever else useful (e.g. for network discovery). The idea for this issue is driven by http://www.gestioip.net/ |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Jan 28 ] |
ZBXNEXT-66 might be related. |
[ZBXNEXT-1531] Support "is_writable" API object attribute - calculates if row is accessible for write or not. Created: 2012 Nov 30 Updated: 2012 Dec 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Eduards Samersovs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Eduards Samersovs (Inactive) |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Implementation example: CZBXAPI.php: /**
$pk = $this->pk($this->tableName); $objs = $this->get(array( foreach ($result as $id => $value) { $result[$id]['is_writable'] = isset($objs[$id]); } return $result; Example usage: $result = $this->addWritableInfo($result, $options); |
[ZBXNEXT-1412] No way to find trigger by expression. Created: 2012 Mar 17 Updated: 2012 Sep 07 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | gescheit | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | search, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I found than search trigger by expression very difficult task. By trigger.get() i can search only by number presentation( {10}>10). trigger.exists can search by name(localhost:procload.last(0)>10), but cant get triggerid, only true/false. I found undocumented function trigger.getObjects() (legacy?) which use explode_exp() and can search by name. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Sep 07 ] |
I believe it should be in feature requests not here. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Sep 07 ] |
let's move it then |
[ZBXNEXT-1031] Get server status thru API Created: 2011 Nov 15 Updated: 2018 Nov 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.8, 1.8.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jordi Clariana | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | check, patch, server | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All enviroments, all OSs, all hardware. |
Attachments: | APIServer.patch ServerStatus_3_0_1.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, It will be nice to have some function in the API to get Zabbix Server status, the same way it is checked in the dashboard (I mean, the fsockopen method). Thanks. |
Comments |
Comment by Jordi Clariana [ 2012 Oct 14 ] |
This patch creates new API call: Server, with 3 methods: version, status and performance. Feel free to modify and/or include it in the next Zabbix release. I'll made it based on Zabbix version 2, I have it for version 1.8 too if anyone interested. Regards. |
Comment by Jordi Clariana [ 2013 Apr 19 ] |
Hi, I wonder if there's any plan to implement this patch on the main branch. Can you tell me? Thanks. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Apr 19 ] |
it's not on the roadmap currently (but i like it & voted on it ) |
Comment by sxc7541 [ 2016 Feb 25 ] |
I've written a Python script to monitor the Zabbix server externally (make sure it's running) - details here: http://serverfault.com/questions/741064/monitoring-zabbix-server-itself-externally/760343#760343 Alas, I've noticed that the Zabbix server somehow continues to respond to API requests even if it's stopped... I suppose this feature would help in this scenario. Thanks to @Jordiclariana for providing a full fledged patch. Now if only this could make it into an official release... |
Comment by sxc7541 [ 2016 Mar 25 ] |
For others like me still waiting for this functionality to be incorporated in an official release, here's Jordi's patch adapted to run on Zabbix 3.0(.1): ServerStatus_3_0_1.patch |
Comment by yuanpeng [ 2017 May 17 ] |
I think you can do some improvement for 'server.status' function, when zabbix_server becomes zombie, connection to 'ZBX_SERVER_PORT' may still be successful. So maybe you can send some request to the opened stream, and set stream timeout, if fwrite request time out, then return status failed |
Comment by Adrian Kirchner [ 2018 Nov 08 ] |
This would be very helpful. Sometimes (a few times per year) we have situations where most of the zabbix server processes are killed (eg. by OOM through neighbor processes) and doesn't collect values but it still responds on port 10051. This situation is very hard to monitor with tools like Pingdom. Please provide an API endpoint which utilizes the same fsockopen method as the dashbord widget is using. |
[ZBXNEXT-9006] Action only trigger Created: 2024 Feb 09 Updated: 2024 Feb 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | LivreAcesso.Pro | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | JavaScript, action, calculateditems, item, script, ssh | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | mock-up.png mock-up_action.png |
Description |
I want a type of trigger that does not generate a "Problem" but just performs an action, whether it is a script, JavaScript code, calculates an item, or run an "Execute now" on an item. This trigger can be used to perform just-in-time data harvesting and interact with the API via webhooks. There are many possibilities. |
Comments |
Comment by LivreAcesso.Pro [ 2024 Feb 09 ] |
See:
|
Comment by LivreAcesso.Pro [ 2024 Feb 09 ] |
See: |
[ZBXNEXT-6638] Expand Operationnal Data through trigger.get API Created: 2021 Apr 24 Updated: 2021 Apr 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Romain | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | macros, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello,
Following this piece of documentation it appears that we can get opdata through the trigger object : https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/api/reference/trigger/object But the trigger.get reference doesn't mention expandOpdata Flag : https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/api/reference/trigger/get
At the moment we could get the data from Operationnal but macros are not expanded.
Thanks in advance, |
[ZBXNEXT-6938] Show SQL detailed errors when performing API Created: 2021 Sep 23 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Antons Sincovs | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Frontend version 5.x |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Could you, please, consider returning an actual SQL error when performing API calls which fail on SQL query execution? So, for example, instead of "SQL statement execution has failed": SQL statement execution has failed \"INSERT INTO hosts (host,proxy_hostid,name,description,hostid) VALUES ('ABC-ABCDEFGHIJ-KL1234-Mnop-3-QRUVW','11723','ABC-ABCDEFGHIJ-KL1234-Mnop-3-QRUVW','','21722') An actual detailed error: ERROR 1452 (23000): Cannot add or update a child row: a foreign key constraint fails (`zabbix`.`hosts`, CONSTRAINT `c_hosts_1` FOREIGN KEY (`proxy_hostid`) REFERENCES `hosts` (`hostid`)) Would be returned if the SQL query is being executed anyway. |
[ZBXNEXT-6795] allow a cascaded delete when deleting the last host in a maintenance Created: 2021 Jul 22 Updated: 2021 Sep 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Ronald Rood | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently when automation tools try to delete a host that is the last member in a maintenance the deletion fails because a maintenance should at least contain one host or group. |
[ZBXNEXT-6668] Add auditlog call and remove calls from frontend Created: 2021 May 19 Updated: 2021 Aug 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Roberts Lataria (Inactive) | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | auditlog | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Description |
Add new auditlog call for actions in API services and remove calls from frontend part. List of frontend files where need remove: graphs.php, CControllerImageCreate, CControllerImageUpdate, CControllerImageDelete, sysmaps.php, CControllerProxyCreate, CControllerProxyUpdate, services.php, templates.php. List of API actions where need add auditlog call:
|
[ZBXNEXT-6640] Integrated Swagger UI for Zabbix Rest API Created: 2021 Apr 26 Updated: 2021 May 20 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Could be very to have the Zabbix RestAPI from a nice useful swagger interface, i know is not so important but could be a very great addiction for RestAPI user experience and documentation. Ref. : https://swagger.io/ |
Comments |
Comment by Matthew Steeves [ 2021 May 20 ] |
This would be awesome to have, because with the Swagger (now OpenAPI) spec published, the Zabbix API could be consumed by tools such as https://swagger.io/tools/swagger-codegen/ or https://github.com/Azure/autorest/. The beauty of being able to use the above tools would be that every time a new version of Zabbix is released, you don't have to manually update whatever Zabbix API module you use. e.g. I use psbbix to connect to Zabbix API using Powershell. I just finished scrolling through the list of API updates from 5.2 to 5.4, and it would mean A LOT of updates need to be done to the module. At least theoretically, if Zabbix published it's API spec in OpenAPI, I could just run the latest spec through the API code gen tool, and have an updated Powershell module, ready to take advantage of the latest updates to the API. |
[ZBXNEXT-8114] Read time out error Created: 2022 Nov 22 Updated: 2022 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Bethson | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I got a read time out error in event.get method API when I query the user role category users login If I changed the user role as superadmin in zabbix it works for me same time if i come back the user as a user role type I got the read time out error any can help me |
[ZBXNEXT-7006] Give customer power to approve new monitoring Created: 2021 Oct 18 Updated: 2021 Oct 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.16, 5.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
A low level discovery (LLD) can create new entities. The idea is to give the power to customer to validate and approve new monitoring. Only after approval new items will be created on Zabbix proxy server. An extra point to this functionality is to stop automatic configuration update on Zabbix proxy. The configuration update on proxy must happen only after the client has approved new monitoring. |
[ZBXNEXT-6962] Cisco Webex Media Type Created: 2021 Sep 30 Updated: 2021 Sep 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Marco Koch | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | media, mediatypes | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Cisco Webex offers a webhock option: https://apphub.webex.com/applications/incoming-webhooks-cisco-systems-38054 Now please add an option or a template for Webex Media Type. |
[ZBXNEXT-6949] Allow usermacro as a condition in LLD, including overrides Created: 2021 Sep 27 Updated: 2022 Feb 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
LLD overrides allow to enable or skip creation of entities (items, triggers) based on LLD macro content. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2021 Sep 27 ] |
A specific usecase - Kafka monitoring discovers a lot of topics. Only some topics on some host need some triggers. |
[ZBXNEXT-6823] Postman API Collection/OpenAPI Availability Created: 2021 Aug 10 Updated: 2021 Aug 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Shane Arnold | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great if Zabbix could provide an API file in OpenAPI format, or, publish a "Postman Collection" that API developers could use to more easily develop against Zabbix. [Publishing your docs | Postman Learning Center|https://learning.postman.com/docs/publishing-your-api/publishing-your-docs/] |
Comments |
Comment by Shane Arnold [ 2021 Aug 10 ] |
See https://developer.connectwise.com/@api/deki/files/872/All.json?origin=mt-web as an example. |
[ZBXNEXT-4409] Allow setting case-sensitivity of "search" in API get method Created: 2018 Mar 06 Updated: 2018 Mar 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | dimir | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix API get methods support "search" parameter. After noticing that it's case-insensitive (even on the database with correct collation) I went to see the documentation and could not find anything about case-sensitivity of search parameter. It would be great to be able to set case-sensitivity in request. Currently the search is case-insensitive: Request: { "auth": "bcf8d7b269174169777db7647c9e3e1c", "id": 2, "jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "hostgroup.get", "params": { "search": { "name": "dev" }, "selectHosts": ["host"] } } Response: { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "result": [{ "groupid": "9", "name": "Templates/Network Devices", "internal": "0", "flags": "0", "hosts": [] }], "id": 2 } SQL generated from request: SELECT g.* FROM groups g WHERE ( ( UPPER(g.name) LIKE '%DEV%' ESCAPE '!' ) ) |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2018 Mar 06 ] |
Derived from |
Comment by dimir [ 2018 Mar 06 ] |
Workaround if case-sensitive search is required: run through returned results and filter out non-matching entries. |
[ZBXNEXT-4798] Separate media types into different tables Created: 2018 Oct 08 Updated: 2018 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Valdis Murzins | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | mediatypes | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Different media types have different configuration fields that they use. Each such field uses one column in media types table. And already now we have columns that are used exclusively for one of media types, while is left empty for other. The number of unused fields will increase even more, when new media types will be added. As a solution would be to have separate tables for different media types. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Oct 08 ] |
What would be the gain there? |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2018 Oct 09 ] |
Thank you, richlv, you made the correct point. |
[ZBXNEXT-4563] Ability to list inherited macros and values in host.get Created: 2018 May 23 Updated: 2022 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.17 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | host.get, usermacros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
This is basically a follow up for the UI feature proposed and implemented in We can now easily identify which user macros and values are applied to a host via template inheritance in the UI. When using the host.get API call we can use SelectMacros to retrieve macros that are defined on the host, however it is not possible to easily find which macros are applied via template inheritance. This would be very useful to determine if a macro needs to be set with a specific value or if the inherited value will suffice. In the current situation we need to resolve linked templates and retrieve macros on each level, which is very costly. |
[ZBXNEXT-4018] support "is online"/last login/session info for user.get Created: 2017 Aug 03 Updated: 2017 Aug 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | user.get | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
user.get api does not seem to support all the capabilities frontend has - specifically, "is online?" column is populated from the session data and in trunk r70896, there's a direct sql query in users.php:437 : $dbSessions = DBselect( 'SELECT s.userid,MAX(s.lastaccess) AS lastaccess,s.status'. ' FROM sessions s'. ' WHERE '.dbConditionInt('s.userid', zbx_objectValues($data['users'], 'userid')). ' GROUP BY s.userid,s.status' ); it would be useful to expose this in the api |
[ZBXNEXT-4104] Create API method for retrieving template XML (e.g. template.export) Created: 2017 Sep 14 Updated: 2019 Feb 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.6, 3.2.7, 3.2.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Charles Inglese | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The user-facing front-end employs a templates.php page to support exporting a Zabbix template in XML format, however, the JSON RPC API does not offer the equivalent functionality. It would be tremendously helpful if a template.export in JSON RPC API (api_jsonrpc.php) method were added which performed the same logic and returned a deserialized object. When using configuration management frameworks such as Puppet or Chef, it is important to be aware of state, and currently, there is no good way of returning the source XML object that was ingested into Zabbix (e.g. via configuration.import or WebUI), as configuration.export does not return the same XML representation as what was ingested. |
Comments |
Comment by Charles Inglese [ 2017 Sep 14 ] |
Reference: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.2/manual/xml_export_import |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Feb 21 ] |
The configuration.export method supports a format parameter at least since Zabbix 2.0, and this parameter allows to choose between XML and JSON (this is also the easiest way to obtain templates in JSON format that Ansible needs). Could you please clarify what is the concern here? |
[ZBXNEXT-5246] A new API for analyzing the zabbix queue Created: 2019 May 29 Updated: 2019 May 29 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Andrea Biscuola | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, debugging, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
A lot of times, it happen that we need to analyze more than 500 items in the zabbix queue and the current page, is limiting when dealing with global scale issues. Working with the support, it happen that there is no standardized way and no defined knowledge/procedure, for how to extract, in a parseable form, which items, related to which hosts, are stuck in the queue. It would be nice if an API in the form "zabbix.queue" or "proxy.queue" could be provided, where the detail, of every single delayed item (itemid, hostid, key and name) can be fetched from the database without resorting to some magic, one shot, query. |
Comments |
Comment by Andrea Biscuola [ 2019 May 29 ] |
If required, I could help identifying eventual design needs for this. |
[ZBXNEXT-4764] Zabbix host create / update allows duplicate interface definitions Created: 2017 Aug 16 Updated: 2018 Oct 09 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.14, 4.0.0rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Example Duplicate interface.docx pic.png |
Description |
When creating or updating a host you can specify multiple interfaces with the same details and can cause confusion as to which interface is actually being used. This should be restricted through the api and database constraints to prevent this from occurring. I have attached a screen shot for your viewing. |
Comments |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2017 Aug 16 ] |
Screen shot missed. |
Comment by James Cook [ 2017 Aug 21 ] |
I have attached the screen shot of the example |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2018 Oct 09 ] |
With ability to save 2 identical interfaces we are covering following use case: But you are right, that it may be hard to distinguish identical interfaces in item configuration. So I would suggest to keep this task, but with purpose to make even identical interfaces distinguishable. |
[ZBXNEXT-3352] customize created LLD trigger severity based on a filter Created: 2016 Jul 27 Updated: 2020 Mar 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Васильченко Антон Сергеевич | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 12 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Create triggers by using a filter, like LLD rule. To make choose to create trigger, or not. Or choose trigger severity Example: { "data":[ { "{#FSNAME}":"/", "{#FSTYPE}":"rootfs" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/sys", "{#FSTYPE}":"sysfs" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/proc", "{#FSTYPE}":"proc" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/dev", "{#FSTYPE}":"devtmpfs" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/dev/pts", "{#FSTYPE}":"devpts" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/lib/init/rw", "{#FSTYPE}":"tmpfs" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/dev/shm", "{#FSTYPE}":"tmpfs" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/home", "{#FSTYPE}":"ext3" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/tmp", "{#FSTYPE}":"ext3" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/usr", "{#FSTYPE}":"ext3" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/var", "{#FSTYPE}":"ext3" }, { "{#FSNAME}":"/sys/fs/fuse/connections", "{#FSTYPE}":"fusectl" } ] } Create triggers for all "{#FSNAME}" except "/lib/init/rw,/sys/fs/fuse/connections". And for all created triggers severity is Averege, except "/home, /tmp", which severity is High. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jul 27 ] |
lld trigger filtering is a duplicate of |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Aug 01 ] |
Updated description to reflect the trigger severity request only. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
It is very much similar to https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-3035. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Mar 05 ] |
This functionality will be implemented under https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-3035 in 5.0 or 5.2 along with ability to override creation of LLD object and some of their properties (like trigger severity, item interval, host template linkage, etc). |
[ZBXNEXT-2979] Log in to Zabbix using OAUTH LOGIN Created: 2015 Sep 22 Updated: 2023 Mar 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aryel Nouer Ribeiro | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 52 |
Labels: | authentication, oauth | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I would suggest the possibility of holding OAuth login by GMAIL account, Google Plus etc. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Sep 22 ] |
probably depends on |
Comment by Alexander Moskalev [ 2017 Nov 27 ] |
It was 2017. No OAuth support. |
Comment by YuriyS [ 2018 Feb 07 ] |
It was 2018. Private aerospace companies launches heavy reusable rockets with electrovehicles to Mars orbit. And... Still no OAuth support. |
Comment by Sergey Ignatov [ 2018 Aug 25 ] |
https://gist.github.com/sergeyignatov/0228aa61e808bd830e63076e273e9fc9 |
Comment by Eugene [ 2019 Aug 25 ] |
Guys, Any plans to support oauth in general and google auth in particular? I used the link above to implement a workaround. It's really a workaround since there is no auto sign up of authenticated users. Also it took literally days to understand and implement it properly. Something that I did in Grafana in a matter of minutes. |
Comment by Eugene [ 2019 Aug 25 ] |
+1 |
Comment by dimir [ 2022 Jun 09 ] |
Related issue ZBX-21187 |
Comment by Robson Maniasso [ 2022 Jul 29 ] |
looking for an update about oauth authentication, it´s been 7 years since this request was created and seems no plans to implement this feature... |
Comment by Patxi [ 2022 Sep 08 ] |
Deprecation of Basic authentication in Exchange Online is comming! |
Comment by Jay Campey [ 2022 Sep 09 ] |
October 1, 2022 (tick tock, tick tock) Since this appears to be less of a feature request and more of a "misery loves company" thread, I'd be interested to know if anyone else has devised a workaround for this, or did you just say to heck with it and deploy your own postfix server? |
Comment by Alex [ 2022 Sep 09 ] |
Between zabbix and oauth provider you can install keycloak. This solution some users already described. Or use self created api-gateway for auth. |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2023 Mar 15 ] |
Media types are also depended on the oAuth support being added, as such I would like to bump this ticket and I have provided some additional info here: ZBX-21187 |
[ZBXNEXT-3074] support filtering expanded trigger expression in API Created: 2015 Dec 15 Updated: 2015 Dec 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.11, 2.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, expressions, trigger | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
"filter" and "search" parameter doesn't work with expandExpression. these filtering parameters affect only not-expanded expression. |
[ZBXNEXT-5418] Behaviour of map.update Created: 2019 Sep 11 Updated: 2019 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mikhail | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | API | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2019-09-11-10-41-08-508.png |
Description |
Currently, map.update API call, from the looks of it, parses the whole request instead of an individual map. Because of this when updating several maps at once you need to specify unique selemtid placeholder for each selement in the request if you want to preserve links integrity. It would be more logical if placeholder selementids would not leave the scope of a map they are attached to when reassigning selementid placeholders for links.
|
[ZBXNEXT-8840] Implement ability to retrieve host count, item count, NVPS with proxy.get API method Created: 2023 Nov 16 Updated: 2023 Nov 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Tomass Janis Bross | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2023-11-16-17-40-23-487.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently the proxy.get API method does not allow to retrieve information like host count, item count, NVPS: Please add the ability to retrieve this data. |
[ZBXNEXT-8590] Introduce an API rate limiting on the application layer for outbound traffic Created: 2023 Jul 24 Updated: 2023 Jul 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.19, 7.0.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Introduce an API rate limiting on the application layer for outbound traffic. Distiguish between friendly and not friendly sources and optional on office/non office hours. |
[ZBXNEXT-8862] Allow ordered application of templates and item overlap Created: 2023 Nov 30 Updated: 2023 Nov 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Packages (C), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Ben Hanson | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
When designing templates, the inability to have overlap in certain item config is a frustrating constraint. If templates were modified to represent an ordered list of templates, then items with same name/same key could be applied based on template priority, allowing for more flexible configuration of templates. |
[ZBXNEXT-8513] trigger.get API: macros do not expand in the trigger URL Created: 2023 Jun 16 Updated: 2023 Jun 19 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Yurii Polenok | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, macro, trigger.get, triggerurl | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Request: { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "trigger.get", "params": { "triggerids": "1808353", "output": [ "url" ] }, "id": 1 } Response: { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "result": [ { "triggerid": "1808353", "url": "{$CONFLUENCE_URL}" } ], "id": 1 } Expected: |
Comments |
Comment by Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) [ 2023 Jun 19 ] |
Hi, Regards, Elina |
[ZBXNEXT-8414] Zabbix API/DB to support clock and support nanoseconds (ns) for Event Acknowledges Created: 2023 Apr 24 Updated: 2023 Apr 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix Version: All |
Description |
The ability to support nanoseconds (ns) for event acknowledges would help when you may add multiple event messages within the same second; this would enable the displaying them in the correct order, rather than alphabetical if they are received in the same second. Along with this it would be useful to be able to specify clock/ns so that you are able to specify the timestamp you may actually want, rather than the time of the api call; this would for example be used when you may have some automation that annotates messages for events.
|
[ZBXNEXT-6260] Improve map.update and map.create API Created: 2020 Oct 15 Updated: 2020 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Shane Arnold | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
At the moment, it's not "simple" to create a map using the API when you need to create numerous hosts . The API would be much nicer to use if I could just specify an array of objects of "type", being an elementtype; i.e if I wanted to create a map with hostid "1001","1002", the API should allow me to specify these hostid's as an array. Because the API already asks for elementtype, maybe it could be; "method": "map.create", "params": { "name": "{{Name}}", "width": 1920, "height": 1080, "elements": [ { "host": { "hostid": ["1001","1002"], "iconid_off": "151" }, "hostgroup": { "groupid": ["101"], "areatype": 0, "elementsubtype": 1, } e.t.c Basically I just want to be able to loop through an output for ids, create an array and then tell zabbix to create that array of hosts. I don't see a need to individually specify iconid in this use case. |
[ZBXNEXT-6151] Webscenario item update performance improvement Created: 2020 Aug 20 Updated: 2020 Aug 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Valdis Murzins | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | performance, webscenario | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently webscenario items and their keys in database are containing name of webscenario and name of webstep. This can be avoided, if we will introduce macros for webscenario name and webstep name and replace all webitem names and keys with strings, containing these macros. |
[ZBXNEXT-6126] OID in item prototype name Created: 2020 Aug 09 Updated: 2020 Aug 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Damon Hagerstrom | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Very specific example: The VALUE in the above entry is a reference to the INDEX of the item in the entityMIB. As far as I have been able to determine, there is no way of creating an LLD item which returns: There are many questions about using OID's in the name field, all of which are easily overcome with proper macro's, this doesn't seem to be the same. The SNMP indexes are different for the same item. Cisco templates generally, and those specifically for resources or even for CPU don't have a solution to this issue. |
[ZBXNEXT-6032] Allow users to reset their password Created: 2020 Jun 25 Updated: 2020 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.21 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great if users could reset their own password ("forgotten password" functionality). |
[ZBXNEXT-5842] API function to list data from "Reports" => "Availability report" Created: 2020 Mar 26 Updated: 2020 Mar 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aigars Kadikis | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Please create API procedure to list data from "Reports" => "Availability report". |
[ZBXNEXT-3013] flexible intervals for web scenarios Created: 2015 Oct 19 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 33 |
Labels: | flexibleintervals, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
items have flexible intervals that allow to poll data during some period of time. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Oct 19 ] |
current workarounds might involve crontab api calls or using host level maintenance - hackish and non-obvious in both cases |
[ZBXNEXT-3427] API wrong message on create user groups Created: 2016 Sep 08 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Daniel Linnartz | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
json request '{"params": {"gui_access": "0", "users_status": "0", "debug_mode": 0, "name": "omnitracker_managed_users"}, "jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "Usergroup.create", "auth": "485e3f76ebab4682d7bb31d24bac6e27", "id": 2}' Answer: {u'error': {u'code': -32500, u'data': u'Only Super Admins can delete user groups.', u'message': u'Application error.'} The message should be: Only Super Admins can create user groups.' |
Comments |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2016 Sep 08 ] |
Hi Daniel, Thank you for reporting this. Do you want this to be moved to your project or let it be here as a feature request? |
Comment by Daniel Linnartz [ 2016 Sep 08 ] |
Hi Ingus, i really don't care. It was just a hint for your development team. Best Daniel |
[ZBXNEXT-3192] Some form of macro value validation required Created: 2016 Mar 15 Updated: 2020 Jun 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
As macros can be used in such places like trigger expressions it would be nice to provide some form of validation of the macro data to ensure that the values actually in the macro conforms to what is expected. For example you may have a macro "{$FS_CAPACITY_THRESHOLD_CRIT}" which is used in a trigger expression and if this does not conform to a numeric the trigger expression would break. A suggested / possible way would be for every macro have a macro data type dropdown (default to string) field containing data types. When someone enters the value or updates the value of the macro it could do some validation at that point. |
Comments |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2016 Mar 15 ] |
... or better notification if a trigger fails to evaluate. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Jan 20 ] |
If we do this "strictly", it will be a huge challenge to keep track of where certain macros are used. Especially in the case when due to trigger update macro is not used as numeric any more and shouldn't be checked to be numeric in macro update forms. But we can do it in the form of "hints". "Hint" will provide information about contexts in which Zabbix has spotted the macro and whether macro value fulfills syntax requirements for these contexts. Since "hints" may not be up-to-date (for simplicity, Zabbix will only add them and never remove), user should be able to edit them manually and override them if desired. |
Comment by James Cook [ 2017 Jun 29 ] |
Hi Glebs, Thanks for the feedback. I would think the following may apply to my thoughts:
I guess however the logic is that determines whether the macro is inherited or not would have to carry over the validation from the parent macro and not allow this to change for the child macro? This may require a schema change to identify macros and inherited macros as two separate objects? Where this comes in handy it will avoid triggers failing when macros are used, item collection having problems when macros are used for intervals etc... I see macros and regular expressions (see I think hints may be a start however if the above can be considered I would think this feature would allow for some serious usage by the community. Regards |
Comment by James Cook [ 2020 Jun 30 ] |
Hi Glebs, Its been a while .... Any ideas about implementing this. This will become super handy for Zabbix admins to configure the templates with macros + validation (regex or something) and allowing non-Zabbix admins to update the values of inherited macros on profiles/classes or hosts where the parent macros validation from the template is always checked. Adding the setting to allow for parent macros to be read only or writable would also be a bonus. This way we could design templates where only threshold macros could be modified and validation would be present to ensure correctness. |
[ZBXNEXT-3127] 'nextcheck' field for web scenarios is not updated after delay changes Created: 2016 Feb 02 Updated: 2017 Jun 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Ivan Good | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Dear all, httptest table contains a field nextcheck, which controls the next time of execution. If the delay of a check gets modified (API or WebUI), the nextcheck remains the same. Only after the next scheduled run the new value is calculated according to the recently adjusted interval. Normally it is just fine and does not bother anyone. But troubles appear when the delay gets decreased significantly, e.g. from 3600 to 30 seconds. The new frequency starts working only after the whole hour of waiting. I propose to change this behavior and set nextcheck to NOW()+delay on delay configuration changes Kind regards, |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Feb 02 ] |
It may also be a good idea to add Web scenarios to Zabbix server's configuration cache and remove nextcheck field from the database. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Feb 02 ] |
ignoring interval reduction seems like a bug to me - if i set interval to the max value, will it take ages before scenario works again ? adding scenarios to the config cache has been considered for a very long time. the bug part could be fixed more easily - should this issue be moved to zbx project instead ? |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Feb 03 ] |
We discussed this and decided that the issue is not urgent - it existed forever and was only reported in 2016. Also, the same problem seems to apply to network discovery and escalations. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jun 17 ] |
|
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Dec 27 ] |
Seems like this problem does not affect network discovery because of a more sophisticated SQL in process_discovery(): (r.nextcheck<=now or r.nextcheck>now+r.delay) Looks trivial. My suggestion is to downgrade this issue to ZBX and apply a similar fix in process_httptests(). |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Jun 13 ] |
After |
[ZBXNEXT-3104] Add support for host status changes to internal events Created: 2016 Jan 20 Updated: 2016 Feb 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | hoststatus, internalevents, maintenance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Inclusion of host based internal events like the following:
Would be useful for us to notify Zabbix admins on. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jan 20 ] |
maintenance part seems to be a duplicate of ZBXNEXT-2141 |
[ZBXNEXT-3059] specify "old key" in the xml file Created: 2015 Nov 30 Updated: 2016 Jan 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | import, xml | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
there is a way to delete entities that do not exist in the xml file upon import. unfortunately, if item key is changed, all history is lost. similarly, if trigger name or expression is changed, events for that trigger are lost. it might be useful to allow specifying one or more "old keys", "old names" and "old expressions". that way users could keep on importing templates that change these entities, and keep all the history. especially nice with the default zabbix templates, like the internal monitoring one. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Dec 01 ] |
A bit not related but one of real case - upgrade 2.0 installation to 2.4. To resolve that I had to manually remove quotes in keys (~10 items) in existing template, only then import. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jan 22 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3111 is somewhat similar - asks for specifying "old" value for lld |
[ZBXNEXT-2934] Host group 'visible name' Created: 2015 Aug 31 Updated: 2019 Oct 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | hostgroups, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Since version 2.0 we have the possibility to define a 'technical' and a 'visible' hostname for a host. This way we can use the 'technical' host group name for integration with various systems using the technical name (i.e. CUST-GR1) while retaining user readability by setting the visible name (i.e. Customer - Group 1'). Behavior should be the same as with hostnames. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Aug 31 ] |
group names do not have a technical meaning in zabbix like hostnames do (matching/identifying the host) - would it be worth implementing this complexity in zabbix ? wouldn't it be better to use such matching in the integration layer instead ? |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2015 Aug 31 ] |
Group names can be used in various Zabbix locations (actions, usergroup permissions, etc.) So it would be beneficial to match these with an internal naming/numbering convention to keep the system nice and tidy. To add some better readabilty for humans working in the frontend, the visible name would be useful. |
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2019 Oct 17 ] |
+100500 |
[ZBXNEXT-1417] remote wmi from server/proxy Created: 2012 Sep 10 Updated: 2024 Feb 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | agentless, windows, wmi | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
remote wmi support from server/proxy might be useful. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Oct 03 ] |
Some interesting links for agent-less WMI monitoring solutions: http://semafour.wordpress.com/2010/02/17/compiling-wmic-for-linux-without-installing-samba/ http://pzolee.blogs.balabit.com/2010/09/wmi-client-for-linux/ |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2024 Feb 22 ] |
Hello, Another updated solution https://github.com/greenbone/openvas-smb/tree/main/wmi |
[ZBXNEXT-1273] new API Event acknowledge method - user account parameter Created: 2012 Jun 15 Updated: 2018 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | api, permissions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to allow a super-admin account using the API to assign a particular user account as the person who acknowledged the event. We use a separate web interface for managing alarms. This interface displays who acknowledged the event and gives users the ability to acknowledge new events. We currently make this work with Zabbix using a custom script that updates the events table directly. New Parameter: |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Mar 07 ] |
we're inserting user in the comment in a special format. this makes parsing/reporting on it a bit more complicated, though. |
[ZBXNEXT-1252] Integration of Zabbix API - PHP Class into zabbix release Created: 2012 Jun 05 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | rrr | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, class, php | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The development of the existing third party Zabbix 1.8 API PHP Class v1.0 (found at http://andrewfarley.com/php/zabbix-1-8-api-php-class-v1-0) doesn't seem to been continued. It would be great if a api php-class would be integrated into zabbix releases. |
Comments |
Comment by Domi Barton [ 2012 Aug 21 ] |
I've digged into the source code of the Zabbix 2.0 PHP API sources / PHP classes this weekend and I might have some good news. After hours of work I've built a new PHP library AND a builder for the library. The builder is currently writing a PHP class, but in fact it could write a class for any kind of script / programming language. Check it out yourself: http://zabbixapi.confirm.ch/ @official Zabbix guys: Is it possible to link to the API in the documentation / appendix? |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Aug 21 ] |
hmm, would it be possible to document it in the wiki at zabbix.org ? |
[ZBXNEXT-3000] Expand Value Maps in history.get Created: 2015 Oct 07 Updated: 2015 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | valuemapping | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be logical to now have history.get output value mapped information as well. My suggestion is the following solution: We should be able to set a flag on the history.get call, expandValueMap feels logical to me. { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "history.get", "params": { "output": "extend", "history": 3, "itemids": "23296", "sortfield": "clock", "sortorder": "DESC", "limit": 1, "expandValueMap": 1 }, "auth": "038e1d7b1735c6a5436ee9eae095879e", "id": 1 } The output would look something like this then: { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "result": [ { "itemid": "23296", "clock": "1351090456", "value": "5", "mappedvalue": "Some string representing this value", "ns": "435307141" } ], "id": 1 } |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Oct 08 ] |
3000 - nice catch |
[ZBXNEXT-1547] additional trigger dependency calculation algorithms Created: 2012 Dec 13 Updated: 2024 Feb 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 18 |
Labels: | triggerdependencies, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zbx_dependency_relationship_backend.patch zbx_dependency_relationship_frontend.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
currently a trigger that depends in several other triggers is "muted" if one of those triggers fires. a more fine grained control would be desirable. a) OR (works as the current implementation - mutes if any one trigger fires) |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2012 Dec 14 ] |
Maybe in a similar way conditions are defined for actions. <richlv> hmm, in action conditions we have condition types that can be used to determine and/or. how should it work in trigger deps ? |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Mar 01 ] |
Loosely connected to ZBXNEXT-1461 |
Comment by Gustavo Moura de Sousa [ 2013 Mar 18 ] |
I would like to have this feature implemente too. |
Comment by diana vasconcelos [ 2013 Mar 20 ] |
yes it would be very useful to have the possibility to configure relationships between dependancy. |
Comment by Benjamin Gronvall [ 2013 Dec 23 ] |
I would love this to be implemented on priority. There are several instances in my networking infrastructure where this would provide greater monitoring flexibility. |
Comment by Gustavo Moura de Sousa [ 2015 Aug 20 ] |
Today if a host depends on two hosts, but only if botth are down, we have to generate a third trigger. |
Comment by Kevin Daudt [ 2016 Jul 26 ] |
I've attached that partially implement this. Included:
Missing:
Feedback would be appreciated. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2016 Aug 03 ] |
Thanks for the patch! I like the functionality however it's not clear if it will be integrated into Zabbix or not. We are evaluating different options of simplifying management of dependencies and still not sure what might be the best implementation. |
Comment by Kevin Daudt [ 2016 Aug 04 ] |
Thanks. I'm curious to see any improvements to dependency management. |
[ZBXNEXT-1097] API doesn't support nested operations Created: 2012 Jan 30 Updated: 2014 Dec 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.8 (beta) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Timo A. Hummel | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | API | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
When using the API, it is not possible to do nested operations. For example, when creating a template, it is not possible to pass a list of items to directly create with the template. Such an operation currently always requires two (or more) separate API calls. This is a low-priority suggestion and can probably only solved as soon as an entity model exists. |
Comments |
Comment by Timo A. Hummel [ 2012 Jan 30 ] |
It might be worth to note that I am using a serialize/deserialize approach on PartKeepr, which supports any level of inheritance for passed data. If interested, I can give out a few implementation details and philosophies. |
[ZBXNEXT-2839] Retrieve list of available inventory fields from the API Created: 2015 Jun 04 Updated: 2015 Jun 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.9, 2.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | inventory | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I'd like to be able to retrieve a list of supported inventory fields from the API, I have been unable to find a method or object for this. They are in the docs but I would like to query them at run time as I would like to avoid the need for hardcoding them as they might change in later versions of Zabbix. Perhaps this can be part of the API info class? |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Jun 04 ] |
ZBXNEXT-336 should probably be implemented first |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2015 Jun 04 ] |
Not necessarily, although I see the relation. I'd say it's nice to have now and mandatory if ZBXNEXT-336 will be implemented. |
[ZBXNEXT-2848] Add the application parameter to the itemprototype get method Created: 2015 Jun 11 Updated: 2015 Jun 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.5.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, applications, itemprototype | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
itemprototype.get does not offer the application parameter that you can find in item.get. I think this is technically possible and would be useful for ZBXNEXT-2845. |
[ZBXNEXT-1685] Support of NuoDB as database backend Created: 2013 Mar 23 Updated: 2013 Mar 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | database, newtechnology, nuodb | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I've seen some presentations and case studies about respectively with NuoDB. This ticket is meant to attract attention that there might be another relational SQL based database out there that promises:
Find lots more information on the NuoDB website: Feel free to close this ticket if that kind of technology is out of question in connection with Zabbix. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Mar 23 ] |
for the record, it's a proprietary solution |
[ZBXNEXT-2555] New trigger function to determine number of value in history, matching a regexp Created: 2014 Oct 31 Updated: 2014 Nov 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Filipp Sudanov (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | triggerfunctions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Paricular user's case: We have a program, that produces a log file. When this program starts, it writes START into that log, when it finishes - FINISH. We need a trigger, that would trigger, if withing 5 minutes after START there is no FINISH. A new proposed function could be simular to already existing "count" function. It should return how many values ago was the last value that matches a given regex. It returns sequence number from history's end - it will be different on each trigger calculation. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Oct 31 ] |
this might be solved by ZBXNEXT-2045 - you would get unix timestamps for start & finish, and compare them in the trigger expression. |
Comment by Filipp Sudanov (Inactive) [ 2014 Nov 03 ] |
I think ZBXNEXT-2045 won't solve this usecase reliably. The task is to determine the sequence of item values. If two values would arrive at the same second, this won't help to determine their sequence. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Nov 03 ] |
good point - maybe we should include nanoseconds somehow there |
[ZBXNEXT-5074] allow time periods to cross midnight Created: 2019 Feb 27 Updated: 2019 Mar 15 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently time periods cannot cross midnight (or cannot traverse the border between two days) in, for example, action conditions. While 08:00-20:00 works, 20:00-08:00 is not accepted. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksejs Petrovs [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
Hello Rich, Do you mean Media settings for the User or Custom Intervals? Regards, |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
One example is the mentioned action conditions, but other places - like user media, working time, custom intervals etc - might be affected as well. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
Here is relevant documentation piece, for the reference. richlv, what would "1-5,20:00-08:00" mean? Will it include 20:00-24:00 on Sunday or 00:00-08:00 on Saturday? Or both? Or none of it? I think there are multiple equally logical interpretations and choosing one to implement will be completely arbitrary. Hence it will be very tricky to tell for sure what such midnight-crossing-interval means without consulting with documentation. Which ultimately makes Zabbix configuration less intuitive. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
While it would be somewhat arbitrary, it would be a very useful feature. Other products implement such a feature, and it seems to be well received. In our specific usecase, it's more obvious - 1-7,20:00-08:00. Not much ambiguity there. In case of the 1-5 example, a simple rule might be the best - for example, saying that day range is matched against the starting edge of the time period. Thus this example would have the first time period start on Monday, 20:00, and the last one on Friday, 20:00. As for the need to consult documentation, that could be improved by adding the "helper icons" with useful tooltips (mentioned in ZBXNEXT-130). Those tooltips could even have formatting with links to the full manual, as mentioned in ZBXNEXT-2668... But that is a completely separate improvement |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
Would be interesting to see syntax examples. It seems that even almighty ISO 8601 does not cover this case. There is a short notation like "2007-12-14T13:30/15:30" which does not need to specify full date for interval end, but as soon it is another day, you will need to specify day too: "2007-11-13T09:00/15T17:00". I would be fine if we could specify somehow that end time is the next day, e.g. "1-5,20:00-(+1)08:00". This is explicit (hence allows validation that end > start) and more or less intuitive. But looks ugly. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
Once case I can check now does not use a single field (at least not in the UI), it just has input fields for from/to, and there is no indication or requirement to specify that it is on the next day. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Feb 27 ] |
By the way, ZBXNEXT-3636 is somewhat related. |
[ZBXNEXT-2554] Provide an API option to obtain dependent triggers for trigger.get() Created: 2014 Oct 31 Updated: 2016 Nov 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.5.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | patch, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.2.5-trigger-get-selectdependent.patch zabbix-3.0.4-trigger-get-selectdependent.patch |
Description |
While selectDependencies allows to obtain triggers the given trigger depends on, the reverse operation is not supported by the API. Application: I'm using a couple of purely time-dependent triggers to mask particular backup windows, following the approach I described in http://blog.zabbix.com/a-workaround-for-trigger-based-maintenance/1527/. It's difficult to find all triggers that depend on it. I wrote a quick implementation, that should be fairly efficient. It introduces a new option called selectDependent, which behaves analogue to selectDependencies. It is capable of returning triggers that directly depend on the given trigger. My actual goal is to create ad-hoc dependency graphs. Creating greater trees requires as many API invocations as there are tiers of dependency. |
[ZBXNEXT-2342] Create a nextcheck for LLD items (api and frontend) Created: 2014 Jun 11 Updated: 2014 Jun 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Filipe Paternot | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | api, scheduling | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Like network discovery has an "nextcheck" option, it is interesting to have the same option for LLD checks. It would be nice to expose it on the frontend. Show if its running/sleeping might be interesting too. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 11 ] |
You created this issue similarly to ZBXNEXT-2341 But here is a difference: Also, actually LLD discovery rules are items. |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2014 Jun 11 ] |
Yes you got a point there about how fast the LLD usually runs so, showing if its running/sleeping is actually pointless, in most cases, at least. Even when some might have LLD rules that discover a couple thousand itens. I was thinking about the lld rules itself, not the items prototypes nor regular items. Now that you raised that question, perhaps we could use that field to display few things, depending on the item type:
It would certainly be of great help to display that on the frontend. |
[ZBXNEXT-2341] Show nextcheck and status from network discovery rules Created: 2014 Jun 11 Updated: 2014 Jun 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Filipe Paternot | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | networkdiscovery | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to expose on the frontend the next run time (nextcheck) for the network discovery. Show an status if its running/sleeping is good too. The nextcheck is already avaiable on the API. The current status value does not exist yet. An idea for the frontend would be to show an icon pretty much the same way the status ok/error does, with an label with the next run. The icon would be green for running, blue for sleeping.. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 11 ] |
See also ZBXNEXT-2077 - it asks to show a time which discovery took. |
[ZBXNEXT-1850] resolve trigger dependencies on hosts only Created: 2013 Jul 22 Updated: 2015 Jun 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dmitry Samsonov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | nested, templatelinking, triggerdependencies | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix_dependencies_problem.jpg |
Description |
Hello! When I add such dependency I get error: Not all templates are linked to "pci slots". Is it a bug or am I doing something wrong? |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Jul 23 ] |
See: After reading issue description I'm not sure I can understand correctly template linkage |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Jul 23 ] |
I can't see any inconsistency with documentation and specification you have provoded, but it still fails. |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Jul 23 ] |
Red arrow on the image is the trigger I am trying to add: |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jul 24 ] |
this is not possible as "template pci slots" would have trigger t2 that would depend on trigger t1 from "template server alive", but "template pci slots" is not linked to "template server alive", thus you would get a dependency on a non-existent trigger. seems to work as expected |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Jul 24 ] |
If we remove template "pci slots" (and link "ethernet controllers" directly to "HostsA"), then I can create dependency from template "ethernet controllers" to template "server alive", but they also are not linked. To conclude: 1-level templates may have trigger with dependency to any other not linked template, but 2 level templates may not. Seems to be wrong, isn't it? |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jul 24 ] |
no, that seems to be correct. in that case both "template ethernet controllers" and "template server alive" are linked to "template HostsA", and trigger dependency has the trigger to rely on. think about it this way - if t2 on "template pci slots" ends up depending on t1... there is no t1 on "template pci slots" |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Jul 24 ] |
Why is it a problem? It's just a template, just as "ethernet controllers". It is normal to deny to add hosts to just one template if there are triggers with dependencies to another templates. But templates do not count triggers, so why it should be a problem to have templates with just a half of dependency? |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jul 24 ] |
"template ethernet controllers" is the originating template for t1. anything linked to it must have all dependencies, too - that would be t1 in this case. it does not matter whether it is template or host, it's a configuration data consistency question, nothing to do with trigger evaluation etc when we link something to a template which has a dep to another template, we resolve that dependency locally, which is not possible in this case |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Jul 25 ] |
I don's see any reasons to resolve that dependency locally for templates, because we already has inconsistent dependency in template "ethernet controllers" for example. |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Aug 05 ] |
Will this report be considered as problem? |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Aug 05 ] |
theoretically, we could consider trigger dependencies only when resolving them on hosts and ignore while we are still in templates. |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2013 Aug 05 ] |
Thank you. |
Comment by George Machitidze [ 2014 Mar 22 ] |
This is REALLY annoying and VERY useful thing - there are many services that depend on each-other and we don't want to create separate templates for all hosts and copy everything we need just to make triggers work. Possible solution is to: |
Comment by Janne Korkkula [ 2014 Nov 14 ] |
I agree. The simplest case: almost all of our hosts have a basic template linked which includes the icmppingsec simple check and an appropriate trigger. We'd like to depend on that trigger for other checks. This cannot be done, neither is there any useable workaround, because: |
[ZBXNEXT-2381] too frequent updates of sessions table Created: 2014 Jul 11 Updated: 2015 Dec 10 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alberto Díaz | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | database, performance, sessions, update | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
LAMP |
Description |
From my db log: I think that updating sessions may be done only if the last update was XXX seconds ago. This should lower the DB usage. XXX could be configurable. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
Related issue: ZBX-8462. zalex_ua I'd not agree |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Dec 10 ] |
That 10 seconds interval is hardcoded interval of global zabbix server status checks. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Dec 10 ] |
Confirmed. |
[ZBXNEXT-2132] Accept offset parameter for API calls Created: 2014 Jan 28 Updated: 2024 Feb 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Corey Shaw | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 23 |
Labels: | limits, pagination, patch, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | history_api_offset_param.patch zabbix-3.0.2-history_api_offset_param.patch | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
While it is useful to have the "limit" parameter in API requests, it's use would be greatly enhanced if an "offset" parameter existed as well. Let's say I have 10,000 history rows to retrieve through the API. It would make sense to not only be able to limit the result to 2000 rows at a time, but also submit an offset that so that I can first get the first 2000, then the next 2000, etc. I created a patch to do this in 2.2.x and it was a trivial addition to add it only for history.get. I'm not sure what would have to be done to add it everywhere. |
Comments |
Comment by Corey Shaw [ 2014 Jan 28 ] |
This was very easy to add because the DBselect() function already supportes an offset parameter. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jan 31 ] |
See also ZBXNEXT-1503 |
Comment by Norimitsu Sugimoto [ 2016 May 05 ] |
support offset parameter history.get() for zabbix-3.0.2 |
Comment by Norimitsu Sugimoto [ 2016 May 05 ] |
Useful offset parameter. I rewrote the patch for zabbix-3.0.2. see attached file. |
Comment by vitalijs.cemeris (Inactive) [ 2016 Aug 02 ] |
Adding offset could lead to changing "Search/Filter elements limit" GUI configuration option to "Maximum rows per page". |
Comment by Naga Maheswara Reddy Palem [ 2021 Mar 31 ] |
Having pagenation support will help for other system integrations. When the historyget or items.get has more results its throwing 500 internal error. Pagination helps in api calls usecases |
Comment by Marcel Renner [ 2022 May 30 ] |
+1 It would also be useful in PowerShell to paging/piping the results in small badges. For example, we use PowerShell to synchronize the inventory data of all hosts with our CMDB via the API. But when you have 10,000 hosts, this can quickly lead to problems. Something like in SQL with offsets and limits would be great. |
Comment by S K [ 2024 Feb 09 ] |
Are there any news regarding this feature? |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Feb 12 ] |
It's possible that the cause of this feature missing was support of things like "limit, offset" back in the days when we supported more database backends (like IBM DB2) which either don't have it or didn't have it back then. We now do not support IBM DB2 so the only question is Oracle. According to this support for limiting and specifying offset was added to Oracle 12c. This should be fine since we require at least version 19c at this point. I'll try to get more information. |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Feb 13 ] |
simkimdm While this is still not implemented, would it work for you if you'd fetch the list of all hostids first and then go on handling them by smaller batches? Have you tried it? |
Comment by S K [ 2024 Feb 14 ] |
@dimir works better than fetching all at once. thank you. from zabbix_utils import ZabbixAPI // ... login stuff def get_zabbix_hosts(): zabbix_hosts_ids = zabbix.host.get( output="hostid", evaltype=0, tags=[ { "tag": "cmdb_id", "operator": 4 } ] ) chunk_size = 1000 chunks = [chunk['hostid'] for chunk in zabbix_hosts_ids] zabbix_hosts = [] for i in range(0, len(chunks), chunk_size): chunk = chunks[i:i + chunk_size] zabbix_hosts += zabbix.host.get(hostids=chunk, selectMacros="extend", selectTags="extend", selectHostGroups="extend", selectParentTemplates="extend", selectInterfaces="extend") return zabbix_hosts |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Feb 14 ] |
Nice. And nice to see you use our zabbix_utils and it works for you. |
[ZBXNEXT-3245] allow leaving "Send to" empty for script media types Created: 2016 Apr 15 Updated: 2016 Apr 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | alertscripts, mediatypes | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently "Send to" is always required. in the case of alertscripts, it is often unused. it is suggested to allow leaving this field empty for the 'script' media types |
[ZBXNEXT-3141] unify actions Created: 2016 Feb 12 Updated: 2016 Feb 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | actions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
zabbix currently has four separate action types :
this sort of makes sense from the technical point of view, but makes it harder for users (they have to switch between the types), and limits the functionality per the implemented type (for example, internal actions didn't get the maintenance status support - ZBXNEXT-2141). additionally, auto-registered hosts can not be removed - host removal operation is only available for network discovery actions. from the configuration maintenance point of view, it is very cumbersome, too. if zabbix instance has a couple of actions, it's relatively easy to recreate them for the internal events. if there are dozens... no. users resort to custom scripts to go to the database and just completely skip the internal events/actions. the suggestion is to merge all actions, allowing all conditions and operations. there would have to be some sanity checks/decisions - what if somebody sets only auto-reg condition and then only adds "delete host" operation ? nevertheless, that should significantly simplify some configuration tasks (like reacting to internal events in installations, having more than a few actions) and resolve several feature requests (including deletion of auto-registered hosts). |
[ZBXNEXT-2549] more info about SQL statement fails Created: 2014 Oct 28 Updated: 2014 Oct 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.7, 2.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | gescheit | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In case of problem with sql query, DBexecute() returns error message from SQL-server only in web-interface. In API can be seen only "SQL statement execution has failed" message. I think that need show sql-errors in API also. |
[ZBXNEXT-2516] Provide withScreens option on template.get() and host.get() Created: 2014 Oct 15 Updated: 2014 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.6, 2.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | consistency, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please provide an option withScreens for consistency with withGraphs/selectGraphs and other options. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Oct 15 ] |
"with_screens" even ... and in hostgroup.get() |
[ZBXNEXT-7737] Zabbix integration with Vault Created: 2022 Mar 10 Updated: 2023 Sep 21 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aliaksei Halouka | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
When using Namespaces in Vault, there is no possibility to configure integration with Zabbix, since the query path will automatically add "data". https://www.vaultproject.io/docs/enterprise/namespaces Based on the documentation, when using Namespaces, the path to the secret will look like this ns1/ns2/zabbix/data/macros, there zabbix is engine. In the value of the zabbix macro, we should then specify the path to the secret like this ns1/ns2/zabbix/macros:some-secret, but since Zabbix automatically adds "data", then we have the next URL for query https://127.0.0.1:8200/v1/ns1/data/ns2/zabbix/zabbix/macros In the log we can observe the following error: In zbx_http_get() URL 'https://127.0.0.1:8200/v1/ns1/data/ns2/zabbix/macros'
Since many large organizations use Vault as a service, it cannot be configured without Namespaces. Therefore, it would be worth removing the automatic addition of "DATA" to the path and slightly changing the documentation, explaining to users how they need to form a request, besides, this moment is already mentioned in the documentation, with manual testing using CURL
zabbix version: Zabbix 5.4.10 vault version: 1.9.2+ent |
Comments |
Comment by Aliaksei Halouka [ 2022 Mar 11 ] |
It may still be easier to implement this with an additional variable in the configuration and header in the request. Based on the documentation: API operations performed under a namespace can be done by providing the relative request path along with the namespace path using the X-Vault-Namespace header. Similarly, the namespace header value can be provided in full or partially when reaching into nested namespaces. When provided partially, the remaining namespace path must be provided in the request path in order to reach into the desired nested namespace. Alternatively, the fully qualified path can be provided without using the X-Vault-Namespace header. In either scenario, Vault will construct the fully qualified path from these two sources to correctly route the request to the appropriate namespace. For example, these three requests are equivalent:
|
Comment by dimir [ 2023 Sep 21 ] |
Coming from https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/468835-integration-with-hashicorp-vault |
[ZBXNEXT-4110] Facebook MyRocks at MariaDB Created: 2017 Sep 19 Updated: 2019 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Postponed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleg Egorov (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | MyRocks | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Link: | DEV-677 |
Description |
Facebook MyRocks is NoSQL database supported by MariaDB I think now it is best solution for history_text, history_log.... Easy to use and will be improved performance of Zabbix. MyRocks + Zabbix: Performance: |
Comments |
Comment by Vadims Kurmis [ 2019 Sep 11 ] |
Please ensure RocksDB support with updated documentation for making DB Schema. Because it Exactly matches Zabbix type of workload - for write-intensive applications. Strange, that this is not being prioritized yet as Zabbix development was always targeted for increased performance to compete with other products and provide a better and more robust solution. This is Critical, because Database always was a bottleneck for Zabbix.
|
[ZBXNEXT-5631] Change time intervals in API from [time_from, time_till] to [time_from, time_till) Created: 2019 Dec 09 Updated: 2019 Dec 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Klimov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
If we have [a,b] interval, we have a problem with splitting intervals due to common point problem. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Dec 09 ] | ||||||
Sorry, what exactly this feature asks to change? | ||||||
Comment by Kolunchik [ 2019 Dec 09 ] | ||||||
Exclude time_till from range ( from "less or equal" to "less") | ||||||
Comment by Alex Klimov [ 2019 Dec 09 ] | ||||||
Exactly | ||||||
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Dec 09 ] | ||||||
Just to make sure. You're saying coding 1 - 10, 10 - 20, 20 - 30 is much easier than 1 - 9, 10 - 19, 20 - 29 ? | ||||||
Comment by Alex Klimov [ 2019 Dec 10 ] | ||||||
If i request 1-10, 10-20, 20-30 i'll get all points between 1-30 and no point twice (or missed) in responce? If so, this task may be closed. | ||||||
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Dec 10 ] | ||||||
No, currently it's as you described in the issue description. I'm just trying to make sure I understand the issue. | ||||||
Comment by Alex Klimov [ 2019 Dec 10 ] | ||||||
So. the case is for requesting events (or problems) for long period, when i must split time interval into smaller one to avoid long request duration. It would be perfect if i got all points without overlapping. Example: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] splitting into [1,2,3,4] and [4,5,6,7,8,9]. So we have timepoint 4 twice.
| ||||||
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Dec 10 ] | ||||||
As far as I know [1,2,3,4] will take care of complete 4th second, that is 4 - 4.99999999 . So all you need is exclude 4 from the second period: [5,6,7,8,9]. gcalenko, can you confirm? <gcalenko> yes, API uses closed intervals (includes all its limit points), all you have to do is to ensure that every next interval chunk start time is 1 second greater than previous chunk interval end. | ||||||
Comment by Alex Klimov [ 2019 Dec 11 ] | ||||||
I think this task may be closed. It's a good idea to add Gregory comment to API documentation. | ||||||
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Dec 11 ] | ||||||
We have multiple places where the periods are referenced, e. g. Unfortunately there's no single place that describes the period. But I think it's already pretty clear that it includes the limit points:
|
[ZBXNEXT-6214] The concept of 'read only' macros and macro 'validation' Created: 2020 Sep 25 Updated: 2020 Sep 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 4.4+ |
Description |
When defining a macros in templates it would be nice to be able to set whether it is a read only macro that can not be changed anywhere but the template at the source. If hosts or other templates were to inherit the macro it would be greyed out and not made available to edit. This way it removes the ability for people to 'break' monitoring by incorrectly overwriting macros that are to never be changed. I also have another similar feature request (ZBXNEXT-3192) in which macros could have defined validation at the source. For example on a port monitoring template you may specify a macro containing a port which should be an integer between 0-65535. This way it removes the ability for people to 'break' monitoring by incorrectly setting bad values such as 'abc' in the port case. I know this could be an education thing, however sometimes you cant protect monitoring from people making mistakes.
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Sep 28 ] |
I think that this idea correlates nicely with other suggestions related to tags, i.e. ability to define types and validations rules for tags, policies on what tags can or must be used and where, etc. |
Comment by James Cook [ 2020 Sep 28 ] |
Thanks for the feedback and for sure macros, tags would benifit from similar readonly/validation features. Im finding with Zabbix at scale the ability to protect against accidental breakages because of bad configuration data as becoming crucial. |
[ZBXNEXT-5891] Host Issues widget not showing resolved issues, cannot view history for host Created: 2020 Apr 06 Updated: 2020 Apr 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Marcin Gosiewski | Assignee: | Aigars Kadikis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | history, problems, screens | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: On the screen there is no possibility to see the raised events history for the host/ On the "Host issues" the items that are resolved are not showing (no "history" filter available) On the "History of events" there is no way to filter by host. So there is a lot of junk from other hosts here. Expected: |
Comments |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2020 Apr 06 ] |
Is creating a dashboard an option to you? If yes, then "Problems" widget on dashboard seems to cover your use case. |
Comment by Marcin Gosiewski [ 2020 Apr 07 ] |
The dashboard is not an option because you cannot define dashboard in a template. You can define screen in the template. If you wish to create a template for a device and this template should include issues for this device you are out of luck. There is NO standard way to achieve this goal anyhow. Adding one filter for issues history to limit it by host/group of hosts would be great... ...and adding one filter for hosts problems to include also the issues that had been resolved in the meantime would be also great. Especially that a couple of versions ago there was a possibility to do this. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2020 Apr 14 ] |
Hello damago1, As we are planning to completely replace screens with dashboard, we are not making any new features in screens. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2020 Apr 14 ] |
I converted the issue to feature request to use for future development of host screen conversion to host dashboards. |
[ZBXNEXT-5762] Implement custom buttons with custom actions on alerts & problems widgets Created: 2020 Feb 18 Updated: 2020 Jul 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Klimov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | integration | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In order to facilitate the possibility of integrating the monitoring system with other systems (for example, helpdesk-systems), it would be good idea to implement custom buttons with custom javascript actions (with ability post or get html requests) on alerts and problems widgets. JS actions can receive triggerid, eventid, etc as parameters. |
Comments |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2020 Feb 18 ] |
Aren't trigger URLs good enough? As for alerts, you can create a webhook media type, that will send the request to remote system automatically, as configured in alerts. |
Comment by Alex Klimov [ 2020 Feb 18 ] |
1. This is not about automatically request. This is about possibility do something with active trigger (or past problem) in fast and convenient way. 2. Trigger URL is the only field of this type in trigger and if i use it i will not be able to use this field for another purposes. 3. Button is more compact than URL, 4. Helpdesk may use get, post, put requests, but url is only get request. |
[ZBXNEXT-5709] Adopt Host API to export XML data structure. Created: 2020 Jan 22 Updated: 2020 Jan 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Miks Kronkalns | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | Host.create, host.update, import, tls_accept, tls_connect | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||
Team: | Team B | ||||||||||||||||
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
<tls_connect>4</tls_connect> <tls_accept>5</tls_accept> Starting with 4.4, TLS is defined as: <tls_accept> <option>NO_ENCRYPTION</option> <option>TLS_CERTIFICATE</option> </tls_accept> Changes made to implement this change was done wrongly (see |
[ZBXNEXT-5637] Extending the API capabilities for filtering hosts Created: 2019 Dec 10 Updated: 2019 Dec 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | API | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
For now "filter" property in host.get method is dedicated only for main query options and interface properties. All other filtering can be done only on the next step in the script parsing JSON recieved from Zabbix API. |
[ZBXNEXT-5780] Allow to use step durations longer than 1 week in Operations Created: 2020 Feb 27 Updated: 2020 Feb 27 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.6, 5.0.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Kalimulin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | actions, escalations, frontend, operations | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There are use cases that require to send reminders about problems on a monthly basis. Currently it's not possible to define step duration longer than 1 week in Actions -> Operations. This seems like an artificial limitation. Please lift this limit. |
[ZBXNEXT-5394] Add in item.get() API method ability to get maintenance status Created: 2019 Sep 02 Updated: 2019 Sep 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.12, 4.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | api, item, maintenance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Need ability to filter the items that are actively on maintenance status. (if item belongs to host that is in active maintanace or if there is corresponding tag for trigger with this item in expression and there is active maintanance for that tags) |
[ZBXNEXT-5669] Expose user session data in the API Created: 2020 Jan 03 Updated: 2020 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be useful to expose user session data in the API. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Jan 31 ] |
Not sure if it is a good idea to expose this information in API. Perhaps a better approach would be support of internal metrics or some user-level stats. |
[ZBXNEXT-1167] zabbix snmp monitor over tcp Created: 2012 Mar 28 Updated: 2023 Oct 24 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | pengyao | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | snmp, tcp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team A |
Description |
I have some application use snmp over tcp (like resin admin interface), I want to monitor it, but current zabbix is only support snmp over udp. what should i do? Thanks |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 01 ] |
My humble investigation : Zabbix (code checks_snmp.c:snmp_session) for IPv6 - UDP specified explicitly, for IPv4 - by default: #ifdef HAVE_IPV6 if (SUCCEED != get_address_family(item->interface.addr, &family, err, MAX_STRING_LEN)) goto end; if (family == PF_INET) zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "%s:%d", item->interface.addr, (int)item->interface.port); else { if (item->interface.useip) zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "udp6:[%s]:%d", item->interface.addr, (int)item->interface.port); else zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "udp6:%s:%d", item->interface.addr, (int)item->interface.port); } #else zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "%s:%d", item->interface.addr, (int)item->interface.port); #endif /* HAVE_IPV6 */ session.peername = addr; # man snmpcmd
Conclusion: |
Comment by Kester Allen [ 2013 Mar 01 ] |
Thanks, Oleksiy, Do you know when TCP transport will be released for Zabbix? |
Comment by Colo Host [ 2018 Apr 25 ] |
Did anything ever come of this? I've got a platform that can only be talked to via TCP. I can query it fine using snmpwalk tcp:ipaddress, but haven't found a way to get zabbix to talk to it, so I'm thinking I've run into this issue. |
Comment by Michael Mol [ 2019 Sep 27 ] |
I've started to run into this. I'm starting to see SNMP error statuses (via Wireshark) of "tooBig (1)". When I went to look at how to get the queries sent over TCP instead of UDP, I came across this. |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2023 Sep 21 ] |
Something like this can introduce tcp support: diff --git a/src/zabbix_server/poller/checks_snmp.c b/src/zabbix_server/poller/checks_snmp.c index f80b592ef99..452214eb295 100644 --- a/src/zabbix_server/poller/checks_snmp.c +++ b/src/zabbix_server/poller/checks_snmp.c @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ static zbx_snmp_sess_t zbx_snmp_open_session(unsigned char snmp_version, const c session.timeout = config_timeout * 1000 * 1000; /* timeout of one attempt in microseconds */ /* (net-snmp default = 1 second) */ if (SUCCEED == zbx_is_ip4(ip)) - zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "%s:%hu", ip, port); + zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "tcp:%s:%hu", ip, port); else zbx_snprintf(addr, sizeof(addr), "udp6:[%s]:%hu", ip, port); |
[ZBXNEXT-1214] "any snmp version" for discovery action condition Created: 2012 May 02 Updated: 2012 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | actions, networkdiscovery | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
it might be useful to provide "any snmp version" discovery action condition |
[ZBXNEXT-2841] Feature: Zabbix API *.get() calls to expand macros Created: 2015 Jun 05 Updated: 2020 Apr 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Lior Goikhburg | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 28 |
Labels: | macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently when using api .get() calls on items, triggres etc. the returned results contain raw (unexpanded) macros {$XXX}. This is meaningless outside of zabbix, and would be more useful if the results have the macros expanded. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Jun 05 ] |
Well, expanding macros is already supported for some API methods - e.g. for trigger.get(). |
Comment by Lior Goikhburg [ 2015 Jun 08 ] |
Which version does support that ? { "status": "0", "description": "{$COMPONENT} Status URI HTTP Code", "state": "0", "url": "", "type": "0", "templateid": "17983", "lastchange": "1433361132", "value": "0", "priority": "3", "triggerid": "17992", "flags": "0", "comments": "", "error": "", "expression": "{22975}=1" } |
Comment by Lior Goikhburg [ 2015 Jun 08 ] |
I'm particularly interested in having macros expanded in item keys, but having macros expanded in all object properties would be even better. |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Jun 08 ] |
zerthimon, regarding trigger.get() see corresponding API documentation and watch out for "expand*" method parameters. I understand that there might be a custom need to get macros of item key parameters resolved. Anyhow, from my personal pov this should probably not be part of this method. Such a edge case is likely better covered by resolving it in the custom application if needed. |
Comment by David [ 2015 Jun 16 ] |
I disagree, knowing what the macro value was at the time of data collection is very useful, particularly if it has ever been changed. Also, if you are archiving data elsewhere, the expanded key is more useful than a macro. I assume this is already being expanded in order to tell agents what the value is, can't this code be reused? From our testing, even host.get only returns expanded macros for macros set on the host, not ones inherited from templates. |
Comment by viktorkho [ 2015 Jun 30 ] |
In more wide case, it will be rigth to have possibility to "expand" macro's value in every place, where mocros can be used. Isn't it? What is the developers' reason to go in other way? |
Comment by Chris Christensen [ 2015 Oct 29 ] |
Agree (with David and viktorkho). There's also some precedent on external libs to try and manage this, like Zabbix2 Perl API client - and interesting note by the developers on this: "we are not expanding hostmacros or globalmacros, those are problematic". I think the implementation details of this are trapped inside the Zabbix application and should be properly supported via the API. |
Comment by Chris Christensen [ 2015 Oct 29 ] |
Another example of macro replacement challenges: https://github.com/alexanderzobnin/grafana-zabbix/pull/106 |
Comment by Aleksandrov Artyom [ 2016 May 17 ] |
It's may be really useful! In another case we should have expand method for every parameter which can has macros. For example there is no expandUrl method now but you can use macro there. |
Comment by Egon Burgener [ 2017 Mar 21 ] |
The same with tags results in trigger.get (selectTags set) |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Sep 11 ] |
might be worth listing where expansion would be desired. please correct and expand as needed. trigger.get explicitly allows 3 fields to be expanded already :
items :
hosts :
|
Comment by James Cook [ 2020 Apr 21 ] |
Hi Richlv, Were suffering a fair bit with this. We use user macros a lot to allow configuration in templates that is controlled per host for example in template for PgBouncer port monitoring we have ITEM NAME - PgBouncer Port - Status ({$APP.PORT.CONF.NUMBER:"PgBouncer"}:tcp) On specific hosts we just override the macro '{$APP.PORT.CONF.NUMBER:"PgBouncer"}' with another port such as 7432 which requires no template change to monitor PgBouncer on a different port. We also have some SLA reporting which uses Zabbix data and this is affected in the same way. It would be nice for the API to perhaps have an option (ExpandMacros) which would be non breaking and this would replace all macros where ever you can set them in the object (Item/Trigger/Hosts etc...) We try to use user macros everywhere we can to enable template flexibility across several clients as they all have different needs and configurations. Cheers James |
[ZBXNEXT-2815] Add possibility to invalidate 'passive' sessions Created: 2015 May 15 Updated: 2022 Jun 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Fernando Schmitt | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 12 |
Labels: | login, logout, sessions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS x64 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Say you have logged in many times using different browsers/machines, without logging out. You'll have all these sessions marked as active (status=0), but they are still valid. I'd like to invalidate previous sessions by having an option that will delete records from table sessions with my userid and status=0. Of course, this option must only be available for the current 'active' session (status=0). |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 May 16 ] |
In issue description you are wrong that status=0 means sessions marked as passive Correct is: 0, ZBX_SESSION_ACTIVE - session active 1, ZBX_SESSION_PASSIVE - session is not active |
Comment by Fernando Schmitt [ 2015 May 18 ] |
You are correct. Both sessions remain with status=0 (active). I can't edit the description, however. The correct description is the following: I'd like to delete all other active sessions with a sessionid different from my current one. I.e., force a 'logout' of a session I've lost the cookie. |
Comment by Fernando Schmitt [ 2015 May 21 ] |
Can you edit the description or should I create another issue? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 May 21 ] |
Your comment about corrections is enough. |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Nov 21 ] |
Fixed. |
[ZBXNEXT-2165] History API compress output sequence Created: 2014 Feb 19 Updated: 2014 Sep 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Mathew | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, history, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
PHP |
Attachments: | zabbix-compress-history-patch.txt |
Description |
The amount of data transferred by the history.get call can be quite overwhelming on network resources when transiting between remote locations and a central interface. This patch adds the ability to get the output compressed where values are the same, e.g itemid:1 clock:1000000: value:1 becomes when compressValues is supplied to the history.get call. This has drastically reduced out output sizes (from 100,000+ items per day in request) to 10-20 with the same or better resulting graphing quality. This patch does not impact any other features if this option is not provided. Could this be included? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 May 07 ] |
potential problems - what to do when values are missing ? what to do when values are slightly offset from the scheduled time (item scheduled every 30 seconds, values coming in at 14, 45, 13, 44 etc) |
[ZBXNEXT-1901] Add "status" to sort_field for maintenance.get() Created: 2013 Sep 10 Updated: 2013 Sep 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.8, 2.1.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | api, maintenance, sorting | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please move the generation of the maintenance status information from maintenance.php to api/classes/CMaintenance.php. The result will be the same, but more of the business code is in the API class then, it adds a little value to the API results and make_sort_header() will work as well. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Sep 16 ] |
Loosely connected to |
[ZBXNEXT-1139] Popup graphs in maps Created: 2012 Mar 02 Updated: 2016 Jun 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.9, 1.8.10, 1.9.9 (beta) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Charles Cooke | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | graphs, maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | map_popup_host_graph.patch | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
One of the tools we're looking to use Zabbix to replace is Weathermap, which produces some nice pop-up graphs on its map-equivalents. In order to keep that functionality, I implemented a quick and dirty method of linking graphs to nodes in a map (Currently only works for host nodes). All it does is parse URL fields looking like "GRAPH: something" and display the first graph matching "something" on the relevant host. This is good enough for our use, but I expect you'd want to think about the 'right' way to implement this functionality if you included it in a subsequent release. Screenshot (with obligatory typo, damnit) at http://granite.earth.gkhs.net/~ccooke/zabbix-popup-graph-1.png |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 May 09 ] |
quite similar to ZBXNEXT-150 |
Comment by Micha Slezak [ 2016 Jun 09 ] |
Here is nice page http://www.zabbix.com/development_services.php where on the bottom of this page is possibility to Contribute on specific feature. I think that it can be way how to promote some feature requests and to do something like crowdfunding on specific feature. Zabbix dev setup price and we can contribute on this feature I think it can be good way how to pay for each feature and to to pay whole development by one customer. |
[ZBXNEXT-4856] Add support for the preservation of historical data in Clickhouse Created: 2018 Nov 11 Updated: 2023 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Evgeny Molchanov | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 72 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I did not find in the search for an active issue, if you already have such a close. |
Comments |
Comment by Bart Verwilst [ 2018 Nov 11 ] |
I'm not sure wether Clickhouse or InfluxDB (or another TSDB) is more appropriate to store the historical data. |
Comment by Evgeny Molchanov [ 2018 Nov 11 ] |
Clickhouse is an opensource solution. https://clickhouse.yandex . The authors of the patch made a report at Zabbix summit 2018 - https://www.zabbix.com/zabbix_summit2018_agenda#day1_1325 advantages over elasticsearch are obvious. |
Comment by Mathieu CARBONNEAUX [ 2019 Jan 04 ] |
the bigest advantage of clickhouse.... is sql database ... outher timeseries or elasticsearch had her proper query language/api/interface... the advantage of clickhouse over the other solution is that very near to the original zabbix storage solution... sql... but with performance of a columnar database... and scalability (distributed and replicated)... and compression... they are coded in C++... are very fast in injection... the only difficulty is that not originaly support sql delete/update, work only on insertion and deleting partition to purge historical... but now it's possible https://www.altinity.com/blog/2018/10/16/updates-in-clickhouse |
Comment by Foxy Lady [ 2019 Nov 12 ] |
What is the status for this? Waiting for clickhouse support in Zabbix to use it in a new project! |
Comment by Hardway [ 2019 Nov 12 ] |
Actually the creator of the patch launched a new fork of zabbix |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2019 Nov 26 ] |
It would be great for Zabbix to adopt at least some of those principles (from glaber), to get some serious performance improvement and scale natively. Their presentation at 2018 summit was great and they archieved some great numbers. If only that could go back into Zabbix..
This sounds like a good plan for Zabbix 5.0 https://www.zabbix.com/roadmap#v5_0 |
Comment by Foxy Lady [ 2019 Nov 26 ] |
Support for TimescaleDB shows, that developers are open for better alternatives - it will be a very good step to let users choose their storage tec and support clickhouse or other systems! Do it, this will be a huge win for Zabbix!
|
Comment by Anton [ 2020 Feb 01 ] |
https://habr.com/ru/company/ua-hosting/blog/486540/ https://habr.com/ru/company/ua-hosting/blog/485470/
|
Comment by alex mol [ 2021 May 04 ] |
This is a must have for large setups. |
Comment by Marco Agostani [ 2023 Nov 22 ] |
we use clickhouse for netflow collection and is superfast. I think we give a try to glaber |
[ZBXNEXT-5119] Limit amount of simultaneous sessions per user Created: 2019 Mar 18 Updated: 2024 Mar 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | limits, sessions, user | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be great to have global/per user option which can limit amount of sessions per user. |
[ZBXNEXT-1527] cascaded/nested lld Created: 2012 Nov 28 Updated: 2024 Feb 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 106 |
Labels: | lld, nested | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
in some cases one-level lld is not enough. for example, one might want to discover all databases and then discover all tables for them, to monitor some statistic for all of them. this might be doable by creating some sort of "lld rule prototype", which could then cascade almost indefinitely (although i can't think of more than 2 level practical application right now) |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2014 Sep 26 ] |
Comment by Stefan [ 2014 Sep 26 ] |
i have an other example: to monitor Dell Equallogic Disks i need 2Querys, for example: actually i can only use SNMPINDEX and i get 563984362, but i need the last number too. so i must use .1.3.6.1.4.1.12740.3.1.1.1.8.1.{#SNMPINDEX}.1, a better will be .1.3.6.1.4.1.12740.3.1.1.1.8.1.{#SNMPINDEX1}.{#SNMPINDEX2} to get the second one, or other idea {#SNMPINDEX(2)} to get the last 2 numbers (563984362.1), or {#SNMPINDEX(#7)} to get a specific number (for #7 i will get 12740) |
Comment by Naruto [ 2016 Aug 18 ] |
Should this be closed? It's supported now. |
Comment by Raimo [ 2016 Aug 18 ] |
It is supported now? How? Can't find it in the documentation. |
Comment by Raimo [ 2016 Aug 19 ] |
Stefan Krügers approach above (.1.3.6.1.4.1.12740.3.1.1.1.8.1. {#SNMPINDEX1}. {#SNMPINDEX2}) is the way to go in my opinion. It is the most intuitive solution from a users perspective.... |
Comment by Naruto [ 2016 Aug 19 ] |
We are touching two different topics here, one is the built-in "discovery" keys, and another is the support for custom LLD rules. As Volker pointed out, custom nested LLD's are somehow already supported: http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/howto/Nested_LLD |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Aug 19 ] |
well, technically, the method you are using is nice & it works, but it is still a hack and not officially supported, so it would still be more like "adding support for nested lld" |
Comment by Naruto [ 2016 Aug 19 ] |
The complete structure of the discovered nested values is defined by the user on the template. Think in folders and labels. They are two different approaches. Gmail uses labels, no hierarchy. Filesystems use directories, that's a hierarchy. When you have already defined the hierarchy on the template side (for example, I'll use the "#DATABASE" macro for zabbix Applications, and "#TBL" for item names), there is no need to define the same hierarchy again on the JSON making side. Therefore the "labels" approach is the right approach. Each line of the JSON code must represent a combination of labels. But there is a problem with the current implementation of this feature. { "data":[ { "{#INSTANCE}" : "MSSQL$TEST_INST", "{#DATABASE}" : "DBA" }, { "{#INSTANCE}" : "MSSQL$TEST_INST", "{#DATABASE}" : "DBA2" }, { "{#INSTANCE}" : "SQLServer", "{#DATABASE}" : "SQL_SERVER_MONITORING" }, { "{#INSTANCE}" : "SQLServer", "{#DATABASE}" : "ORACLE_MONITORING" }, { "{#INSTANCE}" : "SQLServer", "{#DATABASE}" : "DBA" }, ] }
How I see the solution to this problem? Simple, we don't need errors here; the user knows what he's doing; just don't try to create an item that is already created, in the first place. I can admit that that first request was weird, I know it, but it could be useful in some scenarios, having a list of unique values across many "containers". The question is, what is the purpose of attempting to create something that was already created? There was already an item created for "SQLServer", then why is Zabbix trying to perform the same action again? It makes no sense. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Aug 23 ] |
i wouldn't say this is supported. |
Comment by Naruto [ 2016 Aug 23 ] |
Hi, richlv, I know, right, that's why I'm opening this discussion about this feature, it's in an inconsistent state right now. It doesn't work well in one way or another. We need to define this, right now. What is the way to go, and how. To me, it's pretty clear and easy. Just read my comment above, as I said there, labels is the way to go, and no hierarchy. Let the hierarchy in the user's mind, he knows what he's doing. Otherwise you'll end up having to give support to things like this: { "data": [ { "{#INS}": "MSSQL$TESTE_INST", "{#INL}": "TESTE_INST", "data": [ { "{#DBS}": "DBA" }, { "{#DBS}": "DBA2" } ]}, { "{#INS}": "SQLServer", "{#INL}": "SQL Server", "data": [ { "{#DBS}": "SQL_SERVER_MONITORING" }, { "{#DBS}": "ORACLE_MONITORING" }, { "{#DBS}": "DBA" } ]} ] } Which is a pain in the butt, for both, the user and the developer. |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Apr 18 ] |
Here's a usecase where the current hacks fall short. A script discovers JMX ports on a box and creates JMX items for each found JVM. Now, on each JVM one might want to have another level of LLD, but that is not possible - the JMX discovery would have to stem from the discovered items. The problem is that not all information can be gathered in one script and then sent to an LLD rule, different discovery methods/types have to be used. |
Comment by Stéphane Olivier [ 2018 Dec 18 ] |
Hi. I'm trying to understand the following sentence from https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/howto/Nested_LLD: "In a single go: You can implement the secondary rule with a trapper item of your choice, if possible connectivity-wise. Just invoke the trapping from your script" For me, trapper items have to be created so you can use zabbix_sender to send values. I don't see how to implement the second discovery rule with a trapper. Thx |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Dec 18 ] |
My interpretation: |
Comment by Stéphane Olivier [ 2018 Dec 18 ] |
There is one problem with a big json file which includes dbs and tables. ie: { "data": [ { "#DBNAME": "db01", "#TBLNAME": "tbl01" }, { "#DBNAME": "db01", "#TBLNAME": "tbl02" }, { "#DBNAME": "db02", "#TBLNAME": "tbl01" }, { "#DBNAME": "db02", "#TBLNAME": "tbl02" } ] } if you have an item property named db.size[#DBNAME] in your db LLD, you'll get duplicate keys. That's why i was not sure to have properly understood the sentence |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Dec 18 ] |
The script would send two different JSONs to two different rules, it's just that the data collection would happen once. |
Comment by Stéphane Olivier [ 2018 Dec 18 ] |
Data collection for both discovery rules would happen only once if you don't use "Zabbix agent" or "Zabbix agent (active)" as type for them else the script will be called twice. |
Comment by Jack Valko [ 2021 Apr 21 ] |
Here's another use case that really would make a nested LLD w/ host prototypes powerful. I'm managing a large Meraki installation on 3 continents. The only way to properly get data from devices is to use Meraki's API (snmpwalk wont scale and cant see devices behind a meraki appliance). Meraki devices are configured hierarchically --> Org/Network/Device. My Org discovery returns this: {['name':'Org Name','id':'1234567','url':'https://a-meraki-url.com/foo'}] I then want to discover networks so I create a host from the 'name' key and use it to discover networks. Once those networks are discovered I'd like to create hosts for those and start to discover devices. I can write an external script to do this but I'd like to do this natively within Zabbix and not have to shell out every time I discover. Nested LLD is about the only practical way to discover large groups of devices. |
Comment by dimir [ 2021 Aug 20 ] |
jackvalko, you might be interested in voting and following |
Comment by Stefan [ 2021 Aug 20 ] |
Sorry, but no we are not interested in other features we want this |
Comment by James Kirsop [ 2022 May 04 ] |
I outlined another use case for nested LLD here: https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/433212-cascading-lld-building-juniper-cos-items-on-interface-and-queue-indexes @palivoda can we get this request assigned to someone for review? |
Comment by Gustavo Guido [ 2022 May 26 ] |
The link https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/howto/Nested_LLD in pointing to https://www.zabbix.com/community, not to a particular doc, so I did not read it (sorry if Im saying something that is explained in that article) |
Comment by Gergely Czuczy [ 2022 Jun 27 ] |
This would also make it possible to more easily monitor nginx JSON status. The open module's format is here, it's an upstream/server nesting: https://github.com/nginx-modules/ngx_http_json_status_module And the commercial official API module also has some nesting: https://nginx.org/en/docs/http/ngx_http_api_module.html
|
Comment by Gergely Czuczy [ 2022 Jun 28 ] |
The Solr cluster status response is also a nested json: https://solr.apache.org/guide/6_6/collections-api.html#CollectionsAPI-clusterstatus $.collections.{collection}.{shard}.replicas.{replica} That's 3 levels of nesting. Without this feature, enterprises using solr cannot really utilize zabbix. It's pretty much like
|
Comment by Stefan [ 2022 Jun 28 ] |
maybe this feature can be funded by the community via https://bountysource.com/ ? |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2022 Aug 08 ] |
Improved filtering is another possible use case for this feature. For example, you would like to monitor SFP transceiver power status for a Cisco device. You can get all SFP modules via SNMP, e.g. port, serial, model, etc.: .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.2.311 = STRING: "Transceiver (slot:11-port:11)" .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.12.311 = STRING: "CISCO-AVAGO" .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.13.311 = STRING: "SFP-10G" Each module has different sensors, e.g. receive power, transmit power, etc. SFP module with 311 index has 5 different sensors: .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.4.10001 = INTEGER: 311 .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.4.10002 = INTEGER: 311 .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.4.10003 = INTEGER: 311 .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.4.10004 = INTEGER: 311 .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.4.10005 = INTEGER: 311 Sensor data (e.g. name, status, etc.) .1.3.6.1.2.1.47.1.1.1.1.2.10001 = STRING: "Ethernet11/11 Lane 1 Transceiver Receive Power Sensor" .1.3.6.1.4.1.9.9.91.1.2.1.1.3.10001.1 = INTEGER: 3 At the moment, you can discover sensors but can't use module related information as a filter. I.e. you can't monitor power sensors for "SFP-10G" modules only. |
Comment by Ben Hanson [ 2022 Sep 09 ] |
"Improved filtering is another possible use case for this feature" This is my motivator as well, though with a configuration/design use case rather than hardware discovery. We utilize Cisco gear and do port discovery of all of our switches. I currently filter based on port type and up/down status. There is an SNMP OID that uses the interface index that will report CDP neighbor name(s) (.1.3.6.1.4.1.9.9.23.1.2.1.1.6.{IFINDEX}.#) . Unfortunately, it has a trailing number after the index, and it also is only populated if a value is present. If the LLD could include this OID in discovery, then I could create one discovery rule for ports with a neighbor based on device name prefix, and a second for everything else. This would allow me to automatically assign triggers based on expected port type (uplink vs device, etc). So, the ability to include {IFINDEX} in a discovery label would be helpful. |
Comment by John Ivan [ 2022 Nov 11 ] |
Might be related. Using SNMP discovery to generate monitoring items based on a storage type. Presently I can have several discoveries run the same SNMP walk, each with a different discovery filter by storage type (scheduled to avoid concurrency that causes the discovery to time out). Seems to me this would be better with a master discovery (with no item prototypes) that is run once to return all storage types, then run dependent discoveries with preprocessing to match the storage type and generate the items. The dependent discoveries do not have to repeat the SNMP walk. This is similar to the existing feature where a Master Item run a command that returns multiple values and dependent items can preprocess those results without having to run the command again. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2023 Feb 03 ] |
ZBXNEXT-7527 asks to host prototypes nesting, which is very related to current case, but still a little bit specific. |
Comment by Craig Hopkins [ 2023 Feb 23 ] |
Nested LLD would definitely be useful for multi-lane optics. The OID looks like SNMPv2-SMI::enterprises.2636.3.60.1.2.1.1.6.{PORTINDEX}.{LANE} but there's no way currently (that I can find) within Zabbix to support this. |
Comment by LivreAcesso.Pro [ 2023 Jun 27 ] |
Where the info at http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/howto/Nested_LLD go? |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2023 Jun 27 ] |
https://web.archive.org/web/20171115143613/http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/howto/Nested_LLD The wiki is no more. |
Comment by Arthur Ivanov [ 2024 Feb 27 ] |
Another case for cascaded LLD is redfish API: /redfish/v1/Chassis/<ID>/Power/PowerSupplies/<ID> Currently, there is no way to enumerate Chassis and then Power Supplies within one template and http-agent. Supermicro: { "@odata.context": "/redfish/v1/$metadata#ChassisCollection.ChassisCollection", "@odata.type": "#ChassisCollection.ChassisCollection", "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis", "Name": "Chassis Collection", "Members": [ { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/1" }, { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/HA-RAID.0.StorageEnclosure.0" } ], "Members@odata.count": 2 } Lenovo: { "@odata.type": "#ChassisCollection.ChassisCollection", "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis", "Members": [ { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/1" }, { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/3" }, { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/4" } ], "@odata.etag": "\"2b1611aac39424e542c\"", "@odata.context": "/redfish/v1/$metadata#ChassisCollection.ChassisCollection", "Description": "A collection of Chassis resource instances.", "Members@odata.count": 3, "Name": "ChassisCollection" } Dell: { "@odata.context": "/redfish/v1/$metadata#ChassisCollection.ChassisCollection", "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis", "@odata.type": "#ChassisCollection.ChassisCollection", "Description": "Collection of Chassis", "Members": [ { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/System.Embedded.1" }, { "@odata.id": "/redfish/v1/Chassis/Enclosure.Internal.0-1:RAID.SL.3-1" } ], "Members@odata.count": 2, "Name": "Chassis Collection" } |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6982] Implement audit for trigger Created: 2021 Oct 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | Resolved |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||||||
Story Points: | 3 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6983] Implement audit for trigger prototype Created: 2021 Oct 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | Resolved |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 |
Story Points: | 4 |
Comments |
Comment by Roberts Lataria (Inactive) [ 2021 Dec 27 ] |
Implemented in development branch feature/ZBXNEXT-6983-5.5. |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6990] Implement audit for valuemap Created: 2021 Oct 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 |
Story Points: | 1 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-7123] Implement audit for User roles (API) Created: 2021 Dec 15 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | auditlog, roles | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 |
Audit log bulk operations performance improvements
(ZBXNEXT-6528)
[ZBXNEXT-6774] Performance improvements of host interfaces Created: 2021 Jul 12 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Specification change (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vladimirs Maksimovs | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401 | ||||||||
Story Points: | 5 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6960] Implement audit for frontend (Web scenarios) Created: 2021 Sep 29 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Specification change (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vladimirs Maksimovs | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 |
Story Points: | 2 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6987] Implement audit for map Created: 2021 Oct 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Janis Freibergs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | audit, auditlog, map | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||
Story Points: | 8 |
Comments |
Comment by Andrejs Griščenko [ 2022 Jan 18 ] |
Resolved in development branch feature/ZBXNEXT-6987-5.5. |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6984] Implement audit for graph Created: 2021 Oct 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 |
Story Points: | 3 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6988] Implement audit for task Created: 2021 Oct 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 |
Story Points: | 1 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-8351] Implement audit for frontend (Discovery rule) Created: 2023 Mar 16 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Specification change (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vladimirs Maksimovs | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||
Story Points: | 5 |
Audit log bulk operations performance improvements
(ZBXNEXT-6528)
[ZBXNEXT-6567] Performance improvements for trigger.create, trigger.update, triggerprototype.create, triggerprototype.update methods working with template triggers Created: 2021 Mar 17 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Specification change (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vladimirs Maksimovs | Assignee: | Vladimirs Maksimovs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team C |
Sprint: | Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401 |
Make audit log complete and reliable
(ZBXNEXT-6470)
[ZBXNEXT-6998] Implement audit for API host Created: 2021 Oct 13 Updated: 2024 Mar 26 |
|
Status: | In Progress |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Gregory Chalenko | Assignee: | Janis Freibergs |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Team: | Team C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 72 (Jan 2021), Sprint 73 (Feb 2021), Sprint 74 (Mar 2021), Sprint 75 (Apr 2021), Sprint 76 (May 2021), Sprint 77 (Jun 2021), Sprint 78 (Jul 2021), Sprint 79 (Aug 2021), Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022), Sprint 92 (Sep 2022), Sprint 93 (Oct 2022), Sprint 94 (Nov 2022), Sprint 95 (Dec 2022), Sprint 96 (Jan 2023), Sprint 97 (Feb 2023), Sprint 98 (Mar 2023), Sprint 99 (Apr 2023), Sprint 100 (May 2023), Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023), Sprint 106 (Nov 2023), Sprint 107 (Dec 2023), S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W8/9, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Story Points: | 10 |
[ZBXNEXT-9044] Change dashboard constants Created: 2024 Feb 26 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alex Kalimulin | Assignee: | Andrejs Griščenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Epic Link: | Zabbix 7.0 | ||||||||
Team: | Team A | ||||||||
Sprint: | S24-W12/13, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||
Story Points: | 2 |
Description |
|
[ZBXNEXT-6790] Save item error with "Check for not supported value" Created: 2021 Jul 20 Updated: 2023 Oct 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | Yurii Polenok | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | database, error, history, http, item, notsupported, odbc, preprocessing | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Please add ability to store in the history item error if item became not supported. The ability to save errors can be very useful in http, database monitoring and many other types. Thank you! |
Comments |
Comment by Yurii Polenok [ 2022 Jan 05 ] |
"Connection failed: WRONGPASS invalid username-password pair."
|
[ZBXNEXT-5918] Unable to add just one link using map.update Created: 2020 Apr 28 Updated: 2020 May 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | High |
Reporter: | Dhiman Das | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I am using Zabbix API and method map.update to add a link between 2 elements, its resetting / removing the other, already existing links between other elements is same map. Sharing a sample payload is like. I am using python's requests module. payload = { "jsonrpc": "2.0", "method": "map.update", "auth": token, "id": 1, "params": { "sysmapid": "46", "links": [{ "selementid1": "122", "selementid2": "119", "color": "ffff00", "label": "port:2049", "permission": 2 }, { "selementid1": "118", "selementid2": "121", "color": "ffff00", "label": "port:9092", "permission": 2 }], }, } |
[ZBXNEXT-6435] Ability to change secret macro by owner or superadmin Created: 2021 Jan 12 Updated: 2021 Jan 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently secret macros cannot be viewed in UI or corrected in case of typos. |
[ZBXNEXT-8557] implement API method "massupdate" for class "item" Created: 2023 Jul 10 Updated: 2023 Jul 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.19, 6.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix does not have such method for API, while, for example "host" class has it. Would be nice to have such method for "item" too. |
[ZBXNEXT-8443] API configuration.export and dashboards Created: 2023 May 12 Updated: 2023 May 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.17, 6.4.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Ricardo Canani | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In version 5.0, 'screens' was a valid 'options' parameter for API method 'configuration.export'. https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/5.0/en/manual/api/reference/configuration/export Since version 5.4, screens have been replaced by dashboards, so 'dashboards' should be supported by 'configuration.export' method as a valid 'options' parameter.
|
[ZBXNEXT-5998] New Macro - {ITEM.ERROR<1-9>} Created: 2020 Jun 02 Updated: 2020 Jun 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.30, 3.0.31, 4.0.20, 4.0.21, 4.4.8, 4.4.9, 5.0.0, 5.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Diego Henrique Stammerjohann | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, I need a new macro to improve readbility of a problem generated by a HTTP Agent. {ITEM.ERROR<1-9>}So in the trigger description I can put the exact error that ocurr when the URL return an error code different from 200: Response code "503" did not match any of the required status codes "200" |
[ZBXNEXT-6403] Support for trigger tags macros parse via API Created: 2020 Dec 16 Updated: 2021 Jun 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.27, 5.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | zhangqi | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | api, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce: Parse tags macros in trigger.get method, for example add expandTags property. Result: |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2020 Dec 21 ] |
Could you please provide use case/s for this feature? |
Comment by Mateusz Berkieta [ 2021 Jun 01 ] |
Hello
I have the same need and I can provide the use case. We use lld to discover some data. Each discovered subject consists of several information's which are then created as items. Then all items are used to create one trigger. One item goes to trigger subject (name) and the rest are added as tags.
We have an umbrella monitoring system which gets all active triggers along with hosts and especially hosts groups. We want to present data in tags in separate attributes (columns) in our umbrella system.
I hope that this explains the use case |
[ZBXNEXT-6205] Add more control on macro precedence in templates Created: 2020 Sep 22 Updated: 2020 Sep 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Pascal Uhlmann | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | macro, template | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The documentation https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/config/macros/user_macros explains how Zabbix resolves macros. In most cases this may be sufficient. But sometimes one needs more control to define the precedence of macros defined in templates. Example situation:
So I think it's important to add the ability to have more control on it. One option could be adding a priority to macros defined in templates. Default will be "0" which would result in the current behaviour. If one sets a macro's priority >0 the one with the highest priority should have precedence. |
[ZBXNEXT-7897] Maintenance status with Zabbix API Created: 2022 Aug 02 Updated: 2022 Aug 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Steve DESTIVELLE | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2022-08-02-11-37-39-534.png |
Description |
Hi,
is it possible to add the maintenance state (expired, active) in the Zabbix API maintenance.get query ?
Best regards,
Steve Destivelle
|
[ZBXNEXT-7103] API problem.get property to skip Dependent Problems Created: 2021 Dec 07 Updated: 2021 Dec 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Victor Breda Credidio | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
When using the problem.get API call, it displays all the problems, including those that are hidden in the frontend as dependent problems. This request is for a property of this call that can easily display all the problems as in the frontend, excluding those that are hidden. Something like skipDependent works with triggers. |
[ZBXNEXT-8663] Allow trigger dependencies for trigger prototypes discovered for a host to have dependencies added via api Created: 2023 Aug 30 Updated: 2023 Aug 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | James Cook | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any Zabbix Version |
Description |
The scenario is where you have two templates with discovery rules assigned to a host. The discovery rules discover triggers on the host and they are defined as discovered triggers allocated to the host. A discovered trigger (T1) from discovery rule (D1) needs to have a dependency on the a discovered trigger (T2) from discovery rule (D2). However through the front end or api add a dependency for the discovered trigger (T1). What would be nice is just like you can enable/disable the discovered triggers directly on the host, that you can also add dependencies. When updating the trigger prototype perhaps there would be an option 'keep/clear dependencies' which would not clear dependencies for existing discovered triggers. In our case we have discovered an oid '.1.3.6.1.4.1.12356.101.4.8.2.1.3.XXX' (fgLinkMonitorState) and have a trigger when the link status is active/inactive, along with an oid '.1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.19.XXX' (Duplex Status - Duplex Status) and have a trigger when the link duplex is half-duplex. The condition is when the link is down the status defaults to half-duplex which will cause the duplex status trigger to fire, where as if we could put a dependency in place between the two discovered triggers it would not fire. We use automation to put dependencies in place which is based on rules/queries so this would not be an issue for us. |
[ZBXNEXT-8498] API method interface: change bulk to combined Created: 2023 Jun 13 Updated: 2023 Jun 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.4rc1, 7.0.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Andrey Tocko | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The interface method for API still has a "bulk" option in detail of interface for 6.4 and 7.0. Consider changing to "combined". Alias to bulk could stay for compatibility. |
[ZBXNEXT-8352] Add support to MS Azure SCIM requests with the flag Created: 2023 Mar 16 Updated: 2023 Apr 12 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.0, 7.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Elina Pulke | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||
Team: | Team C |
Description |
In MS Azure when special flag is added to SCIM URL, some requests are sent in different format. Need to provide support for these requests. |
[ZBXNEXT-5979] Ability to post JSON code snippets into a Web form Created: 2020 May 23 Updated: 2020 May 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | API (A), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Victor Sudakov | Assignee: | Alexander Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | api, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
As many Zabbix administrative tasks such as batch addition of hosts etc is most convenient via the JSON API, there should be a possibility to paste JSON code snippets directly into a Web form of the frontend interface, like it is done in the AWS management console. This would eliminate much of the unnecessary hassle with curl, wget, web authorizations etc. You just prepare a JSON screnario, copy and paste it into the form and press "Execute." |
[ZBXNEXT-8261] ARM64 virtual appliance Created: 2023 Feb 08 Updated: 2023 Feb 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.13, 6.2.7, 6.4.0beta6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | appliance, arm64 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It is not possible to install virtual appliance or use existing one on ARM64 systems. |
[ZBXNEXT-4519] Cannot bind ldap server: authentication failed Created: 2018 Apr 24 Updated: 2023 May 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.15 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Zhou Zhenhua | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
zabbix was installed on centos 6.8, needs to bind ldap server from Windows server 2008 R2 Enterprise |
Attachments: | ldap conect test script.png zabbix.png |
Description |
Our zabbix component was installed on centos 6.8, we need to bind ldap information from Windows server 2008 R2 Enterprise. We could get user accounts from Windows server, but cannot bind ldap server in zabbix, it said unable to bind to server, invalid credentials, login name or password is incorrect. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2018 May 10 ] |
do you use any special characters in login name or password? |
Comment by Andrew Twemlow [ 2018 May 29 ] |
Have you tried it without ldap:// for the LDAP host, we don't have that in our working configuration. |
Comment by Damian Ferrari [ 2019 Jun 13 ] |
I have same problem with Zabbix Server 4.2.3 and AD in Windows 2016. I've tried many times with all recommended parameters but no luck. Connection test from PHP script works. |
Comment by Dave Johnson [ 2022 Mar 09 ] |
At a small risk that I am missing something here, as I am really brand new to zabbix, so I apologize upfront if I stir the pot. Still, I reckon that this is probably the right thing to do as Microsoft has shifted to requiring using channel signing to attach to ldap now (using certificates). I felt the need to interject as I had to go through and generate some certs for linux machines (via sssd) and some apps (including postgres) to use ldaps and have the cert with private key authenticate into our AD. This is the method we use for querying AD when you are not joined in the domain. The certs need to be setup in AD to allow secure LDAP / AD access to the records in AD. Here are some additional notes on Microsoft getting people to migrate towards ldaps for years: In Aug 2019, Microsoft released "Microsoft Guidance for Enabling LDAP Channel Binding and LDAP Signing": That post includes the following link: Some documentation I refered to that helped me create the certs and perm them in AD: I saw this recent post, which may help too (I didn't use this, looks to be more for AD "auth use"): == Now with the above said, can Zabbix: a) authenticate against ldap with a certificate? (more universal and probably recommended) Again there is a small possibility I have this wrong as I am new to zabbix, but from what I read here and currently understand, zabbix "should" have a proper way of authenticating into AD using a cert, right? |
[ZBXNEXT-5681] docker images requires root permission Created: 2020 Jan 10 Updated: 2020 Jan 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | dakol | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce: create container without root permission from one the image provided by https://www.zabbix.com/container_images docker container create --user 5000 or in Openshift (which execute container with a "arbitery" user id) Result: /etc/nginx Expected:
|
[ZBXNEXT-4012] Nested Host Group Support in Screens Created: 2017 Aug 01 Updated: 2024 Jan 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Travis Truttschel | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | frontend, screens, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix Hyper-V Appliance |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
When under: Monitoring -> Screens, adding a "Host Group Issues" element and setting the "Host Group" field to be a parent group of several nested groups, the "Host Group Issues" dialog will not display issues or status of any host belonging to a nested host group within the parent. For example, given the host groups: Servers If you select Servers as the Host Group, nothing within Chicago or Dallas will be included. This also applies to the Trigger Info element as well as possible others. This would be a very useful feature for being able to create screens that list a general overview of an entire group of nested groups. |
[ZBXNEXT-8117] SSH Created: 2022 Nov 22 Updated: 2022 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Epic | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Reinald | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Epic Name: | SSH password |
Description |
Liebes Tem,
wir haben von einem anderen Unternehmen den zabbix Server eines Kunden übernommen. Jetzt muss hier verschiedenes angepasst werden wie z. B. Passwörten für den SSH Zugang auf Switches. Daher die Frage, ob Zabbis auf Switches zugreifen kann, die per SSH und Passwörtern geschützt sind und wo wir diese Passwörten einstellen können. Danke für die hilfe im voraus.
Mit freundlichen Grüßen TKI-Systeme Reinald Krüpper |
[ZBXNEXT-5613] Provide ready virtual appliance images for vSphere enabled hypervisors Created: 2019 Dec 04 Updated: 2020 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.28, 4.0.15, 4.4.3, 5.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | esxi, vmware | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||
Epic Link: | DEV-680 |
Description |
Hello, Current vmdk images should be converted before import in vSphere hypervisors: It takes time to convert and import such images. Regards, |
[ZBXNEXT-2510] bugs install zabbix ovf in the esxi5.1 Created: 2014 Oct 14 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | liuzhong | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
DELL R910 with esxi5.1. |
Description |
it easy to download and install the ovf in the esxi. but i found a question. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Oct 14 ] |
appliance does have yast installed - you have to launch executable yast2. does that help ? |
Comment by liuzhong [ 2014 Oct 14 ] |
@richlv thanks for your help . |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Oct 14 ] |
i verified that both yast and yast2 executables are available in the 2.2 appliance. |
Comment by liuzhong [ 2014 Oct 14 ] |
i have read the guide site many times .such as submit to the forum. |
Comment by liuzhong [ 2014 Oct 14 ] |
OK i will try another time with the iso. |
[ZBXNEXT-8484] Allow importing .ovf Appliance images in VMware Created: 2023 Jun 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | READY TO DEVELOP |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Tomass Janis Bross | Assignee: | Jurijs Klopovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team B |
Sprint: | Sprint 101 (Jun 2023), Sprint 102 (Jul 2023), Sprint 103 (Aug 2023), Sprint 104 (Sep 2023), Sprint 105 (Oct 2023) |
Description |
There have been many reports over the years from Zabbix users in the forums, as well as many reports from companies evaluating Zabbix, that the Zabbix Appliance .ovf images cannot be imported to VMware due to a variety of different errors. It would be great if we could make the Zabbix appliance .ovf format images work in VMware. |
[ZBXNEXT-8430] Unable to integrate Zabbix instance with Service new UTAH instance Created: 2023 May 03 Updated: 2023 May 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.17 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Prashanth Shalamath | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
[ZBXNEXT-8431] Unable to integrate Zabbix instance with Service new UTAH instance Created: 2023 May 03 Updated: 2023 May 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Appliance (L) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.17 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Low |
Reporter: | Prashanth Shalamath | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | agent | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Dev |
Attachments: | Screenshot 2023-05-03 at 4.10.57 PM.png |
Description |
Unable to integrate Zabbix environment with Service UTAH versions, Getting below error while testingMedia type test log00:00:00.000 [Debug] [ ServiceNow Webhook ] Sending request: https://gianteagletest.service-now.com/api/now/table/incident {"short_description":" {ALERT.SUBJECT}","description":"{ALERT.MESSAGE}","comments":"{ALERT.MESSAGE}"}00:00:00.011 [Warning] [ ServiceNow Webhook ] ERROR: Error: cannot get URL: SSL connect error. |
[ZBXNEXT-6843] Zabbix integration with Prometheus Alertmanager Created: 2021 Aug 20 Updated: 2023 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Aleksandre Sebiskveradze |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Kubernetes/Prometheus |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Please provide official integration out of the box for Prometheus AlertManager: alerts/items//triggers/hosts/groups. |
[ZBXNEXT-2726] error for snmp LLD rule: "Invalid SNMP OID: cannot parse expression." Created: 2015 Feb 24 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.5.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Victor Bashkirov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 6.5 |
Attachments: | Screen1.jpg Screen2.jpg Screen3.jpg |
Description |
Problems with CONFIGURATION OF DISCOVERY RULES.Errors "Invalid SNMP OID: cannot parse expression." In version 2.4 all items normally detected. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Feb 25 ] |
According to https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.0/manual/introduction/whatsnew300#multiple_oid_support_in_snmp_discovery But I could not find in documentation (especially on upgrade 3.0 notes) any information that old syntax (just OID) is not supported.
https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.0/manual/installation/upgrade_notes_300 Spec says:
https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/specs/ZBXNEXT-1554 I believe we have to:
|
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Feb 25 ] |
(1) also, as we started to use special syntax for OID - why we didn't perform OID syntax check similarly to item key ? |
Comment by Victor Bashkirov [ 2015 Feb 26 ] |
Thank you Oleksiy. All made in the instructions. Began to work. Good modification. Previously, there was no access to the documentation 3.0. |
Comment by Victor Bashkirov [ 2015 Feb 27 ] |
The OIDs to discover are defined in SNMP OID field in the following format: discovery[{#MACRO1}, oid1, {#MACRO2}, oid2, …,]. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Feb 27 ] |
sure, but as zalex noted, there are some potential improvements in the documentation and the frontend |
[ZBXNEXT-9040] JS code inheritance/code reuse across items/templates (script item, preprocessing) Created: 2024 Feb 26 Updated: 2024 Feb 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.25, 7.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please provide a way to define user JS functions/methods which can be reused across items/templates. For example AWS template uses several items, which has code duplicates for AUTH process, such approach complicates a lot template creation, since if you have 10-20 items with several same function, and you need to modify it or add - you need to modify all items manually once again. |
[ZBXNEXT-6845] Long running queries from frontend on history tables + High CPU usage on DB host same time Created: 2021 Aug 20 Updated: 2022 Sep 15 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.14, 6.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Elina Kuzyutkina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS: v7.9 |
Attachments: | 05.zip | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 80 (Sep 2021), Sprint 81 (Oct 2021), Sprint 82 (Nov 2021), Sprint 83 (Dec 2021), Sprint 84 (Jan 2022), Sprint 85 (Feb 2022), Sprint 86 (Mar 2022), Sprint 87 (Apr 2022), Sprint 88 (May 2022), Sprint 89 (Jun 2022), Sprint 90 (Jul 2022), Sprint 91 (Aug 2022) |
Description |
Frontend can generate queries like
Bitmap Index Scan on _hyper_*_chunk_history_str_1 (cost=0.00..2307.05 rows=95986 width=0) (actual time=14.939..14.940 rows=92213 loops=1)
Index Cond: ((itemid = ANY ('{....,...,....}'::bigint[])) AND (clock > XXXX))
i.e. postgres splits a set of itemids and performs parallel scanning by index (itemid,clock) Starting from a certain amount of itemid in condition postgres stops using this index and uses Index Cond: (clock > XXXXX) and [already in parallel] Filter: ((itemid = ANY (....) It works much longer. ~2sec with index (itemid,clock) against ~170sec with index (clock) As solution options: |
Comments |
Comment by Edgar Akhmetshin [ 2022 Jun 20 ] |
As solution options: 1.tuning postgres for forced use of the index (SET enable_seqscan = OFF) SET example is a session only and will not help for a running daemon. If your table is big and data distribution is irregular, raising the default_statistics_target may help. ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... SET STATISTICS X; https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/runtime-config-query.html#RUNTIME-CONFIG-QUERY-CONSTANTS |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2022 Sep 15 ] |
Partially fixed in |
[ZBXNEXT-6719] Add ability to discover triggers inside LLD rule without item prototypes/dependent items Created: 2021 Jun 10 Updated: 2021 Nov 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | LLD, Triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Example: you have a log file that is constantly updated, each line is information about the status of a specific task, the line contains a number of information by which you can identify the task and its status. Through the lld discovery rule, you can define all tasks by receiving a list from an external system. However, you cannot create 1 template/host level item with the log and LLD triggers for tasks that can be in a file without creating dependent items or item prototypes. Would be nice to have such option. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2021 Jun 15 ] |
Sounds like ZBXNEXT-3527, doesn't it? |
[ZBXNEXT-8824] Add option to inherit parent host tags for the child hosts created from host prototype with ability to add/modify/change additional tags Created: 2023 Nov 08 Updated: 2024 Feb 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0.0alpha8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Alex Kalimulin |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | grafik.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Use case: parent host is added from the CMDB with tags, all child hosts discovered from the LLD prototype on this host should have same tags. |
[ZBXNEXT-8126] Suppress recovery and update notifications during maintenance for problem started before maintenance Created: 2022 Nov 30 Updated: 2022 Nov 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.11, 6.2.5, 6.4.0beta4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Case: Please add checkbox like: |
minor, but incompatible changes for 2.0
(ZBXNEXT-419)
[ZBXNEXT-417] rename configuration parameters Created: 2010 Jun 19 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Some configuration parameters are badly named. This is an umbrella issue for listing planned incompatible changes to configuration parameters. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2010 Jun 19 ] |
Should rename CacheSize to ConfigCacheSize or ConfigurationCacheSize. Same should be done with CacheUpdateFrequency. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2010 Sep 27 ] |
There is AlertScriptsPath, but ExternalScripts. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2010 Oct 08 ] |
Maybe rename StartPollersUnreachable to StartUnreachablePollers? |
[ZBXNEXT-3507] Dynamic Templates Created: 2016 Oct 20 Updated: 2016 Oct 24 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Radek Lisowski | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | dynamic-templates.png zbx_export_templates_os_disk.xml |
Description |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Oct 20 ] |
feature requests are in general expected to ask for a specific thing. could you please clarify what would be the exact functional need here ? |
Comment by Radek Lisowski [ 2016 Oct 24 ] |
I will try in next few days to create an example how I would see that implemented. |
[ZBXNEXT-3273] new action condition for internal events - "Error message like/not like" Created: 2016 May 09 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.17, 2.2.12, 3.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | actions, conditions, internalmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Such condition could be used for various cases, first of all for trigger based internal events. Together with |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 May 09 ] |
Some inconveniences with internal events monitoring described in |
[ZBXNEXT-214] Adding ifHCInOctets and ifHCOutOctets (at least) to special OIDs Created: 2010 Jan 28 Updated: 2013 Apr 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Afonyashin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | snmp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 5.3, x86, Zabbix 1.8.0 |
Description |
At http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/1.8/manual/advanced_snmp some special OID are described. Since hi-speed links are widely used, it's worth to add ifHCInOctets (.1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.6) and ifHCOutOctets (.1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.10) to special OID list in Zabbix. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
that page says "Some of the most used SNMP OIDs are translated automatically to a numeric representation by Zabbix" apparently support for automatic translation of those two mibs would have to be added in server/proxy ? seems to be ZBX_MIB_NORM part in src/zabbix_server/poller/checks_snmp.c |
[ZBXNEXT-2493] Program flow charts of Zabbix processes Created: 2014 Oct 04 Updated: 2014 Oct 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability, workflow | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I think that having individual flow process charts of Zabbix processes and possibly other work flows as well would greatly improve understanding and developing Zabbix.
Although this would probably need a significant initial invest. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Oct 05 ] |
Hmm, since there is software available that can easily produce very high quality control flow graphs (beside other awesome stuff, btw) based on existing source code, this ticket is probably of low interest to developers. From a (non programming skilled) user perspective it might be more valuable to have just "simple" flow diagrams than program equivalent control diagrams. So, possibly rather a community task... |
[ZBXNEXT-9036] During maintenance with data collection, internal actions are triggered for items that have changed their status to unsupported due to the data collection Created: 2023 Nov 30 Updated: 2024 Mar 14 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Team: | Team A | ||||
Sprint: | Roadmap Backlog | ||||
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Also there is no condition to take into account problem suppression. Expected: |
[ZBXNEXT-1606] a way to use multiple lld rules for same key Created: 2013 Feb 02 Updated: 2021 Jul 22 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sergey Pyatin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 31 |
Labels: | aliases, lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Is there a way to add a new low-level discovery rule that uses the same key as another rule? I want to add a separate filesystem detection rule for filesystems on one machine with specific checks for them (using another filter regex), but currently I cannot create a rule that uses the 'vfs.fs.discovery' key - zabbix throws the following error: ERROR: Cannot add discovery rule Is there any way to bypass that? |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Feb 03 ] |
keys must be unique per host. try changing rule key slightly - for example, vfs.fs.discovery[] |
Comment by Sergey Pyatin [ 2013 Feb 03 ] |
i'm try it: |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Feb 03 ] |
indeed, that's not supported. will move to feature requests |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jun 20 ] |
we could simply allow empty parameters, but that would not be very optimal - discovery would be run separately for each rule. a proper solution would be to allow an lld rule to "attach" to another lld rule. in that case 'attached' rule would not run any item key itself, but whenever the 'originating' rule would get a value, it would be passed to all attached rules. usecase - on some network interfaces we want to monitor availability and traffic only, on others we also want to include errors and discards, yet on others - traffic separated by unicast, multicast, broadcast. multiple lld rules would overload the network device. |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Oct 13 ] |
Somewhat connected: |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Nov 18 ] |
The topic also was discussed in I cannot find where exactly, but we discussed also usage of an "alias" zabbix agent config parameter. edit: I found the issue I mentioned above (thanks Rich ), it's |
Comment by Dmitry Samsonov [ 2014 Apr 03 ] |
Just a workaround: system.run["n=1 zabbix-agent -t vfs.fs.discovery | sed -re 's/vfs.fs.discovery\s+\[s\|// ; s/]$//'"] system.run["n=2 zabbix-agent -t vfs.fs.discovery | sed -re 's/vfs.fs.discovery\s+\[s\|// ; s/]$//'"] system.run["n=... zabbix-agent -t vfs.fs.discovery | sed -re 's/vfs.fs.discovery\s+\[s\|// ; s/]$//'"] Or as a UserParameter: UserParameter=vfs.fs.discovery.multi[*],zabbix-agent -t vfs.fs.discovery | sed -re 's/vfs.fs.discovery\s+\[s\|// ; s/]$//' vfs.fs.discovery.multi[1] vfs.fs.discovery.multi[2] vfs.fs.discovery.multi[...] |
Comment by Christian Reizlein [ 2014 Sep 18 ] |
Dmitry Workaround would work, but you have to also rename FSNAME/FSTYPE to something like FSNAME2/FSTYPE2 so item prototypes wont get duplicate keys (at least FSNAME which is used) system.run["n=2 zabbix-agent -t vfs.fs.discovery | sed -re 's/vfs.fs.discovery\s+\[s\|// ; s/]$// ; s/FSNAME/FSNAME2/g'"] But also, my main problem now is that you have to know "zabbix-agent" location, which is not always the same on all our hosts... so its not working |
Comment by Arli [ 2014 Oct 28 ] |
It also applies to trapper items that include discovery macro. For example if I have multiple LLD rules to put together a list of jobs and one source that reports the status of those jobs, it would be nice to be able to create just an item with key: job_status[{#JOB}] for all the different LLD rules. |
Comment by Todd Ebersviller [ 2015 Feb 18 ] |
I agree this would be nice. On Windows you can use a hack like this: That'll allow the second LLD to run still using vfs.fs.discovery. You could use the same type of hack for the item if that's a duplicate. In my case I just used pused since I was using pfree on the other template. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2015 Oct 28 ] |
No news ? I hope this feature in Zabbix 3.0... |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Oct 28 ] |
mma, it's not on the roadmap yet. The probably quickest way to get it there is considering (co-)sponsoring development. |
Comment by Oren J [ 2016 Mar 20 ] |
I have another comment to the little powershell script,
this is in case the buffer size of the powershell script it not large enough to contain the output, this is example of a server with 15 mapped luns. Hope this help. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 May 23 ] |
|
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Nov 23 ] |
Indeed, |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Nov 23 ] |
I'd agree, but after the |
Comment by Vladimir Silin (Inactive) [ 2017 Jan 27 ] |
While |
Comment by pfoo [ 2019 Jan 15 ] |
Should this really be closed ? I feel like this should be fixed either by allowing argument in discovery (vfs.fs.discovery[*]) by default in agent, or even better, fixed server side. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2021 Mar 30 ] |
Agree with pfoo ,this is a workaround, not a fix. Moreover, there are no possibilities to update all agents to add an alias like this. |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2021 Jul 22 ] |
Just putting my two cents on this issue in agreement. When building for example Windows Service discovery, one might want two seperate templates. One template for all the "default" Windows service we want to monitor on EVERY Windows host and application templates that are different PER host. Then there's the application (Application name example Solahti) which might run something like the following services:
Now if you want to add these in your discovery rule, but you want to keep the default you'd need to use the filter macro's. But that means you have to override this for every single host that runs this application. You don't want to do that. Besides your defaults might change as well, so that means you need to maintain seperate macro's to not interfere with the defaults. It's also not possible to do several templates, as macro's don't transfer between templates on hosts, so it needs to be host level...
The real solution is having a service.discovery key on a host multiple times coming from different templates. The only way to achieve that is with something like service.discovery[application 1] and service.discovery[application 2]. Definitely a must have to further automate setups. |
[ZBXNEXT-8925] Set PHP 8.0 as minimum version in Zabbix 7.0 Created: 2024 Jan 08 Updated: 2024 Mar 06 |
|
Status: | Doc. sign-off |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Installation (I), Packages (C) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta1, 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Vladishev | Assignee: | Jurijs Klopovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | requirements | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Sprint: | Product delivery backlog, S2401 |
Story Points: | 0.125 |
Description |
Set PHP 8.0 as minimum version in Zabbix 7.0 Support for Frontend and Server will be dropped in:
|
Comments |
Comment by Eliza Sekace [ 2024 Jan 26 ] |
Implemented in development branch feature/ZBXNEXT-8925-6.5 |
Comment by Eliza Sekace [ 2024 Jan 26 ] |
Implemented in 7.0.0beta1 (master) f881b5aae8e |
Comment by Marianna Zvaigzne [ 2024 Feb 02 ] |
Documentation updated (7.0):
|
[ZBXNEXT-9032] Unify PostgreSQL naming for Zabbix components Created: 2024 Feb 21 Updated: 2024 Feb 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.25, 6.4.11 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Igor Gorbach | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Naming difference: Package names:
SQL scripts path:
Frontend database type definition parameter: $DB['TYPE'] = 'POSTGRESQL'; The naming should be unified - use a well-known abbreviation (pgsql) or full software name (postgresql) everywhere, but not both namings in different places. |
[ZBXNEXT-8053] The word "Graph" is missing from the documentation Created: 2022 Oct 19 Updated: 2022 Oct 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.8, 6.0.9, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 6.4.0alpha1, 6.4.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Yaron Shahrabani | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The word "graph" is missing before the word "item". |
[ZBXNEXT-3777] Central management for PSK and identities through the gui Created: 2017 Apr 05 Updated: 2020 Jul 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Wolfgang Alper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 3.2 and above |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Starting with Zabbix version 3.0, one can encrypt communication between zabbix server/proxies and agents/cmd tools using a PSK. This requires a unique identity string per host. When using different PSK/Identities, it would make management more easy, if there would be a central place to mange the identies and have a sort of dropdown or similar to select those unassigned identities within the host configuration. Also, currently one can setup the same identity with different PSKs across multiple hosts, which is a misconfiguration. Maybe there could be a check to warn the user if an identity already exists, but with a different PSK (or maybe an internal item that checks for integrity). Currently, the only way to get an overview for used identities is to query the database: select h.host, h.tls_accept, h.tls_psk, h.tls_psk_identity from hosts as h where h.tls_psk_identity != '' |
Comments |
Comment by Wolfgang Alper [ 2017 Apr 05 ] |
One note: The Server log shows a misconfiguration. Example: |
[ZBXNEXT-8187] "Hosts and host groups" page has insufficient information Created: 2023 Jan 04 Updated: 2023 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Needs documenting |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.43, 4.0.44, 5.0.30, 6.0.11, 6.0.12, 6.2.5, 6.2.6, 6.4.0beta4, 6.4.0beta5 |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.13rc1, 6.2.7rc1, 6.4.0beta6, 6.4 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Natalija Burisina (Inactive) | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team D |
Sprint: | Documentation backlog, Sprint 96 (Jan 2023) |
Story Points: | 1 |
Description |
The information provided on "Hosts and host groups" page is scant and, therefore, needs to be updated. Although, there is a link leading to the page on how to configure a host, it could be useful to add a note that "a host must belong to at least one host group. A new group can be created and linked to the host group by adding a non-existing group name." Suggested in typo reports: This should explain what host groups are and how they can be used. There's a lot of functionality here which links user access to hosts, notifications, maintenance, etc. which can be confusing for users to figure out on their own. |
[ZBXNEXT-3822] Rename "event correlation rules" to "problem correlation rules" Created: 2017 Apr 24 Updated: 2017 Apr 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | eventcorrelation, tags | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Introduction of Monitoring->Problems in 3.2 had a goal of hiding such technical and internal terms as "trigger" and "event" from end users. ZNXNEXT-104 introduced Close problem option for acknowledgement. And yet, Configuration->Event correlation uses old "event" word. It will be good for consistency and clarity to rename "Event correlation" to "Problem correlation", because only PROBLEM events are actually correlated. Same goes about correlation rule conditions and operations. "Old/New event tag" -> "Old/New problem tag", etc. "Close old/new event" sounds wrong. "Close old/new problem" is more correct and more descriptive. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Apr 24 ] |
I'd argue "Problem" should be rather renamed to something more appropriate, as many use cases of Triggers do not refer to a problem at all. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Apr 25 ] |
Also maybe worth changing "old" to "existing". |
[ZBXNEXT-3531] Create "Howtos" section in documentation Created: 2016 Nov 11 Updated: 2019 Oct 18 Due: 2016 Dec 30 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Epic | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Vladimir Silin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Name: | "Howtos" in documentation |
Sprint: | Sprint 20 |
Description |
This task covers creation of "HowTos" section in https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.4/playground/playground/howtos and includes the following subtasks included/linked below:
|
Comments |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2017 Feb 02 ] |
All sub-tasks done. Review required. |
Comment by Vladimir Silin (Inactive) [ 2017 Feb 24 ] |
Please assign linked issues for content review. |
[ZBXNEXT-3155] Dropbox for selecting screen disappear in screen view Created: 2016 Feb 18 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Juan | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
On the top right corner on 2.4.6 we use to have a dropbox to change between screens. Now that dropbox is no longer there. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 19 ] |
See http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/bug_reporting_guidelines |
Comment by Juan [ 2016 Feb 19 ] |
@zalex_ua I did discuss this in the IRC and I was told to open a issue since the dropbox is actually missing. In the whats new doc you point I see the entry "Map, screen and slide show listings can now be filtered by name." But I dont see anywhere saying you were getting rid of the dropbox. I see that you don't see this as bug but perhaps It could be a "Feature request" to be able to change between screens in a faster way ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Feb 19 ] |
indeed, as a minimum removal of the dropdown should go in the upgrade notes... |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 20 ] |
Now there is a well noticeable link "All screens" instead of the drop down. I don't think at makes much sense to document every "new pixel" of reworked 3.0 interface. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Feb 21 ] |
that's slightly downplaying removal of a dropdown calling it a "new pixel" |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2016 Feb 21 ] |
ok ok, reopened .... |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Feb 23 ] |
...also here's an example of it done properly for the 2.4 latest data changes |
[ZBXNEXT-1977] Allow JMX Host interfaces to have a username and password. Let jmx items inherit it. Created: 2013 Oct 23 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Jeff MacDonald | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | interfaces, jmx | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The idea is that in some cases all of your JMX items might use the same authentication data. In other cases it might use different ones. It would be nice if when you define a JMX host interface you could supply a master username and password for it which was assigned to all jmx items for that host interface. Then when defining an item for said interface you could tell it to either have its own username and password or for it to inherit the u/p of the interface. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 23 ] |
What would be the benefit in comparison to using user macros? |
Comment by Jeff MacDonald [ 2013 Oct 24 ] |
Intuitive-“ness” I guess. Also, can Macros be used anywhere on an item or only within the item keys and descriptions as per docs at https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.0/manual/config/macros/usermacros or perhaps JMX username / password need added to the list on the above url? jeff. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 24 ] |
It's indeed not documented but user macros are supported in JMX based items for user name and password. |
Comment by Corey [ 2014 Jan 14 ] |
Marc, my understanding is that macros are global to the host so if you're monitoring multiple processes via JMX they couldn't have separate credentials. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jan 15 ] |
Not sure what you mean but I thought about a scenario like this: Global Item 1 gets either global or host/template level common value Item 2 gets either global or host/template level alternate value Item 3, gets individual value on item level Item 4 gets either global or host/template level common value for 2nd interface and so on... |
[ZBXNEXT-2338] Allow HOST.* macros to be used in HTTP Proxy for Web scenarios Created: 2014 Jun 10 Updated: 2022 May 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Tim Koopman | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | httpproxy, macros, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I have create templates for monitoring our proxy servers but found one thing I could not do on the template. I have had to define 2 web scenario's on each host as you cannot use macros like {$HOST.CONN} in the HTTP proxy fields of a template web scenario. If you add this feature, it would means you can define template web scenarios to test http proxies are actually working. In my case can get a valid page via proxies and get blocked message when trying to access something that should be filtered. I have 12 proxies to monitor so had to create 24 individual web scenarios instead of just 2 if this is available. |
Comments |
Comment by Tim Koopman [ 2014 Jun 10 ] |
Had typo above. {$HOST.CONN} should of been {HOST.CONN1}. For now I am using custom macros added to each host but still would be nice if the standard {HOST.CONN<1-9>}macros would also work. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 10 ] |
(1) If it's indeed supported, then this page should be adjusted (footnote #6) : I mean that support of macros for http proxy is not listed there. martins-v Added to https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.2/manual/appendix/macros/supported_by_location#footnotes. RESOLVED. zalex_ua I see that 2.4 branch also has been updated. Reviewed, CLOSED. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 10 ] |
Tim, your idea is interesting, but it's definitely not a bug. |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Jan 30 ] |
Why not just using the macro type MACRO_TYPE_HTTPTEST_FIELD instead of MACRO_TYPE_COMMON? --- src/zabbix_server/httppoller/httptest.c.orig 2015-01-29 10:15:02.119787911 +0100 +++ src/zabbix_server/httppoller/httptest.c 2015-01-29 10:15:55.721793291 +0100 @@ -831,8 +831,8 @@ } httptest.httptest.http_proxy = zbx_strdup(NULL, row[11]); - substitute_simple_macros(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &host.hostid, NULL, NULL, - &httptest.httptest.http_proxy, MACRO_TYPE_COMMON, NULL, 0); + substitute_simple_macros(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &host, NULL, + &httptest.httptest.http_proxy, MACRO_TYPE_HTTPTEST_FIELD, NULL, 0); httptest.httptest.retries = atoi(row[12]); |
Comment by Ender [ 2015 May 19 ] |
add Affects Version/s: 2.4.5 |
Comment by James Cook [ 2022 May 03 ] |
Tried adding {HOST.CONN}into HTTP Proxy setting for Web Scenario and still see it cant be done in V5.4.X |
[ZBXNEXT-2197] make "tcp" default for net.tcp.service and net.tcp.service.perf Created: 2014 Mar 12 Updated: 2014 Mar 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | simplechecks | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently there is no default "service for net.tcp.service and net.tcp.service.perf item keys. given that 'tcp' is a placeholder for basic port check, it is the best suited one to be the default |
[ZBXNEXT-9019] Add explanation to documentation about "Disabled" host behavior Created: 2024 Feb 14 Updated: 2024 Mar 21 |
|
Status: | Done |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 6.0.29rc1, 6.4.14rc1, 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Minor |
Reporter: | Karlis Salins | Assignee: | Karlis Salins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Sprint: | Documentation backlog, S24-W8/9 | ||||
Story Points: | 0.75 |
Description |
Please add documentation about how "Disabled" host works. Currently it is very limited to "Disabled" - not monitored. Something like this should suffice: For active checks - Zabbix agent receives configuration every two minutes by default, that means as soon as new configuration is received with the host being disabled, agent stops monitoring active checks. In the time interval (<2 min) that happens before Zabbix agent understands that it no longer needs to monitor something, the server will just reject the incoming data. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2024 Feb 15 ] |
One more details makes sense to add to doc is: |
Comment by Marianna Zvaigzne [ 2024 Mar 20 ] |
Documentation updated: |
[ZBXNEXT-8647] Update in instructions documentation for mongodb template Created: 2023 Aug 18 Updated: 2023 Aug 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Facundo Vilarnovo | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For a MongoDB server that is in a cluster versus a single node, different user permissions needs to be added to view metrics. If the user permissions for the single node are created on a cluster, then it will get Unauthorized errors. Please consider adding this to the template instructions: For cluster: db.createUser( {user: “zbx_monitor”,pwd: “************”, roles: [{ "role": "clusterMonitor", "db": "admin" },{ "role": "readAnyDatabase", "db": "admin" }], } ) For single node: db.createUser( {user: “zbx_monitor”,pwd: “************”, roles: [{ "role": "readAnyDatabase", "db": "admin" }], } ) Regards.- |
[ZBXNEXT-9008] Using Operational data as LAST value. Created: 2024 Feb 02 Updated: 2024 Feb 28 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.11, 7.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Roman | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | items, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Work values |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: Expected: Also no need to store values in db, because i need only last values. |
Comments |
Comment by Roman [ 2024 Feb 08 ] |
Please fix it in the next versions. |
Comment by Edgar Akhmetshin [ 2024 Feb 09 ] |
https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/en/manual/config/items/item
By design. No bug here. Only inventory value will be populated with Do not keep history.
Moving this issue to a feature request. |
Comment by Roman [ 2024 Feb 12 ] |
Is duplicated by |
Comment by Roman [ 2024 Feb 13 ] |
I'm not saying it's a bug. I suggest reducing the load and so on, if you use Operational data for the last values, then accessing the database is not required. |
Comment by Roman [ 2024 Feb 13 ] |
I ask you to raise the priority of the task to critical. |
[ZBXNEXT-6683] Missing Absolute Time reference on the general DOC Created: 2021 May 26 Updated: 2021 Aug 23 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Screenshot from 2021-05-26 10-53-42.png |
Description |
On the below page there is no mention of the new "absolute time" function, could be nice add here some details. I have check on the latest data graphs and seems to work well |
[ZBXNEXT-7795] Inconsistent Web UI form with documentation Created: 2022 Jun 11 Updated: 2022 Jun 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | MArk | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | consistency, frontend, functions, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Web and official documentation |
Attachments: | image-2022-06-10-19-05-44-032.png image-2022-06-10-19-08-50-684.png |
Description |
Official documentation includes the countunique() function within the "History function". When using the "expression" wizard for trigger creation at Zabbix's frontend, we see the same countunique() function as an "Aggregate function". It seems to me that the Aggregate group of functions is more adequate to the actual meaning of this function. |
[ZBXNEXT-7500] Split DB user for 3 different users Created: 2022 Feb 16 Updated: 2022 Feb 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Installation (I), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For easier debug and security it will be nice to split zabbix DB user for 3 different users:
First two can be easily created by changes in documentation and default configuration files.
|
[ZBXNEXT-7057] Add on tagging documentation {TRIGGER.ID} macro support Created: 2021 Nov 14 Updated: 2022 Sep 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.6, 6.0.0alpha6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Rodrigo P | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | documentation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | trigger-tag.PNG |
Description |
On Zabbix it's possible to use {TRIGGER.ID} macro on trigger tags. It's not explicit on documentation at this moment. Please add on specific documentation section the possibility to use {TRIGGER.ID} tags among with the others already there: The following macros may be used in trigger tags:
https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/6.0/manual/config/tagging#macro_support |
[ZBXNEXT-6832] Item prototype as custom multiplier Created: 2021 Aug 11 Updated: 2022 Jul 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.14, 5.4.3, 6.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Konstantin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | itemprototype, items, multiplier | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix server 5.0.1 |
Attachments: | Снимок.PNG |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: Expected: |
Comments |
Comment by Konstantin [ 2021 Aug 11 ] |
Also it will be useful if Untis can be taken also from item prototypes. The reason is here http://www.circitor.fr/Mibs/Html/C/CISCO-ENTITY-SENSOR-MIB.php#SensorDataScale http://www.circitor.fr/Mibs/Html/C/CISCO-ENTITY-SENSOR-MIB.php#SensorDataType
I collect this items and use value mapings. But cannot use it as much as possible. |
Comment by Edgar Akhmetshin [ 2021 Aug 12 ] |
Hello. ZNX moved to a ZBXNEXT feature request. Please vote for it. |
Comment by dimir [ 2021 Aug 24 ] |
Coming from https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/406653-custom-multiplier-macro-in-expression#post429651 |
[ZBXNEXT-4890] DBSyncer configuration - how much can a single process handle Created: 2018 Nov 29 Updated: 2020 Jul 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Stefan | Assignee: | Vladislavs Sokurenko |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team A |
Description |
Hello, https://ma.ttias.be/startdbsyncers-zabbix/ |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Dec 01 ] |
Largely depends on the performance of DB server, obviously. And also depends on the number and complexity of your triggers. |
[ZBXNEXT-8361] Better documentation for vmware.vm.property Created: 2023 Mar 23 Updated: 2023 Mar 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Norbert Püschel | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | VMware, documentation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
documentation / VMware |
Description |
The VMware interface includes the simple check vmware.vm.property. Unfortunately, there is no documentation whatsoever on what the "property path" parameter looks like. I could not find any example anywhere, neither by Zabbix nor by VMware. Please add examples and / or links to VMware with a list of supported properties. |
[ZBXNEXT-8376] Documentation shows wrong unit for vmware.vm.guest.memory.size.swapped Created: 2023 Mar 30 Updated: 2023 Mar 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Grooverman | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Documentation appears as follows:
Stating that the metric is in Kilobytes. However, in practice, and in the official templates the unit used it Bytes. It affects old and newer versions: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/en/manual/vm_monitoring/vmware_keys
|
[ZBXNEXT-8523] We need a '{HOST.PROXY}' macro Created: 2023 Jun 22 Updated: 2023 Jun 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Proxy (P), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | LivreAcesso.Pro | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | actions, lld, macros, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I need a macro regarding the proxy issued to a host. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2023 Jun 23 ] |
Are {PROXY.DESCRIPTION} and {PROXY.NAME} not enough? |
Comment by LivreAcesso.Pro [ 2023 Jun 23 ] |
No. I need the IP address of the Proxy host. It will be useful for functions like `Trigger URL`, by example. |
Comment by LivreAcesso.Pro [ 2023 Jun 23 ] |
`{PROXY.CONN}' can be a good name, too. |
[ZBXNEXT-6153] Please add guidance on how to best modify/tune official templates Created: 2020 Aug 21 Updated: 2020 Aug 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Matthew Steeves | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I've searched through the documentation looking for guidance on how to best modify Official templates. I wasn't sure if I should be copying the template, and modifying the copy, or if I should just modify the original. And then, what happens when an updated version is released? How do I maintain my modifications but also update the template to the most recent version? Below are excepts of existing documentation talking about the need to tune templates, and how to upgrade them, but none of them answer my above questions. Section 12 - performance tuning Installation -> Template Changes Downloading the latest templates from the Zabbix Git repository; Then, while in Configuration → Templates you can import them manually into Zabbix. If templates with the same names already exist, the Delete missing options should be checked when importing to achieve a clean import. This way the old items that are no longer in the updated template will be removed (note that it will mean losing history of these old items). Quick Start -> 6 New Template More information about templates is available. Configuration -> Templates out of the box -> Overview Configuration -> Templates out of the box -> Zabbix agent template operation Git repo - Template readme.md |
Comments |
Comment by Dmitrijs Lamberts [ 2020 Aug 24 ] |
Moved to Feature request |
[ZBXNEXT-3552] Correlation of Events based on location or group Created: 2016 Nov 15 Updated: 2017 Feb 04 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Saumyajit Pramanik | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | actions, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 7.1 |
Description |
Hi, Is there any fusibility to correlate similar kind of events based on location or group. Suppose, there is a Network failure in one region & getting several Device Down alerts. But without raising multiple Device Down alerts, only a correlated alert (having info about all affected nodes) can be triggered. Thanks. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Nov 15 ] |
Considering that this ZBXNEXT starts with a question, it looks more like a support request. For that, please refer to https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Getting_help . If there is any specific feature you would like to see in Zabbix, please reopen. |
Comment by Saumyajit Pramanik [ 2017 Feb 04 ] |
Need a feature to correlate similar kind of events based on location or group |
[ZBXNEXT-3543] Compose "Network discovery" section of "HowTos" Created: 2016 Nov 11 Updated: 2019 Oct 20 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Vladimir Silin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Link: | "Howtos" in documentation |
Sprint: | Sprint 1, Sprint 22 |
Story Points: | 7 |
Description |
Compose Network discovery section of HowTos with the following pages:
providing quick manuals and solutions for the objectives stated in the headers. |
Comments |
Comment by Vladimir Silin (Inactive) [ 2016 Dec 01 ] |
Ready for review. |
[ZBXNEXT-2210] Add note about backward Zabbix agent compatibility. Created: 2014 Mar 18 Updated: 2014 Mar 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Oleg Ivanivskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | compatibility | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The "Version compatibility" page (https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.2/manual/appendix/compatibility) doesn't contains any notes about backward agent compatibility (e.g. "old" Zabbix server 2.0 supports "new" Zabbix agents 2.2). Please improve our documentation and add this note. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 18 ] |
we have never officially supported that and we don't test that. maybe the opposite should be added - that is, such a combo not being officially supported |
[ZBXNEXT-6575] Tag also Beta releases in Github Created: 2021 Mar 22 Updated: 2023 Jul 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Christian Anton | Assignee: | Alexey Pustovalov |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
any |
Description |
I would be quite happy to see also the beta releases tagged in Github. Currently, only the "stable" releases are getting tags and thus it is for example not possible to build docker containers from a specific beta version using the official build scripts, and not going directly to trunk. I consider beta releases to be a bit more stable than trunk. I suppose trunk receives no quality assurance at all, so might be completely broken, but beta releases have some kind of pre-checking. I have several small Zabbix'es which I would use to test betas, but not possible to build containers without quite some effort. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2021 Mar 29 ] |
I see beta and rc tags here: https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix/tags Could you elaborate on the issue? When you are pulling, do you specify --tags, e. g.: git pull --tags |
Comment by Jurijs Klopovskis [ 2021 Mar 29 ] |
Presumably this is about zabbix-docker repo on github. |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2021 Mar 29 ] |
We prepare only trunk builds. Release candidates, alfa versions and beta versions are not released as docker images. |
Comment by Jurijs Klopovskis [ 2021 Mar 29 ] |
We do build packages for alfa, beta & rc in master though. The only exceptions are release candidates in stable branches. Is it feasible to the same for docker as well or is too much work? |
Comment by Matej Spiller Muys [ 2023 Jul 03 ] |
I would also like to make tags as release on github so it is easier to monitor for new releases via Watch releases (only releases can be watched not tags). There is empty list: |
[ZBXNEXT-9031] CRC functions to compare strings Created: 2024 Feb 21 Updated: 2024 Mar 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | LivreAcesso.Pro | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | CRC32, cksum, hash, strings | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix don't have any hash function available to help strings comparison. Changes can only be detected if historical data is available. Weak hashes, like cksum, is enough for limited length string data. |
Comments |
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2024 Feb 22 ] |
Do you mean trigger functions? Can you please provide examples? |
Comment by LivreAcesso.Pro [ 2024 Mar 15 ] |
This one, but for any value, like .regsub(): vfs.file.cksum[/etc/passwd,sha256]
|
[ZBXNEXT-9096] Remove experimental flag from PDF reporting Created: 2024 Mar 21 Updated: 2024 Mar 26 |
|
Status: | IN DOCUMENTING |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master) |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Trivial |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Marianna Zvaigzne |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Link: | Zabbix 7.0 |
Team: | Team D |
Sprint: | S24-W14/15 |
Story Points: | 0.125 |
Description |
It is time to make PDF reporting officially supported by removing warnings about experimental nature of this functionality from the documentation. |
[ZBXNEXT-8648] Zabbix Integration with Azure Managed MS SQL Instance Created: 2023 Aug 21 Updated: 2023 Aug 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.19 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Sarang | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We can see the documentation for Zabbix integration with Azure(https://www.zabbix.com/integrations/azure). We would like to integrate Azure Managed MS SQL Instance with Zabbix. As per the document, there are 2 types of integration/options available for MS-SQL Instance, 1) Azure Microsoft SQL Serverless Database by HTTP 2)Azure Microsoft SQL Database by HTTP. Can you please confirm which integration/option should be preferred for Azure Managed MS SQL Instance(out of 2 options)? |
[ZBXNEXT-7943] Missing info and examples on how to specify certain Windows Event logs Created: 2022 Aug 25 Updated: 2022 Aug 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Documentation (D) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Medium |
Reporter: | Matthew Steeves | Assignee: | Martins Valkovskis |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I wanted to monitor a Windows Event log: "Microsoft-Windows-Windows Firewall With Advanced Security/Firewall" I wasn't sure how to specify the name correctly. I went to the Zabbix Windows event log documentation page. The provided examples only dealt with the "classic" event logs, like "Application" or "System". From my research, you are supposed to use the file on disk, but with the "%4" replaced with '/'. To summarize, the documentation would be improved by: 1) Clarifying whether quotes are required when the log name contains spaces 2) Clarifying whether the agent expects the actual file name, or the name shown within the Event Viewer GUI (which is often the tool people will be using to view the logs, and so naturally may think the logname displayed within it is the one to use) 3) Adding an example where the item key is using a newer-style Windows Event log Thanks! Matt
|
[ZBXNEXT-8698] Frontend to Server communication encryption Created: 2023 Sep 12 Updated: 2023 Dec 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.21, 6.4.6, 7.0.0alpha4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Frontend communicates with Server without encryption (tasks, history.push, etc...), this makes installation with dedicated Frontend/Server insecure and non-compliant to such things like PCI-DSS. Provide the way to configure encryption between Frontend and Server. |
[ZBXNEXT-8720] Trigger Prototype: Add mass update for the current status ,apply on all hosts Created: 2023 Sep 21 Updated: 2024 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Cesar Inacio Martins | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | template, triggerprototypes | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | trigger prototype.feature request.png |
Description |
We have a ton of hosts with a template, where we have made a lot of adjustments, disabling few triggers on the template, where these triggers already have been created on the hosts. However, there is no way to force on one command to mass update all hosts which use this template to enable/disable one or more trigger. This behavior isn't compatible with the "template" idea, where you should have a unique point of maintenance and which is they propose, write on the documentation : Request of new feature : Two options for implementation: 1) add two more buttons: "Enable current" , "Disable current" , which will enable or disable all the status of the triggers selected on all hosts where theses prototypes were used. 2) do the same, but into with the option into the "mass update" screen.
|
[ZBXNEXT-7986] Compose trigger URL for popup using data when event created Created: 2022 Sep 21 Updated: 2022 Sep 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Roman Rajniak | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
On Dashboard or on Problems page we using popup on problem.name link to redirect on proper URL composed from item , when event was created. We need compose trigger URL with values when the event was created, like it is prepared in Trigger.name or in Operational.data fields or TAG values. Till now for popup link Trigger URL can use only last item value and not original value. If Trigger URL can use TAG value from prolem/event , we can prepare that value using regsub before popup is builded in GUI, Or zabbix need to create new field like opdata in evens but for URL in problems. |
[ZBXNEXT-7655] Provide HANodeName with dynamic value like UID (ISO/IEC 9834-8 and as ITU-T X.667) and automatic node cleanup Created: 2022 Apr 28 Updated: 2024 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4rc1, 6.2.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
HA implementation requires HANodeName to be set manually, such behaviour requires additional handlers/steps to use in cloud/container environments. Also current HA is mostly stateless, if node is gone it should be removed until appeared once again. |
[ZBXNEXT-4293] Set trigger for the end date field of the HW warranty in the inventory Created: 2017 Dec 22 Updated: 2018 May 27 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Carlos Eduardo do Nascimento | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | frontend, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Capturar.PNG HW expiry item.PNG HW expiry trigger.PNG |
Description |
Set trigger for the end date field of the HW warranty in the inventory. |
Comments |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Jan 02 ] |
This can be done already with the existing functionality.
|
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2018 Feb 19 ] |
Closing, as solution to the problem is proposed. If the problem is still present, please, reopen the issue. |
Comment by Carlos Eduardo do Nascimento [ 2018 May 27 ] |
Ok, porém de onde você está coletando o vencimento da garantia do Hardware? Não seria mais fácil, coletar esta informação do inventário? Em vez de popular o inventário automáticamente, esta informação é populada manualmente, e usa esta informação para gerar alertas no próprio zabbix. Is not it easier to collect this inventory information? Instead of populating the inventory automatically, this information is populated manually, and uses this information to generate alerts in zabbix itself. |
[ZBXNEXT-5159] Do we have any monitoring template for BigSwitch Cloud Fabric Monitoring? Created: 2019 Apr 02 Updated: 2019 Apr 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Jai P Sharma | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Do we have any monitoring template for BigSwitch Cloud Fabric Monitoring? Unable to find any... so help. |
[ZBXNEXT-5116] Services - allow use time period selector Created: 2019 Mar 18 Updated: 2022 Feb 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Cesar Inacio Martins | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, At the services page, today we have the option to filter by period and this filter is very limited. I would like to request an improvement for this filter. Preferable for a customizable filter just like the problems filter where we can set the period from / to . The reason for this is to allow for this page to become more useful for the IT manager. Today my manager request to report every month the availability of our databases, this page perhaps not generate any report could be a perfect solution for me where I get a print from the page, but to keep the track of the exact month to generate the report I have no option unless open it on the last day of the current month and use "this month" period, if I lost this moment I have no way to get this information again. I would like to use the "Time period select" there.
|
[ZBXNEXT-4439] Dramatically improve usability of screens (dashboards) Created: 2018 Mar 21 Updated: 2021 Aug 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Marc Schoechlin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
From a usability perspective the implementation of screen in zabbix is really improvable. Zabbix should quickly improve the following things:
|
Comments |
Comment by Ben Hanson [ 2018 Nov 02 ] |
I didn't give up on Cacti/RRD/MRTG until I learned how maps, screens, graph prototypes and LLD all worked together(which took way to long to discover). I didn't think screens were of any value until I started mapping and stumbled on the "host screens" context menu item on a map. At a minimum, the host screens should be exposed on the screens page, similarly to how host graphs are exposed on the graphs page. Would be as straightforward as adding a "host screens" item to the drop down(Screens, Host Screens, Slide shows), then implementing a host screens filter, again, methodology ripped straight from graphs. |
Comment by Michel van Son [ 2020 Feb 03 ] |
https://www.zabbix.com/roadmap The screens functionality will be merged with the dashboards and the screens themselves will be made obsolete. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 May 26 ] |
Screens are made obsolete in Zabbix 5.4. Shall we close this ticket? |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2021 May 26 ] |
No, in my understanding Host Screens are now called Host Dashboards. With Zabbix 5.2 a important feature of regarding host dashboard functionality is broken (ZBX-18831). |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 May 26 ] |
scoopex, understood, let's keep it open then! |
[ZBXNEXT-3596] Vector graphics for graphs Created: 2016 Dec 08 Updated: 2024 Feb 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 21 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Team: | Team A |
Sprint: | Sprint 4, Sprint 5 |
Description |
It would be great to implement vector graphs for much better flexibility and quality of rendering for different screen resolutions. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Mar 06 ] |
If this implementation renders the Graph in the Web browser engine on client side, then it would be nice if already fetched values get cached. Fetching only missing item data promises to significantly reduce the volume to be queried from the database - what is a weak spot of Zabbix right now. At least when having many users and dashboards resp. screens. |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2018 Mar 29 ] |
Hi Guys, what happened to the this implementation for 4.0? https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6364418508109021184 |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2021 Jul 30 ] |
@dimitri, That's a screenshot from a dashboard so that works. But definitely would be great to see Latest data and Monitoring Hosts with vector graphs as well! |
Comment by Ryan Eberly [ 2024 Feb 03 ] |
This is highly needed now that the vector graph for dashboards has been around for a while |
[ZBXNEXT-5164] We need a macro that returns unixtime, to use in HTTP item request/header Created: 2019 Apr 03 Updated: 2023 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | akihiro ito | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I would like to monitor AWS using HTTP agent items. A get request to AWS requires the "StartTime" :, "EndTime": parameters. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ja_jp/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_GetMetricData.html
Macros can be used for the Request body parameter of the HTTP agent. In order to make a request to AWS periodically with HTTP agent, it is necessary to specify the data period to be acquired by Unixtime, not fixed Request body. Future or past of specified number of seconds |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2022 Jul 13 ] |
Note that function fmttime() can be used to format output of {TIME} and {DATE}. |
[ZBXNEXT-5117] allow custom time period selector Created: 2019 Mar 18 Updated: 2019 Mar 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Cesar Inacio Martins | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | filters, frontend, period, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Capturar.JPG |
Description |
After migrating my Zabbix from version 3.x to 4.x the time filter selector on graphics and problems become a pain. The idea is good but the options are a mess, very confusing pre-set filters and a great resource was removed which is the "window navigation". My suggestion for improvement is : 1) Allow customizing the options shown, this way we can get better use of them. This should be allowed at system scope and allow to override at user profile. The idea is a screen where show all options with the period rule at the front and then allow to edit the description and the rule.
2) The "window navigation" option still exists but it works only over the same period selected. In the ZBX v3.x , where there a ruler to set the period filter have options to navigate the window in other space of time, like "1d", this way if I'm looking for a behave in a graphic between 00h-03h and want to check how was the behave of this graphic at the same period one, two, three days ago, isn't possible I need to edit manually the filter which is painful. So, my suggestion here is at the same customizable screen requested above, allow to create quick window navigation :
|
[ZBXNEXT-8964] Audit trigger dependencies Created: 2024 Jan 19 Updated: 2024 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 7.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Rodrigo da Silva Montes | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Audit trigger dependencies is not supported yet, but it's a very important feature that is needed to know who is creating or removing dependencies between triggers. |
[ZBXNEXT-8930] Add item tag filtering for Svg Graph Created: 2024 Jan 10 Updated: 2024 Jan 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.10, 7.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Ryan Eberly | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be very useful to allow for item tag filtering for the Svg Graph widget. In one of my setups we have a lot of layers of information that can be presented in many aggregated or individual views. In one case, we have a processing flow that contains many processes and those processes contain many threads. We monitor the CPU usage of specific threads to identify which host, flow, process and thread is the cause of backpressure. For these items we have really long names in this format: CPU Usage - <flow> - <process> - <thread> A name like the one above is very difficult to read and understand in the Svg Graph. It would be much better to be able to set the title of the graph widget with the values of <flow> <process> and <thread> and just have the name "CPU Usage" show up in the legend or hintbox along with the host.
I have plenty of other examples, if you need them, but I think this is a necessary change for the Svg Graph widget as more visualization features are added to Zabbix in the upcoming 7.0 release.
|
[ZBXNEXT-8812] Item Pattern "Select" in Graph Widget Makes Browser Unresponsive Created: 2023 Nov 02 Updated: 2023 Nov 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.23, 6.4.8, 7.0.0alpha7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Ryan Eberly | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I use Zabbix to monitor a high performance computing environment. The environment is comprised of clusters of many hosts that perform similar functions in parallel. For this reason, there are certain metrics that we monitor that are aggregated on the cluster-level instead of on a per host basis. In Zabbix we use a synthetic host to denote these cluster-aggregated metrics. For some of our clusters we have some synthetic hosts that have 20,000 or more unique items. Some hosts have 50,000 items. In these cases when you click the Select button in the graph widget and filter for one of these hosts the browser times out or becomes unusable. We need to introduce pagination in some form. I personally think this would be a good time to introduce pagination through scrolling (or infinite scrolling pagination). But any kind of pagination is fine as this will limit the amount of data returned to the user, and prevent browser crashing. |
[ZBXNEXT-6105] Bring back "Monitoring -> Web" or make "Monitoring -> Hosts" more useful in regards to Web Monitoring Created: 2020 Aug 04 Updated: 2020 Aug 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | Frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian 10 Buster amd64 |
Attachments: | Module.php manifest.json |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result & Explanation: So I now have the following work flow (as an example):
This is very counter-intuitive. |
Comments |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2020 Aug 13 ] |
If you want, I have a small workaround with my module https://framagit.org/zabbix-modules/add-web-in-menu |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2020 Aug 16 ] |
I'm so in love with you right now mma! That works so great, thank you! I tried myself, but I don't understand what I'm doing as: APP::Component()->get('menu.main') ->findOrAdd(_('Configuration')) ->getSubmenu() ->insertAfter(_('Hosts'),((new \CMenuItem(_('Items'))) ->setAction('items.php')) Always results in https:/ /FQDN/zabbix/zabbix.php*?action=*items.php I think instead of setAction it must be something like: ->setUrl(new CUrl('items.php'), 'items.php') But as I can only write Bash and PowerShell, and not JavaScript and PHP, I have no idea what I'm doing here. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2020 Aug 17 ] |
Hi starko, Your second suggestion was correct: APP::Component()->get('menu.main') ->findOrAdd(_('Configuration')) ->getSubmenu() ->insertAfter(_('Hosts'),(new \CMenuItem(_('Items'))) ->setUrl(new CUrl('items.php'), 'items.php')) |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2020 Aug 17 ] |
Hi vmurzins! Thank you very much for your response. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2020 Aug 17 ] |
Hi starko, My bad. I forgot to add "\" in my example. Here it is fixed: APP::Component()->get('menu.main') ->findOrAdd(_('Configuration')) ->getSubmenu() ->insertAfter(_('Hosts'),(new \CMenuItem(_('Items'))) ->setUrl(new \CUrl('items.php'), 'items.php') ); |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2020 Aug 18 ] |
I have added some modules-tips like that : https://framagit.org/zabbix-modules |
[ZBXNEXT-1704] Add sessionid to table "user_history" Created: 2013 Apr 11 Updated: 2014 Dec 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.15 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Cheng Chen | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | user_history | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Demand: Browsing one page in a same user with more than one place(example browser or real person), URL need to be different. |
Comments |
Comment by Erwin Vrolijk [ 2014 Dec 08 ] |
Just do not use a shared account in your case, but assign every machine/user you want to track an individual user. |
[ZBXNEXT-4301] Confusing status/feature colour Created: 2016 Nov 04 Updated: 2019 Mar 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | design, frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently Zabbix uses next colour for availability and features icons: It is good idea to use different colours for status and feature icons/labels. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Mar 17 ] |
This seems to be about the availability icons and the enabled/disabled links, is that correct? |
[ZBXNEXT-2894] Support linking host to existing hostgroup by hostgroup prototype Created: 2015 Jul 30 Updated: 2022 Feb 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | hostgroups, lld, prototype | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Add support to assign hosts created from Host Prototype to a potentially already existing normal hostgroup or existing hostgroup from prototype. |
[ZBXNEXT-7657] Add HA quorum and killswitch for database consistency protection Created: 2022 Apr 28 Updated: 2023 Apr 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4rc1, 6.2.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Example:
If link between DC for some reason fail more than silence interval for the HA node, each HA node will acquire DB as a primary and create two separate instances. Please add:
For example:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8008] Audit Logging Customization Created: 2022 Oct 01 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.9, 6.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Ryan Eberly | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The new audit Logging in version 6.0 is much improved but is incredibly costly in large environments Too many logs are generated, specifically during low level discovery. Over 6 days the database table grew to 22GB which is not sustainable, particularly when the Housekeeper runs. Moving forward the expansion of the audit logging needs the same configuration flexibility as the User roles do, allowing the ability to turn on and off specific audit Logging resource types. |
Comments |
Comment by dimir [ 2022 Oct 02 ] |
Related feature request ZBXNEXT-7829 |
Comment by Armands Arseniuss Skolmeisters [ 2023 Aug 22 ] |
The auditlog table's timescaledb compression and segmentation for Zabbix 7.0 is implemented in |
Comment by Janis Freibergs [ 2024 Jan 19 ] |
Disabling of system event audit logging implemented in ZBXNEXT-8837. |
[ZBXNEXT-8037] Zabbix upgrade available indicator Created: 2022 Oct 12 Updated: 2022 Oct 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice, if Zabbix Frontend had an Upgrade indicator. Something that tells you, that a new minor or major release is available. A good spot might be the System information view (zabbix.php?action=report.status). Of course, there should be a setting to turn it on or off in one of the php config files, like we already do with the "database tables upgraded" switch. You should also be able to set if you want to see only minor and/or major releases. |
[ZBXNEXT-5218] User groups -> Tag filter options for without a tags (negated filtering) Created: 2019 May 09 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Kim Jongkwon | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 13 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, negative, permissions, tags, usergroups | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | tag_filters.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
When a tag filter is set for a host group, no way to can see "Without a TAG" triggers. It is not friendly to users who use it with "Permissions" and "Tag filters" |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2019 May 09 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-134] Need feature, for moving item from one host to other without lost of data Created: 2009 Nov 13 Updated: 2023 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Nikolay L Selikhov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 57 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Need feature, for moving item from one host to other without lost of data. For example:
Need move all data (statistics, triggers e t.c.) move to other point without lost. Now it is impossible. |
Comments |
Comment by Orion Poplawski [ 2012 Jun 12 ] |
I have been collecting temperature data via probes connected to one host and want to move them to another host but would like to keep all of the data. That's why I would like to see this feature implemented. |
Comment by Chris Kistner [ 2012 Jul 17 ] |
I would also love to have this feature. I also find it quite annoying that when you copy an item that it does not copy the associated Application(s), Trigger(s) and Graph(s) with. Currently one option would be to move the host's monitoring end-point, instead of moving the items. At this very moment I'm actually modifying the Zabbix hostid in the item table to move my item(s) from one host to another. |
Comment by Areg Vrtanesyan [ 2013 Aug 31 ] |
Hi I would like to have this too as it will help to move the collected data to other host for example if I am running the multiple instance of same service on one host and would like to separate data collected for the server and service. https://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?p=137081 Voted for this Regards, |
Comment by Antti Hätinen [ 2019 Mar 23 ] |
I would like this feature. Now I had to move the item and trigger by using SQL, but UI button would be nice, easier and more robust for most people. UPDATE items SET hostid=<newid> WHERE itemid = <oldid>; It seems that there is relation to triggers so that all triggers to the item follow automatically to the new host. |
[ZBXNEXT-633] Would be nice in the "Administration->Queue->Details" report show also key of the item and it's update interval Created: 2011 Jan 25 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | queue, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Would be nice in the "Administration->Queue->Details" report show also key of the item and it's update interval. |
[ZBXNEXT-1386] Required form fields pre validation using html5 Created: 2010 Jul 14 Updated: 2012 Oct 13 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Alexey Fukalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability, validation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
doesn't seem to be safe enough for 1.8.3 as well, moving to 1.8.4 |
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Fukalov [ 2010 Jul 19 ] |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Aug 10 ] |
this issue would benefit from a change description |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Aug 26 ] |
ping ? what actually was changed, how could it impact user experience, what possible problems could this introduce ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Aug 30 ] |
dev branch rev 14145. validation missing for : items; what about fields where something has to be selected (hostgroup, user etc) ? |
[ZBXNEXT-1201] Webinterface improvements for large scale monitoring Created: 2012 Apr 28 Updated: 2019 Jun 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Attilla de Groot | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | networkmonitoring, scalability, snmp, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi, When managing a large scale environment in Zabbix (specifically network monitoring), there are several impractical implementations in the frontend. These limitations are mostly seen when hosts with a large number (500) of items/triggers/graphs and screens are added. This isn't an exceptional situation for just service provider class switches, but also applicable for standard 48 port enterprise switches.
I'm suggesting the following changes:
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 08 ] |
screen filtering/searching is ZBXNEXT-2189 |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2857 asks for a global graph search by name |
Comment by Jori Hämäläinen [ 2015 Dec 16 ] |
Also filtering by application should be doable. Allocate graph to application manual or automatic with item's applications drawn into graph.. |
Comment by Paul Dubé [ 2019 Jun 26 ] |
See ZBXNEXT-5292 for a partial solution. |
[ZBXNEXT-7743] Open Monitoring - Latest data without any data with default tab Latest data Created: 2022 May 26 Updated: 2024 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | Resolved |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.5rc1, 6.2.0beta3 |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0.0beta3 (master), 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Critical |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Dace Petra |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 12 |
Labels: | Latest, data, slow | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Screenshot 2022-05-26 at 17.08.34.png Screenshot 2022-05-26 at 17.09.10.png Screenshot 2022-05-26 at 17.09.55.png | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Epic Link: | Zabbix 7.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Team: | Team B | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sprint: | S2401, S24-W6/7, S24-W10/11, S24-W12/13, S24-W14/15 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Story Points: | 4 |
Description |
Comments |
Comment by Waleed Mortaja [ 2022 Oct 16 ] |
What do you think about having latest data shown in the (configuration) items table for each item, or at least a link to latest data page (filtered for that item)? |
Comment by Brian van Baekel [ 2024 Jan 23 ] |
Would be a great addition if those tabs (named filters) can be shared among users, so that all users are looking at the same data by default. Hint to ZBXNEXT-8913 |
Comment by Dace Petra [ 2024 Mar 28 ] |
Implemented in development branch feature/ZBXNEXT-7743-6.5 |
[ZBXNEXT-6770] Add graphs traffic in the link from Maps Created: 2021 Jul 08 Updated: 2021 Jul 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andreas | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | Graphs, Maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
The suggestion would be add a option like "mouseover" the link in the map, then show the graph traffic, or example:
When you mouver over the icon, show the graphs from the triggers associate. Mouse out, it disappear
Originaly propoused by : https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-suggestions-and-feedback/410531-add-graphs-traffic-in-the-link-from-maps |
[ZBXNEXT-7656] Add ability to use ENV variables to define configuration parameters Created: 2022 Apr 28 Updated: 2022 Jul 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Packages (C), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4rc1, 6.2.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | cloud | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
For cloud/containerised/any environments. Parsing or "regexing" custom formatted PHP and Server/Proxy configuration files complicates automated setup and also requires additional rework of chef/ansible/puppet, etc due to changes done from version to version, line in PHP configuration files from frontend. Especially with PHP arrays to parse for common settings. |
[ZBXNEXT-6934] user permissions in usegroups ( to hostgroups, hosts, items ) based on tags Created: 2021 Sep 22 Updated: 2022 Jun 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | gofree | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 14 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi guys
the idea is simple in a way - imagine that when configuring usergroups the tag filer option will not only apply to problem view but also to entity view - like hosts & items.
This way the host groups based permissions would replaced by tags based permission - that will radically decrease the need of "overcomplexed hostgroups nesting"
Imagine that you could setup a tag on template level that all items will inherite ( imagine two different templates one with tag customer: AB and one with tag customer: CD ) on the other you'll have a host with tags: customer: AB and customer: CD. There will be a usergroup with permissions to see all entities with tag customer: AB ( no inclusions needed, no nested and forgotten hostgropus ). To the same host you allatach for example a template for linux ( all items will inherit the tag os:linux ). Then you add this tag permission to the previosly mention usergroup - as a result the user will be able to see customer related metrics with linux related metrics. Possinilities are of course much wider. In addition I can see tags also on host groups level, as they contain templates too and it would be possible to give permissions to them ( editing for example ).
What do you think ?- in my opinion concept like this would make life much easier permisions wise to maintain and design. Especially as the application on item level have been replaced by tags. And host can be tagged for a longer time already.
|
Comments |
Comment by XinWang [ 2022 Jun 09 ] |
definely, this is a very good feature. we have thousand of hostgroups for multi-tenency user. tag based permission control will reduce the cost of management and be more flexible. Since zabbix is supporting tags for every where. |
Comment by Omar [ 2022 Jun 23 ] |
this is extremely needed in MSP/noc escenarios where you need to provide granular access to zabbix data. |
[ZBXNEXT-6892] Custom Triggers Severities and custom Frontend Messaging/Sounds Created: 2021 Sep 03 Updated: 2021 Sep 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.15, 5.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Raul Chiarella | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello there! Then i saw multiple discussions on Zabbix Forum and other Websites with the same idea/topic so i decided to post here.
It would benefit a lot of Zabbix Users to have a option on Trigger Severities to create custom severities and also the option to add custom sounds on Frontend Messaging. Here:
Lets say i want to create a new severity called "Update Complete" Another exampkle: "Backup Failed" . I would use this Severity and bind a audio saying "Backup on Server Failed" - So alongside with visualization we would also have audio response! Even better. PS: I know that this would be possible using API of some external software/tool but it would be a superb and handy feature to have this in Zabbix. |
[ZBXNEXT-6490] Mass updating Trigger dependencies, without replacing all other dependencies Created: 2021 Feb 04 Updated: 2021 Feb 04 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.8, 5.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nathan Liefting | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Screenshot 2021-02-04 at 15.19.35.png Screenshot 2021-02-04 at 15.20.33.png image-2021-02-04-15-19-57-261.png image-2021-02-04-15-20-41-943.png image-2021-02-04-15-20-45-116.png |
Description |
Hi, For a customer I am currently building a Proxy dependent templates using the built in templates. An easy task in it's essence, but it has turned into a time consuming task now. In this and other cases when you want to mass update trigger dependencies you want to ADD one or two to some/all triggers. Instead we only have the REPLACE option which will drop all other Trigger dependencies: Why isn't it possible to choose like we can when adding templates to a host:
Definitely an important feature to add I think
Kind regards,
Nathan |
[ZBXNEXT-6919] Make the length and format of zbx_sessionid configurable Created: 2021 Sep 16 Updated: 2021 Sep 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.15 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | biyurong | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently the zbx_sessionid is a 32 character string, which in fact is the hex of a 16-digit number. In our project, the the sessionid of any frontend system must be a real random number whose length greater than or equal to 32. However zabbix does not match this requirement. So can you make the length and format of zbx_sessionid configurable? |
[ZBXNEXT-6492] Possibility for usage jdbc connection string for PostgreSQL Patroni cluster Created: 2021 Feb 05 Updated: 2024 Feb 20 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Gorbach | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix6_4_pg_connstring.patch zabbix6_pg_connstring.patch | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We're able to define the only one hostname/ip-adress into configuration: We want to have a posibility for defining multiple hostnames/ip-adresses to Zabbix everytime will connnecting to alive database in cases of failover and switchover For example use full jdbc string for connection to PostgreSQL Patroni cluster
jdbc:postgresql://127.0.0.1:1544,127.0.0.2:1544/dbname?targetServerType=master
|
Comments |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2021 Feb 15 ] |
Why not to use https://www.pgbouncer.org/ ? |
Comment by Kris Avi [ 2022 May 11 ] |
pgbouncer being another component that could fail and might be too much of overhead to add extra machines for pgbouncers, setting up VIP between them to direct traffic towards correct pgbouncer, while in that case you already would direct traffic against vip that is assigned to readwrite node.
The whole point of supporting connectionstring would be to avoid adding extra components in the chain for HA solution. I would not even go for JDBC connectionstring, as it is coming from Java side, but since zabbix is made in PHP, then the https://www.php.net/manual/en/function.pg-connect.php function seems to support libpq and it's format https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/libpq-connect.html In that case the connectionstring could contain all the hosts in cluster and choose the one cluster that is read-write https://www.alibabacloud.com/blog/597797 Seems to be example of how it is configured in here. Since the connection creation towards correct node is done still by the same library, then no extra components will be used and no extra links in the chain will be introduced with that change.
In current setup we have set up vip in front of PG servers and in the servers there is also HAProxy installed just to direct traffic to read-write node. It is ugly and has extra parts that could fail, but it gives the chance that DB has done failover to another node, but for some reason VIP did not follow, then the DB connections still end up at RW node.
With the connectionstring potential usecase for performance optimization could be to direct write requests towards rw node and read requests to any of the node in the whole cluster, could allow scalability on read requests, which zabbix will get more to load the values for graphs. That would probably mean that in config there could be RW connectionstring and RO connectsionstring. If RO one is not filled, RW will be used. |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2022 May 17 ] |
I would like add my vote for this request! |
Comment by Kris Avi [ 2023 Jan 24 ] |
pgBouncer is not solution in here at all. pgPool-II could be possibly used in place, but it is hassle to set up pgPool-II for this purpose and another alternative is to set up HAProxy on zabbix server hosts, that forward traffic to read-write postgres node. The HAProxy solution is currently used for me, but in there the best would be to have Layer 4 proxy mode and do health checks and RW node checks in Layer 4 as well and it is annoying if you happen to have password on the role checking for RW node.
So I took half a day and generated patch for this feature zabbix6_pg_connstring.patch
I tested PHP side and seemed to work fine, even when switchover from one node to another. Was not able to build C++ Server application to test it, since working on Windows mainly and setting up build environment currently would take longer than needed.
This patch seemed to be good for tag '6.0.0' and checked out commit was 5203d2ea7d901cd33d148f20586e2155901a7faa.
Patch implements Postgres connectionstring support and support to add target_session_attr on Postgres connections when using old parameters. In the old code it is possible to add multiple hosts on DBHost field, making it work quite similar to what connstring is implementing. But for automatic failover the target_session_attr is required. |
Comment by Kris Avi [ 2023 Mar 09 ] |
Updated patch to current master (6cfe791429d7cccda0205335868976cac6c51039) zabbix6_4_pg_connstring.patch Patch still has both changes, one to add target_session_attr config option (with default value of "read-write") and other one to use connectionstring instead of all the connection parameters. Even the target_session_attr change would give possibility to write multiple hosts on DBHost field and get correct HA capabilities. If you would like to keep old behavior, then target_session_attr could have the default value of "any", but would be good to have possibility to configure it. This change is vital for Zabbix HA capabilities, without database zabbix is nothing. It is not normal situation to change Zabbix config if for some reason DB should have to do failover to replica node. If you still suggest using something like pg_bouncer to do that failover, could you please provide sample configuration for it, cause so far I have not seen pg_bouncer having such possibility to proxy connections to R/W node. Since there has been bigger changes, then I am not so sure if new patch contains all the required changes as I still do not have build environment set up to compile zabbix_server and zabbix_proxy. If more load-balancing from DB is wanted, then going further it would be nice to configure read-only db config (by default being same as rw config) and having queries tagged as read-only or queries that modify data and then directing read-only queries towards config for read only and queries that modify data only towards RW config. That way it would be possible to spread the queries across DB cluster. At least talking from Postgres point of view when hot_standby is used, but I am sure similar setup is possible with MariaDB and Oracle. |
Comment by Piotr Paweł Stefaniak [ 2023 Mar 28 ] |
I'd very much like to see this feature in. I haven't tested the patches, but it seems to me that stripping one of the if statements of parentheses would make the translation unit incorrect. |
Comment by Antti Hurme [ 2023 Jul 21 ] |
This could also be a good addition if you use pg_auto_failover. Would like to see this as an way to make Zabbix truly HA with the great inbuild server HA + PostgreSQL HA with something modern. "Implementing client-side High Availability is included in PostgreSQL’s driver libpq from version 10 onward. Using this driver, it is possible to specify multiple host names or IP addresses in the same connection string." |
Comment by Piotr Paweł Stefaniak [ 2023 Sep 05 ] |
I was in the process of writing a patch to implement this for 7.x, but it appears that there's a work-around good enough for me and perhaps others that doesn't involve patching the sources. What I needed from my WIP patch was a couple of things:
It had already been possible to set multiple hosts in the DBHost field and it worked with Postgres as intended, but not multiple ports which I needed. The problem was that DBPort is converted to an integer and stored in a variable common to all database connection code, so I had a dilemma how to implement what I wanted but at the same time keep everybody else happy. Someone over in the IRC channel asked whether pgservices could work and I thought that it's a nice idea, but there's a similar one, but simpler: environment variables PGPORT and PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS. This may be surprising, but it appears to work, zabbix-server doesn't do anything about it and libpq handles them as designed. You'd think for consistency I should also set PGHOST or PGHOSTADDR, but if you don't set it in the zabbix-server config, it's going to default to localhost, which in my case beats the purpose of everything else mentioned here. I think ideally zabbix-server should cease trying to parse and handle all possible connection parameters for all database engines that it supports and instead expose a single configuration setting for the user to provide the connection URI. |
Comment by vl1987 [ 2023 Sep 21 ] |
In fact, it is strange that there is still no such possibility. It would be great if such an option appears |
Comment by Kris Avi [ 2024 Feb 20 ] |
Thanks @pstef I opted to use environment variable PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS to solve my problem. In configuration added multiple DB hosts. My setup was easier since used default port, but different hosts. Made similar change in PHP FPM config to pass same environment variable to web interface as well. Been using that method for couple of months in production, so far on switchover, there is minor hiccup as zabbix detects that connections should be recreated on DB switchover, but so far system has been able to behave normally. This method works only because they are not setting it to some value. My patch itself would set some default value, but at the same time give you option to set it in config. Potentially could have added multiple ports option in ports field too, but it was more complicated than to add connectionstring field. I don't bother updating my patches for it any more, big portion of work is already done in there and it is up to Zabbix guys to either use it and merge it to upstream or not. I agree with you, they should just give the option to enter one connection string field and not bother with parsing and handling them all. But for sake of backwards compatibility probably those fields should stay. However still could add connection string field and if it is entered, then not try to parse rest of DB config parameters and trust that user configuring already knows what they are doing. Not all of the users will need such option, but some might. When writing my patch I kept in mind that old way should still work, it should include config file descriptions to my best knowledge and should not break something on other DB engines, but in the end it is zabbix dev team choice to use that patch or not. So far it seems this ticket has not gotten any of their attention and will be among other unsolved bug reports. Yes there are more parameters you could set and parsing them all could be too much, but most commonly used ones are sslmode and target_session_attrs, that is why potentially those should be in config while rest could come from environment variables.
Still there could be improvements made in backend and to make zabbix server and web aware of query types and if they are read-only queries or need to modify data. If it is read-only query, then it could be loadbalanced using prefer-standby for those queries and direct write queries to read-write node. It of course brings danger of reading stale data, but that is more on DBA to handle on cluster side. |
[ZBXNEXT-6461] Availability reports shows only current year Created: 2021 Jan 21 Updated: 2022 Mar 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.31, 4.0.26, 5.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrey Rybin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | graphs, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix documentation says: "Clicking on Show in the Graph column displays a bar graph where availability information is displayed in bar format each bar representing a past week of the current year." This means that availability reports are not available for the past year. Than you!) |
[ZBXNEXT-7959] Add Thresholds change backrounds colors to Item Value Widget Created: 2022 Sep 02 Updated: 2022 Sep 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alejandro Benitez | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
[ZBXNEXT-8060] Can zabbix support PBKDF2 when storing user password in database? Created: 2022 Oct 24 Updated: 2022 Oct 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.28, 6.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | biyurong | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Now zabbix use bcrypt hashing user passwords. Compared to PBKDF2, bcrypt has a fixed output size, which makes it less than perfect for generating encryption keys from passwords. Moreover, PBKDF2 consumes less cpu and memory which is more friendly with resource limited situation. Please add PBKDF2 as a choice when storing user password in database. |
[ZBXNEXT-8070] Add "Monitoring -> Hosts" to context menu Created: 2022 Oct 28 Updated: 2022 Oct 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2022-10-28-09-52-47-308.png image-2022-10-28-10-01-53-538.png |
Description |
Similar to
So, besides the inconsistencies in both lists, I propose to add "Monitoring ⇾ Host" to the menu. In the meantime, this can be circumvented, by making use of the new custom context menu URLs from By adding the following "Script", you can build something like I requested:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8639] "Open in a new window" feature for Trigger URL Created: 2023 Aug 15 Updated: 2023 Aug 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Yurii Polenok | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | frontend, link, trigger, triggerurl | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Scripts URLs support "Open in a new window" feature. |
[ZBXNEXT-7981] More explicit indication of active agent availability Created: 2022 Sep 19 Updated: 2022 Sep 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ilya S | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2022-09-19-12-49-38-355.png image-2022-09-19-12-53-40-834.png |
Description |
Good afternoon! I would like to see a more explicit indication of the availability of the active agent. When there are many hosts with active agents, it is very inconvenient to point at each one and see the result. It would be cool to have a clear indication of the availability of the active agent on the hosts panel in the form of a green border on the icon
|
Comments |
Comment by Ilya S [ 2022 Sep 19 ] |
As an option, you can also repaint the ZBX in green
|
[ZBXNEXT-8153] cannot modify macros on discovery host like vmware vm Created: 2022 Dec 12 Updated: 2022 Dec 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | romeo | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
cannot modify macros on discovery host like vmware vm,how can I change macro on discovery host ,because I want apply different trigger threshold value. |
[ZBXNEXT-8116] Configurable option for saving state in monitoring section Created: 2022 Nov 22 Updated: 2022 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In Zabbix 6.0.X we have implemented Its cool feature. The problem is, when you work with multiple browser windows (because you are keeping watch over multiple things at once) or when you pass the page link to somebody else (who have their own view opened to something different), the page does not display what the form filtering suggests, as it keeps the “saved” filters underneath that you cannot sometimes see or modify, without using the form “Reset” button. With a lot of open tabs, and even for some of our users, this behavior is counter-intuitive and a little annoying to handle. Maybe having this option configurable would be useful… |
[ZBXNEXT-8343] Add Polychromatic Color Option For Svg Graph Created: 2023 Mar 13 Updated: 2023 Mar 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ryan Eberly | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There are many people with some form of color blindness. The current monochromatic (single hue) option in the SvgGraph makes it difficult to distinguish different items in a dataset. An option should be added to allow to switch to polychromatic so that each adjacent item in the graph contrasts against one another. Polychromatic is the default when you graph items from the latest data page, and I think there should at least be the option to do this in the SvgGraph widget. |
[ZBXNEXT-8180] Host Export along with thr templates Created: 2022 Dec 27 Updated: 2022 Dec 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dileep Bammidi | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2022-12-27-10-22-27-322.png |
Description |
When we export hosts from one zabbix and import it in other zabbix where the templates linked in first zabbix are not present, it is lot of manual work where we need to look for those templates and import. |
[ZBXNEXT-7392] Return tree view in Services Created: 2021 Dec 28 Updated: 2023 Jan 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksey Volodin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | services | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2021-12-28-17-22-36-862.png image-2021-12-28-17-23-01-864.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Please, return tree style view for Services. It was nice and easy to figure out whole service structure. Service tree view in 5.4:
and in 6.0:
|
Comments |
Comment by Luciano Alves [ 2023 Jan 23 ] |
Hi Guys,
Some good/quick reference to a potential 'widget':
|
[ZBXNEXT-6946] Multiple percentiles in new graphs Created: 2021 Sep 24 Updated: 2021 Sep 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.16rc1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | patrik uytterhoeven | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | graphs, percentile | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
can't seem to find the percentile in the new dashboard graphs in the old graphs we had percentile
while we are add it : it would be usefull if we could add minimum 2 percentiles like 50 and 95 for example and also if the percentile line was calculated based on the real time data all the time nog just a horizontal line |
Comments |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2021 Sep 24 ] |
The percentile itself will be added in |
Comment by patrik uytterhoeven [ 2021 Sep 24 ] |
thx i updated the other ticket with some extra ideas |
[ZBXNEXT-7634] Error details for db and vault connection from frontend Created: 2022 Apr 14 Updated: 2022 Apr 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.22, 6.0.3, 6.2.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | MicrosoftTeams-image (7).png Screenshot 2022-04-14 at 11.29.27.png test_connection (1).diff |
Description |
During Zabbix setup (fresh instance) and daily usage (with some DB/Vault changes) it's possible to get errors like: "Vault connection failed or Database connection failed" (for example, DBA changed MD5 to SCRUM auth method for PgSQL or self-signed CA changed to access Vault): Such (not)"detailed" error message is a nightmare in terms of support and maintenance, especially when you need to fetch credentials from vault and use encryption for database connection with certs, a lot of places to check, adjust and no helpful info what happened. Please add all the error details to the output like here ( test_connection (1).diff ): |
[ZBXNEXT-7104] Ability to update somehow a trigger prototype without beeing replaced Created: 2021 Dec 08 Updated: 2022 Mar 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | thierry regis | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello ,
We are facing a complicated issue.
we use a lot LLD process, but one thing witch is missing is the possibility to update, somehow , a trigger to perosnnlyse what is discoverd .
in our configuration , we usually personnalize the Trigger name with a code , to define the incident workflow. With LLD process it is not possible , as it is update after each discovery .
It will be really usefull , if we could at least , personnalise the trigger description field, without beeing update on each discovery .
As it is in a trigger description in a traditionnal template ( without LLD)
Is there a way to do that somehow in the current version ? I think you got the idea , but it can more describe if needed
actually all items/triggers LLD discovery can't be diffrentiated and it reduce consiquantly the action field , ( with the API it will allow many diffretn workflow with that functionnality )
thanks in advance for your response , regards
Thierry
|
Comments |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2022 Mar 14 ] |
Thierry, maybe, using of user macro with context could help in your case? |
[ZBXNEXT-6819] Zabbix device centric tree Organizer, based on the groups hierarchy and the inheritance + data presentation in a table + disabling alerts for all devices behind key node, which are located in lower-level groups. Created: 2021 Aug 05 Updated: 2021 Aug 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alex Zhdanovich | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 2021-08-05_12-06.png 2021-08-05_12-07.png 2021-08-05_12-08.png 2021-08-05_12-09.png 2021-08-05_12-10.png |
Description |
Shortly: Zabbix is lacking two very important things: any organizer like - group+ devices orientated tree and the table presentation for any data (devices, latest data etc.). I would suggest the improve Zabbix frontend and probably to do something about fake alerting for the devices based on groups hierarchy. If we try to compare Zabbix frontend with another monitoring systems we can see that Zabbix does not have any organizers. For instance, we have about 1000-2000 devices segregated by groups like ou can se below, due to needs of hierarchy and inheritance for creating the tickets according to groups for different teams: ABC/ ABC/ etc. + + All devices have the unique name like RTR-HOP-MKT-1.GHS-DDN-DTJ with unique suffix, which is related to the Node an Site. If we need to find any group or any device, we have to search by suffixes and go through the list of showing devices and trying to find needed device. If we do not have any external list of groups (suffixes) we need to search for all groups and go Especially huge list of groups or devises. This is not visual and hard to find any device or group. Especially, if you are at first time in Zabbix and do not have any external documentations and scheme. Moreover, the general main search does not work for the Maps and you would need to go in the Maps and search them separately. If we named any group or device wrong it would be very hard to find it after. it can be solved by the tree of groups and showing the devices in this tree for navigation with the list of devices in the table. The table representation any data in Zabbix is not possible either. It can be solved partially by Latest Data, but this functionality was removed in the Zabbix 5.4 too. Zabbix partially has something like this in the hierarchic maps. Unfortunately, you would need to build all your maps an keep them updated and organised. Another issue in our case is, at the end of ray of a star we have Enterprise client maps and all alerts from this maps (groups) should be shown for another team, but at the same time we need these maps for keeping the devices organized. In this case we are building two maps trees, and put on the map the Image instead of the map and put the url for the Enterprise maps, which is some extra work. We can see the prototype of tree + table representation in some of monitoring systems like Zenoss or Ubiquity UISP. On the screenshots you can see the representation of the infrastructure in Zenoss, where we used the locations like groups in Zabbix and the data representation for WiFi AP + clients SU (in the same way we can see file systems, interfaces etc.) |
Comments |
Comment by Evgeny Yurchenko [ 2021 Aug 08 ] |
If anybody wants to try seeing groups hierarchy using this Zabbix Module: https://github.com/BGmot/zabbix-module-hosts-tree |
[ZBXNEXT-4880] option to preserve multline for problem text Created: 2018 Nov 23 Updated: 2018 Nov 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nono | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | multiline.png no_multiline.png |
Description |
on the dashboard, the widget "Problems" should have an option to preserve the multi-line within {ITEM.VALUE}. Here is a description of the "issue" I'm facing : On the dashboard, the problems are shown without the multiline : https://imgur.com/4vJdlpg But on the event details, there is new line : https://imgur.com/a/5FkyZtC
|
Comments |
Comment by Nono [ 2018 Nov 26 ] |
Discussion & workaround/solution : https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-troubleshooting-and-problems/369579-item-value-doesn-t-always-display-multiline |
[ZBXNEXT-4786] Copy Paste in multiselect field Created: 2018 Oct 03 Updated: 2019 Feb 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.21, 4.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | 4.0.0, 4.4 (plan) |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Roman Rajniak | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | frontend, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
If we have selected large list of members in Multiselect field, we can not copy this set to other multiselect field members or store copy as plaintext for later restore this set of members. Multiselect field would allow insert text based set od members without confirming each one by one. NonValid unparsed fields of pasted list would be extracted and displayed as normal keyboard input. |
[ZBXNEXT-4869] Add Tag filter to Monitoring -> Screens -> Host group issues Created: 2018 Nov 21 Updated: 2018 Nov 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ingus Vilnis | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Please add option to filter Problems by event tags in Monitoring -> Screens -> Host group issues. Why, if Monitoring -> Dashboard "Problems" widget has it with lots of other filters? Because Dashboards don't have Slide Shows. Alternatively, go for rotation option in Dashboards. Why that? because of TV screens. |
Comments |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2018 Nov 21 ] |
Ingus, maybe its better to add slideshow to dashboards? |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Nov 21 ] |
That would be the "Alternatively" option. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Nov 22 ] |
Whichever gets the requirement fulfilled. I know that the screens were supposed to be removed sooner or later but seeing the UX/UI regressions happening lately I fear how this Screens merged to Dashboards feature will look like. |
[ZBXNEXT-4772] New graph widget zoom requires full page refresh Created: 2018 Sep 28 Updated: 2018 Sep 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard, graph, refresh | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Graph zoom requires a full page refresh. Again, I think that currently it is intended. But it doesn't provide good user experience as well as it looks like another era. |
[ZBXNEXT-4625] Support mass-update of trigger URL Created: 2018 Jul 03 Updated: 2018 Jul 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.11 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | massupdate, trigger | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
How about supporting bulk updates of URLs in triggers? |
[ZBXNEXT-4535] Additinal macros available to Dashboard Scripts Created: 2018 May 03 Updated: 2019 Sep 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.7, 3.4.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Antti Hurme | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend, macros, scripts, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 2018-05-03 12_39_14-Greenshot.png |
Description |
Manually creating a new ticket from an alert could be achieved with a script. Currently not that many macros are available at → Global scripts (including confirmation text). Would suggest making trigger.name and perhaps trigger.description available at the dashboard. With the host and trigger information, a ticket would have more useful information. To be able to assign the ticker, also current user information would be nice to have available. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Sep 18 ] |
User info is duplicate of |
[ZBXNEXT-4094] Multi Dashboard manager Created: 2017 Sep 11 Updated: 2018 Jan 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mr.Khang | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard, frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Centos 7 - Zabbix 3.4.1 |
Description |
I just upgraded to zabbix 3.4.1 and very satisfied with new Dashboard features.
|
Comments |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2017 Sep 11 ] |
While the request is not implemented how about using the URL after login field in the user profile and direct it to the URL of the dashboard you want to use? |
Comment by Mr.Khang [ 2017 Sep 12 ] |
Oh I totally forget about that option, thank you very much,Ingus Vilnis, for your suggestion, |
[ZBXNEXT-3996] Map Sharing Created: 2017 Jul 26 Updated: 2017 Jul 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | oleg16 | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
My zabbix is running on centos 7.0 |
Description |
Hello, |
Comments |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2017 Jul 27 ] |
Hi, |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2017 Jul 27 ] |
Would it be possible in 3.4 to extract widget in to separate HTML page? vmurzins |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2017 Jul 28 ] |
We are not planning to do this in 3.4, but it can be considered as feature request for future releases. |
[ZBXNEXT-5221] Convenient monitoring of one object from different places Created: 2019 May 13 Updated: 2019 May 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Roman | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | frontend, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I would like to monitor a single network node through several interfaces on different proxy servers. This will enable the construction of distributed monitoring for a single object from different places. Either the main and subordinate network nodes. A typical use case is monitoring the availability of a web site through different providers / from different countries without increasing the number of network nodes. |
[ZBXNEXT-5024] Allow "Manual close" option is greyed out if triggers are creating automatically from trigger prototype and from default template Created: 2019 Feb 09 Updated: 2019 Feb 11 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Abhilash Chittahukatil | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | trigger | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Production |
Attachments: | triggerautoclose.PNG |
Description |
Allow "Manual close" option is greyed out if triggers are creating automatically from trigger prototype and from default template. Tested with windows default OS template. the services are discovered automatically by the default template and trigger prototypes are created automatically. But unable to check the option "manual close the trigger" in such cases.
if we manually create a new tigger prototype or new trigger, there is no such problem and able to check "allow manual close"
seems like its a bug. Please check. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2019 Feb 11 ] |
Hi, All trigger fields, except "Enabled", based on trigger prototypes cannot be changed. It can be changed on trigger prototype level. After next discovery iteration all changes from trigger prototype will be transferred to the trigger level. Same situation with triggers, based on templates. |
Comment by Abhilash Chittahukatil [ 2019 Feb 11 ] |
But I am not able to change that even in trigger prototype level. There are also it is grayed out. Is this the problem because I am using the default trigger prototype from the default windows server service discovery rule ? When I take a clone of that trigger prototype, The Manual close option I am able to check. |
Comment by Abhilash Chittahukatil [ 2019 Feb 11 ] |
But I am not able to change that even in trigger prototype level. There are also it is grayed out. Is this the problem because I am using the default trigger prototype from the default windows server service discovery rule ? When I take a clone of that trigger prototype, The Manual close option I am able to check. |
[ZBXNEXT-5021] Links in Hostgroup for hosts and templates list filtered by this hostgroup name Created: 2019 Feb 07 Updated: 2019 Feb 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
As feature request ZBXNEXT-5020. Supposed in hostgroup settings page create links to the filtered list of:
|
[ZBXNEXT-4793] Add a NOT filter to Monitoring–>Problems filter options Created: 2018 Oct 05 Updated: 2018 Oct 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian 9 amd64 |
Description |
While working with the Monitoring->Problems view, I really wish, we could exclude stuff we don’t want to see right now. There are alreday many filter built in, but they only work in AND mode and since 4.0 in OR mode if I recall correctly. But we don’t have the possibility to exclude certain information. For example: Sometimes I have so many active “Low disk space HDD events” that it’s hard to spot other important issues. In those moments I would like to set the Problem Name filter to NOT show any event with “Low disk” in its name. |
[ZBXNEXT-4791] Guest account should be used for readonly non-destructive access to the system Created: 2018 Oct 05 Updated: 2018 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Lukas Macura | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Guest user should not be able to modify anything except explicitly set permissions. I would say that guest user should not be "each user". It is normal behaviour in all systems that guest account is used for readonly non-destructive access to the system. There should be probably next permission to check/uncheck if given user can add anything or not. And in default setup, guest user should not have these permissions. In other words, guest user should not have ability to modify/add/remove anything in system except data in its own session unles it is explicitly granted by admin for guest user.
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Oct 05 ] |
Hmm, what is the exact change that is sought here? |
Comment by Lukas Macura [ 2018 Oct 05 ] |
This is just feature requested which I created like instructed by support. Sorry, I did not link original issue:
|
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Oct 05 ] |
Ah, I see, I'd suggest to list here all the things you think should not be possible for the guest user to do. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Oct 08 ] |
Sure, the reason of closing Additionally to the original request I want to make sure the behavior is not broken for the current read-only users. In a typical NOC the 24/7 monitoring guys are allowed to see all the hosts, AND it is vitally important for them to do ackowledge problems. In the meantime the Zabbix Super Admins don't want them to ever be able to fiddle with the host or template configs for that matter. Please think about this well and don't just remove this ability for current read-only users. My proposal would be that there is a real read-only user as suggested by Lucas, and then a "read-only with extras" like currently (ability to ack, create screens etc.). |
[ZBXNEXT-4780] It should be possible to set default time interval for the dashboard Created: 2018 Sep 30 Updated: 2018 Sep 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | dashboard, timeselector | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | screenshot-1.png |
Description |
User story 1.
What to do:
|
[ZBXNEXT-4717] return time period in graph title Created: 2018 Sep 06 Updated: 2024 Jan 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 37 |
Labels: | graph, regression, timeperiod, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2024-01-18-13-20-17-743.png image-2024-01-18-13-22-13-857.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Previously, the selected time period was displayed in the graph title. This is lost now in pre-4.0. Showing it in the graph itself was highly useful, as we tend to attach graphs to incidents or provide them to other people for different purposes.
For example long time ago there was very similar case |
Comments |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2018 Oct 22 ] |
It was removed in scope of
I think, this inconsistency was the reason, the period was removed. Also, if we will display period on old graph title (or somewhere else), we might also think about adding it to Classic graph widgets and New Graph widgets. Widget title can be used for this, but maybe some better place can be found. |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Oct 31 ] |
We're seeing this issue every now and then. Graphs are attached to tickets or shared otherwise, and it is very hard to operate on data coming from Zabbix now - graphs for different time periods are being mixed up and cause confusion when investigating outages. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jan 24 ] |
Thank you for sharing some of the considerations. While the period might not look as exact, it is hardly a bigger problem than not having the period at all. Even in the worst cases like "6d 23h 59m" the user can quickly figure out that it's somewhere around 6 or 7 days. Without the period shown user is disappointed. Now let's look at the graphs before this feature disappeared. If one uses the time period scrollbar or drag-zoom (very common), they would still get such a period shown. Testing that just now with Zabbix 2.4, I see a period of "6d 13h 52m". It does not seem to cause any major problems, and does not seem to have caused any major problems for many years. If there was a major reason why this is a problem, adding rounding based on the length of the time period would have been much more preferred over dropping a feature. |
Comment by ysus [ 2019 Feb 12 ] |
Dear Zabbix Developers, Could you please advise if there are any plans to restore this extremely useful functionality? Even if this issue has only 16 votes I guess it affects many other customers. Appreciate your understanding. |
Comment by dimir [ 2021 Jul 08 ] |
36 votes now. |
Comment by richlv [ 2021 Aug 08 ] |
Dear developers, any thoughts on the detail, discussed in January 2019? |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Aug 09 ] |
Maybe this request belongs partly to this request (https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBX-16162?focusedCommentId=560785&page=com.atlassian.jira.plugin.system.issuetabpanels%3Acomment-tabpanel#comment-560785), as Kalimulin speaks about replacing the Graphs engine from PNG to SVG. Maybe this belongs together. Just an idea. |
Comment by richlv [ 2024 Jan 18 ] |
For the record, a regression like this was already fixed once in the past, Judging by the comments on this issue, there were no functional reasons to remove this feature. Then: Now: |
[ZBXNEXT-4640] Zabbix Integrate keycloak require review by zabbix official. Created: 2018 Jul 17 Updated: 2022 Oct 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.19 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Zhiyuan Zou | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Red Hat 7: 3.10.0-514.el7.x86_64 |
Attachments: | UI-simple.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, zabbix offcial: the initial feature request described in zabbix-forum https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/52013-zabbix-has-plan-to-integrate-keycloak-as-sso Copy the abstract solution here again: 1. Package the authentication-relevant-php-files(e.g:CUser.php) as a RPM (: named zabbix-keycloak-plugins)
|
Comments |
Comment by Zhiyuan Zou [ 2018 Jul 17 ] |
Will post our codes via SVN method later, this ticket is for submit message.. And Actually, our code is based on *zabbix-[web | server-mysql]-3.0.13-2* and *zabbix-[web | server-mysql]-3.0.17* version, i didn't find those in Affects Version/Fix Version fields when i create this issue , So i choose 3.0.19 ... |
Comment by Marc [ 2018 Jul 17 ] |
As Keycloak is the upstream OSS project for Red Hat Single Sign-On (RH-SSO), is it supposed to work with RH-SSO too? |
Comment by Jan Garaj [ 2018 Jul 17 ] |
Keycloak supports SAML and OIDC clients. This implementation seems to implement only OIDC, so I guess the auth name "KEYCLOAK" is not the best one. The better name is "OpenID Connect". Keycloak is Certified OpenID Provider Server, so this implementation should be able to work with any OIDC server/service: Identity Server, Google, ... (actually, some minor hacks will be required for some IdPs). This feature is about authentification only, but client scope is about authorisation. It will be awesome to have also authorisation, but I would like to see role-based authorisation. Roles can be a part of the access token, and they can be used for authorisation. |
Comment by Zhiyuan Zou [ 2018 Jul 18 ] |
can you give me the guide for this contribute-guide action? |
Comment by Rostislav Palivoda [ 2018 Jul 18 ] |
Can you attach .patch file to the ticket? |
Comment by Zhiyuan Zou [ 2018 Jul 19 ] |
patch file bundled as 2 RPMs, Is OK to attach rpms for your view?
|
Comment by Zhiyuan Zou [ 2018 Jul 20 ] |
hi, zabbix official : Upload this feature to https://share.zabbix.com/ is ok for review by you ? |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2018 Jul 23 ] |
Dear zhiyuan, You can upload it to https://share.zabbix.com/ (share.zabbix.com is meant for this ). |
Comment by Zhiyuan Zou [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
https://github.com/nokia/zabbix-patches/tree/master/zabbix-3.0/ZBXNEXT-4640 2. I also upload all files into zabbix.share site, https://share.zabbix.com/component/mtree/cat-app/security/zabbix-integrate-with-keycloak-zbxnext-4640?Itemid= ,but the site truncate some description , so post it in there: ------- After you apply this plugins, you will find a new authentication option will be available. This ZIP file includes the following files and i will explain their function one by one: 0. README Abstract description for this files. 1. UI-simple.png The authentication UI will be look like this after you install plugins 2. UI-demo4outside.pptx Simple Usage with keycloak authentication 3. USER GUIDE for This describe how to apply the plugins... 4. zabbix_template.realm will be used when you configure KEYCLOAK 5. zabbix-server-mysql-keycloak-1.4-11.noarch.rpm this contains 3 SQL files: the pre-create.sql and mid-create.sql file already done when you install zabbix as official-procedure. the post-create.sql file is to create a "access_tokens" table into zabbix Databases. in other words, create "access_tokens" table is necessary condition for KEYCLOAK feature 6. zabbix-web-keycloak-1.4-11.noarch.rpm the php files which are relate to authentication, modify those php files and rename them with ".new" suffix , finally, package them into this RPM After install this RPM, the php files with ".new" suffix will replace the original php files while original php files also be backup with ".old" suffix... Note: 1. I already push the patch files into nokia-repo as a transfer station to zabbix-patch-repo https://github.com/nokia/zabbix-patches/tree/master/zabbix-3.0/ZBXNEXT-4640 2. I advise zabbix-official can rewrite the functions of php-oauth2client, as the LADP and HTTP authentication were did... i also can help on this. refer links: Git repo: https://github.com/zabbix/zabbix-patches/issues/16 JIRA : https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-4640 Forum :https://www.zabbix.com/forum/zabbix-help/52013-zabbix-has-plan-to-integrate-keycloak-as-sso
---------- 1. Package the authentication-relevant-php-files(e.g:CUser.php) as a RPM (: named zabbix-keycloak-plugins)
|
Comment by Gergely Csatari [ 2018 Sep 06 ] |
Are there any other actions needed for the review of this change proposal? |
Comment by Vinícius Ferrão [ 2022 Jul 25 ] |
Hello, almost 4 years have passed. Is there any interest on the Zabbix Team side to add this functionality? |
[ZBXNEXT-4499] Set custom Elasticsearch Index name in Zabbix configuration Created: 2018 Apr 13 Updated: 2018 Apr 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mikhail Markov | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I try to configure index rotation in Elasticsearch but have an issue. |
[ZBXNEXT-4232] HOST.IP, HOST.CONN HOST.DNS macros in the MAP element URL Created: 2017 Nov 13 Updated: 2018 May 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Petr Vyhlidal | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | MapsURL.png | ||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be great if macros like HOST.IP, HOST.CONN HOST.DNS, HOST.HOST could be used in MAPS URLs to be able seamlessly integrate map elements with CMDB or web management |
Comments |
Comment by Matt [ 2018 May 21 ] |
Can't believe HOST.CONN is not an available macro. Desperately needed. |
Comment by Matt [ 2018 May 21 ] |
[ZBXNEXT-4246] add conditions to recovery and acknowledgement operations Created: 2017 Nov 21 Updated: 2018 Jan 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Bergolth | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | actions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There is a special category of triggers where recovery notifications don't make any sense. Examples are one-time events like "/etc/passwd has changed", "zabbix agent version changed" or "Host {HOSTNAME} rebooted". You simply don't want an OK notification that tells you that the host did not reboot anymore since the last check. Now that zabbix already features trigger tags since 3.2, adding an optional filter condition to recovery and acknowledgement operations would solve the problem: A tag like T_NO_RECOVERY could be added to the corresponding triggers and the recovery operation of the actions could be configured with a condition like Tag <> T_NO_RECOVERY. This feature request is a more specific version of ZBXNEXT-582, since trigger tags are already implemented now but a filter condition in the recovery operation is still missing. |
[ZBXNEXT-4058] Non Case sensitive Login Created: 2017 Aug 28 Updated: 2019 Nov 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | BM | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello, Can you remove the case sensitivity only for login ? Perhaps you can make a tick box in account settings to activate or deactive case sentivity. |
Comments |
Comment by Marco Hegenberg [ 2019 Nov 28 ] |
I'm facing exactly the same issue, so I would appreciate a solution.
From my point of view an option to make all entries lowercase or all entries upper case would be enough. |
Comment by Tim Szozda [ 2019 Nov 29 ] |
This or SAML support. It's not realistic for us to tell enterprise end users who browse maps or look at their application health to remember to use all lower case. |
[ZBXNEXT-3994] Allow active checks on hosts created by host prototypes Created: 2017 Jul 25 Updated: 2018 Oct 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.9, 3.0.10, 3.2.6, 3.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aviram Alter | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
As of now, when hosts are created using Host Prototypes in discovery, active checks cannot be used on them (due to their host name not matching the agent's host name). This makes the feature useless for those using active checks due to constraints in the environment. |
[ZBXNEXT-5212] Extendend filtering capabilities for Audit view Created: 2019 May 07 Updated: 2019 May 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksejs Petrovs | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | auditlog, frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Add the following additional filtering options for Reports -> Audit view.
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 May 07 ] |
Very closely related to ZBXNEXT-2434. |
[ZBXNEXT-5038] debug zabbix delayed items Created: 2019 Feb 14 Updated: 2019 Feb 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nikolay Lebedev | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello. To debug zabbix delayed items I use /zabbix/queue.php. I want setup limits of items, select proxy to view, export to csv for future analize. |
[ZBXNEXT-5026] Assigning templates to hosts/groups from the template editor and assign host from host groups editor Created: 2019 Feb 11 Updated: 2020 Jan 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Reichler | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 23 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | hostgroups.PNG remove_host_group.png templates.PNG | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
To manage hosts and templates it was very very useful in pre 4.0 versions: This functions in the frontend are very important because assigning of hosts/groups/templates is very easy, fast and save. I'm working with many hosts/groups and templates and for me it is a no go for upgrading to version 4.x for production. Unfortunately you closed the issue |
Comments |
Comment by Tony den Haan [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
For me this is a showstopper. Maintaining takes many times longer without these. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Functionality to add multiple hosts to host group (also applies to templates) is still present in form of mass update of hosts (in scope of Also I should add that having such list of all hosts in Host group page on huge installation will introduce performance issues (it was one, if not the main, reason why this selection was removed from there in first place). You are saying, maintaining hosts and/or templates takes longer. But I don't see, why is should be so, if you are using mass update. Can you, please, explain your use cases? |
Comment by Olli Ihamäki [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Yes, you can add new template to hosts with mass update, but you can't remove hosts from template with mass update. This used to be trivial, click, scroll down, shift-click and click > arrow. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
It is possible to remove one or multiple host groups from selected hosts via mass update. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Olli, I just hope you know that by that "removal" sequence you just unlinked the template from the host, leaving the actual items "orphaned" on the host level. It was a cool feature if you know it but at the same time could leave a huge mess on the host level. Valdi, Mass update can't nicely unlink (and clear) a single template. And one more use case - you could create a new template and immediately add it (yet empty with no items) to selected hosts. Now you have to go through all the mass update hassle to do it. Additionally you can't even see what hosts are linked to a template from Configuration -> Templates -> Opened template view. |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Valdi, thank you for mentioning this functionality - it is indeed working as expected. For example, a very simple and fairly common scenario: 1. Take a look at some host. The usual workaround would be to copy the template name, go to Configuration -> Templates, expand the filter, paste the template name, click Filter. The usability regression there is also mind-boggling. Every extra click is a big burden for repeat operations, and here we have not only many extra clicks, but also the need to memorise this sequence - infrequent Zabbix users will give up instead (empirically tested). Of course, fixing the interlinking would not help with the template downstream entity listing being pretty much unusable beyond a dozen of entries. Update: |
Comment by Olli Ihamäki [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Ingus, I was not aware of that. That is/was crazy bad design! However, problem persists: there is no easy way to unlink "and clear" template from chosen subset of hosts. I think that template added to host ++group does not reflect to hosts under same host group, right? I tried it with 4.2.3:
Item added on step 2 did not appear on host in host group used on step 3 So workaround/workflow Valdis suggested does not work.
|
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Sorry olli, I misread your second to last message, now I see it: As for ingus.vilnis comment, there is an option to clear the hosts, when mass removing templates: Clear when unlinking. Or you was meaning something else? I see the usability issue you are mentioning, richlv. I am not really in place to comment it, but I can say: "Thank you for explaining it". It is kind of in the comments, but I will write it more explicitly:
But, as richlv mentioned, there is a usability issue here, as it requires more steps to do, as you would normally want to. |
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
The workaround I suggested was to add/remove host groups from hosts/templates. The problem with templates I explained in my previous comment. You are right olli, the templates, added to same host group as hosts, will not be linked to these hosts. Sorry, my message confused you. |
Comment by Olli Ihamäki [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Yes, I know that you replace templates. However, that is not sufficient. For example, you have:
And so on, tens, hundreds, thousands of hosts, and you need unlink and clear "Template tape backup" from these hosts. Can't replace since they have different templates.
|
Comment by Tony den Haan [ 2019 Jun 20 ] |
Richlv i'd say not even a link to a filtered version, just add filter there and then, perhaps default to whatever seems sane. |
Comment by bunkzilla [ 2019 Oct 03 ] |
please bring this functionality back. here is how I often use this. I have a group that is called "Paging" if I edit this hostgroup, I can see which hosts which are not in the hostgroup using the selectors. By selecting different hostgroups that I know should have hosts in the hostgroup, also to be able to remove them. Now I have no idea how to accomplish this. I use this mostly with hostgroups and not with templates because of the issues about unlinking.
|
Comment by Jack Valko [ 2020 Jan 13 ] |
Many of us manage ad-hoc maintenance windows with a group called "Maintenance" and require the ability to manage a hostgroup (not a host). Having a UI that allows us to manage the group it crucial. Here's a good use case: I get notified of a short notice outage in a remote site. I have over 100 hosts groups there. Before 4.0, I could add all of these hosts quickly to a Maintenance group. Now that operation is: This workflow is also much more difficult to explain than the old hostgroup two window UI. Since our upgrade to 4.4 Zabbix has become less useful because we can't quickly disable alerts and escalations. |
[ZBXNEXT-4795] Auto-completion of macros in configuration forms Created: 2018 Oct 07 Updated: 2018 Oct 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Glebs Ivanovskis | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | configuration, macros, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Somewhat related to ZBXNEXT-1517, but actually inspired by auto-completion of LLD macros being discussed in the context of Basically, whenever user types in { in any field of any configuration form that supports any kind of macros (built-in macros, user macros, LLD macros, {host:item[].func()} aka simple macros), something like that should pop up: This will save tons of time users currently have to spend browsing documentation about built-in macros, copy-pasting user macros to avoid mistyping them or painstakingly troubleshooting syntax issues with macro contexts, macro functions or "simple" macros. |
[ZBXNEXT-4859] Show fields from host inventory on the dashboard as a custom column Created: 2018 Nov 12 Updated: 2018 Nov 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Adam Birds | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Be able to show fields in the host inventory as a custom column on the dashboard widgets. Use Case: We would like to be able to tag a certain field in the host inventory, or a custom field in the host if it can be implemented with the clients name, we would then like to show that clients name in the dashboards. |
[ZBXNEXT-4659] Add option to delay setting trigger in Problem for some time Created: 2018 Jul 31 Updated: 2018 Aug 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ingus Vilnis | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Use case Consider trigger based event correlation as described here: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/4.0/manual/config/event_correlation/trigger Note that this use case is practical for log and trapper items with Multiple problem event generation mode enabled. The goal is to reduce the trigger flapping in case the application stops and restarts happen in relatively short time causing no or very short service interruptions. Currently available trigger functions are evaluated immediately when e.g. problem line appears in the log and the problem is closed when the recovery expression is satisfied with all the tags and conditions. However, the practical requirement is to put the trigger in the actual Problem state only if in e.g. 5 seconds after the "problem" line is detected the recovery expression with matching tag value has not been found in the log. In this case a short disturbance in the service would not be triggered. Should that be implemented in a trigger function as a parameter or a configurable box in the frontend and API does not matter that much although a box in the web interface would be more user friendly and not overcomplicate already option-rich trigger functions.
|
Comments |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Jul 31 ] |
Delayed escalations don't completely satisfy this as the problems are displayed in the web interface anyways. Nodata triggers are no use here because of of minimum 30 seconds evaluation period and no practicality with Multiple problem event generation mode. Somewhat remotely related: ZBXNEXT-2452, |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Jul 31 ] |
Assuming the flapping is the biggest concern, would the existing trigger functions help somewhat? |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Jul 31 ] |
Unless I'm totally missing something but I have not succeeded with these functions. Here would be an example with count(). Item: log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,] Problem expression: {host:log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,].count(5,started,regexp)}=0 Recovery expression: {host:log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,].str(started)}=1 When a log line "Service1 stopped" appears it immediately triggers the problem expression regardless if you are looking for "started" or "stopped" pattern. How to make it wait for those 5 seconds maybe the "Service1 started" appears? Count() or regexp() is looking back in history for the past values in those 5 seconds, what you actually need is to look in the values for the next 5 seconds after the initial log line is received and then do the final evaluation. How? "Stopped" always comes before "Started". If I would have known service names I could use a separated trigger for each of them and combine regexp() and nodata() triggers. But when there are ~200 previously unknown names then this is not feasible. Additionally nodata() can't do periods under 30s and no multiple event generation thus no correlation of tags. Any other ideas? |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
How about a hack like {host:log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,].count(5,started,regexp)} < {host:log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,].count(5,stopped,regexp)} ? (unrelated - you can probably use like instead of regexp for a tiny performance gain) But that' s still hackish, I'll grant that. If the app development can be influenced, going for monitorable objects that show service state and uptime would be the best - one could construct very neat triggers around those. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
The suggested expression still fires immediately because the evaluation happens with the first "stopped" line and at that moment Zabbix looks 5 seconds in history for "started" which obviously is not there. There is no wait delay for the next condition. But I am truly thankful for your efforts to help. Suggesting other methods of app monitoring might be in the future scope but for the current case the log monitoring is the required way. |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
Oh, I might have misunderstood the need then. Thought the intent is to alert about restarts, but avoid the flapping, but I guess the expectation is to ignore quick restarts. How about this hack? {host:log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,].count(10,started,like)} < {host:log[/home/test.log,(stopped|started),,,skip,].count(5,stopped,like,5)} Although this might not work if "stopped" is not followed by any other entries for 10 seconds. Even if count() was time based ( |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
This never even fires but for the same reason - it looks in the history whereas it should receive the initial "event", wait a bit in case recovery happens, and if no recovery has been within 5 seconds then go into problem state. You have now understood me right - quick restarts must not be considered as problems (As in the original description "In this case a short disturbance in the service would not be triggered."). It is no problem configuring with numeric items having regular update intervals. But with irregular log events having multiple event generation and tags this becomes an issue. Thus the feature request for delaying the evaluation of a trigger but initiate that by a condition. |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
Well, it would fire if the log is really frequently updated. Still, it's not really reliable and no better ideas at this time, sorry. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Aug 02 ] |
It would but still it misses the first problem line and in case of no updates there are no alerts. And what kind of service would that be with so frequent restarts? Thank you in any case! |
[ZBXNEXT-4555] Support custom representations for status OK and PROBLEM Created: 2018 May 16 Updated: 2018 May 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | mapping, status, trigger, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix triggers allow a lot of use cases. Many of them not necessarily connected to a problem. In fact a trigger to me corresponds to a condition. The exact meaning results of the context the trigger is used for. How about introducing a trigger status mapping applicable on trigger level? This would allow users to provide a custom string replacing OK and PROBLEM. The technical representation should remain untouched. This is just about the Zabbix frontend resp. possibly also about notifications.
PS: The idea has already been mentioned in ZBXNEXT-1737. But that particular feature request asks for "a custom number of statuses", what in my understanding also consideres the technical status representation. |
[ZBXNEXT-4448] snmpv3_authpassphrase only 64 characters supported Created: 2018 Mar 23 Updated: 2018 Mar 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Viktor Shatskykh | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | database, frontend, items | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 2018-03-23 09_34_21-Configuration of items.png |
Description |
Reason: Steps to reproduce: Expected: In the process of filling Authentication passphrase' and 'Privacy passphrase' fields for SNMPv3 item be able to put 255 characters row. |
Comments |
Comment by Kaspars Mednis [ 2018 Mar 26 ] |
Moving this to a feature request section, because this can not be considered as a bug, just a limitation. At least front-end and DB changes are required here. MariaDB [zabbix]> describe items; | snmpv3_authpassphrase | varchar(64) | NO | | | | | snmpv3_privpassphrase | varchar(64) | NO | | | | Regards, |
Comment by Viktor Shatskykh [ 2018 Mar 27 ] |
Ok. Thank you Kaspars! |
[ZBXNEXT-4434] action operations message (subject+body) template Created: 2018 Mar 16 Updated: 2019 May 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jan Ostrochovsky | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | actions, messages, operations, templated | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
any |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It could be great for actions to have implemented possibility not just to fill separate notification message subject and body, but also to be able to have defined something like "notification message templates" (for inspiration, Jira itself has similar concept implemented for its notifications), defining subject+body templates, reusable (referenced) in more than 1 action. Disadvantages of current state: when you have e.g. 100 actions, you need to have also subject and body copypasted 100 times, when you want to have unified form of notification messages. Then, when you want to change form of unified message, you need to edit 100 actions (burdening, error-prone process, hardly-maintainable). Complexity increases, when you have several types of messages (subject+body), each defined in many various actions, in the same ZABBIX system. Advantages of suggested feature: definig just one "notification message template" for each notification message type, and assigning them (optionally?) to actions as default, recovery, and acknowledgement messages in actions' operations. Thank you in advance for consideration, and sorry for my rude "Major" priority classification and "4.0 (plan)" suggested fix version, but I feel it this way . Jano |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Mar 16 ] |
might be considered a duplicate of |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jan 26 ] |
Turns out, the new zabbix_action module for Ansible is very useful to implement templated messages in Zabbix actions. |
[ZBXNEXT-3649] Clone entire group of hosts Created: 2017 Jan 05 Updated: 2017 Jan 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hegenberg | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I think it would be useful, if you could clone an entire group of hosts or use something like an "extended template". Here's my usecase: I'm monitoring a couple of distributed sites in Zabbix which all got the same structure. One router, one UPS, one server and so on. So what I'd like to do is to create a new group for each site which includes the template for the router, template for the UPS etc. so that I only have to give the IP addresses of all the different components. I hope you get the idea what I mean. |
[ZBXNEXT-2889] Sort similar LLD-item values in a host Created: 2015 Jul 23 Updated: 2018 Apr 22 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Timofey Koolin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | sorting, top | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Virtual server node |
Description |
For example: I want way to see TOP-10 of vds-cpu items. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jul 23 ] |
is "VDS" meant to be "virtual dedicated server" ? (guessing from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VDS) also, do you just want to see a list of latest values for such items ? |
Comment by Timofey Koolin [ 2015 Jul 24 ] |
Yes - I mean virtual dedicated server, virtual machine. I want see list of item, sorted by value (not by name) - for fast see what of virtual server consume a lot or resources (cpu, iops, etc). |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Jul 24 ] |
Theoretically it could be resolved if we would have ability to sort by "Last value" ob latest data page. |
Comment by John Lauro [ 2018 Apr 22 ] |
I would also like to sort by last value, As an alternate method of implementing, other options might be to have it tied to a new screen type or someway to do a top list linked to a template that is applied to all hosts in the template instead of only one, that would ensure you don't have to deal with different types. (Although being able to sort / pull up top lists without having to first configure a screen would be ideal). |
Comment by John Lauro [ 2018 Apr 22 ] |
Another option might be on the overview page, and hosts on the left, being able to sort by column. Each column should have the same type... (I seldom use overview because it is slow with a lot of hosts and data elements if you don't narrow with application, but it would be more useful it it let you sort by the values in a column). |
[ZBXNEXT-3899] Possibility to convert SNMP DateandTime to Timestamp in Preprocessing Created: 2017 May 30 Updated: 2022 Nov 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4 (plan) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Kay Schroeder | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We have several systems with SNMP-Values of octetstring, formatted in a special manner for Date and Time: ateAndTime ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION field octets contents range 10 11 minutes from UTC 0..59 For example, Tuesday May 26, 1992 at 1:30:15 PM EDT would be 1992-5-26,13:30:15.0,-4:0 Note that if only local time is known, then timezone For us it is useful to get this converted into a timestamp so that we can work with several trigger functions. I know about the new feature of preprocessing and I think this functionality could be a good additional feature to have it implemented. Kind Regards, |
Comments |
Comment by alex dekker [ 2017 May 31 ] |
This would be useful for dealing with snapshot age on HP SANs. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2017 Jun 05 ] |
Would be nice if you pointed us to the format specification. |
Comment by Kay Schroeder [ 2017 Jul 08 ] |
Glebs, the syntax above should be the general syntax and should work in general. |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Jul 08 ] |
Sounds rather like a use case for |
Comment by alex dekker [ 2017 Oct 05 ] |
Glebs, format specification is in RFC2579 p18. |
Comment by David Collier [ 2021 Jan 15 ] |
Is this feature being worked on? We have exactly the same requirement for handling Date / Time fields returned as STRING variables from SNMP agent items. |
Comment by Malcolm [ 2021 Jun 11 ] |
For anyone still looking for a solution, the below can be thrown into a Javascript preprocessing rule to create a unixtime/epoch timestamp: p_date = Date.UTC( parseInt("0x" + value.slice(0,2) + value.slice(3,5)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(6,8)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(9,11)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(12,14)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(15,17)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(18,20)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(21,23)) ) / 1000 utc_direction = String.fromCharCode(parseInt("0x" + value.slice(24,26))) == '-' ? -1 : 1 p_date += parseInt("0x" + value.slice(27,29)) * 3600 * utc_direction p_date += parseInt("0x" + value.slice(30,32)) * 60 * utc_direction return p_date |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2022 Nov 09 ] |
Hello, I try to use this format to monitor FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgHaStatsSyncDatimeUnsucc and FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgHaStatsSyncDatimeSucc. For me, your code is wrong on calculation on month : Date.UTC use an index between 0 and 11 and not 1 to 12. Moreover, you can have this format without UTC direction. So, I propose this fix : value=value.trim() p_date = Date.UTC( parseInt("0x" + value.slice(0,2) + value.slice(3,5)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(6,8) -1), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(9,11)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(12,14)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(15,17)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(18,20)), parseInt("0x" + value.slice(21,23)) ) / 1000if (value.length > 23){ utc_direction = String.fromCharCode(parseInt("0x" + value.slice(24,26))) == '-' ? -1 : 1 p_date += parseInt("0x" + value.slice(27,29)) * 3600 * utc_direction p_date += parseInt("0x" + value.slice(30,32)) * 60 * utc_direction} return p_date;
|
[ZBXNEXT-3723] Unsupported messages links to wiki or KB Created: 2017 Feb 26 Updated: 2017 Feb 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Heðin Ejdesgaard Møller | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend, items, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to be presented with a wiki link whenever a discovery rule or general item is rated as unsupported. Example: That text should link to a KB for that error on the wiki, where ppl. can read more details about the issue and, if appropiate, contribute to the article about possible solutions. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Feb 26 ] |
ZBXNEXT-130 could be considered related. |
[ZBXNEXT-2937] Macros {MAC.RO<1-9>} are limited to single digit Created: 2015 Sep 02 Updated: 2015 Sep 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ebonweaver | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | limits, macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
All macros by documentation and testing are limited to single digit values. This is a serious limitation for which the only work around I can see is having 12 triggers instead of one which is not as elegant and removes the ability to present an overview of the whole device in the alert instead of just a single alert item. |
[ZBXNEXT-2857] Searching for graphs via search engine Created: 2015 Jun 25 Updated: 2020 Jan 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jacek | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | graphs, search | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Would it be possible to add graphs in results (name of the host + names of valid graphs with links to them) of search engine queries? For example, someone wants to check a traffic of some specific bussines client, he/she knows the name of that cilent and there is a graph named after that client, but he/she doesn't know on what host this graph can be found and because of large number of possible hosts going through all of them would generate lots of unecessary work. After typing ABCDE in search engine's field and submitting it, user would get (apart from standard results for hosts, host groups and template) another section with list of all graphs containing ABCDE in their titles along with hosts these grpahs can be found. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1201 asks for a per-host graph filter |
Comment by Kay Schroeder [ 2017 Apr 28 ] |
Hello, we are running in the same issue. We have thousands of customer poorts and we have non-admin users checking graphs and statistics of these ports. These users also won't care on which (of 200) device the customer is located. So would be nice to have this feature in place. |
Comment by Arnis Č. [ 2017 Sep 16 ] |
I'm pretty surprised that it is still not implemented. May be in server environment it is not so important to search for a graph by description, but in networking environment it is a big disatvantage. We have a lot of switches and routers and we have graphs for each interface and each interface has a description with some unique identifier. We would like to search for a graph globally with some wildcard filter possibilities. It would be a killer feature for us. Many networking people I spoke with put that as a disatvantage e.g. in comparison with Cacti where you can search for graphs quickly. |
Comment by Piotr Goczal [ 2019 Dec 31 ] |
I'm also interested in these issue. @acivciss could you please tell more about your solution? |
Comment by Arnis Č. [ 2020 Jan 02 ] |
@Piotr Goczal We wrote a small web serviss that allows us to search and find graph IDs with specified description. We use API graph.get method with searchWildcardsEnabled to search for graphs. https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.2/manual/api/reference/graph/get When graph ID is found we can redirect to zabbix frontend graph page: zabbix.example.com/charts.php?form_refresh=1&fullscreen=0&graphid=<GRAPH_ID>
|
Comment by Piotr Goczal [ 2020 Jan 02 ] |
Thank you, I will check it. If you can share your code it would be great. |
[ZBXNEXT-5516] Dashboard new Graph widget legend extended functionality Created: 2019 Oct 17 Updated: 2019 Oct 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alex Alexandrov (Inactive) | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | dashboard, frontend, graph, legend, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2019-10-17-09-17-24-346.png image-2019-10-17-09-23-08-872.png image-2019-10-17-09-52-54-344.png image-2019-10-17-09-53-27-774.png image-2019-10-17-09-56-17-953.png image-2019-10-17-10-00-06-287.png image-2019-10-17-10-01-00-779.png |
Description |
On the "old" Screen on each graph in the legend statistical information was displayed (avg,last,max,min).
On the "new" Graph widget in Dasboard there is no such possibility:
It is impossible to use new graphics in some cases due to the lack of this functionality. |
Comments |
Comment by Alex Alexandrov (Inactive) [ 2019 Oct 17 ] |
As it turned out, the new graph widget also lacks the functionality of Dynamic Graphs. This is extremely inconvenient when creating the same type of dashboards for different hosts. In screen graph you have ability select Dynamic item in Graph properties:
This allows you to use the same screen for different hosts of the same type, switching between groups and hosts:
In Dashboard graph widget you can select only static hosts for data set and you have no ability select dynamic dataset:
|
Comment by Valdis Murzins [ 2019 Oct 17 ] |
Hello alex_spq, Thank you for feedback and suggestions. |
[ZBXNEXT-5467] Add the ability to Add/Change Tags in Triggers that are created from LLD Discovery templates Created: 2019 Sep 24 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Stephen Apple | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 33 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2 | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
All Triggers that are created from LLD discovered items are set so that Tags cannot be added or changed on the triggers. We would like to use this functionality to link a trigger with our external ticketing system in order to track when a ticket exists or needs to be created based on the trigger that fired. In order to do this, we need a way to link the trigger to the ticket and with all fields suppressed for editing in LLD created items/triggers, this is not possible. |
Comments |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2022 Mar 14 ] |
This task could be implemented now using the LLD override rules. ZBXNEXT-4514 contains a similar request. Moreover, after the |
Comment by Rodrigo P [ 2022 Mar 31 ] |
I'd like to endorse this feature request. I have the same situation here. I need to specify tags for triggers that were created by LLD rules to be able to link them with my ticket system when they are fired, and then automate the process of opening the tickets and then be able to connect events and tickets. |
Comment by Sacha Zufferey [ 2022 Jun 02 ] |
We are interested in this feature too. Thanks! |
Comment by Kirill Varnakov [ 2022 Jun 23 ] |
What about LLD items? They also need this functionality. |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2022 Oct 10 ] |
For anyone running into this issue. You can get there using OVERRIDES. Simply use user macros in your filters to override the values between host and template levels. |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2022 Oct 10 ] |
See ZBXNEXT-7593 |
Comment by leeyc0 [ 2022 Nov 12 ] |
I need this too. For my use case I need to tag the problem to ad-hoc disable notification of selected problems (but not disabling the problem itself, I still need to log the problem), or using tags to selectively notify some of the users. With problem tagging I can simply disable problem notification by setting tag conditions in actions, otherwise I have to cherry-pick the problem in action rule every time when I need to ad-hoc disable a problem notification, and potentially in multiple action rules. |
Comment by leeyc0 [ 2022 Nov 13 ] |
It is indeed possible, but you need to set the LLD override at template level, and add one LLD override rule per host, utilizing {HOST.NAME} macro as condition. |
Comment by leeyc0 [ 2022 Nov 13 ] |
We can at least set the tag at the host itself, which should be enough for most cases, just need to check one more tag... |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2022 Nov 14 ] |
Just a reminder that the |
Comment by Mehmet Ali Buyukkarakas [ 2023 Jul 11 ] |
I need also this feature. Voting for. |
Comment by Cesar Inacio Martins [ 2023 Oct 27 ] |
Also need this feature. Since TAGs was implemented as general use for filters and identification of services , this resource is mandatory! No overrules or ulgy solutions like clone the trigger and work with a "fixed" trigger on the host are good and acceptable solution.
|
Comment by Mehmet Ali Buyukkarakas [ 2023 Oct 27 ] |
Totally agree. We have another scenario. Some windows services on some servers are monitored by the Infrastructure team, but some application specific services are monitored just by another team. And the application team never accepts the infra-related services alerts to be delivered to them. Currently we can't distinguish the services by teams unless we dont use the LLD discovery rules overriding option. But its not practical.
|
[ZBXNEXT-5005] Drill-down browsing from Summary Widget Created: 2019 Feb 05 Updated: 2019 Apr 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.0alpha3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | T.J. Yang | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2019-02-05-13-03-33-170.png image-2019-02-05-14-45-07-046.png |
Description |
Hi Sorry for opening up many epics today. I am from Nagios camp and thinking of moving over the Zabbix. But I missed following feature after using latest 4.2.0 alpha3 for a while.
|
Comments |
Comment by T.J. Yang [ 2019 Feb 05 ] |
Another approach is to enhance "System information" widget to add drill-down click on green 17 to list out 17 enabled hosts.
|
[ZBXNEXT-8965] Operational data improvement (Expression macro support or related item caching) Created: 2024 Jan 19 Updated: 2024 Jan 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.26rc1, 6.4.11rc1, 7.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrey Tocko | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2024-01-19-16-57-16-343.png image-2024-01-19-17-01-32-082.png image-2024-01-19-17-05-01-292.png |
Description |
[ZBXNEXT-8605] Web scenario: Allow overriding domain names resolving Created: 2023 Jul 30 Updated: 2023 Jul 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Waleed Mortaja | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In a load balance environment, we have multiple web servers serving a set of domain names over HTTPS. We would like to measure the performance of each web server independently by creating a web scenario for each one of them.
The problem: Using a domain name in the "URL" field in the web scenario would lead to resolving the domain to a different web server each (some) time leading to non reliable data.
Workaround (fails for HTTPS): Specify the IP of the web server instead of the domain name. This fails because each web server serves multiple domains (virtual hosts) and thus it responds differently based on the domain name used to connect to it, or more specifically the "Host" HTTP header. And while you can override the HTTP Host header in the current interface, this would fail for HTTPS because An HTTPS server also needs to get the server name provided already in the TLS handshake so that it knows which cert etc to use.
The solution: Zabbix depends on curl under the hood. curl allows you to give curl the proper URL but with a custom IP address to use for the host name we set. The --resolve command line option is our friend
Notes:
So please provide an interface parameter to configure the curl's "--resolve" option (or a sub-interface menu since it can be used multiple time to override multiple domains per a web scenario)
Reference: https://daniel.haxx.se/blog/2018/04/05/curl-another-host |
[ZBXNEXT-8959] Fix Color Selection In SVG Graph When Aggregating by Whole Dataset Created: 2024 Jan 17 Updated: 2024 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.25, 6.4.10, 7.0.0alpha9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ryan Eberly | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
When multiple items are chosen in the Svg Graph and are aggregated by the whole dataset, the first result from the function getColorVariations becomes the color of the aggregated data set. This is confusing and can lead to unexpected colors in the graph.
For whole data set aggregations the original color choice should be used from $options['data_sets'].
For example, in getMetricsAggregatedData(), starting at line 701, some simple logic could be added to easily fix this: 699 if ($metric['options']['aggregate_grouping'] == GRAPH_AGGREGATE_BY_DATASET) { 700 $dataset_metrics[$dataset_num] = $metric_num; 701 if ($data_sets[$dataset_num]['dataset_type'] == CWidgetFieldDataSet::DATASET_TYPE_PATTERN_ITEM) { 702 $metric['options']['color'] = '#' . $data_sets[$dataset_num]['color']; 703 } 704 else { 705 $metric['options']['color'] = '#' . $data_sets[$dataset_num]['color'][0]; 706 } 707 } |
[ZBXNEXT-8881] Disable houskeeping UI options for Zabbix setup with partitioned DB Created: 2023 Dec 07 Updated: 2024 Feb 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | 7.0 (plan) |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dmitrijs Saldovs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Epic Link: | Zabbix 7.0 |
Description |
There is no need to perform Zabbix housekeeping when history and trends are stored in separate DB partitions. This option should be disabled in UI based on configuration setup |
[ZBXNEXT-8778] Map Read-only permission is not working for users with user role type Admin Created: 2023 Apr 05 Updated: 2023 Oct 23 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.4.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Daniel Kempkens | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 6.0 LTS |
Attachments: | screenshot-1.png screenshot-2.png screenshot-3.png screenshot-4.png screenshot-5.png screenshot-6.png screenshot-7.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
||||
Team: | Team B |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Try the same steps with a dashboard instead of a map - the user group with role type "admin" cannot edit the dashboard. This is the expected result, but not in the maps section. |
Comments |
Comment by Michal Czerniakiewicz [ 2023 Apr 05 ] |
I do confirm. Replicated on Zabbix appliance 6.0.15 LTS(https://www.zabbix.com/rn/rn6.0.15). Created: user "Admina" with Admin role and group Zabbix administrators; user "User" with User role and group Users(changed during and for the process to Admin role). |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2023 Sep 26 ] |
This works according to the documentation:
|
[ZBXNEXT-8231] Update IP address stored for auto-registered hosts with HostInterface set to DNS Created: 2023 Jan 26 Updated: 2024 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.12, 6.2.6, 6.4.0beta5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, autoregistration, dns, hostinterfaces, ipaddress | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Use case: Use auto-registration feature with HostInterface set: During first auto-registration interface created with both fields populated IP and DNS, and DNS is set to default connection method. For example, host is moved to another network or between data-centers or between on-premises and cloud. Monitoring still works through DNS, but IP stored inside interface settings is incorrect. This makes {HOST.IP} macro unusable and information provided by Zabbix is incorrect. Please add ability to refresh this information on regular basics. |
[ZBXNEXT-5668] Add ability to place host in maintenance for relative time period Created: 2020 Jan 02 Updated: 2020 Jan 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jack Valko | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Various workarounds have existing in zabbix in the past to place hosts in a mode where it will not action on 1 or more of its triggers. With the removal of the add hosts to group functionality on the hostgroup edit page, there's no immediate way from a dashboard to quiet a host for a relative period of time. (Please correct this assumption if I'm mistaken). I would propose an additional operation on the "Update Problem" page that would offer an option to quiet this alert or quiet this host. |
[ZBXNEXT-5949] Non-PHP format for web configuration Created: 2020 May 13 Updated: 2020 Aug 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | cloud, config, usability, web | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently Zabbix web-interface uses configuration file in PHP script format. Sometimes it is very difficult to automate web configuration deployments as it is PHP with many special characters. Probably it is better to migrate to Zabbix server/proxy configuration file format to be consistent with all Zabbix components. |
[ZBXNEXT-6266] I would like to insert a new function to the maps, which allows by placing a mouse on the link between two "Host_A" and Host_B ", an online graph of traffic interfaces. Created: 2020 Oct 15 Updated: 2022 Jun 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Carlos SIlva | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix network maps that can show link traffic on graffic online in draw. |
[ZBXNEXT-6069] Generic Filter Language for all UI pages Created: 2020 Jul 14 Updated: 2020 Oct 26 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Christian Anton | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | monitor-filter_builder.png |
Description |
In Zabbix, there are filters everywhere, both in configuration and display contexts: in list of hosts, templates, “Latest data”, Problems view etc. These filters have been extended more and more during the last releases, and they already look quite “overloaded” on one hand, and on the other hand they are still missing quite a lot of useful functionalities which almost all bigger customers (and not only those) do strongly wish:
Additionally, there is a strong need to make the UI pages more flexible: currently, applied filters are saved in cookies, which causes a lot of undesired situations, such as a page showing up a different search result, host data, etc. than expected. This has been seen as very annoying by a lot of users. Another annoying thing is, that for example in the problems-widget on a dashbboard one can exclude one or more hostgroups. But this seems not possible on the problems view, even if the filters else look very similar.
A good and forward-looking solution would be an approach such as Atlassian Jira’s: in all pages where filters may be needed, the content is totally customizable by using a generic query language. Same has been seen at some monitoring solutions (Nagios based, see screenshot attached). A query language like that, combined with a graphical "filter builder" to help figuring out which possibilities there are to filter the current view, and probably even still some check boxes like those existing currently (“show acknowledged” and such) which change the query language parameters inline by pressing them, would make the whole Zabbix user interface much more flexible and better to use in large environments. Those same filters could be used inside of dashboard widgets, in the graph widget, in future maybe even in custom graphs (making them dynamic), in maps (to show, i.e. not just "one host group of hosts" but those exactly matching such a filter) and much more. Beside of the above described, I believe it would make sense to hand over the queries in URL parameters. This way, a proper “navigating back” would be possible, permalinks with queries included could be handed over to coworkers etc. Additionally such queries could be saved as “saved searches”, been combined with user permissions (like dashboards etc.) and this way be visible and quickly accessible for other users. As I have seen in other monitoring solutions, one possible way to implement could be to include the actual type of information (problems, latest data, …) to see in the query. This way, one query would clearly tell the UI which page to render. This would allow also custom frontend modules to integrate into such a filtering sub system. |
Comments |
Comment by Andrei Gushchin (Inactive) [ 2020 Jul 15 ] |
Thank you for detailed describing your idea. |
Comment by Carl Slaughter [ 2020 Oct 26 ] |
This may be a bit simplistic, but adding an exclude option to the search.. Example |
[ZBXNEXT-6014] Add URL in triggers mass update and discovery LLD override Created: 2020 Jun 15 Updated: 2020 Jun 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.8, 4.4.9, 5.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Agrate SSSL | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend, lld, templates, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | urlmassupd.JPG urloverride.JPG |
Description |
Add missing URL replace in triggers mass update and discovery LLD override |
[ZBXNEXT-3753] Rename autodiscovered items/triggers Created: 2017 Mar 22 Updated: 2018 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Stijn Vanschoonbeek | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | autodiscovery, frontend, items, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Screen Shot 2017-03-22 at 09.52.17.png |
Description |
Auto-discovery is a very nice feature but there is a thing the we thinks is missing with auto-discovery: Renaming of the items or triggers once they are discovered: I give a specific example where this would be very useful:
|
Comments |
Comment by Ward Van Breedam [ 2017 Mar 22 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Mar 22 ] |
an approach that would scale better would be to use ifDescr and ifAlias in the item names - thus way the data would propagate from the device into the items |
Comment by Stijn Vanschoonbeek [ 2017 Mar 22 ] |
richlv, That is indeed a good idea! if made this possible to retrieve the ifAlias-value as a second macro in the discovery rule. thanks for the tip!! |
Comment by Kevin Schroer [ 2018 Feb 09 ] |
i'd like to see this feature aswell, sometimes its really annoying to have these autodiscovered Items/Trigger names. |
Comment by Alex P [ 2018 Sep 11 ] |
+1 for the feature, having an ability to rename auto discovered items by pattern would be great! |
[ZBXNEXT-3668] Option to group triggers with identical names in Monitoring -> Overview Created: 2017 Jan 26 Updated: 2017 Jan 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.16, 3.0.7, 3.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ingus Vilnis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | overview | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 25012017_153305.jpg |
Description |
Related to In older versions of Zabbix the triggers with different expressions but identical names in Overview page were grouped by those names. Agreed that this can cause confusion when used without knowing this behavior, however there were several use cases where this hidden feature was used intentionally. As mentioned in This is how it looks now. The page in particular use case was adapted to a wall mounted TV screen which has now become unusable because all triggers no longer fit in one screen. No, there is no option to use scrolling. Please implement a control which can enable / disable the advantage of this grouping feature. Additionally it should be remembered in the user settings since screens are displayed automatically from selected URLs without the need to adjust the filtering by a user every time the page is opened. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Jan 26 ] |
seems to be a duplicate of ZBX-11743 |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2017 Jan 26 ] |
Sigh. This is what happens when you start one issue in the morning and finish creating it by the evening. Coincidence because this functionality is not something what was changed yesterday. |
[ZBXNEXT-3091] submenus nested into parent menuitem Created: 2016 Jan 11 Updated: 2016 Feb 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ya Bo | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | css, html, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ZBXNEXT-3091-nested-submenus--beta2.patch |
Description |
Currently the menu and it item submenus are divided between two different divs. It is not usual and convenient decision. I propose some non significant changes that give us all submenus nested into they parent menuitem. If this changes will be applied it will be possible to replace js menu processing with help of pure css in new skins/styles. NB. unfortunately, with this changes the small triangle under selected parent menuitem in existing styles should be moved to left side of the menuitem. |
Comments |
Comment by Ya Bo [ 2016 Feb 02 ] |
changed files: NB2: server-name moved inside the logo div but it is showing on the right border of sub-menu (current behavior). |
[ZBXNEXT-3138] Wrong frontend search bar on smartphones Created: 2016 Feb 11 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0beta1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Adail Horst | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | globalsearch, layout | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Centos mysql apache |
Attachments: | Screenshot_2016-02-11-10-46-05.png Screenshot_2016-02-11-10-46-38.png Screenshot_2016-02-11-13-52-51.png |
Description |
When i try to access the frontend the interface apear wrong |
Comments |
Comment by Pavel Amosov (Inactive) [ 2016 Feb 11 ] |
Looks like a duplicate of |
Comment by Adail Horst [ 2016 Feb 11 ] |
Pavel, i update now to rc2 and still with problem... |
Comment by Adail Horst [ 2016 Feb 11 ] |
|
Comment by Pavel Amosov (Inactive) [ 2016 Feb 11 ] |
Adail, yes, the search field should be more narrow. Responsive layout is not implemented yet, we will address this issue in the future. On a broader scale. |
[ZBXNEXT-4256] Host Name should be case insensitive Created: 2017 May 26 Updated: 2017 Nov 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Shriharsh Thanvi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 3.0.9, RHEL 7, MySQL 5.7.17 |
Description |
We found that Zabbix adds host even if another host with exact same name but different case is present. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 May 26 ] |
most of the things in zabbix are case sensitive - it would be a major breaking change, and there does not seem to be a compelling reason to change. |
Comment by Shriharsh Thanvi [ 2017 May 26 ] |
I completely agree about most of the other things being case sensitive; except for the host name. If not entire change, then at least auto registration should check the host name without case sensativity. I do not think it will be a major breaking change. |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 May 26 ] |
what is the compelling reason for that then ? |
Comment by Shriharsh Thanvi [ 2017 May 26 ] |
The intention here is primarily to prevent duplicate host creation, and providing zabbix admin the flexibility to handle complex scenarios. We already had several VM discovered and subsequently cloned to modify monitoring policies (like alerts on disk space etc) using macros. This leads us to two scenarios:
The agent config will be same and we intend to do mass deployments. On our part, I also do recognize the need for some strict complaince when it comes to naming conventions at different stages. |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2017 Nov 28 ] |
Not a defect in code. Reasoning makes sense but that classifies as a request for changed functionality. Moved to ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS project. |
[ZBXNEXT-3806] Add negative lookup for required string in web scenario Created: 2017 Apr 20 Updated: 2019 Jul 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.8, 3.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ingus Vilnis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | webmonitoring, webscenario | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In web scenario steps add possibility to succeed the step only if the required string is NOT found. Issue remotely related to |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Apr 20 ] |
would be solved by ZBXNEXT-309 (although a basic negation might still be desirable) |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Jan 02 ] |
looks like pcre support in daemons solved this one ? |
Comment by Ingus Vilnis [ 2018 Aug 20 ] |
Technically now it is possible but in reality the negative regexps are way too complex for end users to configure. See ZBXNEXT-4690 for similar discussion. |
Comment by Björn Dieding [ 2019 Jul 31 ] |
Hi, I thought I should supply a use case for this ticket. Here is my use case: I would like to test the url http://rbl-check.org/rbl_api.php?ipaddress=83.246.67.106 for the non existence of the string ";notlisted" |
[ZBXNEXT-3488] Support user macros in macro function parameters. Created: 2016 Oct 06 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sandis Neilands (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | macrofunction, usability, usermacro | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
From (2) of Consider this scenario which demonstrates poor usability. Problem expression: {dummy_host_0:dummy_item_0.regexp("[a-z]+ {$SERVICE_DOWN}",#1)}=1 Tag "reason" value: {{ITEM.LASTVALUE}.regsub("[a-z]+ {$SERVICE_DOWN}",\2)} Both expressions formatted for comparison: {dummy_host_0:dummy_item_0.regexp("[a-z]+ {$SERVICE_DOWN}",#1)}=1 {{ITEM.LASTVALUE} .regsub("[a-z]+ {$SERVICE_DOWN}",\2)} Expected: both expressions work fine (since the regex is the same. vso User macros are not supported in function macros. sandis.neilands That is exactly the point. There are many arbitrary (surprising) limitation in the Zabbix macro language applications. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Oct 06 ] |
Can be considered a duplicate of ZBXNEXT-1568. And depends on implementation of |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Oct 06 ] |
And let's not forget that user macros come with contexts and potentially with LLD macros inside them... |
[ZBXNEXT-3316] In trigger does not work macro {INVENTORY.LOCATION} and etc. Created: 2016 Jun 21 Updated: 2019 Oct 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.8, 3.0.2, 3.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nikita | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 12 |
Labels: | inventory, macros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
In trigger does not work macro {INVENTORY.LOCATION}and etc. |
Attachments: | image001.png image002.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
The trigger does not run the macro {INVENTORY.LOCATION} and all other macros. According to the documentation they need to display values. But, instead of the value of the Inventory field they give {INVENTORY.LOCATION}etc. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Jun 22 ] |
According to https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.0/manual/appendix/macros/supported_by_location, {INVENTORY.LOCATION} macro is only supposed to work in notifications. Where exactly are you trying to use them? |
Comment by Nikita [ 2016 Jun 23 ] |
In trigger name. According to the documentation - Trigger-based notifications... |
Comment by Mikhail Khirgiy [ 2016 Dec 09 ] |
It's very important to use {INVENTORY.LOCATION}macro in triggers notifications. |
Comment by Christian McHugh [ 2018 Apr 27 ] |
We too would like to use INVENTORY.ALIAS, LOCATION, or TAG in the trigger name. |
Comment by Kurbanov Ruslan [ 2019 Apr 01 ] |
In zabbix 4.0.3 {INVENTORY.LOCATION} doesn't go into a trigger name. |
[ZBXNEXT-3186] optionally hide "Ok/Problem" text for elements on maps Created: 2016 Mar 10 Updated: 2018 Jun 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Roman Belda | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | filters, maps, status | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | hide-status.tgz network-maps.png with-problem.png without-problem.png |
Description |
Dear Zabbix, we need to hide Ok/Problem status in maps, because with statuses, we haven't got lots of space between items. I think it will be a good feature. I send you all edited files, with updated database. It's new item called "hidestatus". Thank you for your reply and add it in next versions. |
Comments |
Comment by Guido [ 2016 Jul 07 ] |
+1 |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jul 07 ] |
please see http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/bug_reporting_guidelines#Reporting_an_issue . note this part :
|
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Mar 26 ] |
seems to be a duplicate of ZBXNEXT-2665 |
Comment by Brett Grothoff [ 2018 Jun 26 ] |
Thanks, this worked great! |
[ZBXNEXT-3143] Display link to created entity in "green" success message. Created: 2016 Feb 15 Updated: 2016 Feb 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.0beta2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ivan Kolomiets | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | fr.png |
Description |
Hello! Usually, when you creating something - you want to adjust something or validate that you not forget anything. Now you are forced to remember the name of created entity, then find it. It would be super handy if there will be direct link to it in flash message. I attached screenshot of how i see it. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Feb 15 ] |
just to clarify, the popup/slidedown temporary message is meant, adobe flash not suggested here this would be very handy indeed, but what if multiple entities are affected in one go ? should the links go in the detailed entries (expandable) then ? |
Comment by Ivan Kolomiets [ 2016 Feb 15 ] |
@richlv fair comment. I'm particularly suffering from adding single items, not used mass editing much, but can i imagine example for this - mass enabling of hosts - it would be nice to get links to them in order to open in new tabs and continue editing. |
Comment by Pavel Amosov (Inactive) [ 2016 Feb 16 ] |
One thing is for sure: there should be a name of a template/host, like "Template 'ubertemplate' added". |
Comment by Ivan Kolomiets [ 2016 Feb 16 ] |
I read my description again - and i'm sorry for errors. Please note, it was written at night after long long working day =) |
[ZBXNEXT-1577] move entity selection field to be the second in the properties form Created: 2013 Jan 17 Updated: 2013 Jan 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when another map element type than image is selected, actual entity selection field (host, host group, map, trigger) appears below several other fields. this is not very logical and users struggle with finding this field. instead this field should be moved right below the "type" dropdown |
[ZBXNEXT-1765] Improved Screens navigation and management Created: 2013 May 30 Updated: 2021 May 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Cristian | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 17 |
Labels: | screens, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, I think the current way the screens are implemented is making hard to use them. On management side:
On consulting/review these screens I think:
Basically on navigation/review side of graphs I found Cacti much superior and somehow we should follow the same or improved navigation/review pattern. |
Comments |
Comment by alex dekker [ 2017 Dec 22 ] |
Host screens are inexplicably difficult to find. There should be a link to them from the Screens screen. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 May 21 ] |
I think it has been improved significantly in 5.4 by merging of screens (global and template-level) into dashboards. Less confusing and much more user friendly! |
[ZBXNEXT-1764] Plugin support in the webinterface Created: 2013 May 30 Updated: 2022 Jan 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Frank | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | plugins | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In order to get most out of your Zabbix installation, it would be nice to have plugin support in the webinterface allowing people to write their own plugins and use it from Zabbix. Additionally, it would be nice if actions/links could be added to the "popup" (if you click an item) function as well with parameters (e.g. host ID, hostname). Functionality like this would allow people to use Zabbix for more than "just" a monitoring system |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 May 30 ] |
this seems to be a very broad request. |
Comment by Frank [ 2013 May 30 ] |
I know about the popups, but instead of running a script it should allow a link to a page in Zabbix (provided by the plugin) |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 May 30 ] |
linking to pages in zabbix can be implemented using map urls (although they won't work in other views, of course ) |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 May 31 ] |
Here in Jira are several discussions about plugins for frontend. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2022 Jan 05 ] |
Hello ! Solved in version 5.0 https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/5.0/en/manual/modules , so you can close ? Thank you Zabbix team ! |
[ZBXNEXT-1516] Make the trigger expression editor more efficient Created: 2012 Nov 16 Updated: 2012 Nov 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Volker Fröhlich | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | expressions, triggerconfigform, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Goal: A) Create a new item and a simple trigger for that item Modus operandi A): = Manual approach =
= UI approach =
B): Much like before, you'd have to go through all the steps over and over. To me it seems, the process could be improved in two ways: 1.) Make it easier to create a simple trigger expression for a single item. This could be achieved via a link in the Wizard column on items.php, or better: The Triggers column. It would take you the trigger editor, with host and item already filled in. 2.) Try to get rid of the popups and integrate the list of all available items in the trigger form, to comfortably pick items. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Nov 16 ] |
also something that has been discussed a lot, but i couldn't find an existing issue, so i created a new one... expression hints/suggestions/autocomplete : ZBXNEXT-1517 |
[ZBXNEXT-1464] Add debug option to items Created: 2012 Oct 11 Updated: 2021 Jan 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.15 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc Schoechlin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | debug, template | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
While developing zabbix templates on productive systems it´s often difficult to debug non working triggers. It would be a cool thing to have a "debug-level" option on item level. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2014 Dec 29 ] |
A direct feedback to the zabbix user interface would be a really great improvement. |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2021 Jan 03 ] |
Would be still useful on current releases. |
[ZBXNEXT-1411] ZABBIX-Proxy per host interface Created: 2012 Sep 07 Updated: 2018 Feb 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | host, interface, proxy | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux, CentOS-6, PostgreSQL 9.1.4, Apache HTTPD-2.2.15, PHP-5.3.3 |
Description |
I'm evaluating ZABBIX again since version 2.0 was released. Our servers are equipped with remote management adapters. The networks of these adapters differ from the networks where the hosts reside. Is there any chance to get the option to choosse a ZABBIX-Proxy per host interface? |
Comments |
Comment by Justin McNutt [ 2013 May 22 ] |
I would like to see a feature like this as well. My management would like me to be able to provide "perspectives" on a network device. That is, they want me to be able to show whether a switch is reachable not only locally (from a "primary" proxy) but also remotely (from a proxy farther away). This is especially important when monitoring services like DNS, where it is extremely useful to be able to show that a service was up and running, since the local proxy could reach it, but that there was a network problem somewhere because the external proxy was unable to reach it. Suggestion: Make it so that a single Host can have multiple Interfaces, defined by the (IP/DNS, proxy) tuple, where "proxy" can be NULL when that Interface is monitored by the Zabbix host itself. One problem I see is that this may confuse how Items work. Would ALL Items be re-tested per Interface/Proxy? Or just certain ones? Some more thought needs to be given to this to make it feasible. |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 Aug 27 ] |
Another reason why this should be implemented is ZBXNEXT-1285. |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2014 Aug 27 ] |
|
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2015 Feb 16 ] |
I also have the need to use external checks for some proxied hosts that need to run on the central zabbix server instead of on the proxies. This might allow that functionality as well. |
Comment by Philipp Jakubowski [ 2015 Jul 09 ] |
This feature is needed in multiple ways for us... |
Comment by Timo Reimann [ 2018 Feb 16 ] |
This feature would be very useful for our deployment, too. I think it would be best to select the Zabbix proxy on interface basis. Using this setup, we could use some kind of production proxy for Zabbix agent checks and a Out-of-band management proxy for SNMP checks against the servers lights-out management card. Currently we need to create two hosts for each server: one host for checks against Zabbix agent and another one to check the server hardware using SNMP in a dedicated Out-of-band management network. |
[ZBXNEXT-1415] Support HTTP-Proxy for Jabber/XMPP Created: 2012 Sep 10 Updated: 2014 Sep 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | httpproxy, jabber, xmpp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux, CentOS-6, PostgreSQL 9.1.4, Apache HTTPD-2.2.15, PHP-5.3.3 |
Description |
Please consider to add support for sending Jabber-/XMPP-Messages via a HTTP-Proxy. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Sep 06 ] |
Because of the extra costs a once opened proxy connection can be reused when multiple XMPP messages have to be send. |
[ZBXNEXT-1416] Allow granting permission to configure Maintenance Periods without granting full configuration access to host group Created: 2012 Sep 10 Updated: 2022 Oct 04 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert Parker | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 53 |
Labels: | maintenance, permissions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 2.0.2 running on Debian from unstable repository packages. |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We would like to be able to grant some users the permission to create and modify Maintance Periods for certain host groups, without granting them full configuration access to all aspects of the hosts in those groups. Perhaps this could be implemented as new User Type such as 'Operator', or a new column (between Read-write and Read-only) in the User Group Permissions screen. Of course I suspect this might not be simple to implement, and may fall within the scope of the work required for something like |
Comments |
Comment by Robert Cooper [ 2012 Oct 24 ] |
This might be easily related to |
Comment by Sebastiaan Woudenberg [ 2014 May 14 ] |
We also would like this additional security level.
|
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jun 19 ] |
this should be handled in the context of overall permission granularity, closing in favour of |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jan 27 ] |
this might be considered w/o full permission redesign, reopening |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2015 Apr 22 ] |
This little hack gives an actual meaning to "Read/Write" in the context of a regular user. This might be a good idea, because it allows the implementation without massive changes and may reduce the confusion as of what the heck the "Read/Write" column is for. http://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/simplify_ad_hoc_maintenance#POC_implementation |
Comment by Elvar [ 2017 Mar 14 ] |
I think it's very important for users to be able to set maintenance periods for various hosts and groups without having to be in the Zabbix Administrators group. In fact, the majority of users I have accessing Zabbix I would prefer not be Zabbix Administrators but have the ability to create maintenance schedules. |
Comment by Marlon Willrich [ 2017 Apr 27 ] |
I would also like this function, very important for larger installations |
Comment by Brad Turnbough [ 2017 Apr 28 ] |
Add my vote to the list of 'why doesn't this exist yet?' 5 years and counting.... |
Comment by Jos Hoekstra [ 2017 May 31 ] |
We're assigning dev-teams their own credentials for notifications etc, but allow them to set their own maintenance without needing us to set it for them would save us a lot of time. |
Comment by Cesar Murilo da Silva Junior [ 2019 Jan 22 ] |
|
Comment by Kornelis [ 2019 May 15 ] |
How difficult can it be to add a maintenance role. Would be a nice feature. Is there anyway to work around this? With a script or so? |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2019 May 15 ] |
Would my approach work for you @Kornelis? |
Comment by Kornelis [ 2019 May 16 ] |
@Volker: Is this script compatible with Zabbix 4.2? And how do i implement this? |
Comment by Michal Bartak [ 2019 May 28 ] |
I agree this feature would be greatly appreciated! Thanks |
Comment by Nick Zolot [ 2020 Mar 31 ] |
@Volker, is it possible to use patch with 4.4? Also, is there any step-by-step instruction how it can be installed? |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2020 Apr 01 ] |
Given its age I predict it not to apply cleanly. However, I think that the concept is still sound and just try to do the few things that I did in the patch wherever they belong now. |
Comment by Dale [ 2022 Oct 04 ] |
This appears to work on 6.0.2 and I'm not sure about other versions. Add read-write to the host groups you desire via User Groups and then using User Roles you can restrict configuration of Hosts. I'm not sure if I'm missing anything, but my users can now add maintenance and appear that they cannot configure anything still.
|
[ZBXNEXT-1363] Web interface navigation improvement Created: 2012 Aug 14 Updated: 2017 Dec 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sergey Syreskin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | frontend, gui, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 1.Overview.Monitoring.png 2.Graphs.Monitoring.png 3.Map.Monitoring.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I would like to propose an improvement to the way how a user navigates Zabbix web interface by 1. The main menu, situated on the top of the page should keep its current place. With this improvement any type of monitoring data will be accessible with at most 3 clicks of a mouse button. This interface improvement was inspired by Adrem NetCrunch |
Comments |
Comment by Sergey Syreskin [ 2012 Aug 22 ] |
A related feature request for displaying all graphs of a host on a single page: ZBXNEXT-75. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
I think that the proposed navigation would make the front-end much easier for users to navigate. |
Comment by Stefan [ 2014 Sep 29 ] |
2years ago, and nothing happens? |
Comment by Stefan [ 2017 Dec 22 ] |
any news? |
[ZBXNEXT-1290] Support of proxy in GUI Scripts Created: 2012 Jun 25 Updated: 2014 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.13, 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Laurent SEROR | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | globalscripts, gui, proxy | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Web Frontend (GUI) |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
GUI Scripts do not use the proxy when the host is monitored by the proxy. Usually, when there is a proxy, the host is not reachable from them. Ping script by example will fail even if the host is up. We need to be able to use the script (by example ping) from the proxy. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Jul 09 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1276 is a bit related |
[ZBXNEXT-1235] selectively ignore trigger dependencies Created: 2012 May 25 Updated: 2014 Aug 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ghozlane TOUMI | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | triggerdependencies, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Imagine having a complex network scenario, with trigger dependencies defined. when a system is down, you only get one red link , you may get other triggers depending on triger order, I think the triggers should be shown on link triggers with no regards to dependencies, or at least give a per map choice on that. seems to be the oposite of |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 May 25 ] |
but we do not know that other links are down, we know that one link is down. from the last information we got, the other links were up. should we really mark unknown things as down ? |
Comment by Ghozlane TOUMI [ 2012 May 25 ] |
From my pov, we know that the links are down : now the question is : can zabbix show the triggers even if they depend on another problem trigger... I don't know at what level the dependencies are managed, I think i understand dependent triggers are somehow set in an "invisible" state when the depending trigger value is in "problem" state, it would be simpler for this request if triggers where allways evaluated, in which case dependencies could be a filter on those triggers the rationale behind this being that you ban see what's really happening on you system in the maps and in the events , while keeping only the relevant problem on the dashboard/triggers and alerting . and decorrelation between trigger evaluation and dependency could help with escalation problems such as |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 May 25 ] |
well, it sounds like you want to selectively ignore dependencies, which i can't see another way to have as a new feature to, well, ignore them. it should be figured out which elements/pages should have the option and on what level (for example, is it per map or per map element/link ?). as such, it is definitely a feature request |
Comment by Jacek [ 2014 Aug 08 ] |
Maybe it would be easier to accompish that if you could change a behaviour of dependant triggers - instead of not changing (ignoring) its status in case of problem on more important node, you could change its status to 'unknown'. That wouldn't generate any notifications, would keep dashboard clean and maps would be even more detailed (pointing exactly where is the main problem and what is influenced by it). For some reason I cannot add screenshots, so below there is a link to forum thread where I posted an example to that. Unfortunately I don't know how to solve this. |
[ZBXNEXT-956] inventory referencing macros in trigger descriptions Created: 2011 Sep 10 Updated: 2013 Feb 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.6 (beta) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | inventory, macros, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
trunk revision |
Attachments: | zbxnext-956.patch |
Description |
I think need add support macros from host profile for trigger descriptions. " for quickly contact with responsible person |
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2013 Feb 13 ] |
Small patch to implement this feature. |
[ZBXNEXT-822] Separation table items, remove frequently changed fields Created: 2011 Jun 19 Updated: 2013 Dec 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Installation (I), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.4 (alpha) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | items, patch, performance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
PostgreSQL |
Attachments: | zbx_part_items.diff zbx_part_server.diff | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Due to the fact that many items in the table fields that change frequently in the versioned database accumulates a lot of garbage + often blocked the necessary lines. The patch fixes this problem by changing some fields (such as lastvalue) made in a separate table. At the moment, the changes are tested on the table items 7GB in size and the number of items about 800k. You may need to refactoring the patch. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2011 Jun 19 ] |
I would like to know the opinion of the developers on this issue |
Comment by Gurnish Anand [ 2013 Feb 22 ] |
can this patch be applied on 2.0.2? 6295:20130221:234529.230 [Z3005] query failed: [1213] Deadlock found when trying to get lock; try restarting transaction [update i |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 27 ] |
|
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2013 Apr 01 ] |
I think you mean zalex_ua ohh, indeed, it was a typo . thanks, fixed ! |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Apr 13 ] |
i believe |
[ZBXNEXT-711] possibility to add textual item history to favorites Created: 2011 Mar 23 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | trivial, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Only graphs for items with numeric data can be added to favorites. For those of us monitoring log files, it would be useful to add textual item history to favorites, too. |
[ZBXNEXT-668] Configuration -> Template -> Items needs a select field Created: 2011 Feb 22 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | matthias zeilinger | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | select_field_itemconfig.JPG |
Description |
it would be nice to have a select field in Configuration -> Template -> Items to select a template. |
[ZBXNEXT-541] Option to hide a lot of host groups on dashboard Created: 2010 Oct 22 Updated: 2019 Jun 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Niumar Andre Klein | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | dashboard, flexibility | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
OpenSuse 11.1 - Zabbix Version 1.8.3 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I need to create a lot of host groups to allow user access for specific hosts. These host groups are showed on the dashboard, resulting in a lot of repeated information. I think that there could be an option on the host group configuration screen that allow the admin user define if the host group should appear or not on dashboard. I know there are filter options on dashboard, but they need to be configured for a many users. Regards. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jan 10 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Feb 04 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-432] globally switchable concept "acknowledged trigger" Created: 2010 Jun 29 Updated: 2012 Oct 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | acknowledges | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
there's currently no global notion on what an acknowledged trigger means - in some locations it's all problem events, in some it's last problem event etc. there should be a global switch to control what an acknowledged trigger is, and it should be obeyed by all locations (dashboard, macros in frontend & server etc) maybe depends on bringing acknowledge state out on the trigger level ? |
log time format improvements
(ZBXNEXT-490)
[ZBXNEXT-488] multiple log time format support Created: 2010 Aug 25 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request (Sub-task) | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | logtimeformat | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
it would be nice if it was possible to specify and save multiple log time formats (name and format), similar how it can be done with value mappings. |
[ZBXNEXT-442] 2 and more links between two hosts on maps Created: 2010 Jul 05 Updated: 2022 Mar 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Konstantin Agafontsev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 38 |
Labels: | connectors, maps, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | maps.inc.patch two links between two hosts.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hello. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jan 26 ] |
possibly also an offset or similar keywords : map link connector offset |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jan 26 ] |
similar request about labels : ZBXNEXT-514 |
Comment by Andrey Zhozhin [ 2012 Apr 28 ] |
Here is my patch for multiple links between two hosts, distance is hardcoded in function drawMapConnectors(&$im, &$map, &$map_info) |
Comment by Andrey Zhozhin [ 2012 Apr 28 ] |
Example of map with patch |
Comment by Fahad Saleem [ 2012 Jun 20 ] |
Will this patch work for Zabbix version 2 as well? |
Comment by Germán Rivas [ 2018 Aug 09 ] |
This request is very necessary. Currently on my map I have a Cisco router that connects to two HP switches and only lets me show the information of only one link, but if I want to add a second link to be shown on the map, it will not let me do it. |
Comment by Anh Quoc Bui [ 2019 Jul 02 ] |
7 years and do you have any update? |
Comment by Aldin Osmanagić [ 2019 Nov 26 ] |
It is possible to draw multiple links between two hosts on the map with a workaround. You need to upload a transparent image that will be used to route links via a different path. Recently I have migrated maps from Weathermap to Zabbix and wrote a tutorial on how to do that: https://bestmonitoringtools.com/create-zabbix-maps-with-examples/ You can use that workaround until this feature is implemented. Regards |
Comment by Rodrigo P [ 2022 Mar 18 ] |
Zabbix Team within next releases could focus on improvements for map features. |
[ZBXNEXT-418] customisable "overview" widget Created: 2010 Jun 19 Updated: 2024 Jan 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 7 |
Labels: | overview, screens, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
it would be nice to have a customisable screen/dashboard widget in the style of overview. customisability : adding individual items to a table; inspiration : http://pawlowicz.name/MyServers |
Comments |
Comment by Bet Row [ 2024 Jan 18 ] |
Undfortunately the widget is very basic only. It needs to be advanced.:
|
[ZBXNEXT-414] event timeline view Created: 2010 Jun 17 Updated: 2016 Aug 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 16 |
Labels: | dashboard, events, usability, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
event timeline would be a great feature. zabbix event timeline could show event duration as lines and their endpoints as events (and maybe midpoints for unknown flapping ?). clicking on endpoints would provide a popup with major event details and access to other screens (full event details, graphs/data for related items etc). acknowledged events would be visually different from non-acknowledged events (check mark ?). clicking on the line would provide a popup with a list of all involved events. it should be possible to select scale for the timeline. timeline does not invalidate event list view - it should be possible to use on the same screen timeline and time period slider, as well as see current event list. it should be possible to hide any of these three elements individually. might also be coupled with graphs, showing graph below the timeline. goes together with improved event filter |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jun 17 ] |
seems to be using http://www.simile-widgets.org/timeline/ - bsd licensed ...and it has dark & white themes already to match zabbix ones... (to see events, drag that timeline back to 2013) |
Comment by João Figueiredo [ 2010 Nov 17 ] |
This would be quite helpful to identify problem trends. |
Comment by Cristian [ 2013 Jun 02 ] |
Some related feature request: https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-117 |
[ZBXNEXT-443] History view with lots of events and several items needs to be improved Created: 2010 Jun 28 Updated: 2016 Sep 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | eventlog, log, logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
1.8.3 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
this request as a continuation of the After I worked intensively with the monitoring of Windows events log, I decided to write a few serious request. This is the first of them In most cases it is meant that the selected multiple items for display, but not only. It would be useful at the bottom of the table to add statistics on how many lines from each items was displayed. Also another problem: Set a limit of 1000. I propose to consider the proposal - to make individual requests for each item selected in the list. And set limit 1000 for each items individualy and not for all together. Also very useful would be to add the ability to sort by user not only on the field "id", as well as the "clock" and "timestamp". And sometimes really, really need to see how events actually occur on the Host in real order with several journals simultaneously. Possibility of manualy user sorting by "clock" and "timestamp" should help in this. Sorry for my english |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jul 07 ] |
these issues will be very hard to work on, because too many things are piled in them. numbered summaries would be helpful... in this case : 1. in log monitoring, showing stats for each added log would be useful (how many lines from each); |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jul 07 ] |
...and my take on some of them 3. regarding this suggestion, it could cause problems - this limit is for performance reasons, and making it per item could result in lots and lots of data to be displayed. additionally, it might increase sql query count (just a guess) |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jul 07 ] |
...and this is really a feature request, not a bug |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2011 Feb 13 ] |
answers to Richlv: |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 16 ] |
See also |
[ZBXNEXT-403] exposing curl options for web monitoring Created: 2010 Jun 07 Updated: 2021 Aug 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 31 |
Labels: | webmonitoring | ||
Σ Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified |
Σ Time Spent: | Not Specified | Time Spent: | Not Specified |
Σ Original Estimate: | Not Specified | Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Sub-Tasks: |
|
Description |
for more flexibility various curl options could be exposed to be configured in zabbix web monitoring either on scenario, or step level. this will be the umbrella issue for such features. to reduce the need of individually adding every option as a field in the frontend, ability to specify options in general, as might appear in |
Comments |
Comment by Pimmetje [ 2021 Aug 14 ] |
Please add ZBXNEXT-6344 as subtask |
[ZBXNEXT-958] LDAP Anonymous binds not supported Created: 2010 Jun 13 Updated: 2017 Feb 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | nelsonab | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | authentication, ldap | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We recently migrated our server to another machine and distro. The previous combo was OpenSuSE 11.1 w Zabbix 1.8.2, the new system is CentOS 5.5 w Zabbix 1.8.2. In the process LDAP binds broke. I am receiving error messages saying: I will open other bugs with regards to the other parts that are now broken. Needless to say I cannot log in to change the LDAP configuration because I cannot bind to ldap to check credentials... This is a Chicken and Egg problem. (Which came first, the Chicken or the Egg?) It would be nice to have the ability for anonymous binds to LDAP. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jul 08 ] |
a similar problem with dokuwiki reported at http://www.freelists.org/post/dokuwiki/LDAP-can-not-bind-anonymously,1 in that case solution was reported to be "entering 'ldap://ldaphost.domain.tld:389' as LDAP-Hostname" |
Comment by Artem Suharev (Inactive) [ 2010 Jul 22 ] |
Actually it tries to bind anonymously but it fails. Try to connect to ldap from that server by some other tool. |
Comment by David Peacock [ 2010 Nov 12 ] |
My IT department think it's absurd to need a particular user as a bind DN with a password to be able to use LDAP on Zabbix. I'm inclined to agree. Is this issue getting any attention? |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 22 ] |
Is this issue about making user name/password optional for LDAP access? |
[ZBXNEXT-407] Fallback login option for LDAP Created: 2010 Jun 13 Updated: 2024 Feb 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | nelsonab | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 48 |
Labels: | authentication, fallback, ldap, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Presently there is no way to log into a Zabbix system configured to use LDAP should the LDAP connection fail. Other programs setup a "fallback" login which is used to log into the system with the same credentials as the administrator should LDAP fail for whatever reason. Needless to say, LDAP is failing to work with my Zabbix instance and since I'm configured to use LDAP I cannot log in to change the LDAP settings. The only way around this is to directly manipulate the confg db table. |
Comments |
Comment by nelsonab [ 2010 Jun 13 ] |
related to ZBXNEXT-958 |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jul 08 ] |
wouldn't this be somewhat like setting login for zabbix administrators group to be internal ? |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2011 Jun 20 ] |
We use basic-auth managed by the webserver. We configure apache to do ldap auth and auth via "htpasswd" (Apache: Satisfy any). Zabbix should be capable use more authentication-sources in parallel. |
Comment by Murat Koç [ 2013 May 01 ] |
Caching credentials mechanism can be implemented in zabbix ldap authentication like pam-ccreds or winbind does. owncloud has a nice ldap authentication mechanism (which also coded in php) with backup ldap server and caching credentials options. http://doc.owncloud.org/server/5.0/admin_manual/configuration/auth_ldap.html |
Comment by Yannick Moussette [ 2014 Jul 03 ] |
Is this feature request still valid? You can set up a user group with "frontend access" set to internal, and this will allow you to use a local, zabbix account to log in, bypassing the LDAP authentication for any users part of that group. G. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 03 ] |
this is slightly different - internal always uses zabbix db, this asks for "try ldap first, if that fails, fallback to internal" |
Comment by Yannick Moussette [ 2014 Jul 03 ] |
Ahh, I see... Thanks for the clarification! Y. |
Comment by Marc Schoechlin [ 2018 May 04 ] |
Probably the following additional "Default authentication" named "LDAP+Fallback" might be easy but very useful:
|
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Aug 01 ] |
This should be resolved when |
Comment by Björn Michael [ 2023 May 11 ] |
|
Comment by Alex Kalimulin [ 2024 Feb 29 ] |
Is this request still a thing? Why not just set up a fallback internal user instead of falling back an LDAP one. |
[ZBXNEXT-3804] Support wildcards in global search Created: 2017 Apr 19 Updated: 2017 Apr 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.8, 3.2.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ingus Vilnis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | globalsearch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Add support of wildcards when searching for hosts in global search. Use case. Customer has naming conventions for hosts names which includes the location and type of devices and some other info in between. Now it is impossible in the global search to list all routers in Riga.
|
Comments |
Comment by tuor [ 2017 Apr 19 ] | |||
We use groups for locations and server type. So for example I can filter by group "london" and name "router". But this is not the most beautiful Solution. | |||
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Apr 19 ] | |||
How about supporting operators instead?
|
[ZBXNEXT-3473] Troubleshooting problem events Created: 2016 Oct 03 Updated: 2018 Sep 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sandis Neilands (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | correlation, macrofunction, tags, trigger, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It is impossible to troubleshoot problem generation and closing issues without resorting to developer methods:
When encountering these errors with a trapper item that I had created for testing I had to resort to debug level logs, GDB, looking into SQL dirrectly to find out the root causes of the issues above. This is not practical in production and is unfriendly to the users. Hence it is proposed to trace decisions for each event as it passes through Zabbix and show the trace in frontend accordingly. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2018 Sep 04 ] |
How about to add a testing form for global correlation rules (aka triggers )? It should decrease possible misconfigurations. |
[ZBXNEXT-3465] Add Trigger Description to Problems View Created: 2016 Sep 28 Updated: 2016 Sep 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marcus Griesing | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu 16.04 - Zabbix 3.2.0 |
Description |
Hello everybody, we have an urgent requirement to display the Trigger Description as column in the "Problems" view. The background for this is that our NOC staff must use the description necessarily as a template for creating incidents. Currently the Trigger Description appears only in the Triggers view with the options "show" and "add". The Zabbix Version 3.2 introduced the view called Problems. This view should serve as the primary view for managing problems. It is mandatory in this view to access the Trigger Description. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Sep 28 ] |
Since this is urgent, you might wish to contact Zabbix LLC regarding http://www.zabbix.com/development_services.php . |
[ZBXNEXT-3256] persian calendar Created: 2016 Apr 23 Updated: 2016 Apr 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | elham jahani | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
hi our Linux team install and use zabbix for OS, hardware and business monitoring |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 23 ] |
looks like a feature request - please move it to the ZBXNEXT project |
Comment by elham jahani [ 2016 Apr 23 ] |
can you give me a link (URL) ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 23 ] |
you should be able to see a button at the top that allows to move this issue to the "ZBXNEXT" project - it might also be available by clicking the "More" button. note that for community or commercial support you should still consult http://zabbix.org/wiki/Getting_help |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Apr 25 ] |
I have moved the issue to the ZBXNEXT project. |
[ZBXNEXT-892] Triggers should be filterable by Unknown status Created: 2011 Aug 17 Updated: 2016 Mar 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert Hau | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | filters, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zabbix-2.2.0-ZBXNEXT-892-Filter-for-unknown-state-in-Monitoring-Triggers.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It currently is impossible to sort for unknown triggers We have a few branches with network disconnects often and items go unknown. An ops guy goes to click on the map and they see 45 pages of triggers. that are ok or problem. In order to find the unknown you must go through most of the pages to find it. We need to have a filter for Unknown/Problem/Any. I found a short term workaround in the tr_status.php. $table->setHeader(array( Now at least i can sort on the status column and get the unknown on either the first page or last. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Fukalov [ 2012 Jul 25 ] |
For 2.0.x Monitoring->Triggers planned changes: |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Dec 09 ] |
This patch replaces the string "Triggers status" with "Trigger status". The value of the respective form variable is stored in the profile. The API request is appended a filter element for state = 1. |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2016 Mar 23 ] |
What's the status here? |
[ZBXNEXT-946] add a way to browse configuration changes from templates Created: 2011 Sep 05 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ghozlane TOUMI | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | templates, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Right now, with a living zabbix installation, it can be hard to know exactly what's beeing tested on a server. I would suggest :
|
[ZBXNEXT-597] Regexps should have a description field Created: 2011 Jan 01 Updated: 2015 May 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | globalregexps, regexps, trivial, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Similarly to triggers that have comments and to item (planed it Why? This description can be displayed when view a list of all expression - there is enough free space. It would also be useful when deleting the expression to check into how many items and triggers it is used. For example, as is done recently to value mapping. Is at your decision. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jan 02 ] |
the idea about regexps having descriptions is a good one. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2011 Jan 02 ] |
Richlv, ok, idea about "checking where regexp is used" are registered as separate ZBXNEXT-598 |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Mar 19 ] |
One more point - if add the description field, then I'd suggest in frontend rename "Name" to for example "Alias". Because it's not just name which can be freely changed any time. It's a resource which used as reference in other places. For example we use this term ("Alias") in user's profile. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 19 ] |
nonono. the "alias" in user properties must be renamed to "user name", it is really weird naming there. and for regexps we should not change name to alias either - long term we should have some proper validation, thus changing global regexp name would not be a breaking operation (maybe when all api is in server...) |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 May 22 ] |
description for :
|
[ZBXNEXT-741] Make graph color dependent on item value Created: 2011 Apr 12 Updated: 2021 Apr 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Raymond Kuiper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | graphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In graph configuration it should be possible to define an item value threshold with an alternative color on a line. This will allow better analyses of the item values. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
I believe graph color should depend on actual problems linked to the item. |
Comment by metal [ 2019 Dec 09 ] |
I also have items with triggers, but the graph doesn't change its color according to the threshold values in the trigger. |
Comment by Adam French [ 2020 May 01 ] |
I also would like to see this feature as I monitor CPU temperatures for some of our kit, and it would be nice to have the line go red when it exceeds a set value, and I believe something to how the overrides work, whereby you can change an aspect of the graph but based on a condition. For example: Base Colour = xyz, when item value is greater than x etc Adding this as an extra tab to the graph options (Probably after the override tab) would be best, rather than forcing it on for everyone, since some people may not want this feature, but having it as an option and being able to configure a colour for a given condition would probably cater for most people who want this. |
Comment by Brian van Baekel [ 2021 Apr 29 ] |
I just stumbled across this (oldie) and would love to see this as well within zabbix! Would that be possible? |
[ZBXNEXT-607] Import of MIBs Created: 2011 Jan 04 Updated: 2019 Sep 12 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Michael Schwartzkopff | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | mib, snmp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, it would be a great feature if the Zabbix GUI could provide the feature to upload enterprise MIBs and make the enterprise OIDs useable in Zabbix, not only by numbers but also in human readable form. This could the done via a separate administration entry in the GUI uploading the MIBs in question. Zabbix should check the syntax, store the data in ~/.snmp/mibs/ in the snmp.conf of the Zabbix process the GUI could add: In a more sophisticated step you could add a complete MIB management to Zabbix. Michael Schwartzkopff. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 May 23 ] |
What exactly is meant by [...]make the enterprise OIDs useable [...]? Without considerable effort in development, I believe an upload option for MIB files in Zabbix frontend might only make sense, when frontend and server run on the same host and no proxy should make use of uploaded mibs. |
[ZBXNEXT-622] support for deltas at resolutions other than "per second" Created: 2011 Jan 15 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Will Lowe | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | items | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We have a lot of items which we like to trend but don't show up very well if set to "delta (speed per second)". For example, after application launches we'll often see an error rate of several per MINUTE, which averages out to less than 1 per second and therefor doesn't graph very well. I wish we also had:
I think at those resolutions we'd be able to monitor and trigger on items for which "speed per second" isn't the right granularity. |
Comments |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2011 Jan 17 ] |
While there is no option for "speed per minute" setting the item multiplier to 60 should probably solve your problem. |
Comment by Will Lowe [ 2011 Jan 17 ] |
Thanks. We've actually tried this, but it seems there's a rounding error somewhere. It looks like Zabbix calculates this as: value_delta = current_value - last_value time_delta = current_value_timestamp - last_value_timestamp speed_per_second = int( value_delta / time_delta ) // values > 1 become 0 plotted_value = speed_per_second * multiplier ... so in many cases it comes out as 0. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2011 Jan 18 ] |
You are right, Zabbix calculates the value as you described. We will see how this can be improved, but for now setting the item value type to "Numeric (float)" instead of "Numeric (unsigned)" should make it work. |
[ZBXNEXT-585] Value mapped Items meaning not displayed on Network map labels Created: 2010 Dec 16 Updated: 2013 Dec 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Grigory | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | maps, patch, trivial, usability, valuemapping | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
FreeBSD 7.3., Zabbix 1.8.3 |
Attachments: | items-value-map.patch maps-value-map.patch | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently there is not value mapped Items meaning displayed on Network map labels. For example: if exist value mapping for upsBasicOutputStatus such as 2 -> OnLine, then that's Item value is displayed on network map label with {UPS01:upsBasicOutputStatus.last(0)}function as '2', not 'OnLine'. Code for replacing value of user function with they real meaning in Zabbix's frontend (include/maps.inc.php) is not exist. I would like to get meaning of mapped value on the label. Actually i made a few changes in code of maps.inc.php, testing code in work sucessfully, and offer they to developers. In maps.inc.php::expand_map_element_label_by_data() i was change a $label = str_replace(..., DATA, ...) strings to $value = DATA and append at end of foreach($matches[0]...) cycle small piece code if($db_item['valuemapid']) $value=replace_value_by_map($value, $db_item['valuemapid']); Now in my Network Map i have explained value of Item. |
Comments |
Comment by Javier Barroso [ 2012 Feb 03 ] |
This patch make if sentence work again, before it was ignored (because a ";") |
Comment by Javier Barroso [ 2012 Feb 03 ] |
This patch is for show value as in mapping value in maps. |
Comment by Javier Barroso [ 2012 Feb 03 ] |
See updated patch for 1.8.10 version |
Comment by Prostrelov [ 2012 Aug 01 ] |
This changes didn't affect zabbix v.2.0.0 maps.inc.php didn't contain this strings $value = $item['lastvalue'];
$label = str_replace($expr, $value, $label); items.inc.php didn't have patch strings too. Can u please create patch for zabbix 2.0.0 |
[ZBXNEXT-576] Add to Template Option for Graph Created: 2010 Dec 07 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert Hau | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | graphs, templates, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice if you go to latest data and you click to view a graph that you could click "Save to template" and it would give you an option to save it to the group, so it would be available to all of the hosts. view Processor Load on hostA Save to Template for group "All hosts" go to Host B and select Host B. |
Comments |
Comment by Robert Hau [ 2010 Dec 07 ] |
it would be also nice to have a button add to existing template graph. So you could go to host A and click on processor load and click add to existing template, and it would add it to the graph as another datapoint. |
[ZBXNEXT-553] Datepicker for IT Services Created: 2010 Nov 08 Updated: 2021 Apr 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jonathan Kelly | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 15 |
Labels: | itservices, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Allow the user to use a datepicker to select an arbitrary date range to display the IT Services period. The datepicker would replace the current (as of 1.8.3) period drop-down menu. The Zoom GUI control from the Graphs would do the job quite nicely. This request is similar to ZBXNEXT-25, but I think it's a much more flexible and sustainable solution. As I'm sure it's the case in many organizations, I need to provide monthly, quarterly and yearly SLA reports. Right now, unless I stay up until 23:59 of the last day of the month and select "last 30 days" in the period drop-down (and hope it's a 30-day month!) I need to do complex manipulations to get the data. |
Comments |
Comment by John Hayes [ 2013 Nov 23 ] |
In addition to this (which would be great), I'd like to have some more predefined ones. These would include, but not limited to Last Week |
Comment by Andris Bjornson [ 2015 Aug 17 ] |
Just started using the IT services and I'm loving it! Great feature. I really wish I had the datepicker / custom range as requested by this issue...without, the flexibility of the feature is significantly limited because I must run the report at specific times |
[ZBXNEXT-551] Display a message when action is disabled automatically when we delete something it references Created: 2010 Nov 04 Updated: 2024 Feb 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2, 1.8.3, 1.8.4, 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Simon | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 21 |
Labels: | actions, conditions, consistency, unsquashable, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
If we delete a 'hostgroup' which is in an 'action', then the 'action' is disabled automatically. It's not stupid but i wasn't expecting this. ZBXNEXT-105 lists many more cases |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Dec 17 ] |
(1) also templates should be handled the same way |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Dec 17 ] |
(2) also hosts should be handled the same way |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Dec 17 ] |
(3) also triggers should be handled the same way |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Dec 17 ] |
|
Comment by Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jan 31 ] |
Just displaying a message may not be the best approach, because when deleting stuff in bulk, it may easily get lost in other messages. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 18 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 18 ] |
as for the message, ideally i'd like to see a separate confirmation page or popup, showing which actions are affected by the current deletion |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Oct 08 ] |
it's even worse for actions with custom expressions, see ZBX-9943 |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 03 ] |
this seems to be more nasty than i thought initially. it might be a good idea to check your actions and see whether any important ones haven't been silently disabled |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 15 ] |
there was some interest on IRC in monitoring an important action by ID, and alerting if it suddenly gets disabled. a quick example on how that could be achieved (probably from cron) at https://github.com/whosgonna/Zabbix-Tiny.pm/blob/master/examples/example_check_action_by_id.pl |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2019 Mar 21 ] |
Sad thing that it does NOT log to audit log too. (host group deletion, used in a condition). Interesting that an audit message "Action disabled due to deletion of user." will be actually logged. UPDATE on 2023-10-26, using version 6.4.5. User "udel" is used in "Report problems to Zabbix administrators del" action. It happens also if the user/group is not the only recipient in the action, which is weird actually is wrong behavior. |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Sep 27 ] |
Showing something in frontend wouldn't help when using API. I suggest not allowing to delete something that is referenced in action condition. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2023 Oct 26 ] |
Just confirming that using version 6.4.5 a host deletion silently disables the action and does not leave any sign in audit log too. |
Comment by Michael Wery [ 2024 Feb 01 ] |
As stated in
|
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Feb 01 ] |
There is already a reference check in the API: All that needs to be done is instead of disabling an action return an error. Thanks to gcalenko for checking it. |
Comment by dimir [ 2024 Feb 01 ] |
Related issue: ZBX-23760 |
[ZBXNEXT-545] improved date() function Created: 2010 Oct 29 Updated: 2019 Apr 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | triggerfunctions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
trigger (and elsewhere) function date() could be expanded. currently it only returns date in YYYYMMDD format, which does not allow, for example, easily comparing something like date()<14 ideally it would accept format specifiers in the parameters, not unlike 'date' commandline utility |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Aug 09 ] |
what would date()<14 do ? ok, so accepting format specifiers would be the goal |
Comment by Jacco Mol [ 2019 Apr 01 ] |
Im monitoring monthly payments and have an alert on a minimum of those. Subscriptions can be started on any date and are extended every month. But as February only has 29 (or 28) days, the next month (March) on the 30th and 31th there are very little payments. I would therefore like to not have this alert trigger on the last days of March. Currently there is no Monthofyear trigger function, I would like to suggest either adding that or implementing this very flexible date format function which would allow me to use date('MMDD')<>'0330'. |
[ZBXNEXT-529] Improve the view of configuration > screen page Created: 2010 Oct 09 Updated: 2015 May 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Niumar Andre Klein | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | screens, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
OpenSuse 11.1 - Zabbix version 1.8.3 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Enable the creation of a folder structure to allow a simple categorization of screens according to its type on the page setup screens. Example: Screens: --- Linux servers | |---- Load screens | | | --- Load - Server1 | | | --- Load - Server2 | +---- Network Traffic screens | + - Windows servers | | |
[ZBXNEXT-535] Add an optional caption to complex screen items Created: 2010 Oct 15 Updated: 2013 Sep 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Sergey Syreskin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | graphs, screens, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice to have an ability to add a caption to an item on complex screens. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Feb 28 ] |
similar to |
[ZBXNEXT-509] Add and edit host group: adding and removing hosts should be organized differently Created: 2010 Sep 15 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Konstantin Buravcov (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
configuration -> host groups -> open group In this case, if we move a host from the "hosts in" box to "other hosts" with group selected, it seems as if the host will be added to that group, which is not true. the host is still displayed in that list - until we switch to another group, then back. in such a case also it's pretty hard for the user to figure out where did the host go, unless user knew before to which additional groups host belongs to. |
[ZBXNEXT-463] Gauge and Meters available in Maps Created: 2010 Jul 29 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Paul Parcell | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I would like the ability to use a gauge graph or meter in a Map. It would be configurable to display (.last(0), ,avg(300)....etc for applicable item types. Management here pushes the use of dashboards. Dashboard functionality would be fullfilled by a Map that could display gauges, graphs and meters. |
[ZBXNEXT-2772] Allow Filtering for "Screens - Host Group Issues" to exclude Acknowledged Trigger Created: 2015 Apr 10 Updated: 2018 Jan 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 17 |
Labels: | acknowledgements, filters, screens | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian Wheezy |
Attachments: | Dash1.png Screen1.png Triggers1.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hello, In the slide shows we use the predefined type "Host Group Issues" which no option to filter Acknowledged Triggers. (See File Scree1.png) When I am on my laptop, I use "Dashboard" or "Monitoring -> Triggers". What I am searching for, is the same for the screens, so I can reduce the amount of information shown on the TVs. Is this possible? I already tried to use Type "URL" in screens and linked to "Monitoring - Triggers" but that looks a lot worse than "Host Group Issues" Thank you! |
Comments |
Comment by Filipe Paternot [ 2015 Apr 14 ] |
Perfect description. Voted. This helps greatly for operations |
Comment by Jack Kelly [ 2015 Aug 26 ] |
This was opened against on 2.2, how can it be made to be against all 2.2+ versions? |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Aug 26 ] |
if an issue is reported against some version, it is supposed to be affecting that version and all later versions, doubly so for feature requests edit : this has been asked about a few times, so documented it in https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/bug_reporting_guidelines#Reporting_an_issue |
Comment by Sanjay F [ 2015 Dec 17 ] |
Is it the same as ZBXNEXT-2699 |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2015 Dec 17 ] |
Yes, its the same. Except that I ask for two things. I ask primarily for the ability to Exclude Acknowledged Triggers from the "Screen - Host group issues". Second I ask for the ability to set the severity for the screens. So yes, that last part is the same. |
Comment by Daniel Coelho [ 2016 May 24 ] |
This is such an easy to implement feature, yet its impact would be huge for our NOC. Not only could we use the extra space for additional metrics we wouldn't be faced with non critical events. |
Comment by Tony den Haan [ 2018 Jan 23 ] |
I suppose they could be merged into "Please provide a filter like on the Monitoring->Triggers tab |
[ZBXNEXT-2952] "and" don't work in Actions->Discovery for the "Received value" Created: 2014 Jul 17 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Natalia Kagan | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | actions, conditions, networkdiscovery | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 6.4 |
Description |
Hi, doesn't work if I define in CONFIGURATION->Actions->Discovery conditions: Received value like test1 work only if I define "OR" or using different type,for example "Received value" and "Discovery check" for example, the output : centos,jboss,qa so I create action : Received value like jboss, the operation : Add to "QA Jboss" host group Thanks |
[ZBXNEXT-2138] Vmware hypervisor low level discovery should add the virtual center server name as macro for assignment to hostgroups Created: 2014 Feb 01 Updated: 2014 Feb 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Wolfgang Alper | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | hostgroups, lld, usability, vmware | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix server / proxy monitoring multiple Vmware virtual center server |
Description |
When using auto discovery rules to get hypervisor from virtual center servers, one gets macros like datacenters. So the detected hypervisors can be attached to hostgroups based on datacenters. |
[ZBXNEXT-2170] Add support for viewing internal events in the web interface Created: 2014 Feb 20 Updated: 2019 Oct 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Strahinja Kustudic | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | events, internalmonitoring, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently it is possible to create actions which send a notification when an internal event is triggered, but there is no way to view them in the web interface. It would be great if we could view internal events in the Triggers tab as well as the Events tab. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Feb 27 ] |
as per https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/specs/ZBXNEXT-1575, displaying them during the initial development was "Discussed but will not be included" |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2014 Feb 28 ] |
Thanks for the answer, but that was then, things maybe different now? I don't see why the Events tab would need to be changed that much to display internal events, but I'm more interested in being able to display all unsupported items, which from my point of view should probably be displayed in the Triggers tab. It is really great that we can get an email when an item becomes unsupported, but it would be even nice if we could view all unsupported items. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 16 ] |
configuration -> hosts/templates, any item link, expand filter, set state to 'not supported' and clear host field |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2014 Mar 16 ] |
That view is awesome! The only thing it's missing is to be able to filter by maintenance status. Zabbix could really use a web front-end overhaul. It has so many great features which are hard to find, or never even discovered. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Nov 02 ] |
I'd appreciate to optionally see internal events in a chronological order with proper filter functionality. This helps to see what recently happened without the need to create actions that fire lots of operations just to get this information. Beside the fact that it sounds a little bit cumbersome to use e.g. MUA filter functions to query recent internal events, the alerter is due to lack of |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2016 Jan 20 ] |
Inclusion in "Monitoring -> Events -> Source: Internal" would be awesome |
Comment by James Kirsop [ 2019 Oct 10 ] |
This forum thread presents a good use case why it would be helpful to have this UI feature added. Not having an easy way of viewing internal events means that problems with monitoring hosts and triggers on hosts themselves can't easily be identified and cleaned up, leading to other related issues. |
[ZBXNEXT-2116] Custom HTML map elements Created: 2014 Jan 18 Updated: 2017 Mar 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dmitriy Shevchenko | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | html, maplabels | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
web interface |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Please add new type element in map editor - custom (user defined) html code with macros support |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jan 20 ] |
how would this actually work ? sure you meant maps not screens ? |
Comment by Dmitriy Shevchenko [ 2014 Jan 20 ] |
Screens not provide such flexibility as maps. It is impossible to arrange the elements at random location. Custom html element will provide great functionality: any size and colour text font, tables, images, dynamic content, graphs, maybe JS support, flash. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jan 30 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Mar 26 ] |
partially solved by |
[ZBXNEXT-1484] allow merging/relinking of prototyped and not prototyped items Created: 2012 Oct 23 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ghozlane TOUMI | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | lld, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Migrating from 1.8, I have a bunch of items I manually crafted to get filesystem usage. Right now, The only way to migrate from manual to prototype is to remove the manual items, and lose historical data, or hack something within the database. The lld should work the same way as templates do wrt already existing items : |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Oct 24 ] |
Some issue in current server behavior (related to the requested feature) described here |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Feb 07 ] |
Well, templates do not merge elements of same uniqueness criteria, they add a link that could also be easily un-linked. |
Comment by Marc [ 2016 Jan 08 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2052 might help here too. |
Comment by Javier Barroso [ 2016 Jan 08 ] |
Thank you, for the moment I will live with such warnings, I hope it will not affect to zabbix performance |
Comment by Javier Barroso [ 2016 Jan 12 ] |
Has someone any "hack something within the database" script to help migrate with this issue ? We are migrating screens from 1.8 to 2.4, but graphs on 1.8 were defined by hand and on 2.4 we would like to use graph prototypes, but we can't without lost data. Any tip ? Thank you ! |
Comment by Javier Barroso [ 2016 Jan 12 ] |
I think I can follow the next approach: Suppose you have items xx[yy.zz] which have conflict between prototyped and normal items, then: 1) Change item protoypes to "xx[yy,zz_not_supported]" #!/bin/bash fecha=$(date +'%F-%H%M') echo 'select hostid_searched, itemid_searched, itemid_old from ( select hostid as hostid_searched, itemid as itemid_searched, replace(key_,"_not_supported","") as key_searched, ( select itemid from items where key_ = key_searched and hostid = hostid_searched) as itemid_old from items where key_ like "%_not_supported%") as g where itemid_old is not NULL ;' | mysql -N -h host -P 3307 -u zabbix24pre --password=xxx zabbix24 > info-tickets-$fecha.orig while read hostid itemid_din itemid_stat do echo "update history set itemid = $itemid_din where itemid = $itemid_stat;" echo "update trends set itemid = $itemid_din where itemid = $itemid_stat;" echo "update items set key_ = concat('migrated.$fecha.',key_) where itemid = $itemid_stat and key_ not like '%migrated%';" done < info-tickets-$fecha.orig > updates-$fecha.txt cat updates-$fecha.txt | mysql -N -h host -P 3307 -u zabbix24pre --password=xxx zabbix24 &> updates-$fecha.log Thank you very much . Please tell me if you see any fail , I will push into production, next week ... |
[ZBXNEXT-1486] IP authentication support for active agent & trapper items Created: 2012 Oct 25 Updated: 2017 Aug 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.15, 2.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | alix | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | activeagent, authentication, patch, security | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ip-auth.1.8.14-2.dpatch ip-auth.1.8.14.dpatch | ||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Big environments sometimes can be a big pain to manage, especially when management is performed by hand. To save mental health and make life easier when investigating cases like two or more active agents with the same name simultaneously sending data to Zabbix server, I propose implementing an IP based authentication. It definitely isn't a security feature, but rather an additional handy restriction to remain in control. This approach is applicable when host connectivity is configured using ip address, not domain name. IP authentication should be optional. When enabled, all direct connections (proxy-server connections must not be affected) from active agents are to be compared against ip address specified in host configuration/agent inteface. In case of mismatched addresses connection should be gracefully rejected. Similar approach should also be implemented to protect trapper items. I'm aware of "Allowed hosts" field existence in trapper item configuration, but it doesn't really work when trapper items are templated due to Examples of connection rejects in server/agent log: Failed attempt to request active checks list: Failed attempt to send data: I'm attaching a basic proof-of-concept-patch for 1.8.14. It unconditionally checks for matching ip addresses in host configuration-remote client pair, and rejects disallowed connections for active agent items and trappers. |
Comments |
Comment by Ricardo Santos [ 2012 Nov 27 ] |
great patch, very useful feature. |
Comment by alix [ 2012 Nov 27 ] |
Thanks - it seems to work on my production servers without memleaks and crashes. I've looked into extending the patch to make ip auth configurable in host configuration and actually succeeded, but decided to drop the idea, as I realized that I want ip auth enabled everywhere by default. |
[ZBXNEXT-1305] Template with Linked Template (both with LLD) not export any data except the link to template Created: 2012 Jul 05 Updated: 2023 Jan 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Adail Horst | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 27 |
Labels: | discovery, export, lld, templates, xml | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CENTOS 6 With MySQL |
Attachments: | ScreenHunter_03 Jul. 05 16.42.jpg ScreenHunter_04 Jul. 05 16.42.jpg ScreenHunter_05 Jul. 05 16.43.jpg ScreenHunter_07 Jul. 05 16.47.jpg zbx_export_templates_TemplateA.xml | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I have: Template B are linked to Template B. I try to export Template A: OK works I try this in Zabbix 2.0.1 and Zabbix 2.0.2rc with a build of today. |
Comments |
Comment by Adail Horst [ 2012 Jul 05 ] |
This XML have the data from Template A (template A are linked to another template (template C) but this template C dont have prototypes and are exported without problems). |
Comment by Alexey Fukalov [ 2012 Jul 06 ] |
Yes such problem exists, but for now it works as designed, i.e we export only objects that are not inherited from template or are not dependent on inherited object. I move this to ZBXNEXT because it's improvement of current export functionality. |
Comment by Kay Schroeder [ 2016 Jan 07 ] |
I'm using this functionality of zabbix also to avoid generating items that will become unsupported. Unfortunately I working with two zabbix installations. One testing, where I develop Templates and the other one where I have the productional montoring installed. Unfortunately at the moment I have to create These templates twice. |
Comment by Ivan Vanyushkin [ 2016 Sep 27 ] |
Is there any workaround to export template with item/trigger prototypes, in case of linked discovery rules? I need to move my new item/trigger prototypes to other Zabbix server, but I see no way to export them. |
Comment by Robin Roevens [ 2020 Feb 07 ] |
This does not only apply to item/trigger prototypes but also on overrides of normal items/triggers. For example:
I've read that this is currently as designed but I think this is quite a flaw. When you export a configuration, you expect that it gets exported exactly as it is configured. We also have 2 zabbix environments : dev and prod .. with an automatic export to git on dev and an automatic import from git to prod.. But now it turns out that those changes do not get exported .. so are not tracked in git and thus not imported in prod. Which currently even makes a few template imports fail due to overrides that should prevent conflicts are not exported.. If Zabbix wants their templates to be truly modular and world shareable, I think this issue should be addressed asap. As the only solution now is to start duplicating templates and/or integrating templates into each other to be able to define such overrides. Meanwhile, I think the GUI at least should display a big fat warning that such things as changes on inherited items/triggers or discoveries won't be exported. As well as in de API documentation of configuration.export. |
Comment by Grant Ashton [ 2020 Feb 07 ] |
Completely agree with @robinr We have the same issue, as templates are distributed via git. So overrides to inherited LLD or normal items/triggers do not get exported. The workaround, we use, to this is unlinking but not clearing the template, but this means items/triggers are essentially duplicated. So this makes maintenance a nightmare, as we have to track this duplication. This is a fundamental flaw in the export/import design. Essentially ruining the major benefit of template inheritance |
Comment by Patrice Gautier [ 2020 Nov 18 ] |
Another vote to fix this. This limitation completely destroys the usefulness of the template inheritance concept, since there really is no clean way to transport the hierarchy to another system. Distributing those templates to other people via git is also a non starter
|
Comment by Chris Brookes [ 2021 Mar 22 ] |
Adding another vote. That the additional item & trigger prototypes are missing in an export of the child template is a) causing us lots of headaches, and b) going against reasonable expectations. |
Comment by Bogdan Rudas [ 2021 Apr 27 ] |
Configuration loss during template export and import is awful. While entire mechanics of inheritance is acceptable, any modern deployment need a staging environments for monitoring system. It is absolutely impossible neither do an automation nor manually move templates between hosts once we are using something added to Zabbix after 1.4.x series in templates. |
Comment by Pierre Fagrell [ 2021 Jul 24 ] |
This really hinders adoption of Zabbix with multiple servers. If we want to export templates from one server and import on another we cannot use inheritance and overrides at all. Adding item prototypes to inherited discovery rules does not work either. I really hope this can be fixed. |
Comment by Mathew [ 2022 Apr 19 ] |
Heres an unofficial fix. https://github.com/X4BNet/zabbix/commit/c91d4d7266c50859b7da68dde854127385ac3458 I release this work commit into public domain. Do with it what you will under any licence or for any purpose. It comes with no guaruntees of completeness or finess of purpose.
|
Comment by Richard Ostrochovský [ 2022 Nov 16 ] |
Update: |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2023 Jan 27 ] |
As of version 6.4.0 the nested template functionality will be removed, but the reported problem will still exist in host export. |
[ZBXNEXT-1265] Show a tooltip on Dashboard with possible reasons why server trapper is not available. Created: 2012 Jun 13 Updated: 2013 Mar 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | dashboard, status | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Follow-up from (1) in a Note that it should be easy to implement because the frontend already has main required code (implemented in the It would help a lot (IMO) for cases like: |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Nov 27 ] |
Additional forum thread (in Russian) http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=37862 |
[ZBXNEXT-939] customisable font sizes in graphs Created: 2011 Aug 03 Updated: 2017 Feb 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Simon Kerckhof | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 17 |
Labels: | graphs, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian squeeze, mysql |
Description |
When you make Graphs destined for big screens in a NOC, the font that's hardcoded in Zabbix (i'm not a big fan of anything hardcoded) is just too small. The font for title, left, right and legend area should be fully adjustable in GUI and per graph. The fact that 1.9.x has an optional legend is already an major improvement but this should be looked into further. |
Comments |
Comment by Grzegorz Grabowski [ 2012 Sep 29 ] |
I voted. Adopt, please. |
Comment by Alexey Korepov [ 2017 Feb 09 ] |
Here is workaround how to hack PHP code for change font size, before this feature will be implemented in new versions: https://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=8663 |
[ZBXNEXT-942] keep labels always visible in "Monitoring => Overview" Created: 2011 Sep 02 Updated: 2015 Apr 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc Schoechlin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | filters, overview, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu Linux 10.04 LTS |
Description |
The view "Monitoring => Overview" provides a good overview of the monitored values/triggers of a given host-group. I have the following improvment ideas:
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Sep 12 ] |
filtering is a dupe of |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Sep 12 ] |
this function should be 'runtime' switchable |
Comment by Timo Veith [ 2012 Dec 06 ] |
I second this. It would be great to see to which host or to which trigger a field belongs. It's not easy if the group of hosts that you have selected has a lot of members or/and if one host has a lot of triggers. If you click on a field you already get some info, but not the host name. Maybe the page rendering would be faster if the top labels wouldn't be images, but just text in html which is rotated by css maybe. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Dec 06 ] |
btw, labels already are text instead of images in latest 2.0 (they were images because of msie6 support ) |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2015 Apr 10 ] |
Connected to ZBXNEXT-1023 |
[ZBXNEXT-625] enhance regmatch or create a function called regcount which returns the amount of occurences Created: 2011 Jan 17 Updated: 2016 Oct 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Frater | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | item, trivial | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
When seeing the function regmatch I thought it was strange it would only return 0 or 1 when it would also be able to return the amount of occurences. http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=20224 I think it would be useful to many (also other platforms than Linux) to have such a way to count the expressions in a file. the syntax is: regcount [-v] <file> <Eregexp>, [ <boolean whole file> ] It will parse the whole file if the 3rd parameter is 1 The 3rd parameter can also be higher than 1. In that case it means minutes. This is only useful for Linux logfiles and maybe not such a good idea to implement. It is however quite useful to me. #!/bin/bash ##################################################### # regcount # returns the occurences of a regular expression in # a file since its last run ##################################################### # Uses logtail & readlink # http://sourceforge.net/projects/logtail/ ##################################################### # echo 'zabbix ALL =(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/local/sbin/regcount' >>/etc/sudoers # # grep -iq 'UnsafeUserParameters' /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf || sed -i -e 's/^Server.*/&\n\n# Allow regular expressions\nUnsafeUserParameters=1/' /etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf # # echo 'UserParameter=vfs.file.regcount[*],sudo /usr/local/sbin/regcount "$1" "$2" "$3" "$4" "$5"' >>/etc/zabbix/zabbix_agentd.conf ##################################################### # 08-12-2010 by Frater # # The 3rd parameter (minutes) is optional. # When 0 or empty, it will use 'logtail' which only checks the portion which hasn't been parsed before # When minutes is 1, it will take the whole file # When it's greater than 1, it will use 'lastmins' that will only output the last x minutes ##################################################### # Use at your own risk! ##################################################### export PATH=${PATH}:/usr/local/sbin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin offset=/tmp/regcount. v= while getopts v name do case $name in v) v='-v ';; ?) printf "Usage: %s: [-v] <file> <Eregexp>, [ <boolean whole file> ]\n" $0 exit 2;; esac done shift $(($OPTIND - 1)) [ ! -h "$1" ] && [ ! -f "$1" ] && exit 1 # [ -z "$2" ] && exit 1 minutes=`echo "$3" | awk -F. '{print $1}' | tr -cd '0-9'` [ -z "${minutes}" ] && minutes=0 if [ -z "$2" ] && [ ${minutes} -eq 1 ] ; then wc -l "$1" | awk '{print $1}' exit 0 fi file2parse="$1" if [ ${minutes} -eq 0 ] ; then fname="`readlink -f "$1"`" fname="`basename "${fname}"`" expression="`echo "$fname.${v}$2$3" | tr -cd '.0-9A-Za-z-'`" offset="${offset}${expression}.offset" ftmp1=`mktemp` logtail -f "$1" -o $offset >${ftmp1} file2parse=${ftmp1} elif [ ${minutes} -gt 1 ] ; then ftmp1=`mktemp` cat "$1" | lastmins ${minutes} >${ftmp1} file2parse=${ftmp1} fi if [ -z "$2" ] ; then wc -l "$file2parse" | awk '{print $1}' else grep $v -cE "$2" "$file2parse" fi rm -f ${ftmp1} 2>/dev/null exit 0 |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2016 Oct 01 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-683] delete individual values from db (spikes) Created: 2011 Mar 01 Updated: 2019 May 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | matthias zeilinger | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 28 |
Labels: | history, items, spike, trends | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | graph.jpg | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
it would be nice to delete individual values from the db in the frontend. br matthias |
Comments |
Comment by Bart Verwilst [ 2012 Jul 15 ] |
The way i envision this is by adding a delete button next to every value in the 'latest values' list of a single item ( through Monitoring -> latest data -> Value X -> Graph -> Values ). That would make it so much easier to delete inappropriate single values. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Feb 19 ] |
Users time to time have this problem, just a confirmation: |
Comment by Strahinja Kustudic [ 2013 Nov 25 ] |
This feature would be awesome to have and probably not that hard to implement. |
Comment by Marcio Campos [ 2016 Aug 07 ] |
Any news about this issue? |
Comment by Dominique [ 2018 Nov 22 ] |
I'm still waiting for this feature, too. Would be really cool instead of always manually querying the database. |
Comment by Cesar Murilo da Silva Junior [ 2019 Apr 26 ] |
I also need this feature, there is an undesirable traffic value of 27 Tbits which I want to erase from the history. Is there any problem in deleting this amount directly from the database? |
Comment by Dominique [ 2019 May 06 ] |
I once wrote a short tutorial for myself:
|
[ZBXNEXT-1723] Add CSV export to graphs Created: 2013 Apr 24 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert Healey | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 37 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, csv, export | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be highly desirable to be able to export the data used in creation of graphs as CSV format files, either as a button or drop down item. I imagine others might find use for XML or other formats but our needs are for CSV data files like our other monitoring/graphing software does. It came as quite a surprise that this isn't already a part of the system. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
FYI ZBXNEXT-731 |
Comment by Robert Healey [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
Note: This request differs from ZBXNEXT-731 in that we'd like to extract info from arbitrary graphs, not just the last data sampled. Example: Use a days worth of item samples to make a graph, then output the items plotted in the graph to a CSV to import into other apps/spreadsheets for planning/justification/issue reports etc. We do this all the time with our other monitoring packages and it would be great to do this with Zabbix as well. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
would switching to "values" and clicking on "as plain text" work ? |
Comment by Robert Healey [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
Re: Switching to values. It still would leave Zabbix not doing something the other packages its being compared to have done for quite a while. |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
The last screenshot, the right upper corner. |
Comment by Robert Healey [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
Thanks for the pointer Oleg! It's certainly closer to what we want/need but is still significantly different from what is produced by our other applications; i.e. manual cut/paste into a file, one item at a time rather than all graph data items at onces, etc. It would be nice to have the values/plain text option available somewhere on the actual graph page; our other apps have a button or dropdown on the graph page to output the data used by the graph in CSV/XML/Excel/etc. |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
if you are interested in bulk data export, check out the api |
Comment by Robert Healey [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
It isn't so much bulk data export as getting data items, usually multiple items per single graph, from a particular graph saved in CSV format files. Our other platforms export it with a click from the graph area. It would be nice if Zabbix did as well, thus the feature request. All the other monitoring programs we use, both open source and proprietary/internal, have this. We were quite puzzled that Zabbix did not. |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2014 Jul 22 ] |
I'm trying to convince our security team to migrate away from Cacti but this issue is a big roadblock for them. Would be very nice to have! |
Comment by makemeasandwich [ 2015 Sep 08 ] |
Is there anything done on this matter? I think this option is pretty important! |
Comment by James Cook [ 2015 Sep 08 ] |
Im finding this an issue data centre team moving from their existing tool cacti as they to extract the data for their reporting system. This is one of the final hurdles for them and hopefully we can be rid of cacti and be a zabbix only site. |
Comment by makemeasandwich [ 2015 Sep 08 ] |
Ya same here |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Sep 08 ] |
just a reminder that values for a simple graph can be easily accessed from the graph page, dropdown in the upper right corner. also please note the discouragement of "me too" comments as per https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/bug_reporting_guidelines#Reporting_an_issue and eventually, if you'd like to get some community advice or discuss some issue, everybody is highly welcome on irc - see https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Getting_help#IRC for the detail |
Comment by James Cook [ 2015 Sep 08 ] |
Hi Richlv, I have mentioned the separate simple graphs to the guys however they have composite graphs containing of all the data center air conditioners and ups devices information. This way on one graph they can see all the air conditioners in a location and whether the temperatures or humidity are consistent with each other or whether one of the units is spiking etc... Regards |
Comment by Kodai Terashima [ 2016 Mar 08 ] |
Adding CSV export button to history data screen is nice feature as well, adding the button next to "As plain text". |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Jun 10 ] |
it might be worth also considering other structured formats - maybe json, which could even match zabbix api output somewhat ? ZBXNEXT-3301 asks for such a structured data transfer for configuration entities |
Comment by Pavel [ 2020 Nov 30 ] |
This is a traditional feature for quick analytics. As products and methods of analysis spread, they will become more and more in demand among users. sorting the values by ascending time would also be nice. |
[ZBXNEXT-1724] organise the screens page Created: 2013 Apr 24 Updated: 2013 Apr 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Neil | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | graphs, screens, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | munin_screen_example1.png |
Description |
I really like the screens page, but it's ease of usability starts to deteriorate once there are many rows and columns - it's cumbersome searching for a graph Ideally i'd like to be able to group graphs onto a section of the page and with the group heading being shown in a contents page.
thx |
Comments |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2013 Apr 24 ] |
Partially duplicate |
[ZBXNEXT-1562] Provide milli second time in Zabbix frontend Created: 2013 Jan 09 Updated: 2013 Mar 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Simon Tsang | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | millisecond, nanoseconds, timestamp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux |
Description |
As Zabbix 2.0 has already supported nanosecond, it would nice if the frontend can support time in the resolution of milli second instead of second. Thank you. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jan 09 ] |
this probably should be optional - maybe user profile setting, or some way to dynamically enable/disable it. |
[ZBXNEXT-864] Improve overall usability of Zabbix GUI page layout Created: 2011 Jul 27 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.5 (alpha), 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We have number of usability issues in the front-end, which can be fixed relatively easy. There are few problematic areas:
|
[ZBXNEXT-991] Trapper Checks authorization Created: 2011 Oct 07 Updated: 2012 Oct 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | matthias zeilinger | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | trapper | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
my suggestion: would reduce the time of creating trapper checks lg matthias |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Oct 10 ] |
this might be quite tricky to implement (especially taking into account a possibility of sending a huge amount of such requests). currently automated item creation can be performed with xml import or api |
[ZBXNEXT-514] Map Link Label Alignment on multiple linked hosts Created: 2010 Sep 19 Updated: 2022 Dec 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | hamid sfandiari | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | label, maps, trivial, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
500host,3000 item ,FREEBSD, |
Attachments: | Untitled-1.jpg Untitled-2.jpg | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
As the link label alignment is set to center on Zabbix Map, if a host has two or more link get erorr which two label got printed over themselves. if a drop-down menu exist which we could set alignment of Link-Label through it (choices such as : beginig of line, center of line and end of line) , alignment problem could be solved. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jan 26 ] |
request about multiple link offset/non-overlapping : ZBXNEXT-442 |
Comment by Nick Baumber [ 2015 Sep 29 ] |
When\Will this be looked at as the request has been open for 5 years now. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Sep 29 ] |
it is currently not on the roadmap. |
Comment by Markus Ingalsuo [ 2022 Dec 05 ] |
This would be a very nice to have feature, since it really does limit map constellations where one wishes to display link details as a label on the link. The details of the link help understanding the problem and it's now not possible to make a visually less messy constellation in a spine-leaf -topology with more than a few nodes. I use Zabbix daily and my gratitude for developing and maintaining it as open source software is unmeasurable. Also wow, getting a call from 2010 was a big surprise Thanks and regards, Markus |
[ZBXNEXT-470] Expand (return) support of the Severity levels displayed in history for eventlog (needs for custom syslog solution). Created: 2010 Aug 07 Updated: 2015 Aug 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | severity, syslog | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
last trunk |
Attachments: | 1_1.8.1_events_severity.png 2_1.8.2_events_severity.png 3_1.8.1_real_syslog_DEMO.png 4_1.8.3_real_syslog_DEMO12G.png zbxlog-r1.5.tgz |
Description |
Please return and expand support of the Severity levels displayed in the history. In version 1.8.1 the history of items supported the following severity levels to display (i.e. there were 5 different severity levels): After I ask to return severities 3 and 5, plus add a severity for 6. Why I'm asking: Later a "zbxlog" solution has been published, which is much more complete than mine, see comments below. The result can be seen on next two pictures:
This request would be convenient to perform with Just information: I plan to combine 6 and 7 as well as 0 and 1. That will be enough. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2010 Aug 07 ] |
I am a little confused and mistaken - support for "3 - Warning" is not necessary. Now it is in the severity of "2". If you agree, perhaps more easily and correctly, will realize the severity for example in the new range of 10-17 but 100% accurate according to the RFC3164. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2010 Sep 15 ] |
My last suggestion (new range 10-17) coincides with this excellent solution - zbxlog. Attaching sources archive here (v 1.5), just in case. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Aug 31 ] |
Just a note - currently in 2.0.2 the page "history.php" shows all columns (as for windows eventlog) only for items with a key "eventlog[...]" Just in case see |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Jun 23 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1798 asks more severities for triggers |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Aug 25 ] |
Just to keep things linked - there is another (a bit similar to zbxlog, though) solution for syslog monitoring. |
[ZBXNEXT-513] Script Menu Grouping Created: 2010 Sep 18 Updated: 2012 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Robert Hau | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any |
Description |
It would be nice if we could group script together Example: Group 1 This would be useful on a map view. |
[ZBXNEXT-472] add 'invert' option for the item configuration filter Created: 2010 Aug 10 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | filters, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
in item configuration filter an option to invert the filter would be useful. |
[ZBXNEXT-466] auditlog filter improvements Created: 2010 Aug 06 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | filters, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
it should be possible to filter auditlog by ip |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 May 03 ] |
Additionally it would be useful to have ability select several "Action" types to filter events. |
[ZBXNEXT-433] it should be possible to disable maintenance Created: 2010 Jun 30 Updated: 2017 Sep 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Saveljevs | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | flexibility, maintenance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Suppose we have a maintenance that puts all servers in maintenance at 20:00 daily. But this evening, for whatever reason, we do not want that maintenance, so we wish to disable it like we can everything else (actions, discovery, etc.). Currently, we have no way of doing this except, e.g., entering an "Active till" date that is in the past, which is not a very elegant workaround. |
Comments |
Comment by Janne Korkkula [ 2017 Sep 13 ] |
Still a good idea. The text status column could be a toggling link, setting or clearing the Disabled status. |
[ZBXNEXT-865] permissions issue on maintenance and remote command configuration pages Created: 2011 Jul 28 Updated: 2019 Jan 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.5, 1.9.4 (alpha) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Kodai Terashima | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | consistency, maintenance, permissions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
In this situation, there is authority issue on maintenance and remote command configuration screen. 1. maintenance configuration screen UserX can select HostGroupC in maintenance configuration screen, and the operation affect HostB though User X has "deny" authority to HostB. 2. remote command configuration screen UserX can set "HostB:command" and "HostGroupC#command" and these commands are executed |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jan 22 ] |
Would the maintenance part be a duplicate of ZBX-2520? |
[ZBXNEXT-925] Improve low level discovery filtering with 'manual' filtering Created: 2011 Aug 26 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.9.5 (alpha) |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ghozlane TOUMI | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Right now, the low level discovery is fully automatic. the Idea is at the discovery step,
when factoring in |
[ZBXNEXT-698] Able to draw links with corners in the map editor. Created: 2011 Mar 11 Updated: 2015 Apr 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.4 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Attilla de Groot | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | flexibility, maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux Debian |
Attachments: | AMS-IX-Platform-2010-H2.pdf maps.png |
Description |
When creating a map for a large network it becomes unusable, because links can only be straight lines. Please consider the two attached files. One is a partly setup map for the complete environment that you can see in the pdf. As you can imagine, it won't be possible to put in labels for each backbone link without overlapping them. If I would be able to draw the links with a corner in it (als is possible in most drawing tools), this would be possible. |
Comments |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2015 Apr 03 ] |
I'm currently using a 4 pixel transparent .png file as a connector to draw hard corners. |
[ZBXNEXT-1277] Would be nice to add to the GUI installation wizard to the 3-rd step ("Check of pre-requisites") check of the fact is Zabbix DB converted to UTF-8 or not Created: 2010 Aug 09 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | configwizard, installation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Would be nice to add to the GUI installation wizard to the 3-rd step ("Check of pre-requisites") check of the fact is Zabbix DB converted to UTF-8 or not. If DB is not converted to UTF-8 then do not allow to continue the installation or show the warning message. |
[ZBXNEXT-6392] Introduce separate checkboxes for 'history' and trends' compression. Created: 2020 Dec 09 Updated: 2022 Nov 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Evren Yurtesen | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2020-12-09-20-22-30-528.png image-2022-11-03-23-38-04-761.png |
Description |
There is only 1 check box for `history` and `trends`
This is not very optimal because manual says: https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/current/manual/appendix/install/timescaledb In order to use partitioned housekeeping for history and trends, both these options must be on. It's possible to use TimescaleDB partitioning only for trends (by setting Override item trend period) or only for history (Override item history period). However setting such setting seems to cause problems like this: zabbix_server.log 2344843:20201209:183048.122 [Z3005] query failed: [0] PGRES_FATAL_ERROR:ERROR: cannot update/delete rows from chunk "_hyper_2_1761_chunk" as it is compressed [delete from history_uint where itemid=321560 and clock<1606926413] postgresql 2020-12-09 16:31:58.036 UTC [378539] zabbix@zabbix ERROR: transparent decompression only supports tableoid system column 2020-12-09 16:31:58.036 UTC [378539] zabbix@zabbix STATEMENT: delete from history_uint where itemid=482471 and ctid = any(array(select ctid from history_uint where itemid=482471 limit 5000))
It would be desirable to have 3 different settings. 1- Compress trends (uint/float) 2- Compress history (uint/float) 3- Compress history (log/str/text) The reason is, in many cases as uint/float values get into trends, the data amount gets less with some resolution loss. However the string history is lost completely. There is a distinct difference. One may want to keep string values stored longer (unless if there is a way to make some sort of string trends?) Therefore the housekeeping for History items should also be divided into 2 sections. The items which can move on to trends vs the ones which can't (string). It also should not be possible to disable housekeeping overrides before compression is disabled. Because doing so is fundementally incorrect. |
Comments |
Comment by Everaldo Santos Cabral [ 2022 Nov 04 ] |
Do we have any news? |
[ZBXNEXT-6550] Customize trigger severity on discovered trigger Created: 2021 Mar 05 Updated: 2022 May 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | H.L. | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | lld, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
tl;dr: Please make it possible to customize trigger severity on discovered triggers. Most IT systems are in inhomogeneous environments and therefore have differently important things to monitor. To keep costs and efforts low we use LLD as much as possible on all systems we monitor. But often it is important to be able to change the severity of a lld discovered trigger because there are things more important than others. Let's say you have a network switch with 200 interfaces, but some interfaces are just more important than others. And these important interfaces are different on almost every device. Or lets say you are monitoring different filesystems which are all discovered by LLD. But some filesystems on some hosts are just more important than others. It is so frustrating not to be able to change the severity on these discovered triggers per host. And no, changing the severity on prototype level, as suggested in ZBX-18582 is no alternative at all . This means I would either change the severity of all discovered triggers, which doesn't help here. So we need any filter criteria on device items to differentiate between important and not so important things combined with two or more low level discoveries. The problem is, you don't always have any filter criteria to differentiate. Some things are just more important because of topology and you can't say which one in an lld. So, please make it possible to customize trigger severity on discovered triggers. Thank you, Holger Steps to reproduce:
Result: |
Comments |
Comment by H.L. [ 2021 Mar 10 ] |
Today I have a host with a lot of VPN tunnel interfaces, all discovered by lld. Now there are some very unimportant VPN tunnels, which I would like to set to severity information . But there are also some very important VPN tunnels, which I need to set to severity high. Now I have to create several regular expressions with a list of tunnel interface ids. Then I need to create several low level discoveries filtered on these regular expressions just to be able to have different trigger severities. And I have to do all this for every severity level which I would like to use. This is so utterly complicated. If I could change the severity, I would click on the lld trigger of this host, change severity, update, done. |
Comment by Sebastian V. [ 2022 May 23 ] |
+1 for us here using Zabbix too. We are using discovery rules to detect MSSQL databases. Some of these are really unimportant and we don't want to send out alerts to the DBA team for them. But important and non-important databases can reside on one host. Changing the trigger prototype is not a solution in any way. I think for us this is by far the single biggest problem we have right now. I wanted to solve it with tags, but I can't even use tags to filter alerts from these triggers - they must be inherited. Zabbix team, could you provide some more information about this? It would be greatly appreciated
|
[ZBXNEXT-2695] Filter option to group by trigger name Created: 2015 Feb 01 Updated: 2021 Jul 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | enterprise, filter, patch, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | zbxNext2695-2.2.9-2.patch zbxNext2695-2.2.9-3.patch zbxNext2695-2.2.9.patch zbxNext2695-2.png zbxNext2695-3.png zbxNext2695.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
How about having a filter option to group triggers by name to eliminate same triggers from several hosts? This might significantly improve getting an overview, when monitoring tens of thousands hosts and making use of templated triggers. |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Feb 01 ] |
Just to get the idea: zabbix=# SELECT t.priority, zabbix-# t.value, zabbix-# max(t.lastchange) AS lastchange, zabbix-# count(*) AS hosts, zabbix-# t.description zabbix-# FROM triggers t zabbix-# WHERE NOT EXISTS zabbix-# (SELECT NULL zabbix(# FROM functions f, zabbix(# items i, zabbix(# hosts h zabbix(# WHERE t.triggerid=f.triggerid zabbix(# AND f.itemid=i.itemid zabbix(# AND i.hostid=h.hostid zabbix(# AND (i.status<>0 zabbix(# OR h.status<>0)) zabbix-# AND t.status=0 zabbix-# AND t.value='1' zabbix-# AND t.flags IN ('0', zabbix(# '4') zabbix-# GROUP BY t.description, zabbix-# t.value, zabbix-# t.priority zabbix-# ORDER BY lastchange DESC, zabbix-# t.priority DESC, zabbix-# hosts DESC, zabbix-# t.description zabbix-# LIMIT 20; priority | value | lastchange | hosts | description ----------+-------+------------+-------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 | 1 | 1422817510 | 6 | Too many processes on {HOST.NAME} 2 | 1 | 1422815495 | 17 | Free disk space is less than {$FS_SIZE_PFREE}% on volume / 3 | 1 | 1422813851 | 11 | High RAM utilization by OpenVZ containers 2 | 1 | 1422808513 | 14 | Unspecified Java-Exception occured 2 | 1 | 1422808423 | 2 | Free disk space is less than {$FS_SIZE_PFREE}% on volume /admin 2 | 1 | 1422800896 | 6 | The TDP for Oracle application client continues processing, but problems might occur later as a result of this warning 2 | 1 | 1422800896 | 6 | The Tivoli Data Protection application client continues processing, but problems might occur later as a result of this warning 1 | 1 | 1422758078 | 29 | TSM file system backup transferred more than 1 GByte of data 1 | 1 | 1422757287 | 1 | TSM file system backup transferred more than 5 GByte of data 2 | 1 | 1422754440 | 11 | No scheduled TSM event since two days 1 | 1 | 1422743574 | 2 | Scheduled TSM event running 2 | 1 | 1422634562 | 7 | Free disk space is less than {$FS_SIZE_PFREE}% on volume /opt 3 | 1 | 1422631221 | 3 | High allocated memory utilization by OpenVZ containers 3 | 1 | 1422626070 | 6 | Zabbix agent on {HOST.NAME} is unreachable for 5 minutes 3 | 1 | 1422538769 | 22 | The TSM Backup-Archive Client encountered an error during processing. Processing might stop. User response might be required. 3 | 1 | 1422440710 | 11 | The Tivoli Data Protection application client encountered an error during processing. Processing might stop. User response might be required. 2 | 1 | 1422349914 | 4 | Free disk space is less than {$FS_SIZE_FREE}Byte on volume / 3 | 1 | 1422328733 | 16 | At least one file could not be backed up by TSM due to unrecognised characters in file or path name. 1 | 1 | 1422308402 | 9 | Local system time between Zabbix-Server and HSM differs more than five seconds 2 | 1 | 1422305527 | 14 | The TSM Backup-Archive Client continues processing, but problems might occur later as a result of this warning. (20 rows) zabbix=# |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Feb 02 ] |
this would probably make most sense as a separate widget/element in screens/dashboards |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Feb 02 ] |
I like the idea of having a widget of that type. Such a widget might provide a more compact trigger overview in Zabbix screens and the dashboard. Nevertheless, I'd still appreciate to have this option in Monitoring->Triggers too. That view is the primary place to identify what's going on and has to be addressed. Having this feature implemented as widget only would indeed allow to use a screen instead of Monitoring->Triggers, when the latter becomes useless. |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Mar 18 ] |
Attached patch zbxNext2695-2.2.9.patch is a quick&dirty hack that adds a new report instead of extending filter options from Monitoring->Triggers view.
The report groups all active triggers by their hosts. This report makes no use of the Zabbix API at all. This is just a PoC to see whether this is as valuable as expected and how it should be finally implemented. |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Mar 19 ] |
Attached patch zbxNext2695-2.2.9-2.patch has a filter option to exclude triggers without unacknowledged events.
|
Comment by Marc [ 2015 May 08 ] |
Attached patch zbxNext2695-2.2.9-3.patch has an additional table column "Age" and slightly different table headings.
|
Comment by Marc [ 2018 Jan 11 ] |
ZBXNEXT-4329 asks for Event correlation and problem deduplication. |
[ZBXNEXT-2408] Add description field for host groups Created: 2014 Aug 12 Updated: 2022 Nov 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.3.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | thierry regis | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | description, hostgroups | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Frontend |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi i am sure it as already been asked. but it would be great to had a description fiels also for Host Groups It does not exist yet , and it could lead to many differents uses for extrenal script , external Front end , etc .... seems easy and really usefull for me. Thanks again for great job. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Aug 13 ] |
I believe this is a first time that such a feature is requested. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 May 22 ] |
description for :
|
Comment by Nicola Mauri [ 2022 Nov 15 ] |
Really sad that this feature has not been implemented yet. It looks very easy to add, with minimal impact on database and other features. In large installations we need to document the purpose of each hostgroup on external systems (was it created for permissions? for alerting? for dashboards?) which is a real burden. Zabbix configuration should allow some kind of auto-documenting.
|
[ZBXNEXT-2396] Pretty URL's with mod-rewrite Created: 2014 Jul 30 Updated: 2014 Nov 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | tagwolf | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | url, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Right now it's very difficult to share graphs with people due to the URL structure. Currently, URL's look like this: https://example.com/zabbix/charts.php?ddreset=1&sid=22be9c2b1000c012 I propose something like this: https://example.com/zabbix/chart/zbxsrv.example.com/ You could expand on it more too: https://example.com/zabbix/[function]/[host]/[duration/item/etc] |
Comments |
Comment by tagwolf [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
FYI: This feature is heavily used in wordpress (which is open source) and is called "Pretty Permalinks" Documentation is here: http://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Permalinks Quote below: Permalink Types Default: "Ugly" http://example.com/?p=N mod_rewrite: "Pretty Permalinks" |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
Similar to |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
7059 was specifically about excess sid presence, this is different. |
Comment by Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
This requires separate routing and refactored route generation strategy. Very complicated. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
Yes, the intention is different. I mean even when the proposed scenario goes a bit further, isn't the main issue for sharing the existence of this SID? |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
no, sid is inconvenient, but i can still manually share a link like https://zabbix.org/zabbix/screens.php?screenname=Zabbix%20development |
[ZBXNEXT-2340] Translation help - Add link in Zabbix Trunk to source code Created: 2014 Jun 10 Updated: 2014 Jun 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.12, 2.2.2, 2.3.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Adail Horst | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | translation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Its a new feature to POOTLE used for translation |
Description |
Many times is simple impossible to translate the words without check the source code. I found reference to two files and lines (report3.php:114 report4.php:145) I think is better if have a link to this files in public repository (like... click on report3.php and open the a URL with source code). Because in some times... is impossible to translate wihtout open the source code to undestand the cenario... |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jun 10 ] |
for the record, i'm not aware of a way to do that - if anybody has more info, please add it here |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 11 ] |
See my comment https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBX-3326#comment-36923 Of course is supposes that you copy a string in browser and paste in Poedit in search form. Not sure why previously "../../" worked, but now I have to specify the Base path as "../../../" |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jun 11 ] |
I don't want to say that you have to use Poedit for translation. |
[ZBXNEXT-4678] Elasticsearch : Authentication header Created: 2018 Aug 07 Updated: 2021 Oct 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.0alpha8, 4.0.34, 5.0.16, 5.4.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Philippe Gauchy | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, Zabbix server and frontend don't offer authentication header for Elasticsearch. However, Elasticsearch X-Pack security "works with standard HTTP basic authentication headers to authenticate users. Since Elasticsearch is stateless, this header must be sent with every request: Authorization: Basic <TOKEN> The <TOKEN> is computed as base64(USERNAME:PASSWORD) "
it would be very usefull to have this in the 4.0 realse Regards, philippe. |
[ZBXNEXT-4619] Maintenance of IT services Created: 2018 Jun 29 Updated: 2018 Jun 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.11 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Tatapoum | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | maintenance, productivity, services | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great to add the possibility to put an IT service in maintenance, thus automatically putting the hosts with the dependant triggers in maintenance. At the moment, when we have a planned maintenance, the operators have to expand all the IT service, searching for the related hosts. For complex services, it can clearly be a source of errors, and consequently false positives. This can really be difficult due to hard and soft links between IT services. In the future, as it will be possible to put triggers in maintenance, it would be nice to look up for all the triggers defining the availability of an IT service, instead of the hosts.
|
[ZBXNEXT-4492] Add all request type in web monitoring Created: 2018 Apr 10 Updated: 2023 Feb 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mohsen Mohammad Amini | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 22 |
Labels: | webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Web monitoring |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, |
Comments |
Comment by Mohsen Mohammad Amini [ 2018 Jun 27 ] |
Dears, Would you please update? |
Comment by dimir [ 2020 Apr 08 ] |
No plans yet, as far as I heard. I assume it would be hard to push this issue forward because Zabbix was meant to be the tool that only monitors, never doing changes. |
Comment by Florent Typiak [ 2020 Apr 08 ] |
Hi dimir, What do you mean by "never changing doing changes" ? Change = put/update/delete ? if that's the case, post is already doing changes. From my point of view, the scenarios written in the supervision must be as close as possible to what our clients send on the service. So if clients send us http method which doing changes (like put, or update), we also have to set it in web scenario. Florent |
Comment by dimir [ 2020 Apr 15 ] |
A typo, "never doing changes" (fixed).
Right, missed that part. |
Comment by Денис Устинов [ 2020 Apr 15 ] |
Hi! |
Comment by Mohsen Mohammad Amini [ 2021 Jan 20 ] |
is there any update? There is PUT and DELETE Method of web service calling on http agent. but we can not use these methods in web sceanrios. Would you please add these methods to zabbix? |
Comment by Alessandro Sgolacchia [ 2023 Feb 01 ] |
we also need the method DELETE to monitor a specific function on a document system. Thx |
[ZBXNEXT-5263] Database query latest history data very slow Created: 2019 Mar 28 Updated: 2019 Jun 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aaron | Assignee: | Zabbix Development Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | database, history, latestdata, query | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Grafana-AP-Status.PNG Triggers.functions.lastvalue.txt |
Description |
I'm querying the database directly to gather some information on the latest history data directly from a Grafana dashboard. It works dandy but the queries take a very long time to finish. A simple query to gather the latest history item takes about 6 seconds on a 2740MB table (history_uint). Here is the query (very simple one, the ones I'm doing require joins, that's when it get's messy):
zabbix=> select * from history_uint order by history_uint.clock DESC LIMIT 1; itemid | clock | value | ns --------+------------+-------+---------- 188644 | 1553786344 | 1 | 94740072 (1 row) Time: 6810,381 ms (00:06,810)
Here is the table size:
zabbix=> SELECT pg_size_pretty (pg_relation_size('history_uint')); pg_size_pretty ---------------- 2740 MB (1 row)
One of the queries I'm doing to get the latest data on several items:
zabbix=> SELECT DISTINCT COUNT(items.name) zabbix-> FROM history_uint zabbix-> JOIN (SELECT zabbix(> history_uint.itemid, zabbix(> max(history_uint.clock) as max_clock zabbix(> FROM history_uint WHERE history_uint.clock > extract(epoch from now()- INTERVAL '6 MINUTES') zabbix(> GROUP BY history_uint.itemid) subselect_history_max_clock zabbix-> ON (history_uint.itemid = subselect_history_max_clock.itemid) AND (history_uint.clock = subselect_history_max_clock.max_clock) zabbix-> zabbix-> JOIN items ON items.itemid = subselect_history_max_clock.itemid zabbix-> JOIN hosts ON items.hostid = hosts.hostid zabbix-> JOIN hosts_groups ON hosts.hostid = hosts_groups.hostid zabbix-> JOIN hstgrp ON hosts_groups.groupid = hstgrp.groupid zabbix-> zabbix-> WHERE (hstgrp.name = 'Amadores-Clusters') zabbix-> AND (items.name LIKE '%AP Status%') zabbix-> AND (hosts.host LIKE '%VC%') zabbix-> AND history_uint.clock > extract(epoch from now()- INTERVAL '6 MINUTES'); count ------- 469 (1 row) Time: 33019,439 ms (00:33,019)
This is on a server idling at the moment. If multiple users start using Grafana to check the dashboards it can get very messy very fast.
What I found: - There is no entry on the database that relates the history latest data besides the highest clock which isn't very efficient as it's not even pre-sorted - Other users have found this same issue - One of those users (dimir) came up with a solution and I think the fix is clean and simple
The fix: It's stated here -> https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBX-13193?focusedCommentId=304714&page=com.atlassian.jira.plugin.system.issuetabpanels:comment-tabpanel#comment-304714
It would create 5 tables with the latest data gathered on each item/history* table, those tables wouldn't grow over time as it's as big as items has the history tables, so it's a very tidy and fast solution.
Could be this implemented on Zabbix?
Best regards, Aarón
PS: IOPs spike when I do those queries, so I'm even maxing out the IOPs of the hard drives. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Mar 29 ] |
It is strange to hear that you are writing SQL queries while using Grafana. Why? Have you heard about Zabbix plugin? |
Comment by Aaron [ 2019 Mar 29 ] |
Hey Glebs, I need the flexibility of a database query to be able to retrieve the info I'm using. Here is an example. I have several wireless controllers. I do a discovery on each one to see what APs are on the controllers database and check wether the APs are up (1) or down (2). With Zabbix plugin I haven't managed a way to get a count of APs that are UP and APs that are DOWN. I could preprocess the status values to 1 = up and 0 = down but still, I have to be very careful with the Time Range. If it's too short I will miss values and if it's too large I will get too many. AFAIK there is no way to get the latest value on a metric on Grafana, it's always time dependant and very hard to know where to set the limit, it really depends on when the data was written into the DB (clock).
I have attached a screenshot to explain it better. The AP status items are being being queried every 5 minutes so I configured the time range on the Zabbix datasource to 7 minutes getting 64 APs UP but there are really 111 APs UP (see the SQL output right beside it). It doesn't matter how I fiddle with the time range I can't get it to state the correct number of APs being UP so I figured it would be easier and more accurate to directly query the DB.
I hope I have explained myself properly!
Best regards, Aarón |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2019 Mar 30 ] |
If I read your SQL query correctly, it selects latest value for all items in history_uint, no wonder it takes ages to complete. It would be more efficient to get the list of itemid's you are interested in and only then find out their latest values (where itemid in (...)). |
Comment by Aaron [ 2019 Apr 01 ] |
Hi Glebs, I got the list of items I want to query and managed to query the history_uint for only those items, but I'm failing to keep the most recent values and also discern when an AP is UP or when it's DOWN. Let me explain, if I want to see if an AP is down I would filter the query to see if value == 2. If an AP goes down (value == 2) and then it comes up (value == 1) I will always get a match on value == 2 even though the AP is already up... It's very complicated to query the last value on multiple items, that's why I was asking for that fix above. I checked the documentation (https://zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/DB_schema/2.0/items) on the database there was a field on the items table called 'lastvalue' that would help me a lot but it was removed on version 2.2.
I don't want to modify Zabbix code so I will try to create a trigger that on the event of an INSERT on history_uint table, I will store the itemid/value/clock into a new table.
Cheers, Aarón |
Comment by dimir [ 2019 Apr 01 ] |
The trigger sounds like a good idea. As to why it was removed from items table, it's because it was causing deadlocks and performance issues every time new values were to be added to the database and that decision was right. But I think we forgot to think of other possibilities to have latest data always available. |
Comment by Aaron [ 2019 Apr 03 ] |
Hello, I did it just for history_uint but this is replicable to all history tables. I created two functions, one for inserting/updating and another one for deleting. The new table 'lastvalue_uint' stores itemid, clock and value: CREATE TABLE lastvalue_uint( itemid bigint primary key, clock integer NOT NULL, value numeric(20,0) NOT NULL);
The insert/update is triggered whenever an item is inserted/updated in history_uint. CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION lastvalue_uint_func() RETURNS TRIGGER AS $BODY$ DECLARE BEGIN IF (TG_OP = 'INSERT' OR TG_OP = 'UPDATE' ) THEN INSERT INTO lastvalue_uint(itemid, clock, value) VALUES(NEW.itemid, NEW.clock, NEW.value) ON CONFLICT (itemid) DO UPDATE SET clock = NEW.clock, value = NEW.value; END IF; RETURN NEW; END; $BODY$ LANGUAGE plpgsql; CREATE TRIGGER trigger_insert_lastvalue_uint BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE ON history_uint FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE PROCEDURE lastvalue_uint_func();
The delete is triggered whenever an item is deleted in the items table.
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION lastvalue_uint_func_delete() RETURNS TRIGGER AS $BODY$
DECLARE
BEGIN
IF (TG_OP = 'DELETE') THEN
DELETE FROM lastvalue_uint WHERE itemid = OLD.itemid;
END IF;
RETURN OLD;
END;
$BODY$ LANGUAGE plpgsql;
CREATE TRIGGER trigger_delete_lastvalue_uint BEFORE DELETE ON items FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE PROCEDURE lastvalue_uint_func_delete();
So far the size of the table is slowly growing but I will have to wait a day or so to see that it matches the size of history_uint unique items.
Hope this helps someone!
Cheers, Aarón |
Comment by Aaron [ 2019 Apr 10 ] |
After a week the solution seems stable, no tables have outgrown the history_* unique itemids so that's good. I finally created a function to update/insert on lastvalue_* for each history_* and a function for every delete on items. Probably there is a better way to do this but having separate functions keeps it pretty simple and easier to understand. I have attached the functions/triggers I'm using, now the queries take almost no time and are a lot simpler.
Comparison on number of itemids on history_uint vs lastvalue_uint:
zabbix=> select count(DISTINCT itemid) from history_uint ; count ------- 36736 (1 row) zabbix=> select count(DISTINCT itemid) from lastvalue_uint ; count ------- 29667 (1 row)
Comparison on size of history_uint and lastvalue_uint:
zabbix=> SELECT pg_size_pretty( pg_total_relation_size('history_uint')); pg_size_pretty ---------------- 7612 MB (1 row) zabbix=> SELECT pg_size_pretty( pg_total_relation_size('lastvalue_uint')); pg_size_pretty ---------------- 4240 kB (1 row) Triggers.functions.lastvalue.txt
Even though it's working, it would be great if this could be added on future Zabbix releases.
Cheers, Aarón
|
[ZBXNEXT-2696] Forecasting Graphs and Triggers Created: 2015 Feb 02 Updated: 2018 Feb 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Ross Peoples | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | graphs, prediction, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
This is related to I have a separate app written in Python/Django that gets values from the trending tables in the Zabbix database, displays the last 3 months worth of trends for an item, then displays (in a separate color) the forecast for the item over the next two weeks (variable time-frames). I did this using a Holt-Winters double exponential smoothing algorithm I found code for. The result was fairly accurate for a forecast. Again, written in Python, but should be translatable to PHP. The method itself was pretty simple: pass a list of [clock, value] and it returns a list of [clock, value], where clock contains future dates and times. I don't know how much work, if any, has been done in this area, but it would be a great feature to have, and one that I personally need. While I have a separate app that does this forecasting, it would be even better if it were built-in to Zabbix. I would be happy to provide any additional information, the Python code for the Holt-Winters algorithm, possibly even some time to implement this (though I haven't worked with PHP in a while). Please let me know if there is work being done in this area, or if not, would this be a desired feature for anyone else. |
Comments |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2015 Sep 07 ] |
Hi! As you can see there is some progress on It is very interesting that you use Holt-Winters method. As I can see, there are three-four parameters in this model. This is probably too much for an ordinary user to tune. And we would not want to provide "default" parameters because it is very hard to find parameter set which would suit everyone. Wiki says about exponential smoothing:
And this is what concerns us the most. Anyway, I would be glad to hear more from you about your vision of forecasting in Zabbix and about your experience with Holt-Winters. |
Comment by Ross Peoples [ 2015 Sep 08 ] |
Hello, The difference between Being able to see forecasts in graphs allows you to plan for capacity, rather than react to it. It's great that there is some forecasting being done via triggers, now I think we just need to put that into graphs as well. If the extrapolation techniques used for triggers would be suited for graphing as well, then that's fine. I chose Holt-Winters at the time because it was recommended for forecasting things with fluctuations, like CPU usage. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2015 Sep 14 ] |
Hi,
Fluctuations are unpredictable by nature. Sometimes Holt-Winters is able to guess them surprisingly well, but sometimes all can go totally wrong. |
Comment by David Lang [ 2016 Jan 05 ] |
I'll point out that rrdtool implements Holt-Winters and is C code released under GPLv2 (or later), so the code can be directly copied into Zabbix. for simple functions, calculating it on the fly as you access it can work, but for more complex things, it makes more sense to calculate it once and store the result the way you would any other data source. looking at Is there a way to have a predictive trigger create a data item that can then be graphed as you would any other item? |
Comment by Ismael Ricardo Packer [ 2018 Feb 22 ] |
Any update with this feature? |
[ZBXNEXT-2343] Active agent auto-registration - Replace or remove host groups Created: 2014 Jun 11 Updated: 2015 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | actions, autoregistration, hostgroups, operations | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix Server 2.2.2 on Debian 7 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
We startet using Active agent auto-registration instead of discovery. It works very well. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexander Vladishev [ 2014 Jun 11 ] |
Moved to ZBXNEXT project. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Jun 25 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1387 might solve this |
[ZBXNEXT-2366] Main menu is not accessible by keyboard (WCAG) Created: 2014 Jul 03 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, 2.3.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Paweł Seledec | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | frontend, menu, usability, wcag | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In WCAG 2.0 there is a Guideline 2.1 Keyboard Accessible: Make all functionality available from a keyboard. The main menu does not meet this guideline. In my frontend I changed in the file include/menu.inc.php this line: $mmenu_entry = new CCol($menu['label'], $menu_class); into: $mmenu_link = new CLink($menu['label'], $menu_url, 'highlight nowrap'); This solved the problem. |
Comments |
Comment by Ivan Good [ 2016 Feb 05 ] |
I think, it would be also really great to have some hotkeys for the most common menu items. E.g. "c h" for Configuration/Hosts and "m l" for Monitoring/Latest data. |
[ZBXNEXT-1903] Common usable class or framework for searching and filtering in frontend Created: 2013 Sep 10 Updated: 2013 Sep 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | filters, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There are a couple of ZBXs and ZBXNEXTs that suggest either adding filter functionality where it does not exist yet or extending the existing ones. I could imagine that a unified filter/search class, that's easy to integrate in existing and upcoming frontend sections, might be as valuable as timesaving. Feel free to toss this idea if it's too far from reality - in any way |
[ZBXNEXT-2773] Manual graph disabling Created: 2015 Apr 10 Updated: 2015 Jun 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jacek | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | graphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Can you add graph enable/disable functionality (similar way as it is done for triggers or items), which would prevent displaying unwanted graphs in dropdown menu on a graph tab? On most of network devices I'm working with (routers, switches, cmtses) there is always lots of different phisical/virtual interfaces, which are being discoverd by lld rules. Same rules create graphs (ex. traffic) for every added interface. Usually it is a very inconvenient to find desirable graph, since there are no graph filtering options, search engine doesn't support finding graphs and dropdown menu is flooded with uneccesary graphs. Using LLD filters to add only wanted graphs, in my opinion, is not an option, because, propably in the end, it would come to creating huge regexp matching only particular graphs. Not showing graphs built on disabled items is not a solution as well, as ,for example, there can be a need to have an access to historical data on the interface, which is not used anymore. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Apr 10 ] |
it might be better to provide graph filtering / searching. a very generic issue about that direction is ZBXNEXT-1201 |
[ZBXNEXT-2375] We should use PHPDebugBar instead of our own debug handles Created: 2014 Jul 09 Updated: 2015 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Andrejs Čirkovs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | debugging | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
We should change our debug to http://phpdebugbar.com/ because:
|
[ZBXNEXT-2376] Navigation on maps Created: 2014 Jul 10 Updated: 2014 Jul 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Vekli Sergey | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | automation, maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In our production we have network with ~100 nodes. Each node have some equipment(switches, ups, DSLAM. etc.) and geographically located in one place.One node correspond one group in zabbix and have one map with all items of node. For viewing all nodes we have one global map with "network group" items corresponding network nodes. Now we manually adding link on global map for going from global map to network node map after adding new node of network. It will be nice if in zabbix we have instrument for automatic linking between maps and tool for navigation. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 10 ] |
with nodes going away in 2.4, such a feature would have to be proxy based |
Comment by Vekli Sergey [ 2014 Jul 10 ] |
Can you explain more detailed? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jul 17 ] |
Reporter probably did not mean "zabbix node" as it is. I recall similar discussions here, but I don't think they have any chance to be implemented because it's too complicated and very specific. |
Comment by Vekli Sergey [ 2014 Jul 17 ] |
We plan to use custom script to automatic creation link from main map to others, now we testing it but after each update version of zabbix will need to check structure of database. |
[ZBXNEXT-2282] Monitoring Host Items by different proxys Created: 2014 Apr 27 Updated: 2014 Apr 30 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Vadim Nesterov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | proxy | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
I have vmware cluster in datacenter. I use LLD to discover VMs. I get IP of Guest OS using VMWare Perl SDK. Zabbix Host is located in the datacenter too. But I need to monitor PING to every VM outside datacenter. Sure I can use proxy outside datacenter. But I don't want to monitor all VM keys by proxy. |
[ZBXNEXT-2238] use specific interface when linking template to a host Created: 2014 Apr 03 Updated: 2023 Nov 07 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mickael Martin (Cyres) | Assignee: | Zabbix Support Team |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I have an idea to solve this problem https://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?p=147817 I know, I can use user macro to approach this functionality, but it's not easy for the user. IPs in "agent interfaces" are no sense if the user want use only template (and not item directly on host). Moreover, IPs are duplicate (and not linked !) between macros and IPs configuration. I think it's a good feature for many users who want to check all (or more than one) interfaces on a host using host configuration (and not user macros...) |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Apr 03 ] |
similar to |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
mma, if your idea is different from Closed as duplicate. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
I think yes, a bit. My idea is applying an item of a template to a generic interface (linked by interface's name). It's not exactly the same idea with |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
mma, what about: [...] having an optional alias per host interface. This could then be set additionally in template items [...]? |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
My idea is more flexible but more difficult to implement I think, and more difficult to understand for the end-user. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
okkuv9xh, yes I haven't see with comment. Our points of view are similar. So you can close as duplicate this request. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2021 Mar 09 ] |
|
[ZBXNEXT-2146] Allow to add automatically generated web screnarios graphs to screens Created: 2014 Feb 07 Updated: 2014 Feb 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Maxim Krušina | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | screens, usability, webmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Now, there are really great graphs generated automatically when adding web scenarion. |
[ZBXNEXT-2186] Permission problem with user type "Zabbix Admin" in auto-registration action page Created: 2013 Dec 06 Updated: 2014 Mar 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Dimitri Bellini | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | actions, autoregistration, permissions, template, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Linux Centos 6.5 |
Attachments: | zabbix_acl_issue_maps.png zabbix_acl_problem_user_permission.png zabbix_acl_problem_usergroup.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I have notice a problem related to a user configured as "Zabbix Admin" grant and Read ONLY permission to Template group. PS: The strange thing is i was able to create a new host with linked template with the same "user" with Template privilege set to readonly... |
Comments |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2013 Dec 09 ] |
Update: I have notice the same issue on "Trigger Action" when i try to select a condition "template". |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2014 Mar 04 ] |
I still report ACL problem also on Zabbix v.2.2.2, i have attached some picture to show also a problem on MAPS page. |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2014 Mar 04 ] |
MAPS with ACL problem |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2014 Mar 04 ] |
User permission configuration |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2014 Mar 04 ] |
UserGroup permission configuration |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2014 Mar 04 ] |
It seems that relates to |
[ZBXNEXT-3228] Graph tree Created: 2016 Apr 02 Updated: 2016 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | itnihao | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 8 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | graphtree-2.png graphtree-3.png graphtree-4.png graphtree-5.png graphtree.png |
Description |
Zabbix graph tree can show all graphs and log in one page |
Comments |
Comment by itnihao [ 2016 Apr 02 ] |
https://github.com/OneOaaS/graphtrees wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/OneOaaS/graphtrees/master/graphtree3-0-1.patch |
Comment by Ryan Armstrong [ 2016 Apr 05 ] |
This is one of the strengths of Cacti, especially in dealing with thousands of servers across multiple resolver groups. Some thoughts:
|
Comment by itnihao [ 2016 Apr 05 ] |
Ryan Armstrong |
Comment by Taufik Hidayat [ 2016 May 25 ] |
hi, i have an error on zabbix 3.0.2 like this : anyone know the problem? |
Comment by itnihao [ 2016 May 26 ] |
It's a bug,you can fix the problem like this: graphtree also support 3.0.1/3.0.2/3.0.3 |
Comment by Gian [ 2016 Oct 21 ] |
hi does graphtree also support zabbix 3.2.1? thank you and greez |
[ZBXNEXT-2644] Zabbix server should inform user, if proxy major version differs from server's version Created: 2014 Dec 17 Updated: 2017 Feb 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Filipp Sudanov (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | proxy, troubleshooting, upgrade, version | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently Zabbix server allows older/newer proxies to connect and work without any warnings. Also some advanced users might want to do this intentionally, normally this would mean that the user does not realize that proxy's major version should match server's. Zabbix should inform user about this sitiation, at least in server's (and proxy?) log files, better also in proxy list in the front-end. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 16 ] |
I'm thinking about new item keys for internal monitoring like zabbix[version] similarly a we have currently agent.version for agent. Then compare received values with regexp() trigger function for the same/several global regexp. Note that we support already such a key for java proxies - zabbix[java,,version] https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.4/manual/config/items/itemtypes/internal |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Oct 28 ] |
cross reference - ZBXNEXT-2805 |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Feb 26 ] |
Could be (also) nice to have a "Version" column in Administration -> Proxies. |
[ZBXNEXT-2517] Please add the possibility of online viewing log files in the web interface Created: 2014 Oct 15 Updated: 2014 Oct 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nikolay Korelov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend, logmonitoring | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hello. Please add the possibility of online viewing log files in the web interface Example. It is useful to be able to filter the output messages by IP or |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Oct 15 ] |
not quite sure what this request is about - should the data be stored in an item or not ? |
[ZBXNEXT-1967] resolving {HOST.*} macros in graph name Created: 2013 Oct 14 Updated: 2018 Mar 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | hamid sfandiari | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | graphs, macros, name | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Centos 64 bit |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Although we can use some macros in graph description but ZABBIX GUI is still unable to use some of other macros like {HOST.DNS}{HOST.HOST} at description of graphs |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 15 ] |
I've changed "graph description" term to "graph name" one, as actually we don't have descriptions for graphs. Also, extended suggestion to all HOST.* macro. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 15 ] |
Take into account Maybe it could be supported as it was previously working before 2.4 - expand macros from a host of first added (or first manually sorted?) item on the graph. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 Sep 16 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2767 asks to expand user macros in graph names |
Comment by Branislav Brna [ 2015 Sep 23 ] |
If anyone interested I found little workaround to achieve this:
{{HOSTNAME}:zbxhostname.sh["{HOST.NAME}"].last(0)}
I am guessing same can be applied to other right now not supported system macros in templates. And yeah I know its not exactly elegant, but it gets job done at least for now. |
Comment by Tomasz Kasperczyk [ 2017 Apr 10 ] |
I'd like to remind everyone that this issue is still unsolved. Let's say that I have 100 network switches added to Zabbix. I want to create traffic graphs for every single one of them. In order to do that, I create a template in which I define all items, triggers and graphs. Then I add all the switches to this template. As a result, each switch has its own set of graphs. The only problem is that I can't customize the names of these graphs! This is really frustrating because every time I look at a graph called "Network traffic on port 25" (a name specified in the template), I need to log into that switch and look up the 25th port description. If I could use user-defined macros in graph names, I could change the graph names to something like "{$NETWORK_TRAFFIC_25}" and then define these macros for every host which needs a custom name for certain graphs. So here's how it would look like:
|
Comment by Alexander [ 2018 Mar 28 ] |
I support this! |
Comment by Alexander [ 2018 Mar 28 ] |
I support idea to add macros support in graph name. |
[ZBXNEXT-2737] Inventory fields populated by discovery items Created: 2015 Mar 10 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.7, 2.2.8 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Higher Information Group | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 23 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, inventory, lld | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I see several other suggestions hinting around the same general purpose, and if I missed this suggestion elsewhere, I apologize. I would love to be able to have discovery items (more specifically item prototypes) in templates populate inventory fields, or even create 'on-demand' fields, so to speak. The most obvious situation I've run into that this would be an ideal solution for would be stacked switches monitored by SNMP. I currently use discovery items to pull serial numbers, ROM versions, etc. from every switch unit in the stack. If we could populate an inventory field named with, say the {#SNMPINDEX} macro, it could create serial number and software version inventory items for every unit of the stack without having to create items/templates specific to the number of units in each deployed stack. It could also accommodate stacks with more than 2 units (Since there is only Serial Number A and B currently, and our current switches can stack up to 12 units) without having to dump info into the larger text fields (like notes). I am sure there would be other uses using the agents or user parameters, but that was the single most impacted situation I've been trying to work around currently. This would be very closely linked to customize-able inventory fields (which I know I've seen other posts for). |
Comments |
Comment by James Kirsop [ 2018 Nov 12 ] |
I've got a different use case but requiring the same underlying principle. I'm using LLD to discover the hosts on a Failover HyperV Cluster. I can pull the node (i.e. the physical host), but I'd like to put this into the inventory on discovery, so we can (using the API) search for hosts on a particular node and pull their statistics. Given that the host could move between nodes, we would update this upon each LLD run. |
Comment by Guilherme de Sousa Caria [ 2020 Jan 23 ] |
I'm facing the same obstacle. I have created a rule with Network Interface Discovery and an item prototype to search for the MAC Adresses for each network interface and I needed that information into the Inventory. So sad to see that it is impossible even to intervain manually in each item created by this rule pointing it out where the information need to go into the Inventory.
|
Comment by thomas [ 2021 Sep 16 ] |
Same need here : it would be nice to automatically populate the inventory for a host with multiple cards or modules to get all serial numbers and part numbers. |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2022 Jan 19 ] |
Very usefull and as mentioned especially if we have an implementation of ZBXNEXT-336 available. If we do discovery on Serial numbers for example and then populating just two fields would be kind of a limitation. Just want to put it out there that it should be considered (and I think preferred) to implement customisation to inventory fields together with this one |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2022 Feb 04 ] |
An option to select inventory field in item prototypes will cover only a few limited use cases. I think it should be addressed under ZBXNEXT-336 to have a proper complete solution. |
[ZBXNEXT-2367] There are no alternative texts for graphs and maps (WCAG) Created: 2014 Jul 03 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Paweł Seledec | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | graphs, images, maps, wcag | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | alt.diff |
Description |
All maps and graphs have titles that can not be read in another way, for example, speech processor. I attach my solution (diff from my CVS server). |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Mar 26 ] |
this might be solved by |
[ZBXNEXT-7600] SLA report according to Services tree structure Created: 2022 Apr 01 Updated: 2022 Apr 01 |
|
Status: | Confirmed |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Constantin Oshmyan | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | SLA, regression, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Previous versions of Zabbix (before v6.0) had a screen "Monitoring" -> "Services". Unfortunately, this functionality has been completely lost in v6.0. Nevertheless, this kind of reporting is very actual; as it is a functionality lost in the new version. There should be both: a reports and a dashboard widget; ideally – with an additional possibility to filter services by a tag (to display a report by a some subset of services only – for example, for a higher 2 levels of services tree). ZBXNEXT-7392 describes a similar problem; however, that ZBXNEXT relates to the current state screen, but this one – to the reports. |
[ZBXNEXT-7664] Widget with horizontal Gauges/Indicators for host/hosts Created: 2022 Apr 29 Updated: 2022 Apr 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.4rc1, 6.2.0alpha2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Edgar Akhmetshin | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In addition to 'Top hosts\ it would be convenient to have widget with ability to show items from single/multiple hosts. For example: Zabbix Server and all Utilisation* (internal processes) items. Why this needed: NOC/Dashboards, observability - much easier/faster to check indicators with some thresholds, instead of manually reading raw values or graphs with 10+ items, especially on large screens. |
Comments |
Comment by Brian van Baekel [ 2022 Apr 29 ] |
Are we looking at something like |
[ZBXNEXT-7688] Add grouped items widget Created: 2022 May 09 Updated: 2023 Mar 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Waleed Mortaja | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | frontend, usability, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Add a widget to show grouped items data. For example, the Proxmox Template discovers "Nodes" using LLD. Now we have the following items (among others) for each discovered node: proxmox.node.cpu{#NODE.NAME} proxmox.node.memused{#NODE.NAME}
If you can provide a widget that shows a row for each {#NODE.NAME} and a column of proxmox.node.cpu{#NODE.NAME} and proxmox.node.memused{#NODE.NAME} that would be very great! (i.e., group the user-selected columns using key id or maybe LLD macro) If the items value could be displayed using "Bar" and/or "Indicators" (as in "Top hosts" widget) that would be much greater!
Note: Proxmox Template is given as an example. The widget request can be generalized to any LLD items in any Template.
Very thanks! |
Comments |
Comment by Adriano Trindade [ 2022 Jun 23 ] |
I also would like this functionality, I use it a lot on Grafana. |
Comment by ES [ 2023 Mar 16 ] |
I third this one with a slight addition. The ability to manually input items from different hosts. Eg, make a Top Hosts widget for selected data stores throughout my environment. Or Eg, add the ability to make have better indicators on Plain Text as it can already do the above Currently I need a separate widget for each which takes up a lot of real-estate.
|
[ZBXNEXT-7810] Open Widget in a new/current tab/window. Created: 2022 Jun 21 Updated: 2022 Jun 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Miroslav | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
In the old screens, I could click on a graph and open it then perform zoom on the specific graph. In the new Dashboards I can't do it. I can't open a specific graph or zoom on a specific graph. When I zoom, all graphs are zoomed on the same Dashboard. There's no way of opening a specific widget in a new tab/window to perform zooming on it. This is a very important aspect of using Dashboards. Please add this function that worked great in the old Screens.
Thanks. |
[ZBXNEXT-4774] Add support to maximize (drop down to) for dashboard widgets Created: 2018 Sep 28 Updated: 2022 Nov 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Vitaly Zhuravlev | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | dashboard, widgets | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 1.png 2.png 3.png 4.png 5.png maximeGraphWidget-PoC.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Sep 28 ] |
Images in the issue description are broken. |
Comment by Verde [ 2022 Nov 04 ] |
Hi guys, Is there any news about this feature?, the new graph widgets on dashboards are great but it's hard for some users to use them since widgets can't be expanded to a full screen, and creating as many new dashboards (for only one graph) as graph widgets you have, doesn't sound efficient. it would be good to have a button to expand the widget popping over the dashboard to full screen, and be able to minimize the widget to its normal size and position on the dashboard.
Regards,
|
[ZBXNEXT-4668] Change history per object in corresponding configuration views. Created: 2018 Aug 02 Updated: 2018 Aug 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.12 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marc | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | actions, audit, changelog, customgraphs, discoveryrule, hostgroups, hosts, items, maintenance, services, templates, trigger, webscenario | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | ChangeHistory.png |
Description |
The Audit log report may reveal when an object like Host groups, Hosts, Items, Triggers... you name it, was changed by whom. The Audit log is only available to users of type Zabbix Super Admin - for good reasons of course. Further, it is rather useful to find out who did what, resp. to walk over the traced actions as a whole. In a multi-user environment, it is valuable to users to see who has changed what, when, on a particular object. So, how about extending all the configuration views available to users of type Zabbix Admin, with another tab showing the audit log for the currently edited object? This list should of course only list actions of users sharing the same user group. The list should also not reveal a user's IP address. Extending the scope to configuration objects only available to Zabbix Super Admin users might be worth to think of too. |
[ZBXNEXT-3969] Import / Export support for a leaf in IT Services Created: 2017 Jul 12 Updated: 2017 Aug 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.9 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Heðin Ejdesgaard Møller | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | ITServices, Import/Export | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
3.0 LTS |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
IT Services would be even more awesome if we got the ability to export/import a leaf and it's children, such that on import, I would point each of the non-trigger defined leafs to a host, where it's expected that the same trigger condition is located as child-leafs. In this scenario i'm assuming that everyone configures the it services tree like this: Service
|
Comments |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2017 Aug 03 ] |
Maybe better implement this as as Clone feature like that: |
[ZBXNEXT-4694] Preprocessing rule for UTF8 encoding Created: 2018 Aug 20 Updated: 2023 May 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Preprocessing for UTF8 encoding 1.0rc1.pdf |
Description |
Since Zabbix assumes all incoming data in UTF8 it makes accepting of non-UTF8 values cumbersome. It would be great if Zabbix supported a preprocessing rule for encoding data into UTF8. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2018 Aug 20 ] |
Hey all! Please have a look at the attached acceptance criteria document that describes proposed enhancements for UTF8 encoding. It has all chances to be implemented in Zabbix 4.2. Let me know what you think. Is there anything to improve? I appreciate any feedback. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
Use case is unclear to me. Preprocessing is done by server. Server gets data from proxies, Java gateway, active agents and sender using JSON-based protocol. JSON format implies that string values are encoded in Unicode. Therefore this feature will only help in case non-UTF-8 data is produced by passive agents, SNMP and IPMI devices, external checks, HTTP agent checks, etc. executed by server itself. Or in a hypothetical scenario when non-UTF-8 data is produced in the middle of preprocessing pipeline. Am I missing something? |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
Good point cyclone for checks executed on Zabbix proxy, preprocessing must only be done on Zabbix proxy. |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
cyclone, didn't you describe enough use cases? |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
Dear vzhuravlev, where do you get CSV file from? |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
external script for example or from agent userparam |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
My point is that if this external script is executed by proxy, then:
And in case if agent userparameter there will be a similar protocol issue if agent is active. Even in the case of passive check there could be issues because of a special meaning of 0 byte in passive check response (it separates value and error message). This is basically the reason why agent items dealing with files (log*, vfs.file.contents, etc.) all have encoding as a parameter. |
Comment by Vladislavs Sokurenko [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
Currently it looks like this task needs preprocessing on Zabbix proxy and agent specific preprocessing on agent to be implemented ? |
Comment by Vitaly Zhuravlev [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
Thanks Gleb for valuable feedback. |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis [ 2018 Aug 29 ] |
You are welcome! I hope this can be a motivation to make specifications publicly available once again. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2018 Sep 21 ] |
Gleb, we are working on it! |
[ZBXNEXT-4097] Add trigger colors to Latest data Created: 2017 Sep 12 Updated: 2019 Feb 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.2.7, 3.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nicola Mauri | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | frontend, items, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | proposal2.png triggers on latest data - filter.png triggers on latest data 2.png | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
It would be useful to show wether items listed in Latest data have related triggers in problem state, in a way similar to Monitoring > Overview. |
Comments |
Comment by Nicola Mauri [ 2017 Sep 13 ] |
Clicking or mouse-hovering on a data cell could popup details about triggers related to item. Cell background color would be set according to maximum severity trigger. Of course, extra queries could impact page performance, so a "Show problems" option should be provided in Filter section to disable trigger visualization. |
Comment by alix [ 2019 Jan 23 ] |
[ZBXNEXT-4116] Zabbix displays "OK" status for unknown triggers in "Overview" Created: 2017 Sep 22 Updated: 2018 Jan 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.4.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleg Ivanivskyi | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | notsupported, overview, trigger | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 3.4 |
Attachments: | overview.png unknown.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
From the documentation (https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/3.4/manual/web_interface/frontend_sections/monitoring/overview):
In "Overview", Zabbix displays "OK/Green" state for triggers with "Unknown" status which is misleading. Zabbix should probably use a different color to highlight them (e.g. white/grey). Also, it would be great to be able to hide them by using a filter. |
[ZBXNEXT-3992] Allow {HOST.NAME} or {HOST.HOST} to be used in group prototype Created: 2017 Jul 25 Updated: 2017 Jul 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S), Templates (T) |
Affects Version/s: | 3.0.9, 3.0.10, 3.2.6, 3.2.7 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aviram Alter | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
There needs to be a way to use the {HOST.NAME} or {HOST.HOST} macros in the Group Prototype fields.Use case: Discover all docker containers on a host, create each container as a host in Zabbix Server, have each container in a group with the name of the host it was discovered in ({HOST.NAME} or {HOST.HOST}) |
[ZBXNEXT-6169] Make "Execute Now" available in other masks Created: 2020 Aug 28 Updated: 2022 Jul 01 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.0.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 16 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian 10 Buster amd64 |
Attachments: | image-2020-09-18-16-58-15-539.png image-2020-09-19-12-56-44-904.png | ||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I've always wondered, since Execute Now (Check Now) was introduced in 4.0.0, why this button isn't available in Monitoring -> Problems View? Often I fix event problem of an item that only checks every 1h or more. Then I want to check the item value after my fix, so the problem Event will resolve. Sadly it is only available in the Items Administration. I would like to see this button also in the Views:
|
Comments |
Comment by sancho [ 2020 Sep 18 ] |
It would be great something like this:
If possible... ?
|
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2020 Sep 19 ] |
Hi sancho, thank you for supporting my Feature Request. Sadly I disagree with you MOC. If you would add Execute Now to the Host Context Menu, you would be unable to control which item exactly receives the command. As it's implemented currently, you explicitly select the item(s) you want to check. I would like to see it implemented like this: You view the list of problems, solve some of them administrative, and you know that the item will only get checked again sometimes in the next 1-6h for example, so you want to get the values NOW:
|
Comment by sancho [ 2020 Sep 22 ] |
Hi Marco, You are absolutely right, your option is more logical. Hopefully they can implement it, it would save a lot of steps and time. A greeting. |
Comment by richlv [ 2021 Feb 11 ] |
Partially duplicate of |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Feb 15 ] |
All items possible should be checekd, most important Zabbix Agent passive items. |
Comment by Joachim Vertommen [ 2021 Feb 16 ] |
Ideally we should also be able to set the permission to do an "Execute now" in the User roles. |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2021 Feb 16 ] |
joachim.vertommen Yes, this becomes necessary due to the changes in the permissions in Zabbix 5.2. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2022 Jul 01 ] |
Hello, |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2022 Jul 01 ] |
Excuse me? This might sound similar, but it's a different request. It might have been added to "Latest data" in the meantime, but I would like to see it in Monitoring -> Problems View. This hasn't changed afaik, so this request is still unresolved. |
Comment by Joachim Vertommen [ 2022 Jul 01 ] |
I agree with Marco. An operator should be able to request an update of all underlying items of a problem without having to know which items. It's a totally different use case. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2022 Jul 01 ] |
Yep, I understand, sorry. For your information, there is a new role for admin and user to get the last value via "Check now". |
[ZBXNEXT-5364] Sort/Filter columns from tables Created: 2019 Aug 11 Updated: 2019 Aug 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Francine SAUVAGE | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Improve table capabilities with sort / filter abilities (like kendo-ui) for each column |
[ZBXNEXT-5304] Large UX issue Created: 2019 Jul 03 Updated: 2020 Feb 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.0.10 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Boris Johnson | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2019-07-03-15-15-20-413.png |
Description |
When adding permissions (Or any other page that features layered add functionality) If you will press Update without pressing Add you will loose your progress. As a Zabbix user I would like to be either informed about my unsaved progress or to have it saved when Update is pressed.
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2019 Jul 03 ] |
That' s a very old problem. |
[ZBXNEXT-5290] new dashboard widget - dashboards navigation tree (needed especially for kiosk mode) Created: 2019 Jun 25 Updated: 2019 Jun 25 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | dashboard, widgets | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | grafana-example.png | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Take a look to attached picture. That's Grafana. We need something similar to be able easily and quickly navigate across many (expect ~1000) dashboards. Possibility to switch between dashboards should be possible in Kios mode too. Maybe it could be some CSS+HMTL insert form or so. |
[ZBXNEXT-5363] Export table to CSV Created: 2019 Aug 11 Updated: 2019 Aug 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 4.4.0alpha1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Francine SAUVAGE | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Improve table capabilities in a generic way (like kendo-ui) <table> grids are too basic => add an export to csv button to each table as a generic button
see https://stackoverflow.com/questions/16078544/export-to-csv-using-jquery-and-html
for me, it is definitely a major improvement |
[ZBXNEXT-5259] Ability to customise colour and transparency of problem overlay in new graph widget Created: 2019 Jun 05 Updated: 2019 Jun 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.1 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mark Hatton | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Steps to reproduce:
Result: Since problems are overlayed on the graph in red with no option to choose another colour, it can be very hard to see red-coloured graph items as the reds all merge together visually. It becomes increasingly difficult to see these items as more problems get overlayed at the same time. Expected: |
[ZBXNEXT-6310] Zabbix Script Item should support other Script Languages like PowerShell (Core) Created: 2020 Oct 30 Updated: 2020 Oct 30 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Proxy (P), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | 5.2.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian 10 amd64 |
Description |
Zabbix 5.2.0 introduced the new item type "Script", and like the pre-processing feature it only supports JavaScript. IMHO JavaScript is nothing a typical IT system administrator like me, working at a Microsoft centric manage services provider (MSP) is capable of. I cannot write a single word of JavaScript as a Citrix and Microsoft Server Administrator, nor can my co-workers. I have co-workers which are web-developers and they can write JavaScript, but they aren't system administrators. My point is: Typical administrators can write PowerShell, Python, Perl, Bash. but not JavaScript. I personally can write very good PowerShell 7 scripts on Linux.
So my request is as following: Please add support to insert any script into the code field other than JavaScript and let me just choose the interpreter as an additional drop-down field in Zabbix Frontend. So the Zabbix server administrator is responsible to install the language needed on Zabbix Proxy/Server like perl, python, PowerShell, or whatever for the script interpretation. |
Comments |
Comment by Marco Hofmann [ 2020 Oct 30 ] |
Maybe I should've created this ZBXNEXT with a slightly different focus, not especially about adding PowerShell, but advancing the "External Scripts" feature, which is unchanged since quite some time. Especially with the background that Zabbix focuses more and more on making templates exchangeable between Zabbix installation. External Scripts make this quite complicated. Maybe the external scripts, should be manageable from Zabbix Frontend. |
[ZBXNEXT-5987] Mass Update for item property "Populates host inventory field" Created: 2020 May 27 Updated: 2020 May 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.4.8, 5.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marco Hofmann | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Debian 10 Buster amd64 |
Description |
Today I played around with the Zabbix inventory feature. For that purpose I wanted set some item properties from different templates to Populates host inventory field via Mass update. But I had to discover, that Mass update doesn't offer the possibility to change the Populates host inventory field property of any item. This is a limitation I would like to see addressed. This is limitation is also visible here: |
[ZBXNEXT-5770] Multi-server dashboard support Created: 2020 Feb 21 Updated: 2023 Jan 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Aleksandrs Petrovs-Gavrilovs | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hello, Due to possible environment restrictions, strict setups or other exceptions, there sometimes is a need of having separate Zabbix servers for each of the environments, while retaining the possibility of centralized overview of monitoring as a whole. An effective solution would be a dashboard that would i.e. show data from Zabbix server A in combination with Zabbix server B, but not just performance data, as it is possible already, but a broader one, that would show problems from both or more servers and perhaps even make possible to access data and graphs from mentioned servers. Please consider implementing this feature. Best Regards, |
[ZBXNEXT-5383] Use trigger naming variable in MAP Created: 2019 Aug 27 Updated: 2019 Aug 27 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.4, 4.2.5 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | GASCA Sylvain | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | macros, maps, templates, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
MAP WEB INTERFACE |
Attachments: | image-2019-08-27-09-57-07-697.png image-2019-08-27-09-57-43-205.png image-2019-08-27-10-05-15-358.png image-2019-08-27-10-06-41-308.png image-2019-08-27-10-08-44-492.png image-2019-08-27-10-18-58-350.png |
Description |
Could be interesting to use the naming variable used to create trigger and items from the template. in my context : i have done a picture of a switch and i created each status icons for it :
So if we could use Variables from the template to dynamicly name label or Urls we could do something like this : in template {#IFNAME} and {#IFALIAS} for example int the interface 12 of my switch result as as Ten-GigabitEthernet1/0/12 and P4530G3NEW-NODE03 vmnic1 So if we could put thos variable/macros in the URLs name part of the map object :
The result in the map would be :
The feature would be useful when you have switchs with detailed description Like RJ45 wall outlet wit int the office :
in my case i have in the port description (ifAlias) : interface GigabitEthernet2/0/21 So you will see quiclky with the map where is plugged each port of the switch. and of course you can use this for any other context depending the description. |
[ZBXNEXT-5284] Триггер для формы (shapes) на карте Created: 2019 Jun 25 Updated: 2019 Jul 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 4.2.3 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Rustam | Assignee: | Valdis Murzins |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | font, maps, shapes, trigger | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Temp_01.png Temp_02.png | ||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Возможно ли в следующих версиях zabbix в картах, для форм (shape) добавить триггер?Хочется допустим что бы при срабатывании триггера, текст шрифта менялся в размере и в цвете. Пример на скриншоте немного подредактирован. |
[ZBXNEXT-336] ability to customise inventory fields Created: 2010 Apr 29 Updated: 2024 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 204 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, inventory | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | image-2023-03-28-16-33-50-288.png | ||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
it would be great to customise available profile fields - current hardcoded list is very inflexible. if implemented, it should be considered how to tie that into permission system (maybe some users shouldn't see all data) and possible custom lists per some grouping (hostgroup ? templates ?) |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Apr 29 ] |
depends on this : ZBXNEXT-337 |
Comment by Admin [ 2012 May 25 ] |
This is something I'd be very interested in. It's good to see the improvements in 2.0 - with the automatic inventory. But half the things we've collected from the agents. e.g CPU spec, RAM spec, HD spec, graphics card, BIOS version, motherboard spec etc have no use! The only one I've currently got in use is OS. It would also be good to be able to customise the inventory overview screen (rather than the specific host), to only view certain types of information. |
Comment by Doug Irvine [ 2012 Sep 12 ] |
This is something we would use. We are using VB scripts to get inventory information back from windows systems, but I'm having problems inserting the received data into the correct title. For example we can pull back information about memory DIMMs but don't have a relevant name to assign it to (at present I use Type) Being able to configure the overview screen would be great too as differing teams have different requirements for looking at data. Another good idea would be to be able to use the .csv output feature in this screen so you can provide reports. Zabbix V2 is great, I really appreciate the new features. Regards, Doug |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Mar 05 ] |
I think that would also greatly simplify connections to CMDBs like i-doit or iTop . |
Comment by Karsten Tröß [ 2014 Feb 14 ] |
This is the feature what we need too. Our server are (nearly all) virtual. We don't need an location, contact, single software fields or so. A good topic is if is possible to delete unnecessary fields. An important thing: we use ubuntu server mit zabbix from repo -> the changes must be available after an update! Regards |
Comment by Alain Ganuchaud [ 2014 Sep 04 ] |
As a workaround, we use translation for Host Inventory fields customization ... off course, limitation is obvious, you don't see same fields names depending on the choosen langage. |
Comment by daniel.lin [ 2014 Nov 25 ] |
+1 for this, you know, ability to customize is the key to make automation for the service management more fancy! |
Comment by Micha Slezak [ 2016 May 30 ] |
Very usefull feature and as I said in othe feature request. Good idea is to od as crowdfunding page for each feature request and contribute on this feature as we need. I found nice page http://www.zabbix.com/development_services.php where on the bottom of this page is possibility to Contribute on specific feature. I think that it can be way how to promote some feature requests and to do something like crowdfunding on specific feature. Zabbix dev setup price and we can contribute on this feature I think it can be good way how to pay for each feature and to to pay whole development by one customer. |
Comment by Shriharsh Thanvi [ 2017 Jul 14 ] |
+1. This is a very old request and can turn out to be most useful feature like LLD. |
Comment by Micha Slezak [ 2017 Aug 01 ] |
I agree. Very useful feature still missing in Zabbix. |
Comment by Marc [ 2017 Aug 01 ] |
It is good practice to express wanting a feature by voting instead of commenting |
Comment by Henrique Goncalves [ 2018 Mar 02 ] |
Outstanding suggestion. |
Comment by Vinicius Henrique Silva Bastos [ 2018 Dec 13 ] |
Any news about this? |
Comment by Gutsycat [ 2020 Feb 26 ] |
Yes, hardcoded fields does not fit our need at all. |
Comment by dimir [ 2020 Feb 26 ] |
Meanwhile, for those who haven't seen it, here's another request for this feature |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2021 Oct 29 ] |
Just wanted to add my 2 cents here. Love the inventory in Zabbix, literally always set it up. But if you've ever worked with a switching stack of 7 switches and you want to add all of their Serial Numbers then what? Well, you can use the Software application fields maybe? Because there is only two Serial Number fields. Shouldn't be too much of an overhaul to add a feature for anyone that wants more than 2 serial numbers or any other possible input field.
Time to allow us the ability to choose our own fields and field names! |
Comment by Frederick Loucks [ 2022 May 27 ] |
A feature 12 years in the making here... |
Comment by Nathan Liefting [ 2023 Mar 28 ] |
👀 Looks like it's on the roadmap again |
Comment by gofree [ 2023 Oct 11 ] |
guess it's been moved to 7.x release - see page 40 |
Comment by Midas Wollinger [ 2023 Dec 12 ] |
On the Roadmap the feature is planned for 7.0 and "in design" and on the Keynote for 7.x. |
[ZBXNEXT-337] comments for more entities Created: 2010 Apr 29 Updated: 2022 Apr 20 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 27 |
Labels: | hostgroups, items, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently it is only possible to add comments to triggers. items (for example, cautioning against too short intervals, explaining needed permissions on agent side etc); ideally, this would be coupled with host inventory, so that these entities might gain multiple fields instead of a single 'comment' field. in that case, ability to customise profile fields would be mandatory - ZBXNEXT-336 |
Comments |
Comment by Anthony [ 2010 Sep 20 ] |
Really, REALLY need a comment (note) field. |
Comment by Matthias Baur [ 2013 Oct 17 ] |
We also would really appreciate if this could be build-in. Especially for items! |
Comment by tagwolf [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
Is this still planned? It's a prerequisite for adding custom inventory items and kinda a big feature! How can I help? I'm good with relational DB's and php. We already edited our custom fields to store different information. But we need an ability to add comments / relational data so that inventory fields, etc, can be administered via the dashboard. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
item description is already available; template, host and proxy descriptions are coming in 2.4 from that list, hostgroups seems to be the only one missing |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
Wouldn't that perfectly fit into 2.4 too |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
...to make it come out in 2018 |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jul 30 ] |
Common, we're talking about a comment box without macro support/resolving in first place. Macro support might then be a candidate for sponsoring |
Comment by Alexey Korepov [ 2016 Jul 18 ] |
Also will be good to see comments (description) for Map Icons! |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Oct 22 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3511 asks for action comment/description |
Comment by Jan Ostrochovsky [ 2018 Jul 03 ] |
voting for this, especially for hostgroups - to describe what hostgroup is for what purpose, to differentiate it from other hostgroups... |
Comment by James Cook [ 2022 Apr 20 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2770 asks for descriptions on individual periods within a maintenance period. |
[ZBXNEXT-345] Need to improve the possibility to use custom CSS also for the login page (index.php) when Guest use is disabled Created: 2010 May 06 Updated: 2016 Oct 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | css, login | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Need to improve the possibility to use custom CSS also for the login page (index.php) when Guest use is disabled. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Oct 17 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3502 asks for an easier way to modify css |
[ZBXNEXT-283] Add ability to mass update "Event Generation" on multiple triggers Created: 2010 Mar 30 Updated: 2016 Dec 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Paul S | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | massupdate, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Dec 02 ] |
ZBXNEXT-3584 asks for trigger comment/description massupdate |
[ZBXNEXT-314] Will be nice to have "Last 20 Issues" as a component that can be added to a screen. Created: 2010 Apr 21 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | dashboard, screens, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Will be nice to have "Last 20 Issues" as a component that can be added to a screen. |
[ZBXNEXT-352] Generic screens associated to Template:graph Created: 2010 May 11 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Maxence Dunnewind | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | screens, templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Zabbix is able to have generic graph by associating a graph to a template. Ex : I would create a screen, say "displays all 'cpu load graph' of hosts linked to 'Template_custom'", and that's all. My idea behind this is to be able to have a fully automated process (discovery -> action -> link to template(s) -> generate graphs -> display graphs in a screen, so that I always have a screen "cluster server CPU load" with 1 graph per server. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Mar 04 ] |
trunk has ability to define screens in a template, and then all hosts linked to that template get that screen. |
Comment by Jens Berthold [ 2012 Feb 20 ] |
As far as I understood he wants a template screen that shows a specific graph (e.g. "cpu load") for each host of a template. The effect would be that if more and more hosts are linked to the template, the screen would fill with the 'cpu load' graph of each of the hosts. |
Comment by Maxence Dunnewind [ 2012 Feb 20 ] |
You're right Jens, the idea is not to create screen in a template, but to create a "templated" screen which automatically fills with all the graphs with name "xxx" (with some filtering on hostgroup for exemple) |
Comment by Jens Berthold [ 2012 Feb 20 ] |
I see, it doesn't make sense to connect this kind of screen to a template, as there is only one "instance". |
[ZBXNEXT-359] updating appliance Created: 2010 May 14 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Tom | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | appliance | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great to be able to update the vmware appliance when new fixes and patches are released. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Nov 10 ] |
this might be somewhat possible no in 1.8 series with zypper up, and i've performed it a few times successfully (although zabbix repo is unsigned and upgrading is officially untested and totally unsupported ) |
[ZBXNEXT-271] In graphs, make 'stacked' type for individual parameters, and not for the whole graph Created: 2010 Mar 11 Updated: 2018 Aug 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | sn | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 24 |
Labels: | graphs, stackedgraphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 1.8.1 |
Attachments: | wish_stacked_graph_enh.png | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Make 'stacked' type for individual parameters, and not for the whole graph. |
Comments |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2012 Oct 02 ] |
Related to |
Comment by Fabian van der Hoeven [ 2013 Jun 03 ] |
Is there any progress on this "new feature"? It would be very usefull. I'm also looking for something like this. |
Comment by Sander Cornelissen [ 2013 Aug 21 ] |
The status is RTD (Ready to discuss?). Is this about priority? |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Aug 21 ] |
this is not on the roadmap at this time. if it would be considered, there would be a need to discuss how it could be implemented |
Comment by Denis Volkov [ 2014 Aug 26 ] |
Too bad it is not in the roadmap. There could be many use cases for this. For example, router statistics on one graph - uplink traffic (normal item) and stacked downlink traffic for multiple downlink interfaces |
Comment by Igor Ivanov [ 2015 Mar 31 ] |
Any news? I had to make external script, that get resourceids of graph, then get last() of them, sum them anf return total value. |
[ZBXNEXT-259] Optional feature: IGNORE NODATA PERIOD in GRAPH Created: 2010 Feb 27 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Adail Horst | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | graphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Any system |
Description |
I already talk with many Zabbix Users in Brazil and all guys like to have a optionaly new feature:
This option will prevent "hole" in graph when have problems in monitoring. Note: is a OPTIONAL and NOT DEFAULT feature, so not will affect any user like holes in your Graphs to detect monitoring problems. In case of HOLE the graph need to use the last data value to create the graph. Example: Normally we have a HOLE between 1/1/2010 13:00 and 1/1/2010 14:00. With this new feature enabled zabbix will make: With this soluction we will no have a hole. Motivation: Currently in my enviroment we have one dashboard for each application deployed to users and this dashboard is available for END USERS. We have some graphs with informations from 3... 4 machines IN CLUSTER... so, currently, if one of this machines is down the Graph apear with HOLE and we need to explain to a LOT OF USERS "this not impact the enviroment... we have 4 machines to answer... bla bla bla" ... This is only ONE of examples... My Director use some graphs to show to MINISTER OF EDUCATION of Brasil to show disponibility of important systems and a graph with HOLES is not acceptable for him. Please, another monitoring tools already make this (like cacti) its important for me and for another users. |
[ZBXNEXT-289] improved trigger function/expression chooser Created: 2010 Apr 01 Updated: 2018 Jun 02 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | expressions, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
current expression chooser is very limited - dropdown descriptions are cryptic, each function has many entries (<, >, =, #) - it should be improved. as a minimum, action condition-like chooser for comparison should be introduced, thus reducing choice count 3-4 times. preferably, functions get separated in categories, each also has function name itself listed and has an expandable description with examples. |
Comments |
Comment by Aigars Kadikis [ 2018 May 31 ] |
+1 vote. "functions get separated in categories" is a must. For example: by pressing [Add] button in the expression field and after selecting an item, there should be a list of radio buttons placed horizontally: avg, change, count, diff, fuzzytime, iregexp, nodata, .. After choosing the radio button, the dropdown list appears as it is in current 3.4 release. It would be nice to have radio button list which will always calculate what type of functions is supported by the item chosen. Regards, |
Comment by Harri [ 2018 Jun 02 ] |
I really like the reference manual listing all the trigger functions, but if you have to use the GUI to create a new trigger, then it is pretty difficult to find the right entry in the "Function" drop down menu, matching the documentation in the reference manual. Example: Which entry in the Function list to I have to select to get the "count" trigger function? And what does "T" mean? It would help a lot if the GUI and the reference manual could use the same terminology. A common line is missing. |
[ZBXNEXT-242] Support user macros in graph names Created: 2010 Feb 18 Updated: 2023 Nov 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 47 |
Labels: | graphs, macros, patch, usermacros | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
tested on Oracle, maybe for other DBs need correct SQL query. |
Attachments: | CMacrosResolver_zabbix3.diff CMacrosResolver_zabbix4.diff graph-name-macros.diff graph-name-macros_fixed.diff graph_macros.diff macros_graphs.diff | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Comments |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2010 Feb 24 ] |
added support for templated macros |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Feb 24 ] |
similar to |
Comment by Alexey Pustovalov [ 2010 Feb 24 ] |
now thise patch now executes queries. using API |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Apr 29 ] |
Comment by hamid sfandiari [ 2010 Jul 08 ] |
in zabbix 1.8.3 the following differ line is not exist which differ file pointed to them: – charts.php >> $db_data = reset($db_data); |
Comment by Jeroen Simonetti [ 2011 Feb 11 ] |
New patch for 1.8.4. based on previously attached patch. Only applying host-level macro's (seems to loop forever if template macros are also checked). Using CGraph API. |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Dec 26 ] |
another patch provided in |
Comment by Ian babrou [ 2011 Dec 27 ] |
Is there any chance to get it fixed somehow? 3 patches and no progress. I tried to use common conveniences from zabbix php frontend in my patch, so maybe it looks more organic? |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Dec 27 ] |
given how overdue 2.0 is, this one most likely won't be tucked onto it. it will be re-evaluated later |
Comment by Vance Turner [ 2012 Jan 05 ] |
This is hurting the perception of the product in many areas, and should not be put off. |
Comment by Hasitha Lalinda [ 2012 Jul 09 ] |
I've created a new patch for version 2. (Attached graph-name-macros_fixed.diff)
This patch has been tested with version 2.0.1. PS: A bug was found in previous diff file graph-name-macros.diff. Fixed version attached: "graph-name-macros_fixed.diff". |
Comment by Benjamin Goodrich [ 2013 Feb 15 ] |
Is this still currently being planned for inclusion in a future release? |
Comment by Eugene [ 2014 Jan 09 ] |
User macros are very important for the universalization of the templates. For example, I used the basic template for a variety of devices (routers and switches) through user macros, but the names of the graphs have the same value - port 1, port 2, ... instead Fastethernet or Gigabitethernet depending on the device - this is inconvenient. |
Comment by Tomasz Kłoczko [ 2015 Jan 28 ] |
I'm looking for updated patch which enables use macros in graphs. |
Comment by Alexander [ 2016 Oct 05 ] |
Have a nice day! |
Comment by Alexander [ 2016 Oct 06 ] |
Hi all! In my case Discovery rule configured with: ,x.x.x] On the host macros redefined: Macros on the host {$SLA_NAME:1} work for Items, Triggers, but not for Graphs names. |
Comment by Victor Vislobokov [ 2019 Jan 22 ] |
I added support user's macros for Graph names. See patches for zabbix3 and zabbix4. Unfortunately, I'm not PHP programmer, only sysadmin with a little skill with PHP programming. May be, I mistaken somethere, but it works for my Zabbix installation. |
[ZBXNEXT-394] Working Hours Bar report Created: 2010 Jun 02 Updated: 2018 May 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | hamid sfandiari | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | barreports, dashboard, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
BSD, 1000+ host |
Description |
dear all parameters for that query are> itemid(i.e. average number of a link bandwidth),start day(YYMMDD),end day(YYMMDD) ,working hours( 8-16) this graph is very usefull for capacity planning of our company |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jun 07 ] |
could you please clarify the functional requirement ? |
Comment by hamid sfandiari [ 2010 Jun 07 ] |
we use this mysql query : SELECT itemid, value_avg, from_unixtime(clock, "%Y-%m-%d")as Date, from_unixtime(clock, "%T")as Time this is different from bar report of zabbix, because this report gets the average trend value between working hours(i.e . 7:00 am till 7:00pm) from start date to end date so caused to every 7:00 to 19:00 values between 2010-06-05/00:00 till 2010-06-11/23:59 exactly for limiting the bar graph report maybe called "working hours bar report" |
Comment by Matt [ 2018 May 18 ] |
I voted for this but also wanted to thank white_wire for his query. I modified it to also exclude weekends. Works great. This should definitely be a feature built into zabbix.
SELECT FORMAT(avg(value_avg), 0) as bps FROM ( SELECT itemid, value_avg, from_unixtime(clock, "%Y-%m-%d")as Date, from_unixtime(clock, "%T")as Time FROM zabbix.trends_uint where itemid=33338 and from_unixtime(clock, "%Y-%m-%d")>'2018-05-01' and from_unixtime(clock, "%Y-%m-%d")<'2018-05-17' and from_unixtime(clock, "%T")> '08:00:00' and from_unixtime(clock, "%T")< '17:00:00' ) as tmp WHERE DAYOFWEEK(Date) <> 1 AND DAYOFWEEK(Date) <> 7 |
[ZBXNEXT-245] Provide Left and Right Axis Fixed Values for Graphs Created: 2010 Feb 20 Updated: 2022 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Patrick Hooper | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 46 |
Labels: | flexibility, graphs, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix Graphs |
Attachments: | screenshot-1.png zabbix-frontend-axis-mysql-update.txt zabbix-frontend-axis.patch | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Currently when you create a graph you have the ability to fix the Y min and Y max on a standard graph. There are circumstances where I would like to display multiple item values from related data where the range of these data are very different, for example, receive level on a wireless link (range -30 to -90) and the transmit power on the same link (range +10 to +30). If I use a the scale on a single axis the data would be very compressed and not very readable. Using the above ranges of the two datasets, I would like to be able to set a fixed data range for the left axis and a fixed data range for the right access. For example. Having these two different scales for the left and right axis on the graph would make the data much more readable. |
Comments |
Comment by Nenad Opsenica [ 2011 Sep 19 ] |
This would be very useful for one more purpose - grouping packet loss and RTT on the same graph. |
Comment by Chris Kistner [ 2012 May 24 ] |
I started to code this based on the 1.8.11 code base. I have attached my php frondend code (zabbix-frontend-axis.patch), as well as an MySQL update (zabbix-frontend-axis-mysql-update.txt) to alter the graphs table so that my code can work. Please just take note that I haven't touched any of the C code, which would mean that the Zabbix API calls won't be able to alter the right axis values yet. I do hope that I've correctly modified the frontend code. I have applied it to our production Zabbix system and everything (creating graphs, modifying graphs, viewing graphs and exporting hosts) seemed OK. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 May 25 ] |
what about importing ? as for c code, api is fully in php, but on the server side this might be needed in the network discovery/active agent auto-registration code - otherwise these features would not work properly. of course, you don't have to do the c part, unless you are interested in those features |
Comment by Chris Kistner [ 2012 May 27 ] |
richlv: I haven't tried importing/exporting between patched & unpatched versions though, but since it is XML, I suppose they'll just ignore the new values and use default values. |
Comment by Marcus Oliveira [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
Hi guys. Is it going to be deployed to any version of Zabbix ? 2.0.4 maybe ? Marcus |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
That needs a database schema change and can therefore only go in 2.2 or a later major release. Also notice the tag "NMR" above, refering to that. |
Comment by Marcus Oliveira [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
Thanks, Hoping for 2.2, at least. If I implement the proposed scripts, would it break anything (as far as you know, of cource) ? I don't know what NMR means... Thanks a lot. Marcus |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
"need major release" or something like that as for this feature, it's not planned currently (there's enough of other, financed features coming, though - some of them listed at https://www.zabbix.org/wiki/Docs/roadmap#Functional_roadmap ) |
Comment by Marcus Oliveira [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
Thanks a lot for the info. Marcus |
Comment by Chris Kistner [ 2012 Oct 31 ] |
Marcus: You can probably look at my code when you want to do something similar to 2.0.4 Unfortunately I won't be making a patch for 2.0.4 soon, because the change over for my company from 1.8 to 2.0 would be too much effort since I've modified our 1.8 web frontend quite a bit! |
Comment by Marcus Oliveira [ 2012 Nov 01 ] |
Thanks a lot Chris. Marcus |
Comment by Marcus Oliveira [ 2012 Nov 01 ] |
If I may, still in this subject... Maybe someone already told you that. Maybe a I have to create a new ticket. If you guys are really going to make this option available. In the graph itself, I think it would be essential to the scales inherit the data/line's colors. (Or, at least, it should have a label showing whose data is that). Marcus |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Nov 01 ] |
that's an unrelated issue - ZBXNEXT-932 |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2013 Dec 06 ] |
Just ran into the need for this as well. |
Comment by Janne Korkkula [ 2014 Oct 20 ] |
- |
Comment by Constantin Oshmyan [ 2015 Oct 16 ] |
Just the same problem. Example: |
Comment by Daniel Bossert [ 2017 May 05 ] |
Hello Kind regards |
Comment by Wouter Schoot [ 2018 Mar 27 ] |
I need the same, fixed on right Y axis, calculated on the left Y axis |
Comment by Thomas Lobker [ 2019 May 05 ] |
Another +1 here This is absolutely necessary to combine anything dynamic (like bytes of free disk space) with a percentage. If you have bytes on the left and percentage on the right, then you would want a calcaluted scale on the bytes and a fixed 0-100 range on the percentage. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2019 May 08 ] |
New dashboard graphs already provide this functionality. It will be extended to all graphs as soon as we move fully to vector graphics, most likely in 4.4. |
Comment by Yannick Hein [ 2020 Oct 08 ] |
Zabbix 5.0 user here - am I missing something or has this still not been implemented? I would also highly benefit from this feature! I'm monitoring a temperature sensor in our server room and I have temperature on the right, humidity on the left and if I set fixed values to 0-100 then you can barely tell the temperature. I'd need 18-28 for temp and 20-60 for humidity... |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2020 Oct 08 ] |
not_working_here, it has been implemented for dashboard graphs. We are still working on merging functionality of older graphs with new graph engine. |
Comment by Yannick Hein [ 2020 Oct 08 ] |
Yes, I saw that, the dashboard graphs are great but I'd like to build a screen with those graphs. And since you wrote "It will be extended to all graphs as soon as we move fully to vector graphics, most likely in 4.4." I wanted to ask whether I had simply missed an option since I'm already using 5. |
[ZBXNEXT-222] Firefox plug-in for viewing zabbix events Created: 2010 Feb 03 Updated: 2012 Oct 16 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2, 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Murilo Moreira de Oliveira | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 24 |
Labels: | chrome, firefox | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
CentOS 5.4 - Zabbix 1.8.1 |
Description |
It would be very welcome to have a firefox plug-in for monitoring zabbix events. As an example, there is such a plug-in for nagios named Nagios Checker that has a great look and very good functionalities. The idea is keep in mind the most recent events from zabbix while using the browser for navigation, even if not logged in zabbix frontend. |
Comments |
Comment by Murilo Moreira de Oliveira [ 2010 Feb 03 ] |
Just to complement, there is a promising plug-in created by Alberto González Rodríguez (https://forxa.mancomun.org/projects/zabbixbar/) that has some good features implemented, but very much work still have to be done in order to improve its stability and functionality. I thing that would be a good alternative if SIA Zabbix could formally support this plug-in. |
Comment by Pedro G [ 2011 Nov 19 ] |
Another complement, it would be nice to have such extension for Chrome also. |
Comment by Markus kramer [ 2012 Oct 16 ] |
we just submitted a chrome extension doing exactly this at the moment we are working on a port for firefox, so just hold on a few days |
[ZBXNEXT-256] mass create triggers Created: 2010 Feb 25 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | svenw | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | masscreate, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
i quiet often have dozends or even hundreds of items which i want to monitor for a change. doing this manually is practically impossible, so right now i am exporting, using perl etc, importing. would be nice to go to the items page, check the items to work with and then click "mass create trigger" |
[ZBXNEXT-247] Built in feature to export reports and statistics Created: 2010 Feb 22 Updated: 2024 Mar 07 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Emil Odepark | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 119 |
Labels: | Zabbix7.2, csv, export, reports | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Preferably the export feature will be available to save reports in pdf/excel/cvs/open office -file formats directly from the GUI to the local drive. But I could settle with an automated (customizable) report that saves the data in any of the above file formats on the Zabbix server. |
Issue Links: |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sprint: | Sprint 14, Sprint 15, Sprint 16, Sprint 17, Sprint 18, Sprint 19, Sprint 20 |
Description |
I need some way of exporting the reports that zabbix generates to an external document, preferable *.xls or *.pdf or *.csv or open office file formats. Either make this possible from the GUI or via some simple command from inside Zabbix (I'm a Windows tech ). A beginning is to make the already available reports exportable, but please se my other feature request for extended reports also. |
Comments |
Comment by Nagaraju Bandaru [ 2010 Jul 21 ] |
I also need same sort of feature. It would be great if SLA reports can be exported into *.pdf, *.xls or other formats. Providng a feature to send email of SLA reports automatically in regular inverval would be very useful. Please consider these features in coming versions of zabbix. |
Comment by Luciano Alves [ 2010 Oct 24 ] |
Hi, And about this patch: http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=18901& Some news about it ? []s, |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 Mar 02 ] |
|
Comment by Emil Odepark [ 2014 Apr 02 ] |
Four years on and still nothing... |
Comment by Adriano Carvalho [ 2014 Jun 13 ] |
Voted to, watching for news. Zabbix has the best opensource monitoring solution I've worked with, but reporting is not its best, we need better reports native on Zabbix or a third party tool for that. |
Comment by Ben Copeland [ 2015 Feb 03 ] |
4 years and nothing is a worrying sight. Would like to say +1 for this feature. Zabbix really needs to invest some time in SLA reporting. |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Aug 12 ] |
I'm tempted to say my comment on ZBXNEXT-248 is valid here too. |
Comment by Jean-Baptiste VEDEL [ 2016 May 02 ] |
Five years on and still nothing... |
Comment by Mario Fridrichovsky [ 2018 Apr 10 ] |
Should I say 8 years and still nothing??? |
Comment by Emily Riley [ 2018 Oct 11 ] |
Any update on this export functionality? |
Comment by Cesar Murilo da Silva Junior [ 2019 Oct 28 ] |
Zabbix's development team could be aware of Mario's comment. See, his company just doesn't migrate to Zabbix because of the reports. This detail is important. We need to export reports and we have to look for third party software for that. Until when? |
Comment by Hudson [ 2020 Jun 17 ] |
If we could get an export option to extract availability reports that would be perfect. |
Comment by Cory White [ 2020 Aug 06 ] |
This is a must add - 10 years and waiting. It amazes me that competing products have this feature available? |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2021 Mar 09 ] |
Watch on |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2021 Apr 26 ] |
Scheduled PDF report generation has been implemented under |
Comment by atpk [ 2023 Nov 30 ] |
Hi Alexei, indeed adding support for other widgets is really needed, created ZBXNEXT-8855 for adding support for problems widget. Thanks. |
Comment by Jef Schoors [ 2024 Jan 17 ] |
With Zabbix having the capability's it has, it amazes me how limited the reporting options are. This is a major feature request from allot of our customers + managment. The dashboard reports are not sufficient.
Being able to export the availability report and triggers top 100 would be a good beginning, or make this data available in the API. |
[ZBXNEXT-218] more customizability for simple graphs Created: 2010 Feb 01 Updated: 2013 Sep 26 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard, graphs, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently simple graphs have many things hardcoded. it would be nice to configure some aspects of them : 1. showing of triggers; these would be configurable globally, and also when adding a simple graph to a screen |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Sep 26 ] |
y axis side can be configured with a param in defines.inc.php, although setting this per graph when viewing it would be better |
[ZBXNEXT-165] discovery section should provide links for hosts Created: 2009 Dec 09 Updated: 2014 Dec 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | networkdiscovery, trivial, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
monitoring -> discovery section should provide same popup menu for hosts in "Monitored host" column as other locations in frontend (for example, monitoring -> triggers) |
Comments |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Dec 08 ] |
An indication (e.g. by separate coloring) whether a host is not in monitoring status, like it is done in other places too (combo-boxes, search results, ...), might be valuable as well. |
[ZBXNEXT-1280] identical values in map element mass update should be preselected Created: 2009 Dec 10 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when selecting several elements with identical values for some fields, these values should be preselected instead of the first value in the list. for example, when several elements are selected, existing icon should be selected for fields where it matches for all selected elements. |
[ZBXNEXT-400] Triggers dependencies visual declutter Created: 2009 Dec 07 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | João Figueiredo | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | trivial, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Zabbix 1.6.7- |
Attachments: | zabbix depen.PNG |
Description |
Currently, Zabbix dependencies are shown as follows, (taking 3 lines for each, 3*n lines overall) Metric A : 93.050000% I sugest the following modification to save on visual clutter and make it easier to manage hosts with a big number of Trigger dependencies: (overall 1+n lines) + Metric B : 99.340000 % dependencies: |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Dec 07 ] |
could you please list exact places in frontend where this applies (maybe providing a screenshot as well), thanks |
Comment by João Figueiredo [ 2010 Jun 07 ] |
I apologize for the delay. In attachment, one of the described situations, I can generate a screenshot with the suggested modification if my explanation was unclear. |
[ZBXNEXT-137] User Read Only Feature Created: 2009 Nov 20 Updated: 2020 Jul 09 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Jermaine Howard | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | permissions | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
All |
Description |
Would like for the ability to assign a user just read only access to Triggers. We have developers, contractors, |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Nov 20 ] |
if you assign read only access to user of 'zabbix user' class, doesn't that do what you want ? |
Comment by Jermaine Howard [ 2009 Nov 20 ] |
I should of been a lil more specific. Sorry bout that. I was referring to the configuration-> triggers Thanks for the fast response. |
Comment by Mateusz Kwiatkowski [ 2011 Oct 03 ] |
I am looking for a very similar functionality. Is it possible to create a new User Type 'Zabbix Super User'. Users of this type could have read-only access to all hosts, without the need to assign to particular groups. |
Comment by Cliff DeCarlo [ 2020 Jul 09 ] |
This is quite the old feature request, but I too would like to see this feature. We also have developers/project leads that would like to be able to see the definition of items/triggers but not modify them. We currently have these users defined as Zabbix Admin with read-only access to hosts and they cannot see any of the item/trigger definitions. They have access to the configuration screens but nothing shows for any hosts to which they have read-only permissions. |
[ZBXNEXT-94] Adding the possibility to add availibilty reports to screens Created: 2009 Oct 01 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Christophe Prevotaux | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Not relevant here |
Description |
It would be nice to have the possibility to add an availability report to a screen so it can be presented to a user or a group of users only as soon as they login. right now this choice is not given in the GUI on 1.6.6 |
[ZBXNEXT-5] ids in audit log should be linked Created: 2009 Feb 25 Updated: 2015 Oct 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | audit | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
trunk, revision 6817 |
Description |
currently, ids in audit log are just plaintext strings that help user little. instead, they should be linked, clickable. log should check whether such an id exists and make it plaintext only if missing (ideally a tooltip would be presented to user when hovering over such an id saying something like "Target has been removed". |
[ZBXNEXT-978] New configuration option: Update existing trigger instead of creating duplicates Created: 2008 Nov 19 Updated: 2014 Oct 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Marek Lange | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
I find this very annoying and time-consuming: http://www.zabbix.com/forum/showthread.php?t=10701&highlight=duplicate+triggers Importing a huge template with a lot of hosts creates duplicate triggers. This happens when only the expression of the trigger was changed and the template is reimported. As I understand from the thread the default behaviour in 1.4 was to update the trigger expression in the existing trigger. In 1.6 this was changed and the old trigger is not affected, instead a new trigger with the same name is created. Either I have to delete all old triggers then or completely delete all template linkages and link all hosts to the new templates afterwards. This takes a lot of time... Is it possible to create a switch/an option where this behaviour can be configured to the 1.4 behaviour? Thanks. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Oct 01 ] |
might be dupe of |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Sep 23 ] |
most likely there could be some option to control trigger uniqueness criteria. currently it is name+expression. |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Oct 11 ] |
by now this is a standard zabbix behaviour, and unlikely to change. unless there's a really good reason, i'd suggest to close this issue |
[ZBXNEXT-21] Add URL to Item Graph in Action Notification Created: 2008 Jan 14 Updated: 2021 Oct 13 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Johan Fischer | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 14 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Hi, I was sondering if we could add macro in the notification body (email body in my case) to get the URL of the graph (of last values) when a trigger is actioned. This would reduce the time to go inspect the values and evolution (open browser, load web page, login, go to monitoring, latest data, host, item...). If there was the URL To the graph, I would just click on it and the browser would load nicely the useful stuff (Note: I don't know what would happen if the login expired or I haven't logged yet, if after the login, I would be redirected to the welcome page or to the graph).... Regards. |
Comments |
Comment by João Figueiredo [ 2010 Nov 03 ] |
This would greatly speedup the event analysis either receiving it by email in a PC or out of the office on a smartphone. |
Comment by Alexey Korepov [ 2017 Feb 17 ] |
Is there any improvements in fresh versions of Zabbix? Maybe I can get at least - url for item? |
Comment by Alexey Korepov [ 2017 Feb 17 ] |
Seems that {EVENT.ID} already works normally on Zabbix 3.2, so we can generate direct links to item history in action text, here is example: Item history: http://zabbix.example.com/history.php?action=showvalues&itemids[]={ITEM.ID1} Graph direct image: <img src="http://zabbix.example.com/chart.php?itemids[]= {ITEM.ID1}" /> |
Comment by Nikolay Polyagoshko [ 2021 Oct 06 ] |
Hey, there Any updates on this? It will be super useful if {ITEM.ID} could be used in Trigger URLs, for including hyperlink to item’s graph in notifications. Probably adding support for {ITEM.ID} should not be very complex. Right now Zabbix already have support for {ITEM.VALUE} and {ITEM.LASTVALUE} in Trigger URLs. And if zabbix have access to some item's value in the TriggerURL context, it should also know that value's ID, right? |
Comment by Albert Akchurin [ 2021 Oct 13 ] |
That would be really useful |
[ZBXNEXT-1619] provide access to created entities Created: 2013 Feb 14 Updated: 2013 Feb 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
after we have created an entity (for example, host or template), most often we want to edit it. currently we see that it was created, but then it disappears. either the status message, or something else could provide a quick way to edit this entity. maybe a floating bar with same content as the navbar... |
[ZBXNEXT-1490] Unable to use same SNMP trap item key with multiple interfaces Created: 2012 Oct 23 Updated: 2020 Jul 23 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexey Pustovalov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 44 |
Labels: | interface, items, snmptraps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Zabbix does not allow use an SNMP trap item on hosts with multiple interfaces. I suggest allow create SNMP trap item without link to a interface by default. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 May 23 ] |
|
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2014 Jan 17 ] |
check also |
Comment by Sorin Sbarnea [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
Considering that I have 7 JMX instances that are running on a single host, this limitation is huge. |
Comment by Sorin Sbarnea [ 2014 Apr 04 ] |
The problem applies for an huge number of cases: monitoring multiple HTTP ports on the same machine, multiple JMX instances, .... |
Comment by Phil Smith [ 2014 Jun 26 ] |
This limitation kills the JMX use case for hadoop clusters, which typically have many jvms per node. |
Comment by Phil Smith [ 2014 Jun 26 ] |
While we're thinking about JMX on multiple interfaces, it is typical for one set of keys to be common to all JVMs (heap size, etc), while others are application-specific counters that exist only in some interfaces. Hopefully a solution will include an answer for how to either select which interfaces to query, or a way to gracefully ignore when the keys are absent. Finally, the killer feature for the hadoop use case would be the ability to define such an item within a template. I have dozens of mapreduce nodes that all run jvms.. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Jun 26 ] |
phs, the assigning could be easily done with ZBXNEXT-735#comment-83047. Templates Items in template 'Common JVM' have no host interface alias/hint/label set. Host Since uniqueness criteria takes host interface or host interface alias into account, one may link both application specific templates into the same host. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 25 ] |
|
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Sep 30 ] |
general item-interface linkage covered in |
Comment by Glebs Ivanovskis (Inactive) [ 2018 Feb 14 ] |
|
Comment by Sistemes [ 2019 Jun 26 ] |
Hi, I guess the problem is because the "KEY of the element" is a "primary key" in the zabbix database. I'm sorry if my question is stupid or something else. |
Comment by Sergio [ 2020 Apr 20 ] |
Hi everyone. I think that's an excellent question... I also need to monitor more than one IP per host... |
[ZBXNEXT-1346] Resolving macros on configuration pages Created: 2012 Aug 01 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.1.0 |
Fix Version/s: | 2.2.0 |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | configuration, macros, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Currently macros resolving on configuration pages is very inconsistent. User and positional macros are resolved in item names on the configuration pages, but not in trigger names. Trigger name macros are resolved in IT service configuration and pop ups. The trigger.get method supports the "expandMacros" parameter, while "triggerprototype.get" does not. Macro behavior should be unified in all of the configuration section and API. Additionally, it would be great to implement a "Resolve macros" switch to be able to enable/disable macro resolving on all configuration pages, to suit different use cases. Naturally, all of this should be documented. Plus, the usage of positional parameters should be added to the macro documentation page. Specs needed. |
Comments |
Comment by Pavels Jelisejevs (Inactive) [ 2014 Jul 22 ] |
Another issue to consider when fixing implementing this - |
Comment by Marc [ 2015 Feb 04 ] |
Might be worth to think about whether such a "Resolve macros switch" might also affect the way of filtering. |
[ZBXNEXT-1240] check presence of some data (from data.sql) or some table(s) during setup.php on step 3 Created: 2012 May 29 Updated: 2018 Sep 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Installation (I) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Oleksii Zagorskyi | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | configwizard, database, installation | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
If an user will create zabbix DB without filling it by schema and will successfully perform the GUI setup, he will see a non friendly error text at the login page: This error visible ONLY if a table "users" doesn't exist. Would be great to check on step 3 is the DB created correctly and filled by data. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2012 May 29 ] |
Two issues linked as duplicates as a proof. |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Jan 02 ] |
Why this is happening with users. A lot of PHP-based "frontends" suppose only one action performed manually by a user - DB creation and granting all required permission to the created DB. Then on first attempt to open the frontend its php scripts create DB's tables and fill some data (if required). This is not the case regarding to zabbix frontend, so we could be more friendly to such user mistakes and provide more precise errors during PHP frontend setup. Yes, we have required steps to install zabbix described in documentation, but time to time we see that users do not read documentation |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Mar 12 ] |
ZBX-6376 is very related (they should be fixed together) |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2013 Nov 14 ] |
Interesting note for 2.2.0 release: If we have created database but schema is not filled then the "setup.php" on the 3rd step returns message: The frontend does not match Zabbix database. If we point config file "zabbix.conf.php" to that empty database and open "setup.php" then frontend returns message: Configuration file error: The frontend does not match Zabbix database. And finally index.php returns: Database error: The frontend does not match Zabbix database. Such cases could be more user friendly. |
Comment by Oleg Ivanivskyi [ 2018 Sep 17 ] |
It would be nice to check and automatically populate it if DB has no schema at all. |
[ZBXNEXT-1221] Ability to copy/import/export prototype item/trigger/graphs Created: 2012 May 12 Updated: 2022 Dec 19 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 6.0.12, 6.2.6 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Attilla de Groot | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | discovery, frontend | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Hi, I'd like to create multiple discovery rules to monitor my router, because my iftable holds multiple types of interfaces and not for all interfaces values are available. E.g physical interface counters are not available on logical interfaces. To accomplish this I've create two separate discovery rules both with a specific regex to match only the applicable interfaces. To do this I've created necessary items, triggers and graphs for one discovery rule and I need to have a subset of these for another discovery rule and currently the only way to do this is by hand. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Aug 10 ] |
by now xml import/export should handle this, so import/export should be covered. copying is still missing |
Comment by Aigars Kadikis [ 2022 Dec 07 ] |
Complexity of problem: There is an API method 'discoveryrule.copy' which supports this task: If the world asks, it should be not too hard to implement a GUI layer around that |
Comment by Ivan Prokudin [ 2022 Dec 19 ] |
I've made trivial script doing this https://github.com/iprok/zabbix-lld-copy . But of course I am still waiting for this in the Zabbix GUI. |
[ZBXNEXT-582] specify in trigger configuration if a recovery message is needed Created: 2010 Feb 15 Updated: 2019 May 29 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Bergolth | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 17 |
Labels: | alerts, recovery, triggers | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For some types of triggers, a recovery message isn't really useful. (E.g. a notification that /etc/passwd had changed doesn't need a subsequent OK message telling me that the file has not changed in the next interval.) Unfortunately I didn't find a way to specify that the recovery messages should be omitted for this kind of triggers. An option that allows to specify at trigger config level, if a recovery message is needed would be useful. Thanks, |
Comments |
Comment by Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) [ 2010 Feb 16 ] |
Hi Alexander! |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2010 Feb 16 ] |
I am talking about setting a property in the trigger configuration, not in the actions config. I know that there is an option to disable the recovery message in the actions configuration but I don't want to do that generally for all events. Example: We have more than 1000 triggers. Most of them need a recovery message. Unfortunately I didn't find a way to exclude those messages in an action-filter and define a separate action for them. So I am thinking of two options:
But if you really want to see one of our action screens, take this one: |
Comment by Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) [ 2010 Feb 22 ] |
Hi Alexander! |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2010 Nov 16 ] |
Do you already have a roadmap when this feature will be included? |
Comment by Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) [ 2010 Nov 16 ] |
Hi Alexander, We will discuss this tomorrow internally and after that I will let you know. |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2010 Nov 16 ] |
Alexander, Currently the feature is not in our roadmap for Zabbix 2.0. I would like to understand your idea better before making any decisions. My understanding is that only triggers having "multiple true event generation" option set (like log file monitoring, check sums, etc) should not generate recovery messages. Is it correct? Could you provide us with other examples where "normal" triggers may also benefit? Thank you. Alexei |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2010 Nov 17 ] |
Looking at the "Template_Linux" checks shipped with Zabbix, I can only find use cases where the "multiple problem event generation" would also make sense: <filename> has been changed on SERVER {HOSTNAME} has just been restarted Host information was changed on {HOSTNAME} Version of zabbix_agent(d) was changed on {HOSTNAME}Besides, log file items also don't have a recovery event, so sending a recovery notification isn't useful too. (But even for triggers based on this type of items, "multiple problem event generation" should be set. So currently I can't give you an example of triggers that shouldn't have "multiple true event generation" set but should send recovery notifications and vice versa. But both topics are quite different:
So I think it could be quite confusing if you'd combine both in on option, even though it whould currently solve my problem. Cheers, |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2010 Nov 17 ] |
Leo, I understand that the topics are quite different, however I believe that the new feature will only (or at least in most of the cases) affect triggers that should be defined to generate multiple true event. To some extent, one flag for actions would make another (on trigger level) irrelevant. I well understand you idea, but I feel that it may add more confusion than benefits. It would be great to keep number of available options to a bare minimum at trigger level for easier maintenance and clarity. I would leave it as it is for now. What do you think? Alexei |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2010 Nov 17 ] |
Does "leave it as it is for now" mean that your plan is to implement the suggested feature and enable it if the "multiple problem event generation" is set, because you don't like the idea of adding a new trigger option? But we would really appreciate having any kind of option to suppress the unnecessary and annoying "OK" (recovery) notifications on those trigger events described above. Thanks, |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2010 Nov 17 ] |
Leo, I wouldn't include it as it is into our roadmap. Yes, I do not like the idea of the new trigger option because everything it does can be already achieved by setting "multiple problem events". I do not see real-life cases when it cannot. So it looks like duplicating existing functionality to me. Actually the "multiple problem events" won't solve this issue 100%, because it would still generate recovery messages on PROBLEM->OK state transition. Hmm, not good... Another reason is that I am not quite happy about controlling how to react to problems (send or ignore recovery messages) on trigger level. This may introduce high degree of confusion: one would spend hours looking at action configuration and figuring out why recovery message is not sent. To put all this differently, I do not see a nice and clean solution for this problem unfortunately. Alexei |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2010 Nov 18 ] |
> Yes, I do not like the idea of the new trigger option because Maybe there is some kind of misunderstanding? > Another reason is that I am not quite happy about controlling how to If that's a problem, then you could add a way to specify conditional filters for recovery messages in the action configuration. But let's go back to the base of the problem... Do you think that receiving an SMS like So I think there should be a way to handle events that are caused by that kind of triggers differently. (I.e. without recovery messages.) |
Comment by Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) [ 2010 Dec 13 ] |
Mail Alexander Bergolth: Could you please move this issue out of the client SUPPORT project into the public ZBXNEXT project, as other people would also like to comment on it? |
Comment by Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) [ 2010 Dec 14 ] |
I did also have an issue about alarming, especially with recovery messages: ZBXNEXT-582: specify in trigger configuration if a recovery message is needed I’m also voting for this, this is also an issue for us. An idea for a solution would be to have an additional freetext-field in the trigger, which can be used in the action to filter for it (as its already possible for trigger value, trigger description, …). This would allow actions to be fired only on specific cases (like all triggers which have “MAIL” in this field shall only be handled by an mail action ,…). |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Nov 28 ] |
ZBXNEXT-842 seems to be similar |
Comment by Elvar [ 2013 Jan 30 ] |
|
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2014 Apr 07 ] |
Any chance for getting this implemented? |
Comment by Corey Shaw [ 2014 Apr 07 ] |
Maybe another option would be to allow actions to have configured "exclude" options. Heck, or you could add the ability to give "tags" to triggers and then do an action based on that tag. That way it would be super easy to have tags called "with-recovery" or "without-recovery" on arbitrary actions. This could even allow for far easier management of multiple actions as well. |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2014 Apr 07 ] |
Yes, tags could be an option. |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2015 Jun 03 ] |
While I'm perfectly aware that this is not a forum, I think the longevity deserves this issues a comment: I used a unified pre-processing script for all outgoing messages, that cancelled sending messages that follow a specific pattern. My convention was to simply prefix such triggers with "[Info]". While it doesn't touch the root problem and probably only works with alert scripts, it served me well over the years. The fact that action conditions became a lot more flexible in 2.4, and the improvements regarding "Applications" and templating probably make it viable to have two separate actions (one with and one without recovery message) and just an action condition that cares about a certain "Application" string. That would be item-based though, since "Application" is not an actual trigger property. |
Comment by dimir [ 2015 Jun 09 ] |
As a nice and clean solution I currently only see adding support for trigger types, e. g.
Although it definitely adds certain complexity to the internal implementation. On the other hand, as alexei mentioned, the fact that you don't always mention triggers in an action, the visibility problem would still exist. |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2015 Jun 10 ] |
I agree that the cleanest solution would be adding "one shot triggers". The use cases of this trigger (e.g. host had just rebooted, file checksum changed, sector had been reallocated, etc.) type simply don't match the concept of two states (PROBLEM and OK). Instead it is only a one time event, there is no PROBLEM phase and no transition from PROBLEM to OK following that phase. That's why suppressing the recovery event and the following recovery action is really only a workaround and thus a hacky solution. But unfortunately I don't see any tendency towards such a solution. So I guess we'll have to live with a workaround. Since the trigger condition defines whether the trigger is one shot or not, there should be a way to mark that property at trigger level. (And not e.g. at item level like via setting an application as suggested above.) This could be done by adding trigger tags or an option to filter actions by {TRIGGER.DESCRIPTION} as suggested several times. (e.g. in comment-106296). |
Comment by Roeland Jansen [ 2016 Jun 16 ] |
Is there any news on this? Alexander Bergolth reaction is exactly how I see it as well. |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2016 Aug 10 ] |
Will Zabbix 3.2 provide a solution for this? However, the manual also states: None - in this case the trigger will never return to an OK state. Maybe there is a way to suppress OK notifications using the new event tags and an action condition like Tag <> NORECOVERYNOTIFICATION? |
Comment by dimir [ 2016 Aug 10 ] |
AFAIK in case of None the trigger is to be reset using acknowledgement: |
Comment by Roeland Jansen [ 2016 Aug 10 ] |
and I believe that is not what you would want. You get the mail/message/whatever – password file has changed. It's just information, not a state. Therefore there is no OK message (needed) and also no interaction required (clicking OK). |
Comment by Sergey Urushkin [ 2016 Oct 04 ] |
With 3.2 it's possible to create 2 actions with tag condition (with/without special tag). But I think it would be more convenient if we could simply add a tag condition to action's "Recovery operations", and add such default tag to suitable template's triggers out of the box. That would completely solve the problem without introducing the new event type. While the new event type will be clearer for users, I guess it requires more code changes than "Recovery operations" condition. And it's the question - what will be better if we talk about performance. |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2017 Nov 15 ] |
Now zabbix 3.2 already provides the requirements for implementing this feature (trigger tags or "Trigger OK event generation: None"). It is really frustrating that this 7 year old issue, which is still very valid for me and apparently many others, is obviously not considered for implementation. Maybe it is time to open a new, more specific issue in order to revive that topic again? Maybe an issue like: "add a tag condition filter to Actions / Operations and Actions / Recovery operations" ? |
Comment by Alexander Bergolth [ 2017 Nov 21 ] |
I've created a new feature request about implementing conditional filtering by tags for recovery operations: ZBXNEXT-4246 |
Comment by João Andrade [ 2019 May 29 ] |
May i ask how have you been working around this limitation, if there is a way? I tried looking at trigger functions, tags and event correlation, but cant figure out a way to do it. This is something that bugged me since i started using zabbix many years ago, but now in my current infra, these information "problems" are a problem. |
[ZBXNEXT-261] Add "copy selected to" for applications Created: 2010 Mar 02 Updated: 2013 Jun 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexander Piavlo | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
For items/triggers there is a "copy selected to" options which allows to copy chosen items/triggers to another template/host. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Jun 17 ] |
ZBX-6711 is somewhat related |
[ZBXNEXT-254] Improve element labels in maps Created: 2010 Feb 24 Updated: 2022 Oct 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 2.0.0 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Artem Suharev (Inactive) | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 11 |
Labels: | maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Improve element labels in maps. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Feb 24 ] |
5. label background opacity level |
Comment by Cal Sawyer [ 2010 Mar 07 ] |
Provide "pop-over" table of triggers like in Global Status and Top 20, instead of navigating away from Map to Triggers for the host group. |
Comment by Murilo Moreira de Oliveira [ 2010 Apr 01 ] |
7. Insertion of plain texts elements and text elements "host items-aware". |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Apr 01 ] |
could you please explain number 7 ? i didn't quite get it |
Comment by Murilo Moreira de Oliveira [ 2010 Apr 01 ] |
Plain texts elements -> Simple elements to show some custom information, like a note. |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Apr 06 ] |
ahh, so basically text labels w/o icon ? maybe could be semi-emulated by adding a 1x1 px image ? second one would be a subset of the first simply by supporting macros just like all labels |
Comment by Murilo Moreira de Oliveira [ 2010 Apr 06 ] |
Yes, the first one could be implemented by this "method". |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Apr 06 ] |
"I meant that it would be interesting to show data collected from hosts (items like CPU usage, bandwidth, network in etc.) in simple labels on maps. Today is possible to do this only with connectors labels on maps." data collected is referenced by a macro - and no, it's not true that you can display it on connectors only - you can use macros in map element labels as well |
Comment by Murilo Moreira de Oliveira [ 2010 Apr 06 ] |
First of all, to guarantee we are using the same abstraction, for me "data collected" is equal to "values from host items". I'm sorry my English. |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Apr 06 ] |
map element labels support macros referencing item data. http://www.zabbix.com/documentation/1.8/manual/config/macros {host:key.func(param)} |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 14 ] |
It should be split into several feature requests. |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Mar 26 ] |
some of this solved by |
[ZBXNEXT-133] better management of many maps in monitoring section Created: 2009 Nov 13 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nikolay L Selikhov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It is necessary to create two types of maps: 1. The cores For this purpose, that it was possible to create submaps, concerning one knot (more detailed, but not littering menus of maps). It should help at display of maps of the big and difficult networks. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Nov 13 ] |
you can create map objects that are maps themselves, thus they are clickable for drilldown. |
Comment by Nikolay L Selikhov [ 2009 Nov 13 ] |
No, you don't understand. When objects over 100! And when need detailed map of the current object. Map-menu - turns to a hell! With many-many items. |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Nov 13 ] |
it would help if you would note specific location in frontend like "configuration -> maps" or "monitoring -> maps" |
Comment by Nikolay L Selikhov [ 2009 Nov 13 ] |
Monitoring Maps I've: 1) Global map (hostgroups) - over 100 And number of the maps o_O ...... Configuration - to hard, but it's my job |
[ZBXNEXT-135] show problem triggers differently for hosts in maintenance Created: 2009 Nov 13 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | maintenance, triggers, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
hosts in maintenance are distinguished in the trigger view, but trigger "PROBLEM" entries are not. to make it easier to see which problems are for maintenance hosts, they should be different - probably in slightly different colour, orange or so |
Comments |
Comment by Pavel Timofeev [ 2013 Jan 28 ] |
I think ZBXNEXT-1150 and ZBXNEXT-1084 are relative tickets |
[ZBXNEXT-937] "ZABBIX server is running" not reliable Created: 2009 Nov 16 Updated: 2012 Oct 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Tim Gouma | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
not applicable to this issue |
Description |
the fix for bug The problem is that the check introduced in |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Aug 30 ] |
sockets leaking should be fixed as |
[ZBXNEXT-199] easily accessible frontend check page Created: 2010 Jan 08 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
followup issue of zbx-1478 in administration section, page with all checks (probably just calling the functionality from wizard for now) should be added - something like Administration -> General -> Compatibility. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
I believe it can be closed, we already have this information in the dashboard. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
dashboard is different, it only shows what it doesn't like, not all the conditions/requirements. |
[ZBXNEXT-124] can't delete multiple images Created: 2009 Nov 04 Updated: 2012 Oct 11 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | images, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
administration -> general -> images removing multiple images is not possible, each image that has to be deleted has to be opened individually |
[ZBXNEXT-125] allow adding arrows to map links Created: 2009 Nov 06 Updated: 2013 May 17 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
it would be nice to have an option for each link end (checkbox) to draw an arrow |
Comments |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2013 May 17 ] |
Very good idea! This will allow to create weathermap like maps. |
[ZBXNEXT-130] It would be nice to have hints for all buttons in Zabbix Created: 2009 Nov 07 Updated: 2022 Mar 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Alexei Vladishev | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 13 |
Labels: | usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Sometimes a small help message would really help to understand what really happens if we press the button. <richlv> these would most likely be implemented as a question mark icon next to each field in configuration, possibly elsewhere. technically, all fields could have them, but only the ones actually having any hint text would have the icon displayed. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 03 ] |
there are two potential issues that could be split up later a) 'help' icons next to each field/section; |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2015 Oct 26 ] |
Actions could benefit from a tooltip that reminds user of needed permissions. |
Comment by richlv [ 2017 Feb 27 ] |
initial stub page with ideas at http://zabbix.org/wiki/Field_help_text |
Comment by dimir [ 2022 Mar 03 ] |
Related issue |
Comment by richlv [ 2022 Mar 04 ] |
I seem to recall the wiki page showing some mockups - the idea was to have a tooltip for every field. |
[ZBXNEXT-57] "status of zabbix" should show zabbix version and supported features Created: 2009 Aug 25 Updated: 2023 Mar 03 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | dashboard, status, troubleshooting, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
"status of zabbix" report should additionally show zabbix server version and supported features (like snmp, ipmi, jabber, ipv6 etc) either by directly querying the found zabbix server, or by reading values, inserted by zabbix server in the db. |
Comments |
Comment by Oleksii Zagorskyi [ 2015 May 07 ] |
ZBXNEXT-2805 asks something related |
[ZBXNEXT-110] page help in zabbix frontend should link to online help Created: 2009 Nov 02 Updated: 2014 Mar 05 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | documentation, help, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
current help icons in zabbix frontend mostly link to documentation page on zabbix website which offers single pdf documentation version. |
[ZBXNEXT-105] deletion of an element that is used elsewhere happens without a warning Created: 2009 Oct 26 Updated: 2022 Oct 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 10 |
Labels: | consistency, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
deletion of an element like item, trigger, host, map, media type, user media etc that is used elsewhere happens without a warning. specific example with triggers in maps : when a trigger that is used in a map is deleted, that happens without a warning. warning should provide links to all maps that refer to this trigger. same should happen when deleting an item that is used in a graph, map that is included in another map, media type that is used for some user media, user media and user that is used in action as a target... |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Dec 17 ] |
ZBXNEXT-551 deals with action related cases |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Mar 10 ] |
(1) another potential problem is changing properties of some entity so it becomes incompatible with other entities. reported as ZBX-7870 |
[ZBXNEXT-187] sorting proxies by member count and last seen Created: 2009 Dec 22 Updated: 2013 Mar 04 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | proxy, usability, widget | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
when having many proxies, it would be useful to sort their list by member count and by last seen time also sorting by mode (active/passive) and nvps would be useful - especially when having lots of proxies and trying to find out which ones have most nvps |
[ZBXNEXT-100] Dynamic size of Link on maps Created: 2009 Oct 08 Updated: 2022 Jan 06 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | fazae | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 12 |
Labels: | connectors, maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | Popup_zabbix1.png fleche.png |
Description |
On maps we can set links between to hosts. My dream:
Have a look at weathermap. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2009 Oct 09 ] |
note that you already can link multiple triggers to a link, which will affect it's colour and draw style. edit : it should actually be about changing link style & colour based on an item value |
Comment by fazae [ 2011 Sep 13 ] |
We are about to develop this functionnality. What is the best way to coordinate with dev team and to submit our patch ? Today, we have a new type of ligne for links : "link" Now we are looking for the way to change the color of the ligne. Anibody interested in ? |
Comment by fazae [ 2011 Sep 14 ] |
a screenshot of the double arrow line type. See attachment fleche.png Next step: how to connect the arrow with items .... |
Comment by fazae [ 2011 Sep 15 ] |
A screenshot explaining how to setup a formula for double arrows lines. See attachment: Popup_zabbix1.png Is there a zabbix developpers who can help us for integrating our patch ? |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 11 ] |
I like it in general, not sure how it could be implemented though. |
Comment by fazae [ 2012 Oct 11 ] |
We implemented it in our system. How can i submit a patch ? |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Dec 08 ] |
By attaching it here. |
Comment by fazae [ 2013 Dec 08 ] |
ok, il will adapt my code to the last zabbix version and publish a patch here. |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2013 Dec 09 ] |
Looks a bit like my request in |
Comment by fazae [ 2013 Dec 09 ] |
@raymond: you are right, this is the same request. |
Comment by Raymond Kuiper [ 2013 Dec 09 ] |
In that case I'll close mine, since this issue predates it — Currently, It is possible to change the format (line type, colour) of a link using trigger statuses however, this will greatly increase the number of triggers in Zabbix for the sole pupose of making pretty maps. 0% - Black I would like to be able to define these mapping globally, just like value mappings so we can reuse them easily in other maps or on other links in the same map. |
Comment by richlv [ 2018 Dec 07 ] |
ZBXNEXT-4906 asks for such a functionality on elements. |
Comment by Mickael Martin (Cyres) [ 2022 Jan 06 ] |
Hello Zabbix Team ! any update please ? |
[ZBXNEXT-185] host ip condition for agent auto-registration action Created: 2009 Dec 22 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | autoregistration | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
network discovery actions have a condition that allows to filter based on host ip. |
[ZBXNEXT-180] permission "helper" for complex objects Created: 2009 Dec 18 Updated: 2013 Jul 22 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | permissions, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
currently evaluating permissions on a complex object like a map or screen is very hard. permission "helper" could do the following : display a list of all included elements; maybe custom graphs might also benefit from such a feature |
Comments |
Comment by Steve mushero [ 2011 Feb 02 ] |
We totally support this idea as we have dozens of server groups, dozens of customer groups, internal teams, escalation levels, etc. and often find a slide show won't even show up due to a server that was added in setup mode (group .setup) - very painful to find what's going on in 20 screens of 20 graphs and maps across hundreds of servers. Mix items on a single graph using templates, etc. and it's nearly impossible. Best option on this is to let me specify a user and then the object like a slideshow, screen, etc. and show me which object I can/can't see. Let me see i I can work up some SQL to determine this for now. |
[ZBXNEXT-33] Integrate template repository into Zabbix UI Created: 2009 Jul 08 Updated: 2012 Oct 10 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | alex dekker | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | templates | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Some kind of repository of templates would be good. The user should be able to browse the repo and install templates onto their server without downloading the template to their PC then uploading it. It should be possible to view a template or edit it through the UI before installing it. Some thought would need to be given to security, as there is potential for mischief/havoc with malicious or badly designed templates. This may mean templates being reviewed before being allowed into the repo. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
It would be great to have. As a first step we should create official repository of Zabbix templates. |
[ZBXNEXT-28] ability to customise page titles Created: 2009 Jul 07 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | None | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
it would be nice if zabbix gui page titles could be slightly customised - it might be enough to provide two fields, prefix/postfix. anything entered in these fields is properly added to all page titles. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Aug 26 ] |
zabbix server name partially implements this |
[ZBXNEXT-36] latest data should round floats to more than 2 decimal places Created: 2009 Jul 20 Updated: 2016 Apr 28 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 4 |
Labels: | items, latestdata | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
latest data currently rounds floats to 2 decimal places (so that 99.9975 becomes "100"). |
Comments |
Comment by Cal Sawyer [ 2009 Sep 10 ] |
Or have the option of rounding floats on a per-item and mass-update basis |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 10 ] |
I agree that it should be a new item level setting. |
Comment by Aleksandrs Saveljevs [ 2016 Apr 28 ] |
This is still the case in Zabbix 3.0.2. In particular, a value like "103.0005" is shown as "103" and "103.005" is displayed as "103.01". |
[ZBXNEXT-49] Map Templates Created: 2009 Aug 11 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nathan Eisenberg | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
Similar to how hosts have templates, it would be very valuable to have Map templates that provide a skeleton. This would be useful in many cases. For example, diagramming large, physically complex networks with many VLANs. Presently, a viewer friendly method of doing this would be to diagram the network, with all of its base components, trunks, etc, and then add the specific VLAN information on top of that diagram. However, using this method, each map is a standalone object. If a change is made to the physical network, that change has to be manually documented in every map - which could number in the hundreds. Having a template system would allow the physical network to reside on a single map, and for other maps to be built using this template as a base. Objects can be added to the secondary map, and template objects can be disabled on a per map basis, in the same way that items can be added to a host separately from its template. |
[ZBXNEXT-215] MIBs file import Created: 2009 Apr 28 Updated: 2019 Sep 12 |
|
Status: | Reopened |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Manfredo Pansa | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 9 |
Labels: | snmp | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
RedHat CentOS 5 |
Attachments: | cisco-stackmaker.mib | ||||
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Don't know if there is a similar feature, but to choose Zabbix in our Service Center we need to import Equipement Mibs file as attached one. I know zload_snmpwalk.pl utility but we need to know this feature will be available as well... |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2009 May 08 ] |
Just follow standard NET-SNMP documentation in order to import new MIBs. It is extremely straight-forward procedure. Alexei |
Comment by Brian Talley [ 2010 Jan 20 ] |
I believe the OP was asking for a way to import a MIB into Zabbix and have Zabbix create a Host Template with all the Items created as defined in the vendor MIB (or allow the user to pick and choose before the template is generated). This would be preferable to building the Host Template by hand in an environment where a lot of different devices are used. I can't see where importing the MIB file into NET-SNMP really has any effect on Zabbix other than being able to use the MIB OID object name rather than the numeric OID. |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Jan 28 ] |
then this is a feature request (somehow i can't find an existing one...) for template builder from snmp mib. until then, http://www.zabbix.com/wiki/scripts/gentemplate.pl seems to be the most functional script to generate templates for snmp devices in an automated fashion. |
Comment by Stefan Radman [ 2016 Mar 05 ] |
The link http://www.zabbix.com/wiki/scripts/gentemplate.pl is broken. |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Mar 06 ] |
yes, it pointed to the old wiki which was in a phase-out state for a long time - if the script was not migrated to zabbix.org, it was probably too outdated and not too useful at that time |
Comment by Dimitri Bellini [ 2018 Aug 01 ] |
For who are interested on a possible alternative to the old tool to convert MIB file, i would suggest https://github.com/cavaliercoder/mib2zabbix . I think is very great tool! I also suggest to Zabbix to think about to something similar directly integrated on the main interface |
[ZBXNEXT-2] Handle SNMP value associations/lookups Created: 2009 Jun 30 Updated: 2016 Nov 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Gergely Czuczy | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 13 |
Labels: | snmp, valuemapping | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
SNMP |
Description |
MIB files contain the meaning of the given values of SNMP OIDs, practically telling you how should you interpret those values. Zabbix should be able to handle these values, know their meaning. It could either be done directly from the MIB files, or by telling them within templates. From templates, extending the XML scheme would be simple, like: |
Comments |
Comment by alex dekker [ 2009 Aug 28 ] |
Zabbix could also interpret MIBs where possible to eliminate the need for Throw Maps. This would avoid needing to manually duplicate in Zabbix the data already extant in many MIBs. |
Comment by richlv [ 2012 Apr 11 ] |
this probably could be part on snmpwalk/mibbrowser feature, where it would look up the associations, create or reuse existing value maps and link them to items |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 May 23 ] |
Even when value mapping is the current way to solve lack of SNMP value translation, I'd prefer a different approach. Edit: |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 May 23 ] |
note that we quite explicitly support snmptt, it's even documented how to set it up with zabbix |
Comment by Yamada Hiroyuki [ 2016 Nov 21 ] |
This function would be really useful to start device monitoring quickly. Symbol translation is one of the important features of monitoring tool. But translating text symbols to Value Mapping is very complicated and time-consuming work. So I've created translation script from MIB to Zabbix Value map. But still, though Zabbix 3.0 supports Value map import/export feature, I think Zabbix should directly support MIB translation. I hope the translation should be supported by Zabbix WebUI and API. Translated text data should not be preserved into database. |
[ZBXNEXT-14] In the Configuration->Actions report should be filter by groups. Created: 2009 Jun 30 Updated: 2014 Aug 24 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 6 |
Labels: | actions, filters, patch | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Attachments: | 0001-ZBXNEXT-14-Action-configuration-filtering.patch ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-1.patch ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-1.png ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-2.patch ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-2.png ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-3.png ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8.patch ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8.png ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.9-4.patch zbxNext14-2.2.5-2.patch zbxNext14-2.2.5.patch zbxNext14-2.2.5.png |
Description |
In the Configuration->Actions report should be filter by groups in order not to see all actions, but to have possibility to filter them by groups. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Aug 25 ] |
what groups would those be ? user groups that are listed as recipients for actions, or host groups for which an action would match ? |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
Some filtering would be nice to have in actions. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Mar 09 ] |
Maybe suitable search fields (e.g. Name, Conditions, Operations) in a similar way of 'Configuration->Hosts'. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 05 ] |
Attached patch 'ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8.patch' tries to add some filter capabilities. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 05 ] |
attached 'ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-1.patch' (hopefully) improves search and has a rearranged view. |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 06 ] |
Yet another patch (ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-2.patch). |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Oct 09 ] |
ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-3.patch:
BTW: css for item lists is used but should have it's own. |
Comment by Volker Fröhlich [ 2013 Nov 14 ] |
Forward-ported 2.2.0 patch |
Comment by Marc [ 2013 Nov 14 ] |
Forward-ported 2.2.0 patch is based on ZBXNEXT-14-2.0.8-2.patch. |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Aug 23 ] |
Attached patch zbxNext14-2.2.5.patch additionally consists of some visual corrections and makes use of auto-complete functionality: |
Comment by Marc [ 2014 Aug 24 ] |
Patch zbxNext14-2.2.5.patch includes unneeded code which does not exist in patch zbxNext14-2.2.5-2.patch |
[ZBXNEXT-303] ability to export maps w/o images and images w/o maps Created: 2010 Apr 15 Updated: 2017 May 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Alexei Vladishev |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | maps, xml | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
currently all images are exported together with a map, and there is no way to exclude them. this results in huge files for large network maps. there should be methods to ability to export maps w/o images and images w/o maps |
[ZBXNEXT-280] "hosts status" should be available as a screen element Created: 2010 Mar 04 Updated: 2012 Oct 14 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Paul | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | dashboard, screens | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Mandriva 2010/Centos 5.4 |
Description |
Multiple issues with host/system info widgets. 1. There is no (documented) way to specify host groups shown in host/system status widgets in Monitoring/Dashboard page. 2. "Host status" could not be selected in Screen editor Screen cell configuration. Either all accessible host groups should be shown (what to do with hosts belonging to multiple groups?) or, better, host group should have a tag "shown in system/hosts status". In forum you can see user requests to provide these widgets to non-admin user also, so the task may be more complicated. tia, Paul |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Mar 25 ] |
host group filtering has been added in 1.8.2. all accessible groups should be visible/available for choice, if not it might be some bug - but for that more specific info would be needed. "host status" as a screen element is a feature request, moving accordingly |
[ZBXNEXT-347] Possibility to filter which triggers can change host status in maps. Created: 2010 May 06 Updated: 2015 Apr 28 |
|
Status: | Need info |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | 1.8.2 |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Pierre-Emmanuel Turcotte | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | filters, maps | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be great if we could select which triggers can change the status of hosts on maps. This would be very handy for creating maps for different people. The server techs could have a map with servers and host status would only change when triggers concerning them(disk space for instance) would go off while developers could have other maps with possibly the same servers but their status would only change when triggers concerning their applications(database components for instance) go off. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2010 Aug 25 ] |
this would be extremely convoluted - it would have to be specified per map, per element, per user. maybe better something like a runtime map filter, based on applications... might still cause problems - for example, some application might depend on database running, so its triggers would have correct dependencies added. but if the person would choose to see data fro that application only, database going down would not display any problems in that map, because they all would depend on triggers that are currently active... |
Comment by richlv [ 2013 Oct 04 ] |
does the new severity filter in maps (for 2.2) solve this issue ? |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Apr 28 ] |
host and hostgroup elements can also have application filter since 2.4 - https://www.zabbix.com/documentation/2.4/manual/introduction/whatsnew240#application_filter_for_maps is there any usecase that would still need development ? |
[ZBXNEXT-156] "every step" support in escalations Created: 2009 Dec 03 Updated: 2016 Apr 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F), Server (S) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 0 |
Labels: | escalations, flexibility | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
it would be nice to have "every step" support in escalations. this would be similar to 'every' support in maintenance and would only execute escalation operation every nth step, such a feature would allow to create operation rules that would execute every hour for one user and every 5th hour for another, or every 10 minutes for one and every 15 minutes for the other. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2016 Apr 15 ] |
a suggested more significant redesign would solve this at ZBXNEXT-3242 |
[ZBXNEXT-163] Add multiple hosts to map at once Created: 2009 Dec 09 Updated: 2019 Jan 31 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Lukas Macura | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 5 |
Labels: | maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
It would be nice if it is possible to add all hosts from some group into map. We have labs with 20+ PCs and it will speedup map creation very much.. No matter of hosts position, it is possible to drag them after adding. |
Comments |
Comment by Alexei Vladishev [ 2012 Oct 21 ] |
It's a must have feature. |
Comment by richlv [ 2015 Apr 28 ] |
ZBXNEXT-1366 also talks about adding links and link indicators |
Comment by Micha Slezak [ 2015 Dec 02 ] |
And also add automatically link from main element to all added elements. For example: |
Comment by Marvin Frederickson [ 2018 Sep 28 ] |
See ZBXNEXT-1366 for a patch. |
[ZBXNEXT-132] Add URL into maps links and possibility link with some graphs Created: 2009 Nov 12 Updated: 2012 Oct 21 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Nikolay L Selikhov | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | connectors, maps, usability | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Add URL into maps links and additional possibility binding with some graphs for Pop-Up graphs. |
[ZBXNEXT-197] audit strings should be saved by reference Created: 2010 Jan 08 Updated: 2014 Apr 15 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | richlv | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 2 |
Labels: | audit, localization | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Description |
audit strings should be saved by string reference, so that switching frontend language would switch them as well |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2014 Apr 15 ] |
true both for action & alert audit. other keywords : locale, language, translation |
[ZBXNEXT-67] Max value for Pie graphs Created: 2009 Aug 31 Updated: 2024 Mar 08 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | New Feature Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Igor Danoshaites (Inactive) | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 1 |
Labels: | piegraphs | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Will be very good to add max value for Pie graphs (i.e 30 % of max 100% on the graph) as it exists for Line graphs at this moment. |
Comments |
Comment by richlv [ 2011 Jun 08 ] |
if i understand this correctly - ability to enter "max" manually instead of referencing an item |
Comment by João Figueiredo [ 2011 Jun 08 ] |
Probably it won't be needed to reopen https://support.zabbix.com/browse/ZBXNEXT-121 Thanks |
[ZBXNEXT-60] Add a "Graph" Report Created: 2009 Aug 27 Updated: 2018 Jan 18 |
|
Status: | Open |
Project: | ZABBIX FEATURE REQUESTS |
Component/s: | Frontend (F) |
Affects Version/s: | None |
Fix Version/s: | None |
Type: | Change Request | Priority: | Major |
Reporter: | Mike Cotrone | Assignee: | Unassigned |
Resolution: | Unresolved | Votes: | 3 |
Labels: | reports | ||
Remaining Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Time Spent: | Not Specified | ||
Original Estimate: | Not Specified | ||
Environment: |
Ubuntu 8.10 |
Issue Links: |
|
Description |
Graphing Reports - We do quarterly reviews with our customers and it would be nice to be able to run a "Graph" report that would spit out a PDF with all interface graphs for hosts. If you could have user knobs for Dates, Hosts/Host Groups, Graph types |